Bibliography

Aamand, J., T. Ahl and E. Spieck. 1996. Monoclonal antibodies recog- Abraham, S.N. and S. Jaiswal. 1997. Type-1 fimbriae of . In nizing nitrite oxidoreductase of Nitrobacter hamburgensis, N. winograd- Sussman (Editor), Escherichia coli: Mechanisms of Virulence, Cam- skyi, and N. vulgaris. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 62: 2352–2355. bridge University Press, Cambridge. pp. 169–192. Abbass, Z. and Y. Okon. 1993a. Physiological properties of Azotobacter Abu, G.O., R. Weiner and R.R. Colwell. 1994. Glucose metabolism and paspali in culture and the rhizosphere. Soil Biol. Biochem. 25: 1061– polysaccharide accumulation in the marine bacterium, Shewanella col- 1073. welliana. World J. Microbiol. Biotechnol. 10: 543–546. Abbass, Z. and Y. Okon. 1993b. Plant growth promotion by Azotobacter Acheson, D.W.K. and G.T. Keusch. 1995. Shigella and enteroinvasive Esch- paspali in the rhizosphere. Soil Biol. Biochem. 25: 1075–1083. erichia coli. In Blaser, Smith, Ravdin, Greenberg and Guerrant (Edi- Abbot, J.D. and R. Shannon. 1958. A method for typing Shigella sonnet, tors), Infections of the Gastrointesinal Tract, Raven Press, New York. using colicine production as a marker. J. Clin. Pathol. 11: 71–77. pp. 763–784. Abbott, S.L., W.K.W. Cheung, S. Kroske Bystrom, T. Malekzadeh and J.M. Ackerman, J.I. and J.G. Fox. 1981. Isolation of Pasteurella ureae from the Janda. 1992. Identification of Aeromonas strains to the genospecies reproductive tracts of congenic mice. J. Clin. Microbiol. 13: 1049– level in the clinical laboratory. J. Clin. Microbiol. 30: 1262–1266. 1053. Abbott, S.L. and J.M. Janda. 1994a. Isolation of Yokenella regensburgei (Ko- Ackermann, H.W., G. Brochu and H.P.E. Konjin. 1994. Classification of serella trabulsii) from a patient with transient bacteremia and from a Acinetobacter phages. Arch. Virol. 135: 345–354. patient with a septic knee. J. Clin. Microbiol. 32: 2854–2855. Actis, L.A., M.E. Tolmasky, L.M. Crosa and J.H. Crosa. 1993. Effect of Abbott, S.L. and J.M. Janda. 1994b. Severe gastroenteritis associated with iron-limiting conditions on growth of clinical isolates of Acinetobacter Vibrio hollisae infection: report of two cases and review. Clin. Infect. baumannii. J. Clin. Microbiol. 31: 2812–2815. Dis. 18: 310–312. Adam, A.L., S. Pike, M.E. Hoyos, J.M. Stone, J.C. Walker and A. Novacky. Abbott, S.L. and J.M. Janda. 1997. Enterobacter cancerogenus (“Enterobacter 1997. Rapid and transient activation of a myelin basic protein kinase taylorae”) — Infections associated with severe trauma or crush injuries. in tobacco leaves treated with harpin from Erwinia amylovora. Plant Am. J. Clin. Pathol. 107: 359–361. Physiol. 115: 853–861. Abbott, S.L., W K.W. Cheung and J.M. Janda. 2003. The genus Aeromonas: Adamo, S.A. 1998. The specificity of behavioral fever in the cricket Acheta Biochemical characteristics, atypical reactions, and phenotypic iden- domesticus. J. Parasitol. 84: 529–533. tification schemes. J. Clin. Microbiol. 41: 2348–2357. Adams, C.A., B. Austin, P.G. Meaden and D. McIntosh. 1998. Molecular Abbott, S.L., R.P. Kokka and J.M. Janda. 1991. Laboratory investigations characterization of plasmid-mediated oxytetracycline resistance in Ae- on the low pathogenic potential of . J. Clin. romonas salmonicida. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 64: 4194–4201. Microbiol. 29: 148–153. Adams, G.A. and S.M. Martin. 1964. Extracellular polysaccharides of Ser- Abbott, S.L., L.S. Seli, M.J. Catino, M.A. Hartley and J.M. Janda. 1998. ratia marcescens. Can. J. Biochem. 42: 1403–1413. Misidentification of unusual Aeromonas species as members of the genus Vibrio: a continuing problem. J. Clin. Microbiol. 36: 1103–1104. Adams, G.A., C. Quadling, M. Yaguchi and T.G. Tornabene. 1970. The Abbott, S.L., H. Serve and J.M. Janda. 1994. Case of chemical composition of cell-wall lipopolysaccharides from Moraxella (DNA Group 10) bacteremia. J. Clin. Microbiol. 32: 3091–3092. duplex and Micrococcus calco-aceticus. Can. J. Microbiol. 16: 1–8. Abdullah, K.M., R.Y. Lo and A. Mellors. 1991. Cloning, nucleotide se- Adams, G.A. and R. Young. 1965. Capsular polysaccharides of Serratia quence, and expression of the Pasteurella haemolytica A1 glycoprotease marcescens. Can. J. Biochem. 43: 1499–1512. gene. J. Bacteriol. 173: 5597–5603. Adams, R., J. Bygraves, M. Kogut and N.J. Russell. 1987. The role of Abdullahi, M.Z., N.J.L. Gilmour and I.R. Poxton. 1990. Outer-membrane osmotic effects in haloadaptation of Vibrio costicola. J. Gen. Microbiol. proteins of bovine strains of type-A and their 133: 1861–1870. doubtful role as protective antigens. J. Med. Microbiol. 32: 55–61. Adams, R.L. and N.J. Russell. 1992. Interactive effects of salt concentra- Abdurashitov, M.A., E.V. Kileva, T.V. Myakisheva, V.S. Dedkov, A.V. Shev- tion and temperature on growth and lipid composition in the mod- chenko and S.K. Degtyarev. 1997. AccBSI: a new restriction endonu- erately halophilic bacterium Vibrio costicola. Can. J. Microbiol. 38: 823– clease from Acinetobacter calcoaceticus BS. Priklad. Biokhim. Mikrobiol. 827. 33: 556–558. Adegbola, R.A. and D.C. Old. 1983a. Fimbrial and non-fimbrial haem- Abel, R. 1893. Bakteriologische Studien u¨ber Ozaena simplex. Zentralbl. agglutinins in Enterobacter aerogenes. J. Med. Microbiol. 19: 35–43. Bakteriol. Parasitenk. Infektionskr. Hyg. Abt. I Orig. 13: 161–173. Adegbola, R.A. and D.C. Old. 1983b. Fimbrial hemagglutinins in Ente- Abeyta, C.J., C.A. Kaysner, M.M. Wekell, J.J. Sullivan and G.N. Stelma. robacter species. J. Gen. Microbiol. 129: 2175–2180. 1986. Recovery of from oysters implicated in an Adhikari, T.B., C.M. Vera Cruz, Q. Zhang, R.J. Nelson, D.Z. Skinner, T.W. outbreak of foodborne illness. J. Food Prot. 49: 643–646. Mew and J.E. Leach. 1995. Genetic diversity of Xanthomonas oryzae Abou-Akkada, A.R. and T.H. Blackburn. 1963. Some observations on the oryzae in Asia. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 61: 966–971. nitrogen metabolism of rumen proteolytic . J. Gen. Microbiol. Adkins, J.P., M.T. Madigan, L. Mandelco, C.R. Woese and R.S. Tanner. 31: 461–469. 1993. Arhodomonas aquaeolei gen. nov., sp. nov., an aerobic, halophilic

913 914 BIBLIOGRAPHY

bacterium isolated from a subterranean brine. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. genic nematodes Neoaplectana and Heterorhabditis. J. Gen. Microbiol. 43: 514–520. 121: 303–310. Adlam, C. 1989. The structure, function and properties of cellular and Akhurst, R.J. 1982a. Antibiotic activity of Xenorhabdus spp., bacteria sym- extracellular components of Pasteurella haemolytica. In Adlam and Rut- biotically associated with insect pathogenic nematodes of the families ter (Editors), Pasteurella and , Academic Press, London. Heterorhabditidae and Steinernematidae. J. Gen. Microbiol. 128: 3061– pp. 75–92. 3066. Agin, T.S. and M.K. Wolf. 1997. Identification of a family intimins com- Akhurst, R.J. 1982b. A Xenorhabdus sp. (Eubacteriales: ) mon to Escherichia coli causing attaching-effacing lesions in rabbits, symbiotically associated with Steinernema kraussei (Nematoda: Steiner- humans, and swine. Infect. Immun. 65: 320–326. nematidae). Rev. Nematol. 5: 277–280. Aguilera, A., J. Pascual, E. Loza, J. Lopez, G. Garcia, F. Liano, C. Quereda Akhurst, R.J. 1983a. Neoaplectana species: specificity of the association and J. Ortuno. 1995. Bacteraemia with Cedecea neteri in a patient with between bacteria of the genus Xenorhabdus spp. Experimental Para- systemic lupus erythematosus. Postgrad. Med. J. 71: 179–180. sitology. 55: 258–263. Aguillera, M.M., N.C. Hodge, R.E. Stall and G.C. Smart, Jr.. 1993. Bacterial Akhurst, R.J. 1983b. Taxonomic study of Xenorhabdus, a genus of bacteria symbionts of Steinernema scapterisci. J. Invertebr. Pathol. 62: 68–72. symbiotically associated with insect pathogenic nematodes. Int. J. Syst. Agustin, E.T. and B.A. Cunha. 1995. Buttock abscess due to Hafnia alvei. Bacteriol. 33: 38–45. Clin. Infect. Dis. 20: 1426. Akhurst, R.J. 1986a. Xenorhabdus nematophilus subsp. beddingii, new sub- Ahlquist, G.A., C.A. Fewson, D.A. Ritchie, J. Podmore and V. Rowell. 1980. species (Enterobacteriaceae): A new subspecies of bacteria mutualistically Competence for genetic transformation of Acinetobacter calcoaceticus associated with entomopathogenic nematodes. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. NCIB 8250. FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 7: 107–109. 36: 454–457. Ahmad, A.A., J.P. Barry and D.C. Nelson. 1999. Phylogenetic affinity of Akhurst, R.J. 1986b. Xenorhabdus nematophilus subsp. poinarii: its interac- tion with insect pathogenic nematodes. Syst. Appl. Microbiol. 8: 142– a wide, vacuolate, nitrate-accumulating Beggiatoa sp. from Monterey 147. Canyon, California, with Thioploca spp. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 65: Akhurst, R.J. and N.E. Boemare. 1986. A nonluminescent strain of Xe- 270–277. norhabdus luminescens (Enterobacteriaceae). J. Gen. Microbiol. 132: 1917– Ahmad, S. and R.A. Jensen. 1987. Evolution of the biochemical pathway 1922. for aromatic amino acid biosynthesis in Serpens flexibilis in relationship Akhurst, R.J. and N.E. Boemare. 1988. A numerical taxonomic study of to its phylogenetic position. Arch. Microbiol. 147: 8–12. the genus Xenorhabdus (Enterobacteriaceae) and proposed elevation of Ahmad, S., W.G. Weisburg and R.A. Jensen. 1990. Evolution of aromatic the subspecies of Xenorhabdus nematophilus to species. J. Gen. Micro- amino acid biosynthesis and application to the fine-tuned phyloge- biol. 134: 1835–1845. netic positioning of enteric bacteria. J. Bacteriol. 172: 1051–1061. Akhurst, R.J. and N.E. Boemare. 1990. Biology and of Xeno- Ahmed, R., C. Bopp, A. Borczyk and S. Kasatiya. 1987. Phage-typing rhabdus. In Gaugler and Kaya (Editors), Entomopathogenic Nema- scheme for Escherichia coli O157:H7. J. Infect. Dis. 155: 806–809. todes in Biological Control, CRC Press, Inc., Boca Raton. pp. 75–90. Ahmed, S. and M. Donaghy. 1998. An outbreak of Echerichia coli O157:H7 Akhurst, R.J. and N.E. Boemare. 1993. In Validation of the publication in Central Scotland. In Kaper and O’Brien (Editors), Escherichia coli of new names and new combinations previously effectively published O157:H7 and Other Shiga Toxin-Producing Strains, 1st Ed., ASM outside the IJSB. List No. 47. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 43: 864–865. Press, Washington, D.C. pp. 59–65. Akhurst, R.J. and G.B. Dunphy. 1993. Tripartite interactions between Ahmed, Z.U., M.R. Sarker and D.A. Sack. 1988. Nutritional requirements symbiotically associated entomopathogenic bacteria, nematodes, and of shigellae for growth in a minimal medium. Infect. Immun. 56: their insect hosts. In Beckage, Thompson and Federici (Editors), Par- 1007–1009. asites and Pathogens of Insects, Vol. 2, Academic Press, San Diego. Aikimbaev, M.A. 1966. Taxonomy of Genus Francesella. Rep. Acad. Sci. pp. 1–23. Kaz. SSR Ser. Biol. 5: 42–44. Akhurst, R.J., R.G. Mourant, L. Baud and N.E. Boemare. 1996. Phenotypic Ajai, C.O., J.E. Cook and S.M. Dennis. 1980. Diagnosing ovine epididy- and DNA relatedness between nematode symbionts and clinical mitis by immunofluorescence. Vet. Rec. 107: 421–424. strains of the genus Photohabdus (Enterobacteriaceae). Int. J. Syst. Bac- Akagawa, M. and K. Yamasato. 1989. Synonymy of aquamarinus, teriol. 46: 1034–1041. Alcaligenes faecalis subsp. homari, and Deleya aesta: Deleya aquamarina Akhurst, R.J., A.J. Smigielski, J. Mari, N.E. Boemare and R.G. Mourant. comb. nov. as the type species of the genus Deleya. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 1992. Restriction analysis of phase variation in Xenorhabdus spp. (En- 39: 462–466. terobacteriaceae), entomopathogenic bacteria associated with nema- Akagawa-Matsushita, M., T. Itoh, Y. Katayama, H. Kuraishi and K. Ya- todes. Syst. Appl. Microbiol. 15: 469–473. masato. 1992a. Isoprenoid quinone composition of some marine Al- Akman, L., R.V.M. Rio, C.B. Beard and S. Aksoy. 2001. Genome size teromonas, Marinomonas, Deleya, Pseudomonas and Shewanella species. J. determination and coding capacity of Sodalis glossinidius, an enteric Gen. Microbiol. 138: 2275–2281. symbiont of tsetse flies, as revealed by hybridization to Escherichia coli Akagawa-Matsushita, M., Y. Koga and K. Yamasoto. 1993. DNA relatedness gene arrays. J. Bacteriol. 183: 4517–4525. among nonpigmented species of Alteromonas and synonomy of Altero- Akman, L., A. Yamashita, H. Watanabe, K. Oshima, T. Shiba, M. Hatori monas haloplanktis (ZoBell and Upham 1944) Reichelt and Baumann and S. Aksoy. 2002. Genome sequence of the endocellular obligate 1973 and Alteromonas tetraodonis Simidu et al. 1990. Int. J. Syst. Bac- symbiont of tsetse flies, Wigglesworthia glossinidia. Nat. Genet. 32: 402– teriol. 43: 500–503. 407. Akagawa-Matsushita, M., M. Matsuo, Y. Koga and K. Yamasato. 1992b. Akpavie, S.O., A.T. Ajuwape and J.O. Ikheloa. 1994. A clinical note on Alteromonas atlantica sp. nov. and Alteromonas carrageenovora sp. nov., aegyptius infection in sheep in Nigeria. Rev. Elev. Med. bacteria that decompose algal polysaccharides. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. Vet. Pays Trop. 47: 177–179. 42: 621–627. Akporiaye, E.T., J.D. Rowatt, A.A. Aragon and O.G. Baca. 1983. Lysosomal Akan, M., A. Eyigor and K.S. Diker. 1998. Motile aeromonads in the feces response of a murine macrophage-like cell line persistently infected and carcasses of broiler chickens in Turkey. J. Food Prot. 61: 113– with . Infect. Immun. 40: 1155–1162. 115. Aksoy, S. 1995a. Molecular analysis of the endosymbionts of tsetse flies: Akhtar, S. and H.F. Van Emden. 1994. Ultrastructure of the symbionts 16S rDNA locus and over-expression of a chaperonin. Insect Mol. and mycetocytes of bird cherry aphid (Rhopalosiphum padi). Tissue Biol. 4: 23–29. Cell 26: 513–522. Aksoy, S. 1995b. Wigglesworthia gen. nov. and Wigglesworthia glossinidia sp. Akhurst, R.J. 1980. Morphological and functional dimorphism in Xeno- nov., taxa consisting of the mycetocyte-associated, primary endosym- rhabdus spp., bacteria symbiotically associated with the insect patho- bionts of tsetse flies. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 45: 848–851. BIBLIOGRAPHY 915

Aksoy, S., X. Chen and V. Hypsa. 1997. Phylogeny and potential trans- Albert, M.J., A.S. Faruque and D. Mahalanabis. 1998. Association of Pro- mission routes of midgut- associated endosymbionts of tsetse (Diptera: videncia alcalifaciens with diarrhea in children. J. Clin. Microbiol. 36: Glossinidae). Insect Mol. Biol. 6: 183–190. 1433–1435. Aksoy, S., A.A. Pourhosseini and A. Chow. 1995. Mycetome endosymbionts Albert, M.J., F. Qadri, A. Haque and N.A. Bhuiyan. 1993b. Bacterial clump of tsetse flies constitute a distinct lineage related to Enterobacteriaceae. formation at the surface of liquid culture as a rapid test for identi- Insect Mol. Biol. 4: 15–22. fication of enteroaggregative Escherichia coli. J. Clin. Microbiol. 31: Al Mamun, A.A., A. Tominaga and M. Enomoto. 1996. Detection and 1397–1399. characterization of the flagellar master operon in the four Shigella Albibi, R., J. Chen, O. Lamikanra, D. Banks, R.L. Jarret and B.J. Smith. subgroups. J. Bacteriol. 178: 3722–3726. 1998. RAPD fingerprinting Xylella fastidiosa Pierce’s disease strains Al Mamun, A.A., A. Tominaga and M. Enomoto. 1997. Cloning and char- isolated from a vineyard in north Florida. FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 165: acterization of the region III flagellar operons of the four Shigella 347–352. subgroups: genetic defects that cause loss of flagella of Albritton, W.L. 1984. Resistance plasmids of Haemophilus and Neisseria. and . J. Bacteriol. 179: 4493–4500. In Bryan (Editor), Antimicrobial Drug Resistance, Academic Press, Al-Jumaili, I.J. 1975. Bacteriocin typing of Proteus. J. Clin. Pathol. 28: 784– Orlando. 515–527. 787. Albritton, W.L., J.L. Brunton, M. Meier, M.N. Bowman and L.A. Slaney. Al-Jumaili, I.J. and G.A. Fenwick. 1978. Bacteriocine typing of Providencia 1982a. Haemophilus influenzae: comparison of respiratory tract isolates isolates. Zentralbl. Bakteriol. Parasitenk. Infektionskr. Hyg. Abt. I with genitourinary tract isolates. J. Clin. Microbiol. 16: 826–831. Orig. A. 240: 202–207. Albritton, W.L., J.L. Brunton, L. Slaney and I.W. Maclean. 1982b. Plasmid- Al-Khoja, M.S. and J.H. Darrell. 1979. The skin as the source of Acine- mediated sulfonamide resistance in . Antimicrob. tobacter and Moraxella species occurring in blood cultures. J. Clin. Agents Chemother. 21: 159–165. Pathol. 32: 497–499. Albritton, W.L., S. Penner, L. Slaney and J. Brunton. 1978. Biochemical Al-Mousawi, A.H. and P.E. Richardson. 1990. A comparison of fine struc- characteristics of Haemophilus influenzae in relationship to source of tural features of Xanthomonas campestris pv. malvacearum growth in vitro isolation and antibiotic resistance. J. Clin. Microbiol. 7: 519–523. and in cotton plant lines. Arab Gulf J. Sci. Res. 8: 141–152. Albritton, W.L., J.K. Setlow, M.L. Thomas and F.O. Sottnek. 1986. Relat- Alaluusua, S., M. Saarela, H. Jousimies-Somer and S. Asikainen. 1993. edness within the family as determined by genetic trans- Ribotyping shows intrafamilial similarity in actinomy- formation. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 36: 103–106. cetemcomitans isolates. Oral Microbiol. Immunol. 8: 225–229. Albritton, W.L., J.K. Setlow, M. Thomas, F. Sottnek and A.G. Steigerwalt. Alarcon, B., M.T. Gorris, M. Cambra and M.M. Lopez. 1995. Serological 1984. Heterospecific transformation in the genus Haemophilus. Mol. characterization of potato isolates of Erwinia carotovora subsp. atrosep- Gen. Genet. 193: 358–363. tica and subsp. carotovora using polyclonal and monoclonal antibodies. Albus, A.M., E.C. Pesci, L.J. Runyen-Janecky, S.E.H. West and B.H. Ig- J. Appl. Bacteriol. 79: 592–602. lewski. 1997. Vfr controls quorum sensing in . Alary, M. and J.R. Joly. 1991. Risk factors for contamination of domestic J. Bacteriol. 179: 3928–3935. hot water systems by legionellae. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 57: 2360– Alcorn, S.M. and T.V. Orum. 1988. Rejection of the names Erwinia car- 2367. negieana Standring 1942 and Pectobacterium carnegieana (Standring Alballaa, S.R., S.M. Qadri, O. Al-Furayh and K. Al-Qatary. 1992. Urinary 1942) Brenner, Steigerwalt, Miklos and Fanning 1973. Request for tract infection due to Rahnella aquatilis in a renal transplant patient. an opinion. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 38: 132–134. J. Clin. Microbiol. 30: 2948–2950. Alcorn, S.M., T.V. Orum, A.G. Steigerwalt, J.L.M. Foster, J.C. Fogleman Albert, M.J. 1994. O139 Bengal. J. Clin. Microbiol. 32: and D.J. Brenner. 1991. Taxonomy and pathogenicity of Erwinia cac- 2345–2349. ticida, sp. nov. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 41: 197–212. Albert, M.J., K. Alam, M. Islam, J. Montanaro, A.S.M.H. Rahman, K. Alday-Sanz, V., H. Rodger, T. Turnbull, A. Adams and R.H. Richards. Haider, M.A. Hossain, A.K.M.G. Kibriya and S. Tzipori. 1991. Hafnia 1994. An immunohistochemical diagnostic test for rickettsial disease. alvei, a probable cause of diarrhea in humans. Infect. Immun. 59: J. Fish Dis. 17: 189–191. 1507–1513. Aldova´, E., O. Hausner, D.J. Brenner, Z. Kocmoud, J. Schindler, B. Po- Albert, M.J., M. Ansaruzzaman, N.A. Bhuiyan, P.K. Neogi and A.S. Fa- tuzˇnı´kova´ and P. Petra´sˇ. 1988a. Pragia fontium, gen. nov., sp. nov., of ruque. 1995a. Characteristics of invasion of HEp-2 cells by Providencia the family Enterobacteriaceae, isolated from water. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. alcalifaciens. J. Med. Microbiol. 42: 186–190. 38: 183–189. Albert, M.J., M. Ansaruzzaman, F. Qadri, A. Hossain, A.K.M.G. Kibriya, Aldova´, E., O. Hausner and M. Gabrhelova´. 1984. Budvicia—a new genus K. Haider, S. Nahar, S.M. Faruque and A.N. Alam. 1993a. Character- of Enterobacteriaceae. Data on phenotypic characters. J. Hyg. Epidemiol. isation of Plesiomonas shigelloides strains that share type-specific antigen Microbiol. Immunol. (Prague) 28: 234–237. with Shigella flexneri 6 and common group 1 antigen with Shigella Aldova´, E., O. Hausner, M. Gabrhelova´, J. Schindler, P. Petra´sˇ and H. flexneri spp. and 1. J. Med. Microbiol. 39: 211–217. Brana´. 1983. A hydrogen sulfide-producing gram-negative rod from Albert, M.J., M. Ansaruzzaman, T. Shimada, A. Rahman, N.A. Bhuiyan, water. Zentbl. Bakteriol. Mikrobiol. Hyg. 1 Abt. Orig. A. 254: 95–108. S. Nahar, F. Qadri and M.S. Islam. 1995b. Characterization of Aero- Aldova´, E., O. Hausner, M. Gabrhelova´, J. Schindler, P. Petra´sˇ and H. monas trota strains that cross-react with Vibrio cholerae O139 Bengal. J. Brana´. 1985a. In Validation of the publication of new names and new Clin. Microbiol. 33: 3119–3123. combinations previously effectively published outside the IJSB. List Albert, M.J., N.A. Bhuiyan, A. Rahman, A.N. Ghosh, K. Hultenby, A. No. 17. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 35: 223–225. Weintraub, S. Nahar, A.K. Kibriya, M. Ansaruzzaman and T. Shimada. Aldova´, E., O. Hausner, Z. Kocmoud, J. Schindler and P. Petra´sˇ. 1988b. 1996. Phage specific for Vibrio cholerae O139 Bengal. J. Clin. Microbiol. A new member of the family Enterobacteriaceae—Pragia fontium. J. Hyg. 34: 1843–1845. Epidemiol. Microbiol. Immunol. (Prague) 32: 433–436. Albert, M.J., N.A. Bhuiyan, K.A. Talukder, A.S. Faruque, S. Nahar, S.M. Aldova´, E., O. Hausner, A. Svihalkova, K. Laznickova, J. Sobotkova, J. Faruque, M. Ansaruzzaman and M. Rahman. 1997. Phenotypic and Smolka and O. Horackova. 1985b. First strains of the genus Kluyvera genotypic changes in Vibrio cholerae O139 Bengal. J. Clin. Microbiol. in Czechoslovakia. Zentbl. Bakteriol. Mikrobiol. Hyg. Ser. A 260:8– 35: 2588–2592. 14. Albert, M.J., S.M. Faruque, M. Ansaruzzaman, M.M. Islam, K. Haider, K. Aldova´, E. and R.H.W. Schubert. 1996. Serotyping of Plesiomonas shigel- Alam, I. Kabir and R. Robins-Browne. 1992. Sharing of virulence- loides - a tool for understanding ecological relationships. Med. Micro- associated properties at the phenotypic and genetic levels between biol. Lett. 5: 33–39. enteropathogenic Escherichia coli and Hafnia alvei. J. Med. Microbiol. Aldrich, J.H., A.B. Gould and F.G. Martin. 1992. Distribution of Xylella 37: 310–314. fastidiosa within roots of peach. Plant Dis. 76: 885–888. 916 BIBLIOGRAPHY

Aleksic, S. and J. Bockemu¨hl. 1999. Yersinia and other Enterobacteriaceae. philia D457R contains a cluster of genes from gram-positive bacteria In Murray, Baron, Pfaller, Tenover and Yolken (Editors), Manual of involved in antibiotic and heavy metal resistance. Antimicrob. Agents Clinical Microbiology, 7th Ed., American Society for Microbiology, Chemother. 44: 1778–1782. Washington, D.C. 483–496. Alonso, J.L., M.S. Botella, I. Amoros and M.A. Alonso. 1994. The occur- Aleksicˇ, S., H. Karch and J. Bockemu¨hl. 1992. A biotyping scheme for rence of mesophilic aeromonads species in marine recreational waters Shiga-like (Vero) toxin-producing Escherichia coli O157 and a list of of Valencia (Spain). J. Environ. Sci. Health Part A Environ. Sci. Eng. serological cross-ractions between O157 and other gram-negative bac- 29: 615–628. teria. Zentbl. Bakteriol. 276: 221–230. Alonso, J.M., A. Joseph-Francois, D. Mazigh, H. Bercovier and H.H. Mol- Aleksic, S., A.G. Steigerwalt, J. Bockemuhl, G.P. Huntleycarter and D.J. laret. 1978. Re´sistance a` la peste de souris experimentalement infec- Brenner. 1987. Yersinia rohdei sp. nov. isolated from human and dog te´es par . Ann. Microbiol. (Inst. Pasteur) 129B: feces and surface water. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 37: 327–332. 203–207. Alexander, H.E. 1958. The Hemophilus group. In Dubos (Editor), Bacterial Alonso, J.L., I. Amoros and M.A. Alonso. 1996. Differential susceptibility and Mycotic Infections of Man, 3rd ed., Lippincott Co., Philadelphia. of aeromonads and coliforms to cefsulodin. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 474. 62: 1885–1888. Alexander, H.E. and G. Leidy. 1951. Induction of heritable new type in Alsenosy, A.M. and S.M. Dennis. 1985. Pathology of acute experimental type-specific strains of H. influenzae. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol. Med. 78: Actinobacillus seminis mastitis in ewes. Aust. Vet. J. 62: 234–237. 625–626. Altekruse, S.F., M.L. Cohen and D.L. Swerdlow. 1997. Emerging food- Alexander, H.E., G. Leidy and E. Hahn. 1954. Studies on the nature of borne diseases. Emerg. Infect. Dis. 3: 285–293. Hemophilus influenzae cells susceptible to heritable changes by deoxy- Altorfer, R., M. Altwegg, J. Zollinger-Iten and A. Von Graevenitz. 1985. ribonucleic acids. J. Exp. Med. 99: 505–533. Growth of Aeromonas spp. on cefsulodin-irgasan-novobiocin agar se- Alfa, M.J., P. DeGagne and P.A. Totten. 1996. Haemophilus ducreyi he- lective for Yersinia enterocolitica. J. Clin. Microbiol. 22: 478–480. molysin acts as a contact cytotoxin and damages human foreskin fi- Altwegg, M. 1985. Aeromonas caviae: an enteric pathogen? Infection 13: broblasts in cell culture. Infect. Immun. 64: 2349–2352. 228–230. Ali, A., A. Carnahan, M. Altwegg, J. Lu¨thy-Hottenstein and S. Joseph. Altwegg, M. 1990. Taxonomy and epidemiology of Aeromonas species: the 1996a. Aeromonas bestiarum, sp. nov. (formerly genomospecies DNA value of new typing methods, Thesis, Univeristy of Zurich. Group 2 A. hydrophia), a new species isolated from non-human Altwegg, M. 1993. A polyphasic approach to the classification and iden- sources. Med. Microbiol. Lett. 5: 156–165. tification of Aeromonas strains. Med. Microbiol. Lett. 2: 200–205. Ali, A., A. Carnahan, M. Altwegg, J. Lu¨thy-Hottenstein and S. Joseph. Altwegg, M. 1996. Subtyping methods. In Austin, Altwegg, Gosling and 1996b. In Validation of the publication of new names and new com- Joseph (Editors), The Genus Aeromonas, 1st Ed., John Wiley & Sons, binations previously effectively published outside the IJSB. List No. Ltd., Chichester. pp. 109–125. 59. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 46: 1189–1190. Altwegg, M. 1999. Aeromonas. In Murray, Baron, Pfaller, Tenover and Allen, D.A., B. Austin and R.R. Colwell. 1983. Aeromonas media, new species Yolken (Editors), Manual of Clinical Microbiology, 7th Ed., ASM Press, isolated from river water. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 33: 599–604. Washington, D.C. pp. 507–516. Allerberger, F., D. Rossboth, M.P. Dierich, S. Aleksic, H. Schmidt and H. Altwegg, M. and H.K. Geiss. 1989. Aeromonas as a human pathogen. Crit. Karch. 1996. Prevalence and clinical manifestations of Shiga toxin- Rev. Microbiol. 16: 253–286. producing Escherichia coli infections in Austrian children. Eur. J. Clin. Altwegg, M. and J. Lu¨thy-Hottenstein. 1992. Behaviour of Aeromonas spe- Microbiol. Infect. Dis. 15: 545–550. cies in Cary-Blair transport medium at various temperatures. Eur. J. Allison, C., N. Coleman, P.L. Jones and C. Hughes. 1992. Ability of Proteus Clin. Microbiol. Infect. Dis. 11: 79–80. Altwegg, M., M.W. Reeves, R. Altwegg-Bissig and D.J. Brenner. 1991. Multi- mirabilis to invade human urothelial cells is coupled to motility and locus enzyme analysis of the genus Aeromonas and its use for species swarming differentiation. Infect. Immun. 60: 4740–4746. identification. Zentbl. Bakteriol. 275: 28–45. Allison, C., L. Emo¨dy, N. Coleman and C. Hughes. 1994. The role of Altwegg, M., A.G. Steigerwalt, R. Altwegg-Bissig, J. Lu¨thy-Hottenstein and swarm cell differentiation and multicellular migration in the uro- D.J. Brenner. 1990. Biochemical identification of Aeromonas geno- pathogenicity of . J. Infect. Dis. 169: 1155–1158. species isolated from humans. J. Clin. Microbiol. 28: 258–264. Allison, C., H.C. Lai, D. Gygi and C. Hughes. 1993. Cell differentiation Altwegg, M., I.J. Zollinger and A. von Graevenitz. 1986. Differentiation of Proteus mirabilis is initiated by glutamine, a specific chemoattractant of Kluyvera cryocrescens from Kluyvera ascorbata by irgasan susceptibility for swarming cells. Mol. Microbiol. 8: 53–60. testing. Ann. Inst. Pasteur (Paris) 137A: 159–168. Alm, R.A., J.P. Hallinan, A.A. Watson and J.S. Mattick. 1996. Fimbrial Alvarez, A.M., A.A. Benedict and C.Y. Mizumoto. 1985. Identification of biogenesis genes of Pseudomonas aeruginosa: pilW and pilX increase the xanthomonads and grouping of strains of Xanthomonas campestris path- similarity of type 4 fimbriae to the GSP protein-secretion systems and ovar campestris with monoclonal antibodies. Phytopathology 75: 722– pilY1 encodes a gonococcal PilC homologue. Mol. Microbiol. 22: 161– 728. 173. Alvarez, A.M., A.A. Benedict, C.Y. Mizumoto, L.W. Pollard and E.L. Civ- Alm, R.A. and P.A. Manning. 1990. Biotype-specific probe for Vibrio chol- erolo. 1991. Analysis of Xanthomonas campestris pathovar citri and Xan- erae serogroup O1. J. Clin. Microbiol. 28: 823–824. thomonas campestris pathovar citrumelo with monoclonal antibodies. Alm, R.A. and J.S. Mattick. 1995. Identification of a gene, pilV, required Phytopathology 81: 857–865. for type-4 fimbrial biogenesis in Pseudomonas aeruginosa, whose prod- Alvarez, A.M., S. Schenck and A.A. Benedict. 1996. Differentiation of uct possesses a pre-pilin-like leader sequence. Mol. Microbiol. 16: 485– Xanthomonas albilineans strains with monoclonal antibody reaction pat- 496. terns of DNA fingerprints. Plant Pathol. (Oxf.) 45: 358–366. Alm, R.A. and J.S. Mattick. 1997. Genes involved in the biogenesis and Alves, M.P., F.A. Rainey, M.F. Nobre and M.S. da Costa. 2003. Thermomonas function of type-4 fimbriae in Pseudomonas aeruginosa. Gene 192: 89– hydrothermalis sp. nov., a new slightly thermophilic gamma-proteobac- 98. terium isolated from a hot spring in central Portugal. System. Appl. Almendras, F.E., I.C. Fuentealba, S.R.M. Jones, F. Markham and E. Span- Microbiol. 26: 70–75. gler. 1997. Experimental infection and horizontal transmission of Pis- Alwen, J. and D.G. Smith. 1967. A medium to suppress swarming of Proteus cirickettsia salmonis in freshwater-raised Atlantic salmon, Salmo salar L. species. J. Appl. Bacteriol. 30: 389–394. J. Fish Dis. 20: 409–418. Amako, K., K. Okada and S. Miake. 1984. Evidence for the presence of Alonso, A. and J.L. Martı´nez. 1997. Multiple antibiotic resistance in Ste- a capsule in Vibrio vulnificus. J. Gen. Microbiol. 130: 2741–2743. notrophomonas maltophilia. Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. 41: 1140– Amandi, A., S.F. Hiu, J.S. Rohovec and J.L. Fryer. 1982. Isolation and 1142. characterization of Edwardsiella tarda from fall chinook salmon (On- Alonso, A., P. Sanchez and J.L. Martinez. 2000. Stenotrophomonas malto- corhynchus tshawytscha). Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 43: 1380–1384. BIBLIOGRAPHY 917

Amann, R.I., W. Ludwig, R. Schulze, S. Spring, E. Moore and K.H. Schlei- Anderson, R. and A.R. Bhatti. 1986. Fatty acid distribution in the phos- fer. 1996. rRNA-targeted oligonucleotide probes for the identification pholipids of . Lipids. 21: 669–671. of genuine and former pseudomonads. Syst. Appl. Microbiol. 19: 501– Ando, S., S.I. Kato and K. Komagata. 1989. Phylogenetic diversity of 509. methanol-utilizing bacteria deduced from their 5S ribosomal RNA Amano, K., M. Fujita and T. Suto. 1993. Chemical properties of lipo- sequences. J. Gen. Appl. Microbiol. 35: 351–361. polysaccharides from spotted fever group Rickettsiae and their com- Andreev, L.V. and V.F. Gal’chenko. 1978. Fatty acid composition and mon antigenicity with lipopolysaccharides from Proteus species. Infect. identification of methanotrophic bacteria. Dokl. Akad. Nauk. SSSR Immun. 61: 4350–4355. 269: 1461–1468. Amano, K. and J.C. Williams. 1984. Sensitivity of Coxiella burnetii pepti- Andreev, L.V. and V.F. Gal’chenko. 1983. Phospholipid composition and doglycan to lysozyme hydrolysis and correlation of sacculus rigidity differentiation of methanotrophic bacteria. J. Liq. Chromatogr. 6: with peptidoglycan-associated proteins. J. Bacteriol. 160: 989–993. 2699–2708. Amano, K., J.C. Williams, S.R. Missler and V.N. Reinhold. 1987. Structure Andreeva, N.B., T.A. Sorokina and I.A. Khmel. 1996. Chitinolytic activity and biological relationships of Coxiella burnetii lipopolysaccharides. J. of pigmented Pseudomonas and Xanthomonas bacteria. Microbios. 87: Biol. Chem. 262: 4740–4747. 53–57. Amaral, J.F., C. Teixeira and E.D. Pinheiro. 1956. O bacte´rio causador Andrewes, A.G., S. Hertzberg, S. Liaaen-Jensen and M.P. Starr. 1973. da mancha aureolada do cafeeiro. Arg. Inst. Biol. (Sao˜ Paulo). 23: Xanthomonas pigments. 2. The Xanthomonas “carotenoids” - non-ca- 151–155. rotenoid brominated aryl-polyene esters. Acta Chem. Scand. 27: Amaro, C., R. Aznar, E. Alcaide and M.L. Lemos. 1990. Iron-binding 2383–2395. compounds and related outer membrane proteins in Vibrio cholerae Andrewes, A.G., C.L. Jenkins, M.P. Starr, M.P. Shepherd and H. Hope. non-O1 strains from aquatic environments. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 1976. Structure of xanthomonadin 1, a novel dibrominated aryl pol- 56: 2410–2416. yene pigment produced by the bacterium Xanthomonas juglandis.Te- Amaro, C. and E.G. Biosca. 1996. Vibrio vulnificus biotype 2, pathogenic trahedr. Lett. 45: 4023. for eels, is also an opportunistic pathogen for humans. Appl. Environ. Andrewes, F.W. and A.C. Inman. 1919. A study of the serological races Microbiol. 62: 1454–1457. of the Flexner group of dysentery bacilli, Med. Research Committee, Amaro, C., E.G. Biosca, B. Fouz, E. Alcaide and C. Esteve. 1995. Evidence Special Report Series, No. 42, London. that water transmits Vibrio vulnificus biotype 2 infections to eels. Appl. Andrews, H.J. 1986. Acinetobacter bacteriocin typing. J. Hosp. Infect. 7: Environ. Microbiol. 61: 1133–1137. 169–175. Amaro, C., E.G. Biosca, B. Fouz and E. Garay. 1992. Electrophoretic Andro, T., J.P. Chambost, A. Kotoujansky, J. Cattaneo, Y. Bertheau, F. analysis of heterogeneous lipopolysaccharides from various strains of Barras, F. Van Gijsegem and A. Coleno. 1984. Mutants of Erwinia Vibrio vulnificus biotypes 1 and 2 by silver staining and immunoblot- chrysanthemi defective in secretion of pectinase and cellulase. J. Bac- ting. Curr. Microbiol. 25: 99–104. teriol. 160: 1199–1203. Ammon, A., L.R. Petersen and H. Karch. 1999. A large outbreak of he- Angeles-Ramos, R., A.K. Vidaver and P. Flynn. 1991. Characterization of molytic uremic syndrome caused by an unusual sorbitol-fermenting epiphytic Xanthomonas campestris pathovar phaseoli and pectolytic xan- -J. Infect. Dis. 179: 1274–1277. thomonads recovered from symptomless weeds in the Dominican Re .מstrain of Escherichia coli O157:H Amuthan, G. and A. Mahadevan. 1994. Plasmid and pathogenicity in public (West Indies). Phytopathology 81: 677–681. Xanthomonas oryzae pathovar oryzae, the bacterial blight pathogen of Angen, Ø. 1997. Taxonomy of the ruminant, porcine and leprine [Pas- Oryza sativa. J. Appl. Bacteriol. 76: 529–538. teurella] haemolytica-complex. Comparative investigation of methods Ancuta, P., T. Pedron, R. Girard, G. Sandstro¨m and R. Chaby. 1996. used for characterization, classification and identification, Thesis, The Inability of the Francisella tularensis lipopolysaccharide to mimic or to Royal Veterinary and Agricultural University, Copenhagen. antagonize the induction of cell activation by endotoxins. Infection Angen, Ø., B. Aalbaek, E. Falsen, J.E. Olsen and M. Bisgaard. 1997. and Immunity. 64: 2041–2046. Relationships among strains classified with the ruminant Pasteurella Anderson, A.J. and E.A. Dawes. 1990. Occurrence, metabolism, metabolic haemolytica-complex using quantitative evaluation of phenotypic data. role, and industrial uses of bacterial polyhydroxyalkanoates. Micro- Zentbl. Bakteriol. 285: 459–479. biol. Rev. 54: 450–472. Angen, Ø., R. Mutters, D.A. Caugant, J.E. Olsen and M. Bisgaard. 1999a. Anderson, A.J., A.J. Hacking and E.A. Dawes. 1987. Alternative pathways Taxonomic relationships of the (Pasteurella) haemolytica complex as for the biosynthesis of alginate from fructose and glucose in Pseu- evaluated by DNA–DNA hybridizations and 16S rRNA sequencing domonas mendocina and Azotobacter vinelandii. J. Gen. Microbiol. 133: with proposal of Mannheimia haemolytica gen. nov., comb. nov., Mann- 1045–1052. heimia granulomatis comb. nov., Mannheimia glucosida sp. nov., Mann- Anderson, E.S. 1964. The phage typing of Salmonellae other than S. heimia ruminalis sp. nov. and Mannheimia varigena sp. nov. Int. J. Syst. typhi. In Oye (Editor), The World Problem of , Junk, Bacteriol. 49: 67–86. The Hague. pp. 84–110. Angen, Ø., M. Quirie, W. Donachie and M. Bisgaard. 1999b. Investiga- Anderson, E.S., G.O. Humphreys and G.A. Willshaw. 1975. The molecular tions on the species specificity of Mannheimia (Pasteurella) haemolytica relatedness of R factors in enterobacteria of human and animal origin. serotyping. Vet. Microbiol. 65: 283–290. J. Gen. Microbiol. 91: 376–382. Angst, E.C. 1929. Some new agar-digesting bacteria. Publ. Puget Sound Anderson, K. 1944. The cultivation from of micro- Biol. Sta. 27: 49–63. organisms having characteristics of Donovan bodies in yolk sac of Anon, M.T., L.M. Ruiz Velasco, E. Borrajo, C. Giner, M. Sendino and R. chick embryos. Science 97: 560–561. Canton. 1993. Escherichia vulneris infection. Report of 2 cases (Trans- Anderson, K., W. de Monbreun and E. Goodpasture. 1945a. An etiologic lated from Spanish). Enferm. Infecc. Microbiol. Clin. 11: 559–561. consideration of Donovania granulomatis cultivated from granuloma Anonymous (USDA:APHIS) 1994. Escherichia coli O157:H7. Issues and inguinale (three cases) in embryonic egg yolk. J. Exp. Med. 81: 25– Ramifications, 1–7.12. 40. Ansaruzzaman, M., A.K. Kibriya, A. Rahman, P.K. Neogi, A.S. Faruque, Anderson, K., E.W. Goodpasture and W.A. de Monbreun. 1945b. Im- B. Rowe and M.J. Albert. 1995. Detection of provisional serovars of munologic relationship of Donovania granulomatis to granuloma in- Shigella dysenteriae and designation as S. dysenteriae serotypes 14 and guinale. J. Exp. Med. 81: 41–50. 15. J. Clin. Microbiol. 33: 1423–1425. Anderson, M.J. and S.T. Nameth. 1990. Development of a polyclonal Anthony, L.S.D., M. Gu, S.C. Cowley, W.W.S. Leung and F.E. Nano. 1991. antibody-based serodiagnostic assay for the detection of Xanthomonas Transformation and allelic replacement in Francisella spp. J. Gen. Mi- campestris pathovar pelargonii in geranium plants. Phytopathology 80: crobiol. 137: 2697–2704. 357–360. Anzai, Y., H. Kim, J.Y. Park, H. Wakabayashi and H. Oyaizu. 2000. Phy- 918 BIBLIOGRAPHY

logenetic affiliation of the pseudomonads based on 16S rRNA se- hydrophila from polluted waters. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 54: 2786– quence. Int. J. Syst. Evol. Microbiol. 50: 1563–1589. 2792. Anzai, Y., Y. Kudo and H. Oyaizu. 1997. The phylogeny of the genera Arduino, M.J., F.W. Hickman-Brenner and J.J. Farmer, III. 1988. Phe- Chryseomonas, Flavimonas, and Pseudomonas supports synonymy of these notypic analysis of 132 Aeromonas strains representing 12 DNA hy- three genera. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 47: 249–251. bridization groups. J. Diarrh. Dis. Res. 6: 138. Aoki, K., K. Ohtsuka, R. Shinke and H. Nishira. 1984. Microbial metab- Argaman, M., T.Y. Liu and J.B. Robbins. 1974. Polyribitol phosphate: an olism of aromatic amines. 4. Rapid biodegradation of aniline by Fra- antigen of four gram-positive bacteria cross-reactive with the capsular teuria species ANA-18 and its aniline metabolism. Agric. Biol. Chem. polysaccharide of Haemophilus influenzae, type b. J. Immunol. 112: 48: 865–872. 649–655. Aoki, K., R. Shinke and H. Nishira. 1976. Purification and some properties Ark, P.A. 1939. Bacterial leaf spot of maple. Phytopathology 29: 968–970. of yeast tannase. Agric. Biol. Chem. 40: 79–85. Ark, P.A. 1940. Bacterial stalk rot of field corn caused by Phytomonas lapsa Aoki, T. 1988. Drug-resistant plasmids from fish pathogens. Microbiol. n. sp. Phytopathology 30:1. Sci. 5: 219–223. Ark, P.A. and J.T. Barrett. 1946. A new bacterial leaf-spot of greenhouse- Aoki, T. 1992. Chemotherapy and drug resistance in fish farms in Japan. grown gardenias. Phytopathology 36: 865–868. In Shariff, Subasinghe and Arthur (Editors), Diseases in Asian Aqua- Ark, P.A. and M.W. Gardner. 1936. Bacterial leaf spot of Primula. Phy- culture, Fish Health Section, Asian Fisheries Society, Manila, Philip- topathology 26: 1050–1055. pines. 519–529. Ark, P.A. and C.M. Tompkins. 1946. Bacterial leaf blight of bird’s nest Aoki, T., T. Arai and S. Egusa. 1977. Detection of R plasmids in naturally fern. Phytopathology 36: 758–761. occurring fish-, Edwardsiella tarda. Microbiol. Im- Arlat, M., C.L. Gough, C.E. Barber, C. Boucher and M.J. Daniels. 1991. munol. 21: 77–83. Xanthomonas campestris contains a cluster of hrp genes related to the Aoki, T., S. Egusa, T. Kimura and T. Watanabe. 1971. Detection of R larger hrp cluster of Pseudomonas solanacearum. Mol. Plant-Microbe factors in naturally occurring Aeromonas salmonicida strains. Appl. Mi- Interact. 4: 593–601. crobiol. 22: 716–717. Armstrong, G.L., J. Hollingsworth and J.G. Morris, Jr.. 1996. Emerging Aoki, T. and B.I. Holland. 1985. The outer membrane proteins of fish foodborne pathogens: Escherichia coli O157:H7 as a model of entry of pathogens Aermonas hydrophila, Aeromonas salmonicida and Edwardsiella a new pathogen into the food supply of the developed world. Epi- tarda. FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 27: 299–305. demiol. Rev. 18: 29–51. Appanna, V.D., L.G. Gazso, J. Huang and M. St. Pierre. 1996. Cesium Armstrong, G.R., R.A. Sen and J. Wilkinson. 2000. Pasteurella multocida stress and adaptation in Pseudomonas fluorescens. Bull. Environ. Con- meningitis in an adult: case report. J. Clin. Pathol. 53: 234–235. tam. Toxicol. 56: 833–838. Arnau, J. and M. Garriga. 1993. Black spot in cured meat-products. Appanna, V.D. and R. Hamel. 1996. Aluminum detoxification mechanism Fleischwirtschaft 73: 1412–1413. in Pseudomonas fluorescens is dependent on iron. FEMS Microbiol. Lett. Arnau, J. and M. Garriga. 2000. The effect of certain amino acids and 143: 223–228. browning inhibitors on the ‘black spot’ phenomenon produced by Appanna, V.D., R.E. Mayer and M. St. Pierre. 1995. Aluminum tolerance Carnimonas nigrificans. J. Sci. Food Agric. 80: 1655–1658. of Pseudomonas fluorescens in a phosphate-deficient medium. Bull. En- Arnaud, G. 1920. Une maladie bacte´rienne du lierre (Hedera helix L.). viron. Contam. Toxicol. 55: 404–411. C. R. Hebd. Se´ances Acad. Sci. Ser. D. 171: 121–122. Appanna, V.D. and M. St. Pierre. 1996. Cellular response to a multiple- Arnold, C., L. Metherell, G. Willshaw, A. Maggs and J. Stanley. 1999. metal stress in Pseudomonas fluorescens. J. Biotechnol. 48: 129–136. Predictive fluorescent amplified-fragment length polymorphism anal- Appuhamy, S., J.G. Coote, J.C. Low and R. Parton. 1998. PCR methods ysis of Escherichia coli: High-resolution typing method with phyloge- for rapid identification and characterization of Actinobacillus seminis netic significance. J. Clin. Microbiol. 37: 1274–1279. strains. J. Clin. Microbiol. 36: 814–817. Arora, S.K., B.W. Ritchings, E.C. Almira, S. Lory and R. Ramphal. 1996. Araga˜o, H. and G. Vianna. 1913. Pesquizas sobre o Granuloma venereo. Cloning and characterization of Pseudomonas aeruginosa fliF, necessary (Untersuchungen u¨ber das Granuloma venereum). Mem. Inst. Oswalo for flagellar assembly and bacterial adherence to mucin. Infect. Im- Cruz 5: 211–238. mun. 64: 2130–2136. Arahal, D.R., A.M. Castillo, W. Ludwig, K.-H. Schleifer and A. Ventosa. Arseculeratne, S.N. 1962. in joints of rabbits. J. Comp. 2002. Proposal of Cobetia marina gen. nov., comb. nov., within the Pathol. 72: 33–39. family Halomonadaceae, to include the species marina. Syst. Arsenijevic, M., S. Durisic and S. Mitrev. 1994. Serological identification Appl. Microbiol. 25: 207–211. of Erwinia amylovora bacterium, a pomaceous tree pathogen. Zast. Arahal, D.R., M.T. Garcia, W. Ludwig, K.H. Schleifer and A. Ventosa. Bilja. 45: 273–278. 2001a. Transfer of Halomonas canadensis and Halomonas israelensis to Artiguenave, F., R. Vilagines and C. Danglot. 1997. High-efficiency trans- the genus Chromohalobacter as Chromohalobacter canadensis comb. nov poson mutagenesis by electroporation of a Pseudomonas fluorescens and Chromohalobacter israelensis comb. nov. Int. J. Syst. Evol. Microbiol. strain. FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 153: 363–369. 51: 1443–1448. Aruga, S., Y. Kamagata, T. Kohno, S. Hanada, K. Nakamura and T. Ka- Arahal, D.R., M.T. Garcia, C. Vargas, D. Ca´novas, J.J. Nieto and A. Ventosa. nagawa. 2002. Characterization of filamentous Eikelboom type 021N 2001b. Chromohalobacter salexigens sp. nov., a moderately halophilic bacteria and description of Thiothrix disciformis sp. nov. and Thiothrix species that includes Halomonas elongata DSM 3043 and ATCC 33174. flexilis sp. nov. Int. J. Syst. Evol. Microbiol. 52: 13009–1316. Int. J. Syst. Evol. Microbiol. 51: 1457–1462. Asai, T. 1968. Acetic acid bacteria. Classification and biochemical activ- Arai, T., N. Ikejima, T. Itoh, S. Sakai, T. Shimada and R. Sakazaki. 1980. ities, University of Tokyo Press, Tokyo. A survey of Plesiomonas shigelloides from aquatic environments, do- Asai, T., H. Iizuka and K. Komagata. 1962. The flagellation of genus mestic animals, pets and humans. J. Hyg. 84: 203–211. Kluyvera. J. Gen. Appl. Microbiol. 8: 187–191. Arambulo, P.V., N.C. Westerlund, R.V. Sarmiento and A.S. Abaga . 1967. Asai, T., S. Okumura and T. Tsunoda . 1956. On a new genus, Kluyvera. Isolation of Edwardsiella tarda: a new genus of Enterobacteriaceae from Proc. Japan Acad. 32: 488–493. pig bile in the Philippines. Far East Med. J. 3: 385–386. Ash, C., A.J. Martinez-Murcia and M.D. Collins. 1993a. Identification of Araujo, R.M., R.M. Arribas, F. Lucena and R. Pares. 1989. Relation be- Aeromonas schubertii and Aeromonas jandaei by using a polymerase chain tween Aeromonas and fecal coliforms in fresh waters. J. Appl. Bacteriol. reaction-probe test. FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 108: 151–155. 67: 213–218. Ash, C., A.J. Martinez-Murcia and M.D. Collins. 1993b. Molecular iden- Arcos, M.L., A. de Vicente, M.A. Morinigo, P. Romero and J.J. Borrego. tification of Aeromonas sobria by using a polymerase chain reaction- 1988. Evaluation of several selective media for recovery of Aeromonas probe test. Med. Microbiol. Lett. 2: 80–86. BIBLIOGRAPHY 919

Ashby, S.F. 1929. Gumming disease of sugar cane. Trop. Agr. Trinidad. Austin, B., M. Goodfellow and C.H. Dickinson. 1978. Numerical taxon- 6: 135–138. omy of phylloplane bacteria isolated from Lolium perenne. J. Gen. Mi- Asikainen, S., C. Chen and J. Slots. 1995. Actinobacillus actinomycetemco- crobiol. 104: 139–155. mitans genotypes in relation to serotypes and periodontal status. Oral Austin, D.A., D. McIntosh and B. Austin. 1989a. Taxonomy of fish as- Microbiol. Immunol. 10: 65–68. sociated Aeromonas spp., with the description of Aeromonas salmonicida Asikainen, S., C.H. Lai, S. Alaluusua and J. Slots. 1991. Distribution of subsp. smithia, subsp. nov., sp. nov. Syst. Appl. Microbiol. 11: 277–290. Actinobacillus actinomycetemcomitans serotypes in periodontal health and Austin, D.A., D. McIntosh and B. Austin. 1989b. In Validation of the disease. Oral Microbiol. Immunol. 6: 115–118. publication of new names and new combinations previously effectively Asperger, O. and H.P. Kleber. 1991. Metabolism of alkanes by Acinetobacter. published outside the IJSB. List No. 31. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 39: 495– In Towner and Bergogne-Be´re´zin (Editors), The Biology of Acineto- 497. bacter: Taxonomy, Clinical Importance, Molecular Biology, Physiology, Austin, D.A. and M.O. Moss. 1986. Numerical taxonomy of red-pig- Industrial Relevance, Plenum Press, New York. pp. 323–350. mented bacteria isolated from a lowland river, with the description Assinder, S.J. and P.A. Williams. 1990. The TOL plasmids: determinants of a new taxon, Rugamonas rubra gen. nov., sp. nov. J. Gen. Microbiol. of the catabolism of toluene and the xylenes. Adv. Microb. Physiol. 132: 1899–1909. 31: 1–69. Austin, D.A. and M.O. Moss. 1987. In Validation of the publication of Asturias, J.A., E. Diaz and K.N. Timmis. 1995. The evolutionary relation- new names and new combinations previously effectively published ship of biphenyl dioxygenase from Gram-positive Rhodococcus glober- outside the IJSB. List No. 23. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 37: 179–180. ulus P6 to multicomponent dioxygenases from Gram-negative bac- Austin, D.A., P.A. Robertson, D.K. Wallace, H. Daskalov and B. Austin. teria. Gene 156: 11–18. 1998b. Isolation of Aeromonas salmonicida in association with purple- Atlas, R. 1997. Handbook of Microbiological Media, 2nd ed., CRC Press, pigmented bacteria in sediment from a Scottish loch. Lett. Appl. Boca Raton. Microbiol. 27: 349–351. Attafuah, A. and J.F. Bradbury. 1989. Pseudomonas antimicrobica, a new Avakyan, A.A. and V.L. Popov. 1984. and Chlamydiaceae: com- species strongly antagonistic to plant-pathogens. J. Appl. Bacteriol. parative electron microscopic studies. Acta Virol. 28: 159–173. 67: 567–573. Avakyan, A.A., V.L. Popov, S.M. Chebanov, A.A. Shatkin, V.E. Sidorov and Attafuah, A. and J.F. Bradbury. 1990. In Validation of the publication of R.I. Kudelina. 1983. Comparison of the ultrastructure of small dense new names and new combinations previously published outside the forms of chlamydiae and Coxiella burnetii. Acta Virol. 27: 168–172. IJSB, list no. 34. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 40: 320–321. Averhoff, B., L. Gregg-Jolly, D. Elsemore and L.N. Ornston. 1992. Genetic Au, S., K.L. Roy and R.G. von Tigerstrom. 1991. Nucleotide sequence analysis of supraoperonic clustering by use of natural transformation and characterization of the gene for secreted alkaline phosphatase in Acinetobacter calcoaceticus. J. Bacteriol. 174: 200–204. from Lysobacter enzymogenes. J. Bacteriol. 173: 4551–4557. Avlami, A., C. Papalambrou, M. Tzivra, E. Dounis and T. Kordossis. 1997. Aucken, H.M., S.G. Wilkinson and T.L. Pitt. 1996. Immunochemical char- Bone marrow infection caused by Actinobacillus ureae in a rheumatoid acterization of two new O serotypes of O27 and arthritis patient. J. Infect. 35: 298–299. O28. FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 138: 77–82. Axenfeld, T. 1897. Weitere erfahrungen u¨ber die chronische diplocba- Audureau, A. 1940. E´tude du genre Moraxella. Ann. Inst. Pasteur (Paris) cillen conjunctivitis. Klin. Wochenschr. 34: 847–849. 64: 126–166. Auling, G., H.-J. Busse, M. Hahn, H. Hennecke, R.-M. Kroppenstedt, A. Ayers, T.T., C.L. Lefebvre and H.W. Johnson. 1939. Bacterial wilt of les- Probst and E. Stackebrandt. 1988. Phylogenetic heterogeneity and pedeza. U.S. Dept. Agr. Tech. Bull. 704: 1–22. chemotaxonomic properties of certain Gram-negative aerobic car- Azelvandre, P. 1993. Les deferrioxamines E et D2, side´rophores de Pseu- boxydobacteria. Syst. Appl. Microbiol. 10: 264–272. domonas stutzeri, Universite´ Louis-Pasteur, Strasbourg, France. Auling, G., H.-J. Busse, F. Pilz, L. Webb, H. Kneifel and D. Claus. 1991. Aznar, R., E. Alcaide and E. Garay. 1992. Numerical taxonomy of pseu- Rapid differentiation, by polyamine analysis, of Xanthomonas strains domonads isolated from water, sediment and eels. Syst. Appl. Micro- from phytopathogenic pseudomonads and other members of the class biol. 15: 235–246. interacting with plants. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 41: 223– Aznar, R., W. Ludwig, R.I. Amann and K.H. Schleifer. 1994. Sequence 228. determination of rRNA genes of pathogenic Vibrio species and whole- Auling, G., M. Reh, C.M. Lee and H.G. Schlegel. 1978. Pseudomonas pseu- cell identification of Vibrio vulnificus with rRNA-targeted oligonucle- doflava a new species of hydrogen-oxidizing bacteria: its differentia- otide probes. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 44: 330–337. tion from Pseudomonas flava and other yellow-pigmented, Gram-neg- Baas-Becking, L.G.M. 1925. Studies on the sulphur bacteria. Ann. Bot. ative, hydrogen oxidizing species. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 28: 82–95. 39: 613–650. Austen, R.A. and N.W. Dunn. 1980. Regulation of the plasmid-specified Babalova, M., J. Blahova, M. Lesicka-Hupkova, V. Krcmery, Sr. and K. naphthalene catabolic pathway of Pseudomonas putida. J. Gen. Micro- Kubonova. 1995. Transfer of ceftazidime and aztreonam resistance biol. 117: 521–528. from nosocomial strains of Xanthomonas (Stenotrophomonas) maltophilia Austin, B. 1982. Taxonomy of bacteria isolated from a coastal, fish rearing to a recipient strain of Pseudomonas aeruginosa ML-1008. Eur. J. Clin. unit. J. Appl. Bacteriol. 53: 253–268. Microbiol. Infect. Dis. 14: 925–927. ¨ Austin, B. 1993. Recovery of atypical isolates of Aeromonas salmonicida, Babenzien, H.D. 1965. Uber Vorkommen und Kultur von Nevskia ramosa. which grow at 37C, from ulcerated non-salmonids in England. J. Fish. Zentralbl. Bakteriol. Parasitenkd. Infektionskr. Abt. I. Suppl. 1: 111– Dis. 16: 165–168. 116. Austin, B. and C. Adams. 1996. Fish pathogens. In Austin, Altwegg, Gos- Babenzien, H.D. 1966. Untersuchungen zur Biologie des Neustons. Verh. ling and Joseph (Editors), The Genus Aeromonas, 1st Ed., John Wiley Internat. Verein. Limnol. 16: 1503–1511. & Sons, Ltd., Chichester. pp. 197–244. Babenzien, H.D. 1967. Zur Biologie von Nevskia ramosa. Z. Allg. Mikrobiol. Austin, B. and D.A. Austin. 1990. Expression of motility in strains of the 7: 89–96. nonmotile species Aeromonas media. FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 68: 123– Babenzien, H.D. 1991. Achromatium oxaliferum and its ecological niche. 134. Zentbl. Mikrobiol. 146: 41–49. Austin, B. and D.A. Austin. 1993. Bacterial Fish Pathogens, Ellis Horwood, Babenzien, H.D. and P. Hirsch. 1974. Genus Nevskia. In Buchanan and Chichester, UK. pp. 266–279. Gibbons (Editors), Bergey’s Manual of Determinative Bacteriology, Austin, B., D.A. Austin, I. Dalsgaard, B.K. Gudmundstottir, S. Hoie, J.M. 8th Ed., The Williams & Wilkins Co., Baltimore. 161–162. Thornton, J.L. Larsen, B. O’Hici and R. Powell. 1998a. Characteri- Babudieri, B. 1959. : a zoonosis. Adv. Vet. Sci. 5: 81–182. zation of atypical Aeromonas salmonicida by different methods. Syst. Baca, O.G., E.T. Akporiaye, A.S. Aragon, I.L. Martinez, M.V. Robles and Appl. Microbiol. 21: 50–64. N.L. Warner. 1981. Fate of phase I and phase II Coxiella burnetii in 920 BIBLIOGRAPHY

several macrophage-like tumor cell lines. Infect. Immun. 33: 258– Bailie, W.E. 1966. Characterization of Haemophilus somnus, new species, 266. a microorganism isolated from infectious thromboembolic menin- Baca, O.G. and D. Paretsky. 1983. Q fever and Coxiella burnetii: a model goencephalitis of cattle, Kansas State University Manhattan, Kansas. for host-parasite interactions. Microbiol. Rev. 47: 127–149. Bailie, W.E., H.D. Anthony and K.D. Weide. 1966. Infectious throm- Baca, O.G., T.O. Scott, E.T. Akporiaye, R. DeBlassie and H.A. Crissman. boembolic meningoencephalomyelitis (sleeper syndrome) in feedlot 1985. Cell cycle distribution patterns and generation times of L929 cattle. J. Am. Vet. Med. Assoc. 148: 162–166. fibroblast cells persistently infected with Coxiella burnetii. Infect. Im- Baillie, A., W. Hodgkiss and J.R. Norris. 1962. Flagellation of Azotobacter mun. 47: 366–369. spp. as demonstrated by electron microscopy. J. Appl. Bacteriol. 25: Bachmann, B.J. 1996. Derivations and genotypes of some mutant deriv- 116–119. atives of Escherichia coli K-12. In Neidhardt, Curtiss, Ingraham, Lin, Baine, W.B., J.K. Rasheed, J.C. Feeley, G.W. Gorman and J. Casida, L.E.. Low, Magasanik, Reznikoff, Riley, Schaechter and Umbarger (Edi- 1978. Effect of supplemental l-tyrosine on pigment production in tors), Escherichia coli and Salmonella: Cellular and Molecular Biology, cultures of the Legionnaires’ disease bacterium. Curr. Microbiol. 1: 2nd Ed., ASM Press, Washington, D.C. pp. 2460–2488. 93–94. Backhus, D.A., F.W. Picardal, S. Johnson, T. Knowles, R. Collins, A. Radue Bainton, N.J., B.W. Bycroft, S.R. Chhabra, P. Stead, L. Gledhill, P.J. Hill, and S. Kim. 1997. Soil- and surfactant-enhanced reductive dechlori- C.E.D. Rees, M.K. Winson, G.P.C. Salmond, G.S.A.B. Stewart and P. nation of carbon tetrachloride in the presence of Shewanella putrefa- Williams. 1992a. A general role for the lux autoinducer in bacterial ciens 200. J. Contam. Hydrol. 28: 337–361. cell signalling: control of antibiotic biosynthesis in Erwinia. Gene 116: Bader, R.E. 1954. Uber die Herstellung eines agglutinierenden Serums 87–91. gegen die Rundform von Shigella sonnei mit einem Stamm der Gattung Bainton, N.J., P. Stead, S.R. Chhabra, B.W. Bycroft, G.P. Salmond, G.S. Pseudomonas. Z. Hyg. Infektionskr. 140: 450–456. Stewart and P. Williams. 1992b. N-(3-oxohexanoyl)-l-homoserine lac- Badran, H., R. Sohoni, T.V. Venkatesh and H.K. Das. 1999. Construction tone regulates carbapenem antibiotic production in Erwinia caroto- of a recF deletion mutant of Azotobacter vinelandii and its characteri- vora. Biochem. J. 288: 997–1004. zation. FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 174: 363–369. Bakaletz, L.O., B.M. Tallan, T. Hoepf, T.F. DeMaria, H.G. Birck and D.J. Bae, B.H. and S.B. Sureka. 1983. Cedecea davisae isolated from scrotal Lim. 1988. Frequency of fimbriation of nontypable Haemophilus in- abscess. J. Urol. 130: 148–149. fluenzae and its ability to adhere to chinchilla and human respiratory Bae, B.H.C., S.B. Sureka and J.A. Ajamy. 1975. Enteric group 15 (Ente- epithelium. Infect. Immun. 56: 331–335. robacteriaceae) associated with . J. Clin. Microbiol. 14: 596– Baker, C.N., D.G. Hollis and C. Thornsberry. 1985. Antimicrobial sus- 597. ceptibility testing of Francisella tularensis with a modified Mueller-Hin- Baggi, G., P. Barbieri, E. Galli and S. Tollari. 1987. Isolation of a Pseu- ton broth. J. Clin. Microbiol. 22: 212–215. domonas stutzeri strain that degrades o-xylene. Appl. Environ. Micro- Baker, C.J., E.W. Orlandi and N.M. Mock. 1993. Harpin, an elicitor of biol. 53: 2129–2132. the hypersensitive response in tobacco caused by Erwinia amylovora, Baghdiguian, S., M.H. Boyer Giglio, J.O. Thaler, G. Bonnot and N.E. elicits active oxygen production in suspension cells. Plant Physiol. 102: Boemare. 1993. Bacteriocinogenesis in cells of Xenorhabdus nemato- 1341–1344. philus and Photorhabdus luminescens: Enterobacteriaceae associated with Baker, N.R. 1990. Adherance and the role of alginate. In Gacesa and entomopathogenic nematodes. Biol. Cell 79: 177–185. Russell (Editors), Pseudomonas Infection and Alginates - Biochemistry, Bagley, S.T. and R.J. Seidler. 1978. Primary Klebsiella identification with MacConkey–inositol–carbenicillin agar. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 36: Genetics, and Pathology, Chapman and Hall, London. 95–108. 536–538. Bakken, J.S., C.C. Sanders, R.B. Clark and M. Hori. 1988. Beta-lactam Bagley, S.T., R.J. Seidler and D.J. Brenner. 1981. Klebsiella planticola sp. resistance in Aeromonas spp. caused by inducible beta-lactamases active nov. a new species of enterobacteriaceae found primarily in nonclin- against penicillins, cephalosporins, and carbapenems. Antimicrob. ical environments. Curr. Microbiol. 6: 105–109. Agents Chemother. 32: 1314–1319. Bagley, S.T., R.J. Seidler and D.J. Brenner. 1982. In Validation of the Bakopoulos, V., A. Adams and R.H. Richards. 1997. Serological relation- publication of new names and new combinations previously effectively ship of Photobacterium damsela subsp. piscicida isolates (the causative published outside the IJSB. List No. 8. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 32: 266– agent of fish pasteurellosis) determined by western blot analysis using 268. six monoclonal antibodies. Dis. Aquat. Org. 28: 69–72. Bahr, H. and U. Schwartz. 1956. Untersuchungen zur O¨ kologie farblose Bakos, K. 1955. Studien u¨ber Haemophilus suis, mit besonderer Beru¨ck- fadifer Schwefelmikroben. Biol. Zeit. 75: 451–464. sichtigung der serologischen Differenzierung seiner Sta¨amme. In Ap- Bahr, L. 1919. Paratyfus hos Honningbien samt nogle undersøgelser ver- pelberg’s Boktrykkeri AB, Uppsala. drørende Forekomsten af Bakterierhenhorende til Coli-tyfus grup- Bakos, K., A. Nilsson and E. Thal. 1952. Untersuchungen u¨ber Haemo- pen. I. Honningbienstarm Scand. Vet. Tidskrift. 9: 25–40, 45–60. philus suis. Nord. Vet. Med. 4: 241–255. Bahrani, F.K., S. Cook, R.A. Hull, G. Massad and H.L.T. Mobley. 1993. Balajee, S. and A. Mahadevan. 1989. Evidence for a dissimilatory plasmid Proteus mirabilis fimbriae: N-terminal amino acid sequence of a major in Azotobacter chroococcum. FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 65: 223–227. fimbrial subunit and nucleotide sequence of the genes from two Balas, M.T., M.H. Lee and J.H. Werren. 1996. Distribution and fitness strains. Infect. Immun. 61: 884–891. effects of the son-killer bacterium in Nasonia. Evol. Ecol. 10: 593–607. Bahrani, F.K., D.E. Johnson, D. Robbins and H.L. Mobley. 1991. Proteus Balashova, V.V., I.Y. Vedenina, G.E. Markosyan and G.A. Zavarzin. 1974. mirabilis flagella and MR/P fimbriae: isolation, purification, N-ter- The auxotrophic growth of Leptospirillum ferroxidans. Mikrobiologiya minal analysis, and serum antibody response following experimental 43: 581–585. urinary tract infection. Infect. Immun. 59: 3574–3580. Balch, W.E., G.E. Fox, L.J. Magrum, C.R. Woese and R.S. Wolfe. 1979. Bahrani, F.K., G. Massad, C.V. Lockatell, D.E. Johnson, R.G. Russell, J.W. Methanogens: reevaluation of a unique biological group. Microbiol. Warren and H.L. Mobley. 1994. Construction of an MR/P fimbrial Rev. 43: 260–296. mutant of Proteus mirabilis: role in virulence in a mouse model of Baldani, J.I., B. Pot, G. Kirchhof, E. Falsen, V.L.D. Baldani, F.L. Olivares, ascending urinary tract infection. Infect. Immun. 62: 3363–3371. B. Hoste, K. Kersters, A. Hartmann, M. Gillis and J. Do¨bereiner. 1996. Bahrani, F.K. and H.L. Mobley. 1993. Proteus mirabilis MR/P fimbriae: Emended description of Herbaspirillum: inclusion of “Pseudomonas” molecular cloning, expression and nucleotide sequence of the major rubrisubalbicans, a mild plant pathogen, as Herbaspirillum rubrisubalbi- fimbrial subunit gene. J. Bacteriol. 175: 457–464. cans comb. nov.; and classification of a group of clinical isolates (EF Bahrani, F.K. and H.L. Mobley. 1994. Proteus mirabilis MR/P fimbrial op- group 1) as Herbaspirillum species 3. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 46: 802– eron: genetic organization, nucleotide sequence, and conditions for 810. expression. J. Bacteriol. 176: 3412–3419. Baldini, M.M., J.B. Kaper, M.M. Levine, D.C. Candy and H.W. Moon. BIBLIOGRAPHY 921

1983. Plasmid-mediated adhesion in enteropathogenic Escherichia coli. Barnes, L.A. and W.B. Cherry. 1946. A group of paracolon organisms J. Pediatr. Gastroenterol. Nutr. 2: 534–538. having apparent pathogenicity. Am. J. Public Health. 36: 481–483. Bali, A., G. Blanco, S. Hill and C. Kennedy. 1992. Excretion of ammonium Barnett, T.C. and S.M. Kirov. 1999a. Expression and function of the by a nifL mutant of Azotobacter vinelandii fixing nitrogen. Appl. En- cloned type IV Aeromonas pilus (Tap). 6th International viron. Microbiol. 58: 1711–1718. Aeromonas/Plesiomonas Symposium, Chicago, Illinois. p. 25. Ballard, R.W. 1970. The taxonomy of some phytopathogenic Pseudomonas Barnett, T.C. and S.M. Kirov. 1999b. The type IV Aeromonas pilus (Tap) species, University of California, Berkley. gene cluster is widely conserved in Aeromonas species. Microb. Pathog. Ballard, R.W., N.J. Palleroni, M. Doudoroff, R.Y. Stanier and M. Mandel. 26: 77–84. 1970. Taxonomy of the aerobic pseudomonads: Pseudomonas cepacia, Barnett, T.C., S.M. Kirov, M.S. Strom and K. Sanderson. 1997. Aeromonas P. marginata, P. alliicola, and P. caryophylli. J. Gen. Microbiol. 60: 199– spp. possess at least two distinct type IV pilus families. Microb. Pathog. 214. 23: 241–247. Ballester, M., J.M. Ballester and J.P. Belaich. 1977. Isolation and char- Barras, F., F.v. Gijsegem and A.K. Chatterjee. 1994. Extracellular enzymes acterization of a high molecular weight antibiotic produced by a ma- and pathogenesis of soft-rot Erwinia. Annu. Rev. Phytopathol. 32: 201– rine bacterium. Microb. Ecol. 3: 289–303. 234. Bally, R., D. Thomas-Bauzon, T. Heulin, J. Balandreau and C. Richard. Barrett, E.L., R.E. Solanes, J.S. Tang and N.J. Palleroni. 1986. Pseudomonas

1983. Determination of the most frequent N2-fixing bacteria in a rice fluorescens biovar V: its resolution into distinct component groups and rhizosphere. Can. J. Microbiol. 29: 881–887. the relationship of these groups to other Pseudomonas fluorescens bio- Banatvala, N., M.M. Debeukelaer, P.M. Griffin, T.J. Barrett, K.D. Greene, vars, to Pseudomonas putida, and to psychrotrophic pseudomonads as- J.H. Green and J.G. Wells. 1996. Shiga-like toxin-producing Escherichia sociated with food spoilage. J. Gen. Microbiol. 132: 2709–2721. coli O111 and associated hemolytic-uremic syndrome: A family out- Barrett, T.J. 1997. Molecular fingerprinting of foodborne pathogenic break. Pediatr. Infect. Dis. J. 15: 1008–1011. bacteria: An introduction to methods, uses and problems. In Torto- Bando, S.Y., G.R. do Valle, M.B. Martinez, L.R. Trabulsi and C.A. Moreira- rello and Gendel (Editors), Food Microbiological Analysis: New Tech- Filho. 1998. Characterization of enteroinvasive Escherichia coli and Shi- nologies, Marcel Dekker, New York. pp. 249–264. gella strains by RAPD analysis. FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 165: 159–165. Barrett Ralston, E. 1972. Some contributions to the taxonomy of the Bang, S.S., P. Baumann and K.H. Nealson. 1978. Phenotypic character- genus Pseudomonas, University of California, Berkley. ization of Photobacterium logei (sp. nov.), a species related to Photobac- Barry, A.L. and P.D. Hoeprich. 1973. In vitro activity of cephalothin and terium fischeri. Curr. Microbiol. 1: 285–288. three penicillins against Escherichia coli and Proteus species. Antimicrob. Bang, S.S., L. Baumann, M.J. Woolkalis and P. Baumann. 1981. Evolu- Agents Chemother. 4: 354–360. tionary relationships in Vibrio and Photobacterium as determined by Barthold, S.W., G.L. Coleman, P.N. Bhatt, G.W. Osbaldiston and A.M. immunological studies of superoxide dismutase. Arch. Microbiol. 130: Jonas. 1976. The etiology of transmissible murine colonic hyperplasia. 111–120. Lab. Anim. Sci. 26: 889–894. Bangera, M.G. and L.S. Thomashow. 1996. Characterization of a genomic Bartlett, K.H., T.J. Trust and H. Lior. 1977. Small pet aquarium frogs as locus required for synthesis of the antibiotic 2,4-diacetylphloroglu- a source of Salmonella. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 33: 1026–1029. cinol by the biological control agent Pseudomonas fluorescens Q2-87. Barton, H.A., Z. Johnson, C.D. Cox, A.I. Vasil and M.L. Vasil. 1996. Ferric Mol. Plant-Microbe Interact. 9: 83–90. uptake regulator mutants of Pseudomonas aeruginosa with distinct al- Bangert, R.L., A.C.S. Ward, E.H. Stauber, B.R. Cho and P.R. Widders. terations in the iron-dependent repression of exotoxin A and sider- 1988. A survey of the aerobic bacteria in the feces of captive raptors. ophores in aerobic and microaerobic environments. Mol. Microbiol. Avian Dis. 32: 53–62. 21: 1001–1017. Barbaree, J.M. 1993. Selecting a subtyping technique for use in investi- Bartosch, S., I. Wolgast, E. Spieck and E. Bock. 1999. Identification of gations of legionellosis epidemics. In Barbaree, Breiman and Dufour nitrite-oxidizing bacteria with monoclonal antibodies recognizing the (Editors), : Current Status and Emerging Perspectives, Amer- nitrite oxidoreductase. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 65: 4126–4133. ican Society for Microbiology, Washington, D.C. pp. 169–172. Bartowsky, E.J., S.R. Attridge, C.J. Thomas, G. Mayrhofer and P.A. Man- Barbe´, G., M. Babolat, J.M. Boeufgras, D. Monget and J. Freney. 1994. ning. 1990. Role of the P plasmid in attenuation of Vibrio cholerae O1. Evaluation of API NH, a new 2-hour system for identification of Neis- Infect. Immun. 58: 3129–3134. seria and Haemophilus species and in a routine Barua, D. and W.B.I. Greenough (Editors). 1992. , Plenum Pub- clinical laboratory. J. Clin. Microbiol. 32: 187–189. lishing Co., New York and London. 372 pp. Barbe, J 1969. Organization me´thodique de l’e´tude des caracte`res en- Basalp, A., B. Cirakoglu and E. Bermek. 1995. A simple and accurate way zymatiques des bacte´ries de la tribu des Klebsielleae: Application a`la for diagnosis of Erwinia carotovora subsp. atroseptica. Turk. J. Biol. 19: classification, Universite´ Marseille Marseille, France. 247 pp. 323–329. Barber, C. and E. Eylan. 1976. Immunochemical relations of Yersinia Bascomb, S., S.P. Lapage, M.A. Curtis and W.R. Willcox. 1971. Numerical enterocolitica with and their connection with other Ente- classification of the tribe Klebsielleae. J. Gen. Microbiol. 66: 279–295. robacteriaceae. Microbios. Lett. 3: 25–29. Bascombe, S. and R.M. Jackson. 1965. Rhizobium culture collection. Barbeyron, T., B. Henrissat and B. Kloareg. 1994. The gene encoding Bashan, Y. and I. Assouline. 1983. Complementary bacterial enrichment the kappa-carrageenase of Alteromonas carrageenovora is related to beta- techniques for the detection of Pseudomonas syringae pathovar tomato 1,3-1,4-glucanases. Gene 139: 105–109. and Xanthomonas campestris pathovar vesicatoria in infested tomato and Barea, J.M. and M.E. Brown. 1974. Effects on plant growth produced by pepper seeds. Phytoparasitica. 11: 187–194. Azotobacter paspali related to synthesis of plant growth regulating sub- Bashan, Y., Y. Okon and Y. Henis. 1982. A note on a new defined medium stances. J. Appl. Bacteriol. 37: 583–593.. for Pseudomonas tomato. J. Appl. Bacteriol. 52: 297–298. Barenkamp, S.J. 1992. Outer membrane proteins and lipopolysaccharides Baskerville, A., R.B. Fitzgeorge, M. Broster and P. Hambleton. 1983. His- of nontypeable Haemophilus influenzae. J. Infect. Dis. 165 (Suppl 1): topathology of experimental Legionnaires disease in guinea pigs, rhe- S181–184. sus monkeys and marmosets. J. Pathol. 139: 349–362. Barja, J.L., Y. Santos, I. Huq, R.R. Colwell and A.E. Toranzo. 1990. Plas- Basnyat, S.R. and Y.S. Kulkarni. 1979. New bacterial leafspot of Centella mids and factors associated with virulence in environmental isolates asiatica L. Urban. Biovigyanam. 5: 179–180. of Vibrio cholerae non-O1 in Bangladesh. J. Med. Microbiol. 33: 107– Bast, E. 1977. Utilization of nitrogen compounds and ammonia assimi- 114. lation by chromatiaceae. Arch. Microbiol. 113: 91–94. Barnes, D.M. and D.K. Sorensen. 1975. Salmonellosis. In Dunne and Bastian, I. and F.J. Bowden. 1996. Amplification of Klebsiella-like sequences Leman (Editors), Diseases of Swine, 4th Ed., Iowa State University, from biopsy samples from patients with donovanosis. Clin. Infect. Dis. Ames. pp. 554–564. 23: 1328–1330. 922 BIBLIOGRAPHY

Bastian, S.N., I. Carle and F. Grimont. 1998. Comparison of 14 PCR sonchi contain plasmids with trpEG and remnants of trpE pseudogenes. systems for the detection and subtyping of stx genes in Shiga-toxin- Curr. Microbiol. 35: 18–21. producing Escherichia coli. Res. Microbiol. 149: 457–472. Baumann, P. 1968. Isolation of Acinetobacter from soil and water. J. Bac- Basu, S., R.N. Tharanathan, T. Kontrohr and H. Mayer. 1985. Chemical teriol. 96: 39–42. structure of the lipid A component of Plesiomonas shigelloides and its Baumann, P., S.S. Bang and L. Baumann. 1978. Phenotypic characteri- taxonomical significance. FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 28: 7–10. zation of Beneckea anguillara biotypes I and II. Curr. Microbiol. 1: 85– Baturo, A.P. and V.P. Raginskaya. 1978. Antigenic schema for the hafniae. 88. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 28: 126–127. Baumann, P. and L. Baumann. 1977. Biology of the marine enterobac- Baudry, B., A.T. Maurelli, P. Clerc, J.C. Sadoff and P.J. Sansonetti. 1987. teria: genera Beneckea and Photobacterium. Annu. Rev. Microbiol. 31: Localization of plasmid loci necessary for the entry of Shigella flexneri 39–61. into HeLa cells, and characterization of one locus encoding four Baumann, P. and L. Baumann. 1981a. The marine Gram-negative eu- immunogenic polypeptides. J. Gen. Microbiol. 133: 3403–3413. bacteria. In Starr, Stolp, Tru¨per, Balows and Schlegel (Editors), The Baudry, B., S.J. Savarino, P. Vial, J.B. Kaper and M.M. Levine. 1990. A Prokaryotes, a Handbook on Habitats, Isolation and Identification of sensitive and specific DNA probe to identify enteroaggregative Esch- Bacteria, 1st Ed., Springer-Verlag, New York. pp. 1352–1394. erichia coli, a recently discovered diarrheal pathogen. J. Infect. Dis. Baumann, P. and L. Baumann. 1981b. The marine Gram-negative eu- 161: 1249–1251. bacteria: Genera Photomicrobium, Benecka, Alteromonas, Pseudomonas, Bauer, A.W., W.M.M. Kirby, J.C. Sherris and M. Turck. 1966. Antibiotic and Alcaligenes. In Starr, Stolp, Tru¨per, Balows and Schlegel (Editors), susceptibility testing by a standardized single disk method. Am. J. Clin. The Prokaryotes. A Handbook on the Biology of Bacteria: Ecophy- Pathol. 45: 493–496. siology, Isolation, Identification, Applications, Vol. 1302-1331, Bauer, C.A., G.D. Brayer, A.R. Sielecki and M.N.G. James. 1981. Active Springer-Verlag, New York. site of ␣-lytic protease. Eur. J. Biochem. 129: 289–294. Baumann, P., L. Baumann, S.S. Bang and M.J. Woolkalis. 1980b. Re- Bauer, D.W., Z.M. Wei, S.V. Beer and A. Collmer. 1995. Erwinia chrys- evaluation of the taxonomy of Vibrio, Beneckea, and Photobacterium: anthemi harpinEch: an elicitor of the hypersensitive response that abolition of the genus Beneckea. Curr. Microbiol. 4: 127–132. contributes to soft-rot pathogenesis. Mol. Plant-Microbe Interact. 8: Baumann, P., L. Baumann, S.S. Bang and M.J. Woolkalis. 1981. In Vali- 484–491. dation of the publication of new names and combinations previously Bauer, R.T. 1987. Stomatopod grooming behavior: functional morphol- effectively published outside the IJSB. List No. 6. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. ogy and amputation experiments in Gonodactylus oerstedii. J. Crustac. 31: 215–218. Biol. 7: 414–432. Baumann, P., L. Baumann, S.S. Bang and M.J. Woolkalis. 1982. In Vali- Bauernfeind, A. and C. Petermu¨ller. 1984. Typing of Enterobacter spp. by dation of the publication of new names and combinations previously bacteriocin susceptibility and its use in epidemiological analysis. J. effectively published outside the IJSB. List No. 8. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. Clin. Microbiol. 20: 70–73. 32: 266–268. Bauld, J., J.L. Favinger, M.T. Madigan and H. Gest. 1987. Obligately halo- Baumann, P., L. Baumann, R.D. Bowditch and B. Beaman. 1984a. Tax- philic Chromatium vinosum from Hamelin Pool, Shark Bay, Australia. onomy of Alteromonas: Alteromonas nigrifaciens sp. nov., nom. rev.; Al- Curr. Microbiol. 14: 335–340. teromonas macleodii and Alteromonas haloplanktis. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. Baum, K.H., S.J. Shin, W.C. Rebhun and V.H. Patten. 1984. Isolation of 34: 145–149. Actinobacillus lignieresii from enlarged tongue of a horse. J. Am. Vet. Baumann, P., L. Baumann, C.-Y. Lai, D. Rouhbakhsh, N.A. Moran and Med. Assoc. 185: 792–793. M.A. Clark. 1995. Genetics, physiology, and evolutionary relationships Baumann, L., S.S. Bang and P. Baumann. 1980a. Study of relationship of the genus Buchnera: intracellular symbionts of aphids. Annu. Rev. among species of Vibrio, Photobacterium, and terrestrial enterobacteria Microbiol. 49: 55–94. by an immunological comparison of glutamine synthetase and su- Baumann, P., L. Baumann and M.A. Clark. 1996. Levels of Buchnera aphi- peroxide dismutase. Curr. Microbiol. 4: 133–138. dicola chaperonin GroEL during growth of the aphid Schizaphis gra- Baumann, L. and P. Baumann. 1973. Enzymes of glucose catabolism in minum. Curr. Microbiol. 32: 279–285. cell-free extracts of non-fermentative marine eubacteria. Can. J. Mi- Baumann, P., L. Baumann, M.A. Clark and M.L. Thao. 1998. Buchnera crobiol. 19: 302–304. aphidicola: the endosymbiont of aphids. ASM News. 64: 203–209. Baumann, L. and P. Baumann. 1974. Regulation of aspartokinase activity Baumann, P., L. Baumann and M. Mandel. 1971a. Taxonomy of marine in non-fermentative, marine eubacteria. Arch. Microbiol. 95: 1–18. bacteria: the genus Beneckea. J. Bacteriol. 107: 268–294. Baumann, L. and P. Baumann. 1978. Studies of relationship among ter- Baumann, P., L. Baumann, M. Mandel and R.D. Allen. 1971b. Taxonomy restrial Pseudomonas, Alcaligenes, and enterobacteria by an immuno- of marine bacteria: Beneckea nigrapulchrituda sp. n. J. Bacteriol. 108: logical comparison of glutamine synthetase. Arch. Microbiol. 119: 25– 1380–1383. 30. Baumann, P., R.D. Bowditch, L. Baumann and B. Beaman. 1983b. Tax- Baumann, L. and P. Baumann. 1994. Growth kinetics of the endosym- onomy of marine Pseudomonas species Pseudomonas stanieri sp. nov., biont Buchnera aphidicola in the aphid Schizaphis graminum. Appl. En- Pseudomonas perfectomarina sp. nov., nom. rev., Pseudomonas nautica, viron. Microbiol. 60: 3440–3443. and Pseudomonas doudoroffii. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 33: 857–865. Baumann, L. and P. Baumann. 1998. Characterization of ftsZ, the cell Baumann, P., M. Doudoroff and R.Y. Stanier. 1968a. Study of the Moraxella division gene of Buchnera aphidicola (endosymbiont of aphids) and group. I. Genus Moraxella and the Neisseria catarrhalis group. J. Bac- detection of the product. Curr. Microbiol. 36: 85–89. teriol. 95: 58–73. Baumann, L., P. Baumann, M. Mandel and R.D. Allen. 1972. Taxonomy Baumann, P., M. Doudoroff and R.Y. Stanier. 1968b. A study of the Mo- of aerobic marine eubacteria. J. Bacteriol. 110: 402–429. raxella group. II. Oxidative-negative species (genus Acinetobacter). J. Baumann, L., P. Baumann, N.A. Moran, J. Sandstro¨m and M.L. Thao. Bacteriol. 95: 1520–1541. 1999. Genetic characterization of plasmids conaining genes encoding Baumann, P., A.L. Furniss and J.V. Lee. 1984b. Genus I. Vibrio. In Krieg enzymes of leucine biosynthesis in endosymbionts (Buchnera) of aphid and Holt (Editors), Bergey’s Manual of Systematic Bacteriology, 1st species. J. Mol. Evol. 48: 77–85. Ed., Vol. 1, The Williams & Wilkins Co., Baltimore. pp. 518–538. Baumann, L., R.D. Bowditch and P. Baumann. 1983a. Description of Baumann, P., A.L. Furniss and J.V. Lee. 1984c. In Validation of the pub- Deleya gen. nov. created to accommodate the marine species Alcaligenes lication of new names and new combinations previously effectively aestus, Alcaligenes pacificus, Alcaligenes cupidus, Alcaligenes venustus, and published outside the IJSB. List No. 15. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 34: 355– Pseudomonas marina. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 33: 793–802. 357. Baumann, L., M.A. Clark, D. Rouhbakhsh, P. Baumann, N.A. Moran and Baumann, P., M.J. Gauthier and L. Baumann. 1984d. Genus Alteromonas. D.J. Voegtlin. 1997. Endosymbionts (Buchnera) of the aphid Uroleucon In Krieg and Holt (Editors), Bergey’s Manual of Systematic Bacteri- BIBLIOGRAPHY 923

ology, 1st Ed., Vol. 1, The Williams & Wilkins Co., Baltimore. pp. 343– hemorrhagic Escherichia coli serotype O157 H7. FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 352. 91: 63–68. Baumann, P. and R.H.W. Schubert. 1984. Family II. Vibronaceae. In Krieg Begaud, E., P. Jourand, M. Morillon, D. Mondet and Y. Germani. 1993. and Holt (Editors), Bergey’s ’s Manual of Systematic Bacteriology, 1st Detection of diarrhoeagenic Escherichia coli in children less than ten Ed., Vol. 1, The Williams & Wilkins Co., Baltimore. pp. 516–517. years old with and without diarrhea in New Caledonia using seven Bauwens, M. and J. De Ley. 1981. Improvements in the taxonomy of acetylaminofluorene-labeled DNA probes. Am. J. Trop. Med. Hyg. 48: Flavobacterium by DNA:rRNA hybridizations. In Reichenbach and 26–34. Weeks (Editors), The Flavobacterium–Cytophaga Group, Verlag Chemie, Behki, R.M. and S.M. Lesley. 1972. Deoxyribonucleic acid degradation Weinheim. 27–31. and the lethal effect by myxin in Escherichia coli. J. Bacteriol. 109: 250– Bavendamm, W. 1924. Die farblosen und roten Schwefelbakterien des 261. Sı¨iss- und Salz-wassers. In Kolkwitz (Editor), Pflanzenforschung, Gus- Behrendt, U., A. Ulrich, P. Schumann, W. Erler, J. Burghardt and W. tav Fischer Verlag, Jena. pp. 7–156. Seyfarth. 1999. A taxonomic study of bacteria isolated from grasses: Bayly, R.C., A. Duncan, M. Schembri, A. Smertjis, G. Vasiliadis and W.G.C. a proposed new species Pseudomonas graminis sp. nov. Int. J. Syst. Raper. 1991. Microbiological and genetic aspects of the synthesis of Bacteriol. 49: 297–308. polyphosphate by species of Acinetobacter. Water Sci. Technol. 23: 747– Beijerinck, M.W. 1888. Cultur des Bacillus radicola aus den Kno¨llchen. 754. Bot. Ztg. 46: 740–750. Baynes, I.D. and G.C. Simmons. 1960. Ovine epididymitis caused by Ac- Beijerinck, M.W. 1889. Le Photobacterium luminosum. Bacterie luminosum tinobacillus seminis n. sp. Aust. Vet. J. 36: 454–459. de la Mer Nord. Arch. Neer. Sci. 23: 401–427. Baynes, I.D. and G.C. Simmons. 1968. Clinical and pathological studies Beijerinck, M.W. 1900a. On different forms of hereditary variation in of Border Leicester rams naturally infected with Actinobacillus seminis. microbes. Proc. Acad. Sci. Amst. 3: 352-365. Aust. Vet. J. 44: 339–343. Beijerinck, M.W. 1900b. Schwefelwasser Stoffbildung in den Stadtgraben Bazzi, C., E. Stefani and M. Zaccardelli. 1994a. SDS-PAGE: a tool to und Aufstellung der Gattung Aerobacter. Zentral. Bakteriol. Abt. 2. 6: discriminate Xylella fastidiosa from other endophytic grapevine bac- 193–206. teria. Bull. OEPP 24: 121–127. Beijerinck, M.W. 1901. U¨ ber oligonitrophile Mikroben. Zentralbl. Bak- Bazzi, C., M. Zaccardelli and F. Niepold. 1994b. Monospecific antiserum teriol. Parasitenkd. Infektionskr. Hyg. Abt. II. 7: 561–582. is suitable for the selective detection of Xylella fastidiosa. Microbiol. Beijerinck, M.W. 1911. U¨ ber pigmentbildung bei essigbakterien. Proc. Res. 149: 337–341. K. Ned. Akad. Wet. 13: 1066–1077. Beane, N.H., P.M. Griffin, J.S. Goulding and C.B. Ivey. 1990. Foodborne Bein, S.J. 1954. A study of certain chromogenic bacteria isolated from disease outbreaks, 5-year summary, 1983–1987. CDC Surveillance “Red Tide” water with a description of a new species. Bull. Mar. Sci. Summaries. 39: 15–57. Gulf Caribb. 4: 110–119. Bear, N., K.P. Klugman, L. Tobiansky and H.J. Koornhof. 1986. Wound Beji, A., J. Mergaert, F. Gavini, D. Izard, K. Kersters, H. Leclerc and J. colonization by Ewingella americana. J. Clin. Microbiol. 23: 650–651. De Ley. 1988. Subjective synonymy of Erwinia herbicola, Erwinia mil- Beard, C.B., S.L. O’Neill, P. Mason, L. Mandelco, C.R. Woese, R.B. Tesh, letiae, and Enterobacter agglomerans and redefinition of the taxon by F.F. Richards and S. Aksoy. 1993. Genetic transformation and phy- genotypic and phenotypic data. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 38: 77–88. logeny of bacterial symbionts from tsetse. Insect Mol. Biol. 1: 123– Belas, R. 1989. Sequence analysis of the agrA gene encoding beta-agarase 131. from Pseudomonas atlantica. J. Bacteriol. 171: 602–605. Beattie, K.L. and J.K. Setlow. 1970. Transformation between Haemophilus Belas, R. 1992. The swarming phenomenon of Proteus mirabilis. ASM News. influenzae and Haemophilus parainfluenzae. J. Bacteriol. 104: 390–400. 58: 15–22. Beaudry, M., C. Zhu, J.M. Fairbrother and J. Harel. 1996. Genotypic and Beljanski, M. 1955. Isolement des mutants d’Escherichia coli streptomycin- phenotypic characterization of Escherichia coli isolates from dogs man- re´sistants de´pourvus d’enzymes respiratoires. Action de l’he´mine sur

ifesting attaching and effacing lesions. J. Clin. Microbiol. 34: 144– la formation de ces enzymes chez le mutant H7. CR Hebd. Acad. Sci. 148. Paris 240: 374–377. Beaulieu, C., G.V. Minsavage, B.I. Canteros and R.E. Stall. 1991. Bio- Bell, B.P., M. Goldoft, P.M. Griffin, M.A. Davis, D.C. Gordon, P.I. Tarr, chemical and genetic analysis of a pectate lyase gene from Xantho- C.A. Bartleson, J.H. Lewis, T.J. Barrett, J.G. Wells, R. Baron and J. monas campestris pathovar vesicatoria. Mol. Plant-Microbe Interact. 4: Kobayashi. 1994. A multistate outbreak of Escherichia coli O157:H7- 446–451. associated bloody diarrhea and hemolytic uremic syndrome from Beck, M., J.F. van den Bosch, I.M. Jongenelen, P.L. Loeffen, R. Nielsen, hamburgers. JAMA ( J. Am. Med. Assoc.). 272: 1349–1353. J. Nicolet and J. Frey. 1994. RTX toxin genotypes and phenotypes in Bell, S.M. and D. Plowman. 1980. Mechanisms of ampicillin resistance Actinobacillus pleuropneumoniae field strains. J. Clin. Microbiol. 32: in Haemophilus influenzae from respiratory tract. Lancet 8163: 279– 2749–2754. 280. Beck von Bodman, S. and S.K. Farrand. 1995. Capsular polysaccharide Belser, W.L. and M.I. Bunting. 1956. Studies on a mechanism providing biosynthesis and pathogenicity in Erwinia stewartii require induction for genetic transfer in Serratia marcescens. J. Bacteriol. 72: 582–592. by an N-acylhomoserine lactone autoinducer. J. Bacteriol. 177: 5000– Beltrametti, F., A.M. Marconi, G. Bestetti, C. Colombo, E. Galli, M. Ruzzi 5008. and E. Zennaro. 1997. Sequencing and functional analysis of styrene Becker, A.H. 1962. Infections due to Proteus mirabilis in newborn nursery. catabolism genes from Pseudomonas fluorescens ST. Appl. Environ. Mi- Am. J. Dis. Child. 104: 355–359. crobiol. 63: 2232–2239. Becking, J.H. 1984. Genus Beijerinckia. In Kreig and Holt (Editors), Ber- Belyavin, G. 1951. Cultural and serological phases of .J. gey’s Manual of Systematic Bacteriology, 1st Ed., Vol. 1, The Williams Gen. Microbiol. 5: 197–207. &Wilkins Co., Baltimore. pp. 311–321. Ben-Gurion, R. and I. Hertman. 1958. Bacteriocin-like material produced Becking, J.H. 1992. The family Azotobacteriaceae. In Balows, Tru¨per, Dwor- by Pasteurella pestis. J. Gen. Microbiol. 19: 289–297. kin, Harder and Schleifer (Editors), The Prokaryotes, 2nd ed., Vol. Ben-Gurion, R. and A. Shafferman. 1981. Essential virulence determi- 3, Springer-Verlag, New York. 3144–3170. nants of different Yersinia species are carried on a common plasmid. Beckman, W. and T.G. Lessie. 1979. Response of Pseudomonas cepacia to Plasmid 5: 183–187. beta-lactam antibiotics - utilization of penicillin-G as the carbon Benaoudia, F., F. Escande and M. Simonet. 1994. Infection due to Acti- source. J. Bacteriol. 140: 1126–1128. nobacillus lignieresii after a horse bite. Eur. J. Clin. Microbiol. Infect. Beebakhee, G., M. Louie, J. De Azavedo and J. Brunton. 1992. Cloning Dis. 13: 439–440. and nucleotide sequence of the eae gene homologue from entero- Bender, C.L., D.K. Malvick, K.E. Conway, S. George and P. Pratt. 1990. 924 BIBLIOGRAPHY

Characterization of pXV10A, a copper resistance plasmid in Xantho- Bercovier, H., J.M. Alonso, Z. Bentaiba, J. Brault and H.H. Mollaret. 1979. monas campestris pv. vesicatoria. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 56: 170–175. Contribution to the definition and taxonomy of Yersinia enterocolitica. Benedict, A.A., A.M. Alvarez, J. Berestecky, W. Imanaka, C.Y. Mizumoto, Contr. Microbiol. Immunol. 5: 12–22. L.W. Pollard, T.W. Mew and C.F. Gonzalez. 1989. Pathovar-specific Bercovier, H., J. Brault, N. Barre, M. Treignier, J.M. Alonso and H.H. monoclonal antibodies for Xanthomonas campestris pv. oryzae and for Mollaret. 1978. Biochemical, serological and phage typing character- Xanthomonas campestris pathovar oryzicola. Phytopathology 79: 322– istics of 459 Yersinia strains isolated from a terrestrial ecosystem. Curr. 328. Microbiol. 1: 353– 357. Benedict, A.A., A.M. Alvarez, E.L. Civerolo and C.Y. Mizumoto. 1985. Bercovier, H., D.J. Brenner, J. Ursing, A.G. Steigerwalt, G.R. Fanning, Delineation of Xanthomonas campestris pv. citri strains with monoclonal J.M. Alonso, G.P. Carter and H.H. Mollaret. 1980a. Characterization antibodies. Phytopathology 75: 1352. of Yersinia enterocolitica sensu stricto. Curr. Microbiol. 4: 201–206. Benedict, A.A., A.M. Alvarez and L.W. Pollard. 1990. Pathovar-specific Bercovier, H. and H.H. Mollaret. 1984. Genus Yersinia. In Krieg and Holt antigens of Xanthomonas campestris pv. begoniae and Xanthomonas cam- (Editors), Bergey’s Manual of Systematic Bacteriology, 1 Ed., Vol. 1, pestris pathovar pelargonii detected with monoclonal antibodies. Appl. The Williams & Wilkins Co., Baltimore. pp. 503–506. Environ. Microbiol. 56: 572–574. Bercovier, H., H.H. Mollaret, J.M. Alonso, J. Brault, G.R. Fanning, A.G. Benediktsdøttir, E., L. Verdonck, C. Sproer, S. Helgaso¨n and J. Swings. Steigerwalt and D.J. Brenner. 1980b. Intra- and interspecies related- 2000. Characterization of Vibrio viscosus and Vibrio wodanis isolated at ness of Yersinia pestis by deoxyribonucleic acid hybridization and its different geographical locations: a proposal for reclassification of Vib- relationship to Yersinia pseudotuberculosis. Curr. Microbiol. 4: 225–230. rio viscosus as Moritella viscosa comb. nov. Int. J. Syst. Evol. Microbiol. Bercovier, H., H.H. Mollaret, J.M. Alonso, J. Brault, G.R. Fanning, A.G. 50: 479–488. Steigerwalt and D.J. Brenner. 1981a. In Validation of the publication Benenson, A.S., M.R. Islam and W.B.I. Greenough. 1964. Rapid identi- of new names and new combinations previously effectively published fication of Vibrio cholerae by darkfield microscopy. Bull. Wld.Hlth. Org. outside the IJSB. List No. 7. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 31: 382–383. 30: 827–831. Bercovier, H., A.G. Steigerwalt, M. Derhi Cochin, C.W. Moss, H.W. Wil- Bennasar, A., R. Rossello´-Mora, J. Lalucat and E.R.B. Moore. 1996. 16S kinson, R.F. Benson and D.J. Brenner. 1986. Isolation of Legionellae rRNA gene sequence analysis relative to genomovars of Pseudomonas from oxidation ponds and fishponds in Israel and description of Le- stutzeri and proposal of Pseudomonas balearica sp. nov. Int. J. Syst. Bac- gionella israelensis, sp. nov. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 36: 368–371. teriol. 46: 200–205. Bercovier, H., A.G. Steigerwalt, A. Guiyoule, G. Huntley-Carter and D.J. Bennekov, T., H. Colding, B. Ojeniyi, M.W. Bentzon and N. Hoiby. 1996. Brenner. 1984. Yersinia aldovae (formerly Yersinia enterocolitica like Comparison of ribotyping and genome fingerprinting of Psudeomonas Group X2 a new species of Enterobacteriaceae isolated from aquatic aeruginosa isolates from cystic fibrosis patients. J. Clin. Microbiol. 34: ecosystems. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 34: 166–172. 202–204. Bercovier, H., J. Ursing, D.J. Brenner, A.G. Steigerwalt, G.R. Fanning, Bennish, M.L., M.A. Salam, M.A. Hossain, J. Myaux, E.H. Khan, J. Chak- G.P. Carter and H.H. Mollaret. 1980c. Yersinia kristensenfi: a newspecies raborty, F. Henry and C. Ronsmans. 1992. Antimicrobial resistance of Enterobacteriaceae composed of sucrose-negative strains (formerly of Shigella isolates in Bangladesh, 1983–1990: increasing frequency of called atypical Yersinia enterocolitica or Yersinia enterocolitica-like). Curr. strains multiply resistant to ampicillin, trimethoprim–sulfamethox- Microbiol. 4: 219–224. azole, and nalidixic acid. Clin. Infect. Dis. 14: 1055–1060. Bercovier, H., J. Ursing, D.J. Brenner, A.G. Steigerwalt, G.R. Fanning, Benson, R.F., W.L. Thacker, M.I. Daneshvar and D.J. Brenner. 1996. Le- G.P. Carter and H.H. Mollaret. 1981b. In Validation of the publication gionella waltersii sp. nov. and an unnamed Legionella genomospecies of new names and new combinations previously effectively published isolated from water in Australia. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 46: 631–634. outside the IJSB. List No. 6. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 31: 215–218. Benson, R.F., W.L. Thacker, F.C. Fang, B. Kanter, W.R. Mayberry and D.J. Berdal, B.P. and E. So¨derlund. 1977. Cultivation and isolation of Fran- Brenner. 1990a. Legionella sainthelensi serogroup 2 isolated from pa- cisella tularensis on selective chocolate agar, as used routinely for the tients with pneumonia. Res. Microbiol. 141: 453–464. isolation of gonococci. Acta Pathol Microbiol. Scand. Sect. B. 85: 108– Benson, R.F., W.L. Thacker, J.A. Lanser, N. Sangster, W.R. Mayberry and 109. D.J. Brenner. 1991a. Legionella adelaidensis, a new species isolated from Berendes, F. 1997. Validation of the publication of new names and new cooling tower water. J. Clin. Microbiol. 29: 1004–1006. combinations previously effectively published outside the IJSB. List Benson, R.F., W.L. Thacker, J.A. Lanser, N. Sangster, W.R. Mayberry and No. 60. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 47: 242. D.J. Brenner. 1991b. In Validation of the publication of new names Berendes, F., G. Gottschalk, E. Heine-Dobbernack, E.R.B. Moore and B.J. and new combinations previously effectively published outside the Tindall. 1996. Halomonas desiderata sp. nov., a new alkaliphilic, halo- IJSB. List No. 39. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 41: 580–581. tolerant and denitrifying bacterium isloted from a municipal sewage Benson, R.F., W.L. Thacker, B.B. Plikaytis and H.W. Wilkinson. 1987. works. System. Appl. Microbiol. 19: 158–167. Cross-reactions in Legionella antisera with strains. J. Berenstein, D. 1982. Weigle reactivation in Acinetobacter calcoaceticus. Pho- Clin. Microbiol. 25: 594–596. tochem. Photobiol. 35: 579–582. Benson, R.F., W.L. Thacker, R.P. Waters, P.A. Quinlivan, W.R. Mayberry, Berenstein, D. 1986. Prophage induction by UV light in Acinetobacter D.J. Brenner and H.W. Wilkinson. 1989. Legionella quinlivanii, sp. nov., calcoaceticus. J. Gen. Microbiol. 132: 2633–2636. isolated from water. Curr. Microbiol. 18: 195–197. Bereswill, S., P. Bugert, I. Bruchmuller and K. Geider. 1995. Identification Benson, R.F., W.L. Thacker, R.P. Waters, P.A. Quinlivan, W.R. Mayberry, of the fire blight pathogen, Erwinia amylovora, by PCR assays with D.J. Brenner and H.W. Wilkinson. 1990b. In Validation of the pub- chromosomal DNA. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 61: 2636–2642. lication of new names and new combinations previously effectively Bereswill, S. and K. Geider. 1997. Characterization of the rcsB gene from published outside the IJSB. List No. 32. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 40: 105– Erwinia amylovora and its influence on exoploysaccharide synthesis 106. and virulence of the fire blight pathogen. J. Bacteriol. 179: 1354– Benson, R.F., W.L. Thacker, H.W. Wilkinson, R.J. Fallon and D.J. Brenner. 1361. 1988. serogroup 14 isolated from patients with Bereswill, S., A. Pahl, P. Bellemann, W. Zeller and K. Geider. 1992. Sen- fatal pneumonia. J. Clin. Microbiol. 26: 382. sitive and species-specific detection of Erwinia amylovora by polymerase Benz, I. and M.A. Schmidt. 1989. Cloning and expression of an adhesin chain reaction analysis. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 58: 3522–3526. (AIDA-I) involved in diffuse adherence of enteropathogenic Escheri- Beretta, M.J.G., G.A. Barthe, T.L. Ceccardi, R.F. Lee and K.S. Derrick. chia coli. Infect. Immun. 57: 1506–1511. 1997. A survey of strains of Xylella fastidiosa in citrus affected by citrus Berbari, E.F., F.R. Cockerill, III and J.M. Steckelberg. 1997. Infective en- variegated chlorosis and citrus blight in Brazil. Plant Dis. 81: 1196– docarditis due to unusual or fastidious microorganisms. Mayo Clin. 1198. Proc. 72: 532–542. Berg, G., P. Marten and G. Ballin. 1996. Stenotrophomonas maltophilia in BIBLIOGRAPHY 925

the rhizosphere of oilseed rape - occurrence, characterization and Bernards, A.T., J. Van Der Toorn, C.P.A. Van Boven and L. Dijkshoorn. interaction with phytopathogenic fungi. Microbiol. Res. 151: 19–27. 1996. Evaluation of the ability of a commercial system to identify Bergan, T. 1978. Phage typing of Proteus. In Bergan and Norris (Editors), Acinetobacter genomic species. Eur. J. Clin. Microbiol. Infect. Dis. 15: Methods in Microbiology, Vol. 11, Academic Press, London. pp. 243– 303–308. 258. Berner, I., S. Konetschny-Rapp, G. Jung and G. Winkelmann. 1988. Char- Bergan, T. 1979. Bacteriophage typing of Shigella. In Bergan and Norris acterization of ferrioxamine E as the principal siderophore of Erwinia (Editors), Methods in Microbiology, Vol. 13, Academic Press, New herbicola (Enterobacter agglomerans). Biol. Met. 1: 51–56. York. Bernheim, F., M.L.C. Bernheim and M.D. Webster. 1935. Oxidation of Bergan, T. 1981. Human- and animal-pathogenic members of the genus certain amino acids by “resting” Bacillus proteus. J. Biol. Chem. 110: Pseudomonas. In Starr, Stolp, Tru¨per, Balows and Schlegel (Editors), 165–172. The Prokaryotes, a handbook on habitats, isolation and identification Berniac, M. 1974. Une maladie bacte´rienne de Xanthosoma sagittifolium of bacteria, Springer-Verlag, Berlin. 666–700. (L.) Schott. Ann. Phytopathol. 6: 197–202. Bergan, T., P.A.D. Grimont and F. Grimont. 1983. Fatty acids of Serratia Bernoth, E.M. and G. Artzt. 1989. Atypical Aeromonas salmonicida in fish determined by gas chromatography. Curr. Microbiol. 8: 7–11. tissue may be overlooked by sole reliance on furunculosis agar. Bull. Bergan, T. and A.K. Vaksvik. 1983. Taxonomic implications of quantitative Eur. Assoc. Fish Pathol. 9: 5–6. transformation in Acinetobacter calcoaceticus. Zentbl. Bakteriol. Mikro- Berridge, E.M. 1924. The influence of hydrogen-ion concentration on biol. Hyg. Ser. A 254: 214–228. the growth of certain bacterial plant parasites and saprophytes. Ann. Berge, O., T. Heulin, W. Achouak, C. Richard, R. Bally and J. Balandreau. Appl. Biol. 11: 73–85. 1991. Rahnella aquatilis, a nitrogen-fixing enteric bacterium associated Bersa, E. 1920. U¨ ber das Vorkommen von kohlensaurem Kalk in einer with the rhizosphere of wheat and maize. Can. J. Microbiol. 37: 195– Gruppe von Schwefelbakterien. Sitzungsber. Saechs Akad. Wiss. Leip- 203. zig Math-Naturwiss. Kl. Abt. I. 129: 231–259. Berger, S.A., S.C. Edberg and R.S. Klein. 1977. Enterobacter hafniae infec- Bertheau, Y., E. Madgidi-Hervan, A. Kotoujansky, C. Nguyen-The, T. An- tion: report of two cases and review of the literature. Am. J. Med. Sci. dro and A. Coleno. 1984. Detection of depolymerase isoenzymes after 273: 101–104. electrophoresis or electrofocusing, or in titration curves. Anal. Berger, U. 1962. U¨ ber das vorkommen von neisserien bei einigen tieren. Biochem. 139: 383–389. Z. Hyg. Infektionskr. 148: 445–457. Berthier, Y., D. Thierry, M. Lemattre and J.L. Guesdon. 1994. Isolation Bergey, D.H., F.C. Harrison, R.S. Breed, B.W. Hammer and F.M. Hun- of an insertion sequence (IS1051) from Xanthomonas campestris path- toon. 1923. Bergey’s Manual of Determinative Bacteriology, 1st Ed., ovar dieffenbachiae with potential use for strain identification and char- The Williams & Wilkins Co., Baltimore. pp. 1–442. acterization. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 60: 377–384. Bergey, D.H., F.C. Harrison, R.S. Breed, B.W. Hammer and F.M. Hun- Bertin, Y., K. Boukhors, N. Pradel, V. Livrelli and C. Martin. 2001. Stx2 toon. 1925. Bergey’s Manual of Determinative Bacteriology, 2nd ed., subtyping of Shiga toxin-producing Escherichia coli isolated from cattle The Williams & Wilkins Co., Baltimore. 1–462. in France: detection of a new Stx2 subtype and correlation with ad- Bergey, D.H., F.C. Harrison, R.S. Breed, B.W. Hammer and F.M. Hun- ditional virulence factors. J. Clin. Microbiol. 39: 3060–3065. toon. 1930. Bergey’s Manual of Determinative Bacteriology, 3rd edi- Bertin, Y., C. Martin, J.P. Girardeau, P. Pohl and M. Contrepois. 1998. tion, The Williams & Wilkins Co, Baltimore. 1–589. Association of genes encoding P fimbriae, CS31A antigen and EAST Bergman, A.M. 1909. Die rote Beulenkrankheit des Aals. Ber. Bayer. Biol. 1 toxin among CNF1-producing Escherichia coli strains from cattle with Vers. Sta. 2: 10–54. septicemia and diarrhea. FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 162: 235–239. Bergogne-Be´re´zin, E., M.L. Joly-Guillou and K.J. Towner (Editors). 1996. Bertone, S., M. Giacomini, C. Ruggiero, C. Piccarolo and L. Calegari. Acinetobacter: Microbiology, Epidemiology, Infections, Management, 1996. Automated systems for identification of heterotrophic marine CRC Press, Boca Raton. bacteria on the basis of their fatty acid composition. Appl. Environ. Bergogne-Be´re´zin, E. and K.J. Towner. 1996. Acinetobacter spp. as noso- Microbiol. 62: 2122–2132. comial pathogens: microbiological, clinical, and epidemiological fea- Bertoni, G., F. Bolognese, E. Galli and P. Barbieri. 1996. Cloning of the tures. Clin. Microbiol. Rev. 9: 148–165. genes for and characterization of the early stages of toluene and o- Bergthorsson, U. and H. Ochman. 1995. Heterogeneity of genome sizes xylene catabolism in Pseudomonas stutzeri OX1. Appl. Environ. Micro- among natural isolates of Escherichia coli. J. Bacteriol. 177: 5784–5789. biol. 62: 3704–3711. Berkowitz, D.M. and W.S. Lee. 1973. A selective medium for isolation Betz, J.L., P.R. Brown, M.J. Smyth and P.H. Clarke. 1974. Evolution in and identification of Serratia marcescens. Abstr. Annu. Mtg. Amer. Soc. action. Nature (Lond.) 247: 261–264. Microbiol, p. 105. Betz, J.L. and P.H. Clarke. 1972. Selective evolution of phenylacetamide- Berkowitz, F.E. and B. Metchock. 1995. Third generation cephalosporin- utilizing strains of Pseudomonas aeruginosa. J. Gen. Microbiol. 73: 161– resistant gram-negative bacilli in the feces of hospitalized children. 174. Pediatr. Infect. Dis. J. 14: 97–100. Beutin, L. 1991. The different hemolysins of Escherichia coli. Med. Micro- Bernagozzi, M., F. Bianucci, E. Scerre and R. Sacchetti. 1994. Assessment biol. Immunol. (Berl). 180: 167–182. of some selective media for the recovery of Aeromonas hydrophila from Beutin, L., D. Geier, H. Steinru¨ck, S. Zimmermann and F. Scheutz. 1993a. surface waters. Zentbl. Hyg. Umweltmed. 195: 121–134. Prevalence and some properties of verotoxin (Shiga-like toxin) pro- Bernard, C. and T. Fenchel. 1995. Mats of colourless sulphur bacteria. ducing Escherichia coli in seven different species of healthy domestic II. Structure, composition of biota and successional patterns. Mar. animals. J. Clin. Microbiol. 31: 2483–2488. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 128: 171–179. Beutin, L., M.A. Montenegro, I. Ørskov, F. Ørskov, J. Prada, S. Zimmer- Bernard, K., S. Tessier, J. Winstanley, D. Chang and A. Borczyk. 1994. mann and R. Stephan. 1989. Close association of verotoxin (Shiga- Early recognition of atypical Francisella tularensis strains lacking a cys- like toxin) production with enterohemolysin production in strains of teine requirement. J. Clin. Microbiol. 32: 551–553. Escherichia coli. J. Clin. Microbiol. 27: 2559–2564. Bernardini, M.L., J. Mounier, H. d’Hauteville, M. Coquis-Rondon and Beutin, L., J. Prada, S. Zimmermann, R. Stephan, I. Ørskov and F. Ørskov. P.J. Sansonetti. 1989. Identification of icsA, a plasmid locus of Shigella 1988. Enterohemolysin, a new type of hemolysin produced by some flexneri that governs bacterial intra- and intercellular spread through strains of enteropathogenic Escherichia coli EPEC. Zentbl. Bakteriol. interaction with F-actin. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 86: 3867–3871. Mikrobiol. Hyg. Ser. A 267: 576–588. Bernards, A.T., L. Dijkshoorn, J. Van Der Toorn, B.R. Bochner and C.P.A. Beutin, L., U.H. Stroeher and P.A. Manning. 1993b. Isolation of ente- Van Boven. 1995. Phenotypic characterisation of Acinetobacter strains rohemolysin (Ehly2)-associated sequences encoded on temperate of 13 DNA–DNA hybridisation groups by means of the Biolog system. phages of Escherichia coli. Gene 132: 95–99. J. Med. Microbiol. 42: 113–119. Beveridge, T.J., S.A. Makin, J.L. Kadurugamuwa and Z.S. Li. 1997. In- 926 BIBLIOGRAPHY

teractions between biofilms and the environment. FEMS Microbiol. mination of phytopathogenic Pseudomonas species. J. Appl. Bacteriol. Rev. 20: 291–303. 33: 478–491. Beveridge, W.I.B. 1941. Foot-rot in sheep: a transmissible disease due to Billing, E. 1970b. Pseudomonas viridiflavca (Burkholder 1930; Clara 1934). infection with Fusiformis nodosus (n. sp.). Studies on its causes, epi- J. Appl. Bacteriol. 33: 492–500. demiology and control. Counc. Sci. Indust. Res. Aust. Bull. 140:1– Billing, E. and C.M.E. Garrett. 1980. Phages in the identification of plant 56. pathogenic bacteria. In Goodfellow and Board (Editors), Microbial Bezrukova, L.V., N. Y.I., A.I. Nesterov, V.F. Gal’chenko and M.V. Ivanov. Classification and Identification. Symposium No. 8, Academic Press, 1983. Comparative serological analysis of methanotrophic bacteria. London. pp. 319–338. Mikrobiologiya 52: 800–805. Billington, S.J., A.S. Huggins, P.A. Johanesen, P.K. Crellin, J.K. Cheung, Bhat, P., R.M. Meyers and R.A. Feldman. 1971a. Providence group of M.E. Katz, C.L. Wright, V. Haring and J.I. Rood. 1999. Complete organisms in the aetiology of juvenile diarrhoea. Indian J. Med. Res. nucleotide sequence of the 27-kilobase virulence related locus (vrl) 59: 1010–1018. of Dichelobacter nodosus: evidence for extrachromosomal origin. Infect. Bhat, P., R.M. Myers and K.P. Carpenter. 1967. Edwardsiella tarda in a Immun. 67: 1277–1286. study of juvenile diarrhoea. J. Hyg. 65: 293–298. Billington, S.J., J.L. Johnston and J.I. Rood. 1996a. Virulence regions and Bhat, P., S. Shanthakumari and R.M. Meyers. 1971b. The Providence virulence factors of the ovine footrot pathogen, Dichelobacter nodosus. group: subgroups including biotypes and serogroups of faecal strains FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 145: 147–156. isolated in Vellore. Indian J. Med. Res. 59: 1184–1189. Billington, S.J., B.H. Jost and J.I. Rood. 1995. A gene region in Dichelobacter Bibb, W.F., P.M. Arnow, D.L. Dellinger and S.R. Perryman. 1983. Isolation nodosus encoding a lipopolysaccharide epitope. Microbiology 141: and characterization of a 7th serogroup of Legionella pneumophila.J. 945–957. Clin. Microbiol. 17: 346–348. Billington, S.J., M. Sinistaj, B.F. Cheetham, A. Ayres, E.K. Moses, M.E. Katz and J.I. Rood. 1996b. Identification of a native Dichelobacter no- Bibb, W.F., R.J. Sorg, B.M. Thomason, M. Hicklin, A.G. Steigerwalt, D.J. dosus plasmid and implications for the evolution of the vap regions. Brenner and M.R. Wulf. 1981. Recognition of a second serogroup of Gene 172: 111–116. . J. Clin. Microbiol. 14: 674–677. Bingen, E., C. Boissinot, P. Desjardins, H. Cave, N. Brahimi, N. Lambert- Biberstein, E.L. and M.G. Gillis. 1962. The relationship of the antigenic Zechovsky, E. Denamur, P. Blot and J. Elion. 1993. Arbitrarily primed types to the A and T types of Pasteurella haemolytica. J. Comp. Pathol. polymerase chain reaction provides rapid differentiation of Proteus 72: 316–320. mirabilis isolates from a pediatric hospital. J. Clin. Microbiol. 31: 1055– Biberstein, E.L., A. Gunnarsson and B. Hurvell. 1977. Cultural and bio- 1059. chemical criteria for the identification of Haemophilus cultures from Bingham, D.P., R. Moore and A.B. Richards. 1990. Comparison of swine. Am. J. Vet. Res. 38: 7–11. DNA:DNA homology and enzymatic activity between Pasteurella hae- Biberstein, E.L., S.S. Jang, P.H. Kass and D.C. Hirsh. 1991. Distribution molytica and related species. Am. J. Vet. Res. 51: 1161–1166. of indole-producing urease-negative pasteurellas in animals. J. Vet. Bingle, W.H., P.W. Whippey, J.L. Doran, R.G.E. Murray and W.J. Page. Diagn. Invest. 3: 319–323. 1987. Structure of the Azotobacter vinelandii surface layer. J. Bacteriol. Biberstein, E.L., P.D. Mini and M.G. Gills. 1963. Action of Haemophilus 169: 802–810. cultures on ␣-aminolevulinic acid. J. Bacteriol. 86: 814–819. Binnington, K.C. and L. Brooks. 1993. Fimbrial attachment of Xenorhab- Biberstein, E.L. and P.D. Spencer. 1962. Oxidative metabolism of Hae- dus nematophilus to the intestine of Steinernema carpocapsae. In Bedding, mophilus species grown at different levels of hemin supplementation. Akhurst and Kaya (Editors), Nematodes and the Biological Control J. Bacteriol. 84: 916–920. of Insect Pests, CSIRO Publications, Melbourne. pp. 147–155. Biberstein, E.L. and D.C. White. 1969. A proposal for the establishment Binns, M.M., S. Vaughan, S.C. Sanyal and K.N. Timmis. 1984. Invasive of two new Haemophilus species. J. Med. Microbiol. 2: 75–78. ability of Plesiomonas shigelloides. Zentbl. Bakteriol. Mikrobiol. Hyg. Ser. Biebl, H. and N. Pfennig. 1978. Growth yields of green sulfur bacteria A 257: 343–347. in mixed cultures with sulfur and sulfate reducing bacteria. Arch. Bird, A.F. and R.J. Akhurst. 1983. The nature of the intestinal vesicle in Microbiol. 117: 9–16. nematodes of the family Steinernematidae. International Journal for Biedenbach, D.J., R.N. Jones and M.E. Erwin. 1993. Interpretive accuracy Parasitology. 13: 599–606. of the disk diffusion method for testing newer orally administered Bird, C.W., C.M. Lynch, F.J. Pirr, W.W. Reid, C.J.W. Brooks and B.C. cephalosporins against Morganella morganii. J. Clin. Microbiol. 31: Middleditch. 1971. Steroids and squalene in Methylococcus capsulatus 2828–2830. grown on methane. Nature 230: 473–474. Bielaszewska´, M., L. Sra´mkova´, J. Janda, K. Bla´hova´ and H. Ambrozova´. Birtles, R.J., N. Doshi, N.A. Saunders and T.G. Harrison. 1991. Second 1990. Verotoxigenic (enterohaemorrhagic) Escherichia coli in infants serogroup of Legionella quinlivanii isolated from two unrelated sources and toddlers in Czechoslovakia. Infection 18: 352–356. in the United Kingdom. J. Appl. Bacteriol. 71: 402–406. Biggins, J. and W.E. Dietrich, Jr. 1968. Respiratory mechanisms in the Birtles, R.J., T.J. Rowbotham, D. Raoult and T.G. Harrison. 1996. Phy- Flexibacteriaceae. I. Studies on the terminal oxidase system of Leucothrix logenetic diversity of intra-amoebal legionellae as revealed by 16S mucor. Arch. Biochem. Biophys. 128: 40–50. rRNA gene sequence comparison. Microbiology (Reading) 142: Bik, E.M., A.E. Bunschoten, R.D. Gouw and F.R. Mooi. 1995. Genesis of 3525–3530. the novel epidemic Vibrio cholerae O139 strain: evidence for horizontal Bisgaard, M. 1984. Comparative investigations of Pasteurella haemolytica transfer of genes involved in polysaccharide synthesis. Embo J. 14: sensu stricto and so-called P. haemolytica isolated from different patho- 209–216. logical lesions in pigs. Acta Pathol. Microbiol. Scand. Sect. B Micro- Bilge, S.S., C.R. Clausen, W. Lau and S.L. Moseley. 1989. Molecular char- biol. Immunol. 92: 201–207. acterization of a fimbrial adhesin F1845 mediating diffuse adherence Bisgaard, M. 1986. Actinobacillus muris sp. nov. isolated from mice. Acta of diarrhea-associated Escherichia coli to HEp-2 cells. J. Bacteriol. 171: Pathol. Microbiol. Scand. Sect. B Microbiol. Immunol. 94: 1–8. 4281–4289. Bisgaard, M. 1988. In Validation of the publication of new names and Billiet, J., S. Kuypers, S. Van Lierde and J. Verhaegen. 1989. Plesiomonas new combinations previously effectively published outside the IJSB. shigelloides meningitis and septicaemia in a neonate: report of a case List No. 25. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 38: 220–222. and review of the literature. J. Infect. 19: 267–271. Bisgaard, M. 1993. Ecology and significance of Pasteurellaceae in animals. Billing, E. 1963. The value of phage sensitivity tests for the identification Zentbl. Bakteriol. 279: 7–26. of phytopathogenic Pseudomonas species. J. Appl. Bacteriol. 26: 193– Bisgaard, M. 1995. Taxonomy of the family Pasteurellaceae Pohl 1981. In 210. Haemophilus, Actinobacillus, and Pasteurella. Proceedings of the Third Billing, E. 1970a. Further studies on the phage sensitivity and the deter- International Conference on Haemophilus, Actinobacillus, and Pasteu- BIBLIOGRAPHY 927

rella, July 31, August 4, 1993, Plenum Press, London, Edinburgh, gelo Bellani sopra il fenomeno della polenta porporina. Biblioteca Scotland. 1–7. Italiana o sia Giornale di Letteratura Scienze e Arti (Anno VIII). 30: Bisgaard, M., D.J. Brown, M. Costas and M. Ganner. 1993. Whole cell 275–295. protein profiling of Actinobacillus-like strains classified as taxon 2 and Blackall, L.L., A.C. Hayward and L.I. Sly. 1985. Cellulolytic and dextran- taxon 3 according to Bisgaard. Zentralbl Bakteriol. 279: 92–103. olytic Gram-negative bacteria - revival of the genus Cellvibrio. J. Appl. Bisgaard, M., W. Fredericksen, W. Mannheim and R. Mutters. 1994. Zo- Bacteriol. 59: 81–97. onoses caused by organisms classified with Pasteurellaceae. In Beran Blackall, L.L., A.C. Hayward and L.I. Sly. 1986. In Validation of the pub- (Editor), Handbook of Zoonoses, Section A: Bacterial, Rickettsial, lication of new names and new combinations previously effectively Chlamydial, and Mycotic, 2nd ed., CRC Press, London. 203–208. published outside the IJSB. List No. 20. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 36: 354– Bisgaard, M., O. Heltberg and W. Frederiksen. 1991a. Isolation of Pas- 356. teurella caballi from an infected wound on a veterinary surgeon. Apmis Blackall, P.J. 1988. Antimicrobial drug resistance and the occurrence of 99: 291–294. plasmids in Haemophilus paragallinarum. Avian Dis. 32: 742–747. Bisgaard, M., K.H. Hinz, K.D. Petersen and J.P. Christensen. 1999. Iden- Blackall, P.J. 1989. The avian haemophili. Clin. Microbiol. Rev. 2: 270–277. tification of members of the Pasteurellaceae isolated from birds and Blackall, P.J., R. Bowles, J.L. Pahoff and B.N. Smith. 1999a. Serological characterization of two new taxa isolated from psittacine birds. Avian characterisation of Actinobacillus pleuropneumoniae isolated from pigs Pathol. 28: 369–377. in 1993 to 1996. Aust. Vet. J. 77: 39–43. Bisgaard, M., S.B. Houghton, R. Mutters and A. Stenzel. 1991b. Reclas- Blackall, P.J., L.E. Eaves and C.J. Morrow. 1991. Comparison of Haemo- sification of German, British and Dutch isolates of so-called Pasteurella philus paragallinarum isolates by restriction endonuclease analysis of multocida obtained from pneumonic calf lungs. Vet. Microbiol. 26: chromosomal DNA. Vet. Microbiol. 27: 39–47. 115–124. Blackall, P.J., L.E. Eaves and D.G. Rogers. 1990a. Proposal of a new serovar Bisgaard, M. and R. Mutters. 1986a. Characterization of some previously and altered nomenclature for Haemophilus paragallinarum in the Kume unclassified Pasteurella spp. obtained from the oral cavity of dogs and hemagglutinin scheme. J. Clin. Microbiol. 28: 1185–1187. cats and description of a new species tentatively classified with the Blackall, P.J., N. Fegan, G.T.I. Chew and D.J. Hampson. 1998. Population family Pasteurellaceae Pohl 1981 and provisionally called taxon-16. Acta structure and diversity of avian isolates of Pasteurella multocida from Pathol. Microbiol. Immun. B. 94: 177–184. Australia. Microbiology (UK) 144: 279–289. Bisgaard, M. and R. Mutters. 1986b. Re-investigations of selected bovine Blackall, P.J., N. Fegan, G.T.I. Chew and D.J. Hampson. 1999b. A study and ovine strains previously classified as Pasteurella haemolytica and of the use of multilocus enzyme electrophoresis as a typing tool in description of some new taxa within the Pasteurella haemolytica-com- fowl cholera outbreaks. Avian Pathol. 28: 195–198. plex. Acta Pathol. Microbiol. Immunol. Scand. Sect. B Microbiol. Im- Blackall, P.J., N. Fegan, J.L. Pahoff, G.J. Storie, G.B. McIntosh, R.D.A. munol. 94: 185–193. Cameron, D. O’Boyle, A.J. Frost, M.R. Bara, G. Marr and J. Holder. Bisgaard, M., J.E. Phillips and W. Mannheim. 1986. Characterization and 2000. The molecular epidemiology of four outbreaks of porcine pas- identification of bovine and ovine Pasteurellaceae isolated from the teurellosis. Vet. Microbiol. 72: 111–120. oral cavity and rumen of apparently normal cattle and sheep. Acta Blackall, P.J. and J.K. Miflin. 2000. Identification and typing of Pasteurella Pathol. Microbiol. Scand. Sect. B Microbiol. Immunol. 94: 9–17. multocida: a review. Avian Pathol. 29: 271–287. Bisgaard, M., K. Piechulla, Y.T. Ying, W. Frederiksen and W. Mannheim. Blackall, P.J. and G.G. Reid. 1982. Further characterization of Haemophilus 1984. Prevalence of organisms described as Actinobacillus suis or hae- paragallinarum and Haemophilus avium. Vet. Microbiol. 7: 359–367. molytic Actinobacillus equuli in the oral cavity of horses. Comparative Blackall, P.J., D.G. Rogers and R. Yamamoto. 1990b. Outer-membrane investigations of strains obtained and porcine strains of A. suis sensu proteins of Haemophilus paragallinarum. Avian Dis. 34: 871–877. stricto. Acta Pathol. Microbiol. Scand. Sect. B Microbiol. Immunol. Blackall, P.J., D.J. Trott, V. Rapp-Gabrielson and D.J. Hampson. 1997. 92: 291–298. Analysis of Haemophilus parasuis by multilocus enzyme electrophoresis. Bisharat, N., V. Agmon, R. Finkelstein, R. Raz, G. Ben-Dror, L. Lerner, Vet. Microbiol. 56: 125–134. S. Soboh, R. Colodner, D.N. Cameron, D.L. Wykstra, D.L. Swerdlow Blackburn, T.H. 1968. Protease production by Bacteroides amylophilus and J.J. Farmer, III. 1999. Clinical, epidemiological, and microbio- strain H18. J. Gen. Microbiol. 53: 27–36. logical features of Vibrio vulnificus biogroup 3 causing outbreaks of Blackburn, T.H. and W.A. Hallah. 1974. The cell-bound protease of Bac- wound infection and bacteraemia in Israel. Israel Vibrio Study Group. teroides amylophilus H18. Can. J. Microbiol. 20: 435–441. Lancet 354: 1421–1424. Blackburn, T.H. and P.N. Hobson. 1962. Further studies on the isolation Bisharat, N. and R. Raz. 1996. Vibrio infection in Israel due to changes of proteolytic bacteria from sheep rumen. J. Gen. Microbiol. 29: 69– in fish marketing. Lancet 348: 1585–1586. 81. Bishop, P.E. and W.J. Brill. 1977. Genetic analysis of Azotobacter vinelandii Blackman, R.L. 1987. Reproduction, cytogenetics and development. In mutant strains unable to fix nitrogen. J. Bacteriol. 130: 954–956. Minks and Harrewijn (Editors), Aphids, Their Biology, Natural En- Bishop, P.E., D.M.L. Jarlenski and D.R. Hetherington. 1980. Evidence for emies and Control, Vol. 2A, Elsevier, Amsterdam. pp. 163–195. an alternative nitrogen fixation system in Azotobacter vinelandii. Proc Blackman, R.L. and V.F. Eastop. 1984. Aphids on the World’s Crops, Natl Acad Sci U S A. 77: 7342–7346. Wiley, Chichester. Bishop, P.E. and R.D. Joerger. 1990. Genetics and molecular biology of Blake, P.A., M.H. Mersen, R.E. Weaver, D.G. Hollis and P.C. Heublein. alternative nitrogen fixation systems. Annu. Rev. Plant Physiol. Plant 1979. Disease caused by a marine Vibrio. Clinical characteristics and Mol. Biol. 41: 109–125. epidemiology. N. Engl. J. Med. 300: 1–5. Bishop, P.E., T.M. Rizzo and K.F. Bott. 1985. Molecular cloning of nif Blanchard, P.C., R.L. Walker and I. Gardner. 1993. Pleuropneumonia in DNA from Azotobacter vinelandii. J. Bacteriol. 162: 21–28. swine associated with a urease-negative variant of Actinobacillus pleu- Bishop, P.E., M.A. Supiano and W.J. Brill. 1977. Technique for isolating ropneumoniae serotype. J. Vet. Diagn. Invest. 5: 279–282. phage for Azotobacter vinelandii. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 33: 1007– Blanco, G., F. Ramos, J.R. Medina and M. Tortolero. 1990. A chromosomal 1008. linkage map of Azotobacter vinelandii. Mol. Gen. Genet. 224: 241–247. Bissett, M.L., J.O. Lee and D.S. Lindquist. 1983. New serogroup of Le- Blanco, J., M. Blanco, J.E. Blanco, A. Mora, M.P. Alonso, E.A. Gonza´lez gionella pneumophila, serogroup 8. J. Clin. Microbiol. 17: 887–891. and M.I. Berna´dez. 2001. Epidemiology of verocytotoxigenic E. coli Bitzan, M., H. Karch, M.G. Maas, T. Meyer, H. Ru¨ssmann, S. Aleksic and (VTEC) in ruminants. In Duffy, Garvey and McDowell (Editors), Ver- J. Bockemu¨hl. 1991. Clinical and genetic aspects of Shiga-like toxin ocytotoxigenic E. coli, Food & Nutrition Press, Inc., Trumbull, CT. production in traditional enteropathogenic Escherichia coli. Zentbl. pp. 113–148. Bakteriol. 274: 496–506. Blanco, J.E., M. Blanco, M.E. Molinero, E. Peiro´, A. Mora and J. Blanco. Bizio, B. 1823. Lettera di Bartolomeo Bizio al chiarissimo canonico An- 1996. An outbreak of gastroenteritis associated with verotoxin-pro- 928 BIBLIOGRAPHY

Alimentaria. 34: entomophages Steinernematidae et Heterorhabditidae. C. R. Seances .ם eaeםducing Escherichia coli (VTEC) O111:H-VT1 109–113. Soc. Biol. Fil. 177: 107–115. Bland, J.A. and T.D. Brock. 1973. The marine bacterium Leucothrix mucor Boemare, N.E., M.-H. Boyer-Giglio, J.-O. Thaler, R.J. Akhurst and M. as an algal epiphyte. Mar. Biol. 23: 283–292. Brehe´lin. 1992. Lysogeny and bacteriocinogeny in Xenorhabdus ne- Bland, J.A. and J.T. Staley. 1978. Observations on the biology of Thiothrix. matophilus and other Xenorhabdus spp. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 58: Arch. Microbiol. 117: 79–87. 3032–3037. Blaser, M.J. and L.S. Newman. 1982. A review of human salmonellosis: Boemare, N.E., J.O. Thaler and A. Lanois. 1997b. Simple bacteriological I. infective dose. Rev. Infect. Dis. 4: 1096–1106. tests for phenotypic characterization of Xenorhabdus and Photorhabdus Blattner, F.R., G.I. Plunkett, III, C.A. Bloch, N.T. Perna, V. Burland, M. phase variants. Symbiosis 22: 167–175. Riley, J. Collado-Vides, J.D. Glasner, C.K. Rode, G.F. Mayhew, J. Gregor, Boerlin, P., H.H. Siegrist, A.P. Burnens, P. Kuhnert, P. Mendez, G. Pre´tat, N.W. Davis, H.A. Kirkpatrick, M.A. Goeden, D.J. Rose, B. Mau and Y. R. Lienhard and J. Nicolet. 2000. Molecular identification and epi- Shao. 1997. The complete genome sequence of Escherichia coli K-12. demiological tracing of Pasteurella multocida meningitis in a baby. J. Science 277: 1453–1462. Clin. Microbiol. 38: 1235–1237. Blix, I.J., H.R. Preus and I. Olsen. 1990. Invasive growth of Actinobacillus Bogdanove, A.J., Z.M. Wei, L. Zhao and S.V. Beer. 1996. Erwinia amylovora actinomycetemcomitans on solid medium (TSBV). Acta Odontol Scand. secretes harpin via a type III pathway and contains a homolog of yopN 48: 313–318. of Yersinia spp. J. Bacteriol. 178: 1720–1730. Blouse, L. and R. Twarog. 1966. Properties of four Herellea phages. Can. Bogosian, G., P.J.L. Morris and J.P. O’Neil. 1998. A mixed culture recovery J. Microbiol. 12: 1023–1030. method indicates that enteric bacteria do not enter the viable but Bock, E. and H.-P., Koops. 1992. The genus Nitrobacter and related genera. nonculturable state. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 64: 1736–1742. In Balows, Tru¨per, Dworkin, Harder and Schleifer (Editors), The Pro- Boha´cˇek, J. and O. Mra´z. 1967. Basengehalt der Deoxyribonukleinsa¨ure karyotes. A Handbook on the Biology of Bacteria: Ecophysiology, bei den Arten Pasteurella haemolytica, Actinobacillus lignieresii und Ac- Isolation, Identification, Applications, 2nd ed., Vol. 3, Springer-Verlag, tinobacillus equuli. Zentralbl. Bakteriol. Parasitenkd. Infektionskr. Hyg. New York. pp. 2302–2309. 1 Abt. Orig. 202: 468–478. Bock, E., H. Sundermeyer-Klinger and E. Stackebrandt. 1983. New fac- Boher, B., K. Kpemoua, M. Nicole, J. Luisetti and J. Geiger. 1995. Ultra- ultative lithoautotrophic nitrite-oxidizing bacteria. Arch. Microbiol. structure of interactions between cassava and Xanthomonas campestris 136: 281–284. pathovar manihotis: cytochemistry of cellulose and pectin degradation Bockemu¨hl, J., V. Aleksic, R. Wokasch and S. Aleksic. 1983. Pathogenicity in a susceptible cultivar. Phytopathology 85: 777–788. tests with strains of Edwardsiella tarda: detection of a heat-stable en- Boher, B., M. Nicole, M. Potin and J.P. Geiger. 1997. Extracellular poly- terotoxin. Zentralbl. Bakteriol. Parasitenkd. Hyg. Infektionskr., Abt. saccharides from Xanthomonas axonopodis pathovar manihotis interact I Orig. A255: 464–471. with cassava cell walls during pathogenesis. Mol. Plant-Microbe In- Bockemu¨hl, J., R. Pan Urai and F. Burkhardt. 1971. Edwardsiella tarda teract. 10: 803–811. associated with human disease. Pathol. Microbiol. 37: 393–401. Bohn, G.W. and J.C. Maloit. 1946. Bacterial spot of native golden currant Bocklage, H., K. Heeger and B. Mu¨ller-Hill. 1991. Cloning and charac- (Ribes aureum). J. Agr. Res. 73: 281–290. terization of the MboII restriction-modification system. Nucleic Acids Boileau, C.R., H.M. d’Hauteville and P.J. Sansonetti. 1984. DNA hybrid- Res. 19: 1007–1014. ization technique to detect Shigella species and enteroinvasive es- Bodrossy, L., E.M. Holmes, A.J. Holmes, K.L. Kovacs and J.C. Murrell. cherichia coli. J. Clin. Microbiol. 20: 959–961. 1997. Analysis of 16S rRNA and methane monooxygenase gene se- Boisvert, H., R. Chatelain and M.J. Bassot. 1967. Etude d’un Photobacterium quences reveals a novel group of thermotolerant and thermophilic isole de l’organe luminex de poissons Leiognathidae. Ann. Inst. Pas- methanotrophs, Methylocaldum gen. nov. Arch. Microbiol. 168: 493– teur (Paris) 112: 520–524. 503. Bokete, T.N., T.S. Whittam, R.A. Wilson, C.R. Clausen, C.M. O’Callahan, Bodrossy, L., E.M. Holmes, A.J. Holmes, K.L. Kovacs and J.C. Murrell. S.L. Moseley, T.R. Fritsche and P.I. Tarr. 1997. Genetic and phenotypic 1998. In Validation of the publication of new names and new com- analysis of Escherichia coli with enteropathogenic characteristics iso- binations previously effectively published outside the IJSB. List No. lated from Seattle children. J. Infect. Dis. 175: 1382–1389. 66. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 48: 631–632. Boldur, I., A. Cohen, L.R. Tamarin and D. Sompolinsky. 1987. Isolation Bodrossy, L., J.C. Murrell, H. Dalton, M. Kalman, L.G. Puskas and K.L. of Legionella pneumophila from calves and the prevalence of antibodies Kovacs. 1995. Heat-tolerant methanotrophic bacteria from the hot in cattle, sheep, horses, antelopes, buffaloes and rabbits. Vet. Micro- water effluent of a natural gas field. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 61: biol. 13: 313–320. 3549–3555. Boling, M.E., D.P. Allison and J.K. Setlow. 1973. Bacteriophage of Hae- Boemare, N.E. and R.J. Akhurst. 1988. Biochemical and physiological mophilus influenzae. III. Morphology, DNA homology, and immunity characterization of colony form variants in Xenorhabdus spp. (Entero- properties of HPlcl, S2, and the defective bacteriophage from strain bacteriaceae). J. Gen. Microbiol. 134: 751–762. Rd. J. Virol. 11: 585–591. Boemare, N.E. and R.J. Akhurst. 1994. DNA homology between Xeno- Bolstad, A.I., T. Kristoffersen, I. Olsen, H.R. Preus, H.B. Jesen, E.N. Vas- rhabdus and Photorhabdus spp.: convergent evolution of two different strand and V. Bakken. 1990. Outer membrane proteins of Actinoba- genera. In Burnell, Ehlers and Masson (Editors), COST 812-Biotech- cillus actinomycetemcomitans and Haemophilus aphrophilus studied by nology: Genetics of entomopathogenic nematode-bacterium com- SDS-PAGE and immunoblotting. Oral Microbiol. Immunol. 5: 155– plexes, European Commission, Directorate-General XII, Science, Re- 161. search and Development Environment Research Programme, Lux- Bonacorsi, S.P., M.R. Scavizzi, A. Guiyoule, J.H. Amouroux and E. Carniel. embourg. pp. 59–69. 1994. Assessment of a fluoroquinolone, three beta-lactams, two amino- Boemare, N.E., R.J. Akhurst and R.G. Mourant. 1993. DNA relatedness glycosides, and a cycline in treatment of murine Yersinia pestis infec- between Xenorhabdus spp. (Enterobacteriaceae), symbiotic bacteria of tion. Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. 38: 481–486. entomopathogenic nematodes, and a proposal to transfer Xenorhabdus Bonami, J.R. and R. Pappalardo. 1980. Rickettsial infection in marine luminescens to a new genus, Photorhabdus gen. nov. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. crustacea. Experientia (Basel) 36: 180–181. 43: 249–255. Bonar, D.B., R.M. Weiner and R.R. Colwell. 1986. Microbial-invertebrate Boemare, N.E., A. Givaudan, M. Brehe´lin and C. Laumond. 1997a. Sym- interactions and potential for biotechnology. Microb. Ecol. 12: 101– biosis and pathogenicity of nematode-bacterium complexes. Symbi- 110. osis 22: 21–45. Bonas, U., R. Schulte, S. Fenselau, G.V. Minsavage, B.J. Staskawicz and Boemare, N., C. Louis and G. Kuhl. 1983. E´tude ultrastructurale des R.E. Stall. 1991. Isolation of a gene cluster from Xanthomonas campestris cristaux chez Xenorhabdus spp. bacte´ries infe´ode´es aux ne´matodes pv. vesicatoria that determines pathogenicity and the hypersensitive BIBLIOGRAPHY 929

response on pepper and tomato. Mol. Plant-Microbe Interact. 4: 81– Borrell, N., S.G. Acinas, M.J. Figueras and A.J. Martinez-Murcia. 1997. 88. Identification of Aeromonas clinical isolates by restriction fragment Bondar, G. 1915. Molestia bacteriana da mandioca. Biol. Agr. Sao Paulo. length polymorphism of PCR-amplified 16S rRNA genes. J. Clin. Mi- 16a: 513–524. crobiol. 35: 1671–1674. Bonet, R., B. Magarin˜os, J.L. Romalde, M.D. Simonpujol, A.E. Toranzo Borrelli, S., E.L. Roggen, D. Hendriksen, J. Jonasson, H.J. Ahmed, P. Piot, and F. Congregado. 1994. Capsular polysaccharide expressed by Pas- P.E. Jansson and A.A. Lindberg. 1995. Monoclonal antibodies against teurella piscicida grown in-vitro. FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 124: 285–289. Haemophilus lipopolysaccharides: clone DP8 specific for Haemophilus Bonfiglio, G., S. Stefani and G. Nicoletti. 1995. Clinical isolate of a Xan- ducreyi and clone DH24 binding to lacto-N-neotetraose. Infect. Im- thomonas maltophilia strain producing L-1-deficient and L-2-inducible mun. 63: 2665–2673. b-lactamases. Chemotherapy. 41: 121–124. Borriss, M., E. Helmke, R. Hanschke and T. Schweder. 2003. Isolation Bonifassi, E., M.F.L. Saux, N. Boemare, A. Lanois, C. Laumond and G. and characterization of marine psychrophilic phage-host systems from Smart. 1999. Gnotobiological study of infective juveniles and symbi- Arctic sea ice. Extremophiles 7: 377–384. onts of Steinernema scapterisci: A model to clarify the concept of the Boschker, H.T.S., S.C. Nold, P. Wellsbury, D. Bos, W. De Graaf, R. Pel, natural occurrence of monoxenic associations in entomopathogenic R.J. Parkees and T.E. Cappenberg. 1998. Direct linking of microbial nematodes. J. Invertebr. Pathol. 74: 164–172. populations to specific biogeochemical processes by 13C-labelling of Bonin, P., M. Gilewicz and J.C. Bertrand. 1987. Denitrification by a marine biomarkers. Nature 392: 801–805. bacterium Pseudomonas nautica strain 617. Ann. Inst. Pasteur (Paris) Boswell, T.C.J. and G. Kudesia. 1992. Serological cross-reaction between 138: 371–383. Legionella pneumophila and Campylobacter in the indirect fluorescent Bonner, D.P., J. O’Sullivan, S.K. Tanaka, J.M. Clark and R.R. Whitney. antibody test. Epidemiol. Infect. 109: 291–295. 1988. Lysobactin, a novel antibacterial agent produced by Lycobacter Bo¨ttger, E.C., M. Ju¨rs, T. Barrett, K. Wachsmuth, S. Metzger and D. Bitter- sp.: II. Biological properties. J. Antibiot. (Tokyo). 41: 1745–1751. Suermann. 1987. Qualitative and quantitative determination of en- Bonting, C.F.C., B.M.F. Willemsen, W. Akkermans-van Vliet, P.J.M.Bouvet, terobacterial common antigen (ECA) with monoclonal antibodies: G.J.J. Kortstee and A.J.B. Zehnder. 1992. Additional characteristics of expression of ECA by two Actinobacillus species. J. Clin. Microbiol. 25: the polyphosphate-accumulating Acinetobacter strain 210A and its iden- 377–382. tification as Acinetobacter johnsonii. FEMS Microbiol. Ecol. 102: 57–64. Bottone, E.J. 1977. Yersinia enterocolitica: a panoramic view of a charismatic Boocock, G.R. and J.A. Bowley. 1995. Meningitis in infancy caused by microorganism. Crit. Rev. Microbiol. 5: 211–241. Pasteurella multocida. J. Infect. 31: 161–162. Bottone, E.J. 1992. The genus Yersinia (excluding Y. pestis). In Balows Boot, R. and M. Bisgaard. 1995. Reclassification of 30 Pasteurellaceae (Editor), The Prokaryotes: a Handbook on the Biology of Bacteria : strains isolated from rodents. Lab. Anim. 29: 314–319. Ecophysiology, Isolation, Identification, Applications, 2nd ed., Boot, R., H.C. Thuis and F.A. Reubsaet. 1999. Growth medium affects Springer-Verlag, New York. 2863–2887. the cellular fatty acid composition of Pasteurellaceae. Zentbl. Bakteriol. Bottone, E.J. 1997. Yersinia enterocolitica: the charisma continues. Clin. 289: 9–17. Microbiol. Rev. 10: 257–276. Borch, E., M.L. Kant-Muermans and Y. Blixt. 1996. Bacterial spoilage of Bottone, E.J. 1999. Yersinia enterocolitica: overview and epidemiologic cor- meat and cured meat products. Int. J. Food Microbiol. 33: 103–120. relates. Microbes Infect. 1: 323–333. Borman, E.K. 1957. Genus IV. Paracolobactrum. In Breed, Murray and Bottone, E.J., B. Chester, M.S. Malowany and J. Allerhand. 1974. Unusual Smith (Editors), Bergey’s Manual of Determinative Bacteriology, 7th Yersinia enterocolitica isolates not associated with mesenteric lymphad- Edition, Williams and Wilkins, Baltimore. 346–348. enitis. Appl. Microbiol. 27: 858–861. Bormann, E.J., M. Leissner and B. Beer. 1998. Growth-associated pro- Bottone, E.J., C.R. Gullans and M.F. Sierra. 1987. Disease spectrum of duction of poly(hydroxybutyric acid) by Azotobacter beijerinckii from Yersinia enterocolitica serogroup 0:3, the predominant cause of human organic nitrogen substrates. Appl. Microbiol. Biotechnol. 49: 84–88. infection in New York City. Contrib. Microbiol. Immunol. 9: 56–60. Borneleit, P. and H.P. Kleber. 1991. The outer membrane of Acinetobacter: Bottone, E.J. and T. Robin. 1977. Yersinia enterocolitica: recovery and char- structure–function relationships. In Towner and Bergogne-Be´re´zin acterization of two unusual isolates from a case of acute enteritis. J. (Editors), The Biology of Acinetobacter: Taxonomy, Clinical Impor- Clin. Microbiol. 5: 341–345. tance, Molecular Biology, Physiology, Industrial Relevance, Plenum Bottone, E.J., K.K. Sandh and M.A. Pisano. 1979. Yersinia intermedia: Tem- Press, New York. pp. 259–271. perature dependent bacteriocin production. J. Clin. Microbiol. 10: Bornstein, N., D. Marmet, M. Surgot, M. Nowicki, H. Meugnier, J. Fleu- 433–436. rette, E. Ageron, F. Grimont, P.A.D. Grimont, W.L. Thacker, R.F. Ben- Bouchotroch, S., E. Quesada, A. Del Moral and V. Bejar. 1999. Taxonomic son and D.J. Brenner. 1989a. Legionella gratiana, sp. nov., isolated from study of exopolysaccharide-producing, moderately halophilic bacteria French spa water. Res. Microbiol. 140: 541–552. isolated from hypersaline environments in Morocco. Syst. Appl. Mi- Bornstein, N., D. Marmet, M. Surgot, M. Nowicki, H. Meugnier, J. Fleu- crobiol. 22: 412–419. rette, E. Ageron, F. Grimont, P.A.D. Grimont, W.L. Thacker, R.F. Ben- Bouchotroch, S., E. Quesada, A. del Moral, I. Llamas and V. Bejar. 2001. son and D.J. Brenner. 1991. In Validation of the publication of new Halomonas maura sp nov., a novel moderately halophilic, exopolysac- names and new combinations previously effectively published outside charide-producing bacterium. Int. J. Syst. Evol. Microbiol. 51: 1625– the IJSB. List No. 39. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 41: 580–581. 1632. Bornstein, N., A. Mercatello, D. Marmet, M. Surgot, Y. Deveaux and J. Boudailliez, B., P. Berquin, P. Mariani-Kurkdjian, D.D. Ilef, B. Cuvelier, Fleurette. 1989b. Pleural infection caused by Legionella anisa. J. Clin. I. Capek, B. Tribout, E. Bingen and C. Piussan. 1997. Possible person- Microbiol. 27: 2100–2101. to-person transmission of Escherichia coli O111-associated hemolytic Borowski, J. and M. Zaremba. 1973. Some problems connected with Yer- uremic syndrome. Pediatr. Nephrol. 11: 36–39. sinia pseudotuberculosis resistance to antibiotics. Contr. Microbiol. Im- Bouley, G. 1966. E´tude d’une souche d’Actinobacillus suis (van Dorssen munol. 2: 196–202. et Jaartsveld) isole´e en Normandie. Recl. Med. Vet. Ec. Alfort. 14: Borr, J.D., D.A.J. Ryan and J.I. McInnes. 1991. Analysis of Actinobacillus 225–229. pleuropneumoniae and related organisms by DNA–DNA hybridization Bousfield, I.J. and P.N. Green. 1985. Reclassification of bacteria of the and restriction endonuclease fingerprinting. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 41: genus Protomonas Urakami and Komagata 1984 in the genus Methy- 121–129. lobacterium (Patt, Cole, and Hanson) emend. Green and Bousfield Borrego, J.J., D. Castro, A. Luque, C. Paillard, P. Maes, M.T. Garcia and 1983. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 35: 209. A. Ventosa. 1996. Vibrio tapetis sp. nov., the causative agent of the brown Bouvet, O.M. and P.A. Grimont. 1987a. Diversity of the phosphoenol- ring disease affecting cultured clams. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 46: 480– pyruvate/glucose phosphotransferase system in the Enterobacteriaceae. 484. Ann. Inst. Pasteur Microbiol. 138: 3–13. 930 BIBLIOGRAPHY

Bouvet, O.M.M., P.A.D. Grimont, C. Richard, E. Aldova¨, O. Hausner and assumed to be related to Moraxella. 8. The relative position of some M. Gabrhelova¨. 1985. Budvicia aquatica, gen. nov., sp. nov.: a hydrogen oxidase negative, immotile diplobacilli (Achromobacter) in the trans- sulfide-producing member of the Enterobacteriaceae. Int. J. Syst. Bac- formation system. Acta Pathol. Microbiol. Scand. 69: 109–122. teriol. 35: 60–64. Bøvre, K. 1979. Proposal to divide the genus Moraxella Lwoff 1939 emend. Bouvet, O.M., P. Lenormand, E. Ageron and P.A.D. Grimont. 1995a. Henriksen and Bøvre 1968 into two subgenera — subgenus Moraxella Taxonomic diversity of anaerobic glycerol dissimilation in the Ente- (Lwoff 1939) Bøvre 1979 and subgenus Branhamella (Catlin 1970) robacteriaceae. Res. Microbiol. 146: 279–290. Bøvre 1979. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 29: 403–406. Bouvet, O.M.M., P. Lenormand and P.A.D. Grimont. 1989. Taxonomic Bøvre, K. 1980. Progress in classification and identification of diversity of the d-glucose oxidation pathway in the Enterobacteriaceae. based on genetic affinity. In Goodfellow and Board (Editors), Micro- Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 39: 61–67. bial Classification and Identification, Academic Press, London. pp. Bouvet, O.M., P. Lenormand, V. Guibert and P.A. Grimont. 1995b. Dif- 55–72. ferentiation of Shigella species from Escherichia coli by glycerol dehy- Bøvre, K., T. Bergan and L.O. Frøholm. 1970. Electron microscopical drogenase activity. Res. Microbiol. 146: 787–790. and serological characteristics associated with colony type in Moraxella Bouvet, P.J.M. and P.A.D. Grimont. 1986. Taxonomy of the genus Aci- nonliquefaciens. Acta Pathol. Microbiol. Scand. B Microbiol. Immunol. netobacter, gen. nov., with the recognition of , 78: 765–779. sp. nov., Acinetobacter haemolyticus, sp. nov., Acinetobacter johnsonii, sp. Bøvre, K., K. Bryn, O. Closs, N. Hagen and L.O. Frøholm. 1983. Surface nov. and Acinetobacter junii, sp. nov. and emended descriptions of Aci- polysaccharide of Moraxella nonliquefaciens identical to Neisseria men- netobacter calcoaceticus and Acinetobacter lwoffi. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 36: ingitidis group B capsular polysaccharide: a chemical and immuno- 228–240. logical investigation. NIPH (Natl. Inst. Public Health) Ann. 6: 65–74. Bouvet, P.J.M. and P.A.D. Grimont. 1987b. Identification and biotyping Bøvre, K. and L.O. Frøholm. 1971. Competence of genetic transforma- of clinical isolates of Acinetobacter. Ann. Inst. Pasteur Microbiol. 138: tion correlated with the occurrence of fimbriae in three bacterial 569–578. species. Nat. New Biol. 234: 151–152. Bouvet, P.J.M. and S. Jeanjean. 1989. Delineation of new proteolytic ge- Bøvre, K. and L.O. Frøholm. 1972a. Competence in genetic transfor- nomic species in the genus Acinetobacter. Res. Microbiol. 140: 291– mation related to colony type and fimbriation in three species of 300. Moraxella. Acta Pathol. Microbiol. Scand. B Microbiol. Immunol. 80: Bouvet, P.J.M. and S. Jeanjean. 1995. Differentiation of Acinetobacter cal- 649–659. coaceticus sensu stricto from related Acinetobacter species by electropho- Bøvre, K. and L.O. Frøholm. 1972b. Variation of colony morphology retic polymorphism of malate dehydrogenase, glutamate dehydro- reflecting fimbriation in Moraxella bovis and two reference strains of genase and catalase. Res. Microbiol. 146: 773–785. M. nonliquefaciens. Acta Pathol. Microbiol. Scand. B Microbiol. Im- Bouvet, P.J.M., S. Jeanjean, J.F. Vieu and L. Dijkshoorn. 1990. Species, munol. 80: 629–640. biotype and bacteriophage type determinations compared with cell Bøvre, K., J.E. Fuglesang, N. Hagen, E. Jantzen and L.O. Frøholm. 1976. envelope protein profiles for typing Acinetobacter strains. J. Clin. Mi- Moraxella atlantae sp. nov. and its distinction from Moraxella phenyl- crobiol. 28: 170–176. pyruvica. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 26: 511–521. Bouzar, H., J.B. Jones, R.E. Stall, N.C. Hodge, G.V. Minsavage, A.A. Ben- Bøvre, K., J.E. Fuglesang, S.D. Henriksen, S.P. Lapage, H. Lautrop and edict and A.M. Alvarez. 1994. Physiological, chemical, serological, and J.J.S. Snell. 1974. Studies on a collection of Gram-negative bacterial pathogenic analyses of a worldwide collection of Xanthomonas cam- strains showing resemblance to Moraxellae: Examination by conven- pestris pathovar vesicatoria strains. Phytopathology 84: 663–671. tional bacteriological methods. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 24: 438–446. Bovarnick, M.R., J.C. Miller and J.C. Snyder. 1950. The influence of cer- Bøvre, K. and N. Hagen. 1981. The family Neisseriaceae: rod-shaped species tain salts, amino acids, sugars and proteins on the stability of rick- of the genera Moraxella, Acinetobacter, Kingella, and Neisseria, and the ettsiae. J. Bacteriol. 59: 509–522. Branhamella group of cocci. In Starr, Stolp, Tru¨per, Balows and Schle- Bovien, P. 1937. Some types of association between nematodes and in- gel (Editors), The Prokaryotes. A Handbook on Habitats, Isolation sects. Vidensk. Medd. Dan. Naturhist. Foren. Khobenhavn. 101:1– and Identification of Bacteria, 1st Ed., Vol. 2, Springer-Verlag, New 114. York. pp. 1506–1529. Bøvre, K. 1963. Affinities between Moraxella spp. and a strain of Neisseria Bøvre, K. and N. Hagen. 1984. In Validation of the publication of new catarrhalis as expressed by transformation. Acta Pathol. Microbiol. names and new combinations previously effectively published outside Scand. 58: 528. the IJSB. List No. 15. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 34: 355–357. Bøvre, K. 1964. Studies on transformation in Moraxella and organisms Bøvre, K., N. Hagen, B.P. Berdal and E. Jantzen. 1977. Oxidase positive assumed to be related to Moraxella. 2. Quantitative transformation rods from cases of suspected gonorrhoea. A comparison of conven- reactions between Moraxella nonliquefaciens strains, with streptomycin tional, gas chromatographic and genetic methods of identification. resistance marked DNA. Acta Pathol. Microbiol. Scand. 62: 239–248. Acta Pathol. Microbiol. Scand. B. 85: 27–37. Bøvre, K. 1965a. Studies on transformation in Moraxella and organisms Bøvre, K. and S.D. Henriksen. 1962. An approach to transformation assumed to be related to Moraxella. 3. Quantitative streptomycin re- studies in Moraxella. Acta Pathol. Microbiol. Scand. 56: 223–228. sistance transformation between Moraxella bovis and Moraxella nonli- Bøvre, K. and S.D. Henriksen. 1967a. A new Moraxella species, Moraxella quefaciens strains. Acta Pathol. Microbiol. Scand. 63: 42–50. osloensis, and a revised description of Moraxella nonliquefaciens. Int. J. Bøvre, K. 1965b. Studies on transformation in Moraxella and organisms Syst. Bacteriol. 17: 127–135. assumed to be related to Moraxella. 4. Streptomycin resistance trans- Bøvre, K. and S.D. Henriksen. 1967b. A revised description of Moraxella formation between asaccharolytic Neisseria strains. Acta Pathol. Mi- polymorpha Flamm 1957, with a proposal of a new name, Moraxella crobiol. Scand. 64: 229–242. phenylpyruvica for this species. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 17: 343–360. Bøvre, K. 1965c. Studies on transformation in Moraxella and organisms Bowditch, R.D., L. Baumann and P. Baumann. 1984a. Description of assumed to be related to Moraxella. 5. Streptomycin resistance trans- Oceanospirillum kriegii sp. nov. and Oceanospirillum jannaschii sp. nov. formation between serum-liquefying, nonhaemolytic moraxellae, Mo- and assignment of 2 species of Alteromonas to this genus as Oceano- raxella bovis and Moraxella nonliquefaciens. Acta Pathol. Microbiol. spirillum commune comb. nov. and Oceanospirillum vagum comb. nov. Scand. 65: 435–449. Curr. Microbiol. 10: 221–229. Bøvre, K. 1965d. Studies on transformation in Moraxella and organisms Bowditch, R.D., L. Baumann and P. Baumann. 1984b. Validation of the assumed to be related to Moraxella. 6. A distinct group of Moraxella publication of new names and combinations previously effectively nonliquefaciens-like organisms (the “19116/51” group). Acta Pathol. published outside the IJSB. List No.16. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 34: 503– Microbiol. Scand. 65: 641–652. 504. Bøvre, K. 1967. Studies on transformation in Moraxella and organisms Bowles, R.E., J.L. Pahoff, B.N. Smith and P.J. Blackall. 2000. Ribotype BIBLIOGRAPHY 931

diversity of porcine Pasteurella multocida from Australia. Aust. Vet. J. 1988) gen. nov., comb. nov., and Telluria chitinolytica sp. nov., soil- 78: 630–635. dwelling organisms which actively degrade polysaccharides. Int. J. Syst. Bowman, J.P. 1992. The systematics of methane-utilizing bacteria., Doc- Bacteriol. 43: 120–124. toral thesis, University of Queensland, Brisbane, Australia. Bowman, J.P., L.I. Sly, P.D. Nichols and A.C. Hayward. 1993b. Revised Bowman, J.P. 1998. Pseudoalteromonas prydzensis sp. nov., a psychotrophic, taxonomy of the methanotrophs: description of Methylobacter gen. halotolerant bacterium from Antarctic sea ice. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. nov., emendation of Methylococcus, validation of Methylosinus and Meth- 48: 1037–1041. ylocystis species, and a proposal that the family Methylococcaceae in- Bowman, J.P., J. Cavanagh, J.J. Austin and K. Sanderson. 1996. Novel cludes only the group I methanotrophs. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 43: Psychrobacter species from Antarctic ornithogenic soils. Int. J. Syst. Bac- 735–753. teriol. 46: 841–848. Bowman, J.P., L.I. Sly and E. Stackebrandt. 1995. The phylogenetic po- Bowman, J.P., J.J. Gosink, S.A. McCammon, T.E. Lewis, D.S. Nichols, P.D. sition of the family Methylococcaceae. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 45: 182– Nichols, J.H. Skerratt, J.T. Staley and T.A. McMeekin. 1998. Colwellia 185. demingiae sp. nov., Colwellia hornerae sp. nov., Colwellia rossensis sp. nov., Boyce, J.D. and B. Adler. 2000. The capsule is a virulence determinant and Colwellia psychrotropica sp. nov.: psychrophilic Antarctic species in the pathogenesis of Pasteurella multocida M1404 (B:2). Infect. Im- with the ability to synthesize docosahexaenoic acid (22:6x3). Int. J. mun. 68: 3463–3468. Syst. Bacteriol. 48: 1171–1180. Boyce, J.D., J.Y. Chung and B. Adler. 2000. Genetic organisation of the Bowman, J.P., S.A. McCammon, J.L. Brown and T.A. McMeekin. 1998b. capsule biosynthetic locus of Pasteurella multocida M1404 (B:2). Vet. Glaciecola punicea gen. nov., sp. nov. and Glaciecola pallidula gen. nov., Microbiol. 72: 121–134. sp. nov.: psychrophilic bacteria from Antarctic sea-ice habitats. Int. J. Boyce, J.M.H., J. Frazer and K. Zinnemann. 1969. The growth require- Syst. Bacteriol. 48: 1213–1222. ments of Haemophilus aphrophilus. J. Med. Microbiol. 2: 55–62. Bowman, J.P., S.A. McCammon, M.V. Brown, D.S. Nichols and T.A. Boyce, T.G., D.L. Swerdlow and P.M. Griffin. 1995. Escherichia coli McMeekin. 1997a. Diversity and association of psychrophilic bacteria O157:H7 and the hemolytic-uremic syndrome. N. Engl. J. Med. 333: in Antarctic sea ice. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 63: 3068–3078. 364–368. Bowman, J.P., S.A. McCammon, T. Lewis, J.H. Skerratt, D.S. Nichols and Boyd, C. and N.T. Keen. 1993. Characterization of the prtA and prtB T.A. McMeekin. 1998c. Psychroflexus torquis gen. nov. sp. nov., a psy- genes of Erwinia chrysanthemi EC16. Gene 133: 115–118. chrophilic species from Antartic Sea ice, and reclassification of Fla- Boyd, J.S.K. 1931. Some investigations into so-called “non-agglutinable” vobacterium gondwanense (Dobson et al. 1993) as Psychroflexus gond- dysentery bacilli. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps. 57: 161–186. wanense gen. nov. comb. nov. Microbiology 144: 1601–1609. Boyd, J.S.K. 1932a. Further investigations into the characters and clas- Bowman, J.P., S.A. McCammon, D.S. Nichols, J.H. Skerratt, S.M. Rea, P.D. sification of the mannite-fermenting dysentery bacilli. J. Roy. Army Nichols and T.A. McMeekin. 1997b. Shewanella gelidimarina sp. nov. Med. Corps. 59: 241–251. and Shewanella frigidimarina sp. nov., novel Antartic species with the Boyd, J.S.K. 1932b. Further investigations into the characters and clas- ability to produce eicosapentaenoic acid (20:5x3) and grow anaer- sification of the mannite-fermenting dysentery bacilli. J. Roy. Army obically by dissimilatory Fe(III) reduction. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 47: Med. Corps. 59: 331–342. 1040–1047. Boyd, J.S.K. 1938. The antigenic structure of the mannitol-fermenting Bowman, J.P., S.A. McCammon and J.H. Skerratt. 1997c. Methylosphaera group of dysentery bacilli. J. Hyg. 38: 477–499. hansonii gen. nov., sp. nov., a psychrophilic, group I methanotroph Boyd, J.S.K. 1946. Laboratory findings in clinical dysentery in Middle from antarctic marine-salinity, meromictic lakes. Microbiology 143: East force between August 1940 and June 1943. J. Pathol. 58: 237– 1451–1459. 241. Boyer, G. and F. Lambert. 1893. Sur deux nouvelles maladies du muˆrier. Bowman, J.P., S.A. McCammon and J.H. Skerratt. 1998d. In Validation C. R. Hebd. Se´ances Acad. Sci. 117: 342–343. of the publication of new names and new combinations previously Bozal, N., A. Manresa, J. Castellvi and J. Guinea. 1994. A new bacterial effectively published outside the IJSB. List No. 64. Int. J. Syst. Bac- strain of Antarctica, Alteromonas sp. that produces a heteropolymer teriol. 48: 327–328. slime. Polar Biol. 14: 561–567. Bowman, J.P., D.S. Nichols and T.A. McMeekin. 1997d. Psychrobacter gla- Bozal, N., E. Tudela, R. Rossello´-Mora, J. Lalucat and J. Guinea. 1997. cincola sp. nov., a halotolerant, psychrophilic bacterium isolated from Pseudoalteromonas antarctica sp. nov., isolated from an Antarctic coastal Antarctic Sea ice. Syst. Appl. Microbiol. 20: 209–215. environment. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 47: 345–351. Bowman, J.P., D.S. Nichols and T.A. McMeekin. 1997e. In Validation of Bozeman, F.M., J.W. Humphries and J.M. Campbell. 1968. A new group the publication of new names and new combinations previously ef- of rickettsia-like agents recovered from guinea pigs. Acta Virol. fectively published outside the IJSB. List No. 63. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. (Praha). 12: 87–93. 47: 1274. Bozso´, J., J. Durst, A. Pa´sztor, A. Svidro´ and J. Szita. 1986. Interpretation Bowman, J.P., J.H. Skerratt, P.D. Nichols and L.I. Sly. 1991a. Phospholipid of the presence of Plesiomonas shigelloides in faecal samples from pa- fatty acid and lipopolysaccharide fatty acid signature lipids in meth- tients with enteric disease. Acta Microbiol. Hung. 33: 351–354. ane-utilising bacteria. FEMS Microbiol. Ecol. 85: 15–22. Braak, H.R. 1928. Onderzoekingen over Vergisting van Glycerine, Thesis, Bowman, J.P., L.I. Sly, J.M. Cox and A.C. Hayward. 1990a. Methylomonas Delft. fodinarum sp. nov. and Methylomonas aurantiaca sp. nov.: two closely Bracho, A.M., D. Martı´nez-Torres, A. Moya and A. Latorre. 1995. Dis- related type I obligate methanotrophs. Syst. Appl. Microbiol. 13: 279– covery and molecular characterization of a plasmid localized in Buch- 287. nera sp. bacterial endosymbiont of the aphid Rhopalosiphum padi.J. Bowman, J.P., L.I. Sly, J.M. Cox and A.C. Hayward. 1990b. In Validation Mol. Evol. 41: 67–73. of the publication of new names and new combinations previously Brackee, G., R. Gunther and C.S. Gillett. 1992. Diagnostic exercise: high effectively published outside the IJSB. List No. 35. Int. J. Syst. Bac- mortality in red-eared slider turtles (Pseudemys scripta elegans). Lab. teriol. 40: 470–471. Anim. Sci. 42: 607–609. Bowman, J.P., L.I. Sly and A.C. Hayward. 1988. Pseudomonas mixta sp. nov., Bradbury, J.F. 1986. Guide to Plant Pathogenic Bacteria, CAB Interna- a bacterium from soil with degradative activity on a variety of complex tional Mycological Institute, Kew. polysaccharides. Syst. Appl. Microbiol. 11: 53–59. Brade, H. and H. Brunner. 1979. Serological cross-reactions between Bowman, J.P., L.I. Sly and A.C. Hayward. 1991b. Contribution of genome Acinetobacter calcoaceticus and chlamydiae. J. Clin. Microbiol. 10: 819– characteristics to assessment of taxonomy of obligate methanotrophs. 822. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 41: 301–305. Bradley, D.E. 1972a. Evidence for the retraction of Pseudomonas aeruginosa Bowman, J.P., L.I. Sly, A.C. Hayward, Y. Spiegel and E. Stackebrandt. RNA phage pili. Biochem. Biophys. Res. Comm. 47: 142–149. 1993a. Telluria mixta (Pseudomonas mixta Bowman, Sly, and Hayward Bradley, D.E. 1972b. Stimulation of pilus formation in Pseudomonas ae- 932 BIBLIOGRAPHY

ruginosa by RNA bacteriophage adsorption. Biochem. Biophys. Res. Bravo, S. 1994. Piscirickettsiosis in freshwater. Bull. Eur. Assoc. Fish Comm. 47: 1080–1087. Pathol. 14: 137–138. Bradley, D.E. 1974. The adsorption of Pseudomonas aeruginosa pilus-de- Bravo, S. and M. Campos. 1989. Coho salmon in freshwater. FHS News- pendent bacteriophages to a host mutant with non-retractile pili. Vi- letter 17:3. rology 58: 149–163. Brayer, G.D., L.T.J. Delbaere and M.N.G. James. 1979. Molecular structure Bradley, D.E. 1980a. Function of Pseudomonas aeruginosa PAO polar pili of the ␣-lytic protease from Myxobacter 495 at 2.8 A˚ resolution. J. Mol. - twitching motility. Can. J. Microbiol. 26: 146–154. Biol. 131: 743–775. Bradley, D.E. 1980b. Mobilization of chromosomal determinants for the Brayton, P.R., R.B. Bode, R.R. Colwell, M.T. MacDonell, H.L. Hall, D.J. polar pili of Pseudomonas aeruginosa PAO by FP plasmids. Can. J. Mi- Grimes, P.A. West and T.N. Bryant. 1986a. In Validation of new names crobiol. 26: 155–160. and new combinations previously effectively published outside the Bradley, D.E., S.P. Howard and H. Lior. 1991. Colicinogeny of O157:H7 IJSB. List No. 20. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 36: 354–356. enterohemorrhagic Escherichia coli and the shielding of colicin and Brayton, P.R., R.B. Bode, R.R. Colwell, M.T. MacDonell, H.L. Hall, D.J. phage receptors by their O-antigenic side chains. Can. J. Microbiol. Grimes, P.A. West and T.N. Bryant. 1986b. Vibrio cincinnatiensis sp. 37: 97–104. nov., a new human pathogen. J. Clin. Microbiol. 23: 104–108. Bradley, D.E. and T.L. Pitt. 1975. An immunological study of the pili of Breed, R.S. 1948. Genus I. Pseudomonas. In Breed, Murray and Hitchens Pseudomonas aeruginosa. J. Hyg. (London). 74: 419–430. (Editors), Bergey’s Manual of Determinative Bacteriology, 6th Ed., Bradshaw, M.W., R.P. Schneerson, J.C. and J.B. Robbins. 1971. Bacterial The Williams & Wilkins Co., Baltimore. 82–150. antigens cross-reactive with the capsular polysaccharide of Haemophi- Breed, R.S. , E.G.D. Murray and A.P. Hitchens (Editors). 1948. Bergey’s lus influenzae type b. Lancet 1: 1095–1096. Manual of Determinative Bacteriology, 6th Ed., The Williams & Wil- Bragg, R.R., J.M. Greyling and J.A. Verschoor. 1997. Isolation and iden- kins Co., Baltimore. Breed, R.S., E.G.D. Murray and N.R. Smith (Editors). 1957. Bergey’s tification of NAD-independent bacteria from chickens with symptoms Manual of Determinative Bacteriology, 7th Ed., The Williams & Wil- of infectious coryza. Avian Pathol. 26: 595–606. kins Co., Baltimore. Brahmbhatt, H.N., A.A. Lindberg and K.N. Timmis. 1992. Shigella lipo- Brehe´lin, M., A. Cherqui, L. Drif, J. Luciani, R. Akhurst and N. Boemare. polysaccharide: structure, genetics, and vaccine development. Curr. 1993. Ultrastructural study of surface components of Xenorhabdus sp. Top. Microbiol. Immunol. 180: 45–64. in different cell phases and culture conditions. J. Invertebr. Pathol. Branca, G., C. Galasso, G. Cornaglia, R. Fontana and G. Satta. 1996. A 61: 188–191. simple method to detect bacteriolytic enzymes produced by Entero- Brenden, R. and J.M. Janda. 1987. Detection, quantitation and stability bacteriaceae. Microbios. 86: 205–212. of the beta haemolysin of Aeromonas spp. J. Med. Microbiol. 24: 247– Brandreth, S.R. and I.M. Smith. 1986. Lack of pathogenicity of haemo- 251. phili of the “minor group” taxon for the gnotobiotic piglet. Res. Vet. Brenden, R.A., M.A. Miller and J.M. Janda. 1988. Clinical disease spec- Sci. 40: 273–275. trum and pathogenic factors associated with Plesiomonas shigelloides Branefors-Helander, P. 1972. Serological studies of Haemophilus influenzae. infections in humans. Rev. Infect. Dis. 10: 303–316. II. Variation in the capsular antigen of type e strains. Int. Arch. Allergy Brenner, D.J. 1978. Characterization and clinical identification of Ente- Appl. Immunol. 43: 908–920. robacteriaceae by DNA hybridization. Prog. Clin. Pathol. 7: 71–117. Branefors-Helander, P. 1977. The structure of the capsular antigen from Brenner, D.J. 1981. Introduction to the family Enterobacteriaceae. In Starr, Haemophilus influenzae type A. Carbohydr. Res. 56: 117–121. Stolp, Tru¨per, Balows and Schlegel (Editors), The Prokaryotes. A Branefors-Helander, P. 1979. Cross reactivity of the O-antigens among handbook on Habitats, Isolation, and Identification of Bacteria, 1st Haemophilus influenzae type b strains. Int. Arch. Allergy Appl. Immu- Ed., Vol. 2, Springer-Verlag, New York. pp. 1105–1127. nol. 52: 150–154. Brenner, D.J. 1984a. Family I. Enterobacteriaceae. In Krieg and Holt (Edi- Branefors-Helander, P., B. Clausen, L. Kenne and B. Lindberg. 1979. tors), Bergey’s Manual of Systematic Bacteriology, 1st Ed., Vol. 1, The Structural studies of the capsular antigen of Haemophilus influenzae Williams & Wilkins Co., Baltimore. pp. 408–420. type c. Carbobydr. Res. 76: 197–202. Brenner, D.J. 1984b. Recommendations on recent proposals for the clas- Branefors-Helander, P., L. Keene and B. Lindqvist. 1980. Structural stud- sification of shigellae. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 34: 87–88. ies of the capsular antigen from Haemophilus influenzae type f. Car- Brenner, D.J. 1986. Classification of Legionellaceae. Current status and bohydr. Res. 79: 308–312. remaining questions. Isr. J. Med. Sci. 22: 620–632. Branefors-Helander, P., L. Kenne, B. Lindberg, K. Petersson and P. Unger. Brenner, D.J. 1992a. Additional genera of Enterobacteriaceae. In Balows, 1981. Structural studies of the capsular polysaccharaide elaborated Tru¨per, Dworkin, Harder and Schleifer (Editors), The Prokaryotes, by Haemophilus influenzae type D. Carbobydr. Res. 97: 285–291. 2nd Ed., Vol. 3, Springer-Verlag, New York. pp. 2922–2937. Branson, E.J. and D.A. Diaz-Munoz. 1991. Description of a new disease Brenner, D.J. 1992b. Introduction to the family Enterobacteriaceae. In Bal- condition occurring in farmed coho salmon, Oncorhynchus kisutch ows, A., H.G. Tru¨per, M. Dworkin, W. Harder and K.-H. Schleifer (Walbaum), in South America. J. Fish Dis. 14: 147–156. (Editors), The Prokaryotes. A Handbook on the Biology of Bacteria: Bratina, B.J., G.A. Brusseau and R.S. Hanson. 1992. Use of 16S rRNA Ecophysiology, Isolation, Identification, Applications, 2nd Ed., Vol. analysis to investigate phylogeny of methylotrophic bacteria. Int. J. III, Springer-Verlag, New York. pp. 2673–2695. Syst. Bacteriol. 42: 645–648. Brenner, D.J., H. Bercovier, J. Ursing, J.M. Alonso, A.G. Steigerwalt, G.R. Braun, C. and W.G. Zumft. 1992. The structural genes of the nitric-oxide Fanning, G.P. Carter and H.H. Mollaret. 1980a. Yersinia intermedia a reductase complex from Pseudomonas stutzeri are part of a 30-kilobase new species of Enterobacteriaceae composed of rhamnose-positive strains gene-cluster for denitrification. J. Bacteriol. 174: 2394–2397. (formerly called atypical Yersinia enterocolitica or Yersinia enterocolitica- Braun, E.J. 1982. Ultrastructural investigation of resistant and susceptible like). Curr. Microbiol. 4: 207–212. maize inbreds infected with Erwinia stewartii. Phytopathology 72: 159– Brenner, D.J., H. Bercovier, J. Ursing, J.M. Alonso, A.G. Steigerwalt, G.R. 166. Fanning, G.P. Carter and H.H. Mollaret. 1981. In Validation of the Braun-Howland, E.B., P.A. Vescio and S.A. Nierzwicki-Bauer. 1993. Use publication of new names and new combinations previously effectively of a simplified cell blot technique and 16S ribosomal-RNA- directed published outside the IJSB. List No. 6. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 31: 215– probes for identification of common environmental isolates. Appl. 218. Environ. Microbiol. 59: 3219–3224. Brenner, D.J., B.R. Davis, A.G. Steigerwalt, C.F. Riddle, A.C. McWhorter, Braunstein, H., M. Tomasulo, S. Scott and M.P. Chadwick. 1980. A biotype S.D. Allen, J.J. Farmer, III, Y. Saitoh and G.R. Fanning. 1982a. Atypical of Enterobacteriaceae intermediate between Citrobacter and Enterobacter. biogroups of Escherichia coli found in clinical specimens and descrip- Amer. J. Clin. Pathol. 73: 114–116. tion of Escherichia hermannii sp. nov. J. Clin. Microbiol. 15: 703–713. BIBLIOGRAPHY 933

Brenner, D.J., B.R. Davis, A.G. Steigerwalt, C.F. Riddle, A.C. McWhorter, strains associated with . J. Clin. Microbiol. 26: S.D. Allen, J.J. Farmer, Y. Saitoh and G.R. Fanning. 1983a. In Vali- 1524–1534. dation of the publication of new names and new combinations pre- Brenner, D.J., A.C. McWhorter, A. Kai, A.G. Steigerwalt and J.J. Farmer, viously effectively published outside the IJSB. List No. 10. Int. J. Syst. III. 1986. Enterobacter asburiae sp. nov., a new species found in clinical Bacteriol. 33: 438–440. specimens, and reassignment of Erwinia dissolvens and Erwinia nimi- Brenner, D.J., G.R. Fanning, F.W. Hickmann-Brenner, J.V. Lee, A.G. Stei- pressuralis to the genus Enterobacter as Enterobacter dissolvens comb. nov. gerwalt, B.R. Davis and J.J. Farmer. 1983b. DNA relatedness among and Enterobacter nimipressuralis comb. nov. J. Clin. Microbiol. 23: 1114– , with emphasis on the Vibrio species associated with human 1120. infection. INSERM Colloq. 114: 175–184. Brenner, D.J., A.C. McWhorter, A. Kai, A.G. Steigerwalt and J.J. Farmer. Brenner, D.J., G.R. Fanning, J.K. Leete Knutson, A.G. Steigerwalt and 1988b. In Validation of the publication of new names and new com- M.I. Krichevsky. 1984a. Attempts to classify Herbicola group-Enterobacter binations previously effectively published outside the IJSB, List No. agglomerans strains by deoxyribonucleic hybridization and phenotypic 25. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 38: 220. tests. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 34: 45–55. Brenner, D.J., A.C. McWhorter, J.K.L. Knutson and A.G. Steigerwalt. Brenner, D.J., G.R. Fanning, G.V. Miklos and A.G. Steigerwalt. 1973a. 1982b. Escherichia vulneris: a new species of Enterobacteriaceae associated Polynucleotide sequence relatedness among Shigella species. Int. J. with human wounds. J. Clin. Microbiol. 15: 1133–1140. Syst. Bacteriol. 23: 1–7. Brenner, D.J., A.C. McWhorter, J.K.L. Knutson and A.G. Steigerwalt. Brenner, D.J., G.R. Fanning, F.J. Skerman and S. Falkow. 1972a. Poly- 1983d. In Validation of the publication of new names and new com- nucleotide sequence divergence among strains of Escherichia coli and binations previously effectively published outside the IJSB. List No. closely related organisms. J. Bacteriol. 109: 933–965. 10. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 33: 438–440. Brenner, D.J., G.R. Fanning and A.G. Steigerwalt. 1974a. Deoxyribonu- Brenner, D.J., H.E. Muller, A.G. Steigerwalt, A.M. Whitney, C.M. O’Hara cleic acid relatedness among erwiniae and other Enterobacteriaceae: the and P. Ka¨mpfer. 1998. Two new Rahnella genomospecies that cannot gall, wilt and dry necrosis organisms (genus Erwinia Winslow et al., be phenotypically differentiated from Rahnella aquatilis. Int. J. Syst. sensu stricto). Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 24: 197–204. Bacteriol. 48: 141–149. Brenner, D.J., G.R. Fanning and A.G. Steigerwalt. 1974b. Polynucleotide Brenner, D.J., C.M. O’Hara, P.A.D. Grimont, J.M. Janda, E. Falsen, E. sequence relatedness in Edwardsiella tarda. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 24: Aldova´, E. Ageron, J. Schindler, S.L. Abbott and A.G. Steigerwalt. 186–190. 1999. Biochemical identification of Citrobacter species defined by DNA Brenner, D.J., G.R. Fanning, A.G. Steigerwalt, I. Ørskov and F. Ørskov. hybridization and description of Citrobacter gillenii sp. nov. (formerly 1972b. Polynucleotide sequence relatedness among three groups of Citrobacter genomospecies 10) and Citrobacter murliniae sp. nov. (for- pathogenic Escherichia coli strains. Infect. Immun. 6: 308–315. merly Citrobacter genomospecies 11). J. Clin. Microbiol. 37: 2619–2624. Brenner, D.J. and J.J. Farmer, III. 1981. The genus Citrobacter. In Starr, Brenner, D.J., C.M. O’Hara, P.A.D. Grimont, J.M. Janda, E. Falsen, E. Stolp, Tru¨per, Balows and Schlegel (Editors), The Prokaryotes: A Aldova´, E. Ageron, J. Schindler, S.L. Abbott and A.G. Steigerwalt. Handbook on Habitats, Isolation and Identification of Bacteria, 2000. In Validation of the publication of new names and new com- Springer Verlag, New York. pp. 1140–1147. binations previously effectively published outside the IJSEM. List No. Brenner, D.J. and J.J. Farmer, III. 1982. In Validation of the publication 73. Int. J. Syst. Evol. Microbiol. 50: 423–424. of new names and new combinations previously published outside of Brenner, D.J., C. Richard, A.G. Steigerwalt, M.A. Asbury and M. Mandel. the IJSB. List No. 8. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 32: 266–268. 1980b. Enterobacter gergoviae sp. nov. a new species of Enterobacteriaceae Brenner, D.J., J.J. Farmer, III, G.R. Fanning, A.G. Steigerwalt, P. Klykken, found in clinical specimens and the environment. Int. J. Syst. Bac- H.G. Wathen, F.W. Hickman and W.H. Ewing. 1978. Deoxyribonucleic teriol. 30: 1–6. acid relatedness in species of Proteus and Providencia. Int. J. Syst. Bac- Brenner, D.J., A.G. Steigerwalt, P. Epple, W.F. Bibb, R.M. McKinney, R.W. teriol. 28: 269–282. Starnes, J.M. Colville, R.K. Selander, P.H. Edelstein and C.W. Moss. Brenner, D.J., J.J. Farmer, III, F.W. Hickman, M.A. Asbury and A.G. Stei- 1988c. Legionella pneumophila serogroup Lansing 3 isolated from a gerwalt. 1977. Taxonomic and nomenclature changes in Enterobacte- patient with fatal pneumonia, and descriptions of Legionella pneumo- riaceae. In HEW Publication No. (CDC) 79-8356, Center for Disease phila subsp. pneumophila, subsp. nov., Legionella pneumophila subsp. fras- Control, Atlanta. eri, subsp. nov. and Legionella pneumophila subsp. pascullei, subsp. nov. Brenner, D.J., P.A.D. Grimont, A.G. Steigerwalt, G.R. Fanning, E. Ageron J. Clin. Microbiol. 26: 1695–1703. and C.F. Riddle. 1993. Classification of citrobacteria by DNA hybrid- Brenner, D.J., A.G. Steigerwalt, P. Epple, W.F. Bibb, R.M. McKinney, R.W. ization: designation of Citrobacter farmeri sp. nov., Citrobacter youngae Starnes, J.M. Colville, R.K. Selander, P.H. Edelstein and C.W. Moss. sp. nov., Citrobacter braakii sp. nov., Citrobacter werkmanii sp. nov., Cit- 1989. In Validation of the publication of new names and new com- robacter sedlakii sp. nov., and three unnamed Citrobacter genomospe- binations previously effectively published outside the IJSB. List No. cies. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 43: 645–658. 29. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 39: 205–206. Brenner, D.J., F.W. Hickman-Brenner, B. Holmes, P.M. Hawkey, J.L. Pen- Brenner, D.J., A.G. Steigerwalt, D.P. Falca˜o, R.E. Weaver and G.R. Fan- ner, P.A. Grimont and C.M. O’Hara. 1995. Replacement of NCTC ning. 1976. Characterization of Yersinia enterocolitica and Yersinia pseu- 4175, the current type strain of Proteus vulgaris, with ATCC 29905. dotuberculosis by deoxyribonucleic acid hybridization and by biochem- Request for an opinion. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 45: 870–871. ical reactions. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 26: 180–194. Brenner, D.J., F.W. Hickman-Brenner, J.V. Lee, A.G. Steigerwalt, G.R. Brenner, D.J., A.G. Steigerwalt and G.R. Fanning. 1972c. Differentiation Fanning, D.G. Hollis, J.J. Farmer, III, R.E. Weaver, S.W. Joseph and of Enterobacter aerogenes from klebsiellae by deoxyribonucleic acid re- R.J. Seidler. 1983c. Vibrio furnissii (formerly aerogenic biogroup of association. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 22: 193–200. Vibrio fluvialis), a new species isolated from human feces and the Brenner, D.J., A.G. Steigerwalt, G.W. Gorman, R.E. Weaver, J.C. Feeley, environment. J. Clin. Microbiol. 18: 816–824. L.G. Cordes, H.W. Wilkinson, C. Patton, B.M. Thomason and K.R. Brenner, D.J., F.W. Hickman-Brenner, J.V. Lee, A.G. Steigerwalt, G.R. Lewallen-Sasseville. 1980c. Legionella bozemanii sp. nov. and Legionella Fanning, D.G. Hollis, J.J. Farmer, III, R.E. Weaver, S.W. Joseph and dumoffii sp nov.: classification of two additional species of Legionella R.J. Seidler. 1984b. In Validation of new names and new combinations associated with human pneumonia. Curr. Microbiol. 4: 111–116. previously effectively published outside the IJSB. List No. 13. Int. J. Brenner, D.J., A.G. Steigerwalt, G.W. Gorman, R.E. Weaver, J.C. Feeley, Syst. Bacteriol. 34: 91–92. L.G. Cordes, H.W. Wilkinson, C. Patton, B.M. Thomason and K.R. Brenner, D.J., L.W. Mayer, G.M. Carlone, L.H. Harrison, W.F. Bibb, M.C. Lewallen-Sasseville. 1980d. In Validation of the publication of new Brandileone, F.O. Sottnek, K. Irino, M.W. Reeves and J.M. Swenson. names and new combinations previously effectively published outside 1988a. Biochemical, genetic, and epidemiologic characterization of the IJSB. List No. 5. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 30: 676–677. Haemophilus influenzae biogroup aegyptius (Haemophilus aegyptius) Brenner, D.J., A.G. Steigerwalt, G.W. Gorman, H.W. Wilkinson, W.F. Bibb, 934 BIBLIOGRAPHY

M. Hackel, R.L. Tyndall, J. Campbell, J.C. Feeley, W.L. Thacker, P. Brinkhoff, T., G. Muyzer, C.O. Wirsen and J. Kuever. 1999b. Thiomicrospira Skaliy, W.T. Martin, B.J. Brake, B.S. Fields, H.V. McEachern and L.K. kuenenii sp. nov. and Thiomicrospira frisia sp. nov., two mesophilic ob- Corcoran. 1985. Ten new species of Legionella. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. ligately chemolithoautotrophic sulfur-oxidizing bacteria isolated from 35: 50–59. an intertidal mud flat. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 49: 385–392. Brenner, D.J., A.G. Steigerwalt and J.E. McDade. 1979. Classification of Brinkhoff, T., C.M. Santegoeds, K. Sahm, J. Kuever and G. Muyzer. 1998. the Legionnaires’ disease bacterium: Legionella pneumophila, genus A polyphasic approach to study the diversity and vertical distribution novum, species nova of the family Legionellceae, familia nova. Ann. of sulfur-oxidizing Thiomicrospira species in coastal sediments of the Intern. Med. 90: 656–658. German Wadden Sea. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 64: 4650–4657. Brenner, D.J., A.G. Steigerwalt, G.V. Miklos and G.R. Fanning. 1973b. Brinkhoff, T., S. Sievert, J. Kuever and G. Muyzer. 1999c. Distribution Deoxyribonucleic acid relatedness among erwiniae and other Ente- and diversity of sulfur-oxidizing Thiomicrospira spp. at a shallow-water robacteriaceae: the soft-rot organisms (genus Pectobacterium Waldee). Int. hydrothermal vent in the Aegena Sea (Milos, Greece). Appl. Environ. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 23: 205–216. Microbiol. 65: 3843–3849. Brenner, D.J., A.G. Steigerwalt, H.G. Wathen, R.J. Gross and B. Rowe. Brinkmann, U., J.L. Ramos and W. Reineke. 1994. Loss of the TOL meta- 1982c. Confirmation of aerogenic strains of Shigella boydii 13 and cleavage pathway functions of Pseudomonas putida strain PaW1 further study of Shigella serotypes by DNA relatedness. J. Clin. Micro- (pWWO) during growth on toluene. J. Basic Microbiol. 34: 303–309. biol. 16: 432–436. Brinton, C.C., Jr., M.J. Carter, D.B. Derber, S. Kar, J.A. Kramarik, A.C. Brenner, D.J., J. Ursing, H. Bercovier, A.G. Steigerwalt, G.R. Fanning, To, S.C. To and S.W. Wood. 1989. Design and development of pilus J.M. Alonso and H.H. Mollaret. 1980e. Deoxyribonucleic acid relat- vaccines for Haemophilus influenzae diseases. Pediatr. Infect. Dis. J. 8 edness in Yersinia enterocolitica and Yersinia enterocolitica-like organisms. (Suppl): S54–61. Curr. Microbiol. 4: 195–200. Brion, A. and H. Kayser. 1902. Ueber eine Erkrankung mit dem Befund Brenner, F.W. and A.C. McWhorter-Murlin. 1998. Identification and sero- eines -a¨hn lichen Bakteriums (Paratyphus). Muenchen Med. typing of Salmonella and an update of the Kauffmann–White scheme, Wochenschr. 49: 611–615. Atlanta, GA. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Brisou, B., C. Richard and A. Lenriot. 1972. Inte´reˆt taxonomique de la Brentjens, R.J., M. Ketterer, M.A. Apicella and S.M. Spinola. 1996. Fine recherche de la b-xylosidase chez les Enterobacteriaceae. Ann. Inst. Pas- tangled pili expressed by Haemophilus ducreyi are a novel class of pili. teur (Paris) 123: 341–347. J. Bacteriol. 178: 808–816. Brisou, J. and A.R. Pre´vot. 1954. E´ tude de syste´matique bacte´rienne. X. Brettar, I. and M.G. Ho¨fle. 1993. Nitrous-oxide producing heterotrophic Re´vision des espe`ces re´unies dans le genre Achromobacter. Ann. Inst. bacteria from the water column of the central Baltic: abundance and Pasteur (Paris) 86: 722–728. molecular identification. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 94: 253–265. Brisse, S. and J. Verhoef. 2001. Phylogenetic diversity of Klebsiella pneu- Breuil, C. and D.J. Kushner. 1975. Lipase and esterase formation by psy- moniae and clinical isolates revealed by randomly am- chrophilic and mesophilic Acinetobacter species. Can. J. Microbiol. 21: plified polymorphic DNA, gyrA and parC genes sequencing and au- 423–433. tomated ribotyping. Int. J. Syst. Evol. Microbiol. 51: 915–924. Breuil, C., T.J. Novitsky and D.J. Kushner. 1975. Characteristics of a fac- Britigan, B.E., G.T. Rasmussen and C.D. Cox. 1997. Augmentation of ultatively psychrophilic Acinetobacter species isolated from river sedi- oxidant injury to human pulmonary epithelial cells by the Pseudo- ment. Can. J. Microbiol. 21: 2103–2108. monas aeruginosa siderophore pyochelin. Infect. Immun. 65: 1071– Brewer, J.W., M.D. Harrison and J.A. Winston. 1981. Survival of two va- rieties of Erwinia carotovora on Drosophila melanogaster and Drosophila 1076. busckii (Diptera: Drosophilidae), vectors of potato blackleg in Colo- Britt, A.J., N.C. Bruce and C.R. Lowe. 1992a. Identification of a cocaine rado, USA. Am. Potato J. 58: 439–449. esterase in a strain of Pseudomonas maltophilia. J. Bacteriol. 174: 2087– Brewer, R.J., R.B. Galland and H.C. Polk, Jr.. 1982. Amelioration by mur- 2094. Britt, A.J., N.C. Bruce and C.R. Lowe. 1992b. Purification and charac- ם amyl dipeptide of the effect of induced hyperferremia upon Klebsiella infection in mice. Infect. Immun. 38: 175–178. terisation of an NAD -dependent secondary alcohol dehydrogenase Brezina, R. 1978. Phase variation phenomenom in Coxiella burnetti. In from Pseudomonas maltophilia MB11L. FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 72: 49– Kazar, Ormsbee and Tarasevich (Editors), Rickettsiae and Rickettsial 55. Diseases, VEDA, Bratislava. pp. 221–235. Brock, T.D. 1964. Knots in Leucothrix mucor, a widespread marine micro- Briedis, D.J. and H.G. Robson. 1976. Comparative activity of netilmicin, organism. Science 144: 870–872. gentamicin, amikacin and tobramycin against Pseudomonas aeruginosa Brock, T.D. 1966. The habitat of Leucothrix mucor, a widespread marine and Enterobacteriaceae. Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. 10: 592–597. microorganism. Limnol. Oceanogr. 11: 303–307. Brigmon, R.L., G. Bitton, S.G. Zam and B. O’Brien. 1995. Development Brock, T.D. 1967. Mode of filamentous growth of Leucothrix mucor in pure and application of a monoclonal-antibody against Thiothrix ssp. Appl. culture and in nature, as studied by tritiated thymidine autoradiog- Environ. Microbiol. 61: 13–20. raphy. J. Bacteriol. 93: 985–990. Brigmon, R.L. and C. De Ridder. 1998. Symbiotic relationship of Thiothrix Brock, T.D. 1969. The neotype of Leucothrix Oersted 1844 (emend. mut. spp. with an echinoderm. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 64: 3491–3495. char. Harold and Stanier 1955). Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 19: 281–282. Brigmon, R.L., H.W. Martin, T.L. Morris, G. Bitton and S.G. Zam. 1994. Brock, T.D. 1992. The genus Leucothrix. In Balows, Tru¨per, Dworkin, Biogeochemical ecology of Thiothrix spp. in underwater limestone Harder and Schleifer (Editors), The Prokaryotes-A Handbook on the caves. Geomicrobiol. J. 12: 141–159. Biology of Bacteria: Ecophysiology, Isolation, Identification, Appli- Brindle, R.J., P.J. Stannett and R.N. Cunliffe. 1987. Legionella pneumophila: cations., 2nd Ed., Springer-Verlag, New York. pp. 3247–3255. comparison of isolation from water specimens by centrifugation and Brock, T.D. and S.F. Conti. 1969. Electron microscope studies on Leu- filtration. Epidemiol. Infect. 99: 241–248. cothrix mucor. Arch. Mikrobiol. 66: 79–90. Brink, A.J., A. Vanstraten and A.J. Vanrensburg. 1995. Shewanella (Pseu- Brock, T.D. and M. Mandel. 1966. Deoxyribonucleic acid base compo- domonas) putrefaciens bacteremia. Clin. Infect. Dis. 20: 1327–1332. sition of geographically diverse strains of Leucothrix mucor. J. Bacteriol. Brinkhoff, T. and G. Muyzer. 1997. Increased species diversity and ex- 91: 1659–1660. tended habitat range of sulfur-oxidizing Thiomicrospira spp. Appl. En- Brocklebank, J.R., D.J. Speare, R.D. Armstrong and T. Evelyn. 1992. Brit- viron. Microbiol. 63: 3789–3796. ish Columbia-Septicemia suspected to be caused by a rickettsia-like Brinkhoff, T., G. Muyzer, C.O. Wirsen and J. Kuever. 1999a. Thiomicrospira agent in farmed Atlantic salmon. Can. Vet. J. 33: 407–408. chilensis sp. nov., a mesophilic obligately chemolithoautotrophic sul- Brogden, K.A. 1992. Ovine pulmonary surfactant induces killing of Pas- fur-oxidizing bacterium isolated from a Thioploca mat. Int. J. Syst. teurella haemolytica, Escherichia coli, and by normal Bacteriol. 49: 875–879. serum. Infect. Immun. 60: 5182–5189. BIBLIOGRAPHY 935

Brogden, K.A. and R.A. Packer. 1979. Comparison of Pasteurella multocida Brosch, R., M. Lefe´vre, F. Grimont and P.A.D. Grimont. 1996. Taxonomic serotyping systems. Am. J. Vet. Res. 40: 1332–1335. diversity of pseudomonads revealed by computer interpretation of Brokopp, C.D. and J.J. Farmer. 1979. Typing methods for Pseudomonas ribotyping data. Syst. Appl. Microbiol. 19: 541–555. aeruginosa. In Doggett (Editor), Pseudomonas aeroginosa. Clinical man- Brosius, J., T.J. Dull, D.D. Sleeter and H.F. Noller. 1981. Gene organi- ifestations of infection and current therapy, Academic Press, New zation and primary structure of a ribosomal RNA operon from Esch- York. 89–133. erichia coli. J. Mol. Biol. 148: 107–128. Brondz, I., V. Myhrvold and I. Olsen. 1995. Heterogeneity of Actinobacillus Brosius, J., M.L. Palmer, P.J. Kennedy and H.F. Noller. 1978. Complete actinomycetemcomitans demonstrated with multivariate analysis of fatty nucleotide sequence of a 16S ribosomal RNA gene from Escherichia acid data from outer membrane vesicles. In Donachie, Lainson and coli. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 75: 4801–4805. Hodgson (Editors), Haemophilus, Actinobacillus, and Pasteurella, Ple- Brotherton, T., T. Lees and R.D. Feigin. 1976. Susceptibility of Haemo- num Press, New York. pp. 211–212. philus influenzae type b to cefatrizine, ampicillin, and chlorampheni- Brondz, I. and I. Olsen. 1983. Differentiation of Actinobacillus actinomy- col. Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. 10: 322–324. cetemcomitans from Hemophilus aphrophilus by gas chromatography of Brough, C.N. and A.F.G. Dixon. 1990. Ultrastructural features of egg hexane extracts from whole cells. J. Chromatogr. 278: 13–23. development in oviparae of the vetch aphid, Megoura viciae buckton. Brondz, I. and I. Olsen. 1984a. Carbohydrates of whole defatted cells as Tissue Cell 22: 51–64. a basis for differentiation between Actinobacillus actinomycetemcomitans Brown, A., G.M. Garrity and R.M. Vickers. 1981. Fluoribacter dumoffii comb. and Hemophilus aphrophilus. J. Chromatogr. 311: 31–38. nov. and Fluoribacter gormanii comb. nov. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 31: Brondz, I. and I. Olsen. 1984b. Determination of bound cellular fatty 111–115. acids in Actinobacillus actinomycetemcomitans and Haemophilus aphrophi- Brown, A.T. and C. Wagner. 1970. Regulation of enzymes involved in the lus by gas chromatography and gas chromatography mass spectrom- conversion of tryptophan to nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide in a etry. J. Chromatogr. 308: 282–288. colorless strain of Xanthomonas pruni. J. Bacteriol. 101: 456–463. Brondz, I. and I. Olsen. 1984c. Differentiation between Actinobacillus ac- Brown, C.L., M.J. Hill and P. Richards. 1971. Bacterial ureases in uremic tinomycetemcomitans and Haemophilus aphrophilus based on carbohy- men. Lancet 2: 406–408. drates in lipopolysaccharide. J. Chromatogr. 310: 261–272. Brown, F., C. Hahn, R. Chehey and R. Hudson. 1998. Detection of an Brondz, I. and I. Olsen. 1984d. Whole-cell methanolysis as a rapid method outbreak of Escherichia coli O26:H11 in Idaho through surveillance of for differentiation between Actinobacillus actinomycetemcomitans and non-O157 verotoxigenic E. coli. International Conference on Emerg- Haemophilus aphrophilus. J. Chromatogr. 311: 347–353. ing Infectious Diseases, Atlanta, Georgia. Centers for Disease Control. Brondz, I. and I. Olsen. 1985a. Differentiation between major species of Vol. 16: 85. the Actinobaciluus-Haemophilus-Pasteurella group by gas chromatogra- Brown, G.R., I.C. Sutcliffe and S.P. Cummings. 2001. Reclassification of phy of trifluoroacetic acid anhydride derivatives from whole-cell meth- [Pseudomonas] doudoroffii (Baumann et al. 1983) in the genus Ocena- anolysates. J. Chromatogr. 342: 13–23. omonas gen. nov. as Oceanomonas doudoroffii comb. nov., and descrip- Brondz, I. and I. Olsen. 1985b. Sugar composition of lipopolysaccharide tion of a phenol-degrading bacterium from estuarine water as Ocean- from Haemophilus paraphrophilus. J. Chromatogr. 345: 119–124. omonas baumannii sp. nov. Int. J. Syst. Evol. Microbiol. 51: 67–72. Brondz, I. and I. Olsen. 1989. Chemical differences in lipopolysaccharides Brown, J.E., P.R. Brown and P.H. Clarke. 1969. Butyramide-utilizing mu- from Actinobacillus (Haemophilus) actinomycetemcomitans and Haemophi- tants of Pseudomonas aeruginosa 8602 which produce an amidase with lus aphrophilus: clues to differences in periodontopathogenic potential altered substrate specificity. J. Gen. Microbiol. 57: 273–285. and taxonomic distinction. Infect. Immun. 57: 3106–3109. Brown, J.E. and P.H. Clarke. 1972. Amino acid substitution in an amidase Brondz, I. and I. Olsen. 1990. Multivariate analyses of carbohydrate data produced by an acetanilide-utilizing mutant of Pseudomonas aeruginosa. from lipopolysaccharides of Actinobacillus (Haemophilus) actinomycetem- J. Gen. Microbiol. 70: 287–298. comitans, Haemophilus aphrophilus, Haemophilus paraphrophilus. Int. J. Brown, L.N., R.C. Dillman and R.E. Dierks. 1970. The Haemophilus somnus Syst. Bacteriol. 40: 405–408. complex. U.S. Animal Hlth. Assoc. Proc. 74: 94–108. Brondz, I. and I. Olsen. 1993. Multivariate chemosystematics demonstrate Brown, L.R. and R.J. Strawinski. 1958. Intermediates in the oxidation of two groups of Actinobacillus actinomycetemcomitans strains. Oral Micro- methane. Bacteriol. Proc. 58: 96–132. biol. Immunol. 8: 129–133. Brown, N.A. 1918. Some bacterial diseases of lettuce. J. Agr. Res. 13: 367– Brondz, I., I. Olsen and T. Greibrokk. 1983. Direct analysis of free fatty 388. acids in bacteria by gas chromatography. J. Chromatogr. 274: 299– Brown, N.A. 1923. Bacterial leafspot of geranium in the eastern United 304. States. J. Agr. Res. 23: 361–372. Brondz, I., I. Olsen and M. Sjo¨stro¨m. 1990. Multivariate analysis of quan- Brown, N.A. and C.O. Jamieson. 1913. A bacterium causing a disease of titative chemical and enzymatic characterization data in classification sugar-beet and nasturtium leaves. J. Agr. Res. 1: 189–210. of Actinobacillus, Haemophilus and Pasteurella spp. J. Gen. Microbiol. Brubaker, R.R. 1972. The genus Yersinia: Biochemistry and genetics of 136: 507–513. virulence. Curr. Top. Microbiol. Immunol. 57: 111–158. Brook, M.G., H.R. Smith, B.A. Bannister, M. McConnell, H. Chart, S.M. Brubaker, R.R. 1991. Factors promoting acute and chronic diseases Scotland, A. Sawyer, M. Smith and B. Rowe. 1994. Prospective study caused by yersiniae. Clin. Microbiol. Rev. 4: 309–324. of verocytotoxin-producing, enteroaggregative and diffusely adherent Brubaker, R.R. and M.J. Surgalla. 1962. Pesticins II. Production of pesticin Escherichia coli in different diarrhoeal states. Epidemiol. Infect. 112: I and II. J. Bacteriol. 84: 539–545. 63–67. Bruce, S.K., D.G. Schick, L. Tanaka, E.M. Jimenez and J.Z. Montgomerie. Brooks, J.B., W.B. Cherry, L. Thacker and C.C. Alley. 1972. Analysis by 1981. Selective medium for isolation of Klebsiella pneumoniae. J. Clin. gas chromatography of amines and nitrosamines produced in vivo Microbiol. 13: 1114–1116. and in vitro by Proteus mirabilis. J. Infect. Dis. 126: 145–153. Bruggeman, G., D. Smeets, E.J. Vandamme, T. Vervust and G. Takerkart. Brooks, K. and T. Sodeman. 1974. Clinical studies on a transformation 1998. Optimization of xanthan production by Xanthomonas campestris test for identification of Acinetobacter (Mima and Herellea). Appl. Mi- NRRL B-1459 using peptone PS as sole nitrogen source. Meded. Fac. crobiol. 27: 1023–1026. Landbouwkun. Toegep. Biol. Wet., Gent. 63: 1369–1372. Broome, C.V., S.A. Goings, S.B. Thacker, R.L. Vogt, H.N. Beaty and D.W. Brumfitt, W. 1959. Some growth requirements of Haemophilus influenzae Fraser. 1979. The Vermont epidemic of Legionnaires’ disease. Ann. and Haemophilus pertussis. J. Pathol. Bacteriol. 77: 95–100. Intern. Med. 90: 573–577. Brumpt, E. 1910. Pre´cis de Parasitologie, 1st Ed., Masson and Co., Paris. Brorson, J.E., E. Falsen, H. Ehle-Nilsson, S. Rodjer and J. Westin. 1983. Brun, J.G.W. and M.O. Texeira. 1992a. Acaricidal activity of Cedecea lapagei Septicemia due to Moraxella nonliquefaciens in a patient with multiple on engorged females of Boophilus microplus exposed to the environ- myeloma. Scand. J. Infect. Dis. 15: 221–223. ment. Arq. Bras. Med. Vet. Zootec. 44: 543–544. 936 BIBLIOGRAPHY

Brun, J.G.W. and M.O. Texeira. 1992b. Disease of engorged female Boo- Bryant, M.P. and L.A. Burkey. 1953. Cultural methods of some charac- philus microplus (AcariIxodidae) caused by Cedecea lapagei and Escher- teristics of some of the numerous groups of bacteria in the bovine ichia coli. Arq. Bras. Med. Vet. Zootec. 44: 441–443. rumen. J. Dairy Sci. 36: 205–217. Brunder, W., H. Schmidt and H. Karch. 1996. KatP, a novel catalase- Bryant, M.P. and I.M. Robinson. 1961. Some nutritional requirements of peroxidase encoded by the large plasmid of enterohaemorrhagic Esch- the genus Ruminobacter. Appl. Microbiol. 9: 91–95. erichia coli O157:H7. Microbiology (Reading) 142: 3305–3315. Bryant, M.P. and I.M. Robinson. 1962. Some nutritional characteristics Brunel, B., A. Givaudan, A. Lanois, R.J. Akhurst and N.E. Boemare. 1997. of predominant culturable ruminal bacteria. J. Bacteriol. 84: 605– Fast and accurate identification of Xenorhabdus and Photorhabdus spe- 614. cies by restriction analysis of PCR-amplified 16S rRNA genes. Appl. Bryant, M.P., I.M. Robinson and I.L. Lindahl. 1961. A note on the flora Environ. Microbiol. 63: 574–580. and fauna in the rumen of steers fed a feedlot bloat-provoking ration Bruner, D.W., P.R. Edwards and A.S. Hopson. 1949. The Ballerup group and the effect of penicillin. Appl. Microbiol. 9: 511–515. of paracolon bacteria. J. Infect. Dis. 85: 290–294. Bryant, M.P. and N. Small. 1956. Characteristics of two new genera of Bruner, D.W. and J.H. Gillespie. 1973. Hagan’s Infectious Diseases of anaerobic curved rods isolated from the rumen of cattle. J. Bacteriol. Domestic Animals, 6th Ed., Cornell University Press, Ithaca. 1385. 72: 22–26. Brunker, P., J. Altenbuchner, K.D. Kulbe and R. Mattes. 1997. Cloning, Bryant, M.P., N. Small, C. Bouma and H. Chu. 1958. Bacteroides ruminicola nucleotide sequence and expression of a mannitol dehydrogenase sp. nov. and Succinimonas amylolytica gen. nov., species of succinic acid- gene from Pseudomonas fluorescens DSM 50106 in Escherichia coli. producing anaerobic bacteria of the bovine rumen. J. Bacteriol. 76: Biochim. Biophys. Acta-Gene Struct. Expression. 1351: 157–167. 1–23. Bruns, A. and L. Berthe-Corti. 1999. Fundibacter jadensis gen. nov., sp. Bryant, R.D., K.M. McGroarty, J.W. Costerton and E.J. Laishley. 1988. In nov., a new slightly halophilic bacterium, isolated from intertidal sed- Validation of the publication of new names and new combinations iment. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 49: 441–448. previously effectively published outside the IJSB. List No. 25. Int. J. Brunton, J.L., I. MacLean, A.R. Ronald and W.L. Albritton. 1979. Plasmid Syst. Bacteriol. 38: 220–222. mediated ampicillin resistance in H. ducreyi. Antimicrob. Agents Che- Bryantseva, I.A., V.M. Gorlenko, E.I. Kompantseva and J.F. Imhoff. 2000. mother. 15: 294–299. Thioalkalicoccus limnaeus gen. nov., sp. nov., a new alkaliphilic purple Brunton, J.L., M. Meier, N. Ehrman, I. Maclean, L. Slaney and W.L. sulfur bacterium with bacteriochlorophyll b. Int. J. Syst. Evol. Micro- Albritton. 1982. Molecular epidemiology of beta-lactamase specifying biol. 50: 2157–2163. plasmids of Haemophilus ducreyi. Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. 21: Bryantseva, I., V.M. Gorlenko, E.I. Kompantseva, J.F. Imhoff, J. Su¨ling 857–863. and L. Mityushina. 1999. Thiorhodospira sibirica gen. nov., sp. nov., a Brusseau, G.A., E.S. Bulygina and R.S. Hanson. 1994. Phylogenetic anal- new alkaliphilic purple sulfur bacterium from a Siberian soda lake. ysis and development of probes for differentiating methylotrophic Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 49: 697–703. bacteria. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 60: 626–636. Bryn, K., E. Jantzen and K. Bøvre. 1977. Occurrence and patterns of Brusseau, G.A., H.-C. Tsien, R.S. Hanson and L.P. Wackett. 1990. Opti- waxes in Neisseriaceae. J. Gen. Microbiol. 102: 33–43. mization of trichloroethylene oxidation by methanotrophs and the Brzin, B. 1968. Tellurite reduction in Yersinia. Experientia (Basel) 24: use of a colorimetric assay to detect soluble methane monooxygenase 405. activity. Biodegradation 1: 19–29. Buchan, L. 1983. Possible biological mechanism of phosphorus removal. Bruun, B., J.J. Christensen and M. Kilian. 1984a. Bacteremia caused by a beta-lactamase producing Haemophilus parainfluenzae strain of a new Water Sci. Technol. 15: 87–103. biotype. A case report. Acta Pathol. Microbiol. Immunol. Scand [B]. Buchanan, R.E. 1925. General Systematic Bacteriology, The Williams & 92: 135–138. Wilkins Co, Baltimore. Bruun, B., Y. Ying, E. Kirkegaard and W. Frederiksen. 1984b. Phenotypic Buchanan, R.E. 1957. Order VII. Beggiatoales Buchanan, Ordo nov. In differentiation of , Kingella indologenes and CDC Breed, Murray and Smith (Editors), Bergey’s Manual of Determi- group EF-4. Eur. J. Clin. Microbiol. 3: 230–235. native Bacteriology, The Williams & Wilkins Co., Baltimore. 837–851. Bryan, L.E. 1978. Transferable chloramphenicol and ampicillin resistance Buchanan, R.E. and W.E. Gibbons (Editors). 1974. Bergey’s Manual of in a strain of Haemophilus influenzae. Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. Determinative Bacteriology, 8th Ed., The Williams & Wilkins Co., 14: 154–156. Baltimore. Bryan, L.E. 1979. Resistance to antimicrobial agents: the general nature Buchanan, T.M. and W.A. Pearce. 1979. Pathogenic aspects of outer mem- of the problem and the basis of resistance. In Doggett (Editor), Pseu- brane components of Gram negative bacteria. In Inouye (Editor), domonas aeroginosa. Clinical manifestations of infection and current Bacterial Outer Membrances. Biogenesis and Function, John Wiley therapy, Academic Press, New York. 219–270. & Sons, New York. 475–514. Bryan, L.E., S.D. Semaka, H.M. van Den Wizen, J.E. Kinnear and R.L.S. Bucher, C. and A. von Graevenitz. 1982. Evaluation of three differential Whitehouse. 1973. Characteristics of R931 and other Pseudomonas ae- media for detection of Enterobacter agglomerans (Erwinia herbicola). J. ruginosa R factors. Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. 3: 625–637. Clin. Microbiol. 15: 1164–1166. Bryan, L.E., M.S. Shahrabadi and H.M. van Den Wizen. 1974. Gentamicin Buchner, P. 1965. Endosymbiosis of animals with plant microorganisms, resistance in Pseudomonas aeruginosa: R-factor mediated resistance. Interscience Publishers, New York. Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. 6: 191–199. Buchrieser, C., P. Glaser, C. Rusniok, H. Nedjari, H. D’Hauteville, F. Kunst, Bryan, L.E., H.M. van Den Wizen and J.T. Tseng. 1972. Transferable drug P. Sansonetti and C. Parsot. 2000. The virulence plasmid pWR100 resistance in Pseudomonas aeruginosa. Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. and the repertoire of proteins secreted by the type III secretion ap- 1: 22–29. paratus of Shigella flexneri. Mol. Microbiol. 38: 760–771. Bryan, M.K. 1926.. Bacterial leaf-spot on hubbard squash. Science 63: Buck, J.D., S.P. Meyers and E. Leifson. 1963. Pseudomonas (Flavobacterium) 165. piscicida Bein comb. nov. J. Bacteriol. 86: 1125–1126. Bryan, M.K. 1932. Color variations in bacterial plant pathogens. Phyto- Buckley, J.T. 1983. Mechanism of action of bacterial glycerophospholipid: pathology 22: 787–788. cholesterol acyltransferase. Biochemistry 22: 5490–5493. Bryan, M.K. 1933. Bacterial speck of tomatoes. Phytopathology 23: 897– Buckley, J.T., L.N. Halasa, K.D. Lund and S. Macintyre. 1981. Purification 904. and some properties of the hemolytic toxin aerolysin. Can. J. Bryan, M.K. and F.P. McWhorter. 1930. Bacterial blight of poppy caused Biochem. 59: 430–435. by Bacterium papavericola sp. nov. J. Agr. Res. 40: 1–9. Budzikiewicz, H. 1993. Secondary metabolites from fluorescent pseu- Bryant, M.P. 1972. Commentary on the Hungate technique for culture domonads. FEMS Microbiol. Rev. 104: 209–228. of anaerobic bacteria. Am. J. Clin. Nutr. 25: 1324–1328. Buesching, W.J., R.A. Brust and L.W. Ayers. 1983. Enhanced primary BIBLIOGRAPHY 937

isolation of Legionella pneumophila from clinical specimens by low pH Burrows, L.L., E. Olah-Winfield and R.Y. Lo. 1993. Molecular analysis of treatment. J. Clin. Microbiol. 17: 1153–1155. the leukotoxin determinants from Pasteurella haemolytica serotypes 1 Bugert, P. and K. Geider. 1995. Molecular analysis of the ams operon to 16. Infect. Immun. 61: 5001–5007. required for exopolysaccharide synthesis of Erwinia amylovora. Mol. Burrows, T.W. 1963. Virulence of Pasteurella pestis and immunity to . Microbiol. 15: 917–933. Ergebn. Mikrobiol. 37: 59–113. Bugert, P. and K. Geider. 1997. Characterization of the amsI gene product Burrows, T.W. and W.A. Gillett. 1966. The nutritional requirement of as a low molecular weight acid phosphatase controlling exopolysac- some Pasteurella species. J. Gen. Microbiol. 45: 333–346. charide synthesis of Erwinia amylovora. FEBS Lett. 400: 252–256. Burton, P.R., J. Stueckemann, R.M. Welsh and D. Paretsky. 1978. Some Buhariwalla, F., B. Cann and T.J. Marrie. 1996. A dog-related outbreak ultrastructural effects of persistent infections by the rickettsia Coxiella of Q fever. Clin. Infect. Dis. 23: 753–755. burnetii in mouse L cells and green monkey kidney (Vero) cells. Infect. Buissie`re, J., G. Brault and L. Le Minor. 1981. Inte´reˆt taxonornique de Immun. 21: 556–566. la recherche de l’utilisation du 2-ce´togluconate par les Enterobacteri- Burton, S.D. and J.D. Lee. 1978. Improved enrichment and isolation aceae. Ann. Microbiol. Inst. Pasteur (Paris) 132A: 191–195. procedures for obtaining pure cultures of Beggiatoa. Appl. Environ. Burbach, S. 1987. Reklassifizierung der Gattung Haemophilus Winslow et Microbiol. 35: 614–617. al. 1917 auf Grund der DNA Basensequezhomologie, Philipps-Univ- Burton, S.D. and R.Y. Morita. 1964. Effect of catalase and cultural con- ersita¨t Marburg, Marburg, FRG. ditions on growth of Beggiatoa. J. Bacteriol. 88: 1755–1761. Burgdorfer, W., L.P. Brinton and L.E. Hughes. 1973. Isolation and char- Burton, S.D., R.Y. Morita and W. Miller. 1966. Utilization of acetate by acterization of symbiotes from the Rocky Mountain wood tick, Der- Beggiatoa. J. Bacteriol. 91: 1192–1200. macentor andersoni. J. Invert. Pathol. 22: 424–434. Busse, H.J. and G. Auling. 1988. Polyamine pattern as a chemotaxonomic Burgess, G.W. 1982. Ovine contagious epididymitis: a review. Vet. Micro- marker within the Proteobacteria. Syst. Appl. Microbiol. 11: 1–8. biol. 7: 551–575. Busse, H.J., S. Bunka, A. Hensel and W. Lubitz. 1997. Discrimination of Burgess, N.R., S.N. McDermott and J. Whiting. 1973. Aerobic bacteria members of the family Pasterellaceae based on polyamine patterns. Int. occurring in the hind-gut of the cockroach, Blatta orientalis. J. Hyg. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 47: 698–708. 71: 1–7. Busse, H.J., T. El-Banna and G. Auling. 1989. Evaluation of different Burgher, L.W., G.W. Loomis and F. Ware. 1973. Systemic infection due approaches for identification of xenobiotic-degrading Pseudomo- to Actinobacillus actinomycetemcomitans. Am. J. Clin. Pathol. 60: 412– nads. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 55: 1578–1583. 415. Busse, H.J., P. Ka¨mpfer, E.R.B. Moore, J. Nuutinen, I.V. Tsitko, E.B.M. Burke, J.P., D. Ingall, J.O. Klein, H.M. Gezon and M. Finland. 1971. Proteus Denner, L. Vauterin, M. Valens, R. Rossello´-Mora and M.S. Salkinoja- mirabilis infections in a hospital nursery traced to a human carrier. Salonen. 2002. Thermomonas haemolytica gen. nov., sp. nov., a g -pro- N. Eng. J. Med. 184: 115–121. teobacterium from kaolin slurry. Int. J. Syst. Evol. Microbiol. 52: 473– Burke, V., J. Robinson, M. Gracey, D. Peterson, N. Meyer and V. Haley. 483. 1984a. Isolation of Aeromonas spp. from an unchlorinated domestic Butler, L.O. 1962. A defined medium for Haemophilus influenzae and Hae- water supply. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 48: 367–370. mophilus parainfluenzae. J. Gen. Microbiol. 27: 51–60. Burke, V., J. Robinson, M. Gracey, D. Peterson and K. Partridge. 1984b. Butler, P.D. and E.R. Moxon. 1990. A physical map of the genome of Isolation of Aeromonas hydrophila from a metropolitan water supply: Haemophilus influenzae type b. J. Gen. Microbiol. 136: 2333–2342. seasonal correlation with clinical isolates. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. Butler, T. 1983. Plague and Other Yersinia Infections, Plenum Medical 48: 361–366. Book Co., New York. 220. Burkholder, W.H. 1930. The bacterial diseases of the bean. Cornell Agr. Butt, A.A., J. Figueroa and D.H. Martin. 1997a. Ocular infection caused Expt. Sta. Mem. 127: 1–88. by three unusual marine organisms. Clin. Infect. Dis. 24: 740. Burkholder, W.H. 1941. The black rot of Barbarea vulgaris. Phytopathology Butt, H.L., A.W. Cripps and R.L. Clancy. 1997b. In vitro susceptibility 31: 347–348. patterns of nonserotypable Haemophilus influenzae from patients with Burkholder, W.H. 1944. Xanthomonas vignicola sp. nov. pathogenic on chronic bronchitis. Pathology 29: 72–75. cowpeas and beans. Phytopathology 34: 430–432. Buttenschøn, J. and S. Rosendal. 1990. Phenotypical and genotypic char- Burkholder, W.H. 1948a. Genus I. Erwinia. In Breed, Murray and Hitch- acteristics of paired isolates of Pasteurella multocida from the lungs and ens (Editors), Bergey’s Manual of Determinative Bacteriology, 6th kidneys of slaughtered pigs. Vet. Microbiol. 25: 67–75. Ed., The Williams & Wilkins Co., Baltimore. pp. 463–478. Buttiaux, R., R. Osteux, R. Fresnoy and J. Moriamez. 1954. Les proprie´te´s Burkholder, W.H. 1948b. Genus I. Pseudomonas Migula. In Breed, Murray biochemiques caracte`ristiques du genre Proteus. Inclusion souhaitable and Hitchens (Editors), Bergey’s Manual of Determinative Bacteri- des Providencia dans celui-ci. Ann. Inst.Pasteur (Paris). 87: 375–386. ology, 6th ed., The Williams & Wilkins Co., Baltimore. 82–150. Button, D.K., B.R. Robertson, P.W. Lepp and T.M. Schmidt. 1998. A small, Burkholder, W.H. 1960a. A bacterial brown rot of parsnip roots. Phyto- dilute-cytoplasm, high-affinity, novel bacterium isolated by extinction pathology 50: 280–282. culture and having kinetic constants compatible with growth at am- Burkholder, W.H. 1960b. Some observations on Erwinia tracheiphila, the bient concentrations of dissolved nutrients in seawater. Appl. Environ. causal agent of the cucurbit wilt. Phytopathology 50: 179–180. Microbiol. 64: 4467–4476. Burkholder, W.H., L.A. McFadden and A.W. Dimock. 1953. A bacterial Button, D.K., F. Schut, P. Quang, R. Martin and B.R. Robertson. 1993. blight of chrysanthemum. Phytopathology 43: 522–526. Viability and isolation of marine bacteria by dilution culture: theory, Burns, G., A. Ramos and A. Muchlinski. 1996. Fever response in North procedures, and initial results. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 59: 881–891. American snakes. J. Herpetol. 30: 133–139. Buxton, A.E., R.L. Anderson, D. Werdegar and E. Atlas. 1978. Nosocomial Burns, J.L., P.M. Mendelman, J. Levy, T.L. Stull and A.L. Smith. 1985. A respiratory tract infection and colonization with Acinetobacter calcoa- permeability barrier as a mechanism of chloramphenicol resistance ceticus. Epidemiologic characteristics. Am. J. Med. 65: 507–513. in Haemophilus influenzae. Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. 27: 46–54. Buxton, P. 1955. The Natural History of Tsetse Flies: An Account of the Burrill, T.J. 1882. The Bacteria: an account of their nature and effects, Biology of the Genus Glossina (Diptera), H.K. Lewis and Co. Ltd., together with a systematic description of the species, Illinois Indust. London. pp. 816. Univ.. Report nr 11th Rep. Buyer, J.S., V. Delorenzo and J.B. Neilands. 1991. Production of the sid- Burrill, T.J. 1883. New species of Micrococcus. Amer. Naturalist 17: 319– erophore aerobactin by a halophilic pseudomonad. Appl. Environ. 320. Microbiol. 57: 2246–2250. Burrows, L.L. and R.Y.C. Lo. 1992. Molecular characterization of an RTX Byng, G.S., A. Berry and R.A. Jensen. 1985. Evolutionary implications of toxin determinant from Actinobacillus suis. Infect. Immun. 60: 2166– features of aromatic amino acids biosynthesis in the genus Acineto- 2173. bacter. Arch. Microbiol. 143: 122–129. 938 BIBLIOGRAPHY

Byng, G.S., A. Berry and R.A. Jensen. 1986. Evolution of aromatic bio- tational difference analysis to identify genomic differences between synthesis and fine-tuned phylogenetic positioning of Azomonas, Azo- pathogenic strains of Vibrio cholerae. Infect. Immun. 66: 849–852. tobacter and ribosomal RNA group I pseudomonads. Arch. Microbiol. Callahan, W.S. and K. Koroma. 1979. Use of the Juni-Janik genetic ho- 144: 222–227. mology technique in the identification of Yersinia enterocolitica. J. Amer. Byng, G.S., J.L. Johnson, R.J. Whitaker, R.L. Gherna and R.A. Jensen. Med. Technol. 41: 229–231. 1983. The evolutionary pattern of aromatic amino acid biosynthesis Callister, S.M. and W.A. Agger. 1987. Enumeration and characterization and the emerging phylogeny of pseudomonad bacteria. J. Mol. Evol. of Aeromonas hydrophila and Aeromonas caviae isolated from grocery 19: 272–282. store produce. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 53: 249–253. Byng, G.S., R.J. Whitaker, R.L. Gherna and R.A. Jensen. 1980. Variable Cameron, S., C. Walker, M. Beers, N. Rose and E. Anear. 1995. Entero- enzymological patterning in tyrosine biosynthesis as a means of de- haemorrhagic Escherichia coli outbreak in South Australia associated termining natural relatedness among the Pseudomonadaceae. J. Bac- with the consumption of mettwurst. Comm. Dis. Intell. 19: 70–71. teriol. 144: 247–257. Campbell, A.M. 1996. Bacteriophages. In Neidhardt, Curtiss, Ingraham, Byrd, R.A., W. Egan, M.F. Summer and A. Bax. 1987. New NMR-spectro- Lin, Low, Magasanik, Reznikoff, Riley, Schaechter and Umbarger (Ed- scopic approaches for structural studies of polysaccharides: applica- itors), Escherichia coli and Salmonella: Cellular and Molecular Biology, tions to the Haemophilus influenzae type a capsular polysaccharide. 2nd Ed., ASM Press, Washington, D.C. pp. 2325–2338. Carbobydr. Res. 166: 47–58. Campbell, J., W.F. Bibb, M.A. Lambert, S. Eng, A.G. Steigerwalt, J. Allard, Cabadajova, D. and L. Kudrna. 1988. Moellerella wisconsensis—the first C.W. Moss and D.J. Brenner. 1984a. Legionella sainthelensi: a new spe- isolation and identification of a new genus and species of the family cies of Legionella isolated from water near Mount St Helens (Wash- Enterobacteriaceae in Czechoslovakia. Cesk. Epidemiol. Mikrobiol. Imu- ington, USA). Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 47: 369–373. nol. 37: 45–48. Campbell, J., W.F. Bibb, M.A. Lambert, S. Eng, A.G. Steigerwalt, J. Allard, C.W. Moss and D.J. Brenner. 1984b. In Validation of the publication Caccavo, F., Jr., R.P. Blakemore and D.R. Lovley. 1992. A hydrogen-oxi- of new names and new combinations previously effectively published dizing, Fe(III)-reducing microorganism from the Great Bay Estuary, outside the IJSB. List No. 15. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 34: 355–357. New Hampshire. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 58: 3211–3216. Campbell, L.L. 1957. Genus Beneckea. In Breed, Murray and Smith (Ed- Caccavo, F., Jr., D.J. Lonergan, D.R. Lovley, M. Davis, J.F. Stolz and M.J. itors), Bergey’s Manual of Determinative Bacteriology, 7th Ed., The McInerney. 1994. Geobacter sulfurreducens sp. nov., a hydrogen- and Williams &d Wilkins Co., Baltimore. pp. 328–332. acetate-oxidizing dissimilatory metal-reducing microorganism. Appl. Campbell, L.M. and I.L. Roth. 1975. Methyl violet: a selective agent for Environ. Microbiol. 60: 3752–3759. differentiation of Klebsiella pneumoniae from Enterobacter aerogenes and Caccavo, F., Jr., N.B. Ramsing and J.W. Costerton. 1996. Morphological other Gram-negative organisms. Appl. Microbiol. 30: 258–261. and metabolic responses to starvation by the dissimilatory metal-re- Campbell, L.M., I.L. Roth and R.D. Klein. 1976. Evaluation of double ducing bacterium Shewanella alga BrY. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 62: agar in the isolation of Klebsiella pneumoniae from river water. Appl. 4678–4682. Environ. Microbiol. 31: 213–215. Cadmus, M.C., C.A. Knutson, A.A. Lagoda, J.E. Pittsley and K.A. Burton. Campos, J., S. Garcia-Tornel, J.M. Gairi and I. Fabregues. 1986. Multiply 1978. Synthetic media for production and quality of xanthan gum in resistant Haemophilus influenzae type b causing meningitis: comparative 20 liter fermentors. Biotechnol. Bioeng. 20: 1003–1014. clinical and laboratory study. J. Pediatr. 108: 897–902. Cafferkey, M.T., K. McClean and M.E. Drumm. 1989. Production of bac- Campos, J., S. Garcia-Tornel and I. Sanfeliu. 1984. Susceptibility studies teriocin like antagonism by clinical isolates of Yersinia enterocolitica.J. of multiply resistant Haemophilus influenzae isolated from pediatric Clin. Microbiol. 27: 677–680. patients and contacts. Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. 25: 706–709. Cahill, M.M. 1990. Virulence factors in motile Aeromonas species. J. Appl. Campos, M.E., J.M. Martinez-Salazar, L. Lloret, S. Moreno, C. Nunez, G. Bacteriol. 69: 1–16. Espin and G. Soberon-Chavez. 1996. Characterization of the gene Cai, M., X. Dong, J. Wei, F. Yang, D. Xu, H. Zhang, X. Zheng, S. Wang coding for GDP-mannose dehydrogenase (algD) from Azotobacter vine- and H. Jin. 1992. Isolation and identification of Leclercia adecarboxylate landii. J. Bacteriol. 178: 1793–1799. in clinical isolates in China (Translation). Acta Microbiol. Sin. 32: Canale-Parola, E., S.L. Rosenthal and D.G. Kupfer. 1966. Morphological 119–123. and physiological characteristics of Spirillum gracile sp. n. Antonie van Calderwood, S.B., D.W.K. Acheson, T.J. Barrett, J.B. Kaper, B.S. Kaplan, Leeuwenhoek J. Microbiol. Serol. 32: 113–124. H. Karch, A.D. O’Brien, T.G. Obrig, Y. Takeda, P.I. Tarr and I.K. Cannon, G.C., W.R. Strohl, J.M. Larkin and J.M. Shively. 1979. Cyto- Wachsmuth. 1996. Proposed new nomenclature for SLT (VT) family. chromes in Beggiatoa alba. Curr. Microbiol. 2: 263–266. ASM News. 62: 118–119. Canonica, F.P. and M.A. Pisano. 1988. Gas-liquid chromatographic anal- Caldwell, D.E. and S.J. Caldwell. 1974. The response of littoral com- ysis of fatty acid methyl esters of Aeromonas hydrophila, Aeromonas sobria, munities of bacteria to variations in sulfide and thiosulfate. Abstr. and Aeromonas caviae. J. Clin. Microbiol. 26: 681–685. Annu. Meet. Am. Soc. Microbiol. 74: 59. Ca´novas, D., N. Borges, C. Vargas, A. Ventosa, J.J. Nieto and H. Santos. Caldwell, D.R., M. Keeney, J.S. Barton and J.F. Kelley. 1973. Sodium and 1999. Role of N-c-acetyldiaminobutyrate as an enzyme stabilizer and other inorganic growth requirements of Bacteroides amylophilus. J. Bac- an intermediate in the biosynthesis of hydroxyectoine. Appl. Environ. teriol. 114: 782–789. Microbiol. 65: 3774–3779. Caldwell, D.R., M. Keeney and P.J. van Sorest. 1969. Effects of carbon Ca´novas, D., C. Vargas, M.I. Caldero´n, A. Ventosa and J.J. Nieto. 1998a. dioxide on growth and maltose fermentation by Bacteroides amylophilus. Characterization of the genes for the biosynthesis of the compatible J. Bacteriol. 98: 668–676. solute ectoine in the moderately halophilic bacterium Halomonas elon- Caldwell, D.R., D.C. White, M.P. Bryant and R.N. Doetsch. 1965. Speci- gata DSM 3043. Syst. Appl. Microbiol. 21: 487–497. ficity of the heme requirement for growth of Bacteroides ruminicola.J. Ca´novas, D., C. Vargas, L.N. Csonka, A. Ventosa and J.J. Nieto. 1996. Bacteriol. 90: 1645–1654. Osmoprotectants in Halomonas elongata: high-affinity betaine trans- Calhoon, D.A., W.R. Mayberry and J. Slots. 1981. Cellular fatty acid and port system and choline-betaine pathway. J. Bacteriol. 178: 7221–7226. soluble protein composition of Actinobacillus actinomycetemcomitansand Ca´novas, D., C. Vargas, L.N. Csonka, A. Ventosa and J.J. Nieto. 1998b. related organisms. J. Clin. Microbiol. 14: 376–382. Synthesis of glycine betaine from exogenous choline in the moder- Calhoun, A. and G.M. King. 1998. Characterization of root-associated ately halophilic bacterium Halomonas elongata. Appl. Environ. Micro- methanotrophs from three freshwater macrophytes: Pontederia cordata, biol. 64: 4095–4097. Sparganium eurycarpum, and Sagittaria latifolia. Appl. Environ. Micro- Ca´novas, D., C. Vargas, F. Iglesias-Guerra, L.N. Csonka, D. Rhodes, A. biol. 64: 1099–1105. Ventosa and J.J. Nieto. 1997. Isolation and characterization of salt- Calia, K.E., M.K. Waldor and S.B. Calderwood. 1998. Use of represen- sensitive mutants of the moderate halophile Halomonas elongata and BIBLIOGRAPHY 939

cloning of the ectoine synthesis genes. J. Biol. Chem. 272: 25794– negative species isolated from clinical specimens. J. Clin. Microbiol. 25801. 29: 560–564. Ca´novas, D., C. Vargas, S. Kneip, M.J. Moro´n, A. Ventosa, E. Bremer and Carnahan, A., G.R. Fanning and S.W. Joseph. 1992b. In Validation of the J.J. Nieto. 2000. Genes for the synthesis of the osmoprotectant glycine publication of new names and new combinations previously effectively betaine from choline in the moderately halophilic bacterium Halo- published outside the IJSB. List No. 40. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 42: 191– monas elongata DSM 3043. Microbiology 146: 455–463. 192. Canteros, B.I., G.V. Minsavage, J.B. Jones and R.E. Stall. 1995. Diversity Carnahan, A., L. Hammontree, L. Bourgeois and S.W. Joseph. 1990. of plasmids in Xanthomonas campestris pathovar vesicatoria. Phytopa- Pyrazinamidase activity as a phenotypic marker for several Aeromonas thology 85: 1482–1486. spp. isolated from clinical specimens. J. Clin. Microbiol. 28: 391–392. Caprioli, A., I. Luzzi, F. Rosmini, C. Resti, A. Edefonti, F. Perfumo, C. Carnahan, A.M. and S.W. Joseph. 1993. Systematic assessment of geo- Farina, A. Goglio, A. Gianviti and G. Rizzoni. 1994. Communitywide graphically and clinically diverse aeromonads. Syst. Appl. Microbiol. outbreak of hemolytic-uremic syndrome associated with non-O157 16: 72–84. verocytotoxin-producing Escherichia coli. J. Infect. Dis. 169: 208–211. Carnahan, A.M., S.W. Joseph and J.M. Janda. 1989a. Species identification Caraccio, V., A. Rocchetti and P.L. Garavelli. 1994. Rahnella aquatilis bac- of Aeromonas strains based on carbon substrate oxidation profiles. J. teremia in a patient with chronic renal failure. G. Mal. Infett. Parassit. Clin. Microbiol. 27: 2128–2129. 46: 330–331. Carnahan, A.M., M.A. Marii, G.R. Fanning, M.A. Pass and S.W. Joseph. Carbonetti, N.H. and P.H. Williams. 1984. A cluster of 5 genes specifying 1989b. Characterization of Aeromonas schubertii strains recently isolated the aerobactin iron uptake system of plasmid Colv-K30. Infect. Im- from traumatic wound infections. J. Clin. Microbiol. 27: 1826–1830. mun. 46: 7–12. Carnahan, A.M., M. O’Brien, S.W. Joseph and R.R. Colwell. 1988. En- Carey, V.C. and L.O. Ingram. 1983. Lipid composition of Zymomonas mo- zymatic characterization of three Aeromonas spp. using API Peptidase, bilis: effects of ethanol and glucose. J. Bacteriol. 154: 1291–1300. API “Osidase,” and API Esterase test kits. Diagn. Microbiol. Infect. Carlin, N.I., M. Rahman, D.A. Sack, A. Zaman, B. Kay and A.A. Lindberg. Dis. 10: 195–204. 1989. Use of monoclonal antibodies to type Shigella flexneri in Ban- Carpenter, K.P. 1961. The relationship of the Enterobacterium A12 gladesh. J. Clin. Microbiol. 27: 1163–1166. (Sachs) to Shigella boydii 14. J. Gen. Microbiol. 26: 535–542. Carlone, G.M., L. Gorelkin, L.L. Gheesling, A.L. Erwin, S.K. Hoiseth, Carpenter, K.P. 1963. Report of the Subcommittee on Taxonomy of the M.H. Mulks, S.P. O’Connor, R.S. Weyant, J. Myrick and L. Rubin. Enterobacteriaceae. Int. Bull. Bacteriol. Nomencl. Taxon. 13: 69–93. 1989. Potential virulence-associated factors in Brazilian purpuric fever. Carpenter, K.P. 1964. The Proteus-Providence group. In Dyke (Editor), Re- Brazilian Purpuric Fever Study Group. J. Clin. Microbiol. 27: 609– cent Advances in Clinical Pathology, Series IV Little, Brown and Co, 614. Boston. pp. 13–24. Carlone, G.M., F.O. Sottnek and B.D. Plikaytis. 1985. Comparison of outer Carpenter, K.P. and E.R.N. Cooke. 1965. An attempt to find shigellae in membrane protein and biochemical profiles of Haemophilus aegyptius wild primates. J. Comp. Pathol. 75: 21–204. and Haemophilus influenzae biotype III. J. Clin. Microbiol. 22: 708– Carr, W.H. 1996. Pathogenic organisms of penaeid shrimp in the Ha- 713. waiian Islands. Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 0: 15–18. Carlsson, H.E., A.A. Lindberg, G. Lindberg, B. Hederstedt, K.A. Karlsson Carrell, D.T., M.E. Hammond and W.D. Odell. 1993. Evidence for an and B.O. Agell. 1975. Enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay for im- autocrine/paracrine function of chorionic gonadotropin in Xantho- munological diagnosis of human . J. Clin. Microbiol. 10: monas maltophilia. Endocrinology. 132: 1085–1089. 615–621. Carrell, D.T. and W.D. Odell. 1992. A bacterial binding site which binds Carlsson, H., D. Stockelberg, L. Tengborn, I. Braide, J. Carneskog and human chorionic gonadotropin but not human luteinizing hormone. J. Kutti. 1995. Effects of Erwinia-asparaginase on the coagulation sys- Endocr. Res. 18: 51–58. tem. Eur. J. Haematol. 55: 289–293. Carter, G.R. 1955. Studies on Pasteurella multocida. I. A hemagglutination Carlton, R.G. and L.L. Richardson. 1995. Oxygen and sulfide dynamics test for the identification of serological types. Am. J. Vet. Res. 16: in a horizontally migrating cyanobacterial mat: Black band disease of 481–484. corals. FEMS Microbiol. Ecol. 18: 155–162. Carter, G.R. and M.C.L. De Alwis. 1989. Haemorrhagic septicaemia. In S)-dihydroae- Adlam and Rutter (Editors), Pasteurella and Pasteurelloses, Academic)-(ם) .Carmi, R., S. Carmeli, E. Levy and F.J. Gough. 1994 ruginoic acid, an inhibitor of Septoria tritici and other phytopathogenic Press, London. 131–160. fungi and bacteria, produced by Pseudomonas fluorescens. J. Nat. Prod. Carter, J.C. 1945. Wetwood of elms. Ill. Nat. Hist. Surv. Bull. 23: 407– 57: 1200–1205. 448. Carnahan, A.M. 1992. Aeromonas taxonomy: a sea of change. 4th Inter- Carter, J.S., F.J. Bowden, I. Bastian, G.M. Myers, K.S. Sriprakash and D.J. national Aeromonas/Plesiomonas Symposium, Atlanta, Georgia. . Kemp. 1999. Phylogenetic evidence for reclassification of Calymma- Carnahan, A. 2001. Genetic relatedness of Aeromonas species based on tobacterium granulomatis as comb. nov. Int. J. Syst. the DNA sequences of four distinct genomic loci , University of Mary- Bacteriol. 49: 1695–1700. land, College Park, College Park, Maryland, USA, . 132 p. Carter, J., S. Hutton, K.S. Sriprakash, D.J. Kemp, G. Lum, J. Savage and Carnahan, A.M. and M. Altwegg. 1996. Taxonomy. In Austin, Altwegg, F.J. Bowden. 1997. Culture of the causative organism of donovanosis Gosling and Joseph (Editors), The Genus Aeromonas, 1st Ed., John (Calymmatobacterium granulomatis) in HEp-2 cells. J. Clin. Microbiol. Wiley & Sons, Ltd., Chichester. pp. 1–38. 35: 2915–2917. Carnahan, A.M., S. Behram and S.W. Joseph. 1991a. Aerokey II: A flexible Carter, J.B. and L.F. Luff . 1977. Rickettsia-like organisms infecting Har- key for identifying clinical Aeromonas spp. J. Clin. Microbiol. 29: 2843– palus rufipes (Coleoptera: Carabidae). J. Invert. Pathol. 30: 99–101. 2849. Casalta, J.P., Y. Peloux, D. Raoult, P. Brunet and H. Gallais. 1989. Pneu- Carnahan, A.M., T. Chakraborty, G.R. Fanning, D. Verma, A. Ali, J.M. monia and meningitis caused by a new nonfermentative unknown Janda and S.W. Joseph. 1991b. Aeromonas trota, sp. nov.: an ampicillin- gram-negative bacterium. J. Clin. Microbiol. 27: 1446–1448. susceptible species isolated from clinical specimens. J. Clin. Microbiol. Cascon, A., J. Anguita, C. Hernanz, M. Sanchez, M. Fernandez and G. 29: 1206–1210. Naharro. 1996. Identification of Aeromonas hydrophila hybridization Carnahan, A., T. Chakraborty, G.R. Fanning, D. Verma, A. Ali, J.M. Janda group 1 by PCR assays. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 62: 1167–1170. and S.W. Joseph. 1992a. In Validation of the publication of new names Case, A.C. 1965. Conditions controlling Flavobacterium proteus in brewery and new combinations previously effectively published outside the fermentations. J. Inst. Brew. 71: 250–256. IJSB. List No. 40. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 42: 191–192. Caselitz, F.H. 1955. Eine neue Bacterium der Gattung: Vibrio Muller, Vibrio Carnahan, A., G.R. Fanning and S.W. Joseph. 1991c. Aeromonas jandaei jamaicensis. Z. Tropenmed. Parasitol. 6: 62. (formerly genospecies DNA group 9 Aeromonas sobria), a new sucrose- Cash, P., E. Argo, P.R. Langford and J.S. Kroll. 1997. Development of a 940 BIBLIOGRAPHY

Haemophilus two-dimensional protein database. Electrophoresis 18: Chromatium salexigens sp. nov., a halophilic Chromatiaceae isolated from 1472–1482. Mediterranean salinas. Syst. Appl. Microbiol. 10: 284–292. Casin, I., F. Grimont and P.A. Grimont. 1986. Deoxyribonucleic acid Caumette, P., R. Baulaigue and R. Matheron. 1991. Thiocapsa halophila, relatedness between Haemophilus aegyptius and Haemophilus influenzae. sp. nov., a new halophilic phototrophic purple sulfur bacterium. Arch. Ann. Inst. Pasteur. Microbiol. 137: 155–163. Microbiol. 155: 170–176. Casin, I., F. Grimont, P.A.D. Grimont and M.J. Sansonlepors. 1985. Lack Caumette, P., J.F. Imhoff, J. Suling and R. Matheron. 1997. Chromatium of deoxyribonucleic-acid relatedness between Haemophilus ducreyi and glycolicum sp. nov., a moderately halophilic purple sulfur bacterium other Haemophilus species. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 35: 23–25. that uses glycolate as substrate. Arch. Microbiol. 167: 11–18. Cassel-Beraud, A.M. and C. Richard. 1988. The aerobic intestinal flora Cavanagh, P., C.A. Morris and N.J. Mitchell. 1975. Chloramphenicol re- of the microchiropteran bat Chaerephon pumila in Madagascar. Bull. sistance in Haemophilus species. Lancet 1: 696. Soc. Pathol. Exot. Filiales. 81: 806–810. Cavanaugh, C.M. 1993. Methanotroph-invertebrate symbioses in the ma- Castaneda, M.R. 1947. A practical method for routine blood cultures in rine environment: ultrastructural, biochemical and molecular studies. . Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol. Med. 64: 114–115. In Murrell and Kelley (Editors), Microbial Growth on C1 Compounds, Castan˜o, J.J., H.D. Thurston and L.V. Crowder. 1964. Transmissio´n de Intercept Press Ltd., Andover. pp. 315–328. gomosis en los pastos Micay e Imperial. Agr. Trop. 20: 379–387. Cavanaugh, C.M., P.R. Levering, J.S. Maki, R. Mitchell and M.E. Lidstrom. Castellani, A. 1912. Observation on some intestinal bacteria found in 1987. Symbiosis of methylotrophic bacteria and deep-sea mussels. Na- man. Centralbl. Bakteriol. Parasitenkd. Infektionskr. I. Abt. Orig. 65: ture 325: 346–348. 262–269. Cavara, F. 1905. Bacteriosi del fico, Aatti Accad. Gioenia Sci. Matur. Ca- Castellani, A. and A.J. Chalmers. 1919. Manual of Tropical Medicine, 3rd tania Ser.. . Ed., William Wood and Company, New York. Centers for Disease Control 1977. Legionnaires’ disease. Morb. Mortal. Castellani, A. and A.J. Chalmers. 1920. Sur la classification de certains Wkly. Rep. 26: 93. Centers for Disease Control. 1995. Outbreak of acute gastroenteritis at- groupes de bacilles aerobies de l’intestin humain. Ann. Inst. Past. 34: tributable to Escherichia coli serotype O104:H21 – Helena, Montana, 600–621. 1994. Morb. Mortal. Wkly. Rep. 44: 501–503. Castenholz, R.W. and B.K. Pierson. 1995. Ecology of thermophilic an- Centers for Disease Control. 1999. Outbreaks of Shigella sonnei infection oxygenic phototrophs. In Blankenship, Madigan and Bauer (Editors), associated with eating fresh parsley—United States and Canada, July– Anoxygenic Photosynthetic Bacteria, Kluwer Academic Publishers, August 1998. Morb. Mortal. Wkly. Rep. 48: 285–289. The Netherlands. pp. 87–103. Centers for Disease Control. 2000. Escherichia coli O111:H8 outbreak Cataldi, M.S. 1940. Aislamiento de Beggiatoa alba en cultivo puro. Rev. among teenage campers—Texas, 1999. Morb. Mortal. Wkly. Rep. 49: Inst. Bacteriol. Dep. Nacion. Hig. 9: 393–423. 321–324. Cate, J.C. 1972. Isolation of Serratia marcescens from stools with an anti- Centers for Disease Control and Prevention 1992. Procedures for the biotic plate. Advances in Antimicrobial and Antineoplasic Chemo- recovery of Legionella from the environment, Atlanta, GA. ., U.S. De- therapy. Progress in Research and Clinical Application., Proceeding partment of Health and Human Services. of the 7th International Congress of Chemotherapy, Munich. Urban Cerda`-Cue´llar, M., R.A. Rossello´-Mora, J. Lalucat, J. Jofre and A. Blanch. and Schwarzenberg. Vol. 1/2: 763–764. 1997. Vibrio scophthalmi sp. nov., a new species from Turbot (Sco- Catlin, B.W. 1964. Reciprocal genetic transformation between Neisseria phthalmus maximus). Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 47: 58–61. catarrhalis and Moraxella nonliquefaciens. J. Gen. Microbiol. 37: 369– Chae, C.H., M.J. Gentry, A.W. Confer and G.A. Anderson. 1990. Resis- 379. tance to host immune defense mechanisms afforded by capsular ma- Catlin, B.W. 1970. Transfer of the organism named Neisseria catarrhalis terial of Pasteurella haemolytica, serotype 1. Vet. Microbiol. 25: 241– to Branhamella gen. nov. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 20: 155–159. 251. Catlin, B.W. 1990. Branhamella catarrhalis: an organism gaining respect Chagas, C.M., V. Rossetti and M.J.G. Beretta. 1992. Electron microscopy as a pathogen. Clin. Microbiol. Rev. 3: 293–320. studies of a xylem-limited bacterium in sweet orange affected with Catlin, B.W. 1991. Branhamaceae fam. nov., a proposed family to accom- citrus variegated chlorosis disease in Brazil. J. Phytopathol. 134: 306– modate the genera Branhamella and Moraxella. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 312. 41: 320–323. Chakrabarti, A.K., A.N. Ghosh and B.L. Sarkar. 1997. Isolation of Vibrio Catlin, B.W. and L.S. Cunningham. 1964. Genetic transformation of Neis- cholerae O139 phages to develop a phage typing scheme. Indian J. seria catarrhalis by deoxyribonucleate preparations having different Med. Res. 105: 254–257. average base compositions. J. Gen. Bacteriol. 37: 341–352. Chakrabarty, A.M. 1998. Nucleoside diphosphate kinase: role in bacterial Catlin, B.W. and V.R. Tartagni. 1969. Delayed multiplication of newly growth, virulence, cell signalling and polysaccharide synthesis. Mol. capsulated transformants of Haemophilus influenzae detected by im- Microbiol. 28: 875–882. munofluorescence. J. Gen. Microbiol. 56: 387–401. Chakrabarty, P.K., A. Mahadevan, S. Raj, M.K. Meshram and D.W. Gabriel. Cato, E.P., L.V. Holdeman and W.E.C. Moore. 1979. Proposal of neotype 1995. Plasmid-borne determinants of pigmentation, exopolysacchar- strains for seven non-saccharolytic Bacteroides species. Int. J. Syst. Bac- ide production, and virulence in Xanthomonas campestris pathovar mal- teriol. 29: 427–434. vacearum. Can. J. Microbiol. 41: 740–745. Cato, E.P., W.E.C. Moore and M.P. Bryant. 1978. Designation of neotype Chakraborty, R.N., H.N. Patel and S.B. Desai. 1990. Isolation and partial strains for Bacteroides amylophilus Hamlin and Hungate 1956 and Bac- characterization of catechol-type siderophore from Pseudomonas stut- teroides succinogens Hungate 1950. Int. J.Syst. Bacteriol. 28: 491–495. zeri Rc-7. Curr. Microbiol. 20: 283–286. Catrenich, C.E. and W. Johnson. 1988. Virulence conversion of Legionella Chakraborty, S., G.B. Nair and S. Shinoda. 1997. Pathogenic vibrios in pneumophila: a one-way phenomenon. Infect. Immun. 56: 3121–3125. the natural aquatic environment. Rev. Environ. Health. 12: 63–80. Catsaras, M., J. Antoniewski and R. Buttiaux. 1965. Sur la production de Chakraborty, T., B. Huhle, H. Hof, H. Bergbauer and W. Goebel. 1987. colonies a centre orange par Proteus rettgeri et Providencia sur la gelose Marker exchange mutagenesis of the aerolysin determinant in Aero- au desoxycholate-citrate-lactose. Ann. Inst. Pasteur (Lille). 16: 99– monas hydrophila demonstrates the role of aerolysin in Aeromonas hy- 101. drophila associated systemic infections. Infect. Immun. 55: 2274–2280. Caugant, D.A., R.K. Selander and I. Olsen. 1990. Differentiation between Chakravarti, B.P., B. Sarma, K.L. Jain and C.K.P. Prasad. 1984. A bacterial Actinobacillus (Haemophilus) actinomycetemcomitans, Haemophilus aphro- leaf spot of bael (Aegle marmelos Correa) in Rajasthan and a revived philus and Haemophilus paraphrophilus by multilocus enzyme electro- name of the bacterium. Curr. Sci. (Bangalore) 53: 488–489. phoresis. J. Gen. Microbiol. 136: 2135–2141. Chamberlain, R.E. 1965. Evaluation of live tularemia vaccine prepared Caumette, P., R. Baulaigue and R. Matheron. 1988. Characterization of in a chemically defined medium. Appl. Microbiol. 13: 232–235. BIBLIOGRAPHY 941

Chamoiseau, G. 1967. Note sur le pouvoir pathoge`ned’Edwardsiella tarda. losis: examination of typable and untypable Pasteurella haemolytica Un cas de septice´mie mortelle du pigeon. Rev. Elev. Med. Vet. Pays. strains for leukotoxin production, plasmid content, and antimicrobial Trop. (Paris). 20: 493–495. susceptibility. Am. J. Vet. Res. 48: 378–384. Chamorey, E., M. Forel and M. Drancourt. 1999. An in vitro evaluation Chanter, N. and J.M. Rutter. 1989. Pasteurellosis in pigs and determinants of the activity of chlorine against environmental and nosocomial iso- of virulence of toxigenic Pasteurella multocida. In Adlam and Rutter lates of Aeromonas hydrophila. J. Hosp. Infect. 41: 45–49. (Editors), Pasteurella and Pasteurellosis, Academic Press, London. Champion, A.B., E.L. Barrett, N.J. Palleroni, K.L. Soderberg, R. Kunisawa, 161–195. R. Contopoulou, A.C. Wilson and M. Doudoroff. 1980. Evolution in Chapman, G., J. Hillier and F.H. Johnson. 1951. Observations on the Pseudomonas fluorescens. J. Gen. Microbiol. 120: 485–511. bacteriophagy of Erwinia carotovora. J. Bacteriol. 61: 261–268. Champomier-Verge`s, M.C., A. Stintzi and J.M. Meyer. 1996. Acquisition Charles, H. and H. Ishikawa. 1999. Physical and genetic map of the of iron by the non-siderophore-producing Pseudomonas fragi. Micro- genome of Buchnera, the primary endosymbiont of the pea aphid biology 142: 1191–1199. Acyrthosiphon pisum. J. Mol. Evol. 48: 142–150. Chan, K.Y., L. Baumann, M.M. Garza and P. Baumann. 1978. Two new Charles, I.G., S. Harford, J.F. Brookfield and W.V. Shaw. 1985. Resistance species of Alteromonas: Alteromonas espejiana and Alteromonas undina. to chloramphenicol in Proteus mirabilis by expression of a chromo- Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 28: 217–222. somal gene for chloramphenicol acetyltransferase. J. Bacteriol. 164: Chan, K.N., A.D. Phillips, S. Knutton, H.R. Smith and J.A. Walker-Smith. 114–122. 1994. Enteroaggregative Escherichia coli: Another cause of acute and Chart, H., D.H. Shaw, E.E. Ishiguro and T.J. Trust. 1984. Structural and chronic diarrhoea in England? J. Pediatr. Gastroenterol. Nutr. 18: 87– immunochemical homogeneity of Aeromonas salmonicida lipopolysac- 91. charide. J. Bacteriol. 158: 16–22. Chand, R. and P.N. Singh. 1994. Xanthomonas campestris pv. obscurae pv. Chart, H. and T.J. Trust. 1983. Acquisition of iron by Aeromonas salmon- nov. causal agent of leaf blight of Ipomoea obscura in India. Z. Pflan- icida. J. Bacteriol. 156: 758–764. zenkr. Pflanzenschutz. 101: 590–593. Charudattan , R., R.E. Stall and D.L. Batchelor. 1973. Serotypes of Xan- Chand, R., B.D. Singh, D. Singh and P.N. Singh. 1995. Xanthomonas cam- thomonas vesicatoria unrelated to its pathotypes. Phytopathology 63: pestris pv. parthenii pathovar nov. incitant of leaf blight of parthenium. 1260–1265. Antonie Leeuwenhoek 68: 161–164. Chateil, J.F., M. Brun, Y. Perel, J.C. Sananes, J.F. Castell and F. Diard. Chandler, F.W., R.M. Cole, M.D. Hicklin, J.A. Blackmon and C.S. Callaway. 1998. Granulomatous hepatitis in Pasteurella multocida infection. Eur. 1979. Ultrastructure of the Legionnaires’ disease bacterium. A study Radiol. 8: 588–591. using transmission electron microscopy. Ann. Intern. Med. 90: 642– Chatelain, R., H. Bercovier, A. Guiyole, A. Richard and H.H. Mollaret. 647. 1979. Inte´reˇt du compose´ vibriostatique 0/l29 pour diffe´rencier les Chandler, F.W., M.D. Hicklin and J.A. Blackmon. 1977. Demonstration genres Pasteurella et Actinobacillus de la famille Enterobacteriaceae. Ann. of the agent of Legionnaires’ disease in tissue. N. Engl. J. Med. 297: Microbiol. (Paris) 130A: 449–454. 1218–1220. Chatterjee, A., J.L. McEvoy, J.P. Chambost, F. Blasco and A.K. Chatterjee. Chandler, F.W., I.L. Roth, C.S. Callaway, J.L. Bump, B.M. Thomason and 1991. Nucleotide sequence and molecular characterization of pnlA, R.E. Weaver. 1980. Flagella on Legionnaires’ disease bacteria. Ultra- the structural gene for damage-inducible pectin lyase of Erwinia car- structural observations. Ann. Intern. Med. 93: 711–714. otovora subsp. carotovora 71. J. Bacteriol. 173: 1765–1769. Chandler, M.S. 1992. The gene encoding cAMP receptor protein is re- Chatterjee, A.K., L.M. Ross, J.L. McEvoy and K.K. Thurn. 1985. pULB113, quired for competence development in Haemophilus influenzae Rd. an RP4::mini-Mu plasmid, mediates chromosomal mobilization and Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U. S. A. 89: 1626–1630. R-prime formation in Erwinia amylovora, Erwinia chrysanthemi and sub- Chandra, M. and A.K. Jain. 1991. Fine structure of Calymmatobacterium species of Erwinia carotovora. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 50: 1–9. granulomatis with particular reference to the surface structure. Indian Chatterjee, A.K. and M.P. Starr. 1980. Genetics of Erwinia species. Annu. J. Med. Res. 93: 225–231. Rev. Microbiol. 34: 645–676. Chandra, M., A.K. Jain, D.D. Ganguly, A.K. Sharma and N.C. Bhargava. Chatterjee, A.K., K.K. Thurn and D.J. Tyrell. 1981. Regulation of pec- 1989. An ultrastructural study of donovanosis. Indian J. Med. Res. 89: tolytic enzymes in soft rot Erwinia carotovora, Erwinia chrysanthemi. 158–164. Proceedings of the Fifth International Conference on Plant Patho- Chang, B.J. and S.M. Bolton. 1987. Plasmids and resistance to antimi- genic Bacteria, pp. 252–262. crobial agents in Aeromonas sobria and Aeromonas hydrophila clinical Chattopadhyay, D.J., B.L. Sarkar, M.Q. Ansari, B.K. Chakrabarti, M.K. Roy, isolates. Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. 31: 1281–1282. A.N. Ghosh and S.C. Pal. 1993. New phage typing scheme for Vibrio Chang, C.J., R. Donaldson, M. Crowley and D. Pinnow. 1991. A new cholerae O1 biotype El Tor strains. J. Clin. Microbiol. 31: 1579–1585. semiselective medium for the isolation of Xanthomonas campestris path- Chatty, H.B. and T.L. Gavan. 1968. Edwardsiella tarda—identification and ovar campestris from crucifer seeds. Phytopathology 81: 449–453. clinical significance. Report of two cases. Clevel. Clin. Q. 35: 223– Chang, C.J., C.D. Robacker and R.P. Lane. 1990. Further evidence for 228. the isolation of Xylella fastidiosa on nutrient agar from grapevines Chaudhury, A., G. Nath, B.N. Shukla and S.C. Sanyal. 1996. Biochemical showing Pierce’s disease symptoms. Can. J. Pathol. 12: 405–408. characterisation, enteropathogenicity and antimicrobial resistance Chang, H.R., L.H. Loo, K. Jeyaseelan, L. Earnest and E. Stackebrandt. plasmids of clinical and environmental Aeromonas isolates. J. Med. 1997. Phylogenetic relationships of Salmonella typhi and Salmonella ty- Microbiol. 44: 434–437. phimurium based on 16S rRNA sequence analysis. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. Cheasty, R., R.J. Gross, L.V. Thomas and B. Rowe. 1989. Serogrouping 47: 1253–1254. of the Aeromonas hydrophia group. J. Diarrh Dis. Res. 6: 95–98. Chang, P.C. and A.C. Blackwood. 1969. Simultaneous production of three Chedid, L., F. Audibert and A.G. Johnson. 1978. Biological activities of phenazine pigments by Pseudomonas aeruginosa Mac 436. Can. J. Mi- muramyl dipeptide, a synthetic glycopeptide analogous to bacterial crobiol. 15: 439–444. immunoregulating agents. Prog. Allergy. 25: 63–105. Chang, Y.F. and E. Adams. 1971. Induction of separate catabolic pathways Chen, C.H., R.B. Dienst and R.B. Greenblatt. 1949. Skin reaction of for l-lysine and d-lysine in Pseudomonas putida. Biochem. Biophys. Res. patients to Donovania granulomatis. Am. J. Syph. Vener. Comm. 45: 570–577. Dis. 33: 60–64. Chang, Y.F., D.P. Ma, J. Shi and M.M. Chengappa. 1993. Molecular char- Chen, D.-Q., B.C. Campbell and A.H. Purcell. 1996. A new rickettsia from acterization of a leukotoxin gene from a Pasteurella haemolytica-like a herbivorous insect, the pea aphid Acyrthosiphon pisum (Harris). Curr. organism, encoding a new member of the RTX toxin family. Infect. Microbiol. 33: 123–128. Immun. 61: 2089–2095. Chen, D.-Q. and A.H. Purcell. 1997. Occurrence and transmission of Chang, Y.F., H.W. Renshaw and R. Young. 1987. Pneumonic pasteurel- facultative endosymbionts in aphids. Curr. Microbiol. 34: 220–225. 942 BIBLIOGRAPHY

Chen, J., C.J. Chang and R.L. Jarret. 1992a. Plasmids from Xylella fastidiosa Bacterium, bacteria associated with diseases of plants. Del. Agric. Exp. strains. Can. J. Microbiol. 38: 993–995. Stn. Annu. Rep. 9: 127. Chen, J., C.J. Chang, R.L. Jarret and N. Gawel. 1992b. Genetic variation Chester, F.D. 1901. A manual of Determinative Bacteriology, The Mac- among Xylella fastidiosa strains. Phytopathology 82: 973–977. millan Co., New York. 1–401. Chen, J.H., Y.Y. Hsieh, S.L. Hsiau, T.C. Lo and C.C. Shau. 1999a. Char- Chester, F.D. 1939. Genus IV. Erwinia. In Bergey, Breed, Murray and acterization of insertions of IS476 and two newly identified insertion Hitchens (Editors), Bergey’s Manual of Determinative Bacteriology, sequences, IS1478 and IS1479, in Xanthomonas campestris pathovar 5th Ed. ed., The Williams and Wilkins Co., Baltimore. pp. 404–420. campestris. J. Bacteriol. 181: 1220–1228. Chevallier, B., D. Dugourd, K. Tarasiuk, J. Harel, M. Gottschalk, M. Ko- Chen, J., O. Lamikanra, C.J. Chang and D.L. Hopkins. 1995. Randomly bisch and J. Frey. 1998. Chromosome sizes and phylogenetic rela- amplified polymorphic DNA analysis of Xylella fastidiosa Pierce’s dis- tionships between serotypes of Actinobacillus pleuropneumoniae. FEMS ease and oak leaf Scorch pathotypes. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 61: Microbiol. Lett. 160: 209–216. 1688–1690. Chida, T., N. Okamura, K. Ohtani, Y. Yoshida, E. Arakawa and H. Wa- Chen, J., P.D. Roberts and D.W. Gabriel. 1994. Effects of a virulence locus tanabe. 2000. The complete DNA sequence of the O antigen gene from Xanthomonas campestris 528(T) on pathovar status and ability to region of Plesiomonas shigelloides serotype O17 which is identical to elicit blight symptoms on crucifers. Phytopathology 84: 1458–1465. Shigella sonnei form I antigen. Microbiol. Immunol. 44: 161–172. Chen, M.F., S. Yun, G.D. Marty, T.S. McDowell, M.L. House, J.A. Appersen, Childress, J.J., C.R. Fisher, J.M. Brooks, M.C. Kennicutt II, R. Bidigare T.A. Geuenther, K.D. Arkush and R.P. Hedrick. 2000a. A Piscirickettsia and A.E. Anderson. 1986. A methanotrophic marine molluscan (Bi- salmonis-like bacterium associated with mortality of white seabass Atrac- valvia: Mytilidae) symbiosis: mussels fueled by gas. Science 233: 1306– toscion nobilis. Dis. Aquat. Org. 43: 117–126. 1308. Chen, S.Y., T.A. Hoover, H.A. Thompson and J.C. Williams. 1990a. Char- Chilukuri, L.N. and D.H. Bartlett. 1997. Isolation and characterization of the gene encoding single-stranded-DNA-binding protein (SSB) acterization of the origin of DNA replication of the Coxiella burnetii from four marine Shewanella strains that differ in their temperature chromosome. Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 590: 491–503. and pressure optima for growth. Microbiology 143: 1163–1174. Chen, S.C., R.H. Lawrence, D.R. Packham and T.C. Sorrell. 1991. Cel- Chin, J. and Y. Dai. 1990. Selective extraction of outer-membrane proteins lulitis due to Pseudomonas putrefaciens: possible production of exotox- from membrane complexes of Pseudomonas maltophilia by chloroform- ins. Rev. Infect. Dis. 13: 642–643. methanol. Vet. Microbiol. 22: 69–78. Chen, S.Y., M. Vodkin, H.A. Thompson and J.C. Williams. 1990b. Isolated Chiou, C.S. and A.L. Jones. 1991. The analysis of plasmid-mediated strep- Coxiella burnetii synthesizes DNA during acid activation in the absence tomycin resistance in Erwinia amylovora. Phytopathology 81: 710–714. of host cells. J. Gen. Microbiol. 136: 89–96. Chiou, C.S. and A.L. Jones. 1995. Molecular analysis of high-level strep- Chen, S.C., P.C. Wang, M.C. Tung, K.D. Thompson and A. Adams. 2000b. tomycin resistance in Erwinia amylovora. Phytopathology 85: 324–328. A Piscirickettsia salmonis-like organism in grouper, Epinephelus melan- Chiu, V.S.W. and P.D. Hoeprich. 1961. Susceptibility of Proteus and Prov- ostigma, in Taiwan. J. Fish Dis. 23: 415–418. idence bacilli to 10 antibacterial agents. Am. J. Med. Sci. 241: 309– Chen, X., S. Li and S. Aksoy. 1999b. Concordant evolution of a symbiont 321. with its host insect species: Molecular phylogeny of genus Glossina Chladeck, D.W. 1975. Bovine abortion associated with Haemophilus som- and its bacteriome-associated endosymbiont, Wigglesworthia glossinidia. nus. Am. J. Vet. Res. 36: 1041. J. Mol. Evol. 48: 49–58. Chladeck, D.W. and G.R. Ruth. 1976. Isolation of Actinobacillus lignieresii Chen, Y.S., Y.C. Lin, M.Y. Yen, J.H. Wang, J.H. Wang, S.R. Wann and D.L. from an epidural abscess in a horse with progressive paralysis. J. Am. Cheng. 1997. Skin and soft-tissue manifestations of Shewanella putre- Vet. Med. Assoc. 168: 64–66. faciens infection. Clin. Infect. Dis. 25: 225–229. Cho, J.J., A.C. Hayward and R. K.G.. 1980. Nutritional requirements and Chen, Y.P., G. Lopezdevictoria and C.R. Lovell. 1993. Utilization of ar- biochemical activities of pineapple pink disease bacterial strains from omatic compounds as carbon and energy sources during growth and Hawaii. Antonie van Leeuwenhoek J. Microbiol. Serol. 46: 191–204. N2 fixation by free living nitrogen fixing bacteria. Arch. Microbiol. Choi, J.E., K. Tsuchiya, N. Matsuyama and S. Wakimoto. 1981. Bacteri- 159: 207–212. ological properties related to virulence in Xanthomonas campestris path- Cheng, T.C., S.P. Harvey and A.N. Stroup. 1993. Purification and prop- ovar oryzae. Ann. Phytopathol. Soc. Japan 47: 668–676. erties of a highly active organophosphorus acid anhydrolase from Choi, K.H., S.K. Maheswaran and L.J. Felice. 1989a. Characterization of Alteromonas undina. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 59: 3138–3140. outer-membrane protein-enriched extracts from Pasteurella multocida Chern, R.S. and C.B. Chao. 1994. Outbreaks of a disease caused by a isolated from turkeys. Am. J. Vet. Res. 50: 676–683. rickettsia-like organism in cultured tilapias in Taiwan. Fish Pathol. 29: Choi, S.H., E.Y. Ardales, H. Leung and E.J. Lee. 1989b. Characterization 61–71. of indigenous plasmid of Xanthomonas campestris pathovar oryzae. Ko- Cherni, N.I., Z.V. Solov’eva, V.D. Fedorov and E.N. Kondrat’eva. 1969. rean J. Plant Pathol. 5: 223–229. Ultrastructure of cells of two species of purple serobacteria. Mikro- Choi, S.H., Y.S. Choi, K.S. Jin, S.H. Lee and E.J. Lee. 1988. Evaluation biologiia 38: 479–484. of wild type Xanthomonas campestris pathovar oryzae for nutritional re- Cherry, W.B., G.W. Gorman, L.R. Orrison, C.W. Moss, A.G. Steigerwalt, quirement and antibiotic resistance. Korean J. Plant Pathol. 4: 3–9. H.W. Wilkinson, S.E. Johnson, R.M. McKinney and D.J. Brenner. Choi-Kim, K., S.K. Maheswaran, L.J. Felice and T.W. Molitor. 1991. Re- 1982a. Legionella jordanis: a new species of Legionella isolated from lationship between the iron regulated outer-membrane proteins and water and sewage. J. Clin. Microbiol. 15: 290–297. the outer-membrane proteins of in vivo grown Pasteurella multocida. Cherry, W.B., G.W. Gorman, L.R. Orrison, C.W. Moss, A.G. Steigerwalt, Vet. Microbiol. 28: 75–92. H.W. Wilkinson, S.E. Johnson, R.M. McKinney and D.J. Brenner. Chopra, A.K. and C.W. Houston. 1999. Molecular characterization of 1982b. In Validation of the publication of new names and new com- Aeromonas enterotoxins. 6th International Aeromonas/Plesiomonas Sym- binations previously effectively published outside the IJSB. List No. posium, Chicago, Illinois. 15. 9. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 32: 384–385. Chopra, A.K., J.W. Peterson, X.J. Xu, D.H. Coppenhaver and C.W. Hous- Chester, B. and L.B. Moskowitz. 1987. Rapid catalase supplemental test ton. 1996. Molecular and biochemical characterization of a heat-labile for identification of members of the family Enterobacteriaceae. J. Clin. cytotonic enterotoxin from Aeromonas hydrophila. Microb. Pathog. 21: Microbiol. 25: 439–441. 357–377. Chester, B. and G. Stotzky. 1976. Temperature dependent cultural and Choudhury, S.R., R.K. Bhadra and J. Das. 1994. Genome size and re- biochemical characteristics of rhamnose positive Yersinia enterocolitica. striction fragment length polymorphism analysis of Vibrio cholerae J. Clin. Microbiol. 3: 119–127. strains belonging to different serovars and biotypes. FEMS Microbiol. Chester, F.D. 1897. A preliminary arrangement of the species of the genus Lett. 115: 329–334. BIBLIOGRAPHY 943

Chow, A.W., P.R. Taylor, T.T. Yoshikawa and L.B. Guze. 1979. A noso- aeromonads from foods of animal origin. Arch. Roum. Pathol. Exp. comial outbreak of infections due to multiply resistant Proteus mirabilis: Microbiol. 49: 119–129. role of intestinal colonization as a major reservoir. J. Infect. Dis. 139: Civerolo, E.L. 1985. Indigenous plasmids in Xanthomonas campestris path- 621–627. ovar citri. Phytopathology 75: 524–528. Christensen, H., O. Angen, R. Mutters, J.E. Olsen and M. Bisgaard. 2000. Civerolo, E.L., M. Sasser, C. Helkie and D. Burbage. 1982. Selective me- DNA–DNA hybridization determined in micro-wells using covalent dium for Xanthomonas campestris pathovar pruni. Plant Dis. 66: 39–43. attachment of DNA. Int. J. Syst. Evol. Microbiol. 50: 1095–1102. Claesson, B.E.B., D.E.W. Holmlund, C.A. Lindhagen and T.W. Ma¨tzsch. Christensen, H., M. Bisgaard, O. Angen and J.E. Olsen. 2002. Final clas- 1984. Plesiomonas shigelloides in acute cholecystitis: a case report. J. sification of Bisgaard taxon 9 as Actinobacillus arthritidis sp. nov. and Clin. Microbiol. 20: 985–987. recognition of a novel genomospecies for the equine strains of Ac- Claflin, J.L. and C.L. Larson. 1972. Infection-immunity in tularemia: spec- tinobacillus lignieresii. Int. J. Syst. Evol. Microbiol. 52: 1239–1246. ificity of cellular immunity. Infect. Immun. 5: 311–318. Christensen, H., S. Nordentoft and J.E. Olsen. 1998. Phylogenetic rela- Clapham, L., R.J.C. McLean, J.C. Nickel, J. Downey and J.W. Costerton. tionships of Salmonella based on rRNA sequences. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 1990. The influence of bacteria on struvite crystal habit and its im- 48: 605–610. portance in urinary stone formation. J. Crystal Growth. 104: 475– Christensen, J.P. and M. Bisgaard. 1997. Avian pasteurellosis: taxonomy 484. of the organisms involved and aspects of pathogenesis. Avian Pathol. Clara, F.M. 1930. A new bacterial leaf disease of tobacco in the Philip- 26: 461–483. pines. Phytopathology 20: 691–706. Christensen, J.P. and M. Bisgaard. 2000. Fowl cholera. Rev. Sci. Tech. Off. Clara, F.M. 1932. A new bacterial disease of pears. Science (Wash. D. C.) Int. Epizoot. 19: 626–637. 75: 111. Christensen, P. 1977. Synonomy of Flavobacterium pectinovorum Dorey with Clara, F.M. 1934. A comparative study of the green-fluorescent bacterial Cytophaga johnsonae Stanier. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 27: 122–132. plant pathogens. Cornell Agr. Exptl. Sta. Mem. 159: 1–36. Christensen, P. and F.D. Cook. 1972. The isolation and enumeration of Clark, C.A., J. Beltrame and P.A. Manning. 1991a. The oac gene encoding cytophagas. Can. J. Microbiol. 18: 1933–1940. a lipopolysaccharide O-antigen acetylase maps adjacent to the inte- Christensen, P. and F.D. Cook. 1978. Lysobacter, a new genus of nonfruit- grase-encoding gene on the genome of Shigella flexneri bacteriophage ing, gliding bacteria, with a high base ratio. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 28: Sf6. Gene 107: 43–52. 367–393. Clark, D.A. and P.R. Norris. 1996. Acidimicrobium ferrooxidans gen. nov. Christiansen, M. 1917. En ejendommelig pyaemisk Lidelse hos Faar. Maa- sp. nov.: mixed-culture ferrous iron oxidation with Sulfobacillus spe- nedsskr. Dyrlaeg. 29: 449–458. cies. Microbiology (Read.) 142: 785–790. Chuang, Y.C., J.W. Liu, W.C. Ko, K.Y. Lin, J.J. Wu and K.Y. Huang. 1997. Clark, M.A., L. Baumann and P. Baumann. 1998a. Buchnera aphidicola In vitro synergism between cefotaxime and minocycline against Vibrio (aphid endosymbiont) contains genes encoding enzymes of histidine vulnificus. Antimicrob. Agents. Chemother. 41: 2214–2217. biosynthesis. Curr. Microbiol. 37: 356–358. Chuba, P.J., R. Bock, G. Graf, T. Adam and U. Gobel. 1988. Comparison Clark, M.A., L. Baumann and P. Baumann. 1998b. Sequence analysis of of 16S rRNA sequences from the family Pasteurellaceae: phylogenetic a 34.7-kb DNA segment from the genome of Buchnera aphidicola (en- relatedness by cluster analysis. J. Gen. Microbiol. 134: 1923–1930. dosymbiont of aphids) containing groEL, dnaA, the atp operon, gidA, Chun, W., J. Cui and A. Poplawsky. 1997. Purification, characterization and rho. Curr. Microbiol. 36: 158–163. and biological role of a pheromone produced by Xanthomonas cam- Clark, M.A., L. Baumann, M.A. Munson, P. Baumann, B.C. Campbell, pestris pv. campestris. Physiol. Mol. Plant Pathol. 51: 1–14. J.E. Duffus, L.S. Osborne and N.A. Moran. 1992. The eubacterial Chung, C., G. Ping, Y. Chen, P.D. Shaw and S.K. Farrand. 1998a. Pro- endosymbionts of whiteflies (Homoptera, Aleyrodoidea) constitute a duction of acyl-homoserine lactone quorum-sensing signals by gram- lineage distinct from the endosymbionts of aphids and mealybugs. negative plant-associated bacteria. Mol. Plant-Microbe Interact. 11: Curr. Microbiol. 25: 119–123. 1119–1129. Clark, M.A., Y.J. Tang and J.L. Ingraham. 1989. A NosA-specific bacte- Chung, H.J., T.S. Lee, Y.J. Koh, I.S. Nou and B.K. Hwang. 1996. Restriction riophage can be used to select denitrification-defective mutants of fragment length polymorphisms of genomic DNA in strains of Xan- Pseudomonas stutzeri. J. Gen. Microbiol. 135: 2569–2575. thomonas campestris pathovar vesicatoria from different geographic ar- Clark, P.H. and S.T. Cowan. 1952. Biochemical methods for bacteriology. eas. Korean J. Plant Pathol. 12: 162–168. J. Gen. Microbiol. 6: 187–197. Chung, J.C. and P.F. Strom. 1997. Filamentous bacteria and protozoa Clark, R.B. 1992. Antibiotic susceptibilities of the Vibrionaceae to mero- found in the rotating biological contactor. J. Environ. Sci. Health Part penem and other antimicrobial agents. Diagn. Microbiol. Infect. Dis. A Environ. Sci. Eng. Toxic Hazard. Subst. Control 32: 671–686. 15: 453–455. Chung, J.Y., Y.M. Zhang and B. Adler. 1998b. The capsule biosynthetic Clark, R.B. and J.M. Janda. 1991. Plesiomonas and human disease. Clin. locus of Pasteurella multocida A:1. FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 166: 289–296. Microbiol. Newsl. 13: 49–52. Chung, S.Y., T. Yaguchi, H. Nishihara, Y. Igarashi and T. Kodama. 1993a. Clark, R.B., P.D. Lister, L. Arneson-Rotert and J.M. Janda. 1990. In vitro Purification of form L2 RubisCO from a marine obligately autotrophic susceptibilities of Plesiomonas shigelloides to 24 antibiotics and antibi- hydrogen-oxidizing bacterium, Hydrogenovibrio marinus strain MH-110. otic-b-lactamase-inhibitor combinations. Antimicrob. Agents Che- FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 109: 49–53. mother. 34: 159–160. Chung, Y.R., D.J. Brenner, A.G. Steigerwalt, B.S. Kim, H.T. Kim and K.Y. Clark, R.B., P.D. Lister and J.M. Janda. 1991b. In vitro susceptibilities of Cho. 1993b. Enterobacter pyrinus sp. nov., an organism associated with Edwardsiella tarda to 22 antibiotics and antibiotic-beta-lactamase-in- brown leaf-spot disease of pear trees. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 43: 157– hibitor agents. Diagn. Microbiol. Infect. Dis. 14: 173–175. 161. Clark, W.A., D.G. Hollis, R.E. Weaver and P. Riley. 1984. Identification Chung, Y.R. and K.Y. Cho. 1993. Enterobacter pyrinus, a new bacterial path- of unusual pathogenic gram-negative aerobic and facultatively anaer- ogen of pear brown leaf spot disease. Korean J. Plant Pathol. 9: 232– obic bacteria, U.S. Dept. of Health and Human Services, Public Health 235. Service, Centers for Disease Control, Atlanta. Ciesielski, C.A., M.J. Blaser and W.L.L. Wang. 1986. Serogroup specificity Clarke, A.J. 1993. Extent of peptidoglycan O acetylation in the tribe of Legionella pneumophila is related to lipopolysaccharide characteris- Proteeae. J. Bacteriol. 175: 4550-4553. tics. Infect. Immun. 51: 397–404. Clarke, A.J. and C. Dupont. 1992. O-acetylated peptidoglycan: its occur- Cilia, V., B. Lafay and R. Christen. 1996. Sequence heterogeneities among rence, pathobiological significance, and biosynthesis. Can. J. Micro- 16S ribosomal RNA sequences, and their effect on phylogenetic anal- biol. 38: 85–91. yses at the species level. Mol. Biol. Evol. 13: 451–461. Clarke, P.H. and R. Drew. 1988. An experiment in enzyme evolution - Ciufecu, C., N. Nacescu, A. Israil and C. Cedru. 1990. Isolation of motile studies with Pseudomonas aeruginosa amidase. Biosci. Rep. 8: 103–120. 944 BIBLIOGRAPHY

Clarridge, J.E., D.M. Musher, V. Fainstein and R.J. Wallace, Jr.. 1980. novel coenzyme Q from some methane-oxidizing bacteria. Biochem. Extraintestinal human infection caused by Edwardsiella tarda.J. Biophys. Res. Commun. 133: 1125–1131. Clin.Microbiol. 11: 511–514. Collins, M.D., A.J. Martinez-Murcia and J. Cai. 1993. Aeromonas enterope- Clarridge, J.E.I., T.J. Raich, A. Sjo¨sted, G. Sandstro¨m, R.O. Darouiche, logenes and Aeromonas ichthiosmia are identical to Aeromonas trota and R.M. Shawar, P.R. Georghiou, C. Osting and L. Vo. 1996. Character- Aeromonas veronii, respectively, as revealed by small-subunit rRNA se- ization of two unusual clinically significant Francisella strains. J. Clin. quence analysis. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 43: 855–856. Microbiol. 34: 1995–2000. Collins, M.T., J. McDonald, N. Hoiby and O. Aalund. 1984. Agglutinating Clarridge, J.E. and S. Zighelboim-Daum. 1985. Isolation and character- antibody titers to members of the family Legionellaceae in cystic fibrosis ization of two hemolytic phenotypes of Vibrio damsela associated with patients as a result of cross-reacting antibodies to Pseudomonas aeru- a fatal wound infection. J. Clin. Microbiol. 21: 302–306. ginosa. J. Clin. Microbiol. 19: 757–762. Claus, H., H. Rotlich and Z. Filip. 1992. DNA fingerprints of Pseudomonas Collinson, S.K., M.A. Abdallah and W.J. Page. 1990. Temperature-sensitive spp. using rotating field electrophoresis. Microb. Releases. 1: 11–16. production of azoverdin, the pyoverdin- like siderophore of Azomonas Claxton, P.D. 1989. Antigenic Classification of Bacteriodes nodosus. In Eger- macrocytogenes ATCC-12334. J. Gen. Microbiol. 136: 2297–2305. ton, J.R., W.K. Yong and G.G. Riffkin (Editors), Footrot and Foot Collinson, S.K., J.L. Doran and W.J. Page. 1987. Production of 3,4-dih- Abscess of Ruminants, CRC Press, Boca Raton. 155–166. ydroxybenzoic acid by Azomonas macrocytogenes and Azotobacter paspali. Claxton, P.D. and R.E. Everett. 1966. Recovery of an organism resembling Can. J. Microbiol. 33: 169–175. Histophilus ovis from a ram. Aust. Vet. J. 42: 457–458. Collinson, S.K. and W.J. Page. 1989. Production of outer-membrane pro- Cleton-Jansen, A.M., N. Goosen, K. Vink and P. van de Putte. 1989. Clon- teins and an extracellular fluorescent compound by iron-limited Azo- ing of the genes encoding the two different glucose dehydrogenases monas macrocytogenes. J. Gen. Microbiol. 135: 1229–1241. from Acinetobacter calcoaceticus. Antonie Leeuwenhoek 56: 73–79. Collmer, A. and N.T. Keen. 1986. The role of pectic enzymes in plant Clinkenbeard, K.D. and M.L. Upton. 1991. Lysis of bovine platelets by pathogenesis. Annu. Rev. Phytopathol. 24: 383–409. Pasteurella haemolytica leukotoxin. Am. J. Vet. Res. 52: 453–457. Colnaghi, R., P. Rudnick, L. He, A. Green, D. Yan, E. Larsen and C. Cobb, N.A. 1893. Plant diseases and their remedy. Agr. Gaz. N.S.W. 4: Kennedy. 2001. Lethality of glnD null mutations in Azotobacter vine- 777–798. landii is suppressible by prevention of glutamine synthetase adeny- Cobet, A.B., C. Wirsen and G.E. Jones. 1970. The effect of nickel on a lation. Microbiology 147: 1267–1276. marine bacterium, Arthrobacter marinus sp. nov. J. Gen. Microbiol. 62: Colwell, R.R. (Editor). 1984. Vibrios in the Environment, John Wiley and 159–169. Sons, New York. 634 pp. Coetzee, J.N. 1963. Lysogeny in Proteus rettgeri and the host-range of P. Colwell, R.R., M.T. Macdonell and J. De Ley. 1986. Proposal to recognize rettgeri and P. hauseri bacteriophages. J. Gen. Microbiol. 31: 219–229. the family Aeromonadaceae fam. nov. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 36: 473– Coetzee, J.N. 1972. Genetics of the Proteus group. Annu. Rev. Microbiol. 477. 26: 23–54. Colwell , R.R. and R.Y. Morita. 1964. Reisolation and emendation of Coetzee, J.N., G. Pernet and J.J. Theron. 1962. Fimbriae and haemag- description of Vibrio marinus (Russell) Ford. J. Bacteriol. 88: 831–837. glutinating properties in strains of Proteus. Nature 196: 497–498. Colwell, R.R. and A.K. Sparks. 1967. Properties of Pseudomonas enalia,a Coetzee, J.N. and T.G. Sacks. 1960. Morphological variants of Proteus marine bacterium pathogenic for the invertebrate Crassostrea gigas hauseri. J. Gen. Microbiol. 23: 209–216. (Thunberg). Appl. Microbiol. 15: 980–986. Cohen, G.N., R.Y. Stanier and G. LeBras. 1969. Regulation of the bio- Comai, L. and T. Kosuge. 1980. Involvement of plasmid deoxyribonucleic- synthesis of amino acids of the aspartate family in coliform bacteria acid in indoleacetic-acid synthesis in Pseudomonas savastanoi. J. Bac- and pseudomonads. J. Bacteriol. 99: 791–801. teriol. 143: 950–957. Cohen, M.B. and R.A. Giannella. 1995. Enterotoxigenic Escherichia coli. Comstock, L.E., J.A. Johnson, J.M. Michalski, J.G. Morris, Jr. and J.B. In Blaser, Smith, Ravdin, Greenberg and Guerrant (Editors), Infec- Kaper. 1996. Cloning and sequence of a region encoding a surface tions of the Gastrointestinal Tract, Raven Press, Ltd., New York. pp. polysaccharide of Vibrio cholerae O139 and characterization of the in- 691–707. sertion site in the chromosome of Vibrio cholerae O1. Mol. Microbiol. Cohn, F. 1875. Untersuchungen u¨ber Bakterien II. Beitr. Biol. Pflanz. 19: 815–826. 1875 1(Heft 3): 141–207. Condemine, G., C. Dorel, N. Hugouvieux-Cotte-Pattat and J. Robert-Bau- Cohn, F. 1878. Letter of J. Penn which describes Micrococcus phosphoreum. douy. 1992. Some of the out genes involved in the secretion of pectate In Versameling van stukken betreffende het geneeskundig staats toer- lyases in Erwinia chrysanthemi are regulated by kdgR. Mol. Microbiol. zitch, 126–130. 6: 3199–3211. Coimbra, R.S., F. Grimont and P.A.D. Grimont. 1999. Identification of Condemine, G., N. Hugouvieux-Cotte-Pattat and J. Robert-Baudouy. Shigella serotypes by restriction of amplified O-antigen gene cluster. 1986. Isolation of Erwinia chrysanthemi kduD mutants altered in pectin Res. Microbiol. 150: 543–553. degradation. J. Bacteriol. 165: 937–941. Coimbra, R., F. Grimont, P. Lenormand, P. Burguiere, L. Beutin and Confer, A.W. 1993. Immunogens of Pasteurella. Vet. Microbiol. 37: 353– P.A.D. Grimont. 2000. Identification of Escherichia coli O-serogroups 368. by restriction of the amplified O-antigen gene cluster (rfb-RFLP). Res. Confer, A.W., K.D. Clinkenbeard and G.L. Murphy. 1995. Pathogenesis Microbiol. 151: 639–654. and virulence of Pasteurella haemolytica in cattle: an analysis of current Coimbra, R.S., M. Lefevre, F. Grimont and P.A.D. Grimont. 2001. Clonal knowledge and future approaches. In Donachie, Lainson and Hodg- relationships among Shigella serotypes suggested by cryptic flagellin son (Editors), Haemophilus, Actinobacillus, and Pasteurella, Plenum gene polymorphism. J. Clin. Microbiol. 39: 670–674. Press, New York. pp. 51–62. Colebrook, L. 1920. The mycelial and other microorganisms associated Conrad, R.S., C. Galanos and F.R. Champlin. 1996. Biochemical char- with human actinomycosis. Br. J. Exp. Pathol. 1: 197–212. acterization of lipopolysaccharides extracted from a hydrophobic Coles, B.M., R.K. Stroud and S. Sheggeby. 1978. Isolation of Edwardsiella strain of Pasteurella multocida. Vet. Res. Commun. 20: 195–204. tarda from three Oregon sea mammals. J. Wildlife Dis. 14: 339–341. Conti, E., A. Flaibani, M. O’Regan and I.W. Sutherland. 1994. Alginate Collier, L.S., I. Gaines, G.L. and E.L. Neidle. 1998. Regulation of benzoate from Pseudomonas fluorescens and P. putida - production and properties. degradation in Acinetobacter sp. strain ADP1 by BenM, a LysR-type Microbiology 140: 1125–1132. transcriptional activator. J. Bacteriol. 180: 2493–2501. Contreras, A. and J. Casadesus. 1987. Tn10 mutagenesis in Azotobacter Collins, M.T., S.N. Cho and J.S. Reif. 1982. Prevalence of antibodies to vinelandii. Mol. Gen. Genet. 209: 276–282. Legionella pneumophila in animal populations. J. Clin. Microbiol. 15: Contreras, A., R. Maldonado and J. Casadesus. 1991. Tn5 mutagenesis 130–136. and insertion replacement in Azotobacter vinelandii. Plasmid 25: 76– Collins, M.D. and P.N. Green. 1985. Isolation and characterization of a 80. BIBLIOGRAPHY 945

Cook, F.D., O.E. Edwards, D.C. Gillespie and E.R. Peterson. 1971. 1- 1996. Pseudomonas rhodesiae sp. nov., a new species isolated from nat- Hydroxy 6-methoxy phenazines, U.S. Patent 3,609,153. September 28, ural mineral waters. Syst. Appl. Microbiol. 19: 600–607. 1971. Coronado, M.J., C. Vargas, H.J. Kunte, E.A. Galinski, A. Ventosa and J.J. Cook, G.T. 1948. Urease and other biochemical reactions of the Proteus Nieto. 1995. Influence of salt concentration on the susceptibility of group. J. Pathol. Bacteriol. 60: 171–181. moderately halophilic bacteria to antimicrobials and its potential use Cooke, E.M., J.C. Brayson, A.S. Edmondson and D. Hall. 1979. An in- for genetic transfer studies. Curr. Microbiol. 31: 365–371. vestigation into the incidence and sources of Klebsiella infections in Corstvet, R.E., R.J. Panciera, H.B. Rinker, B.L. Starks and C. Howard. hospital patients. J. Hyg. (Lond). 82: 473–480. 1973. Survey of tracheas of feedlot cattle for Haemophilus somnus and Cooksey, D.A. and J.H. Graham. 1989. Genomic fingerprinting of two other selected bacteria. J. Am. Vet. Med. Assoc. 163: 870–873. pathovars of phytopathogenic bacteria by rare-cutting restriction en- Cosenza, B.J. and J.D. Buck. 1966. Simple device for enumeration and zymes and field inversion gel electrophoresis. Phytopathology 79: isolation of luminescent bacteria. Appl. Microbiol. 14: 692. 745–750. Cosenza, B.J. and J.D. Podgwaite. 1966. A new species of Proteus isolated Coon, S.L., S. Kotob, B.B. Jarvis, S. Wang, W.C. Fuqua and R.M. Weiner. from larvae of the gypsy moth Porthetria dispar (L). Antonie Leeu- 1994. Homogentisic acid is the product of MelA, which mediates wenhoek J. Microbiol. Serol. 32: 187–191. melanogenesis in the marine bacterium Shewanella colwelliana D. Appl. Costa, J.M. and J.E. Loper. 1994. Derivation of mutants of Erwinia caro- Environ. Microbiol. 60: 3006–3010. tovora subsp. betavasculorum deficient in export of pectolytic enzymes Cooper-Smith, M.E. and A. von Graevenitz. 1978. Non-epidemic Erwinia with potential for biological control of potato soft rot. Appl. Environ. herbicola (Enterobacter agglomerans) in blood cultures: bacteriological Microbiol. 60: 2278–2285. analysis of fifteen cases. Curr. Microbiol. 1: 29–32. Costas, M., B. Holmes, K.A. Frith, C. Riddle and P.M. Hawkey. 1993. Cope, L.D., S. Lumbley, J.L. Latimer, J. Klesney-Tait, M.K. Stevens, L.S. Identification and typing of Proteus penneri and Proteus vulgaris bio- groups 2 and 3, from clinical sources, by computerized analysis of Johnson, M. Purven, R.S. Munson, Jr., T. Lagergard, J.D. Radolf and electrophoretic protein patterns. J. Appl. Bacteriol. 75: 489–498. E.J. Hansen. 1997. A diffusible cytotoxin of Haemophilus ducreyi. Proc. Costas, M., B. Holmes and L.L. Sloss. 1987. Numerical analysis of elec- Natl. Acad. Sci. U. S. A. 94: 4056–4061. trophoretic protein patterns of Providencia rustigianii strains from hu- Corbel, M.J. 1975. The serological relationship between Brucella spp. Yer- man diarrhoea and other sources. J. Appl. Bacteriol. 63: 319–328. sinia enterocolitica IX and Salmonella serotypes of Kauffmann-White Costas, M., B. Holmes and A.C. Wood. 1990. Numerical analysis of elec- group N. J. Hyg. Camb. 75: 151–171. trophoretic protein patterns of Providencia stuartii strains from urine, Corbell, N. and J.E. Loper. 1995. A global regulator of secondary me- wound and other clinical sources. J. Appl. Bacteriol. 68: 505–518. tabolite production in Pseudomonas fluorescens Pf-5. J. Bacteriol. 177: Costas, M., B. Holmes, A.C. Wood and S.L.W. On. 1989. Numerical anal- 6230–6236. ysis of electrophoretic protein patterns of Providencia rettgeri strains Corboz, L. and J. Nicolet. 1975. Infektionen mit sogenannten Haemophilus from human feces, urine and other specimens. J. Appl. Bacteriol. 67: somnus beim Rind: Isolierung und Characterisierung von Sta¨mmen 441–452. aus Respirations und Geschlechtsorganen. Schweiz. Arch. Tierheilk. Costerton, J.W., J.M. Ingram and K.L. Cheng. 1974. Structure and func- 117: 493–502. tion of the cell envelope of Gram-negative bacteria. Bacteriol. Rev. Corboz, L. and P. Wild. 1981. Epidemiologie der Haemophilus somnus 38: 87–110. Infektion beim Rind: Vergleich von Sta¨mmen in der Polyacrilamid- Cote, G.L. and L.H. Krull. 1988. Characterization of the exocellular poly- Elektrophorese Schweiz. Arch. Tierheilk. 123: 79–88. saccharides from Azotobacter chroococcum. Carbohydr. Res. 181: 143– Cordes, L.G. and D.W. Fraser. 1980. Legionellosis: Legionnaires’ disease, 152. Pontiac fever. Med. Clin. North America. 64: 395–416. Couch, J.A. 1978. Diseases, parasites, and toxic responses of commercial Corey, R.R. and M.P. Starr. 1957a. Colony types of Xanthomonas phaseoli. penaeid shrimps of the Gulf of Mexico and South Atlantic coasts of J. Bacteriol. 74: 137–140. North America. U.S. Natl. Mar. Fish. Serv. Fish. Bull. 76: 1–44. Corey, R.R. and M.P. Starr. 1957b. Genetic transformation of colony type Couche, G.A., P.R. Lehrbach, R.G. Forage, G.C. Cooney, D.R. Smith and in Xanthomonas phaseoli. J. Bacteriol. 74: 141–145. R.P. Gregson. 1987. Occurrence of intracellular inclusions and plas- Corey, R.R. and M.P. Starr. 1957c. Genetic transformation of streptomycin mids in Xenorhabdus spp. J. Gen. Microbiol. 133: 967–973. resistance in Xanthomonas phaseoli. J. Bacteriol. 74: 146–150. Coudron, P.E. and S.M. Markowitz. 1987. Cedecea lapagei isolated from Cornaglia, G., B. Dainelli, F. Berlutti and M.C. Thaller. 1988. Commercial lung tissue. Clin. Microbiol. Newsl. 9: 71–172. identification systems often fail to identify Providencia stuartii. J. Clin. Coutlee, F., L.A. Saint Jean and R. Plante. 1992. Infection with Edwardsiella Microbiol. 26: 323–327. tarda related to a vascular prosthesis [letter]. Clin. Infect. Dis. 14: b Cornelis, G. and E.P. Abraham. 1975. -Lactamases from Yersinia entero- 621–622. colitica. J. Gen. Microbiol. 87: 273–284. Cowan, S.T., K.J. Steel, G.I. Barrow and R.K.A. Feltham (Editors). 1995. Cornelis, G., P. Bennett and J. Grinsted. 1976. Properties of pGC1, a lac Cowan and Steel’s Manual for the Identification of Medical Bacteria, plasmid originating in Yersinia enterocolitica 842. J. Bacteriol. 127: 1058– University of Cambridge, Cambridge. 1062. Cowan, S.T., K.J. Steel, C. Shaw and J.P. Duguid. 1960. A classification of Cornelis, G. and C. Colson. 1975. Restriction of DNA in Yersinia entero- the Klebsiella group. J. Gen. Microbiol. 23: 601–612. colitica detected by recipient ability for a derepressed R Factor from Cowley, S.C., S.V. Myltseva and F.E. Nano. 1996. Phase variation in Fran- Escherichia coli. J. Gen. Microbiol. 87: 285–291. cisella tularensis affecting intracellular growth, lipopolysaccharide an- Cornelis, G., M. Van Bouchaute and G. Wauters. 1981. Plasmid-encoded tigenicity and nitric oxide production. Mol. Microbiol. 20: 867–874. lysine decarboxylation in Proteus morganii. J. Clin. Microbiol. 14: 365– Cox, C.D., K.L. Rinehart, M.L. Moore and J.C. Cook. 1981. Pyochelin: 369. novel ntructure of an iron chelating growth promoter for Pseudomonas Cornelis, G.R. and F. Van Gijsegem. 2000. Assembly and function of type aeruginosa. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 78: 4256–4260. III secretory systems. Annu. Rev. Microbiol. 54: 735–774. Cox, C.D. and G.I. Wallace. 1948. A study of Shigella isolated in India and Cornelis, G., G. Wauters and E.G. Bruynogh. 1973. Re´sistance transfe´r- Burma, with special reference to two previously undescribed sero- ables chez des souches sauvages de Yersinia enterocolitica. Ann. Micro- types. J. Immunol. 60: 465–473. biol. (Inst. Pasteur) 124A: 299–309. Cox, D.I., D.J. Morrison and G.H. Rae. 1986. Report on a new Aeromonas Cornish, A.S. and W.J. Page. 1998. The catecholate siderophores of Azo- species infecting skin lesions of Atlantic Salmon (Salmo salar L.) in tobacter vinelandii: their affinity for iron and role in oxygen stress sea water. Bull. Eur. Assoc. Fish Pathol. 6: 100–102. management. Microbiology-(UK). 144: 1747–1754. Coykendall, A.L., J. Setterfield and J. Slots. 1983. Deoxyribonucleic acid Coroler, L., M. Elomari, B. Hoste, M. Gillis, D. Izard and H. Leclerc. relatedness among Actinobacillus actinomycetemcomitans, Hemophilus 946 BIBLIOGRAPHY

aphrophilus, and other Actinobacillus species. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 33: anoyl)-l-homoserine lactone, and pathogenicity in soft-rotting Erwinia 422–424. spp. J. Bacteriol. 177: 5108–5115. Coyne, V.E., C.J. Pillidge, D.D. Sledjeski, H. Hori, B.A. Ortiz-Conde, D.G. Cullmann, W. 1991. Antibiotic susceptibility and outer membrane pro- Muir, R.M. Weiner and R.R. Colwell. 1989. Reclassification of Altero- teins of clinical Xanthomonas maltophilia isolates. Chemotherapy. 37: monas colwelliana to the genus Shewanella by DNA–DNA hybridization, 246–250. serology and 5S ribosomal RNA sequence data. Syst. Appl. Microbiol. Cunliffe, D.A. and P. Adcock. 1989. Isolation of Aeromonas spp. from water 12: 275–279. by using anaerobic incubation. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 55: 2138– Coyne, V.E., C.J. Pillidge, D.D. Sledjeski, H. Hori, B.A. Ortiz-Conde, D.G. 2140. Muir, R.M. Weiner and R.R. Colwell. 1990. In Validation of the pub- Cunliffe, H.E., T.R. Merriman and I.L. Lamont. 1995. Cloning and char- lication of new names and new combinations previously effectively acterization of pvdS, a gene required for pyoverdine synthesis in Pseu- published outside the IJSB. List No. 34. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 40: 320– domonas aeruginosa - PvdS is probably an alternative sigma-factor. J. 321. Bacteriol. 177: 2744–2750. Crabtree, K. and E. McCoy. 1967. Zoogloea ramigera Itzigsohn, identifi- Cuppels, D. and A. Kelman. 1974. Evaluation of selective media for iso- cation and description. Request for an opinion as to the status of the lation of soft-rot bacteria from soil and plant tissue. Phytopathology generic name Zoogloea. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 17: 1–10. 64: 468–475. Cradock-Watson, J.E. 1965. The production of bacteriocines by Proteus Curreri, P.W., H.M. Bruck, R.B. Lindberg, A.D. Mason, Jr. and B.A. Pruitt, species. Zentrabl. Bakteriol. Parasitenk. Infektionskr. Hyg. Abt. 1 Orig. Jr.. 1973. Providencia stuartii sepsis: a new challenge in the treatment 196: 385–388. of thermal injury. Ann. Surg. 177: 133–138. Craigie, J. and C.H. Yen. 1938. The demonstration of types of B. typhosus Cusack, R., D. Groman and S. Jones. 1997. The first reported rickettsial by means of preparation of type II Vi phage. Can. J. Publ. Health. infections of Atlantic salmon in eastern North America (Abstract). 29: 448–463 484–496. European Association of Fish Pathologists VIIIth International Con- Cravioto, A., R.J. Gross, S.M. Scotland and B. Rowe. 1979. An adhesive ference “Diseases of Fish and Shellfish”, Edinburgh.September 14– factor found in strains of Escherichia coli belonging to the traditional 19, 1997, Heriot-Watt University. pp. 109. infantile enteropathogenic serotypes. Curr. Microbiol. 3: 95–99. Cutlip, R.C., W.C. Amtower and M.R. Zinober. 1972. Septic embolic ac- Cravioto, A., A. Tello, A. Navarro, J. Ruiz, H. Villafan, F. Uribe and C. tinobacillosis of swine: a case report and laboratory reproduction of Eslava. 1991. Association of Escherichia coli HEp-2 adherence patterns the disease. Am. J. Vet. Res. 33: 1621–1626. with type and duration of diarrhoea. Lancet 337: 262–264. Cutter, D.L. and A.S. Kreger. 1990. Cloning and expression of the dam- Crisel, R.M., R.S. Baker and D.E. Dorman. 1975. Capsular polymer of selysin gene from Vibrio damsela. Infect. Immun. 58: 266–268. Haemophilus influenzae type b. I. Structural characterization of the Cuypers, H. and W.G. Zumft. 1992. Regulatory components of the de- capsular polymer of strain Egan. J. Biol. Chem. 250: 4926–4930. nitrification gene cluster of Pseudomonas stutzeri. In Galli, Silver and Croizier, G. and G. Meynadier. 1971. Recherche d’antige`nes de groupe Witholt (Editors), Pseudomonas: Molecular Biology and Biotechnology, chez des rickettsies de la tribu des Wolbachiae par la technique American Society for Microbiology, Washington D.C. 188–197. d’agglutination des corps e´le´mentaires. Entomophaga. 16: 11–17. Cvitanich, J.D., O.N. Garate and C.E. Smith. 1991. The isolation of a Croizier, G. and G. Meynadier. 1972. Etude en immunofluorescence de rickettsia-like organism causing disease and mortality in Chilean sal- l’infection expe´rimentale de la souris par Rickettsiella grylli. Ann. Rech. monids and its confirmation by Koch postulate. J. Fish Dis. 14: 121– Ve´te´r. 3: 373–380. 145. Croizier, G., G. Meynadier, G. Morel and M. Capponi. 1975. Immunologic Cynamon, M.H., T.B. Sorg and A. Patapow. 1988. Utilization and metab- comparison between some Wolbachiae and research of antigentic olism of NAD by Haemophilus parainfluenzae. J. Gen. Microbiol. 134: community with other members of the order of . Bull. Soc. 2789–2799. Pathol. Exot. Filiales. 68: 133–141. Cyrus, Z. and A. Sladka. 1970. Several interesting organisms present in Cromartie, W.J. 1981. Arthropathic properties of peptidoglycan-polysac- activated sludge. Hydrobiol. 35: 383–396. charide complexes of microbial origin. In Deicher and Schulz (Edi- da Silva Romeiro, R. and A.B. Moura. 1998. Bacterial blight (Xanthomonas tors), Arthritis-models and mechanisms, Springer-Verlag, Berlin. pp. campestris) of sunflower (Helianthus annuus), a new disease. Rev. Ceres. 24–38. 45: 233–243. Crosa, J.H., D.J. Brenner, W.H. Ewing and S. Falkow. 1973a. Molecular Dabboussi, F. , M. Hamze, M. Elomari, S. Verhille, N. Baida, D. Izard and relationships among the Salmonelleae. J. Bacteriol. 115: 307–315. H. Leclerc. 1999a. Pseudomonas libanensis sp. nov., a new species iso- Crosa, J., D.J. Brenner and S. Falkow. 1973b. Use of a single-strand specific lated from Lebanese spring waters. Int. J. of Syst. Bacteriol. 49: 1091– nuclease for the analysis of bacterial and plasmid DNA homo- and 1101 . heteroduplexes. J. Bacteriol. 115: 904–911. Dabboussi, F., M. Hamze, M. Elomari, S. Verhille, N. Baida, D. Izard and Crosa, J.H., A.G. Steigerwalt, G.R. Fanning and D.J. Brenner. 1974. Poly- H. Leclerc. 1999b. Taxonomic study of bacteria isolated from Leba- nucleotide sequence divergence in the genus Citrobacter. J. Gen. Mi- nese spring waters: proposal for Pseudomonas cedrella sp. nov. and P. crobiol. 83: 271–282. orientalis sp. nov. Res. Microbiol. 150: 303–316. Crosse, J.E. and C.M.E. Garrett. 1963. Studies on the bacteriophagy of Dadd, R.H. 1985. Nutrition: organisms. In Kerkut and Gilbert (Editors), Pseudomonas morsprunorum, Pseudomonas syringae and related organ- Comprehensive Insect Physiology, Biochemistry and Pharmacology, isms. J. Appl. Bacteriol. 26: 159–177. Vol. 4, Pergamon Press, Elmsford, NY. pp. 315–319. Crosse, J.E. and R.N. Goodman. 1973. A selective medium for a definitive Dai, H., Y.S. Lo, A. Kuo, B.Y. Lin and K.S. Chiang. 1991. Inheritable colony characteristic of Erwinia amylovora. Phytopathology 63: 1425– instability of colony morphology of Xanthomonas campestris pathovar 1426. citri. Bot. Bull. Acad. Sin. 32: 271–278. Crowder, E.F. 1974. A semi-solid maintenance medium for Salmonellae. Daily, O.P., J.C. Coolbaugh, R.I. Walker, B.R. Merrell, D.M. Rollins, R.J. Aust. J. Med. Technol. 5: 147–148. Seidler, R.R. Colwell, C.R. Lissner and S.W. Joseph. 1981. Association Crutzen, P.J. 1991. Methane’s sinks and sources. Nature 350: 380–381. of Aeromonas sobria with human infection. J. Clin. Microbiol. 13: 769– Cryz, S.J., Jr., E. Furer and R. Germanier. 1984. Prevention of fatal ex- 777. perimental burn wound sepsis due to Klebsiella pneumoniae KP1-O by Dale, C. and I. Maudlin. 1999. Sodalis gen. nov. and Sodalis glossinidius immunization with homologous capsular polysaccharide. J. Infect. Dis. sp. nov., a microaerophilic secondary endosymbiont of the tsetse fly 150: 817–822. Glossina morsitans subsp. morsitans. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 49: 267–275. Cui, Y., A. Chatterjee, Y. Liu, C.K. Dumenyo and A.K. Chatterjee. 1995. Dale, C., S.A. Young, D.T. Haydon and S.C. Welburn. 2001. The insect Identification of a global repressor gene, rsmA,ofErwinia carotovora endosymbiont Sodalis glossinidius utilizes a type III secretion system subsp. carotovora that controls extracellular enzymes, N-(3-oxohex- for cell invasion. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U. S. A. 98: 1883-1888. BIBLIOGRAPHY 947

Dale, T. and G. Blom. 1987. Epigrowth organisms on reared larvae of Plesiomonas shigelloides: cloning of the genes for the heme-iron uptake the European lobster Homarus gammarus. Fauna (Oslo) 40: 16–19. system. Infect. Immun. 59: 2706–2711. Dalsgaard, A., A. Alarcon, C.F. Lanata, T. Jensen, H.J. Hansen, F. Delgado, Dath, A.P. and S. Devadath. 1982. Studies on mutant colony type of A.I. Gil, M.E. Penny and D. Taylor. 1996. Clinical manifestations and Xanthomonas campestris pv. oryzae. Indian Phytopathol. 35: 456–460. molecular epidemiology of five cases of diarrhoea in children asso- Datta, R. 1989. Recovery and purification of lactate salts from whole ciated with Vibrio metschnikovii in Arequipa, Peru. J. Med. Microbiol. fermentation broth by electrophoresis. US Patent 4,885,247. 45: 494–500. Dauga, C., M. Gillis, P. Vandamme, E. Ageron, F. Grimont, K. Kersters, Dalsgaard, A., P. Glerup, L.L. Hoybye, A.M. Paarup, R. Meza, M. Bernal, C. de Mahenge, Y. Peloux and P.A.D. Grimont. 1993a. Balneatrix alpica T. Shimada and D.N. Taylor. 1997. Vibrio furnissii isolated from humans gen. nov., sp. nov., a bacterium associated with pneumonia and men- in Peru: a possible human pathogen? Epidemiol. Infect. 119: 143– ingitis in a spa therapy centre. Res. Microbiol. 144: 35–46. 149. Dauga, C., M. Gillis, P. Vandamme, E. Ageron, F. Grimont, K. Kersters, Dalsgaard, A., O. Serichantalergs, C. Pitarangsi and P. Echeverria. 1995. C. de Mahenge, Y. Peloux and P.A.D. Grimont. 1993b. In Validation Molecular characterization and antibiotic susceptibility of Vibrio chol- of the publication of new names and new combinations previously erae non-O1. Epidemiol. Infect. 114: 51–63. effectively published outside the IJSB. List No. 46. Int. J.Syst. Bacteriol. Dalsgaard, I., B.K. Gudmundsdottir, S. Helgason, S. Hole, O.F. Thoresen, 43: 624–625. U.P. Wichardt and T. Wiklund. 1998. Identification of atypical Aero- Dauga, C., F. Grimont and P.A.D. Grimont. 1990. Nucleotide sequences monas salmonicida: inter-laboratory evaluation and harmonization of of 16S rRNA from ten Serratia species. Res. Microbiol. 141: 1139– methods. J. Appl. Microbiol. 84: 999–1006. 1149. Dalsgaard, I., B. Nielsen and J.L. Larsen. 1994. Characterization of Ae- Davey, J.F., R. Whittenbury and J.F. Wilkinson. 1972. The distribution in romonas salmonicida subsp. salmonicida: a comparative study of strains the methylobacteria of some key enzymes concerned with interme- of different geographic origin. J. Appl. Bacteriol. 77: 21–30. diary metabolism. Arch. Mikrobiol. 87: 359–366. Dalton, H. 1992. Methane oxidation by methanotrophs: physiological and Davidson, L.S. and J.D. Oliver. 1986. Plasmid carriage in Vibrio vulnificus mechanistic implications. In Murrell and Dalton (Editors), Methane and other lactose-fermenting marine vibrios. Appl. Environ. Micro- and Methanol Utilizers, Plenum Press, New York. pp. 85–114. biol. 52: 211–213. Dando, P.R., I. Bussmann, S.J. Niven, S.C.M. O’Hara, R. Schmaljohann Davies, D.A.L. 1958. The smooth and rough antigens of Pasteurella pseu- and L.J. Taylor. 1994. A methane seep area in the Skagerrak, the dotuberculosis. J. Gen. Microbiol. 18: 118–128. habitat of the pogonophore Siboglinum poseidoni and the bivalve mol- Davies, R.L., S. Arkinsaw and R.K. Selander. 1997. Genetic relationships lusc Thyasira sarsi. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 107: 157–167. among Pasteurella trehalosi isolates based on multilocus enzyme elec- Dando, P.R. and L.E. Hooper. 1996. Hydrothermal Thioploca-more un- trophoresis. Microbiology (UK) 143: 2841–2849. usual bacterial mats from Milos. The BRIDGE Newsletter 11: 45–47. Davies, R.L., B.J. Paster and F.E. Dewhirst. 1996. Phylogenetic relation- Dando, P.R., M. Thomm, H. Arab, M. Brehmer, L.E. Hooper, B. Jochim- ships and diversity within the Pasteurella haemolytica complex based on sen, H. Schlesner, R. Sto¨hr, J.-C. Miguel and S.W. Fowler. 1998. Mi- 16S rRNA sequence comparison and outer membrane protein and crobiology of shallow hydrothermal sites off Palaeochori Bay, Milos lipopolysaccharide analysis. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 46: 736–744. (Hellenic Volcanic Arc). Cah. Biol. Mar. 39: 369–372. Davies, R.L. and M. Quirie. 1996. Intra-specific diversity within Pasteurella Dang Van, A., G. Bieth and D.H. Bouanchaud. 1975a. Re´sistance plas- trehalosi based on variation of capsular polysaccharide, lipopolysac- midique a` la tetracycline chez Haemophilus influenzae. C.R. Acad. Sci. charide and outer-membrane proteins. Microbiology (UK) 142: 551– Paris, Ser. D 280: 1321–1323. 560. Dang Van, A., F. Goldstein, J.F. Acar and D.H. Bouanchaud. 1975b. A Davies, R.L., T.S. Whittam and R.K. Selander. 2001. Sequence diversity transferable kanamycin resistance plasmid isolated from Haemophilus and molecular evolution of the leukotoxin (lktA) gene in bovine and influenzae. Ann. Microbiol. (Inst. Pasteur) 126A: 397–399. ovine strains of Mannheimia (Pasteurella) haemolytica. J. Bacteriol. 183: Daniels, M.J., C.E. Barber, P.C. Turner, M.K. Sawczyc, R.J.W. Byrde and 1394–1404. A.H. Fielding. 1984. Cloning of genes involved in pathogenicity of Davies, S.L. and R. Whittenbury. 1970. Fine structure of methane- and Xanthomonas campestris pathovar campestris using the broad host range other hydrocarbon-utilizing bacteria. J. Gen. Microbiol. 61: 227–232. cosmid pLAFR1. EMBO. 3: 3323–3328. Davin-Regli, A., C. Bosi, R. Charrel, E. Ageron, L. Papazian, P.A.D. Gri- Daniels, M.J. and J.E. Leach. 1993. Genetics of Xanthomonas. In Swings mont, A. Cremieux and C. Bollet. 1997. A nosocomial outbreak due and Civerolo (Editors), Xanthomonas, Chapman & Hall, London. pp. to strains with the E. hormaechei genotype in patients 301–339. treated with fluoroquinolones. J. Clin. Microbiol. 35: 1008–1010. Danner, D.B., R.A. Deich, K.L. Sisco and H.O. Smith. 1980. An eleven- Davis, B.R., G.R. Fanning, J.M. Madden, A.G. Steigerwalt, H.B. Bradford, base-pair sequence determines the specificity of DNA uptake in Hae- Jr., H.L. Smith, Jr. and D.J. Brenner. 1981a. Characterization of bio- mophilus transformation. Gene 11: 311–318. chemically atypical Vibrio cholerae strains and designation of a new D’Aoust, J.Y. and D.J. Kushner. 1972. Vibrio psychroerythrus sp. n.: classi- pathogenic species, Vibrio mimicus. J. Clin. Microbiol. 14: 631–639. fication of the psychrophilic marine bacterium, NRC 1004. J. Bacter- Davis, B.R., G.R. Fanning, J.M. Madden, A.G. Steigerwalt, H.B. Bradford, iol. 111: 340–342. Jr., H.L. Smith, Jr. and D.J. Brenner. 1982. In Validation of new names Darrasse, A., A. Kotoujansky and Y. Bertheau. 1994a. Isolation by genomic and new combinations previously effectively published outside the subtraction of DNA probes specific for Erwinia carotovora subsp. atro- IJSB. List No. 8. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 32: 266–268. septica. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 60: 298–306. Davis, C.P., D. Cleven, J. Brown and E. Balish. 1976. Anaerobiospirillum,a Darrasse, A., S. Priou, A. Kotoujansky and Y. Bertheau. 1994b. PCR and new genus of spiral-shaped bacteria. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 26: 498– restriction fragment length polymorphism of a pel gene as a tool to 504. identify Erwinia carotovora in relation to potato diseases. Appl. Environ. Davis, C.M. and C. Collins. 1969. Granuloma inguinale: ultrastructural Microbiol. 60: 1437–1443. study of Calymmatobacterium granulomatis. J. Investig. Dermatol. 53: Darzins, A. 1994. Characterization of a Pseudomonas aeruginosa gene-clus- 315–321. ter involved in pilus biosynthesis and twitching motility - sequence Davis, D.J., M. Pitmann and J.J. Griffitts. 1950. Hemagglutination by the similarity to the chemotaxis proteins of enterics and the gliding bac- Koch-Weeks bacillus (Hemophilus aegyptius). J. Bacteriol. 59: 427–431. terium Myxococcus xanthus. Mol. Microbiol. 11: 137–153. Davis, G.E. and H.R. Cox. 1938. A filter-passing infectious agent isolated Darzins, A. and M.A. Russell. 1997. Molecular genetic analysis of type-4 from ticks. I. Isolation from Dermacentor andersoni, reactions in animals, pilus biogenesis and twitching motility using Pseudomonas aeruginosa and filtration experiments. Pub. Health Rep. 53: 2259–2267. as a model system - a review. Gene 192: 109–115. Davis, J.B., V.F. Coty and J.P. Stanley. 1964. Atmospheric nitrogen fixation Daskaleros, P.A., J.A. Stoebner and S.M. Payne. 1991. Iron uptake in by methane-oxidizing bacteria. J. Bacteriol. 88: 468–472. 948 BIBLIOGRAPHY

Davis, J.A. and M.J. Eyles. 1992. Discolouration of cottage cheese caused of the PTS operon, characterization of the fructose-specific enzymes. by Rahnella aquatilis in the presence of glucono delta-lactone. Aust. Jo. Biol. Chem. 266: 18154–18161. J. Dairy Technol. 47: 62–63. de Crecy-Lagard, V., P. Lejeune, O.M.M. Bouvet and A. Danchin. 1991b. Davis, M. 1994. Update—Multistate outbreak of Escherichia coli O157:H7 Identification of two fructose transport and phosphorylation pathways infections from hamburgers—Western United States, 1992–1993 (re- in Xanthomonas campestris pv. campestris. Mol. Gen. Genet. 227: 465– printed from MMWR, Vol 269, pg. 2194, 1993). JAMA. 271: 341. 472. Davis, M.J., W.J. French and N.W. Schaad. 1981b. Axenic culture of the de Feyter, R. and D.W. Gabriel. 1991. At least six avirulence genes are bacteria associated with phony disease of peach and plum leaf scald. clustered on a 90-kilobase plasmid in Xanthomonas campestris pv. mal- Curr. Microbiol. 6: 309–314. vacearum. Mol. Plant-Microbe Interact. 4: 423–432. Davis, M.J., A.H. Purcell and S.V. Thomson. 1980. Isolation media for De Gheldre, Y., M.J. Struelens, Y. Glupczynski, P. De Mol, N. Maes, C. the Pierce’s disease bacterium. Phytopathology 70: 425–429. Nonhoff, H. Chetoui, C. Sion, O. Ronveaux and M. Vaneechoutte. Davis, M.J., P. Rott, C.J. Warmuth, M. Chatenet and P. Baudin. 1997. 2001. National epidemiologic surveys of Enterobacter aerogenes in Bel- Intraspecific genomic variation within Xanthomonas albilineans, the gian hospitals from 1996 to 1998. J. Clin. Microbiol. 39: 889–896. sugarcane leaf scald pathogen. Phytopathology 87: 316–324. De Graaff, J., L.P. Elwell and S. Falkow. 1976. Molecular nature of two Davis, M.J., R.F. Whitcomb and A.G. Gillaspie, Jr.. 1981c. Fastidious bac- beta-lactamase-specifying plasmids isolated from Haemophilus influ- teria of plant vascular tissue and invertebrates (including so-called enzae type b. J. Bacteriol. 126: 439–446. Rickettsia-like bacteria). In Starr, Stolp, Tru¨per, Balows and Schlegel de Inchaustegui, P.J., E.R. de Valera and I.B. de Caventi. 1976. Aislamento (Editors), The Prokaryotes. A Handbook on Habitats, Isolation, and microorganismo Edwardsiella tarda en visceras de pescado fresco. Cien- Identification of Vacteria, 1st Ed., Vol. 2, Springer-Verlag, Berlin. pp. cia. 3: 6–9. 2172–2188. De Kam, M. 1976. Erwinia salicis: its metabolism and variability in vitro, Davis W.A. II, J.H. Chretien, V.F. Garagusi and M.A. Goldstein. 1978. and a method to demonstrate the pathogen in the host. Antonie Snake-to-human transmission of Aeromonas shigelloides resulting in gas- Leeuwenhoek J. Microbiol. Serol. 42: 421–428. troenteritis. South. Med. J. 71: 474–476. De Kam, M. 1982. Detection of soluble antigens of Erwinia salicis in leaves Day, N.P., S.M. Scotland and B. Rowe. 1981. Comparison of an HEp-2 of Salix alba by enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay. Eur. J. For. tissue culture test with the Sereny test for detection of enteroinvasi- Pathol. 12: 1–6. veness in Shigella spp. and Escherichia coli. J. Clin. Microbiol. 13: 596– De Kam, M. 1984. Xanthomonas campestris pv. populi, the causal agent of 597. bark necrosis in poplar. Neth. J. Plant Pathol. 90: 13–22. Day, W.R. 1924. The watermark disease of the cricket-bat willow. Oxford De Kam, M. 1986. Development of a method for testing the susceptibility For. Mem. 3: 1–30. of Salix to Erwinia salicis. Energy from Biomass. 1: 77–79. Daza, R.M., J. Iborra, N. Alonso, I. Vera, F. Portero and P. Mendaza. 1993. de Kievit, T.R. and J.S. Lam. 1994. Monoclonal-antibodies that distinguish Isolation of Leclercia adecarboxylata in a cirrhotic patient (Translation). inner-core, outer-core, and lipid-A regions of Pseudomonas aeruginosa Enferm. Infecc. Microbiol. Clin. 11: 53–54. lipopolysaccharide. J. Bacteriol. 176: 7129–7139. De, E., R. De Mot, N. Orange, N. Saint and G. Molle. 1995. Channel- De Kort, G., A. Bolton, G. Martin, J. Stephen and J.A.M. Vandeklundert. forming properties and structural homology of major outer-mem- 1994. Invasion of rabbit ileal tissue by Enterobacter cloacae varies with brane proteins from Pseudomonas fluorescens MFO and OE 28.3. FEMS the concentration of OmpX in the outer membrane. Infect. Immun. Microbiol. Lett. 127: 267–272. 62: 4722–4726. De, E., N. Orange, N. Saint, J. Guerillon, R. De Mot and G. Molle. 1997. de la Pena˜, L.D., K. Momoyama, T. Nakai and K. Muroga. 1992. Detection Growth temperature dependence of channel size of the major outer- of the causative bacterium of vibriosis in kuruma prawn, Penaeus ja- membrane protein (OprF) in psychrotrophic Pseudomonas fluorescens ponicus. Fish Pathol. 27: 223–228. strains. Microbiology 143: 1029–1035. de la Vega, M.G., F.J. Cejudo and A. Paneque. 1991. Production of ex- De Alwis, M.C.L. 1995. Haemorrhagic septicaemia (Pasteurella multocida ocellular polysaccharide by Azotobacter chroococcum. Appl. Biochem. serotype B:2 and E:2 infection) in cattle and buffaloes. In Donachie, Biotechnol. 30: 273–284. Lainson and Hodgson (Editors), Haemophilus, Actinobacillus, and Pas- De Ley, J. 1968. DNA base composition and classification of some more teurella, Plenum Press, London. 9–24. free-living nitrogen-fixing bacteria. Antonie Leeuwenhoek 34: 66–70. De Baere, T., G. Wauters, A. Huylenbroeck, G. Claeys, R. Peleman, G. De Ley, J. 1978. Modern molecular methods in bacterial taxonomy: eval- Verschraegen, D. Allemeersch and M. Vaneechoutte. 2001. Isolations uation, application, prospects. Proc. 4th Int. Conf. Plant Path. Bact., of Leclercia adecarboxylata from a patient with a chronically inflamed Tours, France.1978 Gilbert-Clarey. pp. 347–357. gallbladder and from a patient with sepsis without focus. J. Clin Mi- De Ley, J. 1992. The Proteobacteria ribosomal RNA cistron similarities and crobiol. 39: 1674–1675. bacterial taxonomy. In Balows, Tru¨per, Dworkin, Harder and Schleifer De Boer, S.H., R.J. Copeman and H. Vruggink. 1979. Serogroups of (Editors), The Prokaryotes-A Handbook on the Biology of Bacteria: Erwinia carotovora potato strains determined with diffusible somatic Ecophysiology, Isolation, Identification, Applications., 2nd Ed., Vol. antigens. Phytopathology 69: 316–319. 2, Springer-Verlag, New York. pp. 2111–2140. De Boer, S.H. and M.E. McNaughton. 1987. Monoclonal antibodies to De Ley, J., H. Cattoir and A. Reynaerts. 1970. The quantitative measure- the lipopolysaccharide of Erwinia carotovora ssp. atroseptica serogroup ment of DNA hybridization from renaturation rates. Eur. J. Biochem. I. Phytopathology 77: 828–832. 12: 133–142. De Boer, S.H. and L.J. Ward. 1995. PCR detection of Erwinia carotovora De Ley, J., W. Mannheim, R. Mutters, K. Piechulla, R. Tytgat, P. Segers, subsp. atroseptica associated with potato tissue. Phytopathology 85: M. Bisgaard, W. Frederiksen, K.-H. Hinz and M. Vanhoucke. 1990. 854–858. Inter- and intrafamilial similarities of rRNA cistrons of the Pasteurel- De Boer, W.E. and W. Hazeu. 1972. Observations on the fine structure laceae. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 40: 126–137. of a methane-oxidizing bacterium. Antonie Leeuwenhoek 38: 33–47. De Lima, J.E.O., V.S. Miranda, S.R. Roberto, A. Coutinho, R.R. Palma De Boer, W.E., J.W. La Riviere and K. Schmidt. 1971. Some properties and A.C. Pizzolitto. 1997. Diagnosis of citrus variegated chlorosis of Achromatium oxaliferum. Antonie Leeuwenhoek 37: 553–563. through light microscopy. Fitopatol. Bras. 22: 370–374. De Champs, C., S. Le Seaux, J.J. Dubost, S. Boisgard, B. Sauvezie and J. De Louvois, J. 1969. Serotyping and the Dienes reaction on Proteus mi- Sirot. 2000. Isolation of Pantoea agglomerans in two cases of septic rabilis from hospital infections. J. Clin. Pathol. 22: 263–268. monoarthritis after plant thorn and wood sliver injuries. J. Clin. Mi- de Mondino, S.S., M.P. Nunes and I.D. Ricciardi. 1995. Occurrence of crobiol. 38: 460–461. Plesiomonas shigelloides in water environments of Rio de Janeiro city. de Crecy-Lagard, V., O.M.M. Bouvet, P. Lejeune and A. Danchin. 1991a. Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz 90: 1–4. Fructose catabolism in Xanthomonas campestris pv. campestris: Sequence De Mot, R., T. Laeremans, G. Schoofs and J. Vanderleyden. 1993. Char- BIBLIOGRAPHY 949

acterization of the recA gene from Pseudomonas fluorescens OE 28.3 and moniae causes the purple urine bag syndrome. J. Clin. Microbiol. 26: construction of a recA mutant. J. Gen. Microbiol. 139: 49–57. 2152–2156. De Mot, R., G. Schoofs, A. Roelandt, P. Declerck, P. Proost, J. Vander- Dean, C.R., S. Neshat and K. Poole. 1996. PfeR, an enterobactin-respon- leyden and J. Van Damme. 1994. Molecular characterization of the sive activator of ferric enterobactin receptor gene expression in Pseu- major outer-membrane protein OprF from plant root-colonizing Pseu- domonas aeruginosa. J. Bacteriol. 178: 5361–5369. domonas fluorescens. Microbiology 140: 1377–1387. Dean, H.F. and A.F. Morgan. 1983. Integration of R91-5::Tn501 into the De Petris, S. 1967. Ultrastructure of the cell wall of Escherichia coli and Pseudomonas putida Ppn chromosome and genetic circularity of the the chemical nature of its constituent layers. Ultrastruct. Res. 19: 45– chromosomal map. J. Bacteriol. 153: 485–497. 83. DeAngelis, P.L. 1999. Molecular directionality of polysaccharide poly- de Salles Gomes, L. 1944. Sobre una nova especie do genero Eberthella merization by the Pasteurella multocida hyaluronan synthase. J. Biol. Buchanan, isolada de fezes patologicas de crianca. Rev. Inst. Lutz. 4: Chem. 274: 26557–26562. 183–195. Debette, J. 1991. Isolation and characterization of an extracellular pro- De Smedt, J., M. Banwens, R. Tijtgat and J. De Ley. 1980. Intra- and teinase produced soil strain of Xanthomonas maltophilia. Curr. Micro- intergeneric similarities of ribosomal ribonucleic acid cistrons of free biol. 22: 85–90. living, nitrogen-fixing bacteria. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 30: 106–122. Debette, J. and R. Blondeau. 1977. Characterisation des bacteries tellu- de Smet, M.J., G. Eggink, B. Witholt, J. Kingma and H. Wynberg. 1983. riques assimilables a Pseudomonas maltophila. Can. J. Microbiol. 23: Characterization of intracellular inclusions formed by Pseudomonas 1123–1127. oleovorans during growth on octane. J. Bacteriol. 154: 870–878. Debette, J. and R. Blondeau. 1980. Presence de Pseudomonas maltophilia De Soete, G. 1983. A least squares alogorithm for fitting additive trees dans la rhizosphere de quelques plantes cultivees. Can. J. Microbiol. to proximity data. Psychometrika. 48: 621–626. 26: 460–463. De Vos, D., A. Lim, P. De Vos, A. Sarniguet, K. Kersters and P. Cornelis. Debette, J. and G. Prensier. 1989. Immunoelectron microscopic dem- onstration of an esterase on the outer membrane of Xanthomonas 1993. Detection of the outer-membrane lipoprotein-I and its gene in maltophilia. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 55: 233–239. fluorescent and nonfluorescent pseudomonads - implications for tax- Debois, J., H. Degreef, J. Vandepitte and J. Spaepen. 1975. Pseudomonas onomy and diagnosis. J. Gen. Microbiol. 139: 2215–2223. putrefaciens as a cause of infection in humans. J. Clin. Pathol. 28: 993– De Vos, P. 1980. Intrageneric and intergeneric similarities of ribosomal 996. RNA cistrons of the genus Pseudomonas and the implications for tax- Decostere, A., F. Haesebrouck, L. Devriese and R. Ducatelle. 1996. Iden- onomy. Antonie Leeuwenhoek J. Microbiol. Serol. 46: 96. tification and pathogenic significance of Shewanella sp. from pond De Vos, P. and J. De Ley. 1983. Intra- and intergeneric similarities of fish. Vlaams Diergeneeskundig Tijdschrift. 65: 82–85. Pseudomonas and Xanthomonas ribosomal ribonucleic acid cistrons. Int. Dedysh, S.N., N.S. Panikov and J.M. Tiedje. 1998. Acidophilic methan- J. Syst. Bacteriol. 33: 487–509. otrophic communities from Sphagnum peat bogs. Appl. Environ. Mi- De Vos, P., M. Goor, M. Gillis and J. De Ley. 1985. Ribosomal ribonucleic crobiol. 64: 922–929. acid cistron similarities of phytopathogenic Pseudomonas species. Int. Dees, S.B., J. Powell, C.W. Moss, D.G. Hollis and R.E. Weaver. 1981. Cel- J. Syst. Bacteriol. 35: 169–184. lular fatty-acid composition of organisms frequently associated with De Vos, P., A. Van Landschoot, P. Segers, R. Tytgat, M. Gillis, M. Bauwens, human infections resulting from dog bites - Pasteurella multocida and R. Rossau, M. Goor, B. Pot, K. Kersters, P. Lizzaraga and J. De Ley. groups Ef-4, Iij, M-5, and Df-2. J. Clin. Microbiol. 14: 612–616. 1989. Genotypic relationships and taxonomic localization of unclas- Degrandis, S.A. and R.M.W. Stevenson. 1985. Antimicrobial susceptibility sified Pseudomonas and Pseudomonas-like strains by deoxyribonucleic patterns and R plasmid mediated resistance of the fish pathogen acid: ribonucleic acid hybridizations. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 39: 35–49. Yersinia ruckeri. Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. 27: 938–942. de Vries, J. and W. Wackernagel. 1998. Detection of nptII (kanamycin Degtyarev, S.K., M.A. Abdurashitov, A. Kolyhalov and N.I. Rechkunova. resistance) genes in genomes of transgenic plants by marker-rescue 1992. ACII, a new restriction endonuclease for Acinetobacter calcoaceticus transformation. Mol. Gen. Genet. 257: 606–613. recognizing 5Ј-AfCGTT-3Ј. Nucleic Acids Res. 20: 3787. de Vuyst, L. and A. Vermeire. 1994. Use of industrial medium components Deich, R.A. and H.O. Smith. 1980. Mechanism of homospecific DNA for xanthan production by Xanthomonas campestris NRRL-B-1459. Appl. uptake in Haemophilus influenzae transformation. Mol. Gen. Genet. Microbiol. Biotechnol. 42: 187–191. 177: 369–374. De Wet, J.A. and J.A. Erasmus. 1984. Epididymitis of rams in the central Dekker, R.F.H. and G.P. Candy. 1979. The b-mannanases elaborated by and southern districts of the Orange Free State. J. S. Afr. Vet. Assoc. the phytopathogen Xanthomonas campestris. Arch. Microbiol. 122: 297– 55: 173–179. 299. de Zwart, J.M.M. and J.G. Kuenen. 1997. Aerobic conversion of dimethyl del Moral, A., B. Prado, E. Quesada, T. Garcia, R. Ferrer and A. Ramos- sulfide and hydrogen sulfide by Methylophaga sulfidovorans: implica- Cormenzana. 1988. Numerical taxonomy of moderately halophilic tions for modeling DMS conversion in a microbial mat. FEMS Mi- Gram-negative rods from an inland saltern. J. Gen. Microbiol. 134: crobiol. Ecol. 22: 155–165. 733–741. de Zwart, J.M.M., P.N. Nelisse and J.G. Kuenen. 1996. Isolation and char- Delaporte, B., M. Raynaud and P. Daste. 1965. Une bacte´rie du sol capable acterization of Methylophaga sulfidovorans sp nov: an obligately meth- d’utiliser, comme source de carbone, la fraction fixe de certain ole´o- ylotrophic, aerobic, dimethylsulfide oxidizing bacterium from a mi- re´sines, Pseudomonas resinovorans n. sp. C. R. Hebd. Se´ances Acad. Sci. crobial mat. FEMS Microbiol. Ecol. 20: 261–270. Paris. 252: 1073–1075. de Zwart, J.M.M., P.N. Nelisse and J.G. Kuenen. 1998. In Validation of Delepelaire, P. 1994. PrtD, the integral membrane ATP-binding cassette the publication of new names and new combinations previously ef- component of the Erwinia chrysanthemi metalloprotease secretion sys- fectively published outside the IJSB. List No. 67. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. tem, exhibits a secretion signal-regulated ATPase activity. J. Biol. 48: 1083–1084. Chem. 269: 27952–27957. de Zwart, J.M.M., J.M.R. Sluis and J.G. Kuenen. 1997. Competition for Delforge, M.L., J. Devriendt, Y. Glupczynski, W. Hansen and N. Douat. dimethyl sulfide and hydrogen sulfide by Methylophaga sulfidovorans 1995. Plesiomonas shigelloides septicemia in a patient with primary he- and Thiobacillus thioparus T5 in continuous cultures. Appl. Environ. mochromatosis. Clin. Infect. Dis. 21: 692–693. Microbiol. 63: 3318–3322. Dellacasagrande, J., E. Ghigo, C. Capo, D. Raoult and J.L. Mege. 2000. Deacon, W.E. 1952. Antigenic study of certain slow lactose fermenting Coxiella burnetii survives in monocytes from patients with Q fever en- Aerobacter cloacae cultures. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol. Med. 81: 165–170. docarditis: Involvement of tumor necrosis factor. Infect. Immun. 68: Dealler, S.F., P.M. Hawkey and M.R. Millar. 1988. Enzymatic degradation 160–164. of urinary indoxyl sulfate by Providencia stuartii and Klebsiella pneu- Delmas, F. and P. Timon-David. 1985. Effect of invertebrate rickettsiae 950 BIBLIOGRAPHY

on vertebrates: experimental infection of mice by Rickettsiella grylli. vulnificus in the intestines of fish from the U.S. Gulf Coast. Appl. C. R. Acad. Sci. III. 300: 115–117. Environ. Microbiol. 60: 984–988. DeLong, E.F., D.G. Franks and A.L. Alldredge. 1993. Phylogenetic di- Depiazzi, L.J., J. Henderson and W.J. Penhale. 1990. Measurement of versity of aggregate-attached vs. free-living bacterial assemblages. Lim- protease thermostability, twitching motility and colony size of Bacter- nol. Oceanogr. 38: 924–934. oides nodosus. Vet. Microbiol. 22: 353–363. DeLong, E.F., D.G. Franks and A.A. Yayanos. 1997. Evolutionary rela- Dequeker, J., R. Jamar and M. Walravens. 1980. HLA-B27, arthritis and tionships of cultivated psychrophilic and barophilic deep-sea bacteria. Yersinia enterocolitica infection. J. Rheumatol. 7: 706–710. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 63: 2105–2108. Derby, H.A. and B.W. Hammer. 1931. Bacteriology of butter. IV. Bacte- DeLong, E.F. and A.A. Yayanos. 1986. Biochemical function and ecolog- riological studies of surface taint butter. Iowa Agr. Exp. Sta. Res. Bull. ical significance of novel bacterial lipids in deep-sea prokaryotes. 145: 387–416. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 51: 730–737. Derrick, E.H. 1939. Rickettsia burneti: The cause of “Q” fever. Med. J. Aust. DeLucca, A.J., K.A. Brogden and R. Engen. 1988. Enterobacter agglomerans 1: 14. lipopolysaccharide-induced changes in pulmonary surfactant as a fac- Dervartanian, D.V., Y.I. Shethna and H. Beinert. 1969. Purification and tor in the pathogenesis of byssinosis. J. Clin. Microbiol. 26: 778–780. properties of two iron-sulfur proteins from Azotobacter vinelandii. DeLucca, A.J. and M.S. Palmgren. 1986. Mesophilic microorganisms and Biochim. Biophys. Acta 194: 548–563.. endotoxin levels on developing cotton plants. Am. Ind. Hyg. Assoc. Derx, H.G. 1951. L’accumulation spe´cifique de l’Azotobacter agile Beijer- J. 47: 437–442. inck et de l’Azotobacter vinelandii Lipman. Proc. Sect. Sci. K. Ned. Akad. Delwiche, C.F. and J.D. Palmer. 1996. Rampant horizontal transfer and Wet. C54: 342–350. duplication of Rubisco genes in eubacteria and plastids. Mol. Biol. Desai, M.V. and H.M. Shah. 1959. A new bacterial leaf spot of Crotalaria Evol. 13: 873–882. juncea L. Curr. Sci. (Bangalore) 28: 377–378. DeMarta, A. and R. Peduzzi. 1984. Etude epidemiologique des Aeromonas Desai, M.V. and H.M. Shah. 1960. Bacterial leaf spot disease of Desmodium par lysotypie. Estratto dalla Rivista Italiana di Piscicoltura e Ittipato- rotundifolium DC. Curr. Sci. (Bangalore) 29: 65–66. logia. 19: 148–155. Desai, M.V., M.J. Thirumalachar and M.K. Patel. 1965. Bacterial blight Deming, J.W. 2002. Unusual or extreme high-pressure environments. In disease of Eleusine coracana Gaertn. Indian Phytopathol. 18: 384–386. Hurst, Crawford, Knudsen, McInerney and Stetzenbach (Editors), Desai, S.G., A.B. Gandi, M.K. Patel and W.V. Kotasthane. 1966. A new ASM Manual of Environmental Microbiology, 2nd Ed., ASM Press, bacterial leaf-spot and blight of Azadirachta indica. A. Juss. Indian Washington, D.C. 478–490. Phytopathol. 19: 322–323. Deming, J.W. and J.A. Baross. 2000. Survival, dormancy and non-cultur- Deschenes, G., C. Casenave, F. Grimont, J.C. Desenclos, S. Benoit, M. able cells in deep-sea environments. In Colwell and Grimes (Editors), Collin, S. Baron, P. Mariani, P.A.D. Grimont and H. Nivet. 1996. Clus- Non-culturable Microorganisms in the Environment, ASM Press, ter of cases of haemolytic uraemic syndrome due to unpasteurised Washington, D.C. 147–197. cheese. Pediatr. Nephrol. 10: 203–205. Deming, J.W. and J.A. Baross. 2002. Search for and discovery of microbial Desenclos, J.C., L. Conti, S. Junejo and K.C. Klontz. 1990. A cluster of enzymes from thermally extreme environments in the ocean. In Burns Edwardsiella tarda infection in a day-care center in Florida. J. Infect. and Dick (Editors), Enzymes in the Environment: Activity, Ecology, Dis. 162: 782–783. and Applications, Marcel Dekker, New York. 327–362. Desjardins, P., B. Picard, B. Kaltenbock, J. Elion and E. Denamur. 1995. Deming, J.W., L.K. Somers, W.L. Staube, D.G. Swartz and M.T. Mac- Sex in Escherichia coli does not disrupt the clonal structure of the Donell. 1988a. Isolation of an obligately barophilic bacterium and population: Evidence from random amplified polymorphic DNA and description of a new genus, Colwellia gen. nov. Syst. Appl. Microbiol. restriction-fragment-length polymorphism. J. Mol. Evol. 41: 440–448. 10: 152–160. Desmarchelier, P.M. and J.L. Reichelt. 1981. Phenotypic characterization Deming, J.W., L.K. Somers, W.L. Staube, D.G. Swartz and M.T. Mac- of clinical and environmental isolates of Vibrio cholerae from Australia. Donell. 1988b. In Validation of the publication of new names and Curr. Microbiol. 5: 123–127. new combinations previously effectively published outside the IJSB. Desmond, E. and J.M. Janda. 1986. Growth of Aeromonas spp. on enteric List No. 26. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 38: 328–329. agars. J. Clin. Microbiol. 23: 1065–1067. d’E´mpaire, M. 1969. Les facteurs de croissance des Edwardsiella tarda. Devauchelle, G., G. Meynadier and V. C.. 1972. E´tude ultrastructurale Ann. Inst. Pasteur (Paris) 116: 63–68. du cycle de multiplication de Rickettsiella melolonthae (Krieg), Philip, Den Dooren de Jong, L.E. 1926. Bijdrage tot de kennis van het miner- dans les he´mocytes de son hoˆte. J. Ultrastruc. Res. 38: 134–148. alisatieproces, Nijgh and van Ditmar Uitgevers-Mij, Rotterdam. pp. 1– DeVault, J.D., A. Berry, T.K. Misra, A. Darzins and A.M. Chakrabarty. 200. 1989. Environmental sensory signals and microbial pathogenesis - Deneer, H.G., L. Slaney, I.W. Maclean and W.L. Albritton. 1982. Mobi- Pseudomonas aeruginosa infection in cystic-fibrosis. Bio-Technology. 7: lization of nonconjugative antibiotic resistance plasmids in Haemo- 352–357. philus ducreyi. J. Bacteriol. 149: 726–732. DeVreese, K., G. Claeys and G. Verschraegen. 1992. Septicemia with Denner, E.B.M., B. Mark, H.J. Busse, M. Turkiewicz and W. Lubitz. 2001a. Ewingella americana. J. Clin. Microbiol. 30: 2746–2747. Psychrobacter proteolyticus sp nov., a psychrotrophic, halotolerant bac- Devriese, L.A., M. Bisgaard, J. Hommez, E. Uyttebroek, R. Ducatelle and terium isolated from the antarctic krill Euphausia superba Dana, ex- F. Haesebrouck. 1991. Taxon 20 (Fam. Pasteurellaceae) infections in creting a cold-adapted metalloprotease. Syst. Appl. Microbiol. 24: 44– European brown hares (Lepus europaeus). J. Wildlife Dis. 27: 685–687. 53. Dewanti, A.R. and J.A. Duine. 1998. Reconstitution of membrane-inte- Denner, E.B.M., B. Mark, H.J. Busse, M. Turkiewicz and W. Lubitz. 2001b. grated quinoprotein glucose dehydrogenase apoenzyme with PQQ In Validation of the publication of new names and new combinations and the holoenzyme’s mechanism of action. Biochemistry 37: 6810– previously effectively published outside the IJSEM. List No. 82. Int. 6818. J. Syst. Evol. Microbiol. 51: 1619–1620. DeWeerd, K.A., L. Mandelco, R.S. Tanner, C.R. Woese and J.M. Suflita. Dennis, P.J.L., D.J. Brenner, W.L. Thacker, R. Wait, G. Vesey, A.G. Stei- 1990. Desulfomonile tiedjei gen. nov. and sp. nov., a novel anaerobic, gerwalt and R.F. Benson. 1993. Five new Legionella species isolated dehalogenating, sulfate-reducing bacterium. Arch. Microbiol. 154: from water. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 43: 329–337. 23–30. Denton, M., N.J. Todd and J.M. Littlewood. 1996. Role of anti-pseudo- Dewhirst, F.E., B.J. Paster, G.J. Fraser and G.J. Olsen. 1995. Taxonomy of monal antibiotics in the emergence of Stenotrophomonas maltophilia in the Pasteurellaceae: a difficult problem even when the phylogeny is cystic fibrosis patients. Eur. J. Clin. Microbiol. Infect. Dis. 15: 402– known. In Donachie, Lainson and Hodgson (Editors), Haemophilus, 405. Actinobacillus, and Pasteurella, Plenum Press, New York. 199. DePaola, A., G.M. Capers and D. Alexander. 1994. Densities of Vibrio Dewhirst, F.E., B.J. Paster, S. La Fontaine and J.I. Rood. 1990. Transfer BIBLIOGRAPHY 951

of Kingella indologenes (Snell and Lapage 1976) to the genus Suttonella J. Garaizar, J. Ursing and T.L. Pitt. 1996. Comparison of outbreak and gen. nov. as Suttonella indologenes comb. nov.; transfer of Bacteroides nonoutbreak Acinetobacter baumannii strains by genotypic and phe- nodosus (Beveridge 1941) to the genus Dichelobacter gen. nov. as D. notypic methods. J. Clin. Microbiol. 34: 1519–1525. nodosus comb. nov.; and assignment of the genera Cardiobacterium, Dijkshoorn, L., H.M. Aucken, P. Gerner-Smidt, M.E. Kaufmann, J. Ursing Dichelobacter, and Suttonella to fam. nov. in the gamma and T.L. Pitt. 1993. Correlation of typing methods for Acinetobacter division of Proteobacteria on the basis of 16S rRNA sequence compar- isolates from hospital outbreaks. J. Clin. Microbiol. 31: 702–705. isons. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 40: 426–433. Dijkshoorn, L., I. Tjernberg, B. Pot, M.F. Michel, J. Ursing and K. Kersters. Dewhirst, F.E., B.J. Paster, I. Olsen and G.J. Fraser. 1992. Phylogeny of 1990. Numerical analysis of cell envelope protein profiles in Acine- 54 representative strains of species in the family Pasteurellaceae as de- tobacter strains classified by DNA–DNA hybridization. Syst. Appl. Mi- termined by comparison of 16S rRNA sequences. J. Bacteriol. 174: crobiol. 13: 338–344. 2002–2013. Dijkshoorn, L., B. van Harsselaar, I. Tjernberg, P.J.M. Bouvet and M. Dewhirst, F.E., B.J. Paster, I. Olsen and G.J. Fraser. 1993. Phylogeny of Vaneechoutte. 1998. Evaluation of amplified ribosomal DNA restric- the Pasteurellaceae as determined by comparison of 16S ribosomal ri- tion analysis for identification of Acinetobacter genomic species. Syst. bonucleic acid sequences. Zentbl. Bakteriol. 279: 35–44. Appl. Microbiol. 21: 33–39. Dhanvantari, B.N. 1977. Taxonomic study of Pseudomonas papulans-Rose Dijkshoorn, L., W. Van Vianen, J.E. Degener and M.F. Michel. 1987. 1917. N. Z. J. Agric. Res. 20: 557–561. Typing of Acinetobacter calcoaceticus strains isolated from hospital pa- Di Cello, F., M. Pepi, F. Baldi and R. Fani. 1997. Molecular characteri- tients by cell envelope protein profiles. Epidemiol. Infect. 93: 659– zation of an n-alkane-degrading bacterial community and identifi- 667. cation of a new species, Acinetobacter venetianus. Res. Microbiol. 148: Dillard, H.R. and W.L. Kline. 1989. An outbreak of Stewart’s bacterial 237–249. wilt of corn in New York state. Plant Dis. 73: 273. Di Fabio, J.L., M.B. Perry and D.R. Bundle. 1987. Analysis of the lipo- Dilling, W., W. Liesack and N. Pfennig. 1995. Rhabdochromatium marinum polysaccharide of Pseudomonas maltophilia 555. Biochem. Cell Biol. 65: gen. nom. rev., sp. nov., a purple sulfur bacterium from a salt marsh 968–977. microbial mat. Arch. Microbiol. 164: 125–131. Dianese, J.C. and N.W. Schaad. 1982. Isolation and characterization of Dilling, W., W. Liesack and N. Pfennig. 1996. In Validation of the pub- inner and outer membranes of Xanthomonas campestris pv. campestris. lication of new names and new combinations previously effectively Phytopathology 72: 1284–1289. published outside the IJSB. List No. 56. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 46: 362– Diaz, E., M. Munthali, V. De Lorenzo and K.N. Timmis. 1994. Universal 363. barrier to lateral spread of specific genes among microorganisms. Dillon, R.J., C.T. Vennard and A.K. Charnley. 2002. A note: gut bacteria Mol. Microbiol. 13: 855–861. produce components of a locust cohesion pheromone. J. Appl. Mi- Dibb, W.L., A. Digranes and S. Tønjum. 1981. Actinobacillus ligniersii in- crobiol. 92: 759–763. fection after a horse bite. Br. Med. J. 283: 583–584. Dilworth, M.J., R.R. Eady and M.E. Eldridge. 1988. The vanadium nitro- DiChristina, T.J. and E.F. DeLong. 1993. Design and application of rRNA- genase of Azotobacter chroococcum - reduction of acetylene and ethylene targeted oligonucleotide probes for the dissimilatory iron- and man- to ethane. Biochem. J. 249: 745–751. ganese-reducing bacterium Shewanella putrefaciens. Appl. Environ. Mi- Dimarco, A.A. and L.N. Ornston. 1994. Regulation of p-hydroxybenzoate crobiol. 59: 4152–4160. hydroxylase synthesis by PobR bound to an operator in Acinetobacter Dickey, R.S. 1981. Erwinia chrysanthemi: reaction of eight plant species to calcoaceticus. J. Bacteriol. 176: 4277–4284. strains from several hosts and to strains of other Erwinia species. Diorio, C., J. Cai, J. Marmor, R. Shinder and M.S. DuBow. 1995. An Phytopathology 71: 23–29. Escherichia coli chromosomal ars operon homolog is functional in ar- Dickey, R.S. and C.H. Zumoff. 1987. Bacterial leaf blight of Syngonium senic detoxification and is conserved in Gram-negative bacteria. J. caused by a pathovar of Xanthomonas campestris. Phytopathology 77: Bacteriol. 177: 2050–2056. 1257–1262. DiRienzo, J.M. and J. Slots. 1990. Genetic approach to the study of ep- Dickey, R.S. and C.H. Zumoff. 1988. Emended description of Enterobacter idemiology and pathogenesis of Actinobacillus actinomycetemcomitans in cancerogenus, new combination (formerly Erwinia cancerogena). Int. J. localized juvenile periodontitis. Arch. Oral Biol. 35: 79S–84S. Syst. Bacteriol. 38: 371–374. DiRienzo, J.M. and E.L. Spieler. 1983. Identification and characterization Dienes, L. 1946. Reproductive processes in Proteus cultures. Proc. Soc. of the major cell-envelope proteins of oral strains of Actinobacillus Exp. Biol. Med. 63: 265–270. actinomycetemcomitans. Infect. Immun. 39: 253–261. Dienst, F.T. 1963. Tularemia—a perusal of three hundred thirty-nine Distel, D.L. and C.M. Cavanaugh. 1994. Independent phylogenetic ori- cases. J. Louisiana State M. Soc. 115: 114–127. gins of methanotrophic and chemoautotrophic bacterial endosym- Dienst, R.B., R.B. Greenblatt and C.H. Chen. 1948. Laboratory diagnosis bioses in marine bivalves. J. Bacteriol. 176: 1932–1938. of Granuloma Inguinale and studies on the cultivation of the Donovan Dixon, L.G., W.L. Albritton and P.J. Willson. 1994. An analysis of the Body. Am. J. Syph. Gonorrhea Vener. Dis. 32: 301–306. complete nucleotide sequence of the Haemophilus ducreyi broad-host- Dienst, R.B., R.B. Greenblatt and E.S. Sanderson. 1938. Cultural studies range plasmid pLS88. Plasmid 32: 228–232. on the “Donovan bodies” of granuloma inguinale. J. Infect. Dis. 62: Dixon, R. 1998. The oxygen-responsive NifL-NifA complex: a novel two- 112–114. component regulatory system controlling nitrogenase synthesis in Dietz, A.S. and A.A. Yayanos. 1978. Silica gel media for isolating and gamma- proteobacteria. Arch. Microbiol. 169: 371–380. studying bacteria under hydrostatic pressure. Appl. Environ. Micro- Do Nascimento, G.G.F. and F.C.A. Tavares. 1987. Transformation with biol. 36: 966–968. nif genes in Azotobacter paspali. Rev. Microbiol. 18: 41–45. Diez, A., M.J. Alvarez, M.I. Prieto, J.M. Bautista and A. Garridopertierra. do Valle, G.R.F., T.A.T. Gomes, K. Irino and L.R. Trabulsi. 1997. The 1995. Monochloroacetate dehalogenase activities of bacterial strains traditional enteropathogenic Escherichia coli (EPEC) serogroup O125 isolated from soil. Can. J. Microbiol. 41: 730–739. comprises serotypes which are mainly associated with the category of DiGiacomo, R.F., B.J. Deeb, W.E. Giddens, B.L. Bernard and M.M. Chen- enteroaggregative E. coli. FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 152: 95–100. gappa. 1989. Atrophic rhinitis in New Zealand white-rabbits infected Do¨bereiner, J. 1966. Azotobacter paspali sp. n. uma bacteria fixadora de with Pasteurella multocida. Am. J. Vet. Res. 50: 1460–1465. nitrogenio na rizosfera de Paspalum. Pesqui. Agropecu. Bras. 1: 357– Dijkshoorn, L. 1996. Acinetobacter microbiology. In Bergogne-Be´re´zin, 365. Joly-Guillou and Towner (Editors), Acinetobacter. Microbiology, Epi- Do¨bereiner, J. 1995. Isolation and Identification of aerobic nitrogen- demiology, Infections, Management, CRC Press, Boca Raton. pp. 37– fixing bacteria from soil and plants. In Alef and Nannipieri (Editors), 69. Methods in Applied Soil Microbiology and Biochemistry, Academic Dijkshoorn, L., H. Aucken, P. Gerner-Smidt, P. Janssen, M.E. Kaufmann, Press, London. pp. 134–141. 952 BIBLIOGRAPHY

Dobritsa, S.V. 1985. Restriction analysis of the Frankia spp. genome. FEMS Smith, Ravdin, Greenberg and Guerrant (Editors), Infections of the Microbiol. Lett. 29: 123–128. Gastrointestinal Tract, Raven Press, New York. 709–729. Dobson, S.J. and P.D. Franzmann. 1996. Unification of the genera Deleya Donnenberg, M.S., R.A. Donohue and G.T. Keusch. 1989. Epithelial cell (Baumann et al. 1983), Halomonas (Vreeland et al. 1980), and Hal- invasion: an overlooked property of enteropathogenic Escherichia coli ovibrio (Fendrich 1988) and the species Paracoccus halodenitrificans (EPEC) associated with the EPEC adherence factor. J. Infect. Dis. (Robinson and Gibbons 1952) into a single genus, Halomonas, and 160: 452–459.. placement of the genus Zymobacter in the family Halomonadaceae. Int. Donnenberg, M.S. and T.S. Whittam. 2001. Pathogenesis and evolution J. Syst. Bacteriol. 46: 550–558. of virulence in enteropathogenic and enterohemorrhagic Escherichia Dobson, S.J., S.R. James, P.D. Franzmann and T.A. McMeekin. 1990. coli. J. Clin. Investig. 107: 539–548. Emended description of Halomonas halmophila (NCMB 1971T). Int. Donnenberg, M.S., H.Z. Zhang and K.D. Stone. 1997. Biogenesis of the J. Syst. Bacteriol. 40: 462–463. bundle-forming pilus of enteropathogenic Escherichia coli: Reconsti- Dobson, S.R., J.S. Kroll and E.R. Moxon. 1992. Insertion sequence IS1016 tution of fimbriae in recombinant E. coli and role of DsbA in pilin and absence of Haemophilus capsulation genes in the Brazilian pur- stability: A review. Gene 192: 33–38. puric fever clone of Haemophilus influenzae biogroup aegyptius. Infect. Donovan, C. 1905. Ulcerating granuloma of the pudenda. Indian Med. Immun. 60: 618–622. Gaz. 40: 414. Dobson, S.J., T.A. McMeekin and P.D. Franzmann. 1993. Phylogenetic Donowitz, G.R. and K.I. Earnhardt. 1993. Azithromycin inhibition of relationships between some members of the genera Deleya, Halomonas, intracellular Legionella micdadei. Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. 37: and Halovibrio. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 43: 665–673. 2261–2264. Dodgson, C., P. Amor and C. Whitfield. 1996. Distribution of the rol gene Dooley, J.S.G., R. Lallier, D.H. Shaw and T.J. Trust. 1985. Electrophoretic encoding the regulator of lipopolysaccharide O-chain length in Esch- and immunochemical analyses of the lipopolysaccharides from vari- ous strains of Aeromonas hydrophila. J. Bacteriol. 164: 263–269. erichia coli and its influence on the expression of group I capsular K Doran, J.L., W.H. Bingle, K.L. Roy, K. Hiratsuka and W.J. Page. 1987. antigens. J. Bacteriol. 178: 1895–1902. Plasmid transformation of Azotobacter vinelandii OP. J. Gen. Microbiol. Dodson, R.F., G.S. Fritz, W.R. Hubler, A.H. Rudolph, J.M. Knox and L.W.- 133: 2059–2072. F. Chu. 1973. Donovanosis: a morphologic study. J. Investig. Dermatol. Doring, G., S. Jansen, H. Noll, H. Grupp, F. Frank, K. Botzenhart, K. 62: 611–614. Magdorf and U. Wahn. 1996. Distribution and transmission of Pseu- Doern, G.V. 1992. The Moraxella and Branhamella subgenera of the genus domonas aeruginosa and Burkholderia cepacia in a hospital ward. Pediatr. Moraxella. In Balows, Tru¨per, Dworkin, Harder and Schleifer (Editors), Pulmonol. 21: 90–100. The Prokaryotes. A Handbook on the Biology of Bacteria: Ecophy- Dorn, C.R., S.M. Scotland, H.R. Smith, G.A. Willshaw and B. Rowe. 1989. siology, Isolation, Identification, Applications, 2nd Ed., Vol. 4, Properties of Vero cytotoxin-producing Escherichia coli of human and Springer-Verlag, New York. pp. 3276–3280. animal origin belonging to serotypes other than O157:H7. Epidemiol. Doern, G.V. and F.L.A. Buckmire. 1976. Ultrastructural characterization Infect. 103: 83–96. of capsulated Haemophilus influenzae type b and two spontaneous non- Dorofe’ev, K.A. 1947. Classification of the causative agent of tularemia. typable mutants. J. Bacteriol. 127: 523–535. Symp. Res. Works Inst. Epidemiol. Mikrobiol. (Chita) (Russ.). 1: 170– Doern, G.V. and K.C. Chapin. 1987. Determination of biotypes of Hae- 180. mophilus influenzae and Haemophilus parainfluenzae a comparison of Doronina, N.V., V.I. Krauzova and Y.A. Trotsenko. 1997. Methylophaga methods and a description of a new biotype (VIII) of H. parainfluenzae. limanica sp. nov.: a new species of moderately halophilic, aerobic, Diagn. Microbiol. Infect. Dis. 7: 269–272. methylotrophic bacteria. Mikrobiologiya 66: 434–449. Doetsch, R.N., T.M. Cook and Z. Vaituzis. 1967. On the uniqueness of Doronina, N.V. and Y.A. Trotsenko. 1997. Aerobic methylotrophic bac- the flagellum of Thiobacillus thiooxidans. Antonie Leeuwenhoek J. Mi- terial communities of hypersaline ecosystems. Mikrobiologiya 66: crobiol. 33: 196–202. 111–117. Doggett, R.G. 1969. Incidence of mucoid Pseudomonas aeruginosa from Dorsch, M., N.J. Ashbolt, P.T. Cox and A.E. Goodman. 1994. Rapid iden- clinical sources. Appl. Microbiol. 18: 936–937. tification of Aeromonas species using 16S rDNA targeted oligonucle- Doi, R.H. and R.T. Igarashi. 1965. Conservation of ribosomal and mes- otide primers: a molecular approach based on screening of environ- senger ribonucleic acid cistrons in Bacillus species. J. Bacteriol. 90: mental isolates. J. Appl. Bacteriol. 77: 722–726. 384–390. Dorsch, M., D. Lane and E. Stackebrandt. 1992. Towards a phylogeny of Doidge, E.M. 1920. A tomato canker. J. Dep. Agr. S. Afr. 1: 718–721. the genus Vibrio based on 16S rRNA sequences. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. Doig, P., T. Todd, P.A. Sastry, K.K. Lee, R.S. Hodges, W. Paranchych and 42: 58–63. R.T. Irvin. 1988. Role of pili in adhesion of Pseudomonas aeruginosa to dos Santos, R.M.D.B. and J.C. Dianese. 1985. Comparative membrane human respiratory epithelial-cells. Infect. Immun. 56: 1641–1646. characterization of Xanthomonas campestris pv. cassavae and Xantho- Doll, J.M., P.S. Zeitz, P. Ettestad, A.L. Bucholtz, T. Davis and K. Gage. monas campestris pv. manihotis. Phytopathology 75: 581–587. 1994. Cat-transmitted fatal pneumonic plague in a person who trav- Doten, R.C., K.L. Ngai, D.J. Mitchell and L.N. Ornston. 1987. Cloning eled from Colorado to Arizona. Am. J. Trop. Med. Hyg. 51: 109–114. and genetic organization of the pca gene cluster from Acinetobacter Dollberg, S., A. Gandacu and A. Klar. 1990. Acute pyelonephritis due to calcoaceticus. J. Bacteriol. 169: 3168–3174. a Kluyvera species in a child. Eur. J. Clin. Microbiol. Infect. Dis. 9: Doudoroff, M. and N.J. Palleroni. 1974. Genus I. Pseudomonas. In Bu- 281–283. chanan and Gibbons (Editors), Bergey’s Manual of Determinative Dolzani, L., E. Tonin, C. Lagatolla, L. Prandin and C. Monti-Bragadin. Bacteriology, 8th Ed., The Williams & Wilkins Co., Baltimore. pp. 1995. Identification of Acinetobacter isolates in the A. calcoaceticus–A. 217–243. baumannii complex by restriction analysis of the 16S–23S rRNA in- Dougherty, B.A. and H.O. Smith. 1999. Identification of Haemophilus tergenic spacer sequences. J. Clin. Microbiol. 33: 1108–1113. influenzae Rd transformation genes using cassette mutagenesis. Mi- Dominguez, H., B.F. Vogel, L. Gram, S. Hoffmann and S. Schaebel. 1996. crobiology 145: 401–409. Shewanella alga bacteremia in two patients with lower leg ulcers. Clin. Doughty, S.W., C.G. Ruffolo and B. Adler. 2000. The type 4 fimbrial Infect. Dis. 22: 1036–1039. subunit gene of Pasteurella multocida. Vet. Microbiol. 72: 79–90. Dominguez, M., G. Gonzalez, H. Bello, A. Garcia, S. Mella, M.E. Pinto, Douglas, A.E. 1988. Sulfate utilization in an aphid symbiosis. Insect M.A. Martinez and R. Zemelman. 1995. Identification and biotyping Biochem. 18: 599–606. of Acinetobacter spp. isolated in Chilean hospitals. J. Hosp. Infect. 30: Douglas, A.E. 1998. Nutritional interactions in insect-microbialsymbioses: 267–271. aphids and their symbiotic bacteria Buchnera. Annu. Rev. Entomol. Donnenberg, M.S. 1995. Enteropathogenic Escherichia coli. In Blaser, 43: 17–37. BIBLIOGRAPHY 953

Douglas, A.E. and A.F.G. Dixon. 1987. The mycetocyte symbiosis of intracellular bacterial parasite of small free-living amoebae. Int. J. Syst. aphids: variation with age and morph in virginoparae of Megoura viciae Bacteriol. 41: 82–87. and Acyrthosiphon pisum. J. Insect Physiol. 33: 109–114. Du, L.S. and K.H. Tibelius. 1994. The hupB gene of the Azotobacter chro- Douglas, A.E. and W.A. Prosser. 1992. Synthesis of the essential amino ococcum hydrogenase gene cluster is involved in nickel metabolism. acid tryptophan in the pea aphid (Acyrthosiphon pisum) symbiosis. J. Curr. Microbiol. 28: 21–24. Insect Physiol. 38: 565–568. Du, L.S., K.H. Tibelius, E.M. Souza, R.P. Garg and M.G. Yates. 1994. Dournon, E., W.F. Bibb, P. Rajagopalan, N. Desplaces and R.M. McKinney. Sequences, organization and analysis of the hupZMNOQRTV genes 1988. Monoclonal antibody reactivity as a virulence marker for Le- from the Azotobacter chroococcum hydrogenase gene cluster. J. Mol. Biol. gionella pneumophila serogroup 1 strains. J. Infect. Dis. 157: 496–501. 243: 549–557. Dow, J.M., B.R. Clarke, D.E. Milligan, J.L. Tang and M.J. Daniels. 1990. Dubinina, G.A. and M.Y. Grabovich. 1983. Isolation of pure Thiospira Extracellular proteases from Xanthomonas campestris pv. campestris, the cultures and investigation of their physiology and sulfur metabolism. black rot pathogen. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 56: 2994–2998. Mikrobiologiya 52: 5–12. Dow, J.M., D.E. Milligan, L. Jamieson, C.E. Barber and M.J. Daniels. 1989. Dubinina, G.A., M.Y. Grabovich, A.M. Lysenko, N.A. Chernykh and V.V. Molecular cloning of a polygalacturonate lyase gene from Xantho- Churikova. 1993. Revision of taxonomic position of colorless sulfur monas campestris pv. campestris and role of the gene product in path- spirilla of the genus Thiospira and description of a new species Aqua- ogenicity. Physiol. Mol. Plant Pathol. 35: 113–120. spirillum bipunctata comb. nov. Microbiology 62: 368–644. Dow, J.M., A.E. Osbourn, T.J.G. Wilson and M.J. Daniels. 1995. A locus Dubnau, D., I. Smith, P. Morell and J. Marmur. 1965. Gene conservation determining pathogenicity Xanthomonas campestris is involved in li- in Bacillus species. I. Conserved genetic and nucleic acid base se- popolysaccharide biosynthesis. Mol. Plant-Microbe Interact. 8: 768– quence homologies. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 54: 491–498. 777. DuBow, M.S. and T. Blumenthal. 1975. Host Factor for coliphage QbRNA Dowling, J.N., F.J. Kroboth, M. Karpf, R.B. Yee and A.W. Pasculle. 1983. replication is present in Pseudomonas putida. Molec. Gen. Genet. 141: Pneumonia and multiple lung abscesses caused by dual infection with 113–119. Legionella micdadei and Legionella pneumophila. Am. Rev. Respir. Dis. DuBow, M.S. and T. Ryan. 1977. Host Factor for coliphage QbRNA rep- 127: 121–125. lication as an aid in elucidating phylogenetic relationships: the genus Dowson, W.J. 1939. On the systematic position and generic names of the Pseudomonas. J. Gen. Microbiol. 102: 263–268. Gram negative bacterial plant pathogens. Zentbl. Bakteriol. Parasi- Dubreuil, J.D., A. Letellier, E. Stenbaek and M. Gottschalk. 1996. Sero- tenkd. Infektkrankh. Hyg. Abt. II 100: 177–193. typing of Actinobacillus pleuropneumoniae serotype 5 strains using a Dowson, W.J. 1943. On the generic names Pseudomonas, Xanthomonas and monoclonal-based polystyrene agglutination test. Cana. J. Vet. Res. Bacterium for certain bacterial plant pathogens. Trans. Brit. Mycol. 60: 69–71. Soc. 26: 1–14. Duckworth, A.W., W.D. Grant, B.E. Jones, D. Meijer, M.C. Marquez and Drancourt, M., C. Bollet, A. Carta and P. Rousselier. 2001. Phylogenetic A. Ventosa. 2000a. Halomonas magadii sp. nov., a new member of the analyses of Klebsiella species delineate Klebsiella and Raoultella gen. nov., genus Halomonas, isolated from a soda lake of the East African Rift with description of Raoultella ornithinolytica comb. nov., Raoultella ter- Valley. Extremophiles 4: 53–60. rigena comb. nov. and Raoultella planticola comb. nov. Int. J. Syst. Evol. Duckworth, A.W., W.D. Grant, B.E. Jones, D. Meijer, M.C. Marquez and Microbiol. 51: 925–932. A. Ventosa. 2000b. In Validation of the publication of new names and Drancourt, M., C. Bollet and D. Raoult. 1997. Stenotrophomonas africana new combinations previously effectively published outside the IJSEM, sp. nov., an opportunistic human pathogen in Africa. Int. J. Syst. List No. 75. Int. J. Syst. Evol. Microbiol. 50: 1415–1417. Bacteriol. 47: 160–163. Duckworth, A.W., W.D. Grant, B.E. Jones and R. van Steenbergen. 1996. Drancourt, M., L. Niel and D. Raoult. 1995. Unknown multiresistant Phylogenetic diversity of soda lake alkaliphiles. FEMS Microbiol. Ecol. gram-negative bacterium causing meningitis in HIV-positive patient 19: 181–191. in Africa. Lancet 346: 1168. Dudkiewicz, B. and E. Szewczyk. 1993. Etiology of bacterial endocarditis Drasar, B.S. and M.J. Hill. 1974. Human Intestinal Flora, Academic Press, in materials of departments of cardiology and cardiac surgery of the New York. Lodz medical academy. Med. Dosw. MIkrobiol. 45: 357–359. Drasar, F.A., W. Farrell, J. Maskell and J.D. Williams. 1976. Tobramycin, Duetz, W.A., S. Marque´s, C. De Jong, J.L. Ramos and J.G. Van Andel. amikacin, sissomicin, and gentamicin resistant Gram-negative rods. 1994. Inducibility of the TOL catabolic pathway in Pseudomonas putida Br. Med. J. 2: 1284–1287. (pWW0) growing on succinate in continuous-culture - evidence of Drechsel, H., A. Thieken, R. Reissbrodt, G. Jung and G. Winkelmann. carbon catabolite repression control. J. Bacteriol. 176: 2354–2361. 1993. ␣-keto acids are novel siderophores in the genera Proteus, Pro- Duff, D.C.B. 1937. Dissociation in Bacillus salmonicida, with special ref- videncia, and Morganella and are produced by amino acid deaminases. erence to the appearance of a G form of culture. J. Bacteriol. 33: 49– J. Bacteriol. 175: 2727–2733. 67. Drew, R. and S.A. Wilson. 1992. Regulation of amidase expression in Dufresne, J., G. Vezina and R.C. Levesque. 1988. Molecular cloning and Pseudomonas aeruginosa. In Galli, Silver and Witholt (Editors), Pseu- expression of the imipenem-hydrolyzing beta-lactamase gene from domonas: Molecular Biology and Biotechnology, American Society for Pseudomonas maltophilia in Escherichia coli. Rev. Infect. Dis. 10: 806– Microbiology, Washington D.C. 207–213. 817. Drobne, D., J. Strus, N. Znidarsic and P. Zidar. 1999. Morphological Du¨ggeli, M. 1904. Die Bakterienflora gesunder Samen und daraus ge- description of bacterial infection of digestive glands in the terrestrial zogener Keimpflanzchen. Zentbl. Bakteriol. Abt. II. 12: 602–614. isopod porcellio scaber (Isopoda, crustacea). J. Invertebr. Pathol. 73: Duguid, J.P. 1959. Fimbriae and adhesive properties in Klebsiella strains. 113–119. J. Gen. Microbiol. 21: 271–286. Droniuk, R., P.T.S. Wong, G. Wisse and R.A. Macleod. 1987. Variation in Duguid, J.P. and R.R. Gillies. 1957. Fimbriae and adhesive properties in quantitative requirements for sodium for transport of metabolizable dysentery bacilli. J. Pathol. Bacteriol. 74: 397–411. compounds by the marine bacteria Alteromonas haloplanktis 214 and Duim, B., L. Van Alphen, P. Eijk, H.M. Jansen and J. Dankert. 1994. Vibrio fischeri. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 53: 1487–1496. Antigenic drift of non-encapsulated Haemophilus influenzae major Drouet, E.B., G.A. Denoyel, M.M. Boude, G. Boussant and H.P. de Mont- outer membrane protein P2 in patients with chronic bronchitis is clos. 1989. Distribution of Haemophilus influenzae and Haemophilus pa- caused by point mutations. Mol. Microbiol. 11: 1181–1189. rainfluenzae biotypes isolated from the human genitourinary tract. Duine, J.A. 1991. Energy generation and the glucose dehydrogenase path- Eur. J. Clin. Microbiol. Infect. Dis. 8: 951–955. way in Acinetobacter. In Towner and Bergogne-Be´re´zin (Editors), The Drozanski, W.J. 1991. Sarcobium lyticum, gen. nov., sp. nov., an obligate Biology of Acinetobacter: Taxonomy, Clinical Importance, Molecular 954 BIBLIOGRAPHY

Biology, Physiology, Industrial Relevance, Plenum Press, New York. Duval, C.W. 1904. A member of the dysentery group. JAMA ( J. Am. Med. pp. 295–312. Assoc.). 43: 381–383. Duine, J.A., J. Frank and R. van der Meer. 1982. Different forms of Dworkin, M. and S.M. Gibson. 1964. A system for studying microbial quinoprotein aldose-(glucose) dehydrogenase in Acinetobacter calcoa- morphogenesis: rapid formation of microcysts in Myxococcus xanthus. ceticus. Arch. Microbiol. 131: 27–31. Science (Wash. D. C.) 146: 243–244. Dulaney, A.D., K. Guto and H. Packer. 1948. Donovania granulomatis: Dyar, H.G. 1895. On certain bacteria from the air of New York City. Ann. cultivation antigenic preparation, and immunological tests. J. Im- N. Y. Acad. Sci. 8: 322–380. munol. 59: 335–340. Dye, D.W. 1960. Pectolytic activity in Xanthomonas. N. Z. J. Sci. 3: 61–69. Dulaney, A.D. and H. Packer. 1947. Complement-fixation studies with Dye, D.W. 1962. The inadequacy of the usual determinative tests for the pus antigen in granuloma inguinale. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol. Med. 65: identification of Xanthomonas spp. N. Z. J. Sci. 5: 393–416. 254–256. Dye, D.W. 1963a. A bacterial disease of pukatea (Laurelia nouae-zelandiae Dul’tseva, N.M. and G.A. Dubinina. 1994. Thiothrix arctophila sp. nov. - a A Cunn.) caused by Xanthomonas laureliae n. sp. N. Z. J. Sci. 6: 179– new species of filamentous colorless sulfur bacteria. Microbiology 63: 185. 147–153. Dye, D.W. 1963b. The taxonomic position of Xanthomonas stewartii (Erw. Dul’tseva, N.M., G.A. Dubinina and A.M. Lysenko. 1996. Isolation of Smith 1914) Dowson 1939. N. Z. J. Sci. 6: 495–506. marine filamentous sulfur bacteria and description of the new species Dye, D.W. 1963c. The taxonomic position of Xanthomonas uredovorus Pon Leucothrix thiophila sp. nov. Microbiology 65: 79–87. et al., 1954. N. Z. J. Sci. 6: 146–149. Dumoff, M. 1979. Direct in vitro isolation of the Legionnaires’ disease Dye, D.W. 1964. The taxonomic position of Xanthomonas trifolii (Huss, bacterium in two fatal cases. Cultural and staining characteristics.Ann. 1907) James 1955. N. Z. J. Sci. 7: 261–269. Intern. Med. 90: 694–696. Dye, D.W. 1966a. A comparative study of some atypical “xanthomonads”. Duncan, A., G.E. Vasiliadis, R.C. Bayly, J.W. May and W.G.C. Raper. 1988. N. Z. J. Sci. 9: 843–854. Genospecies of Acinetobacter isolated from activated sludge showing Dye, D.W. 1966b. Cultural and biochemical reactions of additional Xan- enhanced removal of phosphate during pilot-scale treatment of sew- thomonas spp. N. Z. J. Sci. 9: 913–919. age. Biotechnol. Lett. 10: 831–836. Dye, D.W. 1968. A taxonomic study of the genus Erwinia. I. The “amy- Dunphy, G.B. 1994. Interaction of mutants of Xenorhabdus nematophilus lovora” group. N. Z. J. Sci. 11: 590–607. (Enterobacteriaceae) with antibacterial systems of Galleria mellonella lar- Dye, D.W. 1969a. A taxonomic study of the genus Erwinia. II. The “car- vae (Insecta: Pyralidae). Can. J. Microbiol. 40: 161–168. otovora” group. N. Z. J. Sci. 12: 81–97. Dupont, C. and A.J. Clarke. 1991. Dependence of lysozyme-catalyzed Dye, D.W. 1969b. A taxonomic study of the genus Erwinia. III. The “her- solubilization of Proteus mirabilis peptidoglycan on the extent of O- bicola” group. N. Z. J. Sci. 12: 223–236. acetylation. Eur. J. Biochem. 195: 763–769. Dye, D.W. 1978. Genus IX Xanthomonas Dowson 1939. In J.M. Young, Dupont, H.L. 2000. Shigella species (). In Mandell, D.W. Dye, J.F. Bradbury, C.G. Panagopoulos and C.F. Robbs. A pro- Bennett and Dolin (Editors), Principles and Practice of Infectious posed nomenclature and classification for plant pathogenic bacteria. Diseases, 5th Ed., Churchill Livingston, Philadelphia. pp. 2363–2369. N.Z.J. Agr. Res. 21: pp. 153–177. DuPont, H.L., M.M. Levine, R.B. Hornick and S.B. Formal. 1989. Inoc- Dye, D.W. 1980. Xanthomonas. In Schaad (Editor), Laboratory Guide for ulum size in and implications for expected mode of trans- Identification of Plant Pathogenic Bacteria, American Phytopatho- mission. J. Infect. Dis. 159: 1126–1128. logical Society, St. Paul, Minn. pp. 45–49. Duport, C., C. Baysse and Y. Michel-Briand. 1995. Molecular character- Dye, D.W., J.F. Bradbury, R.S. Dickey, M.S. Goto, C.N. Hale, A.C. Hayward, ization of pyocin S3, a novel S-type pyocin from Pseudomonas aerugi- A. Kelman, R.A. Lelliott, P.N. Patel, D.C. Sands, M.N. Schroth, W. nosa. J. Biol. Chem. 270: 8920–8927. D.R.W. and J.M. Young. 1975. Proposals for a reappraisal of the status Dupuis, G., J. Petite, O. Peter and M. Vouilloz. 1987. An important out- of names of plant-pathogenic Pseudomonas species. Int. J. Syst. Bac- break of human Q fever in a Swiss Alpine valley. Int. J. Epidemiol. teriol. 25: 252–257. 16: 282–287. Dye, D.W., J.F. Bradbury, M. Goto, A.C. Hayward, R.A. Lelliott and M.N. Durand, P., A.L. Reysenbach, D. Prieur and N.R. Pace. 1993. Isolation Schroth. 1980. International standards for naming pathovars of phy- and characterization of Thiobacillus hydrothermalis, sp. nov., a meso- topathogenic bacteria and a list of pathovar names and pathotype philic obligately chemolithotrophic bacterium isolated from a deep- strains. Rev. Plant Pathol. 59: 153–168. sea hydrothermal vent in Fiji Basin. Arch. Microbiol. 159: 39–44. Dyksterhouse, S.E., J.P. Gray, R.P. Herwig, J.C. Lara and J.T. Staley. 1995. Durbin, R.D. 1992. Role of toxins for plant-pathogenic pseudomonads. Cycloclasticus pugetii gen. nov., sp. nov., an aromatic hydrocarbon-de- In Galli, Silver and Witholt (Editors), Pseudomonas: Molecular Biology grading bacterium from marine sediments. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 45: and Biotechnology, American Society for Microbiology, Washington 116–123.

D.C. 43–55. Eady, R.R. and R.L. Robson. 1984. Characteristics of N2 fixation in Mo- Durbin, R.D., T.F. Uchytil, J.A. Steele and R.d.D. Ribeiro. 1978. Tabtox- limited batch and continuous cultures of Azotobacter vinelandii. inine beta-lactam from Pseudomonas tabaci. Phytochemistry. 17: 147– Biochem. J. 224: 853–862. 147. Eagon, R.G. 1962. Pseudomonas natriegens, a marine bacterium with a Durgapal, J.C. 1977. Albinism in Xanthomonas sesami. Curr. Sci. (Banga- generation time of less than 10 minutes. J. Bacteriol. 83: 736–737. lore) 46: 274. East, A.K., D. Allaway and M.D. Collins. 1992. Analysis of DNA encoding Durgapal, J.C. and B.M. Trivedi. 1976. Bacterial blight of “four-o’clock”— 23S rRNA and 16S–23S rRNA intergenic spacer regions from Plesio- a new disease in India. Curr. Sci. (Bangalore) 45: 111–112. monas shigelloides. FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 74: 57–62. Dutka, B.J., K. Jones and H. Bailey. 1987. Enumeration of Klebsiella spp. East, P.D., A. Cao and R.J. Akhurst. 1998. Toxin genes from the bacterium in cold water by using MacConkey inositol-potassium tellurite me- Xenorhabdus nematophilus and Photorhabdus luminescens., International dium. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 53: 1716–1717. Patent Application PCT/AU98/00562. Dutky, S.R. 1959. Insect microbiology. Adv. Appl. Microbiol. 1: 175–200. Easwaramurthy, R., V. Kaviyarasan and S.S. Gnanamanickam. 1984. A Dutky, S.R. and E.L. Gooden. 1952. Coxiella popilliae, n. sp., a rickettsia bacterial disease of ornamental cannas caused by Xanthomonas cam- causing blue disease of Japanese beetle larvae. J. Bacteriol. 63: 743– pestris pv. cannae pv. nov. Curr. Sci. (Bangalore) 53: 708–709. 750. Eaton, R.W. 1996. p-Cumate catabolic pathway in Pseudomonas putida F1: Dutton, A.A.C. and M. Ralston. 1957. Urinary tract infection in a male Cloning and characterization of DNA carrying the cmt operon. J. urological ward with special reference to the mode of infection. Lan- Bacteriol. 178: 1351–1362. cet 1: 115–119. Eaton, R.W. 1997. p-Cymene catabolic pathway in Pseudomonas putida F1: BIBLIOGRAPHY 955

Cloning and characterization of DNA encoding conversion of p-cy- Edelstein, P.H., R.D. Meyer and S.M. Finegold. 1980. Laboratory diag- mene to p-cumate. J. Bacteriol. 179: 3171–3180. nosis of Legionnaires’ disease. Am. Rev. Respir. Dis. 121: 317–328. Eaves, L.E., D.G. Rogers and P.J. Blackall. 1989. Comparison of hemag- Edelstein, P.H., C. Nakahama, J.O. Tobin, K. Calarco, K.B. Beer, J.R. Joly glutinin and agglutinin schemes for the serological classification of and R.K. Selander. 1986. Paleoepidemiologic investigation of Legion- Haemophilus paragallinarum and proposal of a new hemagglutinin ser- naires’ disease at Wadsworth Veterans Administration Hospital by ovar. J. Clin. Microbiol. 27: 1510–1513. using three typing methods for comparison of legionellae from clin- Eberhard, C., C.O. Wirsen and H.W. Jannasch. 1995. Oxidation of poly- ical and environmental sources. J. Clin. Microbiol. 23: 1121–1126. metal sulfides by chemolithoautotrophic bacteria from deep-sea hy- Edelstein, P.H. and E.P. Pryor. 1985. A new biotype of Legionella dumoffii. drothermal vents. Geomicrobiol. J. 13: 145–164. J. Clin. Microbiol. 21: 641–642. Eberth, C.J. 1880. Die organismen in den organen bei typhus abdom- Edelstein, P.H., J.B. Snitzer and J.A. Bridge. 1982b. Enhancement of inalis. Arch. Pathol. Anat. Physiol. Klin. Med. 81: 58–74. recovery of Legionella pneumophila from contaminated respiratory tract Ebright, J.R., J.R. Lentino and E. Juni. 1982. Endophthalmitis caused by specimens by heat. J. Clin. Microbiol. 16: 1061–1065. Moraxella nonliquefaciens. Am. J. Clin. Pathol. 77: 362–363. Ederer, G.M. and M.L. Schurr. 1971. Optimal bacitracin concentration Ebringer, A., T. Ptaszynska, M. Corbett, C. Wilson, Y. MacAfee, H. Avakian, for selective isolation medium for Haemophilus. Am. J. Med. Technol. P. Baron and D.C. James. 1985. Antibodies to Proteus in rheumatoid 37: 304–305. arthritis. Lancet 2: 305–307. Editorial Board of the Judicial Commission of the International Com- Echandi, E. and J.W. Moyer. 1979. Production, properties, and mor- mittee on Systematic Bacteriology. 1973. Opinion 48: Rejection of the phology of bacteriocins from Erwinia chrysanthemi. Phytopathology 69: name Aerobacter liquefaciens Beijerinck and conservation of the name 1204–1207. Aeromonas Stanier with Aeromonas hydrophila as the type species. Int. Echenique, J.R., H. Arienti, M.E. Tolmasky, R.R. Read, R.J. Staneloni, J. Syst. Bacteriol. 23: 473–474. J.H. Crosa and L.A. Actis. 1992. Characterization of a high-affinity Edmonds, C., G.E. Griffin and A.P. Johnstone. 1989. Demonstration and iron transport system in Acinetobacter baumannii. J. Bacteriol. 174: partial characterization of ADP-ribosylation in Pseudomonas maltophilia. 7670–7679. Biochem. J. 261: 113–118. Echeverria, P., F. Ørskov, I. Ørskov, S. Knutton, F. Scheutz, J.E. Brown Edmondson, A.S. and E.M. Cooke. 1979. The development and assess- and U. Lexomboon. 1991. Attaching and effacing enteropathogenic ment of a bacteriocin typing method for Klebsiella. J. Hyg. London. Escherichia coli as a cause of infantile diarrhea in Bangkok, Thailand. 82: 207–223. J. Infect. Dis. 164: 550–554. Edwards, P.R. and W.H. Ewing. 1972. Identification of Enterobacteriaceae, Echeverria, P., D.N. Taylor, K.A. Bettelheim, A. Chatkaeomorakot, S. 3rd Ed., Burgess Publishing Co., Minneapolis. Changchwawalit, A. Thongcharoen and U. Leksomboon. 1987. HeLa Edwards, P.R. and M.A. Fife. 1955. Studies on the Klebsiella–Aerobacter cell-adherent enteropathogenic Escherichia coli in children under 1 group of bacteria. J. Bacteriol. 70: 382–390. year of age in Thailand. J. Clin. Microbiol. 25: 1472–1475. Edwards, P.R., M.G. West and D.W. Bruner. 1948. Antigenic studies of a Eddy, B.P. 1960. Cephalotrichous, fermentative Gram-negative bacteria: paracolon bacteria (Bethesda group). J. Bacteriol. 55: 711–719. the genus Aeromonas. J. Appl. Bacteriol. 23: 216–249. Effendi, I. and B. Austin. 1991. Survival of the fish pathogen Aeromonas Eddy, B.P. 1962. Further studies on Aeromonas. I. Additional strains and salmonicida in seawater. FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 84: 103–106. supplementary biochemical tests. J. Appl. Bacteriol. 25: 137–146. Efuet, E.T., L. Pulakat and N. Gavini. 1996. Investigations on the cell Eddy, B.P. and K.P. Carpenter. 1964. Further studies on Aeromonas. II. volumes of Azotobacter vinelandii by scanning electron microscopy. J. Taxonomy of Aeromonas and C-27 strains. J. Appl. Bacteriol. 27: 96– Basic Microbiol. 36: 229–234. 109. Egan, W., F.P. Tsui, P.A. Climenson and R. Scbneerson. 1980a. Structural Edelman, R. and M.M. Levine. 1983. From the National Institute of Al- and immunological studies of the Haemophilus influenzae type c cap- lergy and Infectious Diseases. Summary of a workshop on entero- sular polysaccharide. Carbohydr. Res. 80: 305–316. pathogenic Escherichia coli. J. Infect. Dis. 147: 1108–1118. Egan, W., F. Tsui and R. Schneerson. 1980b. Structural studies of the Edelstein, P.H. 1981. Improved semiselective medium for isolation of Haemophilus influenzae type f capsular polysaccharide. Carbobydr. Res. Legionella pneumophila from contaminated clinical and environmental 79: 271–277. specimens. J. Clin. Microbiol. 14: 298–303. Egerton, J.R. 1989. Footrot of cattle, goats, and deer. In Egerton, J.R., Edelstein, P.H. 1982. Comparative study of selective media for isolation W.K. Yong and G.G. Riffkin (Editors), Footrot and Foot Abscess of of Legionella pneumophila from potable water. J. Clin. Microbiol. 16: Ruminants, CRC Press, Boca Raton. 47–56. 697–699. Egerton, J.R., P.T. Cox, B.J. Anderson, C. Kristo, M. Norman and J.S. Edelstein, P.H., K.B. Beer, J.C. Sturge, A.J. Watson and L.C. Goldstein. Mattick. 1987. Protection of sheep against footrot with a recombinant 1985. Clinical utility of a monoclonal direct fluorescent reagent spe- DNA-based fimbrial vaccine. Vet. Microbiol. 14: 393–409. cific for Legionella pneumophila: comparative study with other reagents. Egidius, E., R. Wiik, K. Andersen, K.A. Hoff and B. Hjeltnes. 1986. Vibrio J. Clin. Microbiol. 22: 419–421. salmonicida sp. nov., a new fish pathogen. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 36: Edelstein, P.H., W.F. Bibb, G.W. Gorman, W.L. Thacker, D.J. Brenner, 518–520. H.W. Wilkinson, C.W. Moss, R.S. Buddington, C.J. Dunn, P.J. Roos Egli, T., M. Goto and D. Schmidt. 1975. Bacterial wilt, a new forage grass and P.L. Meenhorst. 1984. Legionella pneumophila serogroup 9: a cause disease. Phytopathol. Z. 82: 111–121. of human pneumonia. Ann. Intern. Med. 101: 196–198. Egli, T. and D. Schmidt. 1982. Pathogenic variation among the causal Edelstein, P.H., D.J. Brenner, C.W. Moss, A.G. Steigerwalt, E.M. Francis agents of bacterial wilt of forage grasses. Phytopathol. Z. 104: 138– and W.L. George. 1982a. Legionella wadsworthii species nova: a cause 150. of human pneumonia. Ann. Intern. Med. 97: 809–813. Ehrenberg, C.G. 1838. Die Infusionthierchen als vollkommene Organ- Edelstein, P.H., D.J. Brenner, C.W. Moss, A.G. Steigerwalt, E.M. Francis ismen: ein Blick in das tiefere organische Leben der Natur, L. Voss, and W.L. George. 1983. In Validation of the publication of new names Leipzig. pp. i–xvii; 1–547. and new combinations previously effectively published outside the Ehrenberg, C.G. 1840. Charakteristik von 274 neuen Arten von Infuso- IJSB. List No. 11. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 33: 672–674. rien, Vol. 1840, Ber Bekannt Verhandl. Ko¨nigl. Preuss Akad. Wiss., Edelstein, P.H. and M.A. Edelstein. 1989. Evaluation of the Merifluor- Berlin. 197–219. Legionella immunofluorescent reagent for identifying and detecting Ehrenkranz, N.J., B.C. Alfonso, D.G. Eckert and L.B. Moskowitz. 1989. 21 Legionella species. J. Clin. Microbiol. 27: 2455–2458. Proteeae species bacteriuria accompanying Proteeae species groin Edelstein, P.H. and S.M. Finegold. 1979. Use of a semiselective medium skin carriage in geriatric outpatients. J. Clin. Microbiol. 27: 1988– to culture Legionella pneumophila from contaminated lung specimens. 1991. J. Clin. Microbiol. 10: 141–143. Ehrenstein, B., A.T. Bernards, L. Dijkshoorn, P. Gerner-Smidt, K.J. 956 BIBLIOGRAPHY

Towner, P.J.M. Bouvet, F.D. Daschner and H. Grundmann. 1996. Aci- Ellingboe, A.H. 1981. Changing concepts in host-pathogen genetics. netobacter species identification by using tRNA spacer fingerprinting. Annu. Rev. Phytopathol. 19: 125–143. J. Clin. Microbiol. 34: 2414–2420. Elliott, C. 1920. Halo-blight of oats. J. Agr. Res. 19: 139–172. Ehrich, S., D. Behrens, E. Lebedeva, W. Ludwig and E. Bock. 1995. A Elliott, C. 1923. A bacterial stripe disease of proso millet. J. Agr. Res. 26: new obligately chemolithoautotrophic, nitrite-oxidizing bacterium, 151–160. Nitrospira moscoviensis sp. nov. and its phylogenetic relationship. Arch. Elliott, C. 1927. Bacterial stripe blight of oats. J. Agr. Res. 35: 811–824. Microbiol. 164: 16–23. Elomari, M., L. Coroler, B. Hoste, M. Gillis, D. Izard and H. Leclerc. Eichler, B. and N. Pfennig. 1986. Characterization of a new platelet- 1996. DNA relatedness among Pseudomonas strains isolated from nat- forming purple sulfur bacterium, Amoebobacter pedioformis sp. nov. ural mineral waters and proposal of Pseudomonas veronii sp. nov. Int. Arch. Microbiol. 146: 295–300. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 46: 1138–1144. Eichler, B. and N. Pfennig. 1988. A new purple sulfur bacterium from Elomari, M., L. Coroler, D. Izard and H. Leclerc. 1995. A numerical stratified freshwater lakes, Amoebobacter purpureus, sp. nov. Arch. Mi- taxonomic study of fluorescent Pseudomonas strains isolated from nat- crobiol. 149: 395–400. ural mineral waters. J. Appl. Bacteriol. 78: 71–81. Eichler, B. and N. Pfennig. 1991. Isolation and characteristics of Thiopedia Elomari, M., L. Coroler, S. Verhille, D. Izard and H. Leclerc. 1997. Pseu- rosea (neotype). Arch. Microbiol. 155: 210–216. domonas monteilii sp. nov., isolated from clinical specimens. Int. J. Syst. Eicholz, W. 1902. Erdbeerbacillus (Bacterium fragi). Zentralbl. Bakteriol. Bacteriol. 47: 846–852. Parasitenkd. Infektionskr. Hyg. Abt. II. 9: 425–428. Elomari, M., D. Izard, P. Vincent, L. Coroler and H. Leclerc. 1994. Com- Eigelsbach, H.T., W. Braun and R.D. Herring. 1951. Studies on the vari- parison of ribotyping analysis and numerical taxonomy studies of ation of Bacterium tularense. J. Bacteriol. 61: 557–569. Pseudomonas putida biovar A. Syst. Appl. Microbiol. 17: 361–369. Eigelsbach, H.T. and V.G. McGann. 1981. The genus Francisella. In Starr, Elrod, R.P. 1946. The serological relationship between Erwinia tracheiphila Stolp, Tru¨per, Balows and Schlegel (Editors), The Prokaryotes: A and species of Shigella. J. Bacteriol. 52: 405–410. Handbook on Habitats, Isolation and Identification of Bacteria, Elrod, R.P. and A.C. Braun. 1947a. Serological studies of the genus Xan- Springer-Verlag, Berlin. pp. 620–633. thomonas. I. Cross agglutination relationships. J. Bacteriol. 53: 509– Eigelsbach, H.T. and V.G. McGann. 1984. Genus Francisella. In Krieg and 518. Holt (Editors), Bergey’s Manual of Systematic Bacteriology, 1 Ed., Elrod, R.P. and A.C. Braun. 1947b. Serological studies of the genus Xan- Vol. 1, The Williams & Wilkins Co., Baltimore. pp. 394–399. thomonas. II. Xanthomonas translucens group. J. Bacteriol. 53: 519–524. Eikelboom, D.H. 1975. Filamentous organisms observed in activated Elsden, S.R., M.G. Hilton and J.M. Waller. 1976. The end products of sludge. Water Res. 9: 365–388. the metabolism of aromatic amino acids by Clostridia. Arch. Microbiol. Eikelboom, D.H. 1977. Identification of filamentous organisms in bulking 107: 283–288. activated sludge. Prog. Water Technol. 8: 153–161. Elsner, H.A., U. Duhrsen, B. Hollwitz, P.M. Kaulfers and D.K. Hossfeld. Eikelboom, D.H. and H.J.J. van Buijsen. 1981. Microscopic sludge inves- 1997. Fatal pulmonary hemorrhage in patients with acute leukemia tigation manual, Delft. TNO Research institute for environmental and fulminant pneumonia caused by Stenotrophomonas maltophilia. hygiene. Report nr A 94A. . Ann. Hematol. 74: 155–161. Eilers, H., J. Pernthaler, F.O. Glo¨ckner and R. Amann. 2000. Culturability Elwell, L.P., J.D. DeGraaff, D. Seibert and S. Falkow. 1975. Plasmid-linked and in situ abundance of pelagic bacteria from the North Sea. Appl. ampicillin resistance in Haemophilus influenzae type b. Infect. Immun. Environ. Microbiol. 66: 3044–3051. 12: 404–410. Eimhjellen, K.E. 1970. Thiocapsa pfennigii sp. nov., a new species of pho- Elwell, L.P., J.R. Saunders, M.H. Richmond and S. Falkow. 1977. Rela- totrophic sulfur bacteria. Arch. Mikrobiol. 73: 193–194. tionships among some R plasmids found in Haemophilus influenzae.J. Eimhjellen, K.E., H. Steensland and J. Traetteberg. 1967. A Thiococcus sp. Bacteriol. 131: 356–362. nov. gen., its pigments and internal membrane system. Arch. Mik- Ely, B. 1985. Vectors for transposon mutagenesis of nonenteric bacteria. robiol. 59: 82–92. Mol. Gen. Genet. 200: 302–304. Eisenberg, R.C., S.J. Butters, S.C. Quay and S.B. Friedman. 1974. Glucose Emerson, D. and J.A. Breznak. 1997. The response of microbial popu- uptake and phosphorylation in Pseudomonas fluorescens. J. Bacteriol. lations from oil-brine contaminated soil to gradients of NaCl and 120: 147–153. sodium p-toluate is a diffusion gradient chamber. FEMS Microbiol. El Banoby, F.E. and K. Rudolph. 1979. Induction of water-soaking in plant Ecol. 23: 285–300. leaves by extracellular polysaccharides from phytopathogenic pseu- Emslie-Smith, A.H. 1961. Hafnia alvei strains possessing alpha antigen of domonads and xanthomonads. Physiol. Plant Pathol. 15: 341–349. Stamp and Stone. J. Pathol. Bacteriol. 81: 534–536. El Harrif-Heraud, Z., C. Arpin, S. Benliman and C. Quentin. 1997. Mo- Endo, Y., K. Tsurugi, T. Yutsudo, Y. Takeda, T. Ogasawara and K. Igarashi. lecular epidemiology of a nosocomial outbreak due to SHV-4-pro- 1988. Site of action of a vero toxin (VT2) from Escherichia coli O157:H7 ducing strains of Citrobacter diversus. J. Clin. Microbiol. 35: 2561–2567. and of Shiga toxin on eukaryotic ribosomes. RNA N-glycosidase ac- El Hendawy, H.H., I.M. Zeid and Z.K. Mohamed. 1998. The biological tivity of the toxins. Eur. J. Biochem. 171: 45–50. control of soft rot disease in melon caused by Erwinia carotovora subsp. Eneroth, A., A. Christiansson, J. Brendehaug and G. Molin. 1998. Critical carotovora using Pseudomonas fluorescens. Microbiol. Res. 153: 55–60. contamination sites in the production line of pasteurised milk, with el Khizzi, N., S.A. Kasab and A.O. Osoba. 1997. HACEK group endocar- reference to the psychrotrophic spoilage flora. Int. Dairy J. 8: 829– ditis at the Riyadh Armed Forces Hospital. J. Infect. 34: 69–4. 834. El-Helaly, A.F., M.K. Abo-EI-Dahab, M.A. Goorani and G. M.R.M.. 1979. Engelhard, E., R.M. Kroppenstedt, R. Mutters and W. Mannheim. 1991. Production of cellulase (Cx) by different species of Erwinia. Zentbl. Carbohydrate patterns, cellular lipoquinones, fatty acids and phos- Bakteriol. Parasitenkd. Infektkrankh. Hyg. Abt. II 134: 187–192. pholipids of the genus Pasteurella sensu stricto. Med. Microbiol. Im- Elazari-Volcani, B. 1939. On Pseudomonas indigofera (Voges) Migula and munol. 180: 79–92. its pigment. Arch. Mikrobiol. 10: 343–358. Engelhard, E., R.M. Kroppenstedt, R. Mutters and W. Mannheim. 1992. Elazari-Volcani, B. 1940. Studies on the microflora of the Dead Sea, He- Cytochemische charakterisierung der humanen Haemophilus-spezies brew University, Jerusalem. sowie von (Actinobacillus) actinomycetemcomitans. In Flores-de-Jacoby Elisha, B.G. and L.M. Steyn. 1991. Identification of an Acinetobacter bau- and Mannheim (Editors), 2nd Workshop Mikrobiologie und Immu- mannii gene region with sequence and organizational similarity to nologie der Paradontalen Erkrankungen: Berlin, 22. und 23. Februar Tn2670. Plasmid 25: 96–104. 1991, Quintessenz, Berlin. 273–288. Elleman, T.C. 1988. Pilins of Bacteroides nodosus: molecular basis of ser- Engelhardt, H., W. Baumeister and W.O. Saxton. 1983. Electron mi- otypic variation and relationships to other bacterial pilins. Microbiol. croscopy of photosynthetic membranes containing bacteriochloro- Rev. 52: 233–247. phyll b. Arch. Microbiol. 135: 169–175. BIBLIOGRAPHY 957

Enger, O., H. Nygaard, M. Solberg, G. Schei, J. Nielsen and I. Dundas. Esselman, M.T. and P.V. Liu. 1961. Lecithinase production by gram-neg- 1987. Characterization of Alteromonas denitrificans sp. nov. Int. J. Syst. ative bacteria. J. Bacteriol. 81: 939–945. Bacteriol. 37: 416–421. Esteve, C., M.C. Gutierrez and A. Ventosa. 1995a. Aeromonas encheleia sp. England, A.C.I. and D.W. Fraser. 1981. Sporadic and epidemic nosoco- nov., isolated from European eels. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 45: 462–466. mial legionellosis in the United States. Epidemiologic features. Am. Esteve, C., M.C. Gutierrez and A. Ventosa. 1995b. DNA relatedness among J. Med. 70: 707–711. Aeromonas allosaccharophila strains and DNA hybridization groups of England, A.C.I., R.M. McKinney, P. Skaliy and G.W. Gorman. 1980. A the genus Aeromonas. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 45: 390–391. fifth serogroup of Legionella pneumophila. Ann. Intern. Med. 93: 58– Euze´by, J.P. 1998. Taxonomic note: necessary correction of specific and 59. subspecific epithets according to Rules 12c and 13b of the Interna- Englund, G.W. 1969. Persistent septicemia due to Hafnia alvei. Report of tional Code of Nomenclature of Bacteria (1990 revision). Int. J. Syst. a case. Am. J. Clin. Pathol. 51: 717–719. Bacteriol. 48: 1073–1075. Enright, M.C., P.E. Carter, I.A. MacLean and H. McKenzie. 1994. Phy- Euze´by, J.P. 1999. Revised Salmonella nomenclature: designation of Sal- logenetic relationships between some members of the genera Neis- monella enterica (ex Kauffmann and Edwards 1952) Le Minor and seria, Acinetobacter, Moraxella, and Kingella based on partial 16S ribo- Popoff 1987 sp. nov., nom. rev. as the neotype species of the genus somal DNA sequence analysis. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 44: 387–391. Salmonella Lignieres 1900 (Approved Lists 1980), rejection of the Enright, M.C. and H. McKenzie. 1997. Moraxella (Branhamella) catarrhalis: name Salmonella choleraesuis (Smith 1894) Weldin 1927 (Approved clinical and molecular aspects of a rediscovered pathogen. J. Med. Lists 1980), and conservation of the name Salmonella typhi (Schroeter Microbiol. 46: 360–371. 1886) Warren and Scott 1930 (Approved Lists 1980). Request for an Entner, N. and M. Doudoroff. 1952. Glucose and gluconic acid oxidation Opinion. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 49: 927–930. of Pseudomonas saccharophila. J. Biol. Chem. 196: 853–862. Euze´by, J.P. and N.E. Boemare. 2000. The modern latin word rhabdus Entwistle, P.F., J.S. Robertson and B.E. Juniper. 1968. The ultrastructure belongs to the feminine gender, inducing necessary corrections ac- of a rickettsia pathogenic to a saturnid moth. J. Gen. Microbiol. 54: cording to rules 65(2), 12c(1) and 13b of the bacteriological code 97–104. (1990 revision). Int. J. Syst. Evol. Microbiol. 50: 1691–1692. Erasmus, J.A., J.A. De Wet and L. Prozesky. 1982. Actinobacillus seminis Evans, D., R. Jones, P. Woodley and R. Robson. 1988. Further analysis of infection in a Walrich ram. J. S. Afr. Vet. Assoc. 53: 129. nitrogen fixation (nif) genes in Azotobacter chroococcum - identification Ercolani, G.L. and M. Caldarola. 1972. Pseudomonas ciccaronei sp. n. agente and expression in Klebsiella pneumoniae of nifS, nifV, nifM and nifB de una maculatura fogliare del carrubo in Puglia. Phytopathol. Med- genes and localization of nifE/N-like, nifU-like, nifA-like and fixABC- iterr. 11: 71–73. like genes. J. Gen. Microbiol. 134: 931–942. Ercolani, G.L., D.J. Hagedorn, A. Kelman and R.E. Rand. 1974. Epiphytic Evans, M.E., D.W. Gregory, W. Schaffner and Z.A. McGee. 1985. Tula- survival of Pseudomonas syringae on hairy vetch in relation to epide- remia: a 30-year experience with 88 cases. Medicine. 64: 251–269. miology of bacterial brown spot of bean in Wisconsin. Phytopathology Evans, N.M., D.D. Smith and A.J. Wicken. 1974. Haemin and nicotina- 64: 1330–1339. mide adenine dinucleotide requirements of Haemophilus influenzae Ericsson, M., I. Golovliov, G. Sandstro¨m,A.Ta¨rnvik and A. Sjo¨stedt. 1997. and H. parainfluenzae. J. Med. Microbiol. 7: 359–365. Characterization of the nucleotide sequence of the groE operon en- Evanylo, L.P., S. Kadis and J.R. Maudsley. 1984. Siderophore production coding heat shock proteins chaperone-60 and -10 of Francisella tula- rensis and determination of the T-cell response to the proteins in by Proteus mirabilis. Can. J. Microbiol. 30: 1046–1051. individuals vaccinated with F. tularensis. Infect. Immun. 65: 1824–1829. Eveland, W.C. and J.E. Faber. 1953. Antigenic studies on a group of Eriksen, L., B. Aalbaek, P.S. Leifsson, A. Basse, T. Christiansen, E. Eriksen paracolon bacteria (32011 group). J. Infect Dis. 93: 226–236. and R.B. Rimler. 1999. Hemorrhagic septicemia in fallow deer (Dama Evelyn, T.P.T. and M.L. Kent. 1992. Salmonid rickettsial septicemia. In dama) caused by Pasteurella multocida subsp. multocida. J. Zoo Wildl. Kent (Editor), Diseases of Seawater Netpen-reared Salmonid Fishes Med. 30: 285–292. in the Pacific Northwest, Canadian Special Publication of Fisheries Ertesvag, H., B. Doseth, B. Larsen, G. Skjakbraek and S. Valla. 1994. and Aquatic Sciences 116, Department of Fisheries and Oceans, Na- Cloning and expression of an Azotobacter vinelandii mannuronan C-5- naimo. pp. 18–19. epimerase gene. J. Bacteriol. 176: 2846–2853. Every, D. 1982. Proteinase isoenzyme patterns of Bacteroides nodosus: dis- Ertesvag, H., H.K. Hoidal, I.K. Hals, A. Rian, B. Doseth and S. Valla. 1995. tinction between ovine virulent isolates, ovine benign isolates and A family of modular type mannuronan C5-epimerase genes controls bovine isolates. J. Gen. Microbiol. 128: 809–812. alginate structure in Azotobacter vinelandii. Mol. Microbiol. 16: 719– Evins, G.M., D.N. Cameron, J.G. Wells, K.D. Greene, T. Popovic, S. Gion- 731. ocerezo, I.K. Wachsmuth and R.V. Tauxe. 1995. The emerging di- Escande, F., A. Bailly, S. Bone and J. Lemozy. 1996. Actinobacillus suis versity of the electrophoretic types of Vibrio cholerae in the western infection after a pig bite. Lancet 378: 888. hemisphere. J. Infect. Dis. 172: 173–179. Escande, F., F. Grimont, P.A.D. Grimont and H. Bercovier. 1984. Deoxy- Ewbank, E. and H. Maraite. 1990. Conversion of methionine to phyto- ribonucleic acid relatedness among strains of Actinobacillus spp. and toxic 3-methylthiopropionic acid by Xanthomonas campestris pv. mani- Pasteurella ureae. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 34: 309–315. hotis. J. Gen. Microbiol. 136: 1185–1190. Escande, F. and C. Lion. 1993. Epidemiology of human infections by Ewing, W.H. 1946. An additional Shigella paradysenteriae serotype. J. Bac- Pasteurella and related groups in France. Zentrabl. Bakteriol. 279: 131– teriol. 1: 433–445. 139. Ewing, W.H. 1949. Shigella nomenclature. J. Bacteriol. 57: 633–638. Escande, F., E. Vallee and F. Aubart. 1997. Pasteurella caballi infection Ewing, W.H. 1953. Serological relationships between Shigella and coliform following a horse bite. Zentrabl. Bakteriol. 285: 440–444. cultures. J. Bacteriol. 66: 333–340. Escherich, T. 1885. Die Darmbakterien des Neugeborenen und Sa¨uglin- Ewing, W.H. 1960. Biochemical method for group differentiation, Center gen. Fortschr Med. 3: 515–528 547–554. for Disease Control, Atlanta. Eskola, J., H. Peltola, A.K. Takala, H. Kayhty, M. Hakulinen, V. Karanko, Ewing, W.H. 1962. The Tribe Proteae: Its nomenclature and taxonomy. E. Kela, P. Rekola, P.R. Ronnberg, J.S. Samuelson, I.K. Gordon and Int. Bull. Bacteriol. Nomencl. Taxon. 12: 93–102. P.H. Ma¨kela. 1987. Efficacy of Haemophilus influenzae type b polysac- Ewing, W.H. 1963. An outline of nomenclature for the family Enterobac- charide-diphtheria toxoid conjugate vaccine in infancy. N. Engl. J. teriaceae. Int. Bull. Bacteriol. Nomencl. Taxon. 13: 95–110. Med. 317: 717–722. Ewing, W.H. 1969. Excerpts from: an evaluation of the Salmonella prob- Espinosa, M., B. Deodato, B. Cernigoi and A. Seijo. 1996. Cross reactivity lem, Center for Disease Control, Atlanta. between Chlamydia psittaci and Acinetobacter in indirect fluorescent Ewing, W.H. 1971. Summary of four species. In Ewing (Editor), Bio- antibody assays. Rev. Argent. Microbiol. 28: 142–146. chemical Reactions of Shigella, U.S. Department of Health, Education 958 BIBLIOGRAPHY

and Welfare, Public Health Service, DHEW Publication No. (CDC) Eyre, J.W. 1900. A clinical and bacteriological study of diplobacillary 72-8081, Atlanta. pp. V3–V12. conjunctivitis. J. Pathol. Bacteriol. 6: 1–13. Ewing, W.H. 1986a. Edwards and Ewing’s identification of Enterobacteri- Ezavin, M., R. Vazquez and J. Benitez. 1992. Detection of a plasmid of aceae, 4th Ed., Elsevier, New York. Xanthomonas campestris pv. vasculorum. Proteccion de Plantas. 2: 15– Ewing, W.H. 1986b. The Genus Escherichia. In Edwards and Ewing (Ed- 20. itors), Edwards and Ewing’s Identification of Enterobacteriaceae, 4th Ezura, Y., M. Kawabata, H. Miyashita and T. Kimura. 1988a. Changes of Ed., Elsevier Science Publishing Co., New York. pp. 93–122. bacterial population in the nursery tanks for the forced cultivation Ewing, W.H. 1986c. The genus Shigella. In Ewing (Editor), Edwards and of Makonbu Laminaria japonica. Nippon Suisan Gakkaishi. 54: 655– Ewing’s Identification of Enterobacteriaceae, 4th Ed., Elsevier Science 663. Publishing Co., Inc., New York. pp. 135–172. Ezura, Y., H. Yamamoto and T. Kimura. 1988b. Isolation of a marine Ewing, W.H. 1986d. Media and reagents. In Ewing (Editor), Edwards and bacterium that produces red spots on the culture bed of Makonbu Ewing’s Identification of Enterobacteriaceae, 4th Ed., Elsevier Science Laminaria japonica cultivation. Nippon Suisan Gakkaishi. 54: 665–672. Publishing Co., Inc., New York. pp. 509–530. Faden, H., L. Duffy, A. Williams, D.A. Krystofik and J. Wolf. 1995. Epi- Ewing, W.H. and B.R. Davis. 1972a. Biochemical characterization of Cit- demiology of nasopharyngeal colonization with nontypeable Haemo- robacter diversus (Burkey) Werkman and Gillen and designation of the philus influenzae in the first 2 years of life. J. Infect. Dis. 172: 132–135. neotype strain. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 22: 12–18. Fader, R.C., K. Gondesen, B. Tolley, D.G. Ritchie and P. Moller. 1988. Ewing, W.H. and R.B. Davis. 1972b. Biochemical characterization of the Evidence that in vitro adherence of Klebsiella pneumoniae to ciliated species of Proteus. Public Health Lab. 30: 46–57. hamster tracheal cells is mediated by type 1 fimbriae. Infect. Immun. Ewing, W.H., B.R. Davis, M.A. Fife and E.F. Lessel. 1973. Biochemical 56: 3011–3013. characterization of Serratia liquefaciens (Grimes and Hennerty) Bas- Fahy, P.C. 1981. The taxonomy of the bacterial plant pathogens of mush- comb et al. (formerly Enterobacter liquefaciens) and Serratia rubidaea room culture. In Mushroom Science XI. Proceedings of the Eleventh (Stapp) comb nov. and designation of type and neotype strains. Int. International Scientific Congress on the Cultivation of Edible Fungi, J. Syst. Bacteriol. 23: 217–225. Australia 293–311. Ewing, W.H., B.R. Davis and J.V. Sikes. 1972. Biochemical characterization Faibich, M.M. 1959. The problem of increasing the antigenicity of live of Providencia. Public Health Lab. 30: 25–28. tularemia vaccine. J. Microbiol. Epidemiol. Immunobiol. 30: 23–27. Ewing, W.H., J.J. Farmer and D.J. Brenner. 1980. Proposal of Enterobac- Fainstein, V., R.L. Hopfer, K. Mills and G.P. Bodey. 1982a. Colonization teriaceae nom. rev. to replace Enterobacteriaceae Rahn 1937, Nom. fem. by or diarrhea due to Kluyvera species. J. Infect. Dis. 145: 127. cons Opin 15, Jud. Comm. 1958, which lost standing in nomenclature Fainstein, V., S. Weaver and G.P. Bodey. 1982b. In vitro susceptibilities of on January 1, 1980. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 30: 674–675. Aeromonas hydrophila against new antibiotics. Antimicrob. Agents Che- Ewing, W.H. and M.A. Fife. 1968. Enterobacter hafniae (the Hafnia group). mother. 22: 513–514. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 18: 263–271. Falkenstein, H., W. Zeller and K. Geider. 1989. The 29 kb plasmid, com- Ewing, W.H. and M.A. Fife. 1972. Enterobacter agglomerans (Beijerinck) mon in strains of Erwinia amylovora, modulates development of fireb- comb nov. (the Herbicola-Lathyri bacteria). Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 22: light symptoms. J. Gen. Microbiol. 135: 2643–2650. 4–11. Falkow, S., I.R. Ryman and O. Washington. 1962. Deoxyribonucleic acid Ewing, W.H. and M.C. Hucks. 1952. Four new provisional serotypes of base composition of Proteus and Providence organisms. J. Bacteriol. 83: Shigella. J. Immunol. 69: 575–580. 1318–1321. Ewing, W.H., M.C. Hucks and M.W. Taylor. 1951. Provisional Shigella boydii Falkow, S., H. Schneider, L.S. Baron and S.B. Formal. 1963. Virulence 9. Public Health Rep. 66: 1579–1586. of Escherichia–Shigella genetic hybrids for the guinea pig. J. Bacteriol. Ewing, W.H., M.C. Hucks and M.W. Taylor. 1952a. Interrelationship of 86: 1251–1258. certain Shigella and Escherichia cultures. J. Bacteriol. 63: 319–325. Fallik, E., Y.K. Chan and R.L. Robson. 1991. Detection of alternative Ewing, W.H., R. Hugh and J.C. Johnson. 1961. Studies on the Aeromonas nitrogenases in aerobic Gram-negative nitrogen-fixing bacteria. J. Bac- group, U.S. Department of Health, Education and Welfare, Com- teriol. 173: 365–371. municable Disease Center, Atlanta. Fallik, E., P.G. Hartel and R.L. Robson. 1993. Presence of a vanadium Ewing, W.H. and J.G. Johnson. 1960. The differentiation of Aeromonas nitrogenase in Azotobacter paspali. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 59: 1883– and C27 strains from Enterobacteriaceae. Int. Bull. Bacteriol. Nomencl. 1886. Taxon. 10: 223–230. Fallik, E. and R.L. Robson. 1990. Completed sequence of the region Ewing, W.H., A.C. McWhorter, M.R. Escobar and A.H. Lubin. 1965. Ed- encoding the structural gene for the vanadium nitrogenase of Azo- wardsiella, a new genus of Enterobacteriaceae based on a new species, E. tobacter chroococcum. Nucleic Acids Res. 18: 4616. tarda. Int. Bull. Bacteriol. Nomen. Taxon. 15: 33–38. Faltus, I.I. and Y.G. Kishko. 1980. Certain biological and physicochemical Ewing, W.H., R.W. Reavis and B.R. Davis. 1958. Provisional Shigella se- properties of the virulent and temperate phages of Erwinia carotovora rotypes. Can. J. Microbiol. 4: 89–107. (Russian). Mikrobiol. Zh. 42: 226–231. Ewing, W.H., A.J. Ross, D.J. Brenner and G.R. Fanning. 1978. Yersinia Famintzin, A. 1892. Eine neue Bacterienform: Nevskia ramosa. Bull. Acad. ruckeri sp. nov., the redmouth (RM) bacterium. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. Sci. St. Petersb. New Ser. 2. 34: 481–486. 28: 37–44. Fang, C.T., H.C. Ren, T.Y. Chen, Y.K. Chu, H.C. Faan and S.C. Wu. 1957. Ewing, W.H., K.E. Tanner and D.A. Dennard. 1954. The Providence A comparison of the rice bacterial leaf blight organism with the bac- group: an intermediate group of enteric bacteria. J. Infect. Dis. 94: terial leaf streak organism of rice and Leersia hexandra Swartz. Acta 134–140. Pbytopathol. Sinica. 3: 99–124. Ewing, W.H. and M.W. Taylor. 1951. Two provisional Shigella boydii se- Fanning, G.R., J.J. Farmer, III, J.N. Parker, G.P. Huntley-Carter and D.J. rotypes. Public Health Rep. 66: 1327–1331. Brenner. 1979. Kluyvera: A new genus in Enterobacteriaceae. Abstr. Ann Ewing, W.H., J. Vandepitte, A. Fain and M. Schoetter. 1952b. Provisional Meet. Amer. Soc. Microbiol., p. 100. Shigella dysenteriae 8. Ann. Soc. Belge. Med. Trop. 32: 585–590. Fanning, G.R., F.W. Hickman-Brenner, J.J. Farmer, III and D.J. Brenner. Expert, D., C. Enard and C. Masclaux. 1996. The role of iron uptake in 1985. DNA relatedness and phenotypic analysis of the genus Aero- plant host-pathogen interactions. Trends Microbiol. 4: 232–237. monas. Abstracts of the 85th General Meeting of the American Society Expert, D. and A. Toussaint. 1985. Bacteriocin-resistant mutants of Er- for Microbiology, American Society for Microbiology. p. 319. winia chrysanthemi: possible involvement of iron acquisition in phy- Farmer, J.J., III 1974. Lysotypie de Serratia marcescens. Arch. Roum. Pathol. topathogenicity. J. Bacteriol. 163: 221–227. Exp. Microbiol. 34: 189. Eykyn, S. and I. Phillips. 1978. Carbon dioxide-dependent Escherichia coli. Farmer, J.J., III 1980. Revival of the name Vibrio vulnificus. Int. J. Syst. Br. Med. J. 1: 576. Bacteriol. 30: 656. BIBLIOGRAPHY 959

Farmer, J.J., III 1984a. Genus Obesumbacterium Shimwell 1963, 759AL. In Farmer, J.J., III, F.W. Hickman, D.J. Brenner, M. Schreiber and D.G. Kreig and Holt (Editors), Bergey’s Manual of Systematic Bacteriology, Rickenbach. 1977. Unusual Enterobacteriaceae: “Proteus rettgeri” that Vol. 1, Williams & Wilkins, Baltimore. 506–509. “change” into Providencia stuartii. J. Clin. Microbiol. 6: 373–378. Farmer, J.J., III 1984b. Other genera of the family Enterobacteriaceae. In Farmer, J.J., III and F.W. Hickman-Brenner. 1992. The genera Vibrio and Krieg and Holt (Editors), Bergey’s Manual of Systematic Bacteriology, Photobacterium. In Balows, Tru¨per, Dworkin, Harder and Schleifer (Ed- 1st Ed., Vol. 1, The Williams & Wilkins Co, Baltimore. pp. 506–516. itors), The Prokaryotes. A Handbook on the Biology of Bacteria: Farmer, J.J., III 1992. The family Vibrionaceae. In Balows, Tru¨per, Dworkin, Ecophysiology, Isolation, Identification, Applications, 2nd ed., Vol. 3, Harder and Schleifer (Editors), The Prokaryotes. A Handbook on Springer-Verlag, New York. 2952–3011. the Biology of Bacteria: Ecophysiology, Isolation, Identification, Ap- Farmer, J.J., III, F.W. Hickman-Brenner, G.R. Fanning, M.J. Arduino and plications, 2nd Ed., Vol. 3, Springer-Verlag, New York. pp. 2938–2951. D.J. Brenner. 1986. Analysis of Aeromonas and Plesiomonas by DNA– Farmer, J.J., III 1995. Enterobacteriaceae: introduction and identification. DNA hybridization and phenotype. 1st International Aeromonas- In Murray, Baron, Pfaller, Tenover and Yolken (Editors), Manual of /Plesiomonas Symposium, Manchester, England. p. 1. Clinical Microbiology, American Society for Microbiology, Washing- Farmer, J.J., III, F.W. Hickman-Brenner, G.R. Fanning, C.M. Gordon and ton, D.C. pp. 438–449. D.J. Brenner. 1988. Characterization of Vibrio metschnikovii and Vibrio Farmer, J.J., III 1999. Enterobacteriaceae: introduction and identification. gazogenes by DNA–DNA hybridization and phenotype. J. Clin. Micro- In Murray, Baron, Pfaller, Tenover and Yolken (Editors), Manual of biol. 26: 1993–2000. Clinical Microbiology, 7th Ed., American Society for Microbiology, Farmer, J.J., III, F.W. Hickman-Brenner and M.T. Kelly. 1985d. Vibrio. In Washington D.C. 442–458. Lemmette, Balows, Hausler and Shadomy (Editors), Manual of Clin- Farmer, J.J., III 2003. Enterobacteriaceae: introduction and identification. ical Microbiology, American Society for Microbiology, Washington, In Murray, Baron, Pfaller, Jorgensen and Yolken (Editors), Manual of D.C. pp. 282–310. Clinical Microbiology, 8th Ed., American Society for Microbiology, Farmer, J.J., III, J.H. Jorgensen, P.A.D. Grimont, R.J. Akhurst, E. Ageron, Washington, D.C. pp. 636–653. G.V. Pierce, J.A. Smith, G.P. Carter, K.L. Wilson and F.W. Hickman- Farmer, J.J., III, M.J. Arduino and F.W. Hickman-Brenner. 1992. The Brenner. 1989. Xenorhabdus luminescens (DNA hybridization group 5) genera Aeromonas and Plesiomonas. In Balows, Tru¨per, Dworkin, Harder from human clinical specimens. J. Clin. Microbiol. 27: 1594–1600. and Schleifer (Editors), The Prokaryotes: a handbook on the biology Farmer, J.J., III, N.K. Sheth, J.A. Hudzinski, H.D. Rose and M.F. Asbury. of bacteria: ecophysiology, isolation, identification, applications, 2nd 1982. Bacteremia due to Cedecea neteri sp. nov. J. Clin. Microbiol. 16: Ed., Vol. 3, Springer-Verlag, New York. pp. 3012–3045. 775–778. Farmer, J.J., III, M.A. Asbury, F.W. Hickman, D.J. Brenner and the En- Farmer, J.J., III, N.K. Sheth, J.A. Hudzinski, H.D. Rose and M.F. Asbury. terobacteriaceae study group. 1980a. Enterobacter sakazakii: A new species 1983. In Validation of the publication of new names and new com- of Enterobacteriaceae isolated from clinical specimens. Int. J. Syst. Bac- binations previously effectively published outside the IJSB. List No. teriol. 30: 569–584. 10. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 33: 438–440. Farmer, J.J., III and D.J. Brenner. 1977. Concept of bacterial species. In Farmer, J.J., III, F. Silva and D.R. Williams. 1973. Isolation of Serratia Hoadley and Dutka (Editors), Bacterial Indicators/Health Hazards marcescens on deoxyribonuclease-toluidine blue-cephalothin agar. Associated with Water, Amer. Soc. Testing and Materials, Philadelphia. Appl. Microbiol. 25: 151–152. pp. 37–47. Farquhar, G.J. and W.C. Boyle. 1971. Occurrence of filamentous micro- Farmer, J.J., III, D.J. Brenner and W.A. Clark. 1976. Proposal to conserve organisms in activated sludge. J. Water Pollut. Control Fed. 43: 779– the specific epithet tarda over the specific epithet anguillimortiferum 798. in the name of the organism presently known as Edwardsiella tarda: Faruque, S.M., A.R. Abdul Alim, S.K. Roy, F. Khan, G.B. Nair, R.B. Sack request for an opinion. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 26: 293–294. and M.J. Albert. 1994. Molecular analysis of rRNA and cholera toxin Farmer, J.J., III, B.R. Davis, F.W. Hickman-Brenner, A. McWhorter, G.P. genes carried by the new epidemic strain of toxigenic Vibrio cholerae Huntley-Carter, M.A. Asbury, C. Riddle, H.G. Wathen-Grady, C. Elias, O139 synonym Bengal. J. Clin. Microbiol. 32: 1050–1053. G.R. Fanning, A.G. Steigerwalt, C.M. O’Hara, G.K. Morris, P.B. Smith Faruque, S.M., K. Haider, M.M. Rahman, A.R. Alim, Q.S. Ahmad, M.J. and D.J. Brenner. 1985a. Biochemical identification of new species Albert and R.B. Sack. 1992. Differentiation of Shigella flexneri strains and biogroups of Enterobacteriaceae isolated from clinical specimens. by rRNA gene restriction patterns. J. Clin. Microbiol. 30: 2996–2999. J. Clin. Microbiol. 21: 46–76. Fasano, A., F.R. Noriega, D.R.J. Maneval, S. Chanasongcram, R. Russell, Farmer, J.J., III, G.R. Fanning, B.R. Davis, C.M. O’Hara, C. Riddle, F.W. S. Guandalini and M.M. Levine. 1995. Shigella enterotoxin 1: an en- Hickman-Brenner, M.A. Asbury, V.A. Lowery, III and D.J. Brenner. terotoxin of Shigella flexneri 2a active in rabbit small intestine in vivo 1985b. Escherichia fergusonii sp. nov. and Enterobacter taylorae sp. nov., and in vitro. J. Clin. Invest. 95: 2853–2861. 2 enterobacteriaceae isolated from clinical specimens. J. Clin. Micro- Fass, R.J. and J. Barnishan. 1981. In vitro susceptibilities of Aeromonas biol. 21: 77–81. hydrophila to 32 antimicrobial agents. Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. Farmer, J.J., III, G.R. Fanning, B.R. Davis, C.M. O’Hara, C. Riddle, F.W. 19: 357–358. Hickman-Brenner, M.A. Asbury, V.A. Lowery, III and D.J. Brenner. Faust, L. and R.S. Wolfe. 1961. Enrichment and cultivation of Beggiatoa 1985c. In Validation of the pulication of new names and new com- alba. J. Bacteriol. 81: 99–106. binations previously effectively published outside the IJSB. List No. Faust, U., P. Prave and D.A. Sukatsch. 1977. Continuous biomass pro- 17. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 35: 223–225. duction from methanol by Methylomonas clara. J. Ferment. Technol. Farmer, J.J., III, G.R. Fanning, G.P. Huntley-Carter, B. Holmes, F.W. Hick- 55: 609–614. man, C. Richard and D.J. Brenner. 1981a. Kluyvera: a new (redefined) Favero, M.S., L.A. Carson, W.W. Bond and N.J. Petersen. 1971. Pseudo- genus in the family Enterobacteriaceae. Identification of Kluyvera ascor- monas aeruginosa: growth in distilled water from hospitals. Science bata sp. nov. and Kluyvera cryocrescens sp. nov. in clinical specimens. J. (Wash. D. C.) 173: 836–838. Clin. Microbiol. 13: 919–933. Fazal, B.A., J.E. Justman, G.S. Turett and E.E. Telzak. 1997. Community- Farmer, J.J., III, G.R. Fanning, G.P. Huntley-Carter, B. Holmes, F.W. Hick- acquired Hafnia alvei infection. Clin. Infect. Dis. 24: 527–528. man, C. Richard and D.J. Brenner. 1981b. In Validation of the pub- Federici, B.A. 1980. Reproduction and morphogenesis of Rickettsiella chi- lication of new names and new combinations previously effectively ronomi, an unusual intracellular procaryotic parasite of midge larvae. published outside the IJSB. List No. 7. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 31: 382– J. Bacteriol. 143: 995–1002. 383. Federici, B.A., E.I. Hazard and D.W. Anthony. 1974. Rickettsia-like organ- Farmer, J.J., III, P.A.D. Grimont, F. Grimont and M.A. Asbury. 1980b. ism causing disease in a crangonid amphipod from Florida. Appl. Cedecea: A new genus in Enterobacteriaceae. Abstract C 123. Abstr. Ann. Microbiol. 28: 885–886. Meet. Am. Soc. Microbiol, 295. Fedi, S., D. Brazil, D.N. Dowling and F. O’Gara. 1996. Construction of 960 BIBLIOGRAPHY

a modified mini-Tn5 lacZY non-antibiotic marker cassette: Ecological Ferguson, W.W. and N.D. Henderson. 1947. Description of strain C27: evaluation of a lacZY marked Pseudomonas strain in the sugarbeet a motile organism with the major antigen of Shigella sonnei phase I. rhizosphere. FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 135: 251–257. J. Bacteriol. 54: 179–181. Fedorko, D.P. 1993. The medicinal leech as a source of infection. Clin. Fernandez, J.L., W.J. Simpson and T.M. Dowhanick. 1993. Enumeration Microbiol. Newsl. 15: 164–165. of Obesumbacterium proteus in brewery yeasts and characterization of Feeley, J.C., R.J. Gibson, G.W. Gorman, N.C. Langford, J.K. Rasheed, D.C. isolated strains using biolog Gn microplates and protein fingerprint- Mackel and W.B. Baine. 1979. CYE agar: a primary isolation medium ing. Lett. Appl. Microbiol. 17: 292–296. for Legionella pneumophila. J. Clin. Microbiol. 10: 436–441. Ferna´ndez-Borrero, O. and S. Lo´pez-Duque. 1970. Pudricion acuosa del Feeley, J.C., G.W. Gorman, R.E. Weaver, D.C. Mackel and H.W. Smith. suedo tallo del pla´tana (Musa paradisiaca) causada por Erwinia pa- 1978. Primary isolation media for the Legionnaires’ disease bacte- radisiaca, n. sp. CENICAFE. 21: 3–44. rium. J. Clin Microbiol. 8: 320–325. Fernandez-Castillo, R., C. Vargas, J.J. Nieto, A. Ventosa and F. Ruiz-Ber- Fegan, N., P.J. Blackall and J.L. Pahoff. 1995. Phenotypic characterisation raquero. 1992. Characterization of a plasmid from moderately halo- of Pasteurella multocida isolates from Australian poultry. Vet. Microbiol. philic eubacteria. J. Gen. Microbiol. 138: 1133–1137. 47: 281–286. Fernandez-Linares, L., M. Acquaviva, J.C. Bertrand and M. Gauthier. Fein, J.E. and R.A. MacLeod. 1975. Characterization of neutral amino 1996a. Effect of sodium chloride concentration on growth and deg- acid transport in a marine pseudomonad. J. Bacteriol. 124: 1177– radation of eicosane by the marine halotolerant bacterium Marino- 1190. bacter hydrocarbonoclasticus. Syst. Appl. Microbiol. 19: 113–121. Feist, C.F. and G.D. Hegeman. 1969. Phenol and benzoate metabolism Fernandez-Linares, L., R. Faure, J.C. Bertrand and M. Gauthier. 1996b. by Pseudomonas putida: regulation of tangential pathways. J. Bacteriol. Ectoine as the predominant osmolyte in the marine bacterium Mar- 100: 869–877. inobacter hydrocarbonoclasticus grown on eicosane at high salinities. Lett. Feistner, G., H. Korth, H. Budzikiewicz and G. Pulverer. 1984. Rubrifacine Appl. Microbiol. 22: 169–172. from Erwinia rubrifaciens. Curr. Microbiol. 10: 169–172. Ferna´ndez-Martı´nez, J., M.J. Pujalte, J. Garcı´a-Martı´nez, M. Mata, E. Garay Feistner, G.J., A. Mavridis and K. Rudolph. 1997. Metabolites of Erwi- and F. Rodrı´guez-Valera. 2003. Description of Alcanivorax venustensis nia.15. Proferrorosamines and phytopathogenicity in Erwinia spp. sp. nov. and reclassification of Fundibacter jadensis DSM 12178(T) Biometals 10: 1–10. (Bruns and Berthe-Corti 1999) as Alcanivorax jadensis comb. nov., Fekete, F.A., R.A. Lanzi, J.B. Beaulieu, D.C. Longcope, A.W. Sulya, R.N. members of the emended genus Alcanivorax. Int. J. Syst. Evol. Micro- Hayes and G.A. Mabbott. 1989. Isolation and preliminary character- biol. 53: 331–338. ization of hydroxamic acids formed by nitrogen-fixing Azotobacter chro- Ferragut, C., D. Izard, F. Gavini, K. Kersters, J. Deley and H. Leclerc. ococcum B-8. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 55: 298–305. 1983. Klebsiella trevisanii a new species from water and soil. Int. J. Syst. Felici, A. and G. Amicosante. 1995. Kinetic analysis of extension of sub- Bacteriol. 33: 133–142. strate specificity with Xanthomonas maltophilia, Aeromonas hydrophila, Ferragut, C., D. Izard, F. Gavini, B. Lefebvre and H. Leclerc. 1981. Butti- and Bacillus cereus metallo-beta-lactamases. Antimicrob. Agents Che- auxella, a new genus of the family Enterobacteriaceae. Zentbl. Bakteriol. mother. 39: 192–199. Mikrobiol. Hyg. 1 Abt. Orig. C 2: 33–44. Felix, A. and B.R. Callow. 1943. Typing of paratyphoid B bacilli by means Ferragut, C., D. Izard, F. Gavini, B. Lefebvre and H. Leclerc. 1982. In of Vi bacteriophage. Br. Med. J. 2: 127. Validation of the publication of new names and new combinations Feller, G., T. Lonhienne, C. Deroanne, C. Libioulle, J. Van Beeumen and previously effectively published outside the IJSB. List No. 8. Int. J. C. Gerday. 1992. Purification, characterization, and nucleotide se- Syst. Bacteriol. 32: 266–268. quence of the thermolabile alpha-amylase from the antarctic psy- Ferragut, C., K. Kersters and J. Deley. 1989. Protein electrophoretic and chrotroph Alteromonas haloplanctis A23. J. Biol. Chem. 267: 5217–5221. DNA homology analysis of Klebsiella strains. Syst. Appl. Microbiol. 11: Felsenstein, J. 1993. PHYLIP (Phylogeny Inference Package), Version 121–127. 3.5c, ed. Department of Genetics, University of Washington, Seattle. Ferraris, T. 1926. Trattato di Patologia e Terapia Vegetale, 3rd ed., Hoepli, Fendrich, C. 1988. Halovibrio variabilis gen. nov. sp. nov., Pseudomonas Milan. halophila sp. nov. and a new halophilic aerobic coccoid eubacterium Ferreira, H., F.J.A. Barrientos, R.L. Baldini and Y.B. Rosato. 1995. Elec- from Great Salt Lake, Utah, USA. Syst. Appl. Microbiol. 11: 36–43. trotransformation of three pathovars of Xanthomonas campestris. Appl. Fendrich, C. 1989. In Validation of the publication of new names and Microbiol. Biotechnol. 43: 651–655. new combinations previously effectively published outside the IJSB. Fett, W.F., C. Wijey and E.R. Lifson. 1992. Occurrence of alginate gene- List No. 29. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 39: 205–206. sequences among members of the pseudomonad ribosomal-RNA ho- Fenical, W. 1993. Chemical studies of marine bacteria: developing a new mology groups I - IV. FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 99: 151–157. resource. Chem. Rev. 93: 1673–1683. Fetzner, S. and F. Lingens. 1994. Bacterial dehalogenases - biochemistry, Fenollar, F., P.E. Fournier, M.P. Carrieri, G. Habib, T. Messana and D. genetics, and biotechnological applications. Microbiol. Rev. 58: 641– Raoult. 2001. Risks factors and prevention of Q fever endocarditis. 685. Clin. Infect. Dis. 33: 312–316. Fewson, C.A. 1991. Metabolism of aromatic compounds by Acinetobacter. Fenstersheib, M.D., M. Miller, C. Diggins, S. Liska, L. Detwiler, S.B. Wer- In Towner and Bergogne-Be´re´zin (Editors), The Biology of Acineto- ner, D. Lindquist, W.L. Thacker and R.R. Benson. 1990. Outbreak of bacter: Taxonomy, Clinical Importance, Molecular Biology, Physiology, Pontiac fever due to Legionella anisa. Lancet 336: 35–37. Industrial Relevance, Plenum Press, New York. pp. 351–390. Ferber, D.M. and R.R. Brubaker. 1981. Plasmids in Yersinia pestis. Infect. Fialho, A.M., N.A. Zielinski, W.F. Fett, A.M. Chakrabarty and A. Berry. Immun. 31: 839–841. 1990. Distribution of alginate gene-sequences in the Pseudomonas ri- Ferdelman, T.G., C. Lee, S. Pantoja, J. Harder, B.M. Bebout and H. Foss- bosomal-RNA homology group I - Azomonas-Azotobacter lineage of su- ing. 1997. Sulfate reduction and methanogenesis in a Thioploca-dom- perfamily-B procaryotes. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 56: 436–443. inated sediment off the coast of Chile. Geochim. Cosmochim. Acta. Field, B., M. Uwaydah, L. Kunz and M. Swarts. 1967. The so-called “para- 61: 3065–3079. colon” bacteria. A bacteriologic and clinical reappraisal. Am. J. Med. Ferguson, G., D.R. Pollard, J.M. Robertson, G.O.P. Doherty, N.B. Haynes, 42: 89–106. D.W. Mathieson and W.B. Whalley. 1980. The bacterial pigment from Fields, B.S. 1993. Legionella and protozoa: interaction of a pathogen and Pseudomonas lemonnieri 1. Structure of a degradation product, 3-n- its natural host. In Barbaree, Breiman and Dufour (Editors), Legion- octanamidopyridine-2,5,6-trione, by X-ray crystallography. J. Chem. ella: Current Status and Emerging Perspectives, American Society for Soc.-Perkin Trans. 1. 8: 1782–1787. Microbiology, Washington, D.C. pp. 1299–1136. Ferguson, R., C. Feeney and V.A. Chirurgi. 1993. Enterobacter agglomerans- Fields, B.S., J.M. Barbaree, G.N. Sanden and W.E. Morrill. 1990. Virulence associated cotton fever. Arch. Intern. Med. 153: 2381–2382. of a Legionella anisa strain associated with Pontiac fever: an evaluation BIBLIOGRAPHY 961

using protozoan, cell culture, and guinea pig models. Infect. Immun. subsp. nov., P. temperata sp. nov., P. temperata subsp. temperata subsp. 58: 3139–3142. nov. and P. asymbiotica sp. nov. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 49: 1645–1656. Fields, P.I., K. Blom, H.J. Hughes, L.O. Helsel, P. Feng and B. Swami- Fischer-Romero, C., B.J. Tindall and F. Ju¨ttner. 1996. Tolumonas auensis nathan. 1997. Molecular characterization of the gene encoding H gen. nov., sp. nov., a toluene-producing bacterium from anoxic sed- antigen in Escherichia coli and development of a PCR-restriction frag- iments of a freshwater lake. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 46: 183–188. ment length polymorphism test for identification of E. coli O157:H7 Fishbein, D.B. and D. Raoult. 1992. A cluster of Coxiella burnetii infections and O157:NM. J. Clin. Microbiol. 35: 1066–1070. associated with exposure to vaccinated goats and their unpasteurized Figueras, M.J., N. Borrell, A.J. Martinez-Murcia and J. Guarro. 1999. Mis- dairy products. Am. J. Trop. Med. Hyg. 47: 35–40. classification of clinical Aeromonas with conventional biochemical tests. Fisher, C.R., J.M. Brooks, J.S. Vodenichar, J.M. Zande, J.J. Childress and 6th International Aeromonas/Plesiomonas Symposium, Chicago, Illi- R.A. Burke, Jr.. 1993. The co-occurrence of methanotrophic and che- nois. p. 17. moautotrophic sulfur-oxidizing bacterial symbionts in a deep-sea mus- Figueras, M.J., L. Soler, M.R. Chacon, J. Guarro and A.J. Martinez-Murcia. sel. Mar. Ecol. 14: 277–289. 2000. Extended method for discrimination of Aeromonas spp. by 16S Fisher, W.S. 1978. Microbial diseases of cultured lobsters: a review. Aqua- rDNA RFLP analysis. Int. J. Syst. Evol. Microbiol. 50: 2069–2073. culture 14: 115–140. Filichkin, S.A., S. Brumfield, T.P. Filichkin and M.J. Young. 1997. In vitro Fixter, L.M. and M.K. Sherwani. 1991. Energy reserves in Acinetobacter. interactions of the aphid endosymbiotic SymL chaperonin with barley In Towner and Bergogne-Be´re´zin (Editors), The Biology of Acineto- yellow dwarf virus. J. Virol. 71: 569–577. bacter: Taxonomy, Clinical Importance, Molecular Biology, Physiology, Finelli, L., D. Swerdlow, K. Mertz, H. Ragazzoni and K. Spitalny. 1992. Industrial Relevance, Plenum Press, New York. pp. 273–294. Outbreak of cholera associated with crab brought from an area with Flannery, W.L. and D.M. Kennedy. 1962. The nutrition of Vibrio costicolus. epidemic disease. J. Infect. Dis. 166: 1433–1435. I. A simplified synthetic medium. Can. J. Microbiol. 8: 923–928. Finke, A., B. Jann and K. Jann. 1990. CMP-KDO-synthetase activity in Flatauer, F.E. and M.A. Khan. 1978. Septic arthritis caused by Enterobacter Escherichia coli expressing capsular polysaccharides. FEMS Microbiol. agglomerans. Arch. Intern. Med. 138: 788. Lett. 57: 129–133. Fleck, J., M. Mock, R. Minck and J.M. Ghuysen. 1971. The cell envelope Finkelstein, R.A., M. Boesman-Finkelstein, Y. Chang and C.C. Hase. 1992. of Proteus vulgaris P18. Isolation and characterization of the pepti- Vibrio cholerae hemagglutinin/protease, colonial variation, virulence, doglycan component. Biochim. Biophys. Acta 233: 489–503. and detachment. Infect. Immun. 60: 472–478. Fleischmann, R.D., M.D. Adams, O. White, R.A. Clayton, E.F. Kirkness, Finkelstein, R.A., M. Boesman-Finkelstein, D.K. Sengupta, W.J. Page, C.M. A.R. Kerlavage, C.J. Bult, J.F. Tomb, B.A. Dougherty, J.M. Merrick, K. Stanley and T.E. Phillips. 1997. Colonial opacity variations among the McKenney, G. Sutton, W. Fitzhugh, C. Fields, J.D. Gocayne, J. Scott, choleragenic vibrios. Microbiology 143: 23–34. R. Shirley, L.I. Liu, A. Glodek, J.M. Kelley, J.F. Weidman, C.A. Phillips, Finkmann, W., K. Altendorf, E. Stackebrandt and A. Lipski. 2000. Char- T. Spriggs, E. Hedblom, M.D. Cotton, T.R. Utterback, M.C. Hanna,

acterization of N2O-producing Xanthomonas-like isolates from biofil- D.T. Nguyen, D.M. Saudek, R.C. Brandon, L.D. Fine, J.L. Fritchman, ters as Stenotrophomonas nitritireducens sp. nov., Luteimonas mephitis gen. J.L. Fuhrmann, N.S.M. Geoghagen, C.L. Gnehm, L.A. McDonald, K.V. nov., sp. nov and Pseudoxanthomonas broegbernensis gen. nov., sp. nov. Small, C.M. Fraser, H.O. Smith and J.C. Venter. 1995. Whole-genome Int. J. Syst. Evol. Microbiol. 50: 273–282. random sequencing and assembly of Haemophilus influenzae. Science Firehammer, B.D. 1987. Inhibition of growth and swarming of Proteus (Wash. D. C.) 269: 496–512. mirabilis and Proteus mirabilis by triclosan. J. Clin. Microbiol. 25: 1312– Flesher, A.R. and R. Insel. 1978. Characteristics of lipopolysaccharide of 1313. Haemophilus influenzae. J. Infect. Dis. 138: 719–730. Firrao, G. and C. Bazzi. 1994. Specific identification of Xylella fastidiosa Flesher, A.R., I. Susumu, B.J. Mansheim and D.L. Kasper. 1979. The cell using the polymerase chain reaction. Phytopathol. Mediterr. 33: 90– envelope of the Legionnaires’ disease bacterium. Ann. Intern. Med. 92. 90: 628–630. Firsov, N.N., I.I. Cherniad’ev, R.N. Ivanovskii, E.N. Kondrat’eva and N.V. Fletcher, J.N., H.E. Embaye, B. Getty, R.M. Batt, C.A. Hart and J.R. Saun- Vdovina. 1974. Carbon dioxide assimilation pathways of Ectothiorho- ders. 1992. Novel invasion determinant of enteropathogenic Escheri- dospira shaposhnikovii. Mikrobiologiia 43: 214–219. chia coli plasmid pLV501 encodes the ability to invade intestinal ep- Firsov, N.N. and R.N. Ivanovskii. 1974. Metabolism of propionate in Ec- ithelial cells and HEp-2 cells. Infect. Immun. 60: 2229–2236. tothiorhodospira shaposhnikovii. Mikrobiologiia 43: 400–405. Fletcher, J.N., J.R. Saunders, R.M. Batt, H. Embaye, B. Getty and C.A. Firsov, N.N. and R.N. Ivanovskii. 1975. Acetate photometabolism in Ec- Hart. 1990. Attaching effacement of the rabbit enterocyte brush bor- tothiorhodospira shaposhnikovii. Mikrobiologiia 44: 197201. der is encoded on a single 96.5-kilobase-pair plasmid in an entero- Fischer, B.E. 1986. Localization of hydrolytic enzymes in Acinetobacter cal- pathogenic Escherichia coli O111 strain. Infect. Immun. 58: 1316–1322. coaceticus. J. Basic Microbiol. 26: 9–14. Fliermans, C.B., W.B. Cherry, L.H. Orrison, S.J. Smith, D.L. Tison and Fischer, B., R. Claus and H.P. Kleber. 1984. Isolation and characterization D.H. Pope. 1981. Ecological distribution of Legionella pneumophila. of the outer membrane of Acinetobacter calcoaceticus. J. Biotechnol. 1: Appl. Environ Microbiol. 41: 9–16. 111–118. Floderus, E., T. Pal, K. Karlsson and A.A. Lindberg. 1995. Identification Fischer, K., T. Chakraborty, H. Hof, T. Kirchner and O. Wamsler. 1988. of Shigella and enteroinvasive Escherichia coli strains by a virulence- Pseudoappendicitis caused by Plesiomonas shigelloides. J. Clin. Micro- specific, monoclonal antibody-based enzyme immunoassay. Eur. J. biol. 26: 2675–2677. Clin. Microbiol. Infect. Dis. 14: 111–117. Fischer, R., J.L. Penner, G. Zurinaga, C. Riddle, W. Sa¨misch and D.J. Flournoy, D.J., K.A. Belobraydic, S.L. Silberg, C.H. Lawrence and P.J. Brenner. 1989. Usefulness of trehalose fermentation and l-glutamic Guthrie. 1988. False positive Legionella pneumophila direct immuno- acid decarboxylation for identification of biochemically aberrant Pro- fluorescent monoclonal antibody test caused by Bacillus cereus spores. videncia stuartii strains. J. Clin. Microbiol. 27: 1969–1972. Diagn. Microbiol. Infect. Dis. 9: 123–126. Fischer-Le Saux, M., H. Mauleon, P. Constant, B. Brunel and N.E. Boe- Flu¨gge, C. 1886. Die Microorganismen, F. C. W. Vogel, Leipzig. mare. 1998. PCR-ribotyping of Xenorhabdus and Photorhabdus isolates Flynn, P. and A.K. Vidaver. 1995. Xanthomonas campestris pv. asclepiadis,pv. from the Caribbean region in relation to the taxonomy and geo- nov., causative agent of bacterial blight of milkweed (Asclepias spp.). graphic distribution of their nematode hosts. Appl. Environ. Micro- Plant Dis. 79: 1176–1180. biol. 64: 4246–4254. Fodor, E., E. Szallas, Z. Kiss, A. Fodor, L.I. Horvath, D.J. Chitwood and Fischer-Le Saux, M., V. Viallard, B. Brunel, P. Normand and N.E. Boe- T. Farkas. 1997. Composition and biophysical properties of lipids in mare. 1999. Polyphasic classification of the genus Photorhabdus and Xenorhabdus nematophilus and Photorhabdus luminescens, symbiotic bac- proposal of new taxa: P. luminescens subsp. luminescens subsp. nov., P. teria associated with entomopathogenic nematodes. Appl. Environ. luminescens subsp. akhurstii subsp. nov., P. luminescens subsp. laumondii Microbiol. 63: 2826–2831. 962 BIBLIOGRAPHY

Fonnesbech Vogel, B., K. Venkateswaran, H. Christensen, E. Falsen, G. of basic proteins of Haemophilus influenzae. Electrophoresis 19: 761– Christiansen and L. Gram. 2000. Polyphasic taxonomic approach in 766. the description of Alishewanella fetalis gen. nov., sp. nov., isolated from Fourquet, R., P. Coulanges, J.L. Boehret and J. Delavamd. 1975. Les a human foetus. Int. J. Syst. Evol. Microbiol. 50: 1133–1142. infections a Edwardsiella tarda a propos de l’isolement des premieres Fontaine, A., J. Arondel and P. Sansonetti. 1988. Role of Shiga toxin in souches a Madagascar. Arch. Inst. Pasteur Madag. 44: 31–48. the pathogenesis of bacillary dysentery, studied by using a Tox- mutant Fouz, B., J.L. Larsen, B. Nielsen, J.L. Barja and A.E. Toranzo. 1992. Char- of Shigella dysenteriae 1. Infect. Immun. 56: 3099–3109. acterization of Vibrio damsela strains isolated from Turbot scophthalmus- Formal, S.B., P.J. Gemski, L.S. Baron and E.H. LaBrec. 1970. Genetic maximus in Spain. Dis. Aquat. Org. 12: 155–166. transfer of Shigella flexneri antigens to Escherichia coli K-12. Infect. Im- Fouz, B., A.E. Toranzo, E.G. Biosca, R. Mazoy and C. Amaro. 1994. Role mun. 1: 279–287. of iron in the pathogenicity of Vibrio damsela for fish and mammals. Formal, S.B., P.J. Gemski, L.S. Baron and E.H. LaBrec. 1971. A chro- FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 121: 181–188. mosomal locus which controls the ability of Shigella flexneri to evoke Fowler, V.J., N. Pfennig, W. Schubert and E. Stackebrandt. 1984. Towards keratoconjunctivitis. Infect. Immun. 3: 73–79. a phylogeny of phototrophic purple sulfur bacteria: 16S ribosomal Forsberg, C.W. 1978. Effects of heavy metals and other trace elements RNA oligonucleotide cataloging of 11 species of Chromatiaceae. Arch. on the fermentative activity of the rumen microflora and growth of Microbiol. 139: 382–387. functionally important rumen bacteria. Can. J. Microbiol. 24: 298– Fox, E.N. and K. Higuchi. 1958. Synthesis of the fraction 1 antigenic 306. protein by Pasteurella pestis. J. Bacteriol. 75: 209–216. Forsberg, C.W., J.W. Costerton and R.A. MacLeod. 1970. Separation and Fox, G.E., K.R. Pechman and C.R. Woese. 1977. Comparative cataloging localization of cell wall layers of a gram-negative bacterium. J. Bac- of 16S ribosomal ribonucleic acid - molecular approach to procaryotic teriol. 104: 1338–1353. systematics. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 27: 44–57. Forsman, M., K. Kuoppa, A. Sjo¨stedt and A. Ta¨rnvik. 1990. Use of RNA Fox, G.E., E. Stackebrandt, R.B. Hespell, J. Gibson, J. Maniloff, T.A. Dyer, hybridization in the diagnosis of a case of ulceroglandular tularemia. R.S. Wolfe, W.E. Balch, R.S. Tanner, L.J. Magrum, L.B. Zablen, R. Eur. J. Clin. Microbiol. Infect. Dis. 9: 784–785. Blakemore, R. Gupta, L. Bonen, B.J. Lewis, D.A. Stahl, K.R. Luehrsen, Forsman, M., G. Sandstro¨m and A. Sjo¨stedt. 1994. Analysis of 16S ribo- K.N. Chen and C.R. Woese. 1980. The phylogeny of prokaryotes. somal DNA sequences of Francisella strains and utilization for deter- Science 209: 457–463. mination of the phylogeny of the genus and for identification of Fox, G.E., J.D. Wisotzkey and P. Jurtshuk Jr.. 1992. How close is close: strains by PCR. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 44: 38–46. 16S rRNA sequence identity may not be sufficient to guarantee species Forst, S., B. Dowds, N.E. Boemare and E. Stackebrandt. 1997. Xenorhabdus identity. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 41: 166–170. and Photorhabdus spp.: bugs that kill bugs. Annu. Rev. Microbiol. 51: Foxwell, A.R., J.M. Kyd and A.W. Cripps. 1998. Nontypeable Haemophilus 47–72. influenzae: pathogenesis and prevention. Microbiol. Mol. Biol. Rev. Forst, S. and K. Nealson. 1996. Molecular biology of the symbiotic-path- 62: 294–308. ogenic bacteria Xenorhabdus spp. and Photorhabdus spp. Microbiol. Rev. Fraaije, B.A., M. Appels, S.H. De Boer, J.W.L. Van Vuurde and R.W. Van 60: 21–43. Den Bulk. 1997. Detection of soft rot Erwinia spp. on seed potatoes: Foshay, L. and W. Hesselbrock. 1945. Some observations on the filtrability conductimetry in comparison with dilution plating, PCR anad sero- of Bacterium tularense. J. Bacteriol. 49: 233–236. logical assays. Eur. J. Plant Pathol. 103: 183–193. Fossing, H., V.A. Gallardo, B.B. Jørgensen, M. Hu¨ttel, L.P. Nielsen, H. Fraaije, B.A., Y. Birnbaum, A.A.J.M. Franken and R.W. Van Den Bulk. Schulz, D.E. Canfield, S. Forster, R.N. Glud, J.K. Gundersen, J. Ku¨ver, 1996a. The development of a conductimetric assay for automated N.B. Ramsing, A. Teske, B. Thamdrup and O. Ulloa. 1995. Concen- detection of metabolically active soft rot Erwinia spp. in potato tuber tration and transport of nitrate by the mat-forming sulphur bacterium peel extracts. J. Appl. Bacteriol. 81: 375–382. Thioploca. Nature 374: 713–715. Fraaije, B.A., Y. Birnbaum and R.W. Van Den Bulk. 1996b. Comparison Foster, G., M.D. Collins, P.A. Lawson, D. Buston, F.J. Murray and A. Sime. of methods for detection of Erwinia carotovora ssp. atroseptica in prog- 1999. Actinobacillus seminis as a cause of abortion in a UK sheep flock. eny tubers derived from inoculated tubers of Solanum tuberosum L. J. Vet. Rec. 144: 479–480. Phytopathol. (Berl.) 144: 551–557. Foster, G., H.M. Ross, H. Malnick, A. Willems, P. Garcia, R.J. Reid and Frackman, S., M. Anhalt and K.H. Nealson. 1990. Cloning, organization, M.D. Collins. 1996. Actinobacillus delphinicola sp. nov., a new member and expression of the bioluminescence genes of Xenorhabdus lumi- of the family Pasteurellaceae Pohl (1979) 1981 isolated from sea mam- nescens. J. Bacteriol. 172: 5767–5773. mals. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 46: 648–652. France, D.R. and N.P. Markham. 1968. Epidemiological aspects of Proteus Foster, G., H.M. Ross, H. Malnick, A. Willems, R.A. Hutson, R.J. Reid infections with particular reference to phage typing. J. Clin. Pathol. and M.D. Collins. 2000. Phocoenobacter uteri gen. nov., sp. nov., a new 21: 97–102. member of the family Pasteurellaceae Pohl (1979) 1981 isolated from Francis, D.H., J.E. Collins and J.R. Duimstra. 1986. Infection of gnoto- a harbour porpoise (Phocoena phocoena). Int. J. Syst. Evol. Microbiol. biotic pigs with an Escherichia coli O157:H7 strain associated with an 50: 135–139. outbreak of hemorrhagic colitis. Infect. Immun. 51: 953–956. Foster, G., H.M. Ross, I.A.P. Patterson, R.A. Hutson and M.D. Collins. Francis, M.S., A.F. Parker, R. Morona and C.J. Thomas. 1993. Bacterio- 1998. Actinobacillus scotiae sp. nov., a new member of the family Pas- phage lambda as a delivery vector for Tn10-derived transposons in teurellaceae Pohl (1979) 1981 isolated from porpoises (Phocoena pho- Xenorhabdus bovienii. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 59: 3050–3055. coena). Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 48: 929–933. Frank, G.H. 1989. Pasteurellosis of cattle. In Adlam and Rutter (Editors), Foster, J.W. and R.H. Davis. 1966. A methane-dependent coccus, with Pasteurella and Pasteurellosis, Academic Press, London. pp. 197–222. notes on classification and nomenclature of obligate, methane-util- Frankel, G., L. Riley, J.A. Giron, J. Valmassoi, A. Friedmann, N. Strock- izing bacteria. J. Bacteriol. 91: 1924–1931. bine, S. Falkow and G.K. Schoolnik. 1990. Detection of Shigella in Fothergill, J.C. and J.R. Guest. 1977. Catabolism of l-lysine by Pseudomonas feces using DNA amplification. J. Infect. Dis. 161: 1252–1256. aeruginosa. J. Gen. Microbiol. 99: 139–155. Franken, A.A.J.M. 1992. Comparison of immunofluorescence microscopy Fountoulakis, M., J.F. Juranville and P. Berndt. 1997. Large-scale identi- and dilution-plating for the detection of Xanthomonas campestris pv. fication of proteins of Haemophilus influenzae by amino acid compo- campestris in crucifer seeds. Neth. J. Plant Pathol. 98: 169–178. sition analysis. Electrophoresis 18: 2968–2977. Franken, A.A.J.M., C. van Zeijl, J.G.P.M. van Bilsen, A. Neuvel, R. de Vogel, Fountoulakis, M., J.F. Juranville, D. Ro¨der, S. Evers, P. Berndt and H. Y. van Wingerden, Y.E. Birnbaum, J. van Hateren and P.S. Van der Langen. 1998a. Reference map of the low molecular mass proteins Zouwen. 1991. Evaluation of a plating assay for Xanthomonas campestris of Haemophilus influenzae. Electrophoresis 19: 1819–1827. pathovar campestris. Seed Science And Technology. 19: 215–226. Fountoulakis, M., B. Taka´cs and H. Langen. 1998b. Two-dimensional map Franken, A., J.F. Zilverentant, P.M. Boonekamp and A. Schots. 1992. Spec- BIBLIOGRAPHY 963

ificity of polyclonal and monoclonal antibodies for the identification Frederiksen, W. 1993. Ecology and significance of Pasteurellaceae in man of Xanthomonas campestris pv. campestris. Neth. J. Plant Pathol. 98: 81– - an update. Zentbl. Bakteriol. 279: 27–34. 94. Frederiksen, W. and M. Kilian. 1981. Haemophilus, Pasteurella and Acti- Frantzen, E. 1950. Biochemical and serological studies on alkalescens and nobacillus: Their significance in human medicine. In Kilian, Freder- dispar strains. Acta Pathol. Microbiol. Scand. 27: 236–248. iksen and Biberstein (Editors), Haemophilus, Pasteurella and Actinoba- Franze de Fernandez, M.T., W.S. Hayward and J.T. August. 1972. Bacterial cillus, Academic Press, London. 39–55. proteins required for replication of phage Q ribonucleic acid. Prui- Frederiksen, W. and P. Søgaard. 1992. The genus Citrobacter. In Balows, fication and properties of host factor I, a ribonucleic acid- binding Tru¨per, Dworkin, Harder and Schleifer (Editors), The Prokaryotes. protein. J. Biol. Chem. 247: 824–831. A Handbook on the Biology of Bacteria: Ecophysiology, isolation, Franzmann, P.D. 1996. Examination of Antarctic prokaryotic diversity identification, applications, 2nd Ed., Springer-Verlag, pp. 2744–2753. through molecular comparisons. Biodivers. Conserv. 5: 1295–1305. Frederiksen, W. and B. Tønning. 2001. Possible misidentification of Hae- Franzmann, P.D., H.R. Burton and T.A. McMeekin. 1987. Halomonas sub- mophilus aphrophilus as Pasteurella gallinarum. Clin. Infect. Dis. 32: 987– glaciescola, a new species of halotolerant bacteria isolated from ant- 989. arctica. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 37: 27–34. Frei, E. and R.D. Preston. 1964. Non-cellulosic structural polysaccharide Franzmann, P.D. and B.J. Tindall. 1990. A chemotaxonomic study of in algal cell walls. II. Association of xylan and mannan in Porphyra members of the family Halomonadaceae. Syst. Appl. Microbiol. 13: 142– umbilicalis. Proc. R. Soc. Lond. Ser. B Biol. Sci. 160: 314–327. 147. Freinkel, A.L., Y. Dangor, H.J. Koornhof and R.C. Ballard. 1992. A sero- Franzmann, P.D., U. Wehmeyer and E. Stackebrandt. 1988. Halomona- logical test for granuloma inguinale. Genitourin. Med. 68: 269–272. daceae fam. nov., a new family of the class Proteobacteria to accomodate Freitag, V. and O. Friedrich. 1981. Bacteriocin typing of Enterobacter cloacae the genera Halomonas and Deleya. Syst. Appl. Microbiol. 11: 16–19. strains. Zntbl. Fur Bakteriol. Mikrobiol. Hyg. 1 Abt. Orig. A Med. Franzmann, P.D., U. Wehmeyer and E. Stackebrandt. 1989. Validation of Mikrobiol. Infktrankh. Virol. Parasitol. 249: 63–75. the publication of new names and new combinations previously ef- French, G.L., M.L. Woo, Y.W. Hui and K.Y. Chan. 1989. Antimicrobial fectively published outside the IJSB. List No. 29. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. susceptibilities of halophilic vibrios. J. Antimicrob. Chemother. 24: 39: 205–206. 183–194. Fraser, C.M., S. Casjens, W.M. Huang, G.G. Sutton, R. Clayton, R. La- Freney, J., M.O. Husson, F. Gavini, S. Madier, A. Martra, D. Izard, H. thigra, O. White, K.A. Ketchum, R. Dodson, E.K. Hickey, M. Gwinn, Leclerc and J. Fleurette. 1988. Susceptibilities to antibiotics and an- B. Dougherty, J.-F. Tomb, R.D. Fleischmann, D. Richardson, J. Peter- tiseptics of new species of the family Enterobacteriaceae. Antimicrob. son, A.R. Kerlavage, J. Quackenbush, S. Salzberg, M. Hanson, R. van Agents Chemother. 32: 873–876. Vugt, N. Palmer, M.D. Adams, J. Gocayne, J. Weidman, T. Utterback, Freney, J., P. Laban, M. Desmonceaux and J. Fleurette. 1983. Micro- L. Watthey, L. McDonald, P. Artiach, C. Bowman, S. Garland, C. Fujii, method for carbon substrate assimilation by Pseudomonas maltophilia. M.D. Cotton, K. Horst, K. Roberts, B. Hatch, H.O. Smith and J.C. Zentralbl. Bakteriol. Parastienkd. Infektionskrak. Hyg. Abt 1 Orig. Venter. 1997. Genomic sequence of a Lyme disease spirochaete, Bor- 255: 479–488. relia burgdorferi. Nature 390: 580–586. Frey, J., M. Beck and J. Nicolet. 1994. RTX toxins of Actinobacillus pleu- Fraser, C.M., J.D. Gocayne, O. White, M.D. Adams, R.A. Clayton, R.D. ropneumoniae. Zentbl. Bakteriol. Suppl. 24: 322–332. Fleischmann, C.J. Bult, A.R. Kerlavage, G. Sutton, J.M. Kelley, J.L. Frey, J., M. Beck and J. Nicolet. 1996. Typisierung der Apx-Toxin-Gene Fritchman, J.F. Weidman, K.V. Small, M. Sandusky, J. Fuhrmann, D. Nguyen, T.R. Utterback, D.M. Saudek, C.A. Phillips, J.M. Merrick, J.- von Actinobacillus pleuropneumoniaemittels PCR. Schweiz. Arch. Tier- F. Tomb, B.A. Dougherty, K.F. Bott, P.-C. Hu, T.S. Lucier, S.N. Peter- heilk. 138: 121–124. son, H.O. Smith, C.A.I. Hutchison and J.C. Venter. 1995. The minimal Frey, J., M. Beck, J.F. van den Bosch, R.P. Seegers and J. Nicolet. 1995. gene complement of Mycoplasma genitalium. Science 270: 397–403. Development of an efficient PCR method for toxin typing of Acti- Fraser, D.W., T.F. Tsai, W. Orenstein, W.E. Parkin, H.J. Beecham, R.G. nobacillus pleuropneumoniae strains. Mol. Cell. Probes 9: 277–282. Sharrer, J. Harris, G.F. Mallinson, S.M. Martin, J.E. McDade, C.C. Frey, J., J.T. Bosse, Y.-F. Chang, J.M. Cullen, B. Fenwick, G.F. Gerlach, D. Shepard, P.S. Brachman and t.F.I. Team. 1977. Legionnaires’ disease: Gygi, F. Haesebrouck, T.J. Inzana, R. Jansen, E.M. Kamp, J. Macdon- description of an epidemic. N. Engl. J. Med. 297: 1189–1197. ald, J.I. MacInnes, K.R. Mittal, J. Nicolet, A. Rycroft, R.P. Seegers, M.A. Frazer, J., K. Zinnemann and J.M.H. Boyce. 1975. The agglutination re- Smith, E. Stenbaek, D.K. Struck, J.F. van den Bosch, P.J. Wilson and actions of Haemophilus paraphrophilus and H. paraphrohaemolyticus, and R. Young. 1993. Actinobacillus pleuropneumoniae RTX-toxins: uniform some observations on the agglutination of H. aphrophilus and H. hae- designation of haemolysins, cytolysins, pleurotoxin and their genes. moglobinophilus (H. canis). J. Med. Microbiol. 8: 89–96. J. Gen. Microbiol. 139: 1723–1728. Frazier, W.C. 1926. A method for the detection of changes in gelatin due Fricker, C.R. 1987. Serotyping of mesophilic Aeromonas spp. on the basis to bacteria. J. Infect. Dis. 39: 302–309. of lipopolysaccharide antigens. Lett. Appl. Microbiol. 4: 113–116. Fredericq, P. 1948. Actions antibiotiques reciproques chez les Enterobac- Fricker, C.R. and S. Tompsett. 1989. Aeromonas spp. in foods: a significant teriaceae. Rev. Belge Pathol. Med. Exp. 19 (suppl. 4): 1–107. cause of food poisoning? Int. J. Food Microbiol. 9: 17–23. ¨ Frederiksen, W. 1964. A study of some Yersinia pseudotuberculosis-like bac- Friedla¨nder, C. 1882. Uber die Schizomyceten bei der acuten fibrosen teria (Bacterium enterocoliticum and Pasteurella X). Proc. XIV Scand. pneumonie. Arch. Pathol. Anat. Physiol. 87: 319–324. Cong. Pathol. Microbiol., Oslo. Universitetsforlaget. 103–104. Friedman, B.A. and P.R. Dugan. 1968. Identification of Zoogloea species Frederiksen, W. 1970. (n. sp.), a new species within the and the relationship to zoogloeal matrix and floc formation. J. Bac- genus Citrobacter, with a comment on the taxonomic position of Cit- teriol. 95: 1903–1909. robacter intermedium (Werkman and Gillen). Publ. Fac. Sci. Univ. J. E. Friis-Møller, A. 1981. A new Actinobacillus species from the human res- Purkyne. 47: 89–94. piratory tract: Actinobacillus hominis nov. sp. In Kilian, Frederiksen and Frederiksen, W. 1973. Pasteurella taxonomy and nomenclature. In Win- Biberstein (Editors), Haemophilus, Pasteurella and Actinobacillus, Aca- blad (Editor), Contributions to microbiology and immunology. Vol. demic Press, London. pp. 151–157. 2. Yersinia, Pasteurella and Francisella, Karger, Basel. pp. 170–176. Friis-Møller, A. 1985. In Validation of the publication of new names and Frederiksen, W. 1989. Pasteurellosis of man. In Adlam and Rutter (Ed- new combinations previously effectively published outside the IJSB. itors), Pasteurella and Pasteurellosis, Academic Press, London. 303– List No. 18. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 35: 375–376. 320. Friis-Møller, A. and A. Kharazmi. 1988. Neutrophil response, serum op- Frederiksen, W. 1990. Correct names of the species Citrobacter koseri, Lev- sonic activity, and precipitating antibodies in human infection with inea malonatica, and Citrobacter diversus. Request for an opinion. Int. Actinobacillus hominis. APMIS 96: 1023–1028. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 40: 107–108. Frosch, P. and W. Kolle. 1896. Die Mikrokokken. In Flu¨gge (Editor), Die 964 BIBLIOGRAPHY

Mikroorganismen, 3 Aufl., 2 Teil, Verlag von Vogel, Leipzig. pp. 154– Fuksa, M., S. Krajden and A. Lee. 1984. Susceptibility of 45 clinical isolates 155. of Proteus penneri. Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. 26: 419–420. Frost, J.A., T. Cheasty, A. Thomas and B. Rowe. 1993. Phage typing of Fukui, M., A. Teske, B. Assmus, G. Muyzer and F. Widdel. 1999. Physiology, Vero cytotoxin-producing Escherichia coli O157 isolated in the United phylogenetic relationships, and ecology of filamentous sulfate-reduc- Kingdom: 1989–1991. Epidemiol. Infect. 110: 469–475. ing bacteria (genus Desulfonema). Arch. Microbiol. 172: 193–203. Frutos, R., B.A. Federici, B. Revet and M. Bergoin. 1994. Taxonomic Fukushima, H. 1985. Direct isolation of Yersinia enterocolitica and Yersinia studies of Rickettsiella, Rickettsia, and Chlamydia using genomic DNA. pseudotuberculosis from meat. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 50: 710–712. J. Invertebr. Pathol. 63: 294–300. Fukushima, H. 1987. New selective agar medium for isolation of virulent Frutos, R., M. Pages, M. Bellis, G. Roizes and M. Bergoin. 1989. Pulsed- Yersinia enterocolitica. J. Clin. Microbiol. 25: 1068–1073. field gel electrophoresis determination of the genome size of obligate Fukushima, H. and M. Gomyoda. 1986. Growth of Yersinia pseudotuber- intracellular bacteria belonging to the genera Chlamydia, Rickettsiella, culosis and Yersinia enterocolitica biotype 3B O3 inhibited on cefsulodin- and Porochlamydia. J. Bacteriol. 171: 4511–4513. Irgasan-novobiocin agar. J. Clin. Microbiol. 24: 116–120. Fry, N.K., T.J. Rowbotham, N.A. Saunders and T.M. Embley. 1991a. Direct Fukushima, H., M. Gomyoda, S. Ishikura, T. Nishio, S. Moriki, J. Endo, amplification and sequencing of the 16S ribosomal DNA of an intra- S. Kaneko and M. Tsubokura. 1989. Cat-contaminated environmental cellular Legionella sp. recovered by amoebal enrichment from sputum substances lead to Yersinia pseudotuberculosis infection in children. J. of a patient with pneumonia. FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 83: 165–168. Clin. Microbiol. 27: 2706–2709. Fry, N.K., S. Warwick, N.A. Saunders and T.M. Embley. 1991b. The use Fuller, T.E., M.J. Kennedy and D.E. Lowery. 2000. Identification of Pas- of 16S ribosomal RNA analyses to investigate the phylogeny of the teurella multocida virulence genes in a septicemic mouse model using family Legionellaceae. J. Gen. Microbiol. 137: 1215–1222. signature-tagged mutagenesis. Microb. Pathog. 29: 25–38. Fry, S.M., J.S. Huang and R.D. Milholland. 1994. Isolation and prelimi- Fulton, M. 1943. The identity of Bacterium columbensis Castellani. J. Bac- teriol. 46: 79–82. nary characterization of extracellular proteases produced by strains Funke, G. and H. Rosner. 1995. Rahnella aquatilis bacteremia in an HIV- of Xylella fastidiosa from grapevines. Phytopathology 84: 357–363. infected intravenous drug abuser. Diagn. Microbiol. Infect. Dis. 22: Fry, S.M. and R.D. Milholland. 1990. Response of resistant, tolerant, and 293–296. susceptible grapevine tissues to invasion by the Pierce’s disease bac- Fuqua, W.C. and R.M. Weiner. 1993. The melA gene is essential for mel- terium, Xylella fastidiosa. Phytopathology 80: 66–69. anin biosynthesis in the marine bacterium Shewanella colwelliana.J. Fry, S.M., R.D. Milholland and P.Y. Huang. 1990. Isolation and growth Gen. Microbiol. 139: 1105–1114. of strains of Xylella fastidiosa from infected grapevines on nutrient Furet, Y.X. and J.C. Pechere. 1991. Newly documented antimicrobial ac- agar media. Plant Dis. 74: 522–524. tivity of quinolones. Eur. J. Clin. Microbiol. Infect. Dis. 10: 249–254. Fryer, J.L., C.N. Lannan, L.H. Garce´s, J.J. Larenas and P.A. Smith. 1990. Furniss, A.L., J.V. Lee and T.J. Donovan. 1977. Group F, a new Vibrio? Isolation of a rickettsiales-like organism from diseased coho salmon Lancet 2: 565–566. (Oncorhynchus kisutch) in Chile. Fish Pathology 25: 107–114. Furniss, A.L., J.V. Lee and T.J. Donovan. 1978. The Vibrios. Public Health Fryer, J.L., C.N. Lannan, J. Giovannoni and N.D. Wood. 1992. Piscirickettsia Laboratory Service Monograph Series, Her Majesty’s Stationery Of- salmonis gen. nov., sp. nov., the causative agent of an epizootic disease fice, London. in salmonid fishes. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 42: 120–126. Furth, A. 1975. Purification and properties of a constitutive beta-lacta- Fryer, J.L. and M.J. Mauel. 1997. The rickettsia: an emerging group of mase from Pseudomonas aeruginosa strain Dalgleish. Biochim. Biophys. pathogens in fish. Emerg. Infect. Dis. 3: 137–144. Acta 377: 431–443. Fuerst, J.A. and A.C. Hayward. 1969. Surface appendages similar to fim- Furuwatari, C., Y. Kawakami, T. Akahane, E. Hidaka, Y. Okimura, J. Na- briae (pili) on Pseudomonas species. J. Gen. Microbiol. 58: 227–237. kayama, F. K. and T. Katsuyama. 1994. Proposal for an Aeroscheme Fuhs, G.W. and M. Chen. 1975. Microbiological basis of phosphate re- (modified Aerokey II) for the identification of clinical Aeromonas spe- moval in the activated sludge process for the treatment of wastewater. cies. Med. Sci. Res. 22: 617–619. Microb. Ecol. 2: 119–138. Fussing, V. 1998. Genomic relationships of Actinobacillus pleuropneumoniae Fujii, T., M. Hayashi and M. Okuzumi. 1990. New device for isolation of serotype 2 strains evaluated by ribotyping, sequence analysis of ri- spiral bacteria from kusaya gravy. Nippon Suisan Gakk. 56: 161–161. bosomal intergenic regions, and pulsed-field gel electrophoresis. Lett. Fujii, T., M. Takeo and Y. Maeda. 1997. Plasmid-encoded genes specifying Appl. Microbiol. 27: 211–215. aniline oxidation from Acinetobacter sp. strain YAA. Microbiology Fussing, V., K. Barford, R. Nielsen, K. Møller, J.P. Nielsen, H.C. Wegener (Reading) 143: 93–99. and M. Bisgaard. 1998a. Evaluation and application of ribotyping for Fujino, T., Y. Okuno, D. Nakada, A. Aoyama, K. Fukai, T. Mukai and T. epidemiological studies of Actinobacillus pleuropneumoniae in Denmark. Ueho. 1951. On the bacteriological examination of shirasu food poi- Vet. Microbiol. 62: 145–162. soning (in Japanese). J. Jpn. Assoc. Infect. Dis. 25: 11–12. Fussing, V., J.P. Nielsen, M. Bisgaard and A. Meyling. 1999. Development Fukatsu, T., S. Aoki, U. Kurosu and H. Ishikawa. 1994. Phylogeny of of a typing system for epidemiological studies of porcine toxin-pro- Ceratiphidini aphids revealed by their symbiotic microorganisms and ducing Pasteurella multocida subsp. multocida in Denmark. Vet. Micro- basic structure of their galls: implications for host-symbiont coevo- biol. 65: 61–74. lution and evolution of sterile soldier castes. Zool. Sci. (Tokyo). 11: Fussing, V., B.J. Paster, F.E. Dewhirst and L.K. Poulsen. 1998b. Differ- 613–623. entiation of Actinobacillus pleuropneumoniae strains by sequence analysis Fukatsu, T. and H. Ishikawa. 1992a. A novel eukaryotic extracellular sym- of 16S rDNA and ribosomal intergenic regions, and development of biont in an aphid, Astegopteryx styraci (Homoptera, Aphididae, Hor- a species specific oligonucleotide for in situ detection. Syst. Appl. maphidinae). J. Insect Physiol. 38: 765–773. Microbiol. 21: 408–418. Fukatsu, T. and H. Ishikawa. 1992b. Synthesis and localization of sym- Fussing, V. and H.C. Wegener. 1993. Characterization of bovine Haemo- bionin, an aphid endosymbiont protein. Insect Biochem. Mol. Biol. philus somnus by biotyping, plasmid profiling, REA-patterns and ri- 22: 167–174. botyping. Zentbl. Bakteriol. 279: 60–74. Fukatsu, T. and H. Ishikawa. 1993. Occurrence of chaperonin 60 and Fyfe, J.A.M. and J.R.W. Govan. 1980. Alginate synthesis in mucoid Pseu- chaperonin 10 in primary and secondary bacterial symbionts of domonas aeruginosa - a chromosomal locus involved in control. J. Gen. aphids: implications for the evolution of an endosymbiotic system in Microbiol. 119: 443–450. aphids. J. Mol. Evol. 36: 568–577. Gaastra, W. and A.M. Svennerholm. 1996. Colonization factors of human Fukatsu, T. and H. Ishikawa. 1996. Phylogenetic position of yeast-like enterotoxigenic Escherichia coli (ETEC). Trends Microbiol. 4: 444–452. symbiont of Hamiltonaphis styraci (Homoptera, Aphididae) based on Gabriel, D.W., M.T. Kingsley, J.E. Hunter and T. Gottwald. 1989. Rein- 18S rDNA sequence. Insect Biochem. Mol. Biol. 26: 383–388. statement of Xanthomonas citri new species (ex Hasse) and Xantho- BIBLIOGRAPHY 965

monas phaseoli new species (ex Smith) to species and reclassification carotovora odorifera, subsp. nov. associated with odorous soft rot of of all Xanthomonas campestris pv. citri strains. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 39: chicory (Cichorium intybus L.). Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 42: 582–588. 14–22. Gamale´ia, M.N. 1888. Vibrio metschnikovi (n. sp.) et ses rapports avec le Gacesa, P. 1998. Bacterial alginate biosynthesis - recent progress and microbe du chole´ra asiatique. Ann. Inst. Pasteur (Paris) 2: 482–488. future prospects. Microbiology 144: 1133–1143. Gaman, W., C. Cates, C.F.T. Snelling, B. Lank and A.R. Ronald. 1976. Gadaleta, P., M.E. Pavan and J. Zorzopulos. 1996. Proposal of a new Emergence of gentamicin- and carbenicillin-resistant Pseudomonas ae- Kluyvera species and the relationship of this genus with other members ruginosa in a hospital environment. Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. of the Enterobacteriaceae family. Abst. Annu. Mtg. Amer. Soc. Microbiol, 9: 474–480. p. 474. Gander, R.M. and M.T. LaRocco. 1989. Detection of pilus-like structures Gaertner, A. 1888. Ueber die Fleischvergiftung un Frankenhausen a. on clinical and environmental isolates of Vibrio vulnificus. J. Clin. Mi- Kyffh. und den Erreger derselben Correspondenz-Bla¨tter des allgem. crobiol. 27: 1015–1021. a¨rztl. Vereins von Thuringen. 17: 573–600. Ganesh, R., K.G. Robinson, G.D. Reed and G.S. Sayler. 1997. Reduction Gaffney, T.D., S.T. Lam, J. Ligon, K. Gates, A. Frazelle, J. Di Maio, S. Hill, of hexavalent uranium from organic complexes by sulfate- and iron- S. Goodwin, N. Torkewitz, A.M. Allshouse, H.J. Kempf and J.O. Becker. reducing bacteria. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 63: 4385–4391. 1994. Global regulation of expression of antifungal factors by a Pseu- Gangeswaran, R., D.J. Lowe and R.R. Eady. 1993. Purification and char- domonas fluorescens biological-control strain. Mol. Plant-Microbe In- acterization of the assimilatory nitrate reductase of Azotobacter vine- teract. 7: 455–463. landii. Biochem. J. 289: 335–342. Gagnevin, L., J.E. Leach and O. Pruvost. 1997. Genomic variability of Ganiere, J.P., F. Escande, G. Andre and M. Larrat. 1993. Characterization the Xanthomonas pathovar mangiferaeindicae, agent of mango bacterial of Pasteurella from gingival scrapings of dogs and cats. Comp. Im- black spot. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 63: 246–253. munol. Microbiol. Infect. Dis. 16: 77–85. Gaillot, O., L. Guilbert, C. Maruejouls, F. Escande and M. Simonet. 1995. Gannon, V.P.J., M. Rashed, R.K. King and E.J.G. Thomas. 1993. Detection In-vitro susceptibility to 13 antibiotics of Pasteurella spp. and related and characterization of the eae gene of Shiga-like toxin-producing bacteria isolated from humans. J. Antimicrob. Chemother. 36: 878– Escherichia coli using polymerase chain reaction. J. Clin. Microbiol. 31: 880. 1268–1274. Galan, J.E. 1996a. Molecular and cellular bases of Salmonella entry into Gannon, V.P.J., C. Teerling, S.A. Masri and C.L. Gyles. 1990. Molecular host cells. Curr. Top. Microbiol. Immunol. 209: 43–60. cloning and nucleotide sequence of another variant of the Escherichia Galan, J.E. 1996b. Molecular genetic bases of Salmonella entry into host coli Shiga-like toxin II family. J. Gen. Microbiol. 136: 1125–1135. cells. Mol. Microbiol. 20: 263–271. Garce´s, L.H., J.J. Larenas, P.A. Smith, S. Sandino, C.N. Lannan and J.L. Gal’chenko, V.F. 1994. Sulfate reduction, methane generation and meth- Fryer. 1991. Infectivity of a rickettsia isolated from coho salmon On- ane oxidation in different Bunger Hills reservoirs (Antarctica). Mik- corhynchus kisutch. Dis. Aquat. Org. 11: 93–97. robiologiya 63: 388–396. Garcia, A., Jr., J.R.S. Lopes and M.J.G. Beretta. 1997. Population survey Gal’chenko, V.F., F.N. Abramochkina, L.V. Bezrukova, E.N. Sokolova and of leafhopper vectors of Xylella fastidiosa in citrus nurseries, in Brazil. M.V. Ivanov. 1988. The species composition of aerobic methano- Fruits (Paris) 52: 371–374. trophic microflora in the Black Sea. Mikrobiologiya 57: 248–253. Garcia, D.C., M.M. Nociari, D.O. Sordelli, A. Di Martino and M. Catalano. Gal’chenko, V.F. and A.I. Nesterov. 1981. Numerical analysis of protein 1996. The use of plasmid profile analysis and ribotyping for typing electrophoretograms for obligate methanotrophic bacteria. Mikro- Acinetobacter baumannii isolates. J. Hosp. Infect. 34: 139–144. biologiya 50: 725–730. Garcia, D., P. Parot, A. Vermeglio and M.T. Madigan. 1986. The light- Galdbart, J.O., F. Lemann, D. Ainouz, P. Feron, N. Lambert-Zechovsky harvesting complexes of a thermophilic purple sulfur photosynthetic and C. Branger. 2000. TEM-24 extended spectrum b-lactamase pro- bacterium Chromatium tepidum. Biochim. Biophys. Acta 850: 390–395. ducing Enterobacter aerogenes: long term clonal dissemination in French Garcia, M.T., J.J. Nieto, A. Ventosa and F. Ruiz-Berraquero. 1987a. The hospitals. Clin. Microbiol. Infect. 6: 316–323. susceptibility of the moderate halophile Vibrio costicola to heavy metals. Galdiero, M., E. Palomba, L. De, M. Vitiello and P. Pagnini. 1998. Effects J. Appl. Bacteriol. 63: 63–66. of the major Pasteurella multocida porin on bovine neutrophils. Am. Garcia, M.T., A. Ventosa, F. Ruiz-Berraquero and M. Kocur. 1987b. Tax- J. Vet. Res. 59: 1270–1274. onomic study and amended description of Vibrio costicola. Int. J. Syst. Gale, E.F. and H.M.R. Epps. 1943. l-Lysine decarboxylase: preparation Bacteriol. 37: 251–256. of specific enzyme and coenzyme. Nature (Lond.) 152: 327–328. Garcia-Delgado, G.A., P.B. Little and D.A. Barnum. 1976. A comparison Galinski, E.A., H.P. Pfeiffer and H.G. Tru¨per. 1985. 1,4,5,6-Tetrahydro-2- of various Haemophilus somnus strains. Canad. J. Comp. Med. 41: 380– methyl-4-pyrimidinecarboxylic acid: a novel cyclic amino acid from 388. halophilic phototrophic bacteria of the genus Ectothiorhodospira. Eur. Garcı´a-Rodrı´guez, J.A., J.E. Garcia Sanchez, M.I. Garcia Garcia, E. Garcia J. Biochem. 149: 135–139. Sanchez and J.L. Munoz Bellido. 1991. Antibiotic susceptibility profile Galinski, E.A. and H.G. Tru¨per. 1982. Betaine, a compatible solute in of Xanthomonas maltophilia. In vitro activity of b-lactam/b-lactamase the extremely halophilic phototropic bacterium Ectothiorhodospira ha- inhibitor combinations. Diagn. Microbiol. Infect. Dis. 14: 239–243. lochloris. FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 13: 357–360. Gardan, L., C. Bollet, M. Abu-Ghorrah, F. Grimont and P.A.D. Grimont. Gallacher, S. and T.H. Birkbeck. 1993. Effect of phosphate concentration 1992. DNA relatedness among the pathovar strains of Pseudomonas on production of tetrodotoxin by Alteromonas tetraodonis. Appl. Envi- syringae subsp. savastanoi Janse (1982) and proposal of Pseudomonas ron. Microbiol. 59: 3981–3983. savastanoi sp. nov. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 42: 606–612. Gallagher, I.H. 1971. Occurrence of waxes in Acinetobacter. J. Gen. Mi- Gardan, L., H. Shafik, S. Belouin, R. Broch, F. Grimont and P.A.D. Gri- crobiol. 68: 245–247. mont. 1999. DNA relatedness among the pathovars of Pseudomonas Gallardo, V.A. 1977. Large benthic microbial communities in sulphide syringae and description of Pseudomonas tremae sp. nov. and Pseudomonas biota under Peru-Chile subsurface countercurrent. Nature 268: 331– cannabina sp. nov. (ex Sutic and Dowson 1959). Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 332. 49: 469–478. Gallardo, V.A., E. Klingelhoeffer, W. Arntz and M. Graco. 1998. First Gardner, G.A. 1980. Identification and ecology of salt requiring Vibrio report of the bacterium Thioploca in the Benguela ecosystem off Na- associated with cured meats. Meat Sci. 5: 71–81. mibia. J. Mar. Biol. Assoc. U.K. 78: 1007–1010. Gardner, I.A., R. Kasten, G.J. Eamns, K.P. Snipes and R.J. Anderson. 1994. Gallois, A. and P.A.D. Grimont. 1985. Pyrazines responsible for the potato- Molecular fingerprinting of Pasteurella multicoida associated with pro- like odor produced by some Serratia and Cedecea strains. Appl. Environ. gressive atrophic rhinitis in swine herds. J. Vet. Diagn. Invest. 6: 442– Microbiol. 50: 1048–1051. 447. Gallois, A., R. Samson, E. Ageron and P.A.D. Grimont. 1992. Erwinia Gardner, J.M. and C.I. Kado. 1972. Comparative base sequence homol- 966 BIBLIOGRAPHY

ogies of the deoxyribonucleic acids of Erwinia species and other En- Photobacterium damsela subsp. piscicida comb. nov. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. terobacteriaceae. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 22: 201–209. 45: 139–144. Gardner, J.M. and C.I. Kado. 1976. Polygalacturonic acid trans-eliminase Gauthier, M.J. 1976a. Alteromonas rubra sp. nov., a new marine antibiotic- in the osmotic shock fluid of Erwinia rubrifaciens: characterization of producing bacterium. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 26: 459–466. the purified enzyme and its effect on plant cells. J. Bacteriol. 127: Gauthier, M.J. 1976b. Modification of bacterial respiration by a macro- 451–460. molecular polyanionic antibiotic produced by a marine Alteromonas. Gardner, M.W. and J.B. Kendrick. 1923. Bacterial spot of cowpea. Science Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. 9: 361–366. (Wash. D. C.) 57: 275. Gauthier, M.J. 1976c. Morphological, physiological, and biochemical Gardner, S.E., S.E. Fowlston and W.L. George. 1987. In vitro production characteristics of some violet-pigmented bacteria isolated from sea- of cholera toxin-like activity by Plesiomonas shigelloides. J. Infect. Dis. water. Can. J. Microbiol. 22: 138–149. 156: 720–722. Gauthier, M.J. 1977. Alteromonas citrea, a new Gram-negative, yellow-pig- Garg, R.P., A.L. Menon, K. Jacobs, R.M. Robson and R.L. Robson. 1994. mented species from seawater. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 27: 349–354.

The hypE gene completes the gene cluster for H2 oxidation in Azo- Gauthier, M.J. 1982. Validation of the name Alteromonas luteoviolacea. Int. tobacter vinelandii. J. Mol. Biol. 236: 390–396. J Syst. Bacteriol. 32: 82–86. Garibaldi, A. and D.F. Bateman. 1973. Pectolytic, cellulolytic and prote- Gauthier, M.J. and V.A. Breittmayer. 1979. A new antibiotic-producing olytic enzymes produced by isolated of Erwinia chrysanthemi Burkh., bacterium from seawater: Alteromonas aurantia sp. nov. Int. J. Syst. McFad. et Dim. Phytopathol. Mediterr. 12: 30–35. Bacteriol. 29: 366–372. Garibaldi, J.A. 1967. Media for the enhancement of fluorescent pigment Gauthier, M.J. and V.A. Breittmayer. 1992. The genera Alteromonas and production by Pseudomonas species. J. Bacteriol. 94: 1296–1299. Marinomonas. In Balows, Tru¨per, Dworkin, Harder and Schleifer (Ed- Garland, S.M. and M.G. Prichard. 1983. Actinobacillus actinomycetemcomi- itors), The Prokaryotes. A Handbook on the Biology of Bacteria: tans causing a mediastinal abscess. Thorax 38: 472–473. Ecophysiology, Isolation, Identification, Applications, 2nd Ed., Vol. 3, Garner, J.G. 1979. Isolation of Actinobacillus actinomycetemcomitans and He- Springer-Verlag, New York. 3046–3070. mophilus aphrophilus at Auckland hospital. N. Z. Med. J. 89: 384–386. Gauthier, M., L. Fernandez-Linares, M. Acquaviva and J.C. Bertrand. Garrett, C.M.E., C.G. Panagopoulos and J.E. Crosse. 1966. Comparison 1997. Influence of glycine betaine on degradation of eicosane by of plant pathogenic pseudomonads from fruit trees. J. Appl. Bacteriol. Marinobacter hydrocarbonoclasticus at high salinity. Syst. Appl. Microbiol. 29: 342–356. 20: 150–153. Garriga, M., M.A. Ehrmann, J. Arnau, M. Hugas and R.F. Vogel. 1998. Gauthier, M.J. and G.N. Flatau. 1976. Antibacterial activity of marine Carnimonas nigrificans gen. nov., sp. nov., a bacterial causative agent violet-pigmented Alteromonas with special reference to the production for black spot formation on cured meat products. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. of brominated compounds. Can. J. Microbiol. 22: 1612–1619. 48: 677–686. Gauthier, M.J., B. Lafay, R. Christen, L. Fernandez, M. Acquaviva, P.Bonin Garrity, G.M., A. Brown and R.M. Vickers. 1980. Tatlockia micdadei, gen. and J.C. Bertrand. 1992. Marinobacter hydrocarbonoclasticus gen. nov., nov., comb. nov., and Fluoribacter bozemanae, gen. nov., sp. nov.: two sp. nov., a new, extremely halotolerant, hydrocarbon-degrading ma- new organisms resembling Legionella pneumophila. Int. J. Syst. Bac- rine bacterium. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 42: 568–576. teriol. 30: 609–614. Gavini, F., C. Ferragut, D. Izard, P.A. Trinel, H. Leclerc, B. Lefebvre and Garrote, A., R. Bonet, S. Merino, M.D. Simon-Pujol and F. Congregado. D.A.A. Mossel. 1979. Serratia fonticola, a new species from water. Int. 1992. Occurrence of a capsule in Aeromonas salmonicida. FEMS Mi- J. Syst. Bacteriol. 29: 92–101. crobiol. Lett. 95: 127–132. Gavini, F., C. Ferragut, B. Lefebre and H. Leclerc. 1976a. E´tude taxon- Gaston, M.A. 1987a. Evaluation of a bacteriophage-typing scheme for omique d’enterobacte´ries appartenant ou apparente´es au genre En- Enterobacter cloacae. J. Med. Microbiol. 24: 291–295. terobacter. Ann. Inst. Pasteur Microbiol. 127B: 317–335. Gaston, M.A. 1987b. Isolation and selection of a bacteriophage-typing set Gavini, F., B. Holmes, D. Izard, A. Beji, A. Bernigaud and E. Jakubczak. for Enterobacter cloacae. J. Med. Microbiol. 24: 285–290. 1989a. Numerical taxonomy of Pseudomonas alcaligenes, Pseudomonas Gaston, M.A., C. Bucher and T.L. Pitt. 1983. O-Serotyping scheme for pseudoalcaligenes, Pseudomonas mendocina, Pseudomonas stutzeri, and re- Enterobacter cloacae. J. Clin. Microbiol. 18: 1079–1083. lated bacteria. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 39: 135–144. Gaston, M.A. and T.L. Pitt. 1989a. Improved O-serotyping method for Gavini, F., D. Izard, C. Ferragut, J.J. Farmer, III and H. Leclerc. 1983a. Serratia marcescens. J. Clin. Microbiol. 27: 2702–2705. Separation of Kluyvera and Buttiauxella by biochemical and nucleic Gaston, M.A. and T.L. Pitt. 1989b. O-antigen specificities of the serotype acid methods. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 33: 880–882. strains of Serratia marcescens. J. Clin. Microbiol. 27: 2697–2701. Gavini, F., D. Izard, P.A.D. Grimont, A. Beji, E. Ageron and H. Leclerc. Gaston, M.A., T.A. Vale, B. Wright, P. Cox and T.L. Pitt. 1986. Monoclonal- 1986. Priority of Klebsiella planticola Bagley, Seidler, and Brenner 1982 antibodies to the surface-antigens of Pseudomonas aeruginosa. FEMS over Klebsiella trevisanii Ferragut, Izard, Gavini, Kersters, Deley, and Microbiol. Lett. 37: 357–361. Leclerc 1983. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 36: 486–488. Gatz, C., J. Altschmied and W. Hillen. 1986. Cloning and expression of Gavini, F., H. Leclerc, B. Lefe`bvre, C. Ferragut and D. Izard. 1977. E´ tude the Acinetobacter calcoaceticus mutarotase gene in Escherichia coli. J. Bac- taxonomique d’ente´robacte´ries appartenant ou apparente´es au genre teriol. 168: 31–39. Klebsiella. Ann. Microbiol. (Inst. Pasteur) 128B: 45–49. Gatz, C. and W. Hillen. 1986. Acinetobacter calcoaceticus encoded mutar- Gavini, F., B. Lefebvre and H. Leclerc. 1976b. Positions taxonomiques

otase: nucleotide sequence analysis of the gene and characterization d’ente´robacte´ries H2S-par rapport au genre Citrobacter. Ann. Micro- of its secretion in Escherichia coli. Nucleic Acids Res. 14: 4309–4323. biol. (Paris) 127a: 275–295. Ga¨umann, E. 1923. U¨ ber zwei Bananenkrankheiten in Niederla¨ndisch Gavini, F., B. Lefebvre and H. Leclerc. 1983b. Taxonomic study of strains Indien. Z. Pflanzenkr. Pflanzenpathol. Pflanzenschutz. 33: 1–17. belonging or related to the genus Erwinia, Herbicola group, and the Gauthier, G., M. Gauthier and R. Christen. 1995a. Phylgenetic analysis species Enterobacter agglomerans. Syst. Appl. Microbiol. 4: 218–235. of the genera Alteromonas, Shewanella, and Moritella using genes coding Gavini, F., J. Mergaert, A. Beji, C. Mielcarek, D. Izard, K. Kersters and J. for small-subunit rRNA sequences and division of the genus Altero- De Ley. 1989b. Transfer of Enterobacter agglomerans (Beijerinck 1888) monas into two genera, Alteromonas (emend.) and Pseudoalteromonas Ewing and Fife 1972 to Pantoea gen. nov. as Pantoea agglomerans comb. gen. nov., and proposal of twelve new species combinations. Int. J. nov. and description of Pantoea dispersa sp. nov. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. Syst. Bacteriol. 45: 755–761. 39: 337–345. Gauthier, G., B. Lafay, R. Ruimy, V. Breittmayer, J.L. Nicolas, M. Gauthier Gavrilovic, L., R.W. O’Brien and R.L. Sanders. 1982. Secretion of amylase and R. Christen. 1995b. Small-subunit rRNA sequences and whole by the marine bacterium Alteromonas rubra. Aust. J. Biol. Sci. 35: 111– DNA relatedness concur for the reassignment of Pasteurella piscicida 124. (Snieszko et al.) Janssen and Surgalla to the genus Photobacterium as Gebhard, F. and K. Smalla. 1998. Transformation of Acinetobacter sp. strain BIBLIOGRAPHY 967

BD413 by transgenic sugar beet DNA. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 64: tobacter chroococcum 7Fe ferredoxin. Two pH-dependent forms of the 1550–1554. reduced 3Fe clusters and its conversion to a 4Fe cluster. Biochem. J. Geier, G. and K. Geider. 1993. Characterization and influence on viru- 224: 247–251. lence of the levansucrase gene from the fireblight pathogen Erwinia Georges, C. and J.M. Meyer. 1995. High-molecular-mass, iron-repressed amylovora. Physiol. Mol. Plant Pathol. 42: 387–404. cytoplasmic proteins in fluorescent Pseudomonas - potential peptide- Geiges, O., B. Staehlin and B. Baumann. 1990. The microbiological eval- synthetases for pyoverdine biosynthesis. FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 132: uation of prepared salad vegetables and sprouts. Mitt. Geb. Lebens- 9–15. mittelunters. Hyg. 81: 684–271. Gerin, C. and M. Goutx. 1993. Separation and quantification of phos- Geiselbrecht, A.D. 1998. The distribution and PAH-degradative potential pholipids from marine-bacteria with the Iatroscan Mark IV TLC-FID. of Cycloclasticus spp. in the marine environment, Thesis, University of JPC-J. Planar Chromatogr.-Mod. TLC. 6: 307–312. Washington, Seattle. Gerischer, U., D.A. D’Argenio and L.N. Ornston. 1996. IS1236, a newly Geiselbrecht, A.D., B.P. Hedlund, M.A. Tichi and J.T. Staley. 1998. Iso- discovered member of the IS3 family, exhibits varied patterns of in- lation of marine polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon (PAH)-degrading sertion into the Acinetobacter calcoaceticus chromosome. Microbiology Cycloclasticus strains from the Gulf of Mexico and comparison of their (Reading) 142: 1825–1831. PAH degradation with that of Puget Sound Cycloclasticus strains. Appl. Gerischer, U., A. Saguraa and L.N. Ornston. 1998. PcaU, a transcriptional Environ. Microbiol. 64: 4703–4710. activator gene for protocatechuate utilization in Acinetobacter. J. Bac- Geiselbrecht, A.D., R.P. Herwig, J.W. Deming and J.T. Staley. 1996. Enu- teriol. 180: 1512–1524. meration and phylogenetic analysis of polycyclic aromatic hydrocar- Gerner-Smidt, P. 1989. Frequency of plasmids in strains of Acinetobacter bon-degrading marine bacteria from Puget Sound sediments. Appl. calcoaceticus. J. Hosp. Infect. 14: 23–28. Environ. Microbiol. 62: 3344–3349. Gerner-Smidt, P. 1992. Ribotyping of the Acinetobacter calcoaceticus-Acine- Geissdo¨rfer, W., S.C. Frosch, G. Haspel, S. Ehrt and W. Hillen. 1995. Two tobacter baumannii complex. J. Clin. Microbiol. 30: 2680–2685. genes encoding protein with similarities to rubredoxin and rubre- Gerner-Smidt, P. and W. Frederiksen. 1993. Acinetobacter in Denmark: I. doxin reductase are required for conversion of dodecane to lauric Taxonomy, antibiotic susceptibility and pathogenicity of 112 clinical acid in Acinetobacter calcoaceticus ADP1. Microbiology (Reading) 141: strains. APMIS 101: 815–825. 1425–1432. Gerner-Smidt, P. and I. Tjernberg. 1993. Acinetobacter in Denmark: II. Geissdo¨rfer, W., A. Ratajczak and W. Hillen. 1998. Transcription of ppk Molecular studies of the Acinetobacter calcoaceticus-Acinetobacter bauman- from Acinetobacter sp. strain ADP1, encoding a putative polyphosphate nii complex. APMIS 101: 826–832. kinase, is induced by phosphate starvation. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. Gerner-Smidt, P., I. Tjernberg and J. Ursing. 1991. Reliability of phe- 64: 896–901. notypic tests for identification of Acinetobacter spp. J. Clin. Microbiol. Gelev, I., E. Gelev, A.G. Steigerwalt, G.P. Carter and D.J. Brenner. 1990. 29: 277–282. Identification of the bacterium associated with haemorrhagic septi- Gerrard, J.G. , S. McNevin, D. Alfredson, R. Forgan-Smith and N. Fraser. caemia in rainbow trout as Hafnia alvei. Res. Microbiol. 141: 573–576. 2003. Photorhabdus species: Bioluminescent bacteria as emerging hu- Gelinas, R.E., P.A. Myers and R.J. Roberts. 1977. Two sequence-specific man pathogens? Emerg. Infect. Dis. 9: 251–254. endonucleases from Moraxella bovis. J. Mol. Biol. 114: 169–179. Gerritsen, L.J., G. de Raay and P.H. Smits. 1992. Characterization of form Gemski, P.J., D.E. Koeltzow and S.B. Formal. 1975. Phage conversion of variants of Xenorhabdus luminescens. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 58: Shigella flexneri group antigens. Infect. Immun. 11: 685–691. 1975–1979. Gemski, P., J.R. Lazere and T. Casey. 1980a. Plasmid associated with path- Geyid, A., J. Fletcher, B.A. Gashe and A. Ljungh. 1996. Invasion of tissue ogenicity and calcium dependency of Yersinia enterocolitica. Infect. Im- culture cells by diarrhoeagenic strains of Escherichia coli which lack mun. 27: 682–685. the enteroinvasive inv gene. FEMS Immunol, Med. Microbiol. 14: 15– Gemski, P., J.R. Lazere, T. Casey and I.A. Wohlhieter. 1980b. Presence of 24. a virulence-associated plasmid in Yersinia pseudotuberculosis. Infect. Im- Gherna, R.L., J.H. Werren, W. Weisburg, R. Cote, C.R. Woese, L. Man- mun. 28: 1044–1047. delco and D.J. Brenner. 1991. Arsenophonus nasoniae, gen. nov., sp. Gennari, M. and P. Lombardi. 1993. Comparative characterization of nov., the causative agent of the son-killer trait in the parasitic wasp Acinetobacter strains isolated from different foods and clinical sources. Nasonia vitripennis. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 41: 563–565. Zentbl. Bakteriol. 279: 553–564. Ghigo, E., C. Capo, C.H. Tung, D. Raoult, J.P. Gorvel and J.L. Mege. Gennari, M., M. Parini, D. Volpon and M. Serio. 1992. Isolation and 2002. Coxiella burnetii survival in THP-1 monocytes involves the im- characterization by conventional methods and genetic transformation pairment of phagosome maturation: IFN-gamma mediates its resto- of Psychrobacter and Acinetobacter from fresh and spoiled meat, milk ration and bacterial killing. J. Immunol. 169: 4488–4495. and cheese. Int. J. Food Microbiol. 15: 61–75. Ghigo, J.M. and C. Wandersman. 1994. A carboxyl-terminal four-amino Gennari, M. and F. Stegagno. 1985. Isolation and characterization of acid motif is required for secretion of the metalloprotease PrtG Acinetobacter calcoaceticus from fresh, frozen and stored fish products. through the Erwinia chrysanthemi protease secretion pathway. J. Biol. Microbiol. Alim. Nutrit. 3: 247–259. Chem. 269: 8979–8985. Gennari, M. and F. Stegagno. 1986. Isolation and characterization of Giammanco, G., J. Buissie`re, M. Toucas, G. Brault and L. Le Minor. 1980. Acinetobacter calcoaceticus from raw, washed and frozen vegetables. Intre´reˆt taxonomique de la recherche de la c-glutamyltransfe´rase chez Arch. Vet. Ital. 37: 131–137. les Enterobacteriaceae. Ann. Microbiol. Inst. Pasteur (Paris) 131A: 181– Genne, D., H.H. Siegrist, P. Monnier, M. Nobel, L. Humair and A. 187. deTorrente. 1996. Pasteurella multocida endocarditis: Report of a case Gibbons, N.E. 1969. Isolation, growth, and requirements of halophilic and review of the literature. Scand. J. Infect. Dis. 28: 95–97. bacteria. In Norris and Gibbons (Editors), Methods in Microbiology, Genthner, F.J., L.A. Hook and W.R. Strohl. 1985. Determination of the Vol. 3B, Academic Press, London. 169–183. molecular mass of bacterial genomic DNA and plasmid copy number Gibert, I., J. Barbe and J. Casadesus. 1990. Distribution of insertion se- by high-pressure liquid chromatography. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. quence IS200 in Salmonella and Shigella. J. Gen. Microbiol. 136: 2555– 50: 1007–1013. 2560. Georgala, D.S.L. 1958. The bacteria of the skin of North Sea cod. J. Gen. Gibson, F. and D.I. Magrath. 1969. The isolation and characterization of Microbiol. 18: 84–91. a hydroxamic acid (aerobactin) formed by Aerobacter aerogenes 62-I. George, J.R., L. Pine, M.W. Reeves and W.K. Harrell. 1980. Amino acid Biochim. Biophys. Acta 192: 175–184. requirements of Legionella pneumophila. J. Clin. Microbiol. 11: 286– Gibson, J., E. Stackebrandt, L.B. Zablen, R. Gupta and C.R. Woese. 1979. 291. A phylogenetic analysis of the purple photosynthetic bacteria. Curr. George, S.J., A.J.M. Richards, A.J. Thomson and M.G. Yates. 1984. Azo- Microbiol. 3: 59–64. 968 BIBLIOGRAPHY

Gilardi, G.L. 1971. Characterization of Pseudomonas species isolated from blanche de la rickettsie agent de la maladie bleue de Melolontha mel- clinical specimens. Appl. Microbiol. 21: 414–419. olontha L.: voie pulmonaire et voie buccale. C.R. Acad. Science, Series Gilardi, G.L. 1972. Infrequently encountered Pseudomonas species causing D. 247: 2499–2501. infection in humans. Ann. Intern. Med. 77: 211–215. Gitaitis, R.D., C.J. Chang, K. Sijam and C.C. Dowler. 1991. A differential Gilardi, G.L. and E. Bottone. 1971. Erwinia and yellow-pigmented Ente- medium for semiselective isolation of Xanthomonas campestris pv. ve- robacter isolates from human sources. Antonie Leeuwenhoek 37: 529– sicatoria and other cellulolytic xanthomonads from various natural 535. sources. Plant Dis. 75: 1274–1278. Gilchrist, M.J.R. 1995. Enterobacteriaceae: opportunistic pathogens and Gitaitis, R.D., J.D. Hamm and P.F. Bertrand. 1988. Differentiation of Xan- other genera. In Murray, Pfaller, Tenover, Yoklken and Baron (Edi- thomonas campestris pv. pruni from other yellow-pigmented bacteria by tors), Manual of Clinical Microbiology, 6th Ed., ASM Press, Washing- the refractive quality of bacterial colonies on an agar medium. Plant ton, D.C. 457–464. Dis. 72: 416–417. Gilder, H. and S. Granick. 1947. Studies on the Haemophilus group of Gitaitis, R.D., M.J. Sasser, R.W. Beaver, T.B. McInnes and R.E. Stall. 1987. organisms. Quantitative aspects of growth on various porphin com- Pectolytic xanthomonads in mixed infections with Pseudomonas syrin- pounds. J. Gen. Physiol. 31: 103–117. gae pv. syringae, Pseudomonas syringae pv. tomato, and Xanthomonas cam- Giles, J.S., H. Hariharan and S.B. Heaney. 1995. The plasmid profiles of pestris pv. vesicatoria in tomato and pepper transplants. Phytopathology fish pathogenic isolates of Aeromonas salmonicida, Vibrio anguillarum, 77: 611–615. and Vibrio ordalii from the Atlantic and Pacific coasts of Canada. Can. Givaudan, A., S. Baghdiguian, A. Lanois and N. Boemare. 1995. Swarming J. Microbiol. 41: 209–216. and swimming changes concomitant with phase variation in Xeno- Gill, S., J. Belles-Isles, G. Brown, S. Gagne, C. Lemieux, J.P. Mercier and rhabdus nematophilus. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 61: 1408–1413. P. Dion. 1994. Identification of variability of ribosomal DNA spacer Givaudan, A., A. Lanois and N.E. Boemare. 1996. Cloning and nucleotide from Pseudomonas soil isolates. Can. J. Microbiol. 40: 541–547. sequence of a flagellin encoding genetic locus from Xenorhabdus ne- Gilleland, H.E. and R.G.E. Murray. 1976. Ultrastructure study of poly- matophilus: phase variation leads to differential transcription of two myxin-resistant isolates of Pseudomonas aeruginosa. J. Bacteriol. 125: flagellar genes (fliCD). Gene 183: 243–253. 267–281. Gladman, G., P.J. Connor, R.F. Williams and T.J. David. 1992. Controlled Gilleland, H.E., J.D. Stinnett, I.L. Roth and R.G. Eagon. 1973. Freeze- study of Pseudomonas cepacia and Pseudomonas maltophilia in cystic fi- etch study of Pseudomonas aeruginosa: localization within the cell wall brosis. Arch. Dis. Child. 67: 192–195. of an ethylene-diaminetetraacetate-extractable component. J. Bacter- Glare, T.R. and M.R.H. Hurst. 2002. A new family of bacterial insecticidal iol. 113: 417–432. toxins: the Tc family from Photorhabdus, Xenorhabdus, Serratia and other Gillis, M. and J. De Ley. 1980. Intra- and intergeneric similarities of the bacteria. In Akhurst, Beard and Hughes (Editors), Biotechnology of ribosomal ribonucleic acid cistrons of Acetobacter and Gluconobacter. Bacillus thuringiensis and its Environmental Impact, CSIRO, Canberra. Int. J. Syst Bacteriol. 30: 7–27. 129–134. Gilman, R.H., M. Madasamy, E. Gan, M. Mariappan, C.E. Davis and K.A. Glennon, J., P.J. Ryan, C.T. Keane and J.P. Rees. 1988. Circumcision and Kyser. 1971. Edwardsiella tarda in jungle diarrhoea and a possible as- periurethral carriage of Proteus mirabilis in boys. Arch. Dis. Child. 63: sociation with Entamoeba histolytica. Southeast Asian J. Trop. Med. Pub- 556–557. lic Health 2: 186–189. Glew, R.H., R.C. Moellering, Jr. and L.J. Kunz. 1977. Infections with Gilmour, N.J.L. and J.S. Gilmour. 1989. Pasteurellosis of sheep. In Adlam Acinetobacter calcoaceticus (Herellea vaginicola): clinical and laboratory and Rutter (Editors), Pasteurella and Pasteurellosis, Academic Press, studies. Medicine. 56: 79–97. London. pp. 223–262. Glick, B.R., H.E. Brooks and J.J. Pasternak. 1986. Physiological effects of Gilsdorf, J.R. 1998. Antigenic diversity and gene polymorphisms in Hae- plasmid DNA transformation on Azotobacter vinelandii. Can. J. Micro- mophilus influenzae. Infect. Immun. 66: 5053–5059. biol. 32: 145–148. Gilsdorf, J.R., K.W. McCrea and C.F. Marrs. 1997. Role of pili in Hae- Glick, B.R., B.J. Butler, C.I. Mayfield and J.J. Pasternak. 1989. Effect of mophilus influenzae adherence and colonization. Infect. Immun. 65: transformation of Azotobacter vinelandii with the low copy number plas- 2997–3002. mid pRK290. Curr. Microbiol. 19: 143–146. Gimenez, D.F. 1964. Staining rickettsiae in yolk-sac cultures. Stain Tech- Glick, T.H., M.B. Gregg, B. Berman, G. Mallison, W.W.J. Rhodes and I. nol. 39: 135–140. Kassanoff. 1978. Pontiac fever. An epidemic of unknown etiology in Ginard, M., J. Lalucat, B. Tummler and U. Romling. 1997. Genome or- a health department. I. Clinical and epidemiologic aspects. Am. J. ganization of Pseudomonas stutzeri and resulting taxonomic and evo- Epidemiol. 107: 149–160. lutionary considerations. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 47: 132–143. Glockner, A.B. and W.G. Zumft. 1996. Sequence analysis of an internal Ginoza, H.S. and T.A. Matney. 1963. Transmission of a resistance transfer 9.72 kb segment from the 30 kb denitrification gene cluster of Pseu- factor from Escherichia coli to two species of Pasteurella. J. Bacteriol. domonas stutzeri. Biochim. Biophys. Acta-Bioenerg. 1277: 6–12. 85: 1177–1178. Glo¨ckner, F.O., H.D. Babenzien and R. Amann. 1998. Phylogeny and Ginther, C.L. 1978. Genetic analysis of Acinetobacter calcoaceticus proline identification in situ of Nevskia ramosa. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 64: auxotrophs. J. Bacteriol. 133: 439–441. 1895–1901. Giordano-Dias, C.M., A.R. Figueiredo, S.M.P. Oliveira, J.M. D’Almeida, Glo¨ckner, F.O., H.-D. Babenzien, J. Wulf and R. Amann. 1999. Phylogeny E. Hofer and R.P. Brazil. 1997. Isolation and identification of bacteria and diversity of Achromatium oxaliferum. Syst. Appl. Microbiol. 22: 28– from sandflies of Lutzomyia longipalpis (Diptera: Psychodidae) main- 38. tained in laboratory. Mem. Inst. Oswalo Cruz 92: 320. Glynn, M.K., C. Bopp, W. Dewitt, P. Dabney, M. Mokhtar and F.J. Angulo. Giovannoni, S.J. and L. Margulis. 1981. A red Benekea from Laguna Fi- 1998. Emergence of multidrug-resistant typhimurium gueroa, Baja California. Microbios. 30: 47–63. DT104 infections in the United States. New Engl. J. Med. 338: 1333– Girard, G. 1953. Me´thodes permettant de diffe´rencier P. pestis de P. pseu- 1338. dotuberculosis. Bull. Wld. Hlth. Org. 9: 645–653. Gmeiner, J. and H.P. Kroll. 1981. Murein biosynthesis and O-acetylation Girod, J.C., R.C. Reichman, W.C. Winn, Jr., D.N. Klaucke, R.L. Uogt and of N-acetylmuramic acid during the cell division cycle of Proteus mi- R. Dolin. 1982. Pneumonic and nonpneumonic forms of legionellosis: rabilis. Eur. J. Biochem. 117: 171–177. result of a common-source exposure to Legionella pneumophila. Arch. Gmu¨r, R., H. McNabb, T.J. van Steenbergen, P. Baehni, A. Mombelli, A.J. Intern. Med. 142: 545–547. van Winkelhoff and B. Guggenheim. 1993. Seroclassification of hith- Giro´n, J.A. 1995. Expression of flagella and motility by Shigella. Mol. erto nontypeable Actinobacillus actinomycetemcomitans strains: evidence Microbiol. 18: 63–75. for a new serotype e. Oral Microbiol. Immunol. 8: 116–120. Giroud, P., N. Dumas and B. Hurpin. 1958. Essais d’adaptation a la souris Gobat, P.F. and T. Jemmi. 1995. Comparison of seven selective media for BIBLIOGRAPHY 969

the isolation of mesophilic Aeromonas species in fish and meat. Int. J. Go´mez-Duarte, O.G. and J.B. Kaper. 1995. A plasmid-encoded regulatory Food Microbiol. 24: 375–384. region activates chromosomal eaeA expression in enteropathogenic Goebel, B.M., P.R. Norris and N.P. Burton. 2000. Acidophiles in biom- Escherichia coli. Infect. Immun. 63: 1767–1776. ining. In Priest and Goodfellow (Editors), Applied Microbial System- Gomez-Lus, P., B.S. Fields, R.F. Benson, W.T. Martin, S.P. O’Connor and atics, Kluwer, Dordrecht. pp. 293–314. C.M. Black. 1993. Comparison of arbitrarily primed polymerase chain Goel, U., T. Kauri, H.W. Ackermann and D.J. Kushner. 1996. A moderately reaction, ribotyping, and monoclonal antibody analysis for subtyping halophilic Vibrio from a Spanish saltern and its lytic bacteriophage. Legionella pneumophila serogroup 1. J. Clin. Microbiol. 31: 1940–1942. Can. J. Microbiol. 42: 1015–1023. Gonzales, H.F. and D.P. Bingham. 1983. Genetic relatedness of Haemo- Goldberg, D.J., P.W. Collier, R.J. Fallon, T.M. McKay, T.A. Markwick, J.G. philus somnus to select genera of bacteria. Am. J. Vet. Res. 44: 1793– Wrench, J.A. Emslie, G.I. Forbes, A.C. Macpherson and D. Reid. 1989. 1795. Lochgoilhead fever: outbreak of non-pneumonic legionellosis due to Gonzalez, A.B. and E.H. Ruffolo. 1966. Edwardsiella tarda: etiologic agent Legionella micdadei. Lancet 1: 316–318. in a post-traumatic subgaleal abscess. South. Med. J. 59: 340, 346. Goldberg, J. 1959. Studies on granuloma inguinale. IV. Growth require- Gonzalez, C., C. Gutierrez and T. Grande. 1987. Bacterial flora in bottled ments of Donovania granulomatis and its relationship to the natural uncarbonated mineral drinking water. Can. J. Microbiol. 33: 1120– habitat of the organism. Br. J. Vener. Dis. 35: 266–268. 1125. Goldberg, J. 1962. Studies on granuloma inguinale. V. Isolation of a Gonza´lez, C.F. and A.K. Vidaver. 1979. Syringomycin production and bacterium resembling Donovania granulomatis from the feces of a holcus spot disease of maize - plasmid-associated properties in Pseu- patient with Granuloma inguinale. Br. J. Vener. Dis. 38: 99–102. domonas syringae. Curr. Microbiol. 2: 75–80. Goldberg, J.B. 1992. Regulation of alginate volume in Pseudomonas ae- Gonzalez, G., K. Sossa, H. Bello, M. Dominguez, S. Mella and R. Ze- ruginosa. In Galli, Silver and Witholt (Editors), Pseudomonas: Molecular melman. 1998. Presence of integrons in isolates of different biotypes Biology and Biotechnology, American Society for Microbiology, Wash- of Acinetobacter baumannii from Chilean hospitals. FEMS Microbiol. ington D.C. 75–82. Lett. 161: 125–128. Goldberg, J.B., W.L. Gorman, J.L. Flynn and D.E. Ohman. 1993. A mu- Gonza´lez, J.M., F. Mayer, M.A. Moran, R.E. Hodson and W.B. Whitman. tation in algN permits trans activation of alginate production by algT 1997. Microbulbifer hydrolyticus gen. nov., sp. nov., and Marinobacterium in Pseudomonas species. J. Bacteriol. 175: 1303–1308. georgiense gen. nov., sp. nov., two marine bacteria from a lignin-rich Goldberg, J., R.H. Weaver, H. Packer and W.G. Simpson. 1953. Studies pulp mill waste enrichment community. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 47: 369– on granuloma inguinale. II. The complement fixation test in the 376. diagnosis of granuloma inguinale. Am. J. Syphilis, Gonorrhea and Gonza´lez , J.M. and W.B. Whitman. 2002. Oceanospirillum and related Venereal Dis. 37: 71–76. genera. In Dworkin (Editor), The Prokaryotes: An Evolving Electronic Goldberg, M.B., V.J. DiRita and S.B. Calderwood. 1990. Identification of Resource for the Microbiological Community, 3rd Ed., Release 3.9, an iron-regulated virulence determinant in Vibrio cholerae, using Springer-Verlag, New York. http://link.springer-ny.com/link/ser- TnphoA mutagenesis. Infect. Immun. 58: 55–60. vice/books/10125/. Goldberg, M. and H. Gilboa. 1978. Sodium exchange between two sites. Gonzalez, L., G.A. McKinley, D.H. Pincus and S.M. Iovino. 1986. Addition The binding of sodium to halotolerant bacteria. Biochim. Biophys. of ten newly described gram-negative organisms to the API-20E and Acta 538: 268–283. API UNISCEPT 20E data-base. 86th General Meeting of the American Goldstein, E.J.C., D.M. Citron, C.V. Merriam, K. Tyrrell and Y. Warren. 1999. Activities of gemifloxacin (SB 265805, LB 20304) compared to Society for Microbiology, American Society for Microbiology. those of other oral antimicrobial agents against unusual anaerobes. Goodwin, P.H. 1989. Cloning and expression of Xylella fastidiosa antigens Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. 43: 2726–2730. in Escherichia coli and Erwinia stewartii. Can. J. Microbiol. 35: 487–491. Goldstein, J.D., J.L. Keller, W.C. Winn, Jr. and R.L. Myerowitz. 1982. Goodwin, P.H., J.E. De Vay and C.P. Meredith. 1988a. Roles of water stress Sporadic Legionellaceae pneumonia in renal transplant recipients: a and phytotoxins in the development of Pierce’s disease of the grape- survey of 70 autopsies, 1964–1979. Arch. Pathol. Lab. Med. 106: 108– vine. Physiol. Mol. Plant Pathol. 32: 1–16. 111. Goodwin, P.H., J.E. DeVay and C.P. Meredith. 1988b. Physiological re- Golland, L.C., D.R. Hodgson, J.L. Hodgson, M.A. Brownlow, D.R. Hutch- sponses of Vitis vinifera cultivar “Chardonnay” to infection by the ins, R.J. Rawlinson, M.B. Collins, S.A. McClintock and A.L. Raisis. Pierce’s disease bacterium. Physiol. Mol. Plant Pathol. 32: 17–32. 1994. Peritonitis associated with Actinobacillus equuli in horses: 15 cases Goodwin, P.H. and C.P. Meredith. 1988. New clues in understanding (1982–1992). J. Am. Vet. Med. Assoc. 205: 340–343. Pierce’s disease. Calif. Agric. 42: 6–7. Golovacheva, R.S. and G.I. Karavaiko. 1979. Sulfobacillus — a new genus Goosen, N., H.P. Horsman, R.G. Huinen, A. de Groot and P. van de of thermophilic spore-forming bacteria. Mikrobiologiya 47: 815–822. Putte. 1989a. Genes involved in the biosynthesis of PQQ from Aci- Golovliov, I., M. Ericsson, G. Sandstro¨m,A.Ta¨rnvik and A. Sjo¨stedt. 1997. netobacter calcoaceticus. Antonie Leeuwenhoek 56: 85–91. Identification of proteins of Francisella tularensis induced during Goosen, N., H.P.A. Horsman, R.G.M. Huinen and P. Van De Putte. 1989b. growth in macrophages and cloning of the gene encoding a promi- Acinetobacter calcoaceticus genes involved in biosynthesis of the coen- nently induced 23-kDa protein. Infect. Immun. 65: 2183–2189. zyme pyrrolo-quinoline-quinone: nucleotide sequence and expression Goluszko, P., V. Popov, R. Selvarangan, S. Nowicki, T. Pham and B.J. in Escherichia coli K-12. J. Bacteriol. 171: 447–455. Nowicki. 1997. Dr fimbriae operon of uropathogenic Escherichia coli Goosen, N., D.A.M. Vermaas and P. van de Putte. 1987. Cloning of the mediate microtubule-dependent invasion to the HeLa epithelial cell genes involved in synthesis of coenzyme pyrrolo-quinoline-quinone line. J. Infect. Dis. 176: 158–167. from Acinetobacter calcoaceticus. J. Bacteriol. 169: 303–307. Gomes, T.A.T., P.A. Blake and L.R. Trabulsi. 1989a. Prevalence of Esch- Gorby, Y.A., F. Caccavo and H. Bolton. 1998. Microbial reduction of (in the presence and absence of manganese(IV (מ)erichia coli strains with localized diffuse and aggregative adherence to cobalt(III)EDTA Hela cells in infants with diarrhea and matched controls. J. Clin. oxide. Environ. Sci. Technol. 32: 244–250. Microbiol. 27: 266–269. Gordon, D.L., C.R. Philpot and C. McGuire. 1983. Plesiomonas shigelloides Gomes, T.A., M.A. Vieira, I.K. Wachsmuth, P.A. Blake and L.R. Trabulsi. septic arthritis complicating rheumatoid arthritis. Aust. N. Z. J. Med. 1989b. Serotype-specific prevalence of Escherichia coli strains with 13: 275–276. EPEC adherence factor genes in infants with and without diarrhea Gordon, J. and P.L.C. Small. 1993. Acid resistance in enteric bacteria. in Sa˜o Paulo, Brazil. J. Infect. Dis. 160: 131–135. Infect. Immun. 61: 364–367. Gomez-Alarcon, R.A., C. O’Dowd, A.Z. Leedle and M.P. Bryant. 1982. Goris, J., K. Kersters and P. De Vos. 1998. Polyamine distribution among 1,4-Napthoquinone and other nutrient requirements of Succinivibrio authentic pseudomonads and Azotobacteraceae. Syst. Appl. Microbiol. dextrinosolvens. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 44: 346–350. 21: 285–290. 970 BIBLIOGRAPHY

Gorlenko, V.M. 1974. Oxidation of thiosulfate by Amoebobacter roseus in Goto, M. and N. Okabe. 1958. Bacterial plant diseases in Japan IX. 1. darkness in microaerobic conditions. Mikrobiologiya 43: 729–731. Bacterial stem rot of pea. 2. Halo blight of bean. 3. Bacterial spot of Gorlenko, V.M., E.N. Krasil’nikova, O.G. Kikina and N.Y. Tatarinova. physalis plant, Rept. Fac. Agr. Shizuoka Univ. . pp. 33–49. 1979. The new motile purple sulfur bacterium Lamprobacter modesto- Goto, M., A. Toyoshima and S. Tanaka. 1978. Studies on saprophytic halophilus nov. gen., nov. sp. with gas vacuoles. Izv. Akad. Nauk S.S.S.R. survival of Xanthomonas citri (Hasse) Dowson. 3. Inoculum density of S. Biol. 5: 755–767. the bacterium surviving in the saprophytic form. Ann. Phytopathol. Gorlenko, V.M., E.N. Krasil’nikova, O.G. Kikina and N.Y. Tatarinova. Soc. Japan 44: 197–201. 1988. In Validation of the publication of new names and new com- Gottschalk, M., E. Altman, S. Lacouture, F. De Lasalle and J.D. Dubreuil. binations previously effectively published outside the IJSB. List No. 1997. Serodiagnosis of swine pleuropneumonia due to Actinobacillus 25. Int. J.Syst. Bacteriol. 38: 220–222. pleuropneumoniae serotypes 7 and 4 using long-chain lipopolysacchar- Gorman, G.W., J.C. Feeley, A. Steigerwalt, P.H. Edelstein, C.W. Moss and ides. Can. J. Vet. Res. 61: 62–65. D.J. Brenner. 1985a. Legionella anisa, a new species isolated from po- Gottwald, T.R., A.M. Alvarez, J.S. Hartung and A.A. Benedict. 1991. Di- table waters and a cooling tower. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 49: 305– versity of Xanthomonas campestris pv. citrumelo strains associated with 309. epidemics of citrus bacterial spot in Florida (USA) citrus nurseries: Gorman, G.W., J.C. Feeley, A. Steigerwalt, P.H. Edelstein, C.W. Moss and correlation of detached leaf, monoclonal antibody, and restriction D.J. Brenner. 1985b. In Validation of the publication of new names fragment length polymorphism assays. Phytopathology 81: 749–753. and new combinations previously effectively published outside the Go¨tz, P. 1972. “Rickettsiella chironomi”: an unusual bacterial pathogen IJSB. List No. 18. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 35: 375–376. which reproduces by multiple cell division. J. Invertebr. Pathol. 20: Gorris, M.T., B. Alarcon, M.M. Lopez and M. Cambra. 1994. Character- 22–30. ization of monoclonal antibodies specific for Erwinia carotovora atro- Go¨tz, P. and H.G. Boman. 1985. Insect Immunity. In Kerkut and Gilbert septica and comparison of serological methods for its sensitive de- (Editors), Comprehensive Insect Physiology, Biochemistry and Phar- tection on potato tubers. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 60: 2076–2085. macology, Vol. 3-Integument, Respiration and Circulation, Pergamon Gorshkova, R.P., E.L. Nazarenko, V.A. Zubkov, E.P. Ivanova, Y.S. Ovodov, Press, Oxford. pp. 453–485. V.S. Shashkov and Y.A. Knirel. 1993. Structure of the repeating unit Go¨tz, P., A. Boman and H.G. Boman. 1981. Interactions between insect of the acidic polysaccharide from Alteromonas haloplanktis KMM 156. immunity and an insect-pathogenic nematode with symbiotic bacteria. Bioorg. Khim. 19: 327–336. Proc. R. Soc. Lond. Ser. B Biol. Sci. 212: 333–350. Gorshkova, R.P., E.L. Nazarenko, V.A. Zubkov, V.S. Shashkov, Y.A. Knirel, Goubau, P., F. Van Aelst, J. Verhaegen and M. Boogaerts. 1988. Septi- N.A. Paramonov, S.V. Meshkov and E.P. Ivanova. 1997. Structure of caemia caused by Rahnella aquatilis in an immunocompromised pa- the capsular polysaccharide from Alteromonas nigrifaciens IAM 13010T tient. Eur. J. Clin. Microbiol. Infect. Dis. 7: 697–699. containing 2-acetamido-2,6-dideoxy-l-talose and 3-deoxy-d-manno-oc- Gough, C.L., J.M. Dow, C.E. Barber and M.J. Daniels. 1988. Cloning of tulosonic acid. Carbobydr. Res. 299: 69–76. two endoglucanase genes of Xanthomonas campestris pv. campestris: anal- Gosink, J.J. and J.T. Staley. 1995. Biodiversity of gas vacuolate bacteria ysis of the role of the major endoglucanase in pathogenesis. Mol. from Antarctic sea ice and water. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 61: 3486– Plant-Microbe Interact. 1: 275–281. 3489. Gould, W.D., C. Hagedorn, T.R. Bardinelli and R.M. Zablotowicz. 1985. Gosling, P.J. 1996a. Aeromonas species in diseases of animals. In Austin, New selective media for enumeration and recovery of fluorescent Altwegg, Gosling and Joseph (Editors), The Genus Aeromonas, John pseudomonads from various habitats. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 49: Wiley and Sons, Ltd., Chichester. pp. 175–121. 28–32. Gosling, P.J. 1996b. Pathogenic mechanisms. In Austin, Altwegg, Gosling Goullet, P. 1980. Esterase electrophoretic pattern relatedness between and Joseph (Editors), The Genus Aeromonas, John Wiley and Sons, Shigella species and Escherichia coli. J. Gen. Microbiol. 117: 493–500. Ltd., Chichester. pp. 245–265. Goullet, P. and B. Picard. 1987. Differentiation of Shigella by esterase Gossling, J. 1966. The bacteria isolated from lesions of embolic menin- electrophoretic polymorphism. J. Gen. Microbiol. 133: 1005–1017. goencephalitis of cattle. Illinois Vet. 9: 14–18. Goullet, P. and B. Picard. 1989. Comparative electrophoretic polymorph- Goto, M. 1976. Erwinia mallotivora sp. nov., the causal organism of bac- ism of esterases and other enzymes in Escherichia coli. J. Gen. Microbiol. terial leaf spot of Mallotus japonicus Muell. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 26: 135: 135–143. 467–473. Govan, J.R. 1974a. Studies on the pyocins of Pseudomonas aeruginosa: mor- Goto, M. 1983a. Pseudomonas ficuserectae sp. nov., the causal agent of bac- phology and mode of action of contractile pyocins. J. Gen. Microbiol. terial leaf-spot of Ficus erecta Thunb. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 33: 546– 80: 1–15. 550. Govan, J.R. 1974b. Studies on the pyocins of Pseudomonas aeruginosa: Goto, M. 1983b. Pseudomonas pseudoalcaligenes subsp. konjaci subsp. nov., production of contractile and flexuous pyocins in Pseudomonas aeru- the causal agent of bacterial leaf blight of konjac (Amorphopallus konjac ginosa. J. Gen. Microbiol. 80: 17–30. Koch). Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 33: 539–545. Govan, J.R.W. 1978. Pyocin typing in Pseudomonas aeruginosa. In Bergan Goto, M. 1988. Sensitivity of plant pathogenic bacteria to 2,4-diamino- and Norris (Editors), Methods Microbiol., Vol. 10, Academic Press, 6,7-diisopropyl-pteridine and its taxonomic significance. Ann. Phy- London. 61–91. topathol. Soc. Jpn. 54: 64–67. Govan, J.R.W. and J.A.M. Fyfe. 1978. Mucoid Pseudomonas aeruginosa and Goto, M. 1993. Bacterial brown spot of Mallotus japonicus Muell. Arg. cystic-fibrosis - resistance of mucoid form to carbenicillin, flucloxa- caused by Xanthomonas campestris pv. malloti pv. nov. Ann. Phytopathol. cillin and tobramycin and isolation of mucoid variants in vitro.J. Soc. Japan 59: 678–680. Antimicrob. Chemother. 4: 233–240. Goto, M. and H. Kuwata. 1988. Rhizobacter daucus gen. nov., sp. nov., the Govan, J.R.W., J.A.M. Fyfe and T.R. Jarman. 1981. Isolation of alginate- causal agent of carrot bacterial dall. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol . 38: 233– producing mutants of Pseudomonas fluorescens, Pseudomonas putida and 239. Pseudomonas mendocina. J. Gen. Microbiol. 125: 217–220. Goto, M. and T. Makino. 1977. Emendation of Pseudomonas cissicola, the Govorukhina, N.I. and Y.A. Trotsenko. 1991. Methylovorus, a new genus causal organism of bacterial leaf spot of Cayratia japonica (Thunb.) of restricted facultatively methylotrophic bacteria. Int. J. Syst. Bacter- Gagn. and designation of the neotype strain. Ann. Phytopathol. Soc. iol. 41: 158–162. Japan 43: 40–45. Goward, C.R., G.B. Stevens, R. Tattersall and T. Atkinson. 1992. Rapid Goto, M. and K. Matsumoto. 1987. Erwinia carotovora subsp. wasabiae, large-scale preparation of recombinant Erwinia chrysanthemi l-aspar- subsp. nov. isolated from diseased rhizomes and fibrous roots of Jap- aginase. Bioseparation. 2: 335–341. anese horseradish (Eutrema wasabi maxim.). Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 37: Grabovich, M.Y., M.S. Muntyan, V.Y. Lebedeva, V.S. Ustiyan and G.A. 130–135. Dubinina. 1999. Lithoheterotrophic growth and electron transfer BIBLIOGRAPHY 971

chain components of the filamentous gliding bacterium Leucothrix of reduced sulfur species in a freshwater sediment. Appl. Environ. mucor DSM 2157 during oxidation of sulfur compounds. FEMS Mi- Microbiol. 63: 1905–1910. crobiol. Lett. 178: 155–161. Gray, S.J. 1984. Aeromonas hydrophila in livestock: incidence, biochemical Gradin, J.L. and J.A. Schmitz. 1977. Selective medium for isolation of characteristics and antibiotic susceptibility. J. Hyg. 92: 365–376. Bacteroides nodosus. J. Clin. Microbiol. 6: 298–302. Grebe, H.H. and K.H. Hinz. 1975. Vorkommen von Bakterien der Gat- Graf, J. 1999a. Diverse restriction fragment length polymorphism patterns tung Haemophilus bei verschiedenen Vogelarten. Zentralbl. Veteri- of the PCR-amplified 16S rRNA genes in Aeromonas veronii strains and naermed. Riehe B. 22: 749–757. possible misidentification of Aeromonas species. J. Clin. Microbiol. 37: Green, M.J., D.M. Anderson, D.M. Norris and S.L. Gubbins. 1979. An- 3194–3197. timicrobial resistance in Haemophilus species. NZ. Med. J. 90: 29. Graf, J. 1999b. Symbiosis of Aeromonas veronii biovar sobria and Hirudo Green, P.N. and I.J. Bousfield. 1983. Emendation of Methylobacterium Patt, medicinalis, the medicinal leech: a novel model for digestive tract Cole, and Hanson 1976; Methylobacterium rhodinum (Heumann 1962) associations. Infect. Immun. 67: 1–7. comb. nov. corrig.; Methylobacterium radiotolerans (Ito and Iizuka 1971) Graham, D.C. 1958. The status of Erwinia lathyri and related species. comb. nov., corrig.; and Methylobacterium mesophilicum (Austin and Commonwealth Phytopath. News. 4: 49–51. Goodfellow 1979) comb. nov. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 33: 875–877. Graham, D.C. 1964. Taxonomy of the soft rot coliform bacteria. Annu. Greenberg, E.P. and E. Canale-Parola. 1977. Motility of flagellated bac- Rev. Phytopathol. 2: 13–42. teria in viscous environments. J. Bacteriol. 132: 356–358. Graham, D.R., J.D. Band, C. Thornsberry, D.G. Hollis and R.E. Weaver. Greer, P.W., F.W. Chandler and M.D. Hicklin. 1980. Rapid demonstration 1990. Infections caused by Moraxella, Moraxella urethralis, Moraxella- of Legionella pneumophila in unembedded tissue: an adaptation of the like groups M-5 and M-6, and in the USA, 1953–1980. Gime´nez stain. Am. J. Clin. Pathol. 73: 788–790. Rev. Infect. Dis. 12: 423–431. Gregg-Jolly, L.A. and L.N. Ornston. 1994. Properties of Acinetobacter cal- coaceticus recA and its contribution to intracellular gene conversion. Graham, D.C. and W. Hodgkiss. 1967. Identity of gram negative, yellow Mol. Microbiol. 12: 985–992. pigmented, fermentative bacteria isolated from plants and animals. Greif, Z., M. Moscona, D. Loeb and H. Spira. 1986. Puerperal Pasteurella J. Appl. Bacteriol. 30: 175–189. multocida septicemia. Eur. J. Clin. Microbiol. Infect. Dis. 5: 657–658. Gralton, E.M., A.L. Campbell and E.N. Neidle. 1997. Directed introduc- Greiner, M. and G. Winkelmann. 1991. Fermentation and isolation of tion of DNA cleavage sites to produce a high-resolution genetic and herbicolin A, a peptide antibiotic produced by Erwinia herbicola strain physical map of the Acinetobacter sp. strain ADP1 (BD413UE) chro- A 111. Appl. Microbiol. Biotechnol. 34: 565–569. mosome. Microbiology (Reading) 143: 1345–1357. Grenier, E., E. Bonifassi, P. Abad and C. Laumond. 1996. Use of species- Gram, L. and H.H. Huss. 1996. Microbiological spoilage of fish and fish specific satellite DNAs as diagnostic probes in the identification of products. Int. J. Food Microbiol. 33: 121–137. Steinernematidae and Heterorhabditidae entomopathogenic nematodes. Gram, T. and P. Ahrens. 1998. Improved diagnostic PCR assay for Acti- Parasitology. 113: 483–489. nobacillus pleuropneumoniae based on the nucleotide sequence of an Gress, F.M., R.L. Myerowitz, A.W. Pasculle, C.R.J. Rinaldo and J.N. Dowl- outer membrane lipoprotein. J. Clin. Microbiol. 36: 443–448. ing. 1980. The ultrastructural morphologic features of Pittsburgh Granato, P.A., E.A. Jurek and L.B. Weiner. 1983. Biotypes of Haemophilus pneumonia agent. Am. J. Pathol. 101: 63–69. influenzae: relationship to clinical source of isolation, serotype, and Griffin, P.M. 1995. Escherichia coli O157:H7 and other enterohemorrhagic antibiotic susceptibility. Am J Clin Pathol. 79: 73–77. Escherichia coli. In Blaser, Smith, Ravdin, Greenberg and Guerrant Grangeasse, C., P. Doublet, C. Vincent, E. Vaganay, M. Riberty, B. Duclos (Editors), Infections of the Gastrointestinal Tract, Raven Press, Ltd., and A.J. Cozzone. 1998. Functional characterization of the low-mo- New York. pp. 739–761. lecular-mass phosphotyrosine-protein phosphatase of Acinetobacter Griffin, P.J., S.F. Snieszko and S.B. Friddle. 1953. A more comprehensive johnsonii. J. Mol. Biol. 278: 339–347. description of Bacterium salmonicida. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 82: 129– Granoff, D.M. and R.S. Munson, Jr.. 1986. Prospects for prevention of 138. Haemophilus influenzae type b disease by immunization. J. Infect. Dis. Griffith, M.E., D.S. Lindquist, R.F. Benson, W.L. Thacker, D.J. Brenner 153: 448–461. and H.W. Wilkinson. 1988. First isolation of Legionella gormanii from Grant, A.N. and L.A. Laidler. 1993. Assessment of the antimicrobial sen- human disease. J. Clin. Microbiol. 26: 380–381. sitivity of Aeromonas salmonicida isolates from farmed Atlantic salmon Griffiths, G.W. and S.D. Beck. 1973. Intracellular symbiotes of the pea in Scotland. Vet. Rec. 133: 389–391. aphid Acyrthosiphon pisum. J. Insect Physiol. 19: 75–84. Grant, F.A., J.I. Prosser, K. Killham and L.A. Glover. 1992. Luminescence Griffiths, G.W. and S.D. Beck. 1974. Effects of antibiotics on intracellular based detection of Erwinia carotovora ssp. carotovora in soil. Soil Biol. symbiotes in the pea aphid, Acyrthosiphon pisum. Cell Tissue Res. 148: Biochem. 24: 961–967. 287–300. Grant, M.A., S.D. Weagant and P. Feng. 2001. Glutamate decarboxylase Grimbert, L. and G. Legros. 1900. De l’identite du bacille lactique aero- genes as a prescreening marker for detection of pathogenic Escherichia gene. Ann. Inst. Past. 14: 479–486. coli groups. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 67: 3110–3114. Grimes, D.J., P.R. Brayton, P.A. West, F.L. Singleton and R.R. Colwell. Grant, R.B., J.L. Penner, J.N. Hennessy and B.J. Jackowski. 1981. Trans- 1986. The probabilistic identification of Vibrio spp. isolated from sur- ferable urease activity in Providencia stuartii. J. Clin. Microbiol. 13: face seawater with special reference to Vibrio campbellii. Lett. Appl. 561–565. Microbiol. 2: 93–95. Grassberger, R. 1897. Beitra¨ge zu¨r Bakteriologie der Influenza. Z. Hyg. Grimes, D.J., J. Stemmler, H. Hada, E.B. May, D. Maneval, F. Hetrick, Infektionskr. 25: 453–475. R.T. Jones, M. Stoskopf and R.R. Colwell. 1984. Vibrio species associ- Gratten, M. 1983. Haemophilus influenzae biotype VII. J. Clin. Microbiol. ated with mortality of sharks held in captivity. Microb. Ecol. 10: 271– 18: 1015–1016. 282. Gratten, M., J. Barker, F. Shann, G. Gerega, J. Montgomery, M. Kajoi and Grimes, D.J., J. Stemmler, H. Hada, E.B. May, D. Maneval, F. Hetrick, T. Lupiwa. 1985. Non-type b Haemophilus influenzae meningitis. Lancet R.T. Jones, M. Stoskopf and R.R. Colwell. 1985. In Validation of new 1: 1343–1344. names and new combinations previously effectively published outside Gray, N.D., R. Howarth, A. Rowan, R.W. Pickup, J.G. Jones and I.M. Head. the IJSB. List No. 17. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 35: 223–225. 1999. Natural communities of Achromatium oxaliferum comprise ge- Grimes, M. 1961. Classification of the Klebsiella–Aerobacter group with spe- netically, morphologically, and ecologically distinct subpopulations. cial reference to the cold tolerant mesophilic Aerobacter types. Bull. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 65: 5089–5099. Bact. Nomen. Taxon. Intern. 11: 111–129. Gray, N.D., R.W. Pickup, J.G. Jones and I.M. Head. 1997. Ecophysiological Grimes, M. and A.J. Hennerty. 1931. A study of bacteria belonging to evidence that Achromatium oxaliferum is responsible for the oxidation the sub-genus Aerobacter. Sci. Proc. R. Dublin Soc. 20: 89–97. 972 BIBLIOGRAPHY

Grimont, F. 1977a. Les bacte´riophages des Serratia et bacte´ries voisines. Compatible results obtained from biotyping and serotyping in Serratia Taxonomie et Lysotypie, Doctorate in Pharmacy thesis. Bordeaux II. marcescens. J. Clin. Microbiol. 10: 425–432. Grimont, F. and P.A.D. Grimont. 1986. Ribosomal ribonucleic-acid gene Grimont, P.A.D., F. Grimont, C. Richard, B.R. Davis, A.G. Steigerwalt and restriction patterns as potential taxonomic tools. Ann. Inst. Pasteur D.J. Brenner. 1978a. Deoxyribonucleic acid relatedness between Ser- Microbiol. 137B: 165–175. ratia plymuthica and other Serratia species with a description of Serratia Grimont, F. and P.A.D. Grimont. 1992. The Genus Enterobacter. In Balows, odorifera sp. nov. (holotype: ICPB 3995). Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 28: 453– Tru¨per, Dworkin, Harder and Schleifer (Editors), The Prokaryotes. 463. A Handbook on the Biology of Bacteria: Ecophysiology, Isolation, Grimont, P.A.D., F. Grimont, C. Richard and R. Sakazaki. 1980. Edward- Identification, Applications., 2nd Ed., Vol. 3, Springer-Verlag, New siella hoshinae, a new species of Enterobacteriaceae. Curr. Microbiol. 4: York. pp. 2797–2815. 347–351. Grimont, F. and P.A.D. Grimont. 1995. The genus Serratia. In Balows, Grimont, P.A.D., F. Grimont, C. Richard and R. Sakazaki. 1981b. In Val- Tru¨per, Dworkin, Harder and Schleifer (Editors), The Prokaryotes. idation of the publication of nNew names and new combinations A Handbook on the Biology of Bacteria: Ecophysiology, Isolation, previously effectively published outside the IJSB. List No.6. Int. J. Syst. Identification, Applications, Springer-Verlag, New York. pp. 2822– Bacteriol. 31: 215–218. 2848. Grimont, P.A.D., F. Grimont and M.P. Starr. 1978b. Serratia proteamaculans Grimont, F., P.A.D. Grimont and C. Richard. 1991. The genus Klebsiella. (Paine and Stanfield) comb. nov., a senior subjective synonym of In Balows, Tru¨per, Dworkin, Harder and Schleifer (Editors), The Pro- Serratia liquefaciens (Grimes and Hennerty) Bascomb et al. Int. J. Syst. karyotes. A Handbook on Biology of Bacteria: Ecophysiology, Isola- Bacteriol. 28: 503–510. tion, Identification, Applications, 2nd Ed., Springer Verlag, New York. Grimont, P.A.D., F. Grimont and M.P. Starr. 1979b. Serratia ficaria sp. nov., 2775–2796. a bacterial species associated with Smyrna figs and the fig wasp Blas- Grimont, P.A.D. 1977b. Le genre Serratia. Taxonomie et approche ecol- tophaga psenes. Curr. Microbiol. 2: 277–282. ogique, Thesis, University of Bordeaux, 377 pp. Grimont, P.A.D., F. Grimont and M.P. Starr. 1981c. Serratia species isolated Grimont, P.A.D. and E. Ageron. 1989. Enterobacter cancerogenus (Urosevic, from plants. Curr. Microbiol. 5: 317–322. 1966) Dickey and Zumoff 1988, a senior subjective synonym of En- Grimont, P.A.D., F. Grimont and M.P. Starr. 1981d. In Validation of the terobacter taylorae Farmer et al. (1985). Res. Microbiol. 140: 459–465. publication of new names and new combinations previously effectively Grimont, P.A.D. and O.M. Bouvet. 1989. Diversity of glucose entry routes published outside the IJSB. List No. 6. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 31: 215– in the Enterobacteriaceae. FEMS Microbiol. Rev. 5: 109–114. 218. Grimont, P.A.D. and C. Deval. 1982. Somatic and flagellar antigens of Grimont, P.A.D., K. Irino and F. Grimont. 1982b. The Serratia liquejaciens– Serratia ficaria from the United States and the Mediterranean region. S. proteamaculans–S. grimesii complex: DNA relatedness. Curr. Micro- Curr. Microbiol. 7: 363–366. biol. 7: 63–68. Grimont, P.A.D. and H.L.C. Dulong de Rosnay. 1972. Numerical study Grimont, P.A.D., T.A. Jackson, E. Ageron and M.J. Noonan. 1988. Serratia of 60 strains of Serratia. J. Gen. Microbiol. 72: 259–268. entomophila sp. nov. associated with amber disease in the New Zealand Grimont, P.A., J.J. Farmer, III, F. Grimont, M.A. Asbury, D.J. Brenner and grass grub Costelytra zealandica. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 38: 1–6. C. Deval. 1983a. Ewingella americana gen.nov., sp.nov., a new Entero- Grimont, P.A.D., A.G. Steigerwalt, N. Boemare, F.W. Hickman-Brenner, bacteriaceae isolated from clinical specimens. Ann. Microbiol. Inst. Pas- C. Deval, F. Grimont and D.J. Brenner. 1984b. Deoxyribonucleic acid teur (Paris) 134A: 39–52. relatedness and phenotypic study of the genus Xenorhabdus. Int. J. Grimont, P.A., J.J. Farmer, III, F. Grimont, M.A. Asbury, D.J. Brenner and Syst. Bacteriol. 34: 378–388. C. Deval. 1984a. In Validation of the publication of new names and Grimont, P.A.D., M. Vancanneyt, M. Lefe`vre, K. Vandemeulebroecke, L. new combinations previously effectively published outside the IJSB. Vauterin, R. Brosch, K. Kersters and F. Grimont. 1996. Ability of Biolog List No. 13. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 34: 91–92. and Biotype-100 systems to reveal the taxonomic diversity of the pseu- Grimont, P.A.D. and F. Grimont. 1978a. Biotyping of Serratia marcescens domonads. Syst. Appl. Microbiol. 19: 510–527. and its use in epidemiological studies. J. Clin. Microbiol. 8: 73–83. Grisez, L. and F. Ollevier. 1995. Comparative serology of the marine fish Grimont, P.A.D. and F. Grimont. 1978b. The genus Serratia. Annu. Rev. pathogen Vibrio anguillarum. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 61: 4367–4373. Microbiol. 32: 221–248. Groisman, E.A. and H. Ochman. 1996. Pathogenicity islands: Bacterial Grimont, P.A.D. and F. Grimont. 1978c. Proteinase zymograms of Serratia evolution in quantum leaps. Cell 87: 791–794. marcescens as an epidemiological tool. Curr. Microbiol. 1: 15–18. Gromkova, R. and H. Koornhof. 1990. Naturally occurring NAD-inde- Grimont, P.A.D. and F. Grimont. 1984. Genus Serratia. In Krieg and Holt pendent Haemophilus parainfluenzae. J. Gen. Microbiol. 136: 1031– (Editors), Bergey’s Manual of Systematic Bacteriology, The Williams 1035. & Wilkins Co., Baltimore. pp. 477–484. Gross, C.A. 1996. Function and regulation of the heat shock proteins. In Grimont, P.A.D., F. Grimont and H.L.C. Dulong de Rosnay. 1977a. Char- Neidhardt, Curtis, III, Ingraham, Lin, Low, Magasanik, Reznikoff, acterization of Serratia marcescens, S. liquefaciens, S. plymuthica, and S. Riley, Schaechter and Umberger (Editors), Escherichia coli and Sal- marinorubra by electrophoresis of their proteinases. J. Gen. Microbiol. monella: Cellular and Molecular Biology, 2nd Ed., ASM Press, Wash- 99: 301–310. ington, DC. pp. 1382–1399. Grimont, P.A.D., F. Grimont, H.L.C. Dulong de Rosnay and P.H.A. Gross, D.C., M.L. Powelson, K.M. Regner and G.K. Radamaker. 1991. A Sneath. 1977b. Taxonomy of the genus Serratia. J. Gen. Microbiol. bacteriophage-typing system for surveying the diversity and distribu- 98: 39–66. tion of strains of Erwinia carotovora in potato fields. Phytopathology Grimont, P.A.D., F. Grimont, J.J. Farmer, III and M.A. Asbury. 1981a. 81: 220–226. Cedecea davisae, gen. nov., sp. nov. and Cedecea lapagei, sp. nov., new Gross, M., G. Geier, K. Rudolph and K. Geider. 1992. Levan and levan- Enterobacteriaceae from clinical specimens. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 31: sucrase synthesized by the fireblight pathogen Erwinia amylovora. Phys- 317–326. iol. Mol. Plant Pathol. 40: 371–381. Grimont, P.A.D., F. Grimont and K. Irino. 1982a. Biochemical charac- Gross, R.J., T. Cheasty and B. Rowe. 1977. Isolation of bacteriophages terization of Serratia liquefaciens sensu stricto, Serratia proteamaculans, specific for the K1 polysaccharide antigen of Escherichia coli. J. Clin. and Serratia grimesii sp. nov. Curr. Microbiol. 7: 69–74. Microbiol. 6: 548–550. Grimont, P.A.D., F. Grimont and K. Irino. 1983b. In Validation of the Gross, R.J. and B. Rowe. 1974. The serology of Citrobacter koseri, Levinea publication of new names and new combinations previously effectively malonatica, and Levinea amalonatica. J. Med. Microbiol. 7: 155–162. published outside the IJSB. List No. 10. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 33: 438– Gross, R.J. and B. Rowe. 1983. Citrobacter koseri (syn. C. diversus): biotype, 440. serogroup and drug resistance patterns of 517 strains. J. Hyg. 90: Grimont, P.A.D., F. Grimont, S. Le Minor, B. Davis and F. Pigache. 1979a. 233–239. BIBLIOGRAPHY 973

Gross, R.J. and B. Rowe. 1985. Serotyping of Escherichia coli. In Sussman trophicus sp. nov., a marine nitrogen-fixing bacterium. Int. J. Syst. Bac- (Editor), The Virulence of Escherichia coli: Reviews and Methods, Ac- teriol. 32: 350– 357. ademic Press, London. pp. 345–363. Guerrant, G.O., M.S. Lambert and C.W. Moss. 1979. Identification of Gross, R.J., L.V. Thomas, T. Cheasty, B. Rowe and A.A. Lindberg. 1989. diaminopimelic acid in the Legionnaires’ bacterium. J. Clin. Micro- Four new provisional serovars of Shigella. J. Clin. Microbiol. 27: 829– biol. 10: 815–818. 831. Guerrero, M.G., J.M. Vega, E. Leadbetter and M. Losada. 1973. Prepa- Gross, R.J., L.V. Thomas, N.P. Day, T. Cheasty and B. Rowe. 1982. New ration and characterization of a soluble nitrate reductase from Azo- provisional serovar of Shigella boydii. J. Clin. Microbiol. 16: 1000–1002. tobacter chroococcum. Arch. Mikrobiol. 91: 287–304.. Gross, R.J., L.V. Thomas and B. Rowe. 1980. New provisional serovar Guettler, M.V., D. Rumler and M.K. Jain. 1999. Actinobacillus succinogenes (E10163) of Shigella boydii. J. Clin. Microbiol. 12: 167–169. sp. nov., a novel succinic-acid-producing strain from the bovine ru- Grossberg, S.E., R.G. Petersdorf, J.A. Curtin and I.L. Bennett. 1962. Fac- men. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 49: 207–216. tors influencing the species and antimicrobial resistance of urinary Guezennec, J. and A. Fiala-Medioni. 1996. Bacterial abundance and di- pathogens. Am. J. Med. 32: 44–55. versity in the Barbados Trench determined by phospholipid analysis. Grothues, D. and K. Rudolph. 1991. Macrorestriction analysis of plant FEMS Microbiol. Ecol. 19: 83–93. pathogenic Pseudomonas species and pathovars. FEMS Microbiol. Lett. Guidolin, A. and P.A. Manning. 1987. Genetics of Vibrio cholerae and its 79: 83–88. bacteriophages. Microbiol. Rev. 51: 285–298. Grothues, D. and B. Tu¨mmler. 1991. New approaches in genome analysis Guignard, L. and C. Sauvageau. 1894. Sur un nouveau microbe chrom- by pulsed-field gel- electrophoresis - application to the analysis of oge`ne, le Bacillus chlororaphis. C. R. Soc. Biol. Paris. Se´r. 10. 1: 841– Pseudomonas species. Mol. Microbiol. 5: 2763–2776. 843. Groudieva, T., R. Grote and G. Antranikian. 2003. Psychromonas arctica sp Guinee, P.A.M. and W.H. Jansen. 1987. Serotyping of Aeromonas species nov., a novel psychrotolerant, biofilm-forming bacterium isolated using passive hemagglutination. Zentbl. Bakteriol. Mikrobiol. Hyg. from Spitzbergen. Int. J. Syst. Evol. Microbiol. 53: 539–545. Ser. A 265: 305–313. Grover, S., Z.A. McGee and W.D. Odell. 1991a. Isolation of a 30 kDa Guine´e, P.A.M., W.H. Jansen, H.M.E. Maas, L. Le Minor and R. Beaud.

immunoglobulin binding protein from Pseudomonas maltophilia. J. Im- 1981. An unusual H antigen (z66) in strains of S. typhi. Ann. Microbiol. munol. Methods. 141: 187–197. (Inst Pasteur). 132A: 331–334. Grover, S., Z.A. McGee and W.D. Odell. 1991b. Isolation of a 48.5-kDa Guine´e, P.A.M. and J.J. Valkenburg. 1968. Diagnostic value of a Hafnia membrane protein from Pseudomonas maltophilia which exhibits im- specific bacteriophage. J. Bacteriol. 96: 564. munologic cross-reaction to the b-subunit of human chorionic go- Gulig, P.A., H. Danbara, D.G. Guiney, A.J. Lax, F. Norel and M. Rhen. nadotropin. Endocrinology. 128: 3096–3104. 1993. Molecular analysis of spv virulence genes of the Salmonella vir- Grover, S. and W.D. Odell. 1992. Partial characterization of the 30 kD ulence plasmids. Mol. Microbiol. 7: 825–830. Ig-binding protein from Pseudomonas maltophilia. Biochem. Biophys. Gunawardana, G.A., K.M. Townsend and A.J. Frost. 2000. Molecular char- Res. Commun. 182: 1075–1081. acterisation of avian Pasteurella multocida isolates from Australia and Grover, S., S.R. Woodward, O. Caticha, D.T. Carrell and W.D. Odell. Vietnam by REP-PCR and PFGE. Vet. Microbiol. 72: 97–109. 1993a. Partial nucleotide sequence of the Xanthomonas maltophilia cho- Gundersen, J.K., B.B. Jørgensen, E. Larsen and H.W. Jannasch. 1992. rionic gonadotropin-like receptor. Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. Mats of giant sulphur bacteria on deep-sea sediments due to fluctu- 190: 371–376. ating hydrothermal flow. Nature 360: 454–456. Grover, S., S.R. Woodward and W.D. Odell. 1993b. A bacterial protein Gunnison, J.B., A. Larson and A.S. Lazarus. 1951. Rapid differentiation has homology with human chorionic gonadotropin (hCG). Biochem. between Pasteurella pestis and Pasteurella pseudotuberculosis by action of Biophys. Res. Commun. 193: 841–847. bacteriophage. J. Infect. Dis. 88: 251–255.

Grover, S., S.R. Woodward and W.D. Odell. 1995. Complete sequence of Gunsalus, I.C., C.A. Tyson, R.L. Tsai and J.D. Lipscomb. 1971. P-450cam the gene encoding a chorionic gonadotropin-like protein from Xan- hydroxylase: substrate-effector and electron-transport reactions. thomonas maltophilia. Gene 156: 75–78. Chem. Biol. Interact. 4: 75–78. Gruber, T. 1905. Ein weiterer Beitra¨g zu¨r Aromabildung speziell zu¨r Bil- Gunzer, F., H. Bo¨hm, H. Ru¨ssmann, M. Bitzan, S. Aleksic and H. Karch. dung des Erdbeergeruches in der Gruppe “Pseudomonas”.Pseudomonas 1992. Molecular detection of sorbitol-fermenting Escherichia coli O157 fragariae II. Zentralbl. Bakteriol. Parasitenk. Infektionskr. Hyg. Abt. in patients with hemolytic-uremic syndrome. J. Clin. Microbiol. 30: II. 14: 122–123. 1807–1810. Guan, S., D.A. Bastin and N.K. Verma. 1999. Functional analysis of the Gu¨rtler, V. and V.A. Stanisich. 1996. New approaches to typing and iden- O antigen glucosylation gene cluster of Shigella flexneri bacteriophage tification of bacteria using the 16S-23S rDNA spacer region. Micro- SfX. Microbiology 145: 1263–1273. biology 142: 3–16. Guarino, A., G. Capano, B. Malamisura, M. Alessio, S. Guandalini and Gussin, G.N., C.W. Ronson and F.M. Ausubel. 1986. Regulation of nitro- A. Rubino. 1987. Production of Escherichia coli STa-like heat-stable gen fixation genes. Annu. Rev. Genet. 20: 567–591. enterotoxin by isolated from humans. J. Clin. Mi- Gutell, R.R. 1993. Collection of small subunit (16S- and 16S-like) ribo- crobiol. 25: 110–114. somal RNA structures. Nucleic Acids Res. 21: 3051–3054. Guarino, A., R. Giannella and M.R. Thompson. 1989. Citrobacter freundii Guth, B.E. and E. Perrella. 1996. Prevalance of invasive ability and other produces an 18-amino-acid heat-stable enterotoxin identical to the virulence-associated characteristics in Providencia alcalifaciens strains 18-amino-acid Escherichia coli heat-stable enterotoxin (ST Ia). Infect. isolated in Sa˜o Paulo, Brazil. J. Med. Microbiol. 45: 459–462. Immun. 57: 649–652. Guthrie, J.W. 1968. The serological relationship of races of Pseudomonas Guckert, J.B., D.B. Ringelberg, D.C. White, R.S. Hanson and B.J. Bratina. phaseolicola. Phytopathology 58: 716–717. 1991. Membrane fatty acids as phenotypic markers in the polyphasic Gutie´rrez, M.C., M.T. Garcia, A. Ventosa and F. Ruiz-Berraquero. 1989. taxonomy of methylotrophs within the Proteobacteria. J. Gen. Microbiol. Relationships among Vibrio costicola strains assessed by DNA–DNA hy- 137: 2631–2641. bridization. FEMS. Microbiol. Lett. 61: 37–40. Gu¨de, H., W.R. Strohl and J.M. Larkin. 1981. Mixotrophic and hetero- Gutnick, D.L., R. Allon, C. Levy, R. Petter and W. Minas. 1991. Appli- trophic growth of Beggiatoa alba in continuous culture. Arch. Micro- cations of Acinetobacter as an industrial microorganism. In Towner and biol. 129: 357–360. Bergogne-Be´re´zin (Editors), The Biology of Acinetobacter: Taxonomy, Guerinot, M.L. 1994. Microbial iron transport. Annu. Rev. Microbiol. 48: Clinical Importance, Molecular Biology, Physiology, Industrial Rele- 743–772. vance, Plenum Press, New York. pp. 411–441. Guerinot, M.L., P.A. West, J.V. Lee and R.R. Colwell. 1982. Vibrio diaza- Gutnick, D., J.M. Calvo, T. Klopotowski and B.N. Ames. 1969. Compounds 974 BIBLIOGRAPHY

which serve as the sole source of carbon or nitrogen for Salmonella Hada, H.S., P.A. West, J.V. Lee, J. Stemmler and R.R. Colwell. 1984. Vibrio typhimurium LT-2. J. Bacteriol. 100: 215–219. tubiashii sp. nov., a pathogen of bivalve mollusks. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. Guyoneaud, R., R. Matheron, W. Liesack, J.F. Imhoff and P. Caumette. 34: 1–4. 1997. Thiorhodococcus minus, gen. nov., sp. nov., a new purple sulfur Hadley, P., M.W. Elkins and D.N. Caldwell. 1918. The colon-typhoid in- bacterium isolated from coastal lagoon sediments. Arch. Microbiol. termediates as causative agents of disease in birds. 1. The paratyphoid 168: 16–23. bacteria. Bull. R. I. Agr. Exp. Sta. 174: 1–216. Guyoneaud, R., R. Matheron, W. Liesack, J.F. Imhoff and P. Caumette. Haefeli, C., C. Franklin and K. Hardy. 1984. Plasmid-determined silver 1998a. In Validation of the publication of new names and new com- resistance in Pseudomonas stutzeri isolated from a silver mine. J. Bac- binations previously effectively published outside the IJSB. List No. teriol. 158: 389–392. 64. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 48: 327–328. Haesebrouck, F., K. Chiers, I. Van Overbeke and R. Ducatelle. 1997. Guyoneaud, R., J. Su¨ling, R. Petri, R. Matheron, P. Caumette, N. Pfennig Actinobacillus pleuropneumoniae infections in pigs: the role of virulence and J.F. Imhoff. 1998b. Taxonomic rearrangements of the genera factors in pathogenesis and protection. Vet. Microbiol. 58: 239–249. Thiocapsa and Amoebobacter on the basis of 16S rDNA sequence anal- Haffajee, A.D. and S.S. Socransky. 1994. Microbial etiological agents of yses, and description of Thiolamprovum gen. nov. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. destructive periodontal disease. Periodontal 2000 5: 78–111. 48: 957–964. Hagborg, W.A.F. 1942. Classification revision in Xanthomonas translucens. Gwinn, M.L., R. Ramanathan, H.O. Smith and J.F. Tomb. 1998. A new Can. J. Res. 20: 312–326. transformation-deficient mutant of Haemophilus influenzae Rd with Hagen, K.D. and D.C. Nelson. 1996. Organic carbon utilization by ob- normal DNA uptake. J. Bacteriol. 180: 746–748. ligately and facultatively autotrophic Beggiatoa strains in homogeneous Gwinn, M.L., A.E. Stellwagen, N.L. Craig, J.F. Tomb and H.O. Smith. and gradient cultures. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 62: 947–953. 1997. In vitro Tn7 mutagenesis of Haemophilus influenzae Rd and char- Hagen, K.D. and D.C. Nelson. 1997. Use of reduced sulfur compounds acterization of the role of atpA in transformation. J. Bacteriol. 179: by Beggiatoa spp.: enzymology and physiology of marine and fresh- 7315–7320. water strains in homogeneous and gradient cultures. Appl. Environ. Gwynn, C.M. and R.H. George. 1973. Neonatal citrobacter meningitis. Microbiol. 63: 3957–3964. Arch. Dis. Child. 48: 455–458. Ha¨ggblom, M.M. 1992. Microbial breakdown of halogenated aromatic Gygi, D., M.M. Rahman, H.C. Lai, R. Carlson, J. Guard-Petter and C. pesticides and related-compounds. FEMS Microbiol. Rev. 103: 29–72. Hughes. 1995. A cell-surface polysaccharide that facilitates rapid pop- Haglind, P., M. Lundholm and R. Rylander. 1981. Prevalence of byssinosis ulation migration by differentiated swarm cells of Proteus mirabilis. Mol. in Swedish cotton mills. Br. J. Ind. Med. 38: 138–143. Microbiol. 17: 1167–1175. Hahn, H.P. 1997. The type-4 pilus is the major virulence-associated ad- Gyles, C.L. 1994. Escherichia coli Verotoxins and other cytotoxins. In Gyles hesin of Pseudomonas aeruginosa - A review. Gene 192: 99–108. (Editor), Escherichia coli in Domestic Animals and Humans, 1st Ed., Haigh, R., T. Baldwin, S. Knutton and P.H. Williams. 1995. Carbon di- CAB International, Wallingford. pp. 365–398. oxide regulated secretion of the EaeB protein of enteropathogenic Gyles, C.L., S.A. De Grandis, C. MacKenzie and J.L. Brunton. 1988. Clon- Escherichia coli. FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 129: 63–67. ing and nucleotide sequence analysis of the genes determining ver- Hajna, A.A. 1955. A new enrichment broth medium for Gram-negative ocytotoxin production in a porcine edema disease isolate of Escherichia organisms of the intestinal group. Public Health Lab. 13: 83–89. coli. Microb. Pathog. 5: 419–426. Hales, B.A., C.A. Hart, R.M. Batt and J.R. Saunders. 1992. The large Ha, D.M. and K. Komagata. 1984. Electrophoretic comparison of enzymes plasmids found in enterohemorrhagic and enteropathogenic Escher- in the strains in biovars of Pseudomonas maltophilia. J. Gen. Appl. Mi- ichia coli constitute a related series of transfer-defective Inc F-IIA re- crobiol. 30: 277–288. plicons. Plasmid 28: 183–193.

Haahtela, K. and T.K. Korhonen. 1985. In vitro adhesion of N2-fixing Hall, G.A., C.R. Dorn, N. Chanter, S.M. Scotland, H.R. Smith and B. enteric bacteria to roots of grasses and cereals. Appl. Environ. Mi- Rowe. 1990. Attaching and effacing lesions in vivo and adhesion to crobiol. 49: 1186–1190. tissue culture cells of Vero-cytotoxin-producing Escherichia coli be- Haber, C.L., L.N. Allen and R.S. Hanson. 1984. Methylotrophic bacteria: longing to serogroups O5 and O103. J. Gen. Microbiol. 136: 779– biochemical diversity and genetics. Science 221: 1147–1153. 786. Habs, H. and R.H.W. Schubert. 1962. U¨ ber die biochemischen Merkmale Hall, I.M. and M.E. Badgley. 1957. A rickettsial disease of larvae of species und die taxonomische Stellung von Pseudomonas shigelloides of Stethorus caused by Rickettsiella stethorae, n. sp. J. Bacteriol. 74: 452– (Bader). Zentbl. Bakteriol. Parasitenkd. Infektkrankh. Hyg. Abt. I 455. Orig. 186: 316–327. Hall, M.M., C.A. Mueske, D.M. Ilstrup and J.A.I. Washington. 1979. Eval- Habs, I. 1957. Untersuchungen u¨ber die O-antigene von Pseudomonas uation of a biphasic medium for blood cultures. J. Clin. Microbiol. aeruginosa. Z. Hyg. Infektionskr. 144: 218–228. 10: 673–676. Hacker, J., G. Blum-Oehler, I. Mu¨hldorfer and H. Tscha¨pe. 1997. Path- Hall, R.H., F.M. Khambaty, M.H. Kothary, S.P. Keasler and B.D. Tall. 1994. ogenicity islands of virulent bacteria: structure, function and impact Vibrio cholerae non-O1 serogroup associated with cholera gravis ge- on microbial evolution. Mol. Microbiol. 23: 1089–1097. netically and physiologically resembles O1 E1 Tor cholera strains. Hacking, A.J., I.W.F. Taylor, T.R. Jarman and J.R.W. Govan. 1983. Alginate Infect. Immun. 62: 3859–3863. biosynthesis by Pseudomonas mendocina. J. Gen. Microbiol. 129: 3473– Hall, R.H., P.A. Vial, J.B. Kaper, J.J. Mekalanos and M.M. Levine. 1988. 3480. Morphological studies on fimbriae expressed by Vibrio cholerae 01. Hackstadt, T. 1986. Antigenic variation in the phase I lipopolysaccharide Microb. Pathog. 4: 257–265. of Coxiella burnetii isolates. Infect. Immun. 52: 337–340. Hall, W.J. 1965. Fowl typhoid. In Biester and Schwarte (Editors), Diseases Hackstadt, T. 1988. Steric hindrance of antibody binding to surface pro- of Poultry, 5th Ed., lowa State University Press, Ames. pp. 329–358. teins of Coxiella burnetii by phase I lipolysaccharide. Infect. Immun. Hall, W.J., K.L. Heddleston, D.H. Legenhausen and R.W. Hughes. 1955. 56: 802–807. Studies on pasteurellosis. I. A new species of Pasteurella encountered Hackstadt, T. 1990. The role of lipopolysaccharides in the virulence of in chronic fowl cholera. Am. J. Vet. Res. 16: 598–604. Coxiella burnetii. Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 590: 27–32. Hallberg, K.B. and E.B. Lindstro¨m. 1995. In Validation of the publication Hackstadt, T., M.G. Peacock, P.J. Hitchcock and R.L. Cole. 1985. Lipo- of new names and new combinations previously effectively published polysaccharide variation in Coxiella burnetti: Intrastrain heterogeneity outside the IJSB. List No. 54. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 45: 619–620. in structure and antigenicity. Infect. Immun. 48: 359–365. Halle, F. and J.M. Meyer. 1992. Ferrisiderophore reductases of Pseudo- Hackstadt, T. and J.C. Williams. 1981. Biochemical stratagem for obligate monas - purification, properties and cellular location of the Pseudo- parasitism of eukaryotic cells by Coxiella burnetii. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. monas aeruginosa ferripyoverdine reductase. Eur. J. Biochem. 209: U.S.A. 78: 3240–3244. 613–620. BIBLIOGRAPHY 975

Haltalin, K.C., J.D. Nelson, R. Ring, 3rd., M. Sladoje and L.V. Hinton. strains as characteristics of possible Xenorhabdus luminescens subspecies. 1967. Double-blind treatment study of shigellosis comparing ampi- Rev. Nematol. 13: 411–415. cillin, sulfadiazine, and placebo. J. Pediatr. 70: 970–981. Hanan, M.S., M. Sobhy, E.M. Riad and N.A. El-Khouly. 2000. Antibacterial Hamamoto, Y., Y. Soejima, M. Ogasawara, H. Okimura, K. Nagai and C. efficacy and pharmacokinetic studies of ciprofloxacin on Pasteurella Asagami. 1995. Necrotizing fasciitis due to Pasteurella multocida infec- multocida infected rabbits. Dtsch. Tierarztl. Wochenschr. 107: 151– tion. Dermatology 190: 145–147. 155. Hamana, K. 1996. Distribution of diaminopropane and acetylspermidine Hancock, R.E.W. and A.M. Carey. 1980. Protein D1 - a glucose-inducible, in Enterobacteriaceae. Can. J. Microbiol. 42: 107–114. pore-forming protein from the outer-membrane of Pseudomonas ae- Hamana, K. 1997. Polyamine distribution patterns within the families ruginosa. FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 8: 105–109. Aeromonadaceae, Vibrionaceae, Pasteurellaceae, and Halomonadaceae, and Hancock, R.E.W. and L. Chan. 1988. Outer membranes of environmental related genera of the gamma subclass of the Proteobacteria. J. Gen. isolates of Pseudomonas aeruginosa. J. Clin. Microbiol. 26: 2423–2424. Appl. Microbiol. 43: 49–59. Hancock, R.E.W., A.A. Wieczorek, L.M. Mutharia and K. Poole. 1982. Hamana, K. and S. Matsuzaki. 1993. Polyamine distribution patterns serve Monoclonal-antibodies against Pseudomonas aeruginosa outer- mem- as a phenotypic marker in the chemotaxonomy of the Proteobacteria. brane antigens - isolation and characterization. Infect. Immun. 37: Can. J. Microbiol. 39: 304–310. 166–171. Hamana, K., T. Sakane and A. Yokota. 1994. Polyamine analysis of the Hanefeld, U., H.G. Floss and H. Laatsch. 1994. Biosynthesis of the marine genera, Aquaspirillum, Magnetospirillum, Oceanospirillum and Spirillum. antibiotic pentabromopseudilin. 1. The benzene ring. J. Org. Chem. J. Gen. Appl. Microbiol. 40: 75–82. 59: 3604–3608. Hamedani, P., J. Ali, S. Hafeez, R.J. Bachand, G. Dawood, S. Quereshi, Haneline, S., C.J. Connelly and T. Melton. 1991. Chemotactic behavior R. Raza and Z. Yab. 1991. The safety and efficacy of clarithromycin of Azotobacter vinelandii. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 57: 825–829. Ha¨nninen, M.L. 1994. Phenotypic characteristics of the three hybridi- in patients with Legionella pneumonia. Chest 100: 1503–1506. zation groups of Aeromonas hydrophila complex isolated from different Hamilton, R.L. and W.J. Brown. 1972. Bacteriophage typing of clinically sources. J. Appl. Bacteriol. 76: 455–462. isolated Serratia marcescens. Appl. Microbiol. 24: 899–906. Ha¨nninen, M.L. and V. Hirvela¨-Koski. 1997. Molecular and phenotypic Hamlin, L.J. and R.E. Hungate. 1956. Culture and physiology of a starch- methods for the characterization of atypical Aeromonas salmonicida. digesting bacterium (Bacteroides amylophilus n. sp.) from the bovine Vet. Microbiol. 56: 147–158. rumen. J. Bacteriol. 72: 548–554. Ha¨nninen, M.L., P. Oivanen and V. Hirvela¨-Koski. 1997. Aeromonas species Hammarstro¨m, E. 1947. Bacteriophage classification of Shigella sonnei. in fish, fish-eggs, shrimp and freshwater. Int. J. Food Microbiol. 34: Lancet 1: 102. 17–26. Hammarstro¨m, E. 1949. Phage typing of Shigella sonnei. Acta. Med. Scand. Ha¨nninen, M.L., J. Ridell and V. Hirvela¨-Koski. 1995. Phenotypic and (Suppl. 233) 133: 1–132. molecular characteristics of Aeromonas salmonicida subsp. salmonicida Hammer, P.E., D.S. Hill, S.T. Lam, K.H. Van Pe´e and J.M. Ligon. 1997. isolated in southern and northern Finland. J. Appl. Bacteriol. 79: 12– Four genes from Pseudomonas fluorescens that encode the biosynthesis 21. of pyrrolnitrin. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 63: 2147–2154. Ha¨nninen, M.L. and A. Siitonen. 1995. Distribution of Aeromonas phen- Hammond, G.W., C.J. Lian, J.C. Wilt, W. Albritton and R. A.R.. 1978a. ospecies and genospecies among strains isolated from water, foods or Determination of the hemin requirement of Haemophilus ducreyi: eval- from human clinical samples. Epidemiol. Infect. 115: 39–50. uation of the porphyrin test and media used in the satellite growth Hansen, A.J., A. Ingebritsen and O.B. Weeks. 1963. Flagellation of Flav- test. J. Clin. Microbiol. 7: 243–246. abacterium piscicida. J. Bacteriol. 86: 602–603. Hammond, G.W., C.J. Lian, J.C. Wilt and A.R. Ronald. 1978b. Antimi- Hansen, A.J., O.B. Weeks and R.R. Colwell. 1965. Taxonomy of Pseudo- crobial susceptibility of Haemophilus ducreyi. Antimicrob. Agents Che- monas piscicida (Bein) Buck, Meyers and Leifson. J. Bacteriol. 89: 752– mother. 13: 608–612. 761. Hamon, Y., A. Kayser, L. Le Minor and J. Maresz. 1969. Les bacte´riocines Hansen, G.H. and J.A. Olafsen. 1989. Bacterial colonization of cod (Gadus d’Edwardsiella tarda. Inte´reˆt taxonomique de l’e´tude de ces antibio- morhua L.) and halibut (Hippoglossus hippoglossus) eggs in marine aqua- tiques. C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris. 268: 2517–2520. culture. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 55: 1435–1446. Hamon, Y., L. Le Minor and Y. Pe´ron. 1970. Les bacte´riocines Hansen, M.W. and G.Y. Glupczynski. 1984. Isolation of an unusual Cedecea d’Enterobacter liquefaciens. Inte´reˆt taxonomique de leur e´tude. C. species from a cutaneous ulcer. Eur. J. Clin. Microbiol. 3: 152–153. R. Acad. Sci. Serie D. 270: 886–889. Hansen, W., J. Freney, M. Labbe, F. Renaud, E. Yourassowsky and J. Fleu- ´ Hamon, Y. and Y. Pe´ron. 1961. Etude de la proprie´te´ bacte´riocinoge`ne rette. 1991. Gas-liquid chromatographic analysis of cellular fatty acid dans le genre Serratia. Ann. Inst. Pasteur (Paris) 100: 818. methyl esters in Aeromonas spp. Zentbl. Bakteriol. 275: 1–10. Hamon, Y. and Y. Pe´ron. 1966. La propriete bacteriocinogene dans la Hanson, R.S. and T.E. Hanson. 1996. Methanotrophic bacteria. Micro- tribu des Salmonelleae. Ann. Inst. Pasteur (Paris) 110: 389–402. biol. Rev. 60: 439–471. Hamon, Y. and Y. Pe´ron. 1979. Bacteriocines et (ou) phages le´taux de Hanson, R.S., A.I. Netrusov and K. Tsuji. 1992. The obligate methano- Serratia marcescens, S. Iiquefaciens,etS. marinorubra. Ann. Microbiol. trophic bacteria Methylococcus, Methylomonas, and Methylosinus. In Bal- 130A: 403. ows, Tru¨per, Dworkin, Harder and Schleifer (Editors), The Prokar- Hamon, Y., C. Richard and Y. Pe´ron. 1974. Study of bacteriocinogeny yotes. A Handbook of Bacteria: Ecophysiology, Isolation, Identifica- and lysogeny among Levinea strains. Ann. Microbiol. 125A: 35–44. tion, Applications, 2nd Ed., Vol. 3, Springer-Verlag, New York. pp. Hampson, D.J., P.J. Blackall, J.M. Woodward and A.J. Lymbery. 1993. 2350–2364. Genetic analysis of Actinobacillus pleuropneumoniae, and comparison Hao, M.V., D.J. Brenner, A.G. Steigerwalt, T. Kosako and K. Komagata. with Haemophilus spp. Taxon “minor group” and Taxon C. Zentbl. 1990. Erwinia persicinus, a new species isolated from plants. Int. J. Syst. Bakteriol. 279: 83–91. Bacteriol. 40: 379–383. Hamze, M., J. Mergaert, H.J. van Vuuren, F. Gavini, A. Beji, D. Izard and Hara, E. and H. Ishikawa. 1990. Purification and partial characterization K. Kersters. 1991. Rahnella aquatilis, a potential contaminant in lager of symbionin, an aphid endosymbiont-specific protein. Insect beer breweries. Int. J. Food Microbiol. 13: 63–68. Biochem. 20: 421–427. Han, N., C.I. Hoover, J.R. Winkler, C.Y. Ng and G.C. Armitage. 1991. Harada, H., H. Oyaizu, Y. Kosako and H. Ishikawa. 1997. Erwinia aphi- Identification of genomic clonal types of Actinobacillus actinomycetem- dicola, a new species isolated from pea aphid, Acyrthosiphon pisum.J. comitans by restriction endonuclease analysis. J. Clin. Microbiol. 29: Gen. Appl. Microbiol. 43: 349–354. 1574–1578. Harada, H., H. Oyaizu, Y. Kosako and H. Ishikawa. 1998. In Validation Han, R., W.M. Wouts and L. Li. 1990. Development of Heterorhabditis spp. of the publication of new names and new combinations previously 976 BIBLIOGRAPHY

effectively published outside the IJSB. List No. 67. Int. J. Syst. Bac- subsp. anitratus respiratory infection and colonization associated with teriol. 48: 1083–1084. contaminated, reusable ventilator circuits and resuscitation bags. Am. Harada, K., K. Shimizu and T. Matsuyama. 1957. Hafnia isolated from J. Med. 85: 624–631. men. Gunma J. Med. Sci. 6: 109–112. Hartung, J.S., J. Beretta, R.H. Brlansky, J. Spisso and R.F. Lee. 1994. Citrus Harada, S., S. Tsubotani, T. Hida, K. Koyama, M. Kondo and H. Ono. variegated chlorosis bacterium: Axenic culture, pathogenicity, and 1988. Chemistry of a new antibiotic: Lactivicin. Tetrahedron. 44: serological relationships with other strains of Xylella fastidiosa. Phy- 6589–6606. topathology 84: 591–597. Harayama, S. 1994. Codon usage patterns suggest independent evolution Hartung, J.S. and E.L. Civerolo. 1987. Genomic fingerprints of Xantho- of 2 catabolic operons on toluene-degradative plasmid TOL pWW0 monas campestris pathovar citri strains from Asia, South America, and of Pseudomonas putida. J. Mol. Evol. 38: 328–335. Florida (USA). Phytopathology 77: 282–285. Harayama, S., H. Kishira, Y. Kasai and K. Shutsubo. 1999. Petroleum Hartung, J.S. and E.L. Civerolo. 1989. Restriction fragment length poly- biodegradation in marine environments. J. Molec. Microbiol. Bio- morphisms distinguish Xanthomonas campestris strains isolated from technol. 1: 63–70. Florida (USA) citrus nurseries from Xanthomonas campestris pv. citri. Hargreaves, J.E. and D.R. Lucey. 1990. Life-threatening Edwardsiella tarda Phytopathology 79: 793–799. soft-tissue infection associated with catfish puncture wound. J. Infect. Hartung, J.S. and E.L. Civerolo. 1991. Variation among strains of Xan- Dis. 162: 1416–1417. thomonas campestris causing citrus bacterial spot. Plant Dis. 75: 622– Harhoff, N. 1949. Studies on bacteria of the Ballerup group. Acta Pathol. 626. Microbiol. Scand. 26: 167–174. Hartung, J.S., M.R. Pooler and H.A.T. van der Scheer. 1997. Immuno- Harold, R. and R.Y. Stanier. 1955. The genera Leucothrix and Thiothrix. capture and multiplexed-PCR assay for Xanthomonas fragariae, causal Bacteriol. Rev. 19: 49–58. agent of angular leafspot disease. Acta Hortic. 439: 821–828. Harper, J.J. and M.H. Tilse. 1991. Biotypes of Haemophilus influenzae that Hartung, J.S., O.P. Pruvost, I. Villemot and A. Alvarez. 1996. Rapid and are associated with noninvasive infections. J. Clin. Microbiol. 29: sensitive colorimetric detection of Xanthomonas axonopodis pv. citri by 2539–2542. immunocapture and a nested-polymerase chain reaction assay. Phy- Harper, R.E. and P. Talbot. 1984. Analysis of the epibiotic bacteria of topathology 86: 95–101. lobster (Homarus) eggs and their influence of the loss of eggs from Harwood, C.S. 1978. Beneckea gazagenes sp. nov., a red, facultatively an- the pleopods. Aquaculture 36: 9–26. aerobic, marine bacterium. Curr. Microbiol. 1: 233–238. Harrell, L.J., M.L. Cameron and C.M. O’Hara. 1989. Rahnella aquatilis, Harwood, C.R. 1993. Plasmids, transposons, and gene flux. In Goodfellow an unusual gram-negative rod isolated from the bronchial washing and O’Donnell (Editors), Handbook of New Bacterial Systematics, of a patient with acquired immunodeficiency syndrome. J. Clin. Mi- Academic Press, New York. pp. 115–150. crobiol. 27: 1671–1672. Harwood, C.S., S.S. Bang, S. Baumann and K.H. Nealson. 1980. Photo- Harrison, A.P. 1982. Genomic and physiological diversity amongst strains bacterium logei sp. nov., nom. rev., Beneckea nereida sp. nov., nom. rev. of thiobacillus ferrooxidans and genomic comparison with Thiobacillus and Beneckea gazogenes sp. nov., nom. rev. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 30: thiooxidans. Arch. Microbiol. 131: 68–76. 655. Harrison, A.P. and P.R. Norris. 1985. Leptosprillum ferrooxidans and similar Hase, S. and E.T. Rietschel. 1976. Isolation and analysis of the lipid A bacteria: some characteristics and genomic diversity. FEMS Microbiol. backbone. Lipid A structure of lipopolysaccharides from various bac- Lett. 30: 99–102. terial groups. Eur. J. Biochem. 63: 101–107. Harrison, C.P., A.E. Douglas and A.F.G. Dixon. 1989. A rapid method to Haseley, S.R., O. Holst and H. Brade. 1998. Structural studies of the O- isolate symbiotic bacteria from aphids. J. Invertebr. Pathol. 53: 427– antigen isolated from the phenol-soluble lipopolysaccharide of Aci- 428. netobacter baumannii (DNA group 2) strain 9. Eur. J. Biochem. 251: Harrison, T.G., N.A. Saunders, N. Doshi, R. Wait and A.G. Taylor. 1988. 189–194. Serological diversity within the species Legionella spiritensis. J. Appl. Haseley, S.R., R. Pantophlet, L. Brade, O. Holst and H. Brade. 1997. Bacteriol. 65: 425–431. Structural and serological characterisation of the O-antigenic poly- Harrison, T.G., N.A. Saunders, A. Haththotuwa, G. Hallas, R.J. Birtles saccharide of the lipopolysaccharide from Acinetobacter junii strain 65. and A.G. Taylor. 1990. Phenotypic variation among genotypically ho- Eur. J. Biochem. 245: 477–481. mogeneous Legionella pneumophila serogroup 1 isolates: implications Haseley, S.R. and S.G. Wilkinson. 1997. Structural studies of the putative for the investigation of outbreaks of Legionnaires’ disease. Epidemiol. O-specific polysaccharide of Acinetobacter baumannii O24 containing Infect. 104: 171–180. 5,7-diamino-3,5,7,9-tetradeoxy-l-glycero-d-galacto-nonulosonic acid. Hartingsveldt, J., M.G. Marinus and A.H. Stouthamer. 1971. Mutants of Eur. J. Biochem. 250: 617–623. Pseudomonas aeruginosa blocked in nitrate or nitrite dissimilation. Hassan, A.K., S. Moriya, P. Baumann, H. Yoshikawa and N. Ogasawara. Genet. 67: 469–472. 1996. Structure of the dnaA region of the endosymbiont, Buchnera Hartl, D.L. and D.E. Dykhuizen. 1984. The population genetics of Esch- aphidicola, of aphid Schizaphis graminum. DNA Res. 3: 415–419. erichia coli. Annu. Rev. Genet. 18: 31–68. Hasse, C.H. 1915. Pseudomonas citri, the cause of citrus canker. J. Agr. Hartman, J.R., B.C. Eshenaur and U.E. Jarlfors. 1995. Bacterial leaf scorch Res. 4: 97–100. caused by Xylella fastidiosa: a Kentucky survey: a unique pathogen; Hastings, J.W. and K.H. Nealson. 1977. Bacterial bioluminescence. Annu. and bur oak, a new host. Journal of Arboric. 21: 77–82. Rev. Microbiol. 31: 549–595. Hartmann, L., W. Schroder and A. LubkeBecker. 1996. A comparative Hastings, J.W. and K.H. Nealson. 1979. Bacterial bioluminescence - its study of the major outer membrane proteins of the avian haemophili control and ecological significance. Microbiol. Rev. 43: 496–518. and Pasteurella gallinarum. Zentrabl. Bakteriol. 284: 47–51. Hastings, J.W. and K.H. Nealson. 1981. The symbiotic luminous bacteria. Hartmann, R.K., H.Y. Toschka, N. Ulbrich and V.A. Erdmann. 1986. Ge- In Starr, Stolp, Tru¨per, Balows and Schlegel (Editors), The Prokary- nomic organization of rDNA in Pseudomonas aeruginosa. FEBS Lett. otes, a Handbook on Habitats, Isolation and Identification of Bacteria, 195: 187–193. Springer-Verlag, New York. pp. 1332–1345. Hartnett, G.B. and L.N. Ornston. 1994. Acquisition of apparent DNA Hatchette, T.F., R.C. Hudson, W.F. Schlech, N.A. Campbell, J.E. Hatch- slippage structures during extensive evolutionary divergence of pcaD ette, S. Ratnam, D. Raoult, C. Donovan and T.J. Marrie. 2001. Goat- and catD genes encoding identical catalytic activities in Acinetobacter associated Q fever: A new disease in Newfoundland. Emerg. Infect. calcoaceticus. Gene 142: 23–29. Dis. 7: 413–419. Hartstein, A.I., A.L. Rashad, J.M. Liebler, L.A. Actis, J. Freeman, J.W.J. Hattingh, M.J. and D.F. Walters. 1981. Stalk and leaf necrosis of onion Rourke, T.B. Stibolt, M.E. Tolmasky, G.R. Ellis and J.H. Crosa. 1988. caused by Erwinia herbicola. Plant Dis. 65: 615–618. Multiple intensive care unit outbreak of Acinetobacter calcoaceticus Hauben, L., E.R.B. Moore, L. Vauterin, M. Steenackers, J. Mergaert, L. BIBLIOGRAPHY 977

Verdonck and J. Swings. 1998a. Phylogenetic position of phytopath- obligately autotrophic hydrogen-oxidizing bacterium, Hydrogenovibrio ogens within the Enterobacteriaceae. Syst. Appl. Microbiol. 21: 384–397. marinus strain MH-110. J. Ferment. Bioeng. 85: 150–155. Hauben, L., E.R.B. Moore, L. Vauterin, M. Steenackers, J. Mergaert, L. Hayashi, T., K. Makino, M. Ohnishi, K. Kurokawa, K. Ishii, K. Yokoyama, Verdonck and J. Swings. 1999a. In Validation of the publication of C.G. Han, E. Ohtsubo, K. Nakayama, T. Murata, M. Tanaka, T. Tobe, new names and new combinations previously effectively published T. Iida, H. Takami, T. Honda, C. Sasakawa, N. Ogasawara, T. Yasunaga, outside the IJSB. List No. 68. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 49: 1–3. S. Kuhara, T. Shiba, M. Hattori and H. Shinagawa. 2001. Complete Hauben, L., M. Steenackers and J. Swings. 1998b. PCR-Based detection genome sequence of enterohemorrhagic Escherichia coli O157:H7 and of the causal agent of watermark disease in willows (Salix spp.). Appl. genomic comparison with a laboratory strain K-12. DNA Res. 8: 11– Environ. Microbiol. 64: 3966–3971. 22. Hauben, L., L. Vauterin, E.R. Moore, B. Hoste and J. Swings. 1999b. Hayat, U., G.P. Reddy, C.A. Bush, J.A. Johnson, A.C. Wright and J.G. Genomic diversity of the genus Stenotrophomonas. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. Morris, Jr.. 1993. Capsular types of Vibrio vulnificus: An analysis of 49: 1749–1760. strains from clinical and environmental sources. J. Infect. Dis. 168: Hauben, L., L. Vauterin, J. Swings and E.R.B. Moore. 1997. Comparison 758–762. of 16S ribosomal DNA sequences of all Xanthomonas species. Int. J. Hayes, M.V., C.J. Thomson and S.G.B. Amyes. 1994. Three beta-lacta- Syst. Bacteriol. 47: 328–335. mases isolated from Aeromonas salmonicida, including a carbapenemase Hauduroy, P., G. Ehringer, A. Urbain, G. Guillot and J. Magrou. 1937. not detectable by conventional methods. Eur. J. Clin. Microbiol. In- Dictionnaire des bacte´ries pathoge`nes, Masson and Co., Paris. fect. Dis. 13: 805–811. Hauge, J.G. 1960. Kinetics and specificity of glucose dehydrogenase from Haynes, J. and P.M. Hawkey. 1989. Providencia alcalifaciens and travellers’ Bacterium anitratum. Biachim. Biophys. Acta. 45: 263–269. diarrhoea. Br. Med. J. 299: 94–95. Haupt, H. 1934. Zu¨r Frage der Verwandtschaft des Actinobacillus Ligni- Haynes, W.C. and W.H. Burkholder. 1957. Genus I Pseudomonas. In Breed, e`resii Brumpt 1910, des Bacillus equuli van Straaten 1918 und des Murray and Smith (Editors), Bergey’s Manual of Determinative Bac- Bacillus mallei Flu¨gge 1886. Arch. Wiss. Prakt. Tierheilk. 67: 513–524. teriology, 7th Ed., The Williams & Wilkins Co., Baltimore. pp. 89– Hauser, C. 1885. U¨ ber Faulnisbakterien und deren Beziehungen zu¨r Sep- 152. ticamie. Ein Beitra¨g zu¨r Morphologie der Spaltpilze, Vogel, Leipzig. Hayward, A.C. 1964. Characteristics of Pseudomonas solanacearum. J. Appl. Hausner, O., Z. Kocmoud and M. Gabrhelova´. 1986. The incidence and Bacteriol. 27: 265–277. diagnosis of a new type of bacteria, Budvicia aquatica, in specimens Hayward, A.C. 1974. Latent infection by bacteria. Ann. Rev. Phytopathol. from the laboratory for water study. Cesk. Epidemiol. Mikrobiol. Imu- 12: 87–97. nol. 35: 336–340. Hayward, A.C. 1977. Occurrence of glycoside hydrolases in plant path- Havelaar, A.H., F.M. Schets, A. van Silfhout, W.H. Jansen, G. Wieten and ogenic and related bacteria. J. Appl. Bacteriol. 43: 407–411. D. van der Kooij. 1992. Typing of Aeromonas strains from patients with Hayward, A.C. 1979. Isolation and characterization of Xanthomonas. In diarrhoea and from drinking water. J. Appl. Bacteriol. 72: 435–444. Skinner and Lovelock (Editors), Identification Methods for Micro- Havelaar, A.H., J.F. Versteegh and M. During. 1990. The presence of biologists, Technical Series No. 14, Society for Applied Bacteriology, Aeromonas in drinking water supplies in The Netherlands. Zentralbl. pp. 15–32. Hyg. Umweltmed. 190: 236–256. Hazen, T.C., C.B. Flierman, R.P. Hirsch and G.W. Esch. 1978. Prevalence Hawke, J.P., A.C. McWhorter, A.G. Steigerwalt and D.J. Brenner. 1981. Edwardsiella ictaluri sp. nov., the causative agent of enteric septicemia and distribution of Aeromonas hydrophila in the United States. Appl. of catfish. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 31: 396–400. Environ. Microbiol. 36: 731–738. Hawkey, P.M. 1984. Providencia stuartii: a review of a multiply antibiotic- Hazeu, W., W.H. Batenburg-van der Vegte and J.C. de Bruyn. 1980a. Some resistant bacterium. J. Antimicrob. Chemother. 13: 209–226. characteristics of Methylococcus mobilis, sp. nov. Arch. Microbiol. 124: Hawkey, P.M. 1997. Proteus, Providencia and Morganella. In Emmerson, 211–220. Hawkey and Gillespie (Editors), Principles and Practice of Clinical Hazeu, W., W.H. Batenburg-van der Vegte and J.C. de Bruyn. 1980b. In Bacteriology, John Wiley and Sons Ltd., Chichester. pp. 429–438. Validation of the publication of new names and new combinations Hawkey, P.M., P.M. Bennett and C.A. Hawkey. 1985. Evolution of an R previously effectively published outside the IJSB. List No. 5. Int. J. plasmid from a cryptic plasmid by transposition of two copies of Tn1 Syst. Bacteriol. 30: 676–677. in Providencia stuartii. J. Gen. Microbiol. 131: 927–933. Head, I.M., N.D. Gray, H.D. Babenzien and F.O. Glo¨ckner. 2000a. Un- Hawkey, P.M. and C.A. Hawkey. 1984. Comparative in vitro activity of cultured giant sulfur bacteria of the genus Achromatium. FEMS Mi- quinolone carboxylic acids against Proteeae. J. Antimicrob. Chemother. crobiol. Ecol. 33: 171–180. 14: 485–489. Head, I.M., N.D. Gray , K.J. Clarke, R.W. Pickup and J.G. Jones. 1996. Hawkey, P.M., A. McCormick and R.A. Simpson. 1986a. Selective and The phylogenetic position and ultrastructure of the uncultured bac- differential medium for the primary isolation of memebers of the terium Achromatium oxaliferum. Microbiology 142: 2341–2354. Proteeae. J. Clin. Microbiol. 23: 600–603. Head, I.M., N.D. Gray, R. Howarth, R.W. Pickup, K.J. Clarke and J.G. Hawkey, P.M., S.J. Pedler and A. Turner. 1983. Comparative in vitro activity Jones. 2000b. Achromatium oxaliferum. Understanding the unmistaka- of semisynthetic penicillins against Proteeae. Antimicrob. Agents Che- ble. Adv. Microb. Ecol. 16: 1–40. mother. 23: 619–621. Head, I.M., W.D. Hiorns, T.M. Embley, A.J. McCarthy and J.R. Saunders. Hawkey, P.M., J.L. Penner, A.H. Linton, C.A. Hawkey, L.J. Crisp and M. 1993. The phylogeny of autotrophic ammonia-oxidizing bacteria as Hinton. 1986b. Speciation, serotyping, antimicrobial sensitivity and determined by analysis of 16S ribosomal RNA gene sequences. J. Gen. plasmid content of Proteeae from the environment of calf-rearing units Microbiol. 139: 1147–1153. in South West England. J. Hyg. (Lond.). 97: 405–417. Heald, S.C. and R.O. Jenkins. 1996. Expression and substrate specificity Hawkey, P.M., J.L. Penner, M.R. Potten, M. Stephens, L.J. Barton and of the toluene dioxygenase of Pseudomonas putida NCIMB 11767. Appl. D.C. Speller. 1982a. Prospective study of fecal, urinary tract, and en- Microbiol. Biotechnol. 45: 56–62. vironmental colonization by Providencia stuartii in two geriatric wards. Heath, C.H., D.I. Grove and D.F.M. Looke. 1996. Delay in appropriate J. Clin. Microbiol. 16: 422–426. therapy of Legionella pneumonia associated with increased mortality. Hawkey, P.M., M.R. Potten and M. Stephens. 1982b. The use of pre- Eur. J. Clin. Microbiol. Infect. Dis. 15: 286–290. enrichment for the isolation of small numbers of gentamicin-resistant Hebert, A.M. and R.H. Vreeland. 1987. Phenotypic comparison of halo- Providencia stuartii from faeces. J. Hosp. Infect. 3: 369–374. tolerant bacteria Halomonas halodurans sp. nov., nom., rev., comb. nov. Hayashi, N.R., A. Oguni, T. Yaguchi, S.Y. Chung, H. Nishihara, T. Kodama Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 37: 347–350. and Y. Igarashi. 1998. Different properties of gene products of three He´bert, G.A. 1980. Room temperature storage of Legionella cultures. J. sets ribulose 1,5-bisphosphate carboxylase/oxygenase from a marine Clin. Microbiol. 12: 807–809. 978 BIBLIOGRAPHY

He´bert, G.A. 1981. Hippurate hydrolysis by Legionella pneumophila. J. Clin. Zentralbl. Bakteriol. Parasitenkd. Infektionskr. Hyg. Abt. 1 Orig. 176: Microbiol. 13: 240–242. 91–101. He´bert, G.A., C.W. Moss, L.K. McDougal, F.M. Bozeman, R.M. McKinney Heinzen, R.A., M.E. Frazier and L.P. Mallavia. 1992. Coxiella burnetii su- and D.J. Brenner. 1980a. The rickettsia-like organisms TATLOCK peroxide dismutase gene: Cloning, sequencing, and expression in (1943) and HEBA (1959): bacteria phenotypically similar to but gen- Escherichia coli. Infect. Immun. 60: 3814–3823. erally distinct from Legionella pneumophila and the WIGA bacterium. Heinzen, R.A. and T. Hackstadt. 1996. A developmental stage-specific Ann. Intern. Med. 92: 45–52. histone H1 homolog of Coxiella burnetii. J. Bacteriol. 178: 5049–5052. He´bert, G.A., A.G. Steigerwalt and D.J. Brenner. 1980b. Legionella micdadei Heinzen, R.A. and L.P. Mallavia. 1987. Cloning and functional expression species nova: classification of a third species of Legionella associated of the Coxiella burnetii citrate synthase gene in Escherichia coli. Infect. with human pneumonia. Curr. Microbiol. 3: 255–258. Immun. 55: 848–855. He´bert, G.A., A.G. Steigerwalt and D.J. Brenner. 1980c. In Validation of Heipieper, H.J., G. Meulenbeld, Q. Van Oirschot and J.A.M. De Bont. the publication of new names and new combinations previously ef- 1996. Effect of environmental factors on the trans/cis ratio of unsat- fectively published outside the IJSB. List No. 5. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. urated fatty acids in Pseudomonas putida S12. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 30: 676–677. 62: 2773–2777. He´bert, G.A., B.M. Thomason, P.P. Harris, M.D. Hicklin and R.M. Mc- Heipieper, H.J., F.J. Weber, J. Sikkema, H. Keweloh and J.A.M. Debont. Kinney. 1980d. “Pittsburgh pneumonia agent”: a bacterium pheno- 1994. Mechanisms of resistance of whole cells to toxic organic-sol- typically similar to Legionella pneumophila and identical to the TAT- vents. Trends Biotechnol. 12: 409–415. LOCK bacterium. Ann. Intern. Med. 92: 53–54. Heitzer, A., K. Malachowsky, J.E. Thonnard, P.R. Bienkowski, D.C. White Heddleston, K.L. 1976. Physiologic characteristics of 1,268 cultures of and G.S. Sayler. 1994. Optical biosensor for environmental online Pasteurella multocida. Am. J. Vet. Res. 37: 745–747. monitoring of naphthalene and salicylate bioavailability with an im- Heddleston, K.L., J.E. Gallagher and P.A. Rebers. 1972. Fowl cholera: gel mobilized bioluminescent catabolic reporter bacterium. Appl. Envi- diffusion precipitin test for serotyping Pasteurella multocida from avian ron. Microbiol. 60: 1487–1494. species. Avian Dis. 16: 925–936. Heizmann, W.R. and R. Michel. 1991. Isolation of Ewingella americana Hedegaard, J., H. Okkels, B. Bruun, M. Kilian, K.K. Mortensen and N. from a patient with conjunctivitis. Eur. J. Clin. Microbiol. Infect. Dis. Nørskov-Lauritsen. 2001. Phylogeny of the genus Haemophilus as de- 10: 957–959. termined by comparison of partial infB sequences. Microbiology 147: Helander, K.H. and P. Persson. 1996. Identification of Erwinia carotovora 2599–2609. subsp. atroseptica with a non-radioactive DNA probe. Acta Agric. Scand. Hedges, A. and R.S. Wolfe. 1974. Extracellular enzyme from Myxobacter Sect. B Soil Plant Sci. 46: 224–229. AL-1 that exhibits both b-1,4 glucanase and chitosanase activities. J. Helbig, J.H., P.C. Lueck, Y.A. Knirel, W. Witzleb and U. Zaehringer. 1995. Bacteriol. 120: 844–853. Molecular characterization of a virulence-associated epitope on the Hedges, R.W. 1980. R factors of Serratia. In Graevenitz, V. and Rubin lipopolysaccharide of Legionella pneumophila serogroup 1. Epidemiol. (Editors), The Genus Serratia, CRC Press, Boca Raton. 139–153. Infect. 115: 71–78. Hedges, R.W., N. Datta, J.N. Coetzee and S. Dennison. 1973. R factors Heldal, M. and O. Tumyr. 1986. Morphology and content dry matter and from Proteus morganii. J. Gen. Microbiol. 77: 249–259. some elements in cells and stalks of Nevskia from an eutrophic lake. Hedlund, B.P., A.D. Geiselbrecht, T.J. Bair and J.T. Staley. 1999a. Poly- Can. J. Microbiol. 32: 89–92. cyclic aromatic hydrocarbon degradation by a new marine bacterium, Neptunomonas naphthovorans gen. nov., sp. nov. Appl. Environ. Micro- Helinski, D.R., A.E. Tiukdarian and R.P. Novick. 1996. Replication control biol. 65: 251–259. and other stable maintenance mechanisms of plasmids. In Neidhardt, Hedlund, B.P., A.D. Geiselbrecht, T.J. Bair and J.T. Staley. 1999b. In Val- Curtiss, Ingraham, Lin, Low, Magasanik, Reznikoff, Riley, Schaechter idation of the publication of new names and new combinations pre- and Umbarger (Editors), Escherichia coli and Salmonella: Cellular and viously effectively published outside the IJSB. List No. 71. Int. J. Syst. Molecular Biology, 2nd Ed., ASM Press, Washington, D.C. pp. 2295– Bacteriol. 49: 1325-1326. 2324. Hedlund, B.P., A.D. Geiselbrecht and J.T. Staley. 1996. Dioxygenase and Heller, H.M., G. Tortora and H. Burger. 1990. Pseudomonas putrefaciens phylogenetic diversity among marine PAH-degrading bacteria, Q339. bacteremia associated with shellfish contact. Am. J. Med. 88: 85–86. Abstr. Annu. Meet. Am. Soc. Microbiol, 206. Hendrie, M.S., W. Hodgkiss and J.M. Shewan. 1970. The identification, Hedlund, B.P. and J.T. Staley. 2001. Vibrio cyclotrophicus sp. nov., a poly- taxonomy and classification of luminous bacteria. J. Gen. Microbiol. cyclic aromatic hydrocarbon (PAH)-degrading marine bacterium. Int. 64: 151–169. J. Syst. Evol. Microbiol. 51: 61–66. Hendrie, M.S., A.J. Holding and J.M. Shewan. 1974. Emended descrip- Hedoin, H., A. Coute, P. Kaiser and R. Laugier. 1996. Nature and oc- tions of the genus Alcaligenes and of Alcaligenes faecalis and proposal currence of sulfoxidizing bacteria in Baregine developing in sulfu- that the generic name Achromobacter be rejected; status of the named rated thermal waters at Bareges (France). Hydrobiologia 323: 75–81. species of Alcaligenes and Achromobacter. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 24: 534– Hegazi, N.A. and V. Jensen. 1973. Study of Azotobacter bacteriophage in 550. Egyptian soil. Soil Biol. Biochem. 5: 231–243. Hendrix, L. and L.P. Mallavia. 1984. Active transport of proline by Coxiella Heidelberger, M., A. Das and E. Juni. 1969. Immunochemistry of the burnetii. J. Gen. Microbiol. 130: 2857–2863. capsular polysaccharide of an acinetobacter. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. Hendrix, L.R., J.E. Samuel and L.P. Mallavia. 1990. Identification and U.S.A. 63: 47–50. cloning of a 27-kDa Coxiella burnetii immunoreactive protein. Ann. N. Heimbrook, M.E., W.L.L. Wang and G. Campbell. 1989. Staining bacterial Y. Acad. Sci. 590: 534–540. flagella easily. J. Clin. Microbiol. 27: 2612–2615. Hendrix, L.R., J.E. Samuel and L.P. Mallavia. 1991. Differentiation of Heinrich, D.W. and A.C. Glasgow. 1997. Transcriptional regulation of Coxiella burnetii isolates by analysis of restriction-endonuclease-di- type 4 pilin genes and the site-specific recombinase gene, piv,in gested DNA separated by SDS-PAGE. J. Gen. Microbiol. 137: 269– Moraxella lacunata and Moraxella bovis. J. Bacteriol. 179: 7298–7305. 276. Heinrich, S. and G. Pulverer. 1959a. Zu¨r a¨tiologie und mkrobiologie der Hennessy, K.J., J.J. Iandolo and B.W. Fenwick. 1993. Serotype identifi- aktinomykose. II. Definition und praktische dagnostik des Actinoba- cation of Actinobacillus pleuropneumoniae by arbitrarily primed poly- cillus actinomycetemcomitans. Zentralbl. Bakteriol. Parasitenkd. Infek- merase chain reaction. J. Clin. Microbiol. 31: 1155–1159. tionskr. Hyg. Abt. 1 Orig. 174: 123–135. Henrichs, S.M. and J.W. Farrington. 1984. Peru upwelling region sedi- Heinrich, S. and G. Pulverer. 1959b. Zu¨r a¨tiologie und mkrobiologie der ments near 15S. 1. Remineralization and accumulation of organic aktinomykose. III. Die pathoge`ne bdeutung des Actinobacillus actino- matter. Limnol. Oceanogr. 29: 1–19. mycetemcomitans unter den “Begleitbakterien” des Actinomyces israeli. Henrichsen, J. 1975. The occurrence of twitching motility among Gram- BIBLIOGRAPHY 979

negative bacteria. Acta Pathol. Microbiol. Scand. Sect. B Microbiol. Hespell, R.B. 1977. Serpens flexibilis gen. nov., sp. nov., an unusually flexible 83: 171–178. lactate-oxidizing bacterium. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 27: 371–381. Henrichsen, J., L.O. Frøholm and K. Bøvre. 1972. Studies on bacterial Heulin, T., O. Berge, P. Mavingui, L. Gouzou, K.P. Hebbar and J. Bal- surface translocation. 2. Correlation of twitching motility and fim- andreau. 1994. Bacillus polymyxa and Rahnella aquatilis, the dominant

briation in colony variants of Moraxella nonliquefaciens, M. bovis, and N2-fixing bacteria associated with wheat rhizosphere in French soils. M. kingii. Acta Pathol. Microbiol. Scand. B Microbiol. Immunol. 80: Eur. J. Soil Biol. 30: 35–42. 445–452. Hewetson, L., H.M. Dunn and N.W. Dunn. 1978. Evidence for a trans- Henrici, A.T. and D.E. Johnson. 1935. Studies on freshwater bacteria. II. missible catabolic plasmid in Pseudomonas putida encoding the deg- Stalked bacteria, a new order of schizomycetes. J. Bacteriol. 30: 61– radation of p-cresol via the protocatechuate ortho-cleavage pathway. 93. Genet. Res. 32: 249–255. Henricks, P.A., G.J. Binkhorst, A.A. Drijver and F.P. Nijkamp. 1992. Pas- Hickman, F.W. and J.J. Farmer, III. 1976. Differentiation of Proteus mi- teurella haemolytica leukotoxin enhances production of leukotriene B4 rabilis by bacteriophage typing and the Dienes reaction. J. Clin. Mi- and 5-hydroxyeicosatetraenoic acid by bovine polymorphonuclear crobiol. 3: 350–353. leukocytes. Infect. Immun. 60: 3238–3243. Hickman, F.W. and J.J. Farmer, III. 1978. Salmonella typhi:Identification, Henriksen, S.D. 1950. A comparison of the phenylpyruvic acid reaction antibiograms, serology, and bacteriophage typing. Amer. J. Med. Tech- and the urease test in the differentiation of Proteus from other enteric nol. 44: 1149–1159. organisms. J. Bacteriol. 60: 225–231. Hickman, F.W., J.J. Farmer, III, D.G. Hollis, G.R. Fanning, A.G. Steiger- Henriksen, S.D. 1952. Moraxella: classification and taxonomy. J. Gen. Mi- walt, R.E. Weaver and D.J. Brenner. 1982a. Identification of Vibrio crobiol. 6: 318–328. hollisae sp. nov. from patients with diarrhea. J. Clin. Microbiol. 15: Henriksen, S.D. 1969. Proposal of a neotype strain for Moraxella lacunata. 395–401. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 19: 263–265. Hickman, F.W., J.J. Farmer, III, D.G. Hollis, G.R. Fanning, A.G. Steiger- Henriksen, S.D. 1973. Moraxella, Acinetobacter, and the Mimeae. Bacteriol. walt, R.E. Weaver and D.J. Brenner. 1982b. In Validation of new names Rev. 37: 522–561. and new combinations previously effectively published outside the Henriksen, S.D. and K. Bøvre. 1968. The taxonomy of the genera Mo- IJSB. List No. 9. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 32: 384–385. raxella and Neisseria. J. Gen. Microbiol. 51: 387–392. Hickman, F.W., J.J. Farmer, III, A.G. Steigerwalt and D.J. Brenner. 1980. Henriksen, S.D. and K. Jyssum. 1961. A study of some Pasteurella strains Unusual groups of Morganella (“Proteus”) morganii isolated from clin- from the human respiratory tract. Acta Pathol. Microbiol. Scand. 51: ical specimens: lysine-positive and ornithine-negative biogroups. J. 354–368. Clin. Microbiol. 12: 88–94. Herbert, M.A., D. Crook and E.R. Moxon. 1998. Molecular methods for Hickman, F.W., A.G. Steigerwalt, J.J. Farmer, III and D.J. Brenner. 1982c. Haemophilus influenza. In Woodford and Johnson (Editors), Molecular Identification of Proteus penneri sp. nov., formerly known as Proteus Bacteriology: Protocols and Clinical Applications, Humana Press, To- vulgaris indole negative or as Proteus vulgaris biogroup 1. J. Clin. Mi- towa, N.J. 243–263. crobiol. 15: 1097–1102. Herbert, R.B. and R.G. Holliman. 1964. Aeruginosin B. A naturally oc- Hickman, F.W., A.G. Steigerwalt, J.J. Farmer, III and D.J. Brenner. 1983. curring phenazinesulfonic acid. Proc. Chem. Soc. 1964: 19. In Validation of the publication of new names and new combinations Herbst, E.J. and E.E. Snell. 1949. The nutritional requirements of Hae- previously effectively published outside the IJSB. List No. 10. Int. J. mophilus parainfluenzae. J. Bacteriol. 58: 379–386. Syst. Bacteriol. 33: 438–440. Herendeen, S.L., R.A. VanBogelen and F.C. Neidhardt. 1979. Levels of Hickman, J. and G. Ashwell. 1966. Isolation of bacterial lipopolysacchar- major proteins of Escherichia coli during growth at different temper- ide from Xanthomonas campestris containing 3-acetamido-3,6-dideoxy- atures. J. Bacteriol. 139: 185–194. d-alactose and d-hamnose. J. Biol. Chem. 241: 1424–1428. Herman, N.J. and E. Juni. 1974. Isolation and characterization of a gen- Hickman-Brenner, F.W., G.R. Fanning, M.J. Arduino, D.J. Brenner and eralized transducing bacteriophage for Acinetobacter. J. Virol. 13: 46– J.J. Farmer, III. 1988a. Aeromonas schubertii, a new mannitol-negative 52. species found in human clinical specimens. J. Clin. Microbiol. 26: Herna´ndez, J., M.A. Ferrus, M. Hernandez and R.J. Owen. 1997. Arbitrary 1561–1564. primed PCR fingerprinting and serotyping of clinical Pseudomonas Hickman-Brenner, F.W., G.R. Fanning, M.J. Arduino, D.J. Brenner and aeruginosa strains. FEMS Immunol. Med. Microbiol. 17: 37–47. J.J. Farmer, III. 1989. In Validation of the publication of new names Heron, S.J.E., J.F. Wilkinson and C.M. Duffus. 1993. Enterobacteria as- and new combinations previously effectively published outside the sociated with grass and silages. J. Appl. Bacteriol. 75: 13–17. IJSB. List No. 29. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 39: 205–206. Herrington, D.A., S. Tzipori, R.M. Robins-Browne, B.D. Tall and M.M. Hickman-Brenner, F.W., G.R. Fanning, H.E. Mu¨ller and D.J. Brenner. Levine. 1987. In vitro and in vivo pathogenicity of Plesiomonas shigel- 1986. Priority of Providencia rustigianii Hickman-Brenner, Farmer, Stei- loides. Infect. Immun. 55: 979–985. gerwalt, and Brenner 1985 over Providencia friedericiana Muller 1983. Herriott, R.M., E.Y. Meyer, M. Vogt and M. Modan. 1970. Defined me- Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 36: 565. dium for growth of Haemophilus influenzae. J. Bacteriol. 101: 513–516. Hickman-Brenner, F.W., J.J. Farmer, III, A.G. Steigerwalt and D.J. Bren- Hertman, I. 1964. Bacteriophage common to Pasteurella pestis and Esch- ner. 1983a. In Validation of the publication of new names and new erichia coli. J. Bacteriol. 88: 1002–1005. combinations previously effectively published outside the IJSB. List. Herwaldt, L.A., G.W. Gorman, T. McGrath, S. Toma, B. Brake, A.W. No. 11. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 33: 672–674. Hightower, J. Jones, A.L. Reingold, P.A. Boxer, P.W. Tang, C.W. Moss, Hickman-Brenner, F.W., J.J. Farmer, III, A.G. Steigerwalt and D.J. Bren- H. Wilkinson, D.J. Brenner, A.G. Steigerwalt and C.V. Broome. 1984a. ner. 1983b. Providencia rustigianii: a new species in the family Entero- A new Legionella species, Legionella feeleii species nova, causes Pontiac bacteriaceae formerly known as Providencia alcalifaciens biogroup 3. J. fever in an automobile plant. Ann. Intern. Med. 100: 333–338. Clin. Microbiol. 17: 1057–1060. Herwaldt, L.A., G.W. Gorman, T. McGrath, S. Toma, B. Brake, A.W. Hickman-Brenner, F.W., G.P. Huntley-Carter, G.R. Fanning, D.J. Brenner Hightower, J. Jones, A.L. Reingold, P.A. Boxer, P.W. Tang, C.W. Moss, and J.J. Farmer. 1985a. Koserella trabulsii, a new genus and species of H. Wilkinson, D.J. Brenner, A.G. Steigerwalt and C.V. Broome. 1984b. Enterobacteriaceae formerly known as enteric group-45. J. Clin. Micro- In Validation of the publication of new names and new combinations biol. 21: 39–42. previously effectively published outside the IJSB. List No. 15. Int. J. Hickman-Brenner, F.W., G.P. Huntley-Carter, Y. Saitoh, A.G. Steigerwalt, Syst. Bacteriol. 34: 355–357. J.J. Farmer, III and D.J. Brenner. 1984a. Moellerella wisconsensis, a new Herzer, P.J., S. Inouye, M. Inouye and T.S. Whittam. 1990. Phylogenetic genus and species of Enterobacteriaceae found in human stool speci- distribution of branched RNA-linked multicopy single-stranded DNA mens. J. Clin. Microbiol. 19: 460–463. among natural isolates of Escherichia coli. J. Bacteriol. 172: 6175–6181. Hickman-Brenner, F.W., G.P. Huntley-Carter, Y. Saitoh, A.G. Steigerwalt, 980 BIBLIOGRAPHY

J.J. Farmer, III and D.J. Brenner. 1984b. Moellerella wisconsensis, gen. nitrogenase in Klebsiella pneumoniae exposed to low concentrations of nov., spec. nov., a new member of Enterobacteriaceae found in human oxygen. J. Gen. Microbiol. 130: 1061–1067. stools. 84th Annual Meeting of the American Society for Microbiology, Himmelreich, C.A., S.J. Barenkamp and G.A. Storch. 1985. Comparison American Society for Microbiology. C246. of methods for serotyping isolates of Haemophilus influenzae. J. Clin. Hickman-Brenner, F.W., G.P. Huntley-Carter, Y. Saitoh, A.G. Steigerwalt, Microbiol. 21: 158–160. J.J. Farmer, III and D.J. Brenner. 1984c. In Validation of the publi- Hinchliffe, E. and A. Vivian. 1980. Naturally occurring plasmids in Aci- cation of new names and new combinations previously effectively pub- netobacter calcoaceticus: a P class R factor of restricted host range. J. lished outside the IJSB. List No. 15. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 34: 355– Gen. Microbiol. 116: 75–80. 357. Hinde, R. 1971a. The control of the mycetome symbiotes of the aphids Hickman-Brenner, F.W., K.L. Macdonald, A.G. Steigerwalt, G.R. Fanning, Brevicoryne brassicae, Myzus persicae and Macrosiphum rosae. J. Insect Phys- D.J. Brenner and J.J. Farmer, III. 1987. Aeromonas veronii, a new or- iol. l7: 1791–1800. nithine decarboxylase-positive species that may cause diarrhea. J. Clin. Hinde, R. 1971b. The fine structure of the mycetome symbiotes of the Microbiol. 25: 900–906. aphids Brevicoryne brassicae, Myzus persicae, and Macrosiphum rosae.J. Hickman-Brenner, F.W., K.L. Macdonald, A.G. Steigerwalt, G.R. Fanning, Insect Physiol. 17: 2035–2050. D.J. Brenner and J.J. Farmer, III. 1988b. In Validation of the publi- Hingorani, M.K. and N.J. Singh. 1959. Xanthomonas punicae sp. nov. on cation of new names and new combinations previously effectively pub- Punica granatum L. Indian J. Agr. Sci. 29: 45–48. lished outside the IJSB. List No. 25. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 38: 220– Hinojosa-Ahumada, M., B. Swaminathan, S.B. Hunter, D.N. Cameron, 222. J.A. Kiehlbauch, I.K. Wachsmuth and N.A. Strockbine. 1991. Restric- Hickman-Brenner, F.W., M.P. Vohra, G.P. Huntley-Carter, G.R. Fanning, tion fragment length polymorphisms in rRNA operons for subtyping V.A.I. Lowery, D.J. Brenner and J.J. Farmer, III. 1985b. Leminorella,a Shigella sonnei. J. Clin. Microbiol. 29: 2380–2384. Hinton, D.M. and C.W. Bacon. 1995. Enterobacter cloacae is an endophytic new genus of Enterobacteriaceae: identification of Leminorella grimontii symbiont of corn. Mycopathologia. 129: 117–125. sp. nov. and Leminorella richardii sp. nov. found in clinical specimens. Hinz, K.H. 1973. Beitra¨g zu¨r Differenzierung von Haemophilus Sta¨mmen J. Clin. Microbiol. 21: 234–239. aus Huhnern. 1. Mitteilung: Kulturelle und biochemische Untersu- Hickman-Brenner, F.W., M.P. Vohra, G.P. Huntley-Carter, G.R. Fanning, chungen. Avian Pathol. 2: 211–229. V.A.I. Lowery, D.J. Brenner and J.J. Farmer, III. 1985c. In Validation Hinz, K.H. 1980. Heat-stable antigenic determinants of Haemophilus pa- of the publication of new names and new combinations previously ragallinarum. Zentralbl. Veterinamed. 27: 668–676. effectively published outside the IJSB. List No. 18. Int. J. Syst. Bac- Hinz, K.H. and C. Kunjara. 1977. Haemophilus avium, a new species from teriol. 35: 375–376. chickens. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 27: 324–329. High, N.J., M.P. Jennings and E.R. Moxon. 1996. Tandem repeats of the Hinz, K.H. and H.E. Mu¨ller. 1977. Neuraminidase und N-Acylneuraminat- tetramer 5Ј-CAAT-3Ј present in lic2A are required for phase variation Pyruvat-Lyase bei Haemophilus paragallinarum und Haemophilus par- but not lipopolysaccharide biosynthesis in Haemophilus influenzae. Mol. avium n. sp. Zentralbl. Bakteriol. Parasitenkd. Infektionskr. Hyg. I Abt. Microbiol. 20: 165–174. Orig. A 237: 72–79. Higuchi, K. and J.L. Smith. 1961. Studies on the nutrition and physiology Hinze, G. 1903. Thiophysa volutans, ein neues Schwefelbakterium. Ber. of Pasteurella pestis: Vl. A differential plating medium for the estimation Dtsch. Bot. Ges. 31: 309–316. of the mutation rate to avirulence. J. Bacteriol. 81: 605–608. Hinze, H. 1901. U¨ ber den Bau der Zellen von Beggiatoa mirabilis Cohn. Hildebrand, D.C. 1971. Pectate and pectin gels for differentiation of Ber. Dtsch. Bot. Ges. 19: 369–374. Pseudomonas sp. and other bacterial plant pathogens. Phytopathology Hippe, H., A. Hagelstein, I. Kramer, J. Swiderski and E. Stackebrandt. 61: 1430–1436. 1999. Phylogenetic analysis of Formivibrio citricus, Propionivibrio dicar- Hildebrand, D.C., O.C. Huisman and M.N. Schroth. 1984. Use of DNA boxylicus, Anaerobiospirillum thomasii, Succinimonas amylolytica and Suc- hybridization values to construct 3-dimensional models of fluorescent cinivibrio dextrinosolvens and proposal for Succinivibrionaceae fam. nov. pseudomonad relationships. Can. J. Microbiol. 30: 306–315. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 49: 779-782. Hildebrand, D.C., N.J. Palleroni, M. Hendson, J. Toth and J.L. Johnson. Hiraishi, A. and Y. Ueda. 1994. Intrageneric structure of the genus Rho- 1994. Pseudomonas flavescens sp. nov., isolated from walnut blight can- dobacter: transfer of Rhodobacter sulfidophilus and related marine species kers. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 44: 410–415. to the genus Rhodovulum gen. nov. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 44: 15–23. Hildebrand, D.C., N.J. Palleroni and M.N. Schroth. 1990. DNA related- Hirsch, P. 1973. Fine structure of Thiopedia spp. Abstracts of Symposium ness of 24 xanthomonad strains representing 23 Xanthomonas cam- on Prokaryotic Photosynthetic Organisms, Freiburg. pp. 184–185. pestris pathovars and Xanthomonas fragariae. J. Appl. Bacteriol. 68: 263– Hirsch, P. 1981. the genus Nevskia. In Starr, Stolp, Tru¨per, Balows and 270. Schlegel (Editors), The Prokaryotes: A Handbook on Habitats, Iso- Hildebrand, D.C. and M.N. Schroth. 1967. A new species of Erwinia lation, and Identification of Bacteria, Springer-Verlag, Berlin. 521– causing the drippy nut disease of live oaks. Phytopathology 57: 250– 523. 253. Hirsch, P. 1992. The genus Nevskia. In Balows, Tru¨per, Dworkin, Harder Hill, B.L. and A.H. Purcell. 1995a. Acquisition and retention of Xylella and Schleifer (Editors), The Prokaryotes. A Handbook on the Biology fastidiosa by an efficient vector, Graphocephala atropunctata. Phytopa- of Bacteria: Ecophysiology, Isolation, Identification, Applications.,Vol. thology 85: 209–212. 4, Springer-Verlag, New York. 4089–4092. Hill, B.L. and A.H. Purcell. 1995b. Multiplication and movement of Xylella Hirschfeld, L. 1919. A new germ of paratyphoid. Lancet 196: 296–297. fastidiosa within grapevine and four other plants. Phytopathology 85: Hirvela¨-Koski, V., P. Koski and H. Niiranen. 1994. Biochemical properties 1368–1372. and drug resistance of Aeromonas salmonicida in Finland. Dis. Aquat. Hill, B.L. and A.H. Purcell. 1997. Populations of Xylella fastidiosa in plants Org. 20: 191–196. required for transmission by an efficient vector. Phytopathology 87: Hisatsune, K., S. Kondo, Y. Isshiki, T. Iguchi, Y. Kawamata and T. Shimada. 1197–1201. 1993. O-antigenic lipopolysaccharide of Vibrio cholerae O139 Bengal, Hill, K.R., F.H. Caselitz and L.M. Moody. 1954. A case of acute, metastatic a new epidemic strain for recent cholera in the Indian subcontinent. myosistis caused by a new organism of the family Pseudomonodaceae:a Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 196: 1309–1315. preliminary report. W. Ind. Med. J. 3: 9–11. Hitchins, V.M. and H.L. Sadoff. 1970. Morphogenesis of cysts in Azoto- Hill, P., D.S. Saunders and J.A. Campbell. 1973. The production of “sym- bacter vinelandii. J Bacteriol. 104: 492–498.. biont-free” Glossina morsitans and an associated loss of female fertility. Hlady, W.G. and K.C. Klontz. 1996. The epidemiology of Vibrio infections Trans. R. Soc. Trop. Med. Hyg. 67: 727–728. in Florida, 1981–1993. J. Infect. Dis. 173: 1176–1183. Hill, S., G.L. Turner and F.J. Bergersen. 1984. Synthesis and activity of Ho, A.S., I. Sohel and G.K. Schoolnik. 1992. Cloning and characterization BIBLIOGRAPHY 981

of fxp, the flexible pilin gene of Aeromonas hydrophila. Mol. Microbiol. mers 1919. In Buchanan and Gibbons (Editors), Bergey’s Manual of 6: 2725–2732. Determinative Bacteriology, 8th Ed., The Williams & Wilkins Co., Ho, T., K.K. Htwe, N. Yamasaki, G.Q. Zhang, M. Ogawa, T. Yamaguchi, Baltimore. pp. 385–404. H. Fukushi and K. Hirai. 1995. Isolation of Coxiella burnetii from dairy Holding, A.J. and J.G. Collee. 1971. Routine biochemical tests. In Norris cattle and ticks, and some characteristics of the isolates in Japan. and Ribbons (Editors), Methods Microbiol., Vol. 6A, Academic Press, Microbiol. Immunol. 39: 663–671. New York. 1–33. Hobbs, M., B.P. Dalrymple, P.T. Cox, S.P. Livingstone, S.F. Delaney and Holland, D.F. 1920. V. Generic index of the commoner forms of bacteria. J.S. Mattick. 1991. Organization of the fimbrial gene region of Bac- In Winslow, C.E.A., J. Broadhurst, R.E. Buchanan, L.A. Rogers and teroides nodosus: class I and class II strains. Mol. Microbiol. 5: 543–560. G.H. Smith (Editors), The families and genera of the bacteria, Vol. Hobbs, M. and P.R. Reeves. 1994. The JUMPstart sequence: a 39 bp 5, J. Bacteriol. 191–229. element common to several polysaccharide gene clusters. Mol. Mi- Holla¨nder, R. 1976. Energy metabolism of some representatives of the crobiol. 12: 855–856. Haemophilus group. Antonie van Leeuwenhoek J. Microbiol. Serol. 42: Hochster, R.M. and N.B. Madsen. 1959. The breakdown of adenosine 429–444. phosphates in extracts of Xanthomonas phaseoli. Can. J. Biochem. Phys- Hollick, G.E., F.S. Nolte, B.J. Calnan, J.L. Penner, L.J. Barton and A. iol. 37: 639–649. Spellacy. 1984. Characterization of endemic Providencia stuartii isolates Hochster, R.M. and C.G. Nozzolillo. 1960. Respiratory carriers and the from patients with urinary devices. Eur. J. Clin. Microbiol. 3: 521– nature of the reduced diphosphopyridine nucleotide oxidase system 525. in Xanthomonas phaseoli. Can. J. Biochem. Physiol. 38: 79–93. Holliman, F.G. 1957. Pigments of a red strain of Pseudomonas aeruginosa. Hodinka, N.E., L.A. Eriquez and A.P. Jones. 1991. The enzymatic char- Chem. Ind. 28: 1668. acterization of Leminorella species. 91st General Meeting of the Amer- Hollis, D.G., F.W. Hickman and G.R. Fanning. 1982. In Validation of the ican Society for Microbiology, Dallas, Texas. p. 376. publication of new names and new combinations previously effectively Hoffman, P.S., L. Pine and S. Bell. 1983. Production of superoxide and published outside the IJSB. List No. 8. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 32: 266– hydrogen peroxide in medium used to culture Legionella pneumophila: 268. catalytic decomposition by charcoal. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 45: Hollis, D.G., F.W. Hickman, G.R. Fanning, D.J. Brenner and R.E. Weaver. 784–791. 1980. EF-9: A newly described group of Enterobacteriaceae. Abstr. Ann. Ho¨fle, M.G. 1988. Identification of bacteria by low-molecular weight RNA Meet. Am. Soc. Microbiol., Abstract C 122, p. 295. profiles - a new chemotaxonomic approach. J. Microbiol. Methods 8: Hollis, D.G., F.W. Hickman, G.R. Fanning, J.J. Farmer, III, R.E. Weaver 235–248. and D.J. Brenner. 1981. Tatumella ptyseos gen. nov., sp. nov., a member Ho¨fle, M.G. 1990. Transfer RNA as genotypic fingerprints of eubacteria. of the family Enterobacteriaceae found in clinical specimens. J. Clin. Arch. Microbiol. 153: 299–304. Microbiol. 14: 79–88. Ho¨fle, M.G. 1991. Rapid genotyping of pseudomonads by using low- Hollis, D.G., R.E. Weaver, C.N. Baker and C. Thornsberry. 1976. Halo- molecular-weight RNA profiles. In Galli, Silver and Witholt (Editors), philic Vibrio species isolated from blood cultures. J. Clin. Microbiol. Pseudomonas Molecular Biology and Biotechnology, American Society 3: 426–431. for Microbiology, Washington D.C. 116–126. Hollis, D.G., R.E. Weaver, A.G. Steigerwalt, J.D. Wenger, C.W. Moss and Ho¨fle, M.G. and I. Brettar. 1996. Genotyping of heterotrophic bacteria D.J. Brenner. 1989. Francisella philomiragia, comb. nov. (formerly Yer- from the central Baltic sea by use of low-molecular-weight RNA pro- sinia philomiragia) and Francisella tularensis biovar novicida (formerly files. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 62: 1383–1390. Franciscella novicida) associated with human disease. J. Clin. Microbiol. Hogenhout, S.A., F. van der Wilk, M. Verbeek, R.W. Goldbach and J.F.J.M. 27: 1601–1608. van den Heuvel. 1998. Potato leafroll virus binds to the equatorial Hollis, D.G., R.E. Weaver, A.G. Steigerwalt, J.D. Wenger, C.W. Moss and domain of the aphid endosymbiotic groEL homolog. J. Virol. 72: 358– D.J. Brenner. 1990. In Validation of the publication of new names 365. and new combinations previously effectively published outside the Høiby, N. 1975. Cross-reactions between Pseudomonas aeruginosa and IJSB. List No. 32. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 40: 105–106. thirty-six other bacterial species. Scand. J. Immunol. 4: 187–196. Holloway, B.W., U. Ro¨mling and B. Tu¨mmler. 1994. Genomic mapping Høiby, N. 1979. Immunity-humoral response. In Doggett (Editor), Pseu- of Pseudomonas aeruginosa PAO. Microbiology 140: 2907–2929. domonas aeruginosa. Clinical manifestations of infection and current Holm, P. 1954. The influence of carbon dioxide on the growth of Acti- therapy, Academic Press, New York. 157–189. nobacillus actinomycetemcomitans (Bacterium actinomycetemcomitans (Klin- Hoie, S., M. Heum and O.F. Thoresen. 1997. Evaluation of a polymerase ger 1912)). Acta Pathol. Microbiol. Scand. 34: 235–248. chain reaction-based assay for the detection of Aeromonas salmonicida Holmberg, S.D. and J.J. Farmer, III. 1984. Aeromonas hydrophila and Ple- subsp. salmonicida in Atlantic salmon Salmo salar. Dis. Aquat. Org. siomonas shigelloides as causes of intestinal infections. Rev. Infect. Dis. 30: 27–35. 6: 633–639. Hoiseth, S.K., P.G. Corn and J. Anders. 1992. Amplification status of Holmberg, S.D., W.L. Schell, G.R. Fanning, I.K. Wachsmuth, F.W. Hick- capsule genes in Haemophilus influenzae type b clinical isolates. J. Infect. man-Brenner, P.A. Blake, D.J. Brenner and J.J. Farmer, III. 1986a. Dis. 165 (Suppl 1): S114. Aeromonas intestinal infections in the USA. Ann. Intern. Med. 105: Hokawat, S. and K. Rudolph. 1991. Variation in pathogenicity and vir- 683–689. ulence of strains of Xanthomonas campestris pv. glycines, the incitant of Holmberg, S.D., I.K. Wachsmuth, F.W. Hickman-Brenner, P.A. Blake and bacterial pustule of soybean. J. Phytopathol. (Berl.) 131: 73–83. J.J. Farmer, III. 1986b. Plesiomonas enteric infections in the United Holdeman, L.V., E.P. Cato and W.E.C. Moore. 1977. Anaerobe Laboratory States. Ann. Intern. Med. 105: 690–694. Manual, Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University, Blacks- Holmes, A.J., A. Costello, M.E. Lidstrom and J.C. Murrell. 1995a. Evi- burg, VA. dence that particulate methane monooxygenase and ammonia mono- Holdeman, L., R.W. Kelly and W.E.C. Moore. 1984a. Family I. Bactero- oxygenase may be evolutionarily related. FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 132: idaceae. In Krieg and Holt (Editors), Bergey’s Manual of Systematic 203–208. Bacteriology, 1st Ed., Vol. 1, The Williams & Wilkins Co., Baltimore. Holmes, A.J., N.J. Owens and J.C. Murrell. 1995b. Detection of novel pp. 602–631. marine methanotrophs using phylogenetic and functional gene Holdeman, L.V., R.W. Kelly and W.E.C. Moore. 1984b. Genus I. Bacter- probes after methane enrichment. Microbiology 141: 1947–1955. oides. In Krieg and Holt (Editors), Bergey’s Manual of Systematic Holmes, B. 1998. Actinobacillus, Pasteurella and Eikenella. In Collier, Balows Bacteriology, 1st Ed., Vol. 1, The Williams & Wilkins Co., Baltimore. and Sussman (Editors), Topley & Wilson’s Microbiology and Micro- pp. 604–631. bial Infections, 9th Ed., Vol. 2, Arnold, London. pp. 1191–1215. Holdeman, L.V. and W.E.C. Moore. 1974. Bacteroides Castellani and Chal- Holmes, B., M. Costas and L.L. Sloss. 1988. Numerical analysis of elec- 982 BIBLIOGRAPHY

trophoretic protein patterns of Providencia alcalifaciens strains from Hood, M.A., J.B. Guckert, D.C. White and F. Deck. 1986. Effect of nutrient human faeces and veterinary specimens. J. Appl. Bacteriol. 64: 27– deprivation on lipid, carbohydrate, DNA, RNA, and protein levels in 35. Vibrio cholerae. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 52: 788–793. Holmes, B., S.P. Lapage and H. Maluick. 1975. Strains of Pseudomonas Hood, M.A., G.E. Ness, G.E. Rodrick and N.J. Blake. 1984. The ecology putrefaciens from clinical material. J. Clin. Pathol. 28: 149–155. of Vibrio cholerae in two Florida estuaries. In Colwell (Editor), Vibrios Holmes, B., R.J. Owen and T.A. McMeekin. 1984. Genus Flavobacterium. in the Environment, John Wiley and Sons, New York. pp. 399–409. In Krieg and Holt (Editors), Bergey’s Manual of Systematic Bacteri- Hoogkamp-Korstanje, J.A. 1987. Antibiotics in Yersinia enterocolitica infec- ology, 1st Ed., Vol. 1, The Williams & Wilkins Co., Baltimore. pp. 353– tions. J. Antimicrob. Chemother. 20: 123–131. 360. Hookey, J.V., R.J. Birtles and N.A. Saunders. 1995. Intergenic 16S rRNA Holmes, B., A.G. Steigerwalt, R.E. Weaver and D.J. Brenner. 1987. Chry- gene (rDNA)–23S rDNA sequence length polymorphisms in members seomonas luteola, comb. nov. and Flavimonas oryzihabitans, gen.nov., of the family Legionellaceae. J. Clin. Microbiol. 33: 2377–2381. comb. nov., Pseudomonas-like species from human clinical specimens Hookey, J.V., N.A. Saunders, N.K. Fry, R.J. Birtles and T.G. Harrison. and formerly known, respectively, as groups Ve-1 and Ve-2. Int. J. Syst. 1996. Phylogeny of Legionellaceae based on small-subunit ribosomal Bacteriol. 37: 245–250. DNA sequences and proposal of Legionella lytica comb. nov. for Le- Holmes, P., L.M. Niccols and D.P. Sartory. 1996. The ecology of meso- gionella-like amoebal pathogens. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 46: 526–531. philic Aeromonas in the aquatic environment. In Austin, Altwegg, Gos- Hoover, T.A. and J.C. Williams. 1990. Characterization of Coxiella burnetii ling and Joseph (Editors), The Genus Aeromonas, John Wiley and Sons, pyrB. Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 590: 485–490. Ltd., Chichester. pp. 127–150. Hopkins, D.L. 1984. Variability of virulence in grapevine among isolates Holmes, P. and L.N. Nicolls. 1995. Aeromonads in drinking water supplies of the Pierce’s disease bacterium. Phytopathology 74: 1395–1398. — their occurrence and significance. J. Chartered Inst. Water Envi- Hopkins, D.L. 1988a. Natural hosts of Xylella fastidiosa in Florida. Plant ron. Manag. 9: 464–469. Dis. 72: 429–431. Holmes, P. and D.P. Sartory. 1993. An evaluation of media for the mem- Hopkins, D.L. 1988b. Xylella fastidiosa and other fastidious bacteria of brane filtration enumeration of Aeromonas from drinking water. Lett. uncertain affiliation. In Schaad (Editor), Laboratory guide for iden- Appl. Microbiol. 17: 58–60. tification of plant pathogenic bacteria, 2nd Ed., APS Press, St. Paul. Holmquist, L. and S. Kjelleberg. 1993. Changes in viability, respiratory pp. 95–103. activity and morphology of the marine Vibrio sp. strain S14 during Hopkins, J.C.F. and W.J. Dowson. 1949. A bacterial leaf and flower disease starvation of individual nutrients and subsequent recovery. FEMS Mi- of Zinnia in Southern Rhodesia. Trans. Brit. Mycol. Soc. 32: 252–254. crobiol. Ecol. 12: 215–224. Hopkins, K.L. and A.C. Hilton. 2001. Optimization of random amplifi- Holst, E., J. Rollof, L. Larsson and J.P. Nielsen. 1992. Characterization cation of polymorphic DNA analysis for molecular subtyping of Esch- and distribution of Pasteurella species recovered from infected hu- erichia coli O157. Lett. Appl. Microbiol. 32: 126–130. mans. J. Clin. Microbiol. 30: 2984–2987. Hoppe, J.E., M. Herter, S. Aleksic, T. Klingebiel and D. Niethammer. Holstro¨m, C., S. James, B.A. Neilan, D.C. White and S. Kjelleberg. 1998. 1993. Catheter-related Rahnella aquatilis bacteremia in a pediatric Pseudoalteromonas tunicata sp. nov., a bacterium that produces anti- bone marrow transplant recipient. J. Clin. Microbiol. 31: 1911–1912. fouling agents. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 48: 1205–1212. Hori, S. 1911. A bacterial leaf-disease of tropical orchids. Zentbl. Bak- Holt, J.G., N.R. Krieg, P.H.A. Sneath, J.T. Staley and S.T. Williams (Edi- teriol. Parasitenkd. Infektkrankh. Hyg. Abt. II 31: 85–92. tors). 1994. Bergey’s Manual of Determinative Bacteriology, 9th Ed., The Williams & Wilkins Co., Baltimore. Hori, S. 1915. An important disease of tea plants caused by a bacterium. Holt, S.C., A.C.R. Tanner and S.S. Socransky. 1980. Morphology and J. Plant Protect. Tokyo 2: 1–7. ultrastructure of oral strains of Actinobacillus actinomycetemcomitans and Horie, S., Y. Yanagida, K. Saheki, A. Hiraishi and K. Cho. 1985. Occur- Haemophilus aphrophilus. Infect. Immun. 30: 588–600. rence of Rahnella aquatilis, psychrotrophic coliforms, in mountains Holtel, A., S. Marque´s,I.Mo¨hler, U. Jakubzik and K.N. Timmis. 1994. soils. J. Food Hyg. Soc. Jpn. 26: 573–578. Carbon source-dependent inhibition of xyl operon expression of the Horino, O. 1973. Ultrastructure of Xanthomonas oryzae and its morpho- Pseudomonas putida TOL plasmid. J. Bacteriol. 176: 1773–1776. logical changes by chemical treatment. Ann. Phytopathol. Soc. Jpn. Holtwick, R., F. Meinhardt and H. Keweloh. 1997. Cis-trans isomerization 39: 14–26. of unsaturated fatty acids: Cloning and sequencing of the cti gene Horisberger, M. 1977. Structure of the peptidoglycans of Moraxella glu- from Pseudomonas putida P8. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 63: 4292–4297. cidolytica and Moraxella lwoffi grown on hydrocarbons. Arch. Microbiol. Home, M.T., M.F. Tather and R.J. Roberts. 1984. Enteric redmouth: a 112: 297–302. threat or a promise? Fish Farming Int. 2: 12. Hormaeche, E. and P.R. Edwards. 1958. Observations on the genus Aero- Honda, S.L., I. Goto, I. Minematsu, N. Ikeda, N. Asano, M. Ishibashi, Y. bacter with a description of two species. Int. Bull. Bacteriol. Nomencl. Kinoshita, M. Nishibuchi, T. Honda and T. Miwatani. 1987. Gastro- Taxon. 8: 111–115. enteritis due to Kanagawa negative . Lancet 1: Hormaeche, E. and P.R. Edwards. 1960a. Proposal for the rejection of 331–332. the generic name Cloaca Castellani and Chambers, and proposal of Honda, T., K. Kasemsuksakul, T. Oguchi, M. Kohda and T. Miwatani. Enterobacter as a generic name with designation of type species and 1988. Production and partial characterization of pili on non-O1 Vibrio its type culture. Int. Bull. Bacteriol. Nomencl. Taxon. 10: 75–76. cholerae. J. Infect. Dis. 157: 217–218. Hormaeche, E. and P.R. Edwards. 1960b. A proposed genus Enterobacter. Honma, Y., M. Ikema, C. Toma, M. Ehara and M. Iwanaga. 1997. Mo- Int. Bull. Bacteriol. Nomen. Taxon. 10: 71–74. lecular analysis of a filamentous phage (fsl) of Vibrio cholerae O139. Hormaeche, E. and M. Munilla. 1957. Biochemical tests for the differ- Biochim. Biophys. Acta 1362: 109–115. entiation of Klebsiella and Cloaca. Int. Bull. Bacteriol. Nomencl. Taxon. Honma, Y. and N. Nakasone. 1990. Pili of Aeromonas hydrophila: purifi- 7: 1–20. cation, characterization, and biological role. Microbiol. Immunol. 34: Hornstein, M.J., A.M. Jupeau, M.R. Scavizzi, A.M. Philippon and P.A. 83–98. Grimont. 1985. In vitro susceptibilities of 126 clinical isolates of Yer- Hood, A.M. 1977. Virulence factors of Francisella tularensis. J. Hyg. 79: sinia enterocolitica to 21 beta-lactam antibiotics. Antimicrob. Agents 47–60. Chemother. 27: 806–811. Hood, D.W., M.E. Deadman, T. Allen, H. Masoud, A. Martin, J.R. Brisson, Hoshina, T. 1962. On a new bacterium, Paracolobactrum anguillimortiferum R. Fleischmann, J.C. Venter, J.C. Richards and E.R. Moxon. 1996. Use n. sp. Bull. Jpn. Soc. Sci. Fish. 28: 162–164. of the complete genome sequence information of Haemophilus influ- Hosseini, P.K. and K.H. Nealson. 1995. Symbiotic luminous soil bacteria: enzae strain Rd to investigate lipopolysaccharide biosynthesis. Mol. unusual regulation for an unusual niche. Photochem. Photobiol. 62: Microbiol. 22: 951–965. 633–640. BIBLIOGRAPHY 983

Hou, C.T. (Editor). 1984. Methylotrophs: microbiology, biochemistry, Huang, M., F.B. Oppermann and A. Steinbu¨chel. 1994. Molecular char- and genetics, CRC Press, Boca Raton, Florida. acterization of the Pseudomonas putida 2,3-butanediol catabolic path- Houk, E.J. and G.W. Griffiths. 1980. Intracellular symbiotes of the Hom- way. FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 124: 141–150. optera. Annu. Rev. Entomol. 25: 161–187. Huang, T.C. and M.C. Chang. 1975. Studies on xanthobacidin, a new Houk, E.J., G.W. Griffiths, N.E. Hadjokas and S.D. Beck. 1977. Pepti- antibiotic from Bacillus subtilis active against Xanthomonas. Botan. Bull. doglycan in the cell wall of the primary intracellular symbiote of the Acad. Sin. 16: 137–148. pea aphid. Science 198: 401–403. Huang, T.-C., F.-H. Lin and T.-T. Kuo. 1975. Properties of membrane- Houng, H.S., O. Sethabutr and P. Echeverria. 1997. A simple polymerase bound adenosine triphosphatase from Xanthomonas oryzae Bot. Bull. chain reaction technique to detect and differentiate Shigella and en- Acad. Sinica. 16: 36–44. teroinvasive Escherichia coli in human feces. Diagn. Microbiol. Infect. Huang, W.M. 1996. Bacterial diversity based on type II DNA topoiso- Dis. 28: 19–25. merase genes. Annu. Rev. Genet. 30: 79–107. Houng, H.S. and M.M. Venkatesan. 1998. Genetic analysis of Shigella Hubert, B., A. de Mahenge, F. Grimont, C. Richard, Y. Peloux, C. de sonnei form I antigen: identification of a novel IS630 as an essential Mahenge, J. Fleurette and P.A.D. Grimont. 1991. An outbreak of pneu- element for the form I antigen expression. Microb. Pathog. 25: 165– monia and meningitis caused by a previously undescribed gram-neg- 173. ative bacterium in a hot spring spa. Epidemiol. Infect. 107: 373–381. House, M.L., J.L. Bartholomew, J.R. Winton and J.L. Fryer. 1999. Relative Hudson, H.P., A.A. Lindberg and B.A.D. Stocker. 1978. Lipopolysac- virulence of three isolates of Piscirickettsia salmonis for coho salmon charide core defects in Salmonella typhimurium mutants which are re- Oncorhynchus kisutch. Dis. Aquat. Org. 35: 107–113. sistant to Felix 0 phage but retain smooth character. J. Gen. Microbiol. Hovig, B. and E.H. Aandahl. 1969. A selective method for the isolation 109: 97–112. of Haemophilus in material from the respiratory tract. Acta Pathol. Hudson, M.J., D.G. Hollis, R.E. Weaver and C.G. Galvis. 1987. Relation- Microbiol. Scand. 77: 676–684. ship of CDC group EO-2 and Psychrobacter immobilis. J. Clin. Microbiol. Hovland, M. and A.G. Judd. 1988. Seabed Pockmarks and Seepages. Im- 25: 1907–1910. pact on Geology, Biology, and the Marine Environment, Grahm and Huebner, R.J. and J.A. Bell. 1951. Q fever studies is southern California Trotman, London. : Summary of current results and a discussion of possible control Howard, S.P. 1999. Secretion of aerolysin and other extracellular proteins measures. JAMA. 145: 301–305. by the aeromonad. 6th International Aeromonas/Plesiomonas Sympo- Huettel, M., S. Forster, S. Klo¨ser and H. Fossing. 1996. Vertical migration sium, Chicago, Illinois. p. 14. in the sediment-dwelling sulfur bacteria Thioploca spp. in overcoming Howard, S.P., J. Critch and A. Bedi. 1993. Isolation and analysis of eight diffusion limitations. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 62: 1863–1872. exe genes and their involvement in extracellular protein secretion and Hugas, M. and J. Arnau. 1987. Aparicı´on de manchas de color en la outer membrane assembly in Aeromonas hydrophila. J. Bacteriol. 175: corteza y grasa del jamo´n durante el post-salado. In Arnau, Hugas 6695–6703. and Monfort (Editors), Jamo´n Curado, Aspectos Te´cnicos, Institut de Howard, S.P., S. MacIntyre and J.T. Buckley. 1996. Toxin. In Austin, Alt- Recerca i Tecnologı´a Agroalimenta´ries, Monells, Spain. pp. 179–182. wegg, Gosling and Joseph (Editors), The Genus Aeromonas, John Wiley Huger, A. 1959. Histological observations on the development of crys- and Sons, Ltd., Chichester. pp. 267–286. talline inclusions of the rickettsial disease of Tipula paludosa Meigen. Howarth, R., R.F. Unz, E.M. Seviour, R.J. Seviour, L.L. Blackall, R.W. Pickup, J.G. Jones, J. Yaguchi and I.M. Head. 1999. Phylogenetic re- J. Insect Pathol. 1: 60–66. lationships of filamentous sulfur bacteria (Thiothrix spp. and Eikel- Huger, A. 1962. Zu¨r Genese der Begleitkristalle bei Rickettsiella-lnfekti- boom type 021N bacteria) isolated from wastewater-treatment plants onen von Insekten. Naturwissenschaften 49: 358–360. and description of Thiothrix eikelboomii sp. nov., Thiothrix unzii sp. nov., Huger, A. 1964. Eine Rickettsiose der Orientalischen Schabe, Blatta ori- Thiothrix fructosivorans sp. nov., and Thiothrix defluvii sp. nov. Int. J. entalis L. verursacht durch Rickettsiella blattae nov. spec. Naturwissen- Syst. Bacteriol. 49: 1817–1827. schaften 51: 22. Hsu, T.C., W.D.I. Waltman and E.B. Shotts. 1981. Correlation of extra- Huger, A.M., S.W. Skinner and J.H. Werren. 1985. Bacterial infections cellular enzymatic activity and biochemical characterisitics with regard associated with the son-killer trait in the parasitoid wasp Nasonia vi- to virulence of Aeromonas hydrophila. Int. Symp. Fish. Biol. 49: 101– tripennis (synonym Mormoniella vitripennis) (Hymenoptera: Pteromal- 111. idae). J. Invertebr. Pathol. 46: 272–280. Hu, F.P., J.M. Young, D.E. Stead and M. Goto. 1997. Transfer of Pseu- Hugh, R. 1981. Pseudomonas maltophilia sp. nov., nom. rev. Int. J. Syst. domonas cissicola (Takimoto 1939) Burkholder 1948 to the genus Xan- Bacteriol. 31: 195. thomonas. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 47: 228–230. Hugh, R. and G.L. Gilardi. 1980. Pseudomonas. In Lenette, Balows, Hausler Hu, F.P., J.M. Young and C.M. Triggs. 1991. Numerical analysis and de- and Truant (Editors), Manual of Clinical Microbiology, 3rd Ed., Amer- terminative tests for nonfluorescent plant-pathogenic Pseudomonas ican Society for Microbiology, Washington, D.C. pp. 289–317. spp. and genomic analysis and reclassification of species related to Hugh, R. and P. Ikari. 1964. The proposed neotype strain of Pseudomonas Pseudmonas avenae Manns 1909. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 41: 516–525. alcaligenes Monias (1928). Int. Bull. Bacteriol. Nomencl. Taxon. 14: Hu, N.T., M.N. Hung, S.J. Chiou, F. Tang, D.C. Chiang, H.Y. Huang and 103–107. C.Y. Wu. 1992. Cloning and characterization of a gene required for Hugh, R. and E. Leifson. 1953. The taxonomic significance of fermen- the secretion of extracellular enzymes across the outer membrane by tative versus oxidative metabolism of carbohydrates by various Gram- Xanthomonas campestris pv. campestris. J. Bacteriol. 174: 2679–2687. negative bacteria. J. Bacteriol. 66: 24–26. Huan, P.T., D.A. Bastin, B.L. Whittle, A.A. Lindberg and N.K. Verma. Hugh, R. and E. Ryschenkow. 1960. An Alcaligenes-like Pseudomonas spe- 1997a. Molecular characterization of the genes involved in O-antigen cies. In Bacteriol. Proc., pp. 78. modification, attachment, integration and excision in Shigella flexneri Hugh, R. and E. Ryschenkow. 1961. Pseudomonas maltophila,anAlcaligenes- bacteriophage SfV. Gene 195: 217–227. like species. J. Gen. Microbiol. 26: 123–132. Huan, P.T., B.L. Whittle, D.A. Bastin, A.A. Lindberg and N.K. Verma. Hugh, R. and R. Sakazaki. 1972. Minimal number of characters for the 1997b. Shigella flexneri type-specific antigen V: cloning, sequencing identification of Vibrio species, Vibrio cholerae, and Vibrio parahaemoly- and characterization of the glucosyl transferase gene of temperate ticus. J. Conf. Public Health Lab. Dir. 30: 133–137. bacteriophage SfV. Gene 195: 207–216. Hughes, D.E. and G.W. Pugh, Jr.. 1970. Isolation and description of a Huang, C.Y., J.L. Garcia, B.K.C. Patel, J.L. Cayol, L. Baresi and R.A. Mah. Moraxella from horses with conjunctivitis. Am. J. Vet. Res. 31: 457– 2000. Salinivibrio costicola subsp. vallismortis subsp. nov., a halotolerant 462. facultative anaerobe from Death Valley, and emended description of Hughes, H.P., M. Campos, L. McDougall, T.K. Beskorwayne, A.A. Potter Salinivibrio costicola. Int. J. Syst. Evol. Microbiol. 50: 615–622. and L.A. Babiuk. 1994. Regulation of major histocompatibility com- 984 BIBLIOGRAPHY

plex class II expression by Pasteurella haemolytica leukotoxin. Infect. Hurtado, A. and F. Rodriguez-Valera. 1999. Accessory DNA in the ge- Immun. 62: 1609–1615. nomes of representatives of the Escherichia coli reference collection. Hugouvieux-Cotte-Pattat, N., G. Condemine, W. Nasser and S. Reverchon. J. Bacteriol. 181: 2548–2554. 1996. Regulation of pectinolysis in Erwinia chrysanthemi. Annu. Rev. Hurvell, B. and A.A. Lindberg. 1973. Serological cross-reactions between Microbiol. 50: 213–257. different Brucella species and Yersinia enterocolitica. Immunochemical Hugouvieux-Cotte-Pattat, N., W. Nasser and J. Robert-Baudouy. 1994. Mo- studies on phenol-water-extracted lipopolysaccharides from Brucella lecular characterization of the Erwinia chrysanthemi kdgK gene involved abortus and Yersinia enterocolitica type IX. Acta Pathol. Microbiol. Scand. in pectin degradation. J. Bacteriol. 176: 2386–2392. B81: 113–119. Hugouvieux-Cotte-Pattat, N. and J. Robert-Baudouy. 1985. Isolation of Husain, D.R., M. Goutx, M. Acquaviva, M. Gilewicz and J.C. Bertrand. kdgK-lac and kdgA-lac gene fusions in the phytopathogenic bacterium 1997a. The effect of temperature on eicosane substrate uptake modes Erwinia chrysanthemi. J. Gen. Microbiol. 131: 1205–1212. by a marine bacterium Pseudomonas nautica strain 617: relationship Huisman, G.W., O. Deleeuw, G. Eggink and B. Witholt. 1989. Synthesis with the biochemical content of cells and supernatants. World J. Mi- of poly-3-hydroxyalkanoates is a common feature of fluorescent pseu- crobiol. Biotechnol. 13: 587–590. domonads. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 55: 1949–1954. Husain, D.R., M. Goutx, C. Bezac, M. Gilewicz and J.C. Bertrand. 1997b. Hull, S. 1997. Escherichia coli lipopolysaccharide in pathogenesis and vir- Morphological adaptation of Pseudomonas nautica strain 617 to growth ulence. In Sussman (Editor), Escherichia coli: Mechanisms of Virulence, on eicosane and modes of eicosane uptake. Lett. Appl. Microbiol. 24: Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. pp. 145–167. 55–58. Hummerjohann, J., E. Ku¨ttel, M. Quadroni, J. Ragaller, T. Leisinger and Hu¨ss, H. 1907. Morphologisch-physiologische Studien u¨ber zwei arom- M.A. Kertesz. 1998. Regulation of the sulfate starvation response in abildende Bakterien. Zentbl. Bakteriol. Parasitenkd. Infekrankh. Hyg. Pseudomonas aeruginosa: role of cysteine biosynthetic intermediates. 2 Abt. Natwiss. Allg. Landwirtsch. Tech. Bakteriol. Garungsphysiol. Microbiology 144: 1375–1386. Pflan. 19: 50–70. Humphreys, N.J. and A.E. Douglas. 1997. Partitioning of symbiotic bac- Huss, V.A.R., H. Festl and K.H. Schleifer. 1983. Studies on spectropho- teria between generations of an insect: a quantitative study of a Buch- tometric determination of DNA hybridization from renaturation nera sp. in the pea aphid (Acyrthosiphon pisum) reared at different rates. Syst. Appl. Microbiol. 4: 184–192. temperatures. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 63: 3294–3296. Husslein, V., T. Chakraborty, A. Carnahan and S.W. Joseph. 1992. Mo- Hunger, M., R. Schmucker, V. Kishan and W. Hillen. 1990. Analysis and lecular studies on the aerolysin gene of Aeromonas species and dis- nucleotide sequence of an origin of DNA replication in Acinetobacter covery of a species-specific probe for Aeromonas trota sp. nov. Clin. calcoaceticus and its use for Escherichia coli shuttle plasmids. Gene 87: Infect. Dis. 14: 1061–1068. 45–51. Huston, A.L. 2003. Bacterial adaptation to the cold: in situ activities of Hunt, J.C. and P.V. Phibbs. 1981. Failure of Pseudomonas aeruginosa to extracellular enzymes in the North Water polynya and characteriza- form membrane-associated glucose-dehydrogenase activity during an- tion of a cold-active aminopeptidase from Colwellia psychrerythraea aerobic growth with nitrate. Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 102: strain 34H. PhD Dissertation, University of Washington, 168 p. 1393–1399. Huston, A.L., B.B. Krieger-Brockett and J.W. Deming. 2000. Remarkably Hunt, M.L., B. Adler and K.M. Townsend. 2000. The molecular biology low temperature optima for extracellular enzyme activity from Arctic of Pasteurella multocida. Vet. Microbiol. 72: 3–25. bacteria and sea ice. Environ. Microbiol. 2: 383–388. Hunt, M.L., C.G. Ruffolo, K. Rajakumar and B. Adler. 1998. Physical and Hutcheson, K.A. and M. Magbalon. 1999. Periocular abscess and cellulitis genetic map of the Pasteurella multocida A:1 chromosome. J. Bacteriol. from Pasteurella multocida in a healthy child. Am. J. Ophthalmol. 128: 180: 6054–6058. 514–515. Hunter, P.R. 1993. The microbiology of bottled natural mineral waters. Hutchinson, P.B. 1949. A bacterial disease of Dysoxylum spectabile caused J. Appl. Bacteriol. 74: 345–352. by the pathogen Pseudomonas dysoxyli n. sp. N. Z. J. Sci. Technol. B30: Huppertz, H.I., S. Rutkowski, S. Aleksic and H. Karch. 1997. Acute and 274–286. chronic diarrhoea and abdominal colic associated with enteroaggre- Huval, J.H., R. Latta, R. Wallace, D.J. Kushner and R.H. Vreeland. 1995. gative Escherichia coli in young children living in western Europe. Lan- Description of two new species of Halomonas: Halomonas israelensis sp. cet 349: 1660–1662. nov. and Halomonas canadensis sp. nov. Can. J. Microbiol. 41: 1124– Huq, A., A. Akhtar, M.A.R. Chowdhury and D.A. Sack. 1991. Optimal 1131. growth temperature for the isolation of Plesiomonas shigelloides, using Huval, J.H., R. Latta, R. Wallace, D.J. Kushner and R.H. Vreeland. 1996. various selective and differential agars. Can. J. Microbiol. 37: 800– Validation of the publication of new names and new combinations 802. previously effectively published outside the IJSB. List No. 59. Int. J. Huq, A., M. Alam, S. Parveen and R.R. Colwell. 1992. Occurrence of Syst. Bacteriol. 46: 1189–1190. resistance to vibriostatic compound 0/129 in Vibrio cholerae 01 isolated Huys, G., M. Altwegg, M.L. Ha¨nninen, M. Vancanneyt, L. Vauterin, R. from clinical and environmental samples in Bangladesh. J. Clin. Mi- Coopman, U. Torck, J. Lu¨thy-Hottenstein, P. Janssen and K. Kersters. crobiol. 30: 219–221. 1996a. Genotypic and chemotaxonomic description of two subgroups Huq, A., R.R. Colwell, M.A. Chowdhury, B. Xu, S.M. Moniruzzaman, M.S. in the species Aeromonas eucrenophila and their affiliation to A. encheleia Islam, M. Yunus and M.J. Albert. 1995. Coexistence of Vibrio cholerae and Aeromonas DNA hybridization group 11. Syst. Appl. Microbiol. O1 and O139 Bengal in plankton in Bangladesh. Lancet 345: 1249. 19: 616–623. Huq, M.I., A.K.M.J. Alam, D.J. Brenner and G.K. Morris. 1980. Isolation Huys, G., R. Coopman, P. Janssen and K. Kersters. 1996b. High-resolution of Vibrio-like group, EF-6, from patients with diarrhea. J. Clin. Micro- genotypic analysis of the genus Aeromonas by AFLP fingerprinting. Int. biol. 11: 621–624. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 46: 572–580. Hurpin, B. and P.H. Robert. 1972. Comparison of the activity of certain Huys, G. , R. Denys and J. Swings. 2002a. DNA-DNA reassociation and pathogens of the cockchafer Melolontha melolontha in plots of natural phenotypic data indicate synonymy between Aeromonas enteropelogenes meadowland. J. Invert. Pathol. 19: 291–298. Schubert et al. 1990 and Aeromonas trota Carnahan et al. 1991. Int. J. Hurpin, B. and P.H. Robert. 1976. Conservation dans le sol de trois Syst. Evol. Microbiol. 52: 1969–1972. germes pathoge`nes pour les larvaes de Melolontha melolontha (Col: Huys, G., P. Ka¨mpfer, M.J. Albert, I. Kuhn, R. Denys and J. Swings. 2002b. Scarabaeidae). Entomophaga. 21: 73–80. Aeromonas hydrophila subsp. dhakensis subsp. nov., isolated from chil- Hurpin, B. and P.H. Robert. 1977. Effets en population naturelle de dren with diarrhoea in Bangladesh, and extended description of Ae- Melolontha melolontha (Col: Scarabaeidae) d’une introduction de Rick- romonas hydrophila subsp. hydrophila (Chester 1901) Stanier 1943 (Ap- ettsiella melolontahe et de Entomopoxvirus melolonthae. Entomophaga. 22: proved Lists 1980). Int. J. Syst. Evol. Microbiol. 52: 705–712. 85–92. Huys, G., P. Ka¨mpfer, M. Altwegg, R. Coopman, P. Janssen, M. Gillis and BIBLIOGRAPHY 985

K. Kersters. 1997a. Inclusion of Aeromonas DNA hybridization group 1993. The phylogeny of the genus Yersinia based on 16S rDNA se- 11 in Aeromonas encheleia and extended descriptions of the species quences. FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 114: 173–177. Aeromonas eucrenophila and A. encheleia. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 47: 1157– Igarashi, A. 1978. Isolation of a Singhs Aedes albopictus cell clone sensitive 1164. to dengue and chikungunya viruses. J. Gen. Virol. 40: 531-544. Huys, G., P. Ka¨mpfer, M. Altwegg, I. Kersters, A. Lamb, R. Coopman, J. Iguchi, T., S. Kondo and K. Hisatsune. 1995. Vibrio parahaemolyticus O Lu¨thy-Hottenstein, M. Vancanneyt, P. Janssen and K. Kersters. 1997b. serotypes from O1 to O13 all produce R-type lipopolysaccharide: SDS- Aeromonas popoffii sp. nov., a mesophilic bacterium isolated from drink- PAGE and compositional sugar analysis. FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 130: ing water production plants and reservoirs. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 47: 287–292. 1165–1171. Iida, T., G.Q. Tang, S. Suttikulpitug, K. Yamamoto, T. Miwatani and T. Huys, G., P. Ka¨mpfer and J. Swings. 2001. New DNA-DNA hybridization Honda. 1995. Isolation of mutant toxins of Vibrio parahaemolyticus he- and phenotypic data on the species Aeromonas ichthiosmia and Aero- molysin by in vitro mutagenesis. Toxicon. 33: 209–216. monas allosaccharophila: A. ichthiosmia Schubert et al. 1990 is a later Iimura, K. and A. Hosono. 1996. Biochemical characteristics of Entero- synonym of A. veronii Hickman-Brenner et al. 1987. Syst. Appl. Mi- bacter agglomerans and related strains found in buckwheat seeds. Int. crobiol. 24: 177–182. J. Food Microbiol. 30: 243–253. Huys, G., P. Ka¨mpfer, M. Vancanneyt, R. Coopman, P. Janssen and K. Iino, T. and J. Lederberg. 1964. Genetics of Salmonella. In Van Oye (Ed- Kersters. 1997c. Effect of the growth medium on the cellular fatty itor), The World Problem of Salmoneilosis, Junk, The Hague. pp. acid composition of aeromonads: consequences for the chemotaxo- 110–142. nomic differentiation of DNA hybridization groups in the genus Ae- Iizuka, H. and K. Komagata. 1963a. An attempt at grouping of the genus romonas. J. Microbiol. Methods 28: 89–97. Pseudomonas. J. Gen. Appl. Microbiol. 9: 73–82. Huys, G., I. Kersters, M. Vancanneyt, R. Coopman, P. Janssen and K. Iizuka, H. and K. Komagata. 1963b. New species of Pseudomonas belonging Kersters. 1995. Diversity of Aeromonas sp. in Flemish drinking water to fluorescent group. (Studies on the microorganisms of cereal grains. production plants as determined by gas-liquid chromatographic anal- Part V). J. Agr. Chem. Soc. Jpn. 37: 137–141. ysis of cellular fatty acid methyl esters (FAMEs). J. Appl. Bacteriol. Iizuka, H. and K. Komagata. 1964a. Microbiological studies on petroleum 78: 445–455. and natural gas. I. Determination of hydrocarbon-utilizing bacteria. Huys, G., M. Pearson, P. Ka¨mpfer, R. Denys, M. Cnockaert, V. Inglis and J. Gen. Appl. Microbiol. 10: 207–221. J. Swings. 2003. Aeromonas hydrophila subsp. ranae subsp. nov., isolated Iizuka, H. and K. Komagata. 1964b. Microbiological studies on petroleum from septicaemic farmed frogs in Thailand. Int. J. Syst. Evol. Micro- and natural gas. II. Determination of pseudomonads isolated from biol. 53: 885–891. oil-brines and related materials. J. Gen. Appl. Microbiol. 10: 223–231. Huys, G., M. Vancanneyt, R. Coopman, P. Janssen, E. Falsen, M. Altwegg Iizuka, T., S. Yamanaka and A. Hiraishi. 1998. Isolation and phylogenetic and K. Kersters. 1994. Cellular fatty acid composition as a chemotax- anaysis of aerobic copiotrophic ultramicrobacteria from urban soil. onomic marker for the differentiation of phenospecies and hybridi- J. Gen. Appl. Microbiol. 44: 75–84. zation groups in the genus Aeromonas. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 44: 651– Ikeda, J.S. and D.C. Hirsh. 1990. Possession of identical nonconjugative 658. plasmids by different isolates of Pasteurella multocida does not imply Hwang, B.K., J.T. Lee, B.G. Hwang and Y.J. Koh. 1995. Restriction frag- clonality. Vet. Microbiol. 22: 79–87. ment length polymorphism analyses of the plasmid DNAs in strains Ikemoto, S., K. Katoh and K. Komagata. 1978. Cellular fatty-acid com- of Xanthomonas campestris pv. vesicatoria from different geographic ar- position in methanol-utilizing bacteria. J. Gen. Appl. Microbiol. 24: eas. J. Phytopathol. (Berl.) 143: 185–191. 41–49. Hwang, I.G. and Y.S. Cho. 1986. Preservation methods of Xanthomonas Ikemoto, S., K. Suzuki, T. Kaneko and K. Komagata. 1980. Characteri- campestris pv. oryzae in relation to virulence and colony-type variation. zation of strains of Pseudomonas maltophilia which do not require me- Korean J. Plant-Pathol. 2: 150–157. thionine. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 30: 437–447. Hyder, S.L., A. Mayers and M.L. Cayer. 1979. Membrane modulation in Imada, C., S. Hara, M. Maeda and U. Simidu. 1986. Amino acid sequences amethylotrophic bacterium Methylococcus capsulatus (Texas) as a func- of marinostatins C-1 and C-2 from marine Alteromonas sp. Bull. Jpn. tion of growth substrate. Tissue Cell 111: 597–603. Soc. Sci. Fish. 52: 1455–1459. Hylemon, P.B., J.S. Wells, Jr., N.R. Krieg and H.W. Jannasch. 1973. The Imada, C., M. Maeda and N. Taga. 1985a. Purification and characteri- genus Spirillum: a taxonomic study. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 23: 340–380. zation of the protease inhibitor monastatin from a marine Alteromonas Hyman, L.J., A. Wallace, M.M. Lopez, M. Cambra, M.T. Gorris and M.C. sp. with reference to inhibition of the protease produced by a bac- Perombelon. 1995. Characterization of monoclonal antibodies against terium pathogenic to fish. Can. J. Microbiol. 31: 1089–1094. Erwinia carotovora subsp. atroseptica serogroup I: specificity and epitope Imada, C., U. Simidu and N. Taga. 1985b. Isolation and characterization analysis. J. Appl. Bacteriol. 78: 437–444. of marine bacteria producing alkaline protease inhibitor. Bull. Jpn. Hynes, M. 1942. The isolation of intestinal pathogens by selective media. Soc. Sci. Fish. 51: 799–803. J. Pathol. Bacteriol. 54: 193–207. Imai, I., Y. Ishida, K. Sakaguchi and Y. Hata. 1995. Algicidal marine bac- Hypsa, V. and C. Dale. 1997. In vitro culture and phylogenetic analysis teria isolated from northern Hiroshima Bay, Japan. Fish. Sci. 61: 628– of “Candidatus Arsenophonus triatominarum,” an intracellular bac- 636. terium from the triatomine bug, Triatoma infestans. Int. J. Syst. Bac- Imhoff, J.F. 1984a. Quinones of phototrophic purple bacteria. FEMS Mi- teriol. 47: 1140–1144. crobiol. Lett. 256: 85–89. Iaconis, J.P. and C.C. Sanders. 1990. Purification and characterization of Imhoff, J.F. 1984b. Reassignment of the genus Ectothiorhodospira Pelsh inducible beta-lactamases in Aeromonas spp. Antimicrob. Agents Che- 1936 to a new family, Ectothiorhodospiraceae fam. nov., and emended mother. 34: 44–51. description of the Chromatiaceae Bavendamm 1924. Int. J. Syst. Bac- Ibrahim, A., P. Gerner-Smidt and W. Liesack. 1997. Phylogenetic rela- teriol. 34: 338–339. tionship of the twenty-one DNA groups of the genus Acinetobacter as Imhoff, J.F. 1986. Osmoregulation and compatible solutes in eubacteria. revealed by 16S ribosomal DNA sequence analysis. Int. J. Syst. Bac- FEMS Microbiol. Rev. 39: 57–66. teriol. 47: 837–841. Imhoff, J.F. 1988a. Anoxygenic phototrophic bacteria. In Austin (Editor), Ibrahim, A., P. Gerner-Smidt and A. Sjo¨stedt. 1996. Amplification and Methods in Aquatic Bacteriology, John Wiley & Sons Ltd., Chichester. restriction endonuclease digestion of a large fragment of genes cod- pp. 207–240. ing for rRNA as a rapid method for discrimination of closely related Imhoff, J.F. 1988b. Halophilic phototrophic bacteria. In Rodriguez-Valera pathogenic bacteria. J. Clin. Microbiol. 34: 2894–2896. (Editor), Halophilic Bacteria, CRC Press, Boca Raton. pp. 85–108. Ibrahim, A., B.M. Goebel, W. Liesack, M. Griffiths and E. Stackebrandt. Imhoff, J.F. 1989. Family Ectothiorhodospiraceae. In Staley, Bryant, Pfennig 986 BIBLIOGRAPHY

and Holt (Editors), Bergeys Manual of Systematic Bacteriology, 1st scription of the new genera Allochromatium, Halochromatium, Isochro- Ed., Vol. 3, The Williams & Wilkins Co., Baltimore. pp. 1654–1658. matium, Marichromatium, Thiococcus, Thiohalocapsa and Thermochroma- Imhoff, J.F. 1991. Polar lipids and fatty acids in the genus Rhodobacter. tium. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 48: 1129–1143. Syst. Appl. Microbiol. 14: 228–234. Imhoff, J.F. and B. Thiemann. 1991. Influence of salt concentration and Imhoff, J.F. 1992. Taxonomy, phylogeny, and general ecology of anoxy- temperature on the fatty acid compositions of Ectothiorhodospira and genic phototrophic bacteria. In Mann and Carr (Editors), Biotech- other halophilic phototrophic purple bacteria. Arch. Microbiol. 156: nology Handbooks: Photosynthetic Prokaryotes, Vol. 6, Plenum Press, 370–375. New York. pp. 53–92. Imhoff, J.F., B.J. Tindall, W.D. Grant and H.G. Tru¨per. 1981. Ectothiorho- Imhoff, J.F. 1993. Osmotic adaptation in halophilic and halotolerant mi- dospira vacuolata sp. nov., a new phototropic bacterium from soda croorganisms. In Vreeland and Hochstein (Editors), The Biology of lakes. Arch. Microbiol. 130: 238–242. Halophilic Bacteria, The CRC Press, Boca Raton. pp. 211–253. Imhoff, J.F., B.J. Tindall, W.D. Grant and H.G. Tru¨per. 1982b. In Vali- Imhoff, J.F. 2001a. The anoxygenic phototrophic purple bacteria. In dation of the publication of new names and new combinations pre- Boone, Castenholz and Garrity (Editors), Bergey’s Manual of System- viously effectively published outside the IJSB. List No. 8. Int. J.Syst. atic Bacteriology, 2nd Ed., Vol. 1, Springer-Verlag, New York. 631– Bacteriol. 32: 266–268. 637. Imhoff, J.F. and H.G. Tru¨per. 1977. Ectothiorhodospira halochloris sp. nov. Imhoff, J.F. 2001b. Transfer of Pfennigia purpurea Tindall 1999 (Amoebo- new extremely halophilic phototropic bacterium containing bacterio- bacter purpureus Eichler and Pfennig 1988) to the genus Lamprocystis chlorophyll b. Arch. Microbiol. 114: 115–121. as Lamprocystis purpurea comb. nov. Int. J. Syst. Evol. Microbiol. 51: Imhoff, J.F. and H.G. Tru¨per. 1979. In Validation of the publication of 1699–1701. new names and new combinations previously effectively published Imhoff, J. F. 2001c. Transfer of Rhodopseudomonas acidophila to the new outside the IJSB. List No. 2. Int. J.Syst. Bacteriol. 39: 79. genus Rhodoblastus as Rhodoblastus acidophilus gen. nov., comb. nov. Imhoff, J.F. and H.G. Tru¨per. 1980. Chromatium purpuratum sp. nov., a Int. J. Syst. Evol. Microbiol. 51: 1863–1866. new species of the Chromatiaceae. Zentbl. Bakteriol. Parasitenkd. In- Imhoff, J.F. 2001d. True marine and halophilic anoxygenic phototrophic fektkrankh. Hyg. Abt. I Orig. Reihe C. 1: 61–69. bacteria. Arch. Microbiol. 176: 243–254. Imhoff, J.F. and H.G. Tru¨per. 1982. In Validation of the publication of Imhoff, J.F. and U. Bias-Imhoff. 1995. Lipids, quinones and fatty acids of new names and new combinations previously effectively published anoxygenic phototrophic bacteria. In Blankenship, Madigan and outside the IJSB. List No. 8. Int. J.Syst. Bacteriol. 32: 266–268. Bauer (Editors), Anoxygenic Photosynthetic Bacteria, Kluwer Aca- Infectious Disease Surveillance Center, National Institute of Infectious demic Publishing, The Netherlands. pp. 179–205. Diseases and Infectious Diseases Control Division, Ministry of Health Imhoff, J.F., T. Ditandy and B. Thiemann. 1991. Salt adaption of Ecto- and Welfare, Japan 1997. Verocytotoxin-producing Escherichia coli (en- thiorhodospira. In Rodriguez-Valera (Editor), General and Applied As- terohemorrhagic E. coli) infections, Japan, 1996-June, 1997. Infectious pects of Halophilic Microorganisms, Plenum Press, New York. pp. Agents Surveillance Report. 18: 153–154. 113–119. Inglis, P.W., J.L. Burden and J.F. Peberdy. 1996. Evidence for the asso- Imhoff, J.F., F. Hashwa and H.G. Tru¨per. 1978. Isolation of extremely ciation of the enteric bacterium Ewingella americana with internal stipe halophilic phototropic bacteria from the alkaline Wadi Natrun, Egypt. necrosis of Agaricus bisporus. Microbiology (Reading) 142: 3253–3260. Arch. Hydrobiol. 84: 381–388. Inglis, P.W. and J.F. Peberdy. 1996. Isolation of Ewingella americana from Imhoff, J.F., D.J. Kushner, S.C. Kushwaha and M. Kates. 1982a. Polar lipids in phototrophic bacteria of the Rhodospirillaceae and Chromatiaceae fam- the cultivated mushroom, Agaricus bisporus. Curr. Microbiol. 33: 334– ilies. J. Bacteriol. 150: 1192–1201. 337. Imhoff, J.F., R. Petri and J. Su¨ling. 1998a. Reclassification of species of Ingraham, J.L. and A.G. Marr. 1996. Effect of temperature, pressure, pH, the spiral-shaped phototrophic purple non-sulfur bacteria of the ␣- and osmotic stress on growth. In Neidhardt, Curtiss, Ingraham, Lin, Proteobacteria: description of the new genera Phaeospirillum gen. nov., Low, Magasanik, Reznikoff, Riley, Schaecter and Umbarger (Editors), Rhodovibrio gen. nov., Rhodothalassium gen. nov. and Roseospira gen. Escherichia coli and Salmonella: Cellular and Molecular Biology, 2nd nov. as well as transfer of Rhodospirillum fulvum to Phaeospirillum fulvum Ed., Vol. 2, ASM Press, Washington D.C. pp. 1570–1578. comb. nov., of Rhodospirillum molischianum to Phaeospirillum molis- Ingram, C.W., A.J. Morrison, Jr. and R.E. Levitz. 1987. Gastroenteritis, chianum comb. nov., of Rhodospirillum salinarum to Rhodovibrio sali- sepsis, and osteomyelitis caused by Plesiomonas shigelloides in an im- narum comb. nov., of Rhodospirillum sodomense to Rhodovibrio sodomensis munocompetent host: case report and review of the literature. J. Clin. comb. nov., of Rhodospirillum salexigens to Rhodothalassium salexigens Microbiol. 25: 1791–1793. comb. nov. and of Rhodospirillum mediosalinum to Roseospira mediosalina Ingram, L.O., P.F. Gomez, X. Lai, M. Moniruzzaman, B.E. Wood, L.P. comb. nov. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 48: 793–798. Yomano and S.W. York. 1998. Metabolic engineering of bacteria for Imhoff, J.F. and N. Pfennig. 2001. Thioflavicoccus mobilis gen. nov., sp. ethanol production. Biotechnol. Bioeng. 58: 204–214. nov., a novel purple sulfur bacterium with bacteriochlorophyll b. Int. Ingram, M. and J.M. Shewan. 1960. Introductory reflections on the Pseu- J. Syst. Evol. Microbiol. 51: 105–110. domonas–Achromobacter group. J. Appl. Bacteriol. 23: 373–378. Imhoff, J.F. and T. Riedel. 1989. Requirements for, and cytoplasmic con- Ino, T. and Y. Nishimura. 1989. Taxonomic studies of Acinetobacter species centrations of, sulfate and chloride, and cytoplasmic volume spaces based on outer membrane protein patterns. J. Gen. Appl. Microbiol. in the halophilic bacterium Ectothiorhodospira mobilis. J. Gen. Microbiol. 35: 213–224. 135: 237–244. Inoue, K., Y. Kosako, K. Suzuki and T. Shimada. 1991. Peritrichous flag- Imhoff, J.F. and J. Su¨ling. 1996. The phylogenetic relationship among ellation in Plesiomonas shigelloides strains. Jpn. J. Med. Sci. Biol. 44: Ectothiorhodospiraceae: a reevaluation of their taxonomy on the basis 141–146. of 16S rDNA analyses. Arch. Microbiol. 165: 106–113. Inoue, K. and T. Shimada. 1990. Evaluation of a simple staining method Imhoff, J.F. and J. Su¨ling. 1997. In Validation of the publication of new for flagella using “flagella Staining Solution-Shionogi”. Jpn. J. Med. names and new combinations previously effectively published outside Sci. Biol. 43: 23–27. the IJSB. List No. 62. Int. J.Syst. Bacteriol. 47: 915–916. Inoue, K., K. Sugiyama, Y. Kosako, R. Sakazaki and S. Yamai. 2000. En- Imhoff, J.F., H.G. Sahl, G.S.H. Soliman and H.G. Tru¨per. 1979. The Wadi terobacter cowanii sp nov., a new species of the family Enterobacteriaceae. Natrun: chemical composition and microbial mass developments in Curr. Microbiol. 41: 417–420. alkaline brines of eutrophic desert lakes. Geomicrobiol. J. 1: 219– Inoue, K., K. Sugiyama, Y. Kosako, R. Sakazaki and S. Yamai. 2001. In 234. Validation of the publication of new names and new combinations Imhoff, J.F., J. Su¨ling and R. Petri. 1998b. Phylogenetic relationships previously effectively published outside the IJSB, List No. 82. Int. J. among the Chromatiaceae, their taxonomic reclassification and de- Syst. Evol. Microbiol. 51: 1619. BIBLIOGRAPHY 987

International Salmonella Subcommittee. 1934. The genus Salmonella Lig- Ito, H. and H. Iizuka. 1983. Genetic transformation of Moraxella-like nie`res 1900. J. Hyg. 34: 333–350. psychrotrophic bacteria and their radiation sensitivity. Agric. Biol. Inward, C.D., J. Williams, I. Chant, J. Crocker, D.V. Milford, P.E. Rose Chem. 47: 603–605. and C.M. Taylor. 1995. Verocytotoxin-1 induces apoptosis in vero cells. Ito, H., T. Sato and H. Iizuka. 1976. Study of the intermediate type of J. Infect. 30: 213–218. Moraxella and Acinetobacter occurring in radurized vienna sausages. Inzana, T.J. 1995. Simplified procedure for preparation of sensitized latex Agric. Biol. Chem. 40: 867–873. particles to detect capsular polysaccharides: application to typing and Ito, H., A. Terai, H. Kurazono, Y. Takeda and M. Nishibuchi. 1990. Clon- diagnosis of Actinobacillus pleuropneumoniae. J. Clin. Microbiol. 33: ing and nucleotide sequencing of Vero toxin 2 variant genes from 2297–2303. Escherichia coli O91:H21 isolated from a patient with the hemolytic Inzana, T.J., J.L. Johnson, L. Shell, K. Moller and M. Kilian. 1992. Isolation uremic syndrome. Microb. Pathog. 8: 47–60. and characterization of a newly identified Haemophilus species from Ito, H., I. Uchida, T. Sekizaki and N. Terakado. 1995. A specific oligo- cats: Candidatus Haemophilus felis. J. Clin. Microbiol. 30: 2108–2112. nucleotide probe based on 5S ribosomal-RNA sequences for identi- Inzana, T.J., J.L. Johnson, L. Shell, K. Moller and M. Kilian. 1999. In fication of Vibrio anguillarum and Vibrio ordalii. Vet. Microbiol. 43: 167– Validation of publication of new names and new combinations pre- 171. viously published outside the IJSB, List No. 69. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. Itoh, T., H. Funabashi, Y. Katayama-Fujimura, S. Iwasaki and H. Kuraishi. 49: 341–342. 1985. Structure of methylmenaquinone-7 isolated from Alteromonas Irazabal, N., I. Marı´n and R. Amils. 1997. Genomic organization of the putrefaciens IAM 12079. Biochim. Biophys. Acta 840: 51–55. acidophilic chemolithoautotrophic bacterium Thiobacillus ferrooxidans Itoh, T., T. Higuchi, M. Hirobe, K. Hiramatsu and T. Yokota. 1994. Iden- ATCC 21834. J. Bacteriol. 179: 1946–1950. tification of a novel sugar, 4-amino-4,6-dideoxy-2-O-methylmannose, Irey, M.S. and R.E. Stall. 1982. Value of xanthomonadins for identification in the lipopolysaccharide of Vibrio cholerae O1 serotype Ogawa. Car- of pigmented Xanthomonas campestris pathovars. Proceedings of the bohydr. Res. 256: 113–128. Fifth International Conference on Plant Pathogenic Bacteria, August Itoh, Y., K. Izaki and H. Takahashi. 1978. Purification and characterization 16–23, CIAT, Cali, Colombia. pp. 85–95. of a bacteriocin from Erwinia carotovora. J. Gen. Appl. Microbiol. 24: Irino, K., F. Grimont, I. Casin and P.A. Grimont. 1988. rRNA gene re- 27–39. striction patterns of Haemophilus influenzae biogroup aegyptius strains Itoh, Y., K. Izaki and H. Takahashi. 1982. Mode of action of a bacteriocin associated with Brazilian purpuric fever. J. Clin. Microbiol. 26: 1535– from Erwinia carotovora. IV. Effects on macromolecule synthesis, ATP 1538. level and nutrient transport. J. Gen. Appl. Microbiol. 28: 95–99. Isaacson, R.E. and E. Trigo. 1995. Pili of Pasteurella multocida of porcine Ivanoff, B. and M.M. Levine. 1997. : continuing challenges origin. FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 132: 247–251. from a resilient foe. Bull. Inst. Pasteur. 95: 129–142. Isberg, R.R. and S. Falkow. 1985. A single genetic locus encoded by Ivanova, E.P., J. Chun, L.A. Romanenko, M.E. Matte, V.V. Mikhailov, G.M. Yersinia pseudotuberculosis permits invasion of cultured animal cells by Frolova, A. Huq and R.R. Colwell. 2000a. Reclassification of Altero- Escherichia coli K-12. Nature (Lond.) 317: 262–264. monas distincta Romanenko et al. 1995 as Pseudoalteromonas distincta Iseki, S.K. and K. Kashiwagi. 1955. Induction of somatic 1 antigen by comb. nov. Int. J. Syst. Evol. Microbiol. 50: 141-144. bacteriophage in Salmonella B group. Proc. Jpn. Acad. 31: 558–563. Ivanova, E.P., R.P. Gorshkova, V.V. Mikhailov, E.L. Nazarenko, V.A. Zub- Iseki, S.K. and K. Kashiwagi. 1957. Lysogenic conversions and transduc- kov, E.A. Kiprianova, G.F. Levanova, A.D. Garagulya, E.A. Kolesova tion of genetic characters by temperate phage iota in Salmonella. Proc. and N.M. Gorshkova. 1994. Capsular polysaccharides of marine bac- Jpn. Acad. 33: 481–485. teria of the genus Alteromonas. Microbiology 63: 120–123. Ishikawa, H. 1982. Isolation of the intracellular symbionts and partial Ivanova, E.P., E.A. Kiprianova, V.V. Mikhailov, G.F. Levanova, A.D. Gar- characterizations of their RNA species of the elder aphid, Acyrthosi- agulya, N.M. Gorshkova, M.V. Vysotskii, D.V. Nicolau, N. Yumoto, T. phon magnoliae. Comp. Biochem. Physiol. 72: 239–248. Taguchi and S. Yoshikawa. 1998. Phenotypic diversity of Pseudoalte- Ishikawa, H. 1987. Nucleotide composition and kinetic complexity of the romonas citrea from different marine habitats and emendation of the genomic DNA of an intracellular symbiont in the pea aphid Acyrtho- description. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 48: 247–256. siphon pisum. J. Mol. Evol. 24: 205–211. Ivanova, E.P., E.A. Kiprianova, V.V. Mikhailov, G.F. Levanova, A.D. Gar- Ishimaru, C. and E.J. Klos. 1984. New medium for detecting Erwinia agulya, N.M. Gorshkova, N. Yumoto and S. Yoshikawa. 1996a. Char- amylovora and its use in epidemiological studies. Phytopathology 74: acterization and identification of marine Alteromonas nigrifaciens 1342–1345. strains and emendation of the description. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 46: Ishimaru, K., M. Akagawa-Matsushita and K. Muroga. 1995. Vibrio penae- 223–228. icida sp. nov., a pathogen of kuruma prawns (Penaeus japonicus). Int. Ivanova, E.P. and V.V. Mikhailov. 2001a. A new family, Alteromonadaceae J. Syst. Bacteriol. 45: 134–138. fam. nov., including marine proteobacteria of the genera Alteromonas, Ishimaru, K. , M. Akagawa-Matsushita and K. Muroga. 1996. Vibrio ichth- Pseudoalteromonas, Idiomarina, and Colwellia. Microbiology 70: 10–17. yoenteri sp. nov, a pathogen of Japanese flounder (Paralichthys olivaceus) Ivanova, E.P. and V.V. Mikhailov. 2001b. In Validation of the publication larvae. Int. J. of Syst. Bacteriol. 46: 155–159. of new names and new combinations previously effectively published Ishiyama, S. 1922. Studies of bacterial leaf blight of rice. Rept. Imperial outside the IJSEM. List No. 81. Int. J. Syst. Evol. Microbiol. 51: 1229. Agr. Sta. Konosu. 45: 233–261. Ivanova, E.P., V.V. Mikhailov, E.A. Kiprianova, G.F. Levanova, A.D. Gar- Isken, S. and J.A.M. De Bont. 1996. Active efflux of toluene in a solvent- agulya, G.M. Frolova and V.I. Svetashev. 1996b. Alteromonas elyakovii resistant bacterium. J. Bacteriol. 178: 6056–6058. sp. nov., a new bacterium isolated from marine mollusks. Biol. Morya Islam, D., S. Tzipori, M. Islam and A.A. Lindberg. 1993. Rapid detection (Vladivost.). 22: 213–237. of Shigella dysenteriae and Shigella flexneri in faeces by an immunomag- Ivanova, E.P., V.V. Mikhailov, E.A. Kiprianova, G.F. Levanova, A.D. Gar- netic assay with monoclonal antibodies. Eur. J. Clin. Microbiol. Infect. agulya, G.M. Frolova and V.I. Svetashev. 1997. In Validation of the Dis. 12: 25–32. publication of new names and new combinations previously effectively Ismaili, A., B. Bourke, J.C. de Azavedo, S. Ratnam, M.A. Karmali and P.M. published outside the IJSB. List No. 61. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 47: 601– Sherman. 1996. Heterogeneity in phenotypic and genotypic charac- 602. teristics among strains of Hafnia alvei. J. Clin. Microbiol. 34: 2973– Ivanova, E.P., L.A. Romanenko, J. Chun, M.H. Matte, G.R. Matte, V.V. 2979. Mikhailov, V.I. Svetashev, A. Huq, T. Maugel and R.R. Colwell. 2000b. Isshiki, Y., S. Kondo, T. Iguchi, Y. Sano, T. Shimada and K. Hisatsune. Idiomarina gen. nov., comprising novel indigenous deep-sea bacteria 1996. An immunochemical study of serological cross-reaction between from the Pacific Ocean, including descriptions of two species, Idio- lipopolysaccharides from Vibrio cholerae O22 and O139. Microbiology marina abyssalis sp. nov. and Idiomarina zobellii sp. nov. Int. J. Syst. Evol. 142: 1499–1504. Microbiol. 50: 901–907. 988 BIBLIOGRAPHY

Ivanova, E.P., L.A. Romanenko, M.H. Matte´, G.R. Matte´, A.M. Lysenko, Chemical Methods in Bacterial Systematics, Academic Press, London. U. Simidu, K. Kita-Tsukamoto, T. Sawabe, M.V. Vysotskii, G.M. Frolova, 115–129. V. Mikhailov, R. Christen and R.R. Colwell. 2001. Retrieval of the Jackman, P.J.H. 1987. Microbial systematics based on electrophoretic species Alteromonas tetraodonis Simidu et al. 1990 as Pseudoalteromonas whole-cell protein-patterns. Methods Microbiol. 19: 209–225. tetraodonis comb. nov. and emendation of description. Int. J. Syst. Evol. Jackson, E.B., T.T. Crocker and J.E. Smadel. 1952. Studies on two rick- Microbiol. 51: 1071–1078. ettsia-like agents probably isolated from guinea pigs. Bacteriol. Proc: Ivanova, E.P., N.V. Zhukova, V.I. Svetashev, N.M. Gorshkova, V.V. Kuri- 119. lenko, G.M. Frolova and V.V. Mikhailov. 2000c. Evaluation of phos- Jackson, J.K., R.L. Murphree and M.L. Tamplin. 1997. Evidence that pholipid and fatty acid compositions as chemotaxonomic markers of mortality from Vibrio vulnificus infection results from single strains Alteromonas-like proteobacteria. Curr. Microbiol. 41: 341–345. among heterogeneous populations in shellfish. J. Clin. Microbiol. 35: Ivanova, T.L., T.P. Turova and A.S. Antonov. 1985. DNA–DNA and rRNA– 2098–2101. DNA hybridization studies in the genus Ectothiorhodospira and other Jackson, M.M., C.G. Jackson, Jr. and M. Fulton. 1969. Investigation of the purple sulfur bacteria. Arch. Microbiol. 143: 154–156. enteric bacteria of the testudinata. I: occurrence of the genera Ari- Iveson, J.B. 1971. Strontium chloride B and E.E. enrichment broth media zona, Citrobacter, Edwardsiella and Salmonella. Bull. Wildl. Dis. Assoc. 5: for the isolation of Edwardsiella, Salmonella and Arizona species from 328–329. tiger snakes. J. Hyg. 69: 323–330. Jackson, R.L. and G.R. Matsueda. 1970. Myxobacter AL-1 protease. Meth- Iveson, J.B. 1973. Enrichment procedures for the isolation of Salmonella, ods Enzymol. 19: 591–599. Arizona, Edwardsiella and Shigella from feces. J. Hyg. 71: 349–361. Jackson, R.L. and R.S. Wolfe. 1968. Composition, properties and substrate Ivins, B.E. and R.K. Holmes. 1980. Isolation and characterization of mel- specificities of Myxobacter AL-1 protease. J. Biol. Chem. 243: 879–888. anin-producing (mel) mutants of Vibrio cholerae. Infect. Immun. 27: Jacobitz, S. and P.E. Bishop. 1992. Regulation of nitrogenase-2 in Azoto- 721–729. bacter vinelandii by ammonium, molybdenum, and vanadium. J. Bac- Iwamoto, Y., Y. Suzuki, A. Kurita, Y. Watanabe, T. Shimizu, H. Ohgami teriol. 174: 3884–3888. and Y. Yanagihara. 1995. Vibrio trachuri sp. nov., a new species isolated Jacobs, F., C. Liesnard, J.P. Goldstein, M.J. Struelens, G. Primo, J.L. Le- from diseased Japanese horse mackerel. Microbiol. Immunol. 39: clerc and J.P. Thys. 1990. Asymptomatic Legionella pneumophila infec- 831–837. tions in heart transplant recipients. Transplantation. 50: 174–175. Iwamoto, Y., Y. Suzuki, A. Kurita, Y. Watanabe, T. Shimizu, H. Ohgami Jacobsen, M.J. and J.P. Nielsen. 1995. Development and evaluation of a and Y. Yanagihara. 1996. In Validation of new names and new com- selective and indicative medium for isolation of Actinobacillus pleuro- binations previously effectively published outside the IJSB. List No. pneumoniae from tonsils. Vet. Microbiol. 47: 191–197. 57. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 46: 625–626. Jacobsen, M.J., J.P. Nielsen and R. Nielsen. 1996. Comparison of virulence Iwanaga, M. and A. Hokama. 1992. Characterization of Aeromonas sobria of different Actinobacillus pleuropneumoniae serotypes and biotypes us- TAP13 pili: a possible new colonization factor. J. Gen. Microbiol. 138: ing an aerosol infection model. Vet. Microbiol. 49: 159–168. 1913–1919. Jacobson, M.R., K.E. Brigle, L.T. Bennett, R.A. Setterquist, M.S. Wilson, Iwanami, H., T. Yamaguchi and M. Takeuchi. 1995. Fatty acid metabolism V.L. Cash, J. Beynon, W.E. Newton and D.R. Dean. 1989. Physical and in bacteria that produce eicosapentaenoic acid isolated from sea ur- genetic map of the major nif gene cluster from Azotobacter vinelandii. chin Strongylocentrotus nudus. Nippon Suisan Gakkaishi. 61: 205–210. J. Bacteriol. 171: 1017–1027. Iyoda, S., A. Wada, J. Weller, S.J. Flood, E. Schreiber, B. Tucker and H. Watanabe. 1999. Evaluation of AFLP, a high-resolution DNA finger- Jacobson, M.R., R. Premakumar and P.E. Bishop. 1986. Transcriptional printing method, as a tool for molecular subtyping of enterohemor- regulation of nitrogen fixation by molybdenum in Azotobacter vinelan- rhagic Escherichia coli O157:H7 isolates. Microbiol. Immunol. 43: 803– dii. J. Bacteriol. 167: 480–486. 806. Jacoby, G.A. 1974a. Properties of an R plasmid in Pseudomonas aeruginosa Izard, D., C. Ferragut, F. Gavini, K. Kersters, J. De Ley and H. Leclerc. producing amikicin (BB-K8), butirosin, kanamycin, tobramycin, and 1981a. Klebsiella terrigena, a new species from soil and water. Int. J. sisomicin resistance. Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. 6: 807–810. Syst. Bacteriol. 31: 116–127. Jacoby, G.A. 1974b. Properties of R plasmids determining gentamicin Izard, D., F. Gavini, P.A. Trinel, F. Krubwa and H. Leclerc. 1980. Con- resistance by acetylation in Pseudomonas aeruginosa. Antimicrob. tribution of DNA–DNA hybridization to the transfer of Enterobacter Agents Chemother. 6: 239–252. aerogenes to the genus Klebsiella as K. mobilis. Zentbl. Bakteriol. Mik- Jacoby, G.A. 1977. Classification of plasmids in Pseudomonas aeruginosa. robiol. Parasitenkd. Infektkrankh. Hyg. Abt. I. Orig. C. 1: 257–263. In Schlessinger (Editor), Microbiology 1977, American Society for Izard, D., F. Gavini, P.A. Trinel and H. Leclerc. 1979. Rahnella aquatilis, Microbiology, Washington, D.C. 271–309. nouveau membre de la famille des Enterobacteriaceae. Ann. Inst. Pasteur Jacoby, G.A. 1979. Plasmids of Pseudomonas aeruginosa. In Doggett (Edi- Microbiol. 130A: 163–177. tor), Pseudomonas aeruginosa. Clinical Manifestations of Infection and Izard, D., F. Gavini, P.A. Trinel and H. Leclerc. 1981b. Deoxyribonucleic Current Therapy, Academic Press, New York. 271–309. acid relatedness between Enterobacter cloacae and Enterobacter amnigenus Jacoby, G.A. and M. Matthew. 1979. Distribution of beta-lactamase genes sp. nov. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 31: 35–42. on plasmids found in Pseudomonas. Plasmid 2: 41–47. Izard, D., F. Gavini, P.A. Trinel and H. Leclerc. 1981c. In Validation of Jacoby, G.A. and J.A. Shapiro. 1977. Plasmids studied in Pseudomonas the publication of new names and new combinations previously ef- aeruginosa and other pseudomonads. In Bukhari, Shapiro and Adhya fectively published outside the IJSB. List No. 7. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. (Editors), DNA insertion elements, plasmids, and episomes, Cold 31: 382–383. Spring Harbor Laboratory, Cold Spring Harbor, New York. 639–656. Izard, D., J. Mergaert, F. Gavini, A. Beji, K. Kersters, J. De Ley and H. Jacques, M. and S.E. Paradis. 1998. Adhesin-receptor interactions in Pas- Leclerc. 1985. Separation of Escherichia adecarboxylata from the Erwinia teurellaceae. FEMS Microbiol. Rev. 22: 45–59. herbicola and Enterobacter agglomerans complex and from the other en- Jaeger, K.E., A. Steinbuchel and D. Jendrossek. 1995. Substrate specific- terobacteriaceae by nucleic acid and protein electrophoretic tech- ities of bacterial polyhydroxyalkanoate depolymerases and lipases - niques. Ann. Inst. Pasteur Microbiol. 136B: 151–168. bacterial lipases hydrolyze poly(omega-hydroxyalkanoates). Appl. En- Izdebska-Szymona, K., E. Monczak and B. Lemczak. 1971. Preliminary viron. Microbiol. 61: 3113–3118. scheme of phage typing of Proteus mirabilis strains. Exp. Med. Micro- Jaenecke, S., V. De Lorenzo, K.N. Timmis and E. Dı´az. 1996. A stringently biol. (Engl. Transl. Med. Dosw. Mikrobiol.). 23: 18–22. (Originally controlled expression system for analysing lateral gene transfer be- published in Polish.). tween bacteria. Mol. Microbiol. 21: 293–300. Jackman, P.J.H. 1985. Bacterial taxonomy based on electrophoretic Ja¨ger, C., H. Willems, D. Thiele and G. Baljer. 1998. Molecular charac- whole-cell protein patterns. In Goodfellow and Minnikin (Editors), terization of Coxiella burnetii isolates. Epidemiol. Infect. 120: 157–164. BIBLIOGRAPHY 989

Jagger, I.C. 1921. Bacterial leaf spot disease of celery. J. Agr. Res. 21: ical identification of citrobacteria in the clinical laboratory. J. Clin. 185–188. Microbiol. 32: 1850–1854. Jahnke, L.L. and P.D. Nichols. 1986. Methyl sterol and cyclopropane fatty Janda, J.M., S.L. Abbott, S. Khashe, G.H. Kellogg and T. Shimada. 1996a. acid composition of Methylococcus capsulatus grown at low oxygen ten- Further studies on biochemical characteristics and serologic prop- sions. J. Bacteriol. 167: 238–242. erties of the genus Aeromonas. J. Clin. Microbiol. 34: 1930–1933. Jahnke, L.L., H. Stan-Lotter, K. Kato and L.I. Hochstein. 1992. Presence Janda, J.M., S.L. Abbott, S. Khashe and T. Robin. 1996b. Biochemical of methyl sterol and bacteriohopanepolyol in an outer-membrane investigations of biogroups and subspecies of Morganella morganii.J. preparation from Methylococcus capsulatus (Bath). J. Gen. Microbiol. Clin. Microbiol. 34: 108–113. 138: 1759–1766. Janda, J.M., S.L. Abbott, S. Kroske-Bystrom, W.K.W. Cheung, C. Powers, Jahnke, L.L., R.E. Summons, L.M. Dowling and K.D. Zahiralis. 1995. R.P. Kokka and K. Tamura. 1991a. Pathogenic properties of Edward- Identification of methanotrophic lipid biomarkers in cold-seep mussel siella species. J. Clin. Microbiol. 29: 1997–2001. gills: chemical and isotopic analysis. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 61: Janda, J.M., S.L. Abbott and L.S. Oshiro. 1991b. Penetration and repli- 576–582. cation of Edwardsiella spp. in HEp-2 cells. Infect. Immun. 59: 154– Jain, K.L., S.R.S. Dange and B.S. Siradhana. 1975. Bacterial leaf spot of 161. Datura metel caused by Xanthomonas campestris f. sp. daturi f. spec. nov. Janda, J.M., A. Dixon, B. Raucher, R.B. Clark and E.J. Bottone. 1984. Curr. Sci. (Bangalore) 44: 447. Value of blood agar for primary plating and clinical implication of Jain, K., K. Radsak and W. Mannheim. 1974. Differentiation of the Ox- simultaneous isolation of Aeromonas hydrophila and Aeromonas caviae ytocum group from Klebsiella by deoxyribonucleic acid-deoxyribonu- from a patient with gastroenteritis. J. Clin. Microbiol. 20: 1221–1222. cleic acid hybridization. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 24: 402–407. Janda, J.M. and P.S. Duffey. 1988. Mesophilic aeromonads in human Jain, K.C. and W.B. Whalley. 1980. The bacterial pigment from Pseudo- disease: current taxonomy, laboratory identification, and infectious monas lemonnieri .2. The synthesis of 3-n-octanamidopyridine-2,5,6-tri- disease spectrum. Rev. Infect. Dis. 10: 980–997. one - the structure and synthesis of lemonnierin. J. Chem. Soc.-Perkin Janda, J.M. and R.P. Kokka. 1991. The pathogenicity of Aeromonas strains Trans. 1. 8: 1788–1794. relative to genospecies and phenospecies identification. FEMS Mi- Jakobi, M., G. Winkelmann, D. Kaiser, C. Kempler, G. Jung, G. Berg and crobiol. Lett. 90: 29–34. H. Bahl. 1996. Maltophilin: a new antifungal compound produced Janda, J.M. and M.R. Motyl. 1985. Cephalothin susceptibility as a potential by Stenotrophomonas maltophilia R3089. J. Antibiot. (Tokyo). 49: 1101– marker for the Aeromonas sobria group. J. Clin. Microbiol. 22: 854– 1104. 855. James, S.R., S.J. Dobson, P.D. Franzmann and T.A. McMeekin. 1990a. Janda, J.M., L.S. Oshiro, S.L. Abbott and P.S. Duffey. 1987. Virulence Halomonas meridiana, a new species of extremely halotolerant bacteria markers of mesophilic aeromonads: association of the autoagglutin- isolated from antarctic saline lakes. Syst. Appl. Microbiol. 13: 270– ation phenomenon with mouse pathogenicity and the presence of a 278. peripheral cell-associated layer. Infect. Immun. 55: 3070–3077. James, S.R., S.J. Dobson, P.D. Franzmann and T.A. McMeekin. 1990b. Janda, J.M., C. Powers, R.G. Bryant and S.L. Abbott. 1988. Current per- Validation of the publication of new names and new combinations spectives on the epidemiology and pathogenesis of clinically signifi- previously effectively published outside the IJSB. List No. 35. Int. J. cant Vibrio spp. Clin. Microbiol. Rev. 1: 245–267. Syst. Bacteriol. 40: 470–471. Jang, E.B. and K.A. Nishijimi. 1990. Identification and attractancy of Jamieson, A.F., R.L. Bieleski and R.E. Mitchell. 1981. Plasmids and phas- bacteria associated with Dactus dorsalis Diptera tephritidae. Environ. eolotoxin production in Pseudomonas syringae pv. phaseolicola. J. Gen. Entomol. 19: 1726–1731. Microbiol. 122: 161–165. Janke, A. 1924. Allgemeine Technische Mikrobiologie. I. Teil: Die Mik- Jana, S.C., P.K. Chakrabartty and A.K. Mishra. 1992. Taxonomic rela- roorganismen, T. Steinkopf, Dresden. tionship of some members of Azotobacteraceae based on their protein Jann, A., H. Matsumoto and D. Haas. 1988. The 4th arginine catabolic profiles. J. Basic Microbiol. 32: 29–33. pathway of Pseudomonas aeruginosa. J. Gen. Microbiol. 134: 1043–1053. Janda, I. and M. Opekarova. 1989. Long-term preservation of active lu- Jannasch, H.W. 1957. Die bakterielle rotfa¨rbung der salzseen des Wadi minous bacteria by lyophilization. J. Biolumin. Chemilumin. 3: 27– Natrun. Arch. Hydrobiol. 53: 425–433. 29. Jannasch, H.W. 1963. Studies on the ecology of a marine spirillum in Janda, J.M. 1985. Biochemical and exoenzymatic properties of Aeromonas the chemostat. 1st International Symposium on Marine Microbiology, species. Diagn. Microbiol. Infect. Dis. 3: 223–232. C.C. Thomas, Springfield. 558–566. Janda, J.M. 1991. Recent advances in the study of the taxonomy, path- Jannasch, H.W. 1967. Enrichments of aquatic spirilla in continuous cul- ogenicity, and infectious syndromes associated with the genus Aero- ture. Arch. Mikrobiol. 59: 165–173. monas. Clin. Microbiol. Rev. 4: 397–410. Jannasch, H.W. 1984. Microbial processes at deep sea hydrothermal vents. Janda, J.M. 1998. Vibrio, Aeromonas and Plesiomonas. In Balows and Duer- In Rona, Bostrom, Laubier and Smith (Editors), Hydrothermal Proc- den (Editors), Topley & Wilson’s Microbiology and Microbial Infec- esses at Seafloor Spreading Centers, Plenum Publishing, New York. tions, 9th Ed., Vol. 2, Arnold, London. pp. 1065–1089. pp. 667–709. Janda, J.M. and S.L. Abbott. 1993a. Expression of an iron-regulated he- Jannasch, H.W., D.C. Nelson and C.O. Wirsen. 1989. Massive natural molysin by Edwardsiella tarda. FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 111: 275–280. occurrence of unusually large bacteria (Beggiatoa sp.) at a hydro- Janda, J.M. and S.L. Abbott. 1993b. Expression of hemolytic activity by thermal deep-sea vent site. Nature 342: 834–836. Plesiomonas shigelloides. J. Clin. Microbiol. 31: 1206–1208. Jannasch, H.W., C.O. Wirsen, D.C. Nelson and L.A. Robertson. 1985. Janda, J.M. and S.L. Abbott. 1996. Human pathogens. In Austin, Altwegg, Thiomicrospira crunogena, sp. nov., a colorless, sulfur-oxidizing bacte- Gosling and Joseph (Editors), The Genus Aeromonas, John Wiley and rium from a deep-sea hydrothermal vent. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 35: Sons, Ltd., Chichester. pp. 397–410. 422–424. Janda, J.M. and S.L. Abbott. 1998a. The Enterobacteria, Lippincott- Jannes, G., M. Vaneechoutte, M. Lannoo, M. Gillis, M. Vancanneyt, P. Raven, Philadelphia. pp. 387. Vandamme, G. Verschraegen, H. Van Heuverswyn and R. Rossau. Janda, J.M. and S.L. Abbott. 1998b. Evolving concepts regarding the 1993. Polyphasic taxonomy leading to the proposal of Moraxella canis, genus Aeromonas: an expanding panorama of species, disease presen- sp. nov. for Moraxella catarrhalis like strains. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 43: tations, and unanswered questions. Clin. Infect. Dis. 27: 332–344. 438–449. Janda, J.M., S.L. Abbott and M.J. Albert. 1999. Prototypal diarrheagenic Janse, J.D. 1982. Pseudomonas syringae subsp. savastanoi (ex Smith) subsp. strains of Hafnia alvei are actually members of the genus Escherichia. nov., nom. rev., the bacterium causing excrescences on Oleaceae and J. Clin. Microbiol. 37: 2399–2401. Nerium oleander L. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 32: 166–169. Janda, J.M., S.L. Abbott, W.K. Cheung and D.F. Hanson. 1994. Biochem- Janse, J.D., P. Rossi, L. Angelucci, M. Scortichini, J.H.J. Derks, A.D.L. 990 BIBLIOGRAPHY

Akkermans, R. De Vrijer and P.G. Psallidas. 1996. Reclassification of Jawad, A., P.M. Hawkey, J. Heritage and A.M. Snelling. 1994. Description Pseudomonas syringae pv. avellanae as Pseudomonas avellanae (spec. nov.), of Leeds Acinetobacter Medium, a new selective and differential me- the bacterium causing canker of hazelnut (Corylus avellana L.). Syst. dium for isolation of clinically important Acinetobacter spp., and com- Appl. Microbiol. 19: 589–595. parison with herellea agar and Holton’s agar. J. Clin. Microbiol. 32: Janse, J.D., P. Rossi, L. Angelucci, M. Scortichini, J.H.J. Derks, A.D.L. 2353–2358. Akkermans, R. DeVrijer and P.G. Psallidas. 1997. In Validation of the Jawad, A., A.M. Snelling, J. Heritage and P.M. Hawkey. 1998. Comparison publication of new names and new combinations previously effectively of ARDRA and recA-RFLP analysis for genomic species identification published outside the IJSB. List. No. 61. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 47: of Acinetobacter spp. FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 165: 357–362. 601–602. Jawetz, E. 1950. A pneumotropic Pasteurella of laboratory animals. I. Bac- Janse, J.D. and P.H. Smits. 1990. Whole cell fatty acid patterns of Xeno- teriological and serological characteristics of the organism. J. Infect. rhabdus species. Lett. Appl. Microbiol. 10: 131–135. Dis. 86: 172–183. Jansen, R. 1994. The RTX toxins of Actinobacillus pleuropneumoniae, Thesis, Jean-Jacques, W., K.R. Rajashekaraiah, J.J. Farmer, III, F.W. Hickman, J.G. Utrecht University, Utrecht, . pp. 172. Morris and C.A. Kallick. 1981. Vibrio metschnikovii bacteremia in a Janssen, P., R. Coopman, G. Huys, J. Swings, M. Bleeker, P. Vos, M. Zabeau patient with cholecystitis. J. Clin. Microbiol. 14: 711–712. and K. Kersters. 1996. Evaluation of the DNA fingerprinting method Jeannes, A. 1974. Applications of extracellular microbial polysaccharide- AFLP as a new tool in bacterial taxonomy. Microbiology 142: 1881– polyelectrolytes: review of literature, including patents. J. Polym. Sci. 1893. Polym. Symp. No. 45: 209–227. Janssen, P. and L. Dijkshoorn. 1996. High resolution DNA fingerprinting Jellison, W.L. 1974. Tularemia in North America 1930–1974, University of Acinetobacter outbreak strains. FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 142: 191–194. of Montana Foundation, Missoula. Janssen, P., K. Maquelin, R. Coopman, I. Tjernberg, P. Bouvet, K. Kersters Jellum, E., V. Tingelstad and I. Olsen. 1984. Differentiation between and L. Dijkshoorn. 1997. Discrimination of Acinetobacter genomic spe- Actinobacillus actinomycetemcomitans and Hemophilus aphrophilus by high- cies by AFLP fingerprinting. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 47: 1179–1187. resolution, two-dimensional protein electroophoresis. Int. J. Syst. Bac- Janssen, W.A. and H.J. Surgalla. 1968. Morphology, physiology and se- teriol. 34: 478–483. rology of a Pasteurella species pathogenic for white perch. J. Bacteriol. Jenkins, C.L. and M.P. Starr. 1982a. The brominated aryl-polyene (xan- 96: 1606–1610. thomonadin) pigments of Xanthomonas juglandis protect against pho- Jantzen, E., B.P. Berdal and T. Omland. 1979. Cellular fatty acid com- tobiological damage. Curr. Microbiol. 7: 323–326. position of Francisella tularensis. J. Clin. Microbiol. 10: 928–930. Jenkins, C.L. and M.P. Starr. 1982b. The pigment of Xanthomonas populi Jantzen, E., B.P. Berdal and T. Omland. 1981. Cellular fatty acid taxonomy is a nonbrominated aryl-heptaene belonging to xanthomonadin pig- of Haemophilus, Pasteurella and Actinobacillus. In Kilian, Frederiksen ment group II. Curr. Microbiol. 7: 195–198. and Biberstein (Editors), Haemophilus, Pasteurella and Actinobacillus, Jenkins, D., M.G. Richard and G.T. Daigger. 1993. Manual on the causes Academic Press, London. pp. 197–203. and control of activated sludge bulking and foaming, 2nd ed., Lewis Jantzen, E., K. Bryn, T. Bergan and K. Bøvre. 1974. Gas chromatography Publishers, Boca Raton. of bacterial whole cell methanolysates; V. Fatty acid composition of Jenkins, J.A. and P.W. Taylor. 1995. An alternative bacteriological medium Neisseriae and Moraxellae. Acta Pathol. Microbiol. Scand. B Microbiol. for the isolation of Aeromonas spp. J. Wildl. Dis. 31: 272–275. Immunol. 82: 767–779. Jenkins, O., D. Byrom and D. Jones. 1987. Methylophilus: a new genus of Jantzen, E. and J. Lassen. 1980. Characterization of Yersinia species by methanol-utilizing bacteria. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 37: 446–448. analysis of whole cell fatty acids. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 30: 421–428. Jenny, D.B., P.W. Letendre and G. Iverson. 1987. Endocarditis caused by Janvier, M., J. Frank, M. Luttik and F. Gasser. 1992. Isolation and phe- Kingella indologenes. Rev. Infect. Dis. 9: 787–789. notypic characterization of methanol oxidation mutants of the re- Jensen, H.L. 1955a. Azotobacter macrocytogenes n. sp. a nitrogen-fixing bac- stricted facultative methylotroph Methylophaga marina. J. Gen. Micro- terium resistant to acid reactions. Acta Agric. Scand. 5: 280–294. biol. 138: 2113–2123. Jensen, H.L. 1965. Non-symbiotic nitrogen fixation. In Bartholomew and Janvier, M., C. Frehel, F. Grimont and F. Gasser. 1985. Methylophaga marina Clark (Editors), Soil Nitrogen, American Society of Agronomy, Inc., gen. nov., sp. nov. and Methylophaga thalassica sp. nov., marine meth- Madison. pp. 436–480. ylotrophs. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 35: 131–139. Jensen, J. and E. Thofern. 1953. Chlorha¨min als Bakterienwuchsstoff I. Janvier, M. and F. Gasser. 1987. Purification and properties of methanol Z. Naturforsch. 8b: 599–603. dehydrogenase from Methylophaga marina. Biochimie 69: 1169–1174. Jensen, K.T., W. Frederiksen, F.W. Hickman Brenner, A.G. Steigerwalt, Janvier, M. and P.A.D. Grimont. 1995. The genus Methylophaga, a new C.F. Riddle and D.J. Brenner. 1992. Recognition of Morganella sub- line of descent within phylogenetic branch gamma of Proteobacteria. species, with proposal of Morganella morganii subsp. morganii subsp. Res. Microbiol. 146: 543–550. nov. and Morganella morganii subsp. sibonii subsp. nov. Int. J. Syst. Jarlier, V. 1985. Enterobacte´ries et be´talactamases. In Courvalin, P., F. Bacteriol. 42: 613–620. Goldstein, A. Philippon and J. Sirot (Editors), L’antibiogramme, MPC Jensen, L.B., J.L. Ramos, Z. Kaneva and S. Molin. 1993. A substrate- Videocom, Paris. 87–101. dependent biological containment system for Pseudomonas putida Jarvis, K.G., J.A. Giron, A.E. Jerse, T.K. Mcdaniel, M.S. Donnenberg and based on the Escherichia coli gef gene. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 59: J.B. Kaper. 1995. Enteropathogenic Escherichia coli contains a putative 3713–3717. type III secretion system necessary for the export of proteins involved Jensen, M.J., B.M. Tebo, P. Baumann, M. Mandel and K.H. Nealson. 1980. in attaching and effacing lesion formation. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. Characterization of Alteromonas hanedai (sp. nov.), a nonfermentative U.S.A. 92: 7996–8000. luminous species of marine origin. Curr. Microbiol. 3: 311–315. Jarvis, W.R., J.W. White, V.P. Munn, J.L. Mosser, T.G. Emori, D.H. Culver, Jensen, M.J., B.M. Tebo, P. Baumann, M. Mandel and K.H. Nealson. 1981. C. Thornsberry and J.M. Hughes. 1984. Nosocomial infection sur- In Validation of the publication of new names and new combinations veillance, 1983. MMWR CDC Surveill. Summ. 33: 9–21. previously effectively published outside the IJSB. List No. 7. Int. J. Jaulhac, B., M. Nowicki, N. Bornstein, O. Meunier, G. Prevost, Y. Piemont, Syst. Bacteriol. 31: 382–383. J. Fleurette and H. Monteil. 1992. Detection of Legionella spp. in bron- Jensen, P.R., C.D. Harvell, K. Wirtz and W. Fenical. 1996. Anitmicrobial choalveolar lavage fluids by DNA amplification. J. Clin. Microbiol. 30: activity of extracts of Caribbean gorgonian corals. Mar. Biol. 125: 411– 920–924. 419. Javor, B.J., D.B. Wilmont and R.D. Vetter. 1990. pH-dependent metabo- Jensen, R. 1974. Diseases of Sheep, Lea and Febiger, Philadelphia. 389 lism of thiosulfate and sulfur globules in the chemolithotrophic ma- pp. rine bacterium Thiomicrospira crunogena. Arch. Microbiol. 154: 231– Jensen, R.A., D.S. Nasser and E.W. Nester. 1967. Comparative control of 238. a branchpoint enzyme in microorganisms. J. Bacteriol. 94: 1582–1593. BIBLIOGRAPHY 991

Jensen, V. 1955b. The Azotobacter flora of some Danish watercourses. Bot. teriology, American Society for Microbiology, Washington, DC. pp. Tidsskr. 52: 143–157. 655–682. Jensen, W.I., C.R. Owen and W.J. Jellison. 1969. Yersinia philomiragia sp. Johnson, J.L. 1994b. Similarity analysis of rRNAs. In Gerhardt, Murray, n., a new member of the Pasteurella group of bacteria, naturally path- Wood and Krieg (Editors), Methods for General and Molecular Bac- ogenic for the muskrat (Ondatra zibethica). J. Bacteriol. 100: 1237– teriology, American Society for Microbiology, Washington, DC. pp. 1241. 683–700. Jernigan, D.B., L.I. Sanders, K.B. Waites, E.S. Brookings, R.F. Benson and Johnson, J.L., R.S. Anderson and E.J. Ordal. 1970. Nucleic acid homol- P.G. Pappas. 1994. Pulmonary infection due to Legionella cincinnatiensis ogies among oxidase-negative Moraxella species. J. Bacteriol. 101: 568– in renal transplant recipients: two cases and implications for labo- 573. ratory diagnosis. Clin. Infect. Dis. 18: 385–389. Johnson, J.L. and B.S. Francis. 1975. Taxonomy of the clostridia: ribo- Jerse, A.E. and J.B. Kaper. 1991. The eae gene of enteropathogenic Esch- somal ribonucleic acid homologies among the species. J. Gen. Mi- erichia coli encodes a 94-kilodalton membrane protein, the expression crobiol. 88: 229–244. of which is influenced by the EAF plasmid. Infect. Immun. 59: 4302– Johnson, J.R. and T.T. O’Bryan. 2000. Improved repetitive-element PCR 4309. fingerprinting for resolving pathogenic and nonpathogenic phylo- Jerse, A.E., J. Yu, B.D. Tall and J.B. Kaper. 1990. A genetic locus of genetic groups within Escherichia coli. Clin. Diagn. Lab. Immunol. 7: enteropathogenic Escherichia coli necessary for the production of at- 265–273. taching and effacing lesions on tissue culture cells. Proc. Natl. Acad. Johnson, J.L. and E.J. Ordal. 1968. Deoxyribonucleic acid homology in Sci. U.S.A. 87: 7839–7843. bacterial taxonomy: effect of incubation temperature on reaction Jertborn, M. and A.M. Svennerholm. 1991. Enterotoxin-producing bac- specificity. J. Bacteriol. 95: 893–900. teria isolated from Swedish travellers with diarrhoea. Scand. J. Infect. Johnson, J.L. and N.J. Palleroni. 1989. Deoxyribonucleic acid similarities Dis. 23: 473–479. among Pseudomonas species. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 39: 230–235. Jessen, O. 1965. Pseudomonas aeruginosa and other green fluorescent pseu- Johnson, J.A., C.A. Salles, P. Panigrahi, M.J. Albert, A.C. Wright, R.J. domonads. A taxonomic study, Munksgaard, Copenhagen. 1–244. Johnson and J.G. Morris, Jr. 1994. Vibrio cholerae O139 synonym bengal Ji, J., N. Hugouvieux-Cotte-Pattat and J. Robert-Baudouy. 1989. Molecular is closely related to Vibrio cholerae El Tor but has important differences. cloning of the outJ gene involved in pectate lyase secretion by Erwinia Infect. Immun. 62: 2108–2110. chrysanthemi. Mol. Microbiol. 3: 285–293. Johnson, K.G., I.J. McDonald and M.B. Perry. 1976. Studies on the cellular Jin, Q., Z.H. Yuan, J.G. Xu, Y. Wang, Y. Shen, W.C. Lu, J.H. Wang, H. and free lipopolysaccharides from Branhamella catarrhalis. Can. J. Mi- Liu, J. Yang, F. Yang, X.B. Zhang, J.Y. Zhang, G.W. Yang, H.T. Wu, D. crobiol. 22: 460–467. Qu, J. Dong, L.L. Sun, Y. Xue, A.L. Zhao, Y.S. Gao, J.P. Zhu, B. Kan, Johnson, P.W., Sieburth, J.M., Sastry, A., Arnold, C.R. and Doty, M.S.. K.Y. Ding, S.X. Chen, H.S. Cheng, Z.J. Yao, B.K. He, R.S. Chen, D.L. 1971. Leucothrix mucor infestation of benthic crustacea, fish eggs, and Ma, B.Q. Qiang, Y.M Wen, Y.D. Hou and J. Yu. 2002. Genome se- tropical algae. Limnol. Oceanogr. 16: 962–969. quence of Shigella flexneri 2a: insights into pathogenicity through com- Johnson, R., R.R. Colwell, R. Sakazaki and K. Tamura. 1975. Numerical parison with genomes of Escherichia coli K12 and O157. Nucleic Acids taxonomy study of the family Enterobacteriaceae. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. Res. 30: 4432–4441. 25: 12–37. Jin, T. and R.G. Murray. 1987. Urease activity related to the growth and Johnson, W.M., H. Lior and G.S. Bezanson. 1983. Cytotoxic Escherichia differentiation of swarmer cells of Proteus mirabilis. Can. J. Microbiol. coli O157:H7 associated with haemorrhagic colitis in Canada. Lancet 33: 300–303. 1: 76. Jindal, J.K. and P.N. Patel. 1984. Variability in xanthomonads of grain Johnson, W.M., S.D. Tyler, G. Wang and H. Lior. 1991. Amplification by legumes. IV. Variations in bacteriological properties of 83 isolates and the polymerase chain reaction of a specific target sequence in the pathogenic behavior of cultural variants. Phytopathol. Z. 110: 63–68. gene coding for Escherichia coli verotoxin (VTe variant). FEMS Micro- Jindal, J.K., P.N. Patel and R. Singh. 1972. Bacterial leaf spot disease on biol. Lett. 68: 227–230. Amorphophallus campanulatus. Indian Phytopathol. 25: 374–377. Johnston, J.L., S.J. Billington, V. Haring and J.l. Rood. 1998. Comple- Joerger, R.D. and P.E. Bishop. 1988. Nucleotide sequence and genetic mentation analysis of the Dichelobacter nodosus fimN, fimO, and fimP analysis of the nifB-nifQ region from Azotobacter vinelandii. J. Bacteriol. genes in Pseudomonas aeruginosa and transcriptional analysis of the 170: 1475–1487. fimNOP gene region. Infect. Immun. 66: 297–304. Joerger, R.D., M.R. Jacobson, R. Premakumar, E.D. Wolfinger and P.E. Johnston, J.L., S.J. Billington, V. Haring and J.I. Rood. 1995. Identification Bishop. 1989. Nucleotide sequence and mutational analysis of the of fimbrial assembly genes from Dichelobacter nodosus: evidence that structural genes (anfHDGK) for the second alternative nitrogenase fimP encodes the type-IV prepilin peptidase. Gene 161: 21–26. from Azotobacter vinelandii. J. Bacteriol. 171: 1075–1086. Jolie, R.A., M.H. Mulks and B.J. Thacker. 1994. Antigenic differences Joerger, R.D., T.M. Loveless, R.N. Pau, L.A. Mitchenall, B.H. Simon and within Actinobacillus pleuropneumoniae serotype 1. Vet. Microbiol. 38: P.E. Bishop. 1990. Nucleotide sequences and mutational analysis of 329–349. the structural genes for nitrogenase-2 of Azotobacter vinelandii. J. Bac- Joly, J.R. and W.C. Winn. 1984. Correlation of subtypes of Legionella pneu- teriol. 172: 3400–3408. mophila defined by monoclonal antibodies with epidemiological clas- Johns, R.B. and G.J. Perry. 1977. Lipids of marine bacterium Flexibacter sification of cases and environment sources. J. Infect. Dis. 150: 667– polymorphus. Arch. Microbiol. 114: 267–271. 671. Johnsen, J. 1977. Utilization of benzylpenicillin as carbon, nitrogen and Jones, B.D. and H.L. Mobley. 1989. Proteus mirabilis urease: nucleotide energy-source by a Pseudomonas fluorescens strain. Arch. Microbiol. 115: sequence determination and comparison with jack bean urease. J. 271–275. Bacteriol. 171: 6414–6422. Johnson, F.H. and I.V. Shunk. 1936. An interesting new species of lu- Jones, C.W. and R.K. Poole. 1985. The analysis of cytochromes. Methods minous bacteria. J. Bacteriol. 31: 585–592. Microbiol. 18: 285–328. Johnson, J. 1923. A bacterial leafspot of tobacco. J. Agr. Res. 23: 481– Jones, D.M. 1962. A pasteurella-like organism from the human respiratory 494. tract. J. Pathol. Bacteriol. 83: 143–151. Johnson, J.C. 1956. Pod twist: a previously unrecorded bacterial disease Jones, D.A.C., A. McLeod, L.J. Hyman and M.C.M. Perombelon. 1993. of French bean Phaseolus vulgaris L. Quart. J. Agr. Sci. 13: 127–158. Specificity of an antiserum against Erwinia carotovora ssp. atroseptica in Johnson, J.R. 1991. Virulence factors in Escherichia coli urinary tract in- indirect ELISA. J. Appl. Bacteriol. 74: 620–624. fection. Clin. Microbiol. Rev. 4: 80–128. Jones, L.R. 1901. Bacillus carotovorus n. sp., die Ursache einer weichen Johnson, J.L. 1994a. Similarity analysis of DNAs. In Gerhardt, Murray, Faulnis der Mohre. Zentbl. Bakteriol. Parasitenkd. Infektkrankh. Hyg. Wood and Krieg (Editors), Methods for General and Molecular Bac- Abt. II 7: 12–21. 992 BIBLIOGRAPHY

Jones, L.R., A.G. Johnson and C.S. Reddy. 1917. Bacterial blight of barley. Judicial Commission. 1952. Opinion 5. Conservation of the generic name J. Agr. Res. 11: 625–644. Pseudomonas Migula 1894 and designation of Pseudomonas aeruginosa Jones, L.R., M.M. Williamson, F.A. Wolf and L. McCulloch. 1923. Bacterial (Schroeter) Migula 1900 as type species. Int. Bull. Bacteriol. Nomen. leafspot of clovers. J. Agr. Res. 25: 471–490. Taxon. 2: 121–122. Jones, R.N. 1998. Important and emerging beta-lactamase-mediated re- Judicial Commission 1954a. Opinion 11. Nomenclature of species in the sistances in hospital-based pathogens: the Amp C enzymes. Diagn. bacterial genus Shigella. Int. Bull. Bacteriol. Nomencl. Taxon. 4: 148– Microbiol. Infect. Dis. 31: 461–466. 149. Jones, R.N., J. Slepack and J. Bigelow. 1976. Ampicillin resistant Haemo- Judicial Commission 1954b. Opinion 13. Conservation and rejection of philus paraphrophilus epiglottitis. J. Clin. Microbiol. 4: 405–407. names of genera of bacteria proposed by Trevisan 1842–1890. Int. Jones, R., P. Woodley and R. Robson. 1984. Cloning and organization of Bull. Bacteriol. Nomencl. Taxon. 4: 151–154. some genes for nitrogen fixation from Azotobacter chroococcum and their Judicial Commission. 1958a. Opinion 15. Conservation of the family expression in Klebsiella pneumoniae. Mol. Gen. Genet. 197: 318–327. name Enterobacteriaceae, of the name of the type genus, and desig- Jordan, E.O. 1890. A report on certain species of bacteria observed in nation of the type species. Int. Bull. Bacteriol. Nomen. Taxon. 8: 73– sewage, Massachusetts Board of Public Health. pp. 821–844. 74. Jordan, G.W. and W.K. Hadley. 1969. Human infections with Edwardsiella Judicial Commission. 1958b. Rejection of the generic names Nitromonas tarda. Ann. Intern. Med. 70: 283–288. Winogradsky 1890 and Nitromonas Orla-Jensen 1909, conservation of Jordens, J.Z. and M.P. Slack. 1995. Haemophilus influenzae: then and now. the generic names Nitrosomonas Winogradsky 1892, Nitrosococcus Win- Eur. J. Clin. Microbiol. Infect. Dis. 14: 935–948. ogradsky 1892, and Nitrobacter Winogradsky 1892, and the designation Jørgensen, B.B. 1978. Distribution of colorless sulfur bacteria (Beggiatoa of the type species of these gener. Int. Bull. Bacteriol. Nomencl. spp.) n a coastal marine sediment. Mar. Biol. 41: 19–28. Taxon. 8: 169–170. Jørgensen, B.B. and V.A. Gallardo. 1999. Thioploca spp: filamentous sulfur Judicial Commission. 1963. Opinion 26. Designation of neotype strains bacteria with nitrate vacuoles. FEMS Microbiol. Ecol. 28: 301–313. (cultures) of type species of the bacterial genera Salmonella, Shigella, Jørgensen, B.B. and J.R. Postgate. 1982. Ecology of the bacteria of the Arizona, Escherichia, Citrobacter, and Proteus of the family Enterobacteri- sulphur cycle with special reference to anoxic-oxic interface environ- aceae. Int. Bull. Bacteriol. Nomencl. Taxon. 13: 35–36. ments. Philos. Trans. R. Soc. Lond. Philos. Trans. R. Soc. Lond. B. Judicial Commission 1963. Opinion 28. Rejection of the bacterial generic Biol. Sci. 298: 543–561. name Cloaca Castellani and Chalmers and acceptance of Enterobacter Jørgensen, B.B. and N.P. Revsbech. 1983. Colorless sulfur bacteria, Beg- Hormaeche and Edwards as a bacterial generic name with type species giatoa spp. and Thiovulum spp. in oxygen and hydrogen sulfide mi- Enterobacter cloacae ( Jordan) Hormaeche and Edwards. Int. Bull. Bac- crogradients. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 45: 1261–1270. teriol. Nomencl. Taxon. 13: 38. Jorgensen, J.H., L.A. Maher and A.W. Howell. 1991. Activity of mero- Judicial Commission 1971. Conservation of the specific epithet “phenyl- penem against antibiotic-resistant or infrequently encountered Gram- pyruvica” in the name Moraxella phenylpyruvica Bøvre and Henriksen. negative bacilli. Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. 35: 2410–2414. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 21: 107. Joseph, S.W. 1996. Aeromonas gastrointestinal disease: a case study in cau- Judicial Commission. 1981. Present standing of the family name Entero- sation? In Austin, Altwegg, Gosling and Joseph (Editors), The Genus bacteriaceae Rahn 1937. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 31: 104. Aeromonas, John Wiley and Sons, Ltd., Chichester. pp. 311–336. Judicial Commission 1991. Minutes of the Meetings, 14 September 1990, Joseph, S.W. and A.M. Carnahan. 1994. The isolation, identification, and Osaka, Japan. (Minutes 17 (i) and 18 (iii)). Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 41: systematics of the motile Aeromonas species. Ann. Rev. Fish Dis. 4: 185–187. 315–343. Judicial Commission. 1993. Opinion 67. Rejection of the name Citrobacter Joseph, S.W., A.M. Carnahan, P.R. Brayton, G.R. Fanning, R. Almazan, diversus Werkman and Gillen 1932. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 43: 392. C. Drabick, E.W.J. Trudo and R.R. Colwell. 1991. Aeromonas jandaei Jukes, T.H. and R.R. Cantor. 1969. Evolution of protein molecules. In and Aeromonas veronii dual infection of a human wound following Munzo (Editor), Mammalian Protein Metabolism, Academic Press, aquatic exposure. J. Clin. Microbiol. 29: 565–569. New York. pp. 21–132. Joseph, S.W., R.R. Colwell and J.B. Kaper. 1982. Vibrio parahaemolyticus Julianelle , L.A. 1926. A biological classification of Encapsulatuspneumoniae and related halophilic Vibrios. Crit. Rev. Microbiol. 10: 77–124. (Friedla¨nder’s bacillus). J. Exp. Med. 44: 113–128. Joseph, S.W., M. Janda and A. Carnahan. 1988. Isolation, enumeration Jung, Y.S., H.S. Gao-Sheridan, J. Christiansen, D.R. Dean and B.K. Bur- and identification of Aeromonas spp. J, Food Saf. 9: 23–36. gess. 1999. Purification and biophysical characterization of a new Joshi, M.M. and J.P. Hollis. 1976. Rapid enrichment of Beggiatoa from [2Fe-2S] ferredoxin from Azotobacter vinelandii, a putative [Fe-S] clus- soil. J. Appl. Bacteriol. 40: 223–224. ter assembly/repair protein. J. Biol. Chem. 274: 32402–32410. Joshi, M.M. and J.P. Hollis. 1977. Interaction of Beggiatoa and rice plant: Junge, K., H. Eicken and J.W. Deming. 2003. Motility of Colwellia psy- detoxification of hydrogen sulfide in the rice rhizosphere. Science chrerythraea strain 34H at subzero temperatures. Appl. Environ. Mi- 195: 179–180. crobiol. 69: 4282–4284. Joshi-Tope, G. and A.J. Francis. 1995. Mechanisms of biodegradation of Junge, K., J.F. Imhoff, J.T. Staley and J.W. Deming. 2002. Phylogenetic metal-citrate complexes by Pseudomonas fluorescens. J. Bacteriol. 177: diversity of numerically important arctic sea-ice bacteria cultured at 1989–1993. subzero temperature. Microb. Ecol. 43: 315–328. Jostensen, J.P. and B. Landfald. 1997. High prevalence of polyunsatu- Juni, E. 1972. Interspecies transformation of Acinetobacter: genetic evi- rated-fatty-acid producing bacteria in arctic invertebrates. FEMS Mi- dence for a ubiquitous genus. J. Bacteriol. 112: 917–931. crobiol. Lett. 151: 95–101. Juni, E. 1974. Simple genetic transformation assay for rapid diagnosis of Joubert, J.J. and S.J. Truter. 1972. A variety of Xanthomonas campestris Moraxella osloensis. Appl. Microbiol. 27: 16–24. patbogenic to Zantedeschia aethiopica. Netherlands J. Plant Pathol. 78: Juni, E. 1977. Genetic transformation assays for identification of strains 212–217. of Moraxella urethralis. J. Clin. Microbiol. 5: 227–235. Jouravleva, E.A., G.A. McDonald, C.F. Garon, M. Boesman-Finkelstein Juni, E. 1978. Genetics and physiology of Acinetobacter. Annu. Rev. Mi- and R.A. Finkelstein. 1998. Characterization and possible functions crobiol. 32: 349–371. of a new filamentous bacteriophage from Vibrio cholerae O139. Micro- Juni, E. 1982. Acinetobacter: a tale of two genera. In Hollaender, DeMoss, biology 144: 315–324. Kaplan, Konisky, Savage and Wolfe (Editors), Genetic Engineering of Judd, A.K., M. Schneider, M.J. Sadowsky and F.J. De Bruijn. 1993. Use Microorganisms for Chemicals, Plenum Press, New York. pp. 259– of repetitive sequences and the polymerase chain-reaction technique 269. to classify genetically related Bradyrhizobium japonicum serocluster 123 Juni, E. 1990. Application of genetic transformation in identification of strains. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 59: 1702–1708. Gram-negative bacteria. In Olsvik and Bukholm (Editors), Application BIBLIOGRAPHY 993

of Molecular Biology in Diagnosis of Infectious Diseases, Norwegian Kakeda, K. and H. Ishikawa. 1991. Molecular chaperon produced by an College of Veterinary Medicine, Oslo. pp. 61–68. intracellular symbiont. J. Biochem. (Tokyo) 110: 583–587. Juni, E. 1992. The genus Psychrobacter. In Balows, Tru¨per, Dworkin, Harder Kakimoto, D., H. Maeda, T. Sakata, W. Sharp and R.M. Johnson. 1980. and Schleifer (Editors), The Prokaryotes. A Handbook on the Biology Marine pigmented bacteria. I. Distribution and characteristics of pig- of Bacteria: Ecophysiology, Isolation, Identification, Applications, 2nd mented bacteria. Mem. Fac. Fish., Kagoshima Univ. 29: 339–347. Ed., Vol. 4, Springer-Verlag, New York. pp. 3241–3246. Kaldorf, M., K.H. Linne von Berg, U. Meier, U. Servos and H. Bothe. Juni, E. and G.A. Heym. 1980. Transformation assay for identification of 1993. The reduction of nitrous oxide to dinitrogen by Escherichia coli. psychrotrophic achromobacters. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 40: 1106– Arch. Microbiol. 160: 432–439. 1114. Kalina, G.P., A.S. Antonov, T.P. Turova and T.I. Grafova. 1984. Allomonas Juni, E. and G.A. Heym. 1986a. Defined medium for Moraxella bovis. Appl. enterica gen. nov., sp. nov.: deoxyribonucleic acid homology between Environ. Microbiol. 52: 966–968. Allomonas and some other members of the Vibrionaceae. Int. J. Syst. Juni, E. and G.A. Heym. 1986b. Psychrobacter immobilis, new genus new Bacteriol. 34: 150–154. species: Genospecies composed of gram-negative, aerobic, oxidase- Kallings, L.O. 1967. Sensitivity of various Salmonella strains to Felix 01 positive coccobacilli. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 36: 388–391. phage. Acta Pathol. Microbiol. Scand. 70: 446–454. Juni, E., G.A. Heym and M. Avery. 1986. Defined medium for Moraxella Kamekura, M., R. Wallace, A.R. Hipkiss and D.J. Kushner. 1985. Growth catarrhalis. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 52: 546–551. of Vibrio costicola and other moderate halophiles in a chemically de- Juni, E., G.A. Heym and R.A. Bradley. 1984. General approach to bacterial fined minimal medium. Can. J. Microbiol. 31: 870–872. nutrition: growth factor requirements of Moraxella nonliquefaciens.J. Kameyama, T., A. Takahashi, S. Kurasawa, M. Ishizuka, Y. Okami, T. Tak- Bacteriol. 160: 958–965. euchi and H. Umezawa. 1987. Bisucaberin, a new siderophore, sen- Juni, E., G.A. Heym, M.J. Maurer and M.L. Miller. 1987. Combined ge- sitizing tumor cells to macrophage-mediated cytolysis. I. Taxonomy netic transformation and nutritional assay for identification of Mo- of the producing organism, isolation and biological properties. J. An- raxella nonliquefaciens. J. Clin. Microbiol. 25: 1691–1694. tibiot. (Tokyo). 40: 1664–1670. Juni, E., G.A. Heym and R.D. Newcomb. 1988. Identification of Moraxella Kamme, C. 1969. Susceptibility in vitro of Haemophilus influenzae to pen- bovis by qualitative genetic transformation and nutritional assays. icillin G., penicillin V. and ampicillin. Incubation of strains from acute

Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 54: 1304–1306. otitis media in air and in CO2. atmosphere. Acta Pathol. Microbiol. Juni, E. and A. Janik. 1969. Transformation of Acinetobacter calco-aceticus Scand. 75: 611–621. (Bacterium anitratum). J. Bacteriol. 98: 281–288. Kamp, E.M., T.M. Vermeulen, M.A. Smits and J. Haagsma. 1994. Pro- Ju¨ttner, F. 1988. Quantitative trace analysis of volatile organic compounds. duction of Apx toxins by field strains of Actinobacillus pleuropneumoniae Methods Enzymol. 167: 609–616. and Actinobacillus suis. Infect. Immun. 62: 4063–4065. Jyssum, K. and P.E. Joner. 1965. Growth of Bacterium anitratum (B5W) Ka¨mpf, C. and N. Pfennig. 1980. Capacity of Chromatiaceae for chemo- with nitrate or nitrite as nitrogen source. Acta Pathol. Microbiol. trophic growth. Specific respiration rates of Thiocystis violacea and Scand. 64: 381–386. Chromatium vinosum. Arch. Microbiol. 127: 125–135. Kaars Sijpesteijn, A. 1949. Cellulose-decomposing bacteria from the ru- Ka¨mpf, C. and N. Pfennig. 1986. Isolation and characterization of some men of cattle. J. Microbiol. Serol. 15: 49–52. chemoautotrophic Chromatiaceae. J. Basic Microbiol. 26: 507–515. Kaaya, G.P. and M.A. Okech. 1990. Microorganisms associated with tsetse Ka¨mpfer, P. 1993. Grouping of Acinetobacter genomic species by cellular in nature: preliminary results on isolation, identification, and path- fatty acid composition. Med. Microbiol. Lett. 2: 394–400. ogenicity. International Study Workshop on Tsetse Population and Ka¨mpfer, P., A. Albrecht, S. Buczolits and H.J. Busse. 2002a. Psychrobacter Behavior, Duduville, Nairobi. Insect Sci. Appl. 11: 443–448. faecalis sp nov., a new species from a bioaerosol originating from Kabashima, T., K. Ito and T. Yoshimoto. 1996. Dipeptidyl peptidase IV pigeon faeces. Syst. Appl. Microbiol. 25: 31–36. from Xanthomonas maltophilia: sequencing and expression of the en- Ka¨mpfer, P., A. Albrecht, S. Buczolits and H.J. Busse. 2002b. In Validation zyme gene and characterization of the expressed enzyme. J. Biochem. of the publication of new names and new combinations previously (Tokyo) 120: 1111–1117. effectively published outside the IJSEM. List No. 87. Int. J. Syst. Evol. Kado, C.I. and M.G. Heskett. 1970. Selective media for isolation of Agro- Microbiol. 52: 1437–1438. bacterium, Corynebacterium, Erwinia, Pseudomonas, and Xanthomonasu. Ka¨mpfer, P. and M. Altwegg. 1992. Numerical classification and identi- Phytopathology 60: 969–976. fication of Aeromonad genospecies. J. Appl. Bacteriol. 72: 341–351. Kado, C.I. and S.-T., Liu. 1981. Rapid procedure for detection and iso- Ka¨mpfer, P., K. Blascyzk and G. Auling. 1994. Characterization of Aero- lation of large and small plasmids. J. Bacteriol. 145: 1365–1373. monas genomic species by using quinone, polyamine, and fatty acid Kadota, H. 1951. Studies on the biochemical activities of marine bacteria. patterns. Can. J. Microbiol. 40: 844–850. I. On the agar-decomposing bacteria in the sea. Memoirs Coll. Agric. Ka¨mpfer, P., S. Meyer and H.E. Mu¨ller. 1997. Characterization of Butti- Kyoto University. 59: 54–67. auxella and Kluyvera species by analysis of whole cell fatty acid patterns. Kageyama, B., M. Nakae, S. Yagi and T. Sonoyama. 1992. Pantoea punctata Syst. Appl. Microbiol. 20: 566-571. sp. nov., Pantoea citrea sp. nov., and Pantoea terrea sp. nov. isolated from Ka¨mpfer, P., I. Tjernberg and J. Ursing. 1993. Numerical classification fruit and soil samples. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 42: 203–210. and identification of Acinetobacter genomic species. J. Appl. Bacteriol. Kahn, M.E. and R. Gromkova. 1981. Occurrence of pili on and adhesive 75: 259–268. properties of Haemophilus parainfluenzae. J. Bacteriol. 145: 1075–1078. Kamps, A.M.I.E., E.M. Kamp and M.A. Smits. 1990. Cloning and ex- Kain, K.C., R.L. Barteluk, M.T. Kelly, X. He, G. de-Hua, Y.A. Ge, E.M. pression of the dermonecrotic toxin gene of Pasteurella multocida Proctor, S. Byrne and H.G. Stiver. 1991. Etiology of childhood diar- subsp. multocida in Escherichia coli. FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 67: 187–190. rhea in Beijing, China. J. Clin. Microbiol. 29: 90–95. Kanagawa, T., Y. Kamagata, S. Aruga, T. Kohno, M. Horn and M. Wagner. Kain, K.C. and M.T. Kelly. 1989. Antimicrobial susceptibility of Plesiomonas 2000. Phylogenetic analysis of and oligonucleotide probe develop- shigelloides from patients with diarrhea. Antimicrob. Agents Che- ment for Eikelboom type 021N filamentous bacteria isolated from mother. 33: 1609–1610. bulking activated sludge. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 66: 5043–5052. Kainz, A., W. Lubitz and H.J. Busse. 2000. Genomic fingerprints, ARDRA Kanagawa, T. and E. Mikami. 1989. Removal of methanethiol, dimethyl profiles and quinone systems for classification of Pasteurella sensu sulfide, dimethyl disulfide, and hydrogen sulfide from contaminated stricto. Syst. Appl. Microbiol. 23: 191–503. air by Thiobacillus thioparus TK-m. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 55: 555– Kaiser, G.M., P.C. Tso, R. Morris and D. McCurdy. 1997. Xanthomonas 558. maltophilia endophthalmitis after cataract extraction. Am. J. Opthal- Kanazawa, Y. and K. Ikemura. 1979. Isolation of Yersinia enterocolitica and mol. 123: 410–411. Yersinia pseudotuberculosis from human specimens and their drug re- 994 BIBLIOGRAPHY

sistance in the Niigata district in Japan. Contr. Microbiol. Immunol. mirabilis and a comparison with other methods of typing. J. Clin. 5: 106–114. Pathol. 27: 572–577. Kaneko, S. and T. Maruyama. 1987. Pathogenicity of Yersinia enterocolitica Kaska, M. 1976. The toxicity of extracellular protease of the bacterium O:3, biotype 3 strains. J. Clin. Microbiol. 25: 454–455. Serratia marcescens for larvae of greater wax moth Galleria mellonella.J. Kangatharalingam, N. and J.C. Priscu. 1993. Nitrapyrin-ammonium com- Invertebr. Pathol. 27: 271. bination induces rapid multiplication of mixed cultures of the stalked Kater, J.C., S.C. Marshall and W.J. Hartley. 1962. A specific suppurative bacterium Nevskia ramosa Famintzin and other heterotrophic bacteria. synovitis and pyaemia in lambs. NZ. Vet. J. 10: 143–144. Arch. Microbiol. 159: 48–50. Kato, C., L. Li, Y. Nogi, Y. Nakamura, J. Tamaoka and K. Horikoshi. 1998. Kaper, J.B. 1996. Defining EPEC. Rev. Microbiol. Sa˜o Paulo. 27: 130–133. Extremely barophilic bacteria isolated from the Mariana Trench, Kaper, J.B., H. Lockman, R.R. Colwell and S.W. Joseph. 1981. Aeromonas Challenger Deep, at a depth of 11,000 meters. Appl. Environ. Micro- hydrophila: ecology and toxigenicity of isolates from an estuary. J. Appl. biol. 64: 1510–1513. Bacteriol. 50: 359–378. Kato, C., N. Masui and K. Horikoshi. 1996. Properties of obligately bar- Kaper, J.B., J.G. Morris, Jr. and M.M. Levine. 1995. Cholera. Clin. Mi- ophilic bacteria isolated from a sample of deep-sea sediment from crobiol. Rev. 8: 48–86. the Izu-Bonin trench. J. Mar. Biotechnol. 4: 96–99. Kaper, J.B. and A.D. O’Brien (Editors). 1998. Escherichia coli O157:H7 Kato, C., T. Sato and K. Horikoshi. 1995. Isolation and properties of and other Shiga Toxin-Producing Strains, ASM Press, Washington, barophilic and barotolerant bacteria from deep-sea mud samples. Bio- D.C. 465 pp. divers. Conserv. 4: 1–9. Kaper, J., R.J. Seidler, H. Lockman and R.R. Colwell. 1979. Medium for Kato, C., M. Smorawinska, L. Li and K. Horikoshi. 1997. Comparison of the presumptive identification of Aeromonas hydrophila and Enterobac- the gene expression of aspartate b-d-semialdehyde dehydrogenase at teriaceae. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 38: 1023–1026. elevated hydrostatic pressure in deep-sea bacteria. J. Biochem. (To- Kaplan, R.W. and M. Brendel. 1969. Formation of prototrophs in kyo) 121: 717–723. mixtures of two auxotropic mutants of Serratia marcescens HY by a Kato, K. and H. Tsubahara. 1962. Infectious coryza of chickens. II. Iden- transducing bacteriophage produced by some auxotrophs. Mol. Gen. tification of isolates. Bull. Nat. Inst. An. Health 45: 21–26. Genetics. 104: 27–39. Katoh, K. and T. Suzuki. 1979. Microflora of manured soils. Bull. Natl. Kapperud, G. 1977. Yersinia enterocolitica and Yersinia like microbes isolated Inst. Agric. Sci. Ser. B. (Soils Fert.) 30: 73–135. from mammals and water in Norway and Denmark. Acta Pathol. Mi- Katz, M.E., P.M. Howarth, W.K. Yong, G.G. Riffkin, L.J. Depiazzi and J.I. crobiol. Scand. Sect. B Microbiol. 85: 129–135. Rood. 1991. Identification of three gene regions associated with vir- Kapperud, G. 1980. Studies on the pathogenicity of Yersinia enterocolitica ulence in Dichelobacter nodosus, the causative agent of ovine footrot. J. and Y. enterocolitica like bacteria. I. Enterotoxin production at 22C Gen. Microbiol. 137: 2117–2124. and 37C by environmental and human isolates from Scandinavia. Katz, W. and J.L. Strominger. 1967. Structure of the cell wall of Micrococcus Acta. Pathol. Microbiol. Scand. Sect. B. 88: 287–291. lysodeikticus. II. Study of the structure of the peptides produced after Kappos, T., M.A. John, Z. Hussain and M.A. Valvano. 1992. Outer mem- lysis with the myxobacterium enzyme. Biochemistry 6: 930–937. brane profiles and multilocus enzyme electrophoresis analysis for dif- Katzen, F., A. Becker, A. Zorreguieta, A. Puhler and L. Lelpi. 1996. Pro- ferentiation of clinical isolates of Proteus mirabilis and Proteus vulgaris. moter analysis of the Xanthomonas campestris pv. campestris gum operon J. Clin. Microbiol. 30: 2632–2637. directing biosynthesis of the xanthan polysaccharide. J. Bacteriol. 178: Karaolis, D.K., J.A. Johnson, C.C. Bailey, E.C. Boedeker, J.B. Kaper and P.R. Reeves. 1998. A Vibrio cholerae pathogenicity island associated with 4313–4318. epidemic and pandemic strains. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 95: 3134– Katznelson, H. 1955. The metabolism of phytopathogenic bacteria. I. 3139. Comparative studies on the metabolism of representative species. J. Karaolis, D.K., R. Lan and P.R. Reeves. 1994. Sequence variation in Shigella Bacteriol. 70: 469–475. sonnei (Sonnei), a pathogenic clone of Escherichia coli, over four con- Katznelson, H. 1958. Metabolism of phytopathogenic bacteria. II. Me- tinents and 41 years. J. Clin. Microbiol. 32: 796–802. tabolism of carbohydrates by cell-free extracts. J. Bacteriol. 75: 540– Karaolis, D.K., S. Somara, D.R. Maneval, Jr., J.A. Johnson and J.B. Kaper. 543. 1999. A bacteriophage encoding a pathogenicity island, a type-IV pilus Kauc, L. and S.H. Goodgal. 1989. The size and a physical map of the and a phage receptor in cholera bacteria. Nature 399: 375–379. chromosome of Haemophilus parainfluenzae. Gene 83: 377–380. Karch, H., H. Bo¨hm, H. Schmidt, F. Gunzer, S. Aleksic and J. Heesemann. Kauffman, C.A., A.G. Bergman and C.S. Hertz. 1979. Antimicrobial re- 1993. Clonal structure and pathogenicity of Shiga-like toxin-produc- sistance of Haemophilus species in patients with chronic bronchitis. .J. Clin. Microbiol. Am. Rev. Resp. Dis. 120: 1382–1385 .מing, sorbitol-fermenting Escherichia coli O157:H 31: 1200–1205. Kauffmann, F. 1935. Weitere erfahrungen mit den Kombinierten Anrei- Karch, H., J. Heesemann, R. Laufs, A.D. O’Brien, C.O. Tacket and M.M. churungsverfahren fu¨r Salmonellabazillus. Z. Hyg. Infektionskr. 117: Levine. 1987. A plasmid of enterohemorrhagic Escherichia coli 26–32. ¨ O157:H7 is required for expression of a new fimbrial antigen and Kauffmann, F. 1941. Uber mehrere neue Salmonella types. Acta Pathol. for adhesion to epithelial cells. Infect. Immun. 55: 455–461. Microbiol. Scand. 18: 351–366. Karlsson, K.A. and O. So¨derlind. 1973. Studies of the diagnosis of tula- Kauffmann, F. 1954. Enterobacteriaceae, 2nd Ed., E. Munksgaard, Copen- remia. Contributions to Microbiology and Immunology. Vol. 2. Yer- hagen. sinia, Pasteurella and Francisella, Malmo, Sweden. 224–230. Kauffmann, F. 1956. Zu¨r biochemischen und serologischen Gruppen- Karmali, M.A. 1989. Infection by verocytotoxin-producing Escherichia coli. und Typen-Einteilung der Enterobacteriaceae. Zentbl. Bakteriol. Paras- Clin. Microbiol. Rev. 2: 15–38. itenkd. Infektkrankh. Hyg. Abt. I Orig. 165: 344–354. Karmali, M.A., C.A. Lingwood, M. Petric, J. Brunton and C. Gyles. 1996. Kauffmann, F. 1960. Two biochemical subdivisions of the genus Salmon- Maintaining the existing phenotype nomenclatures for E. coli cyto- ella. Acta Pathol. Microbiol. Scand. 49: 393–396. toxins. ASM News. 62: 167–169. Kauffmann, F. 1961. The species-definition in the Enterobacteriaceae. Int. Karpati, F. and J. Jonasson. 1996. Polymerase chain reaction for the de- Bull. Bacteriol. Nomencl. Taxon. 11: 5–6. tection of Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Stenotrophomonas maltophilia and Kauffmann, F. 1962. Supplement to the Kauffmann-White scheme (V). Burkholderia cepacia in sputum of patients with cystic fibrosis. Mol. Cell. Acta Pathol. Microbiol. Scand. 55: 349–354. Probes 10: 397–403. Kauffmann, F. 1963a. On the species definition. Int. Bull. Bacteriol. No- Karr, D.E., W.F. Bibb and C.W. Moss. 1982. Isoprenoid quinones of the mencl. Taxon. 13: 181–186. genus Legionella. J. Clin. Microbiol. 15: 1044–1048. Kauffmann, F. 1963b. Zu¨r differential diagnose der Salmonella sub-genera Kashbur, I.M., R.H. George and G.A. Ayliffe. 1974. Resistotyping of Proteus I, II und III. Acta Pathol. Microbiol. Scand. 58: 109–113. BIBLIOGRAPHY 995

Kauffmann, F. 1964. Vereinfachtes Antigen-Schema der Salmonella sub- of clinical isolates of Legionella pneumophila. Am. J. Clin. Pathol. 83: genera II, III. Acta Pathol. Microbiol. Scand. 62: 68–72. 498–499. Kauffmann, F. 1966. The bacteriology of Enterobacteriaceae, The Williams Keeble, J.R. and T. Cross. 1977. An improved medium for the enumer- & Wilkins Co., Baltimore. ation of Chromobacterium in soil and water. J. Appl. Bacteriol. 43: 325– Kauffmann, F. and A. Dupont. 1950. Escherichia strains from infantile 327. epidemic gastroenteritis. Acta Pathol. Microbiol. Immunol. Scand. 27: Keel, J.A., W.R. Finnerty and J.C. Feeley. 1979. Fine structure of the 552–564. Legionnaires’ disease bacterium. Ann. Int. Med. 90: 652–655. Kauffmann, F. and P.R. Edwards. 1952. Classification and nomenclature Keeling, P.J. and W.F. Doolittle. 1997. Evidence that eukaryotic triose- of Enterobacteriaceae. Int. Bull. Bacteriol. Nomencl. Taxon. 2: 2–8. phosphate isomerase is of alpha-proteobacterial origin. Proc. Natl. Kauffmann, F. and E. Møller. 1940. A new type of Salmonella (S. ballerup) Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 94: 1270–1275. with Vi antigen. J. Hyg. 40: 246–251. Keil, F. 1912. Beitra¨ge zur Physiologie der farblosen Schwefelbakterien. Kaulfers, P.M., R. Laufs and G. Lahn. 1978. Molecular properties of trans- Beitr. biol. Pflanz. 11: 335–372. missible R factors of Haemophilus influenzae determining tetracycline Kellen, W.R., J.E. Lindegren and D.F. Hoffmann. 1972. Developmental resistance. J. Gen. Microbiol. 105: 243–252. stages and structure of a Rickettsiella in the navel orangeworm, Pora- Kawahara, E., Y. Fukuda and R. Kusuda. 1998. Serological differences myelois transitella (Lepidoptera: Phycitidae). J. Invert. Pathol. 20: 193– among Photobacterium damsela subsp. piscicida isolates. Fish Pathol. 33: 199. 281–285. Keller, R., M.Z. Pedroso, R. Ritchmann and R.M. Silva. 1998. Occurrence Kawai, Y. and E. Yabuuchi. 1975. Pseudomonas pertucinogena sp. n., an of virulence-associated properties in Enterobacter cloacae. Infect. Im- organism previously misidentified as Bordetella pertussis. Int. J. Syst. mun. 66: 645–649. Bacteriol. 25: 317–323. Kelley, S.K., V.E. Coyne, D.D. Sledjeski, W.C. Fuqua and R.M. Weiner. Kawakama, W. and S. Yoshida. 1920. Bacterial gall on Milletia plant (Ba- 1990. Identification of a tyrosinase from a periphytic marine bacte- cillus milletiae n. sp.). Bot. Mag. Tokyo. 34: 110–115. rium. FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 67: 275–280. Kawakami, B., H. Christophe, M. Nagatomo and M. Oka. 1991. Cloning Kelln, R.A. and R.A. Warren. 1971. Isolation and properties of a bacte- and nucleotide sequences of the AccI restriction-1 modification genes riophage lytic for a wide range of pseudomonads. Can. J. Microbiol. in Acinetobacter calcoaceticus. Agric. Biol. Chem. 55: 1553–1560. 17: 677–682. Kawamoto, E., T. Sawada and T. Maruyama. 1997. Evaluation of transport Kellogg, D.S., Jr., W.L. Peacock, Jr., W.E. Deacon, L. Brown and C.I. Pirkle. media for Pasteurella multocida isolates from rabbit nasal specimens. 1963. . I. Virulence genetically linked to clonal J. Clin. Microbiol. 35: 1948–1951. variation. J. Bacteriol. 85: 1274–1279. Kawamura, E. 1934. Bacterial leaf spot of sunflower. Ann. Phytopathol. Kelly, B.L. 1959. PhD Dissertation, University of Southern California Soc. Japan 4: 25–28. Kelly, D.P. and A.P. Harrison. 1989. Genus Thiobacillus. In Staley, Bryant, Kawasaki, H., K. Yamasato and J. Sugiyama. 1997. Phylogenetic relation- Pfennig and Holt (Editors), Bergey’s Manual of Systematic Bacteri- ships of the helical-shaped bacteria in the ␣ Proteobacteria inferred ology, 1st Ed., Vol. 3, The Williams & Williams Co., Baltimore. pp. from 16S rDNA sequences. J. Gen. Appl. Microbiol. 43: 89–95. 1842–1858. Kawasaki, K., Y. Nogi, M. Hishinuma, Y. Nodasaka, H. Matsuyama and I. Kelly, D.P., E. Stackebrandt, J. Burghardt and A.P. Wood. 1998. Confir- Yumoto. 2002. Psychromonas marina sp nov., a novel halophilic, fac- mation that Thiobacillus halophilus and Thiobacillus hydrothermalis are ultatively psychrophilic bacterium isolated from the coast of the distinct species within the gamma-sublass of the Proteobacteria. Arch. Okhotsk Sea. Int. J. Syst. Evol. Microbiol. 52: 1455–1459. Microbiol. 170: 138–140. Kawauchi, K., K. Shibutani, H. Yagisawa, H. Kamata, S. Nakatsuji, H. Kelly, D.P. and A.P. Wood. 2000. Reclassification of some species of Thio- Anzai, Y. Yokoyama, Y. Ikegami, Y. Moriyama and H. Hirata. 1997. A bacillus to the newly designated genera Acidithiobacillus gen. nov., Hal- possible immunosuppressant, cycloprodigiosin hydrochloride, ob- othiobacillus gen. nov. and Thermithiobacillus gen. nov. Int. J. Syst. Evol. tained from Pseudoalteromonas denitrificans. Biochem. Biophys. Res. Microbiol. 50: 511–516. Commun. 237: 543–547. Kelly, K.A., J.M. Koehler and L.R. Ashdown. 1993. Spectrum of extrain- Kay, B.A., K.L. Kotloff, L.D. Guers and B.D. Tall. 1990. Kluyvera species: testinal disease due to Aeromonas species in tropical Queensland, Aus- Lack of association with pediatric diarrheal disease. 90th Annual Meet- tralia. Clin. Infect. Dis. 16: 574–579. ing of the American Society for Microbiology, American Society for Kelly, M.T. and T.D. Brock. 1969a. Molecular heterogeneity of isolates of Microbiology, . p. 366. the marine bacterium Leucothrix mucor. J. Bacteriol. 100: 14–21. Kayser, H. 1902. Das Wachstum der zurischen Bacterium typhi und coli Kelly, M.T. and T.D. Brock. 1969b. Warm-water strain of Leucothrix mucor. stehenden Spaltpilze auf dem v. Drigalski-Conradi’schen Agarboden. J. Bacteriol. 98: 1402–1403. Zentrabl. Bakteriol. Parasitenk. Infektionskr. Hyg. Abt. I Orig. 31: Kelly, M.T. and A. Dinuzzo. 1985. Uptake and clearance of Vibrio vulnificus 426–429. from Gulf coast oysters (Crassostrea virginica). Appl. Environ. Micro- Kaysner, C.A., C. Abeyta, Jr., M.M. Wekell, A. DePaola, Jr., R.F. Stott and biol. 50: 1548–1549. J.M. Leitch. 1987. Incidence of Vibrio cholerae from estuaries of the Kelly, M.D. and J.E. Mortensen. 1995. A low-copy number plasmid me- United States West Coast. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 53: 1344–1348. diating b-lactamase production by Xanthomonas maltophilia. Adv. Exp. Kaysner, C.A., M.L Tamplin, M.M. Wekell, R.F. Stott and K.G Colburn. Med. Biol. 390: 71–80. 1989. Survival of Vibrio vulnificus in shellstock and shucked oysters Kelly, M.J.S., R.K. Poole, M.G. Yates and C. Kennedy. 1990. Cloning and (Crassostrea gigas and Crassostrea virginica) and effects of isolation me- mutagenesis of genes encoding the cytochrome bd terminal oxidase dium on recovery. Appl Environ Microbiol. 55: 3072-3079. complex in Azotobacter vinelandii - mutants deficient in the cytochrome Kazandjian, D., R. Chiew and G.L. Gilbert. 1997. Rapid diagnosis of d complex are unable to fix nitrogen in air. J. Bacteriol. 172: 6010– Legionella pneumophila serogroup 1 infection with the binax enzyme 6019. immunoassay urinary antigen test. J. Clin. Microbiol. 35: 954–956. Kelly, M.T., E.M.D. Stroh and J. Jessop. 1988. Comparison of blood agar, Kearns, L.P. and C.N. Hale. 1995. Incidence of bacteria inhibitory to ampicillin blood agar, MacConkey-ampicillin-Tween agar, and modi- Erwinia amylovora from blossoms in New Zealand apple orchards. Plant fied cefsulodin-Irgasan-novobiocin agar for isolation of Aeromonas spp. Pathol. (Oxf.) 44: 918–924. from stool specimens. J. Clin. Microbiol. 26: 1738–1740. Kearns, L.P. and C.N. Hale. 1996. Partial characterization of an inhibitory Kelm, O., C. Kiecker, K. Geider and F. Bernhard. 1997. Interaction of strain of Erwinia herbicola with potential as a biocontrol agent for the regulator proteins RcsA and RcsB with the promoter of the operon Erwinia amylovora, the fire blight pathogen. J. Appl. Bacteriol. 81: 369– for amylovoran biosynthesis in Erwinia amylovora. Mol. Gen. Genet. 374. 256: 72–83. Keathley, J.D. and W.C. Winn, Jr. 1985. Comparison of media for recovery Kelman, A. and R.S. Dickey. 1980. Soft rot of ‘carotovora’ group. In 996 BIBLIOGRAPHY

Schaad (Editor), Laboratory guide for identification of plant path- from Xanthomonas maltophilia grown in aerobic cultures. Appl. Envi- ogenic bacteria, American Phytopathological Society, St. Paul. pp. 3l– ron. Microbiol. 58: 3586–3592. 35. Keusch, G.T. and M.L. Bennish. 1998. Shigellosis. In Evans and Brachman Kendrick, J.B. 1934. Bacterial blight of carrot. J. Agr. Res. 49: 493–510. (Editors), Bacterial Infections of Humans. Epidemiology and Control, Kendrick, J.B. and K.F. Baker. 1942. Bacterial blight of garden stocks and 3rd Ed., Plenum Medical Book Co., New York. pp. 631–656. its control by hot water seed treatment. Cali Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 665: Khairat, O. 1940. Endocarditis due to a new species of Haemophilus.J. 1–23. Pathol. Bacteriol. 50: 497–505. Kennan, R.M., S.J. Billington and J.I. Rood. 1998. Electroporation-me- Khakhria, R., D. Duck and H. Lior. 1990. Extended phage-typing scheme diated transformation of the ovine footrot pathogen Dichelobacter no- for Escherichia coli O157:H7. Epidemiol. Infect. 105: 511–520. dosus. FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 169: 383–389. Khalil-Rizvi, S., S.I. Toth, D. Van der Helm, I. Vidavsky and M.L. Gross. Kennan, R.M., O.P. Dhungyel, R.J. Whittington, J.R. Egerton and J.I. 1997. Structures and characteristics of novel siderophores from plant Rood. 2001. The type IV fimbrial subunit gene (fimA)ofDichelobacter deleterious Pseudomonas fluorescens A225 and Pseudomonas putida ATCC nodosus is essential for virulence, protease secretion and natural com- 39167. Biochemistry 36: 4163–4171. petence. J. Bacteriol. 183: 4451–4458. Khalyuzhnaya, M., V.N. Khmelenina, S. Kotelnikova, L. Holmquist, K. Kenne, L., B. Lindberg, K. Petersson, E. Katzenellenbogen and E. Ro- Pedersen and Y.A. Trotsenko. 1999. Methylomonas scandinavica sp. nov., manowska. 1980. Structural studies of the O-specific side-chains of a new methanotrophic psychrotrophic bacterium isolated from deep Shigella sonnei phase I lipopolysaccharide. Carbohydr. Res. 78: 119– igneous rock ground water of Sweden. Syst. Appl. Microbiol. 22: 565– 126. 572. Kennedy, B.W. and T.H. King. 1962. Angular leaf spot of strawberry Khalyuzhnaya, M., V.N. Khmelenina, S. Kotelnikova, L. Holmquist, K. caused by Xanthomonas fragariae sp. nov. Phytopathology 52: 873–875. Pedersen and Y.A. Trotsenko. 2000. In Validation of the publication Kennedy, C. and D. Dean. 1992. The nifU, nifS and nifV gene products of new names and new combinations previously effectively published are required for activity of all three nitrogenases of Azotobacter vine- outside the IJSEM. List No. 50. Int. J. Syst. Evol. Microbiol. 50: 949– landii. Mol. Gen. Genet. 231: 494–498. 950. Kennedy, C., R. Gamal, R. Humphrey, J. Ramos, K. Brigle and D. Dean. Khan, A.A. and C.E. Cerniglia. 1997. Rapid and sensitive method for the 1986. The nifH, nifM and nifN genes of Azotobacter vinelandii - char- detection of Aeromonas caviae and Aeromonas trota by polymerase chain acterization by Tn5 mutagenesis and isolation from pLAFR1 gene reaction. Lett. Appl. Microbiol. 24: 233–239. banks. Mol. Gen. Genet. 205: 318–325. Khan, F.G., A. Rattan, I.A. Khan and A. Kalia. 1996. A preliminary study Kennedy, C.A., M.B. Goetz and G.E. Mathisen. 1990. Postoperative pan- of fingerprinting of Pseudomonas aeruginosa by whole cell protein anal- creatic abscess due to Plesiomonas shigelloides. Rev. Infect. Dis. 12: 813– ysis by SDS-PAGE. Indian J. Med. Res. 104: 342–348. 816. Kharat, A.S. and S. Mahadevan. 2000. Analysis of the beta-glucoside util- Kennedy, C. and R.L. Robson. 1983. Activation of nif gene expression in ization (bgl) genes of Shigella sonnei: evolutionary implications for their Azotobacter by the nifA gene product of Klebsiella pneumoniae. Nature maintenance in a cryptic state. Microbiology 146: 2039–2049. (Lond.) 301: 626–628. Khardori, N., L. Elting, E. Wong, B. Schable and G.P. Bodey. 1990. Nos- Kennedy, C. and A. Toukdarian. 1987. Genetics of azotobacters: appli- ocomial infectious due to Xanthomonas maltophilia (Pseudomonas mal- cations to nitrogen fixation and related aspects of metabolism. Annu. tophilia) in patients with cancer. Rev. Infect. Dis. 12: 997–1003. Rev. Microbiol. 41: 227–248. Khardori, N. and V. Fainstein. 1988. Aeromonas and Plesiomonas as etio- Kennedy, P.C., E.L. Biberstein, J.A. Howarth, L.M. Frazier and D.L. Dung- logical agents. Annu. Rev. Microbiol. 42: 395–419. worth. 1960. Infectious meningoencephalitis in cattle, caused by a Kharsany, A.B., A.A. Hoosen, P. Kiepiela, R. Kirby and A.W. Sturm. 1999. Haemophilus like organism. Am. J. Vet. Res. 21: 403–409. Phylogenetic analysis of Calymmatobacterium granulomatis based on 16S Kennedy, P.C., L.M. Frazier, G.H. Theilen and E.L. Biberstein. 1958. A rRNA gene sequences. J. Med. Microbiol. 48: 841–847. septicemic disease of lambs caused by Haemophilus agni (new species). Kharsany, A.B.M., A.A. Hoosen, P. Kiepiela, T. Naicker and A.W. Sturm. Am. J. Vet. Res. 19: 645–654. 1996. Culture of Calymmatobacterium granulomatis. Clin. Infect. Dis. 22: Kenny, B. and B.B. Finlay. 1995. Protein secretion by enteropathogenic 391. Escherichia coli is essential for transducing signals to epithelial cells. Kharsany, A.B.M., A.A. Hoosen, P. Kiepiela, T. Naicker and A.W. Sturm. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 92: 7991–7995. 1997. Growth and cultural characteristics of Calymmatobacterium gran- Kerr, G.R., K.J. Forbes, A. Williams and T.H. Pennington. 1993. An anal- ulomatis—the aetiological agent of granuloma inguinale (Donovan- ysis of the diversity of Haemophilus parainfluenzae in the adult human osis). J. Med. Microbiol. 46: 579–585. respiratory tract by genomic DNA fingerprinting. Epidemiol. Infect. Khashe, S. and J.M. Janda. 1996. Iron utilization studies in Citrobacter 111: 89–98. species. FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 137: 141–146. Kersters, K. and J. De Ley. 1968. The occurrence of the Entner–Doudoroff Khashe, S. and J.M. Janda. 1998. Biochemical and pathogenic properties pathway in bacteria. Antonie Van Leeuwenhoek J. Serol. Microbiol. of Shewanella alga and Shewanella putrefaciens. J. Clin. Microbiol. 36: 34: 393–408. 783–787. Kersters, K., W. Ludwig, M. Vancanneyt, P. De Vos, M. Gillis and K.-H. Khetawat, G., R.K. Bhadra, S. Nandi and J. Das. 1999. Resurgent Vibrio Schleifer. 1996. Recent changes in the classification of the pseudo- cholerae O139: rearrangement of cholera toxin genetic elements and monads: an overview. Syst. Appl. Microbiol. 19: 465–477. amplification of rrn operon. Infect. Immun. 67: 148–154. Kersters, K., B. Pot, D. Dewettinck, U. Torck, M. Vancanneyt, L. Vauterin Khetmalas, M.B., A.K. Bal, L.D. Noble and J.A. Gow. 1996. Pantoea ag- and P. Vandamme. 1994. Identification and typing of bacteria by pro- glomerans is the etiological agent for black spot necrosis on beach tein electrophoresis. In Priest, Ramos-Cormenzana and Tindall (Ed- peas. Can. J. Microbiol. 42: 1252–1257. itors), Bacterial Diversity and Systematics, Plenum Press, New York. Khmelenina, V.N., M.G. Kalyuzhnaya, N.G. Starostina, N.E. Suzina and 51–66. Y.A. Trotsenko. 1997. Isolation and characterization of halotolerant Kessler, B. and N.J. Palleroni. 2000. Taxonomic implications of synthesis alkaliphilic methanotrophic bacteria from Tuva soda lakes. Curr. Mi- of poly-b-hydroxybutyrate and other poly-b-hydroxyalkanoates by aer- crobiol. 35: 257–261. obic pseudomonads. Int. J. Syst. Evol. Bacteriol. 50: 711–713. Kidambi, S.P., G.W. Sundin, D.A. Palmer, A.M. Chakrabarty and C.L. Kessler, H.H., F.F. Reinthaler, A. Pschaid, K. Pierer, B. Kleinhappl, E. Eber Bender. 1995. Copper as a signal for alginate synthesis in Pseudomonas and E. Marth. 1993. Rapid detection of Legionella species in bron- syringae pathovar syringae. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 61: 2172–2179. choalveolar lavage fluids with the enviroAmp Legionella PCR ampli- Kidby, D., P. Sandford, A. Herman and M. Cadmus. 1977. Maintenance fication and detection kit. J. Clin. Microbiol. 31: 3325–3328. procedures for the curtailment of genetic instability: Xanthomonas Ketchum, P.A. and W.J. Payne. 1992. Purification of two nitrate reductases campestris NRRL B-1459. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 33: 840–845. BIBLIOGRAPHY 997

Kielstein, P. and V.J. Rapp-Gabrielson. 1992. Designation of 15 serovars Kim, J.F., Z.M. Wei and S.V. Beer. 1997b. The hrpA and hrpC operons of of Haemophilus parasuis on the basis of immunodiffusion using heat- Erwinia amylovora encode components of a type III pathway that se- stable antigen extracts. J. Clin. Microbiol. 30: 862–865. cretes harpin. J. Bacteriol. 179: 1690–1697. Kiernicka, J., C. Seignez and P. Peringer. 1999. Escherichia hermanii—a Kim, K.Y., D. Jordan and H.B. Krishnan. 1998. Expression of genes from new bacterial strain for chlorobenzene degradation. Lett. Appl. Mi- Rahnella aquaticus that are necessary for mineral phosphate solubili- crobiol. 28: 27–30. zation in Escherichia coli. FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 159: 121–127. Kilian, M. 1974. A rapid method for the differentiation of Haemophilus Kim, W.S., L. Gardan, S.L. Rhim and K. Geider. 1999. Erwinia pyrifoliae strains. The porphyrin test. Acta Pathol. Microbiol. Scand. Sect. B sp. nov., a novel pathogen that affects Asian pear trees (Pyrus pyrifolia Microbiol. 82: 835–842. Nakai). Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 49: 899–906. Kilian, M. 1976. A taxonomic study of the genus Haemophilus with the Kim, Y.S. and E.J. Kim. 1994. A plasmid responsible for malonate assim- proposal of a new species. J. Gen. Microbiol. 93: 9–62. ilation in Pseudomonas fluorescens. Plasmid 32: 219–221. Kilian, M. 1978. Rapid identification of Actinomycetaceae and related bac- Kimura, B., S. Hokimoto, H. Takahashi and T. Fujii. 2000. Photobacterium teria. J. Clin. Microbiol. 8: 127–133. histaminum Okuzumi et al. 1994 is a later subjective synonym of Pho- Kilian, M. and P. Bu¨low. 1976. Rapid diagnosis of Enterobacteriaceae.I. tobacterium damselae subsp. damselae (Love et al. 1981) Smith et al. Detection of bacterial glycosidases. Acta Pathol. Microbiol. Scand. [B]. 1991. Int. J. Syst. Evol. Microbiol. 50: 1339–1342. 84B: 245–251. Kimura, T. 1969. A new subspecies of Aeromonas salmonicida as an etio- Kilian, M. and E.L. Biberstein. 1984. Genus II. Haemophilus. In Krieg and logical agent of furnculosis on “Sakuramasu” (Oncorhynchus masou) Holt (Editors), Bergey’s Manual of Systematic Bacteriology, 1st Ed., and Pink Salmon (O. gorbuscha) rearing for maturity. Part 1. On the Vol. 1, The Williams & Wilkins Co., Baltimore. pp. 558–569. morphological and physiological properties. Part 2. On the serological Kilian, M. and W. Frederiksen. 1981a. Ecology of Haemophilus; Pasteurella properties. Fish Pathol. (Tokyo). 3: 45–52. and Actinobacillus. In Kilian, Frederiksen and Biberstein (Editors), Kimura, T., I. Sugahara, K. Hanai and T. Asahi. 1995. Purification and Haemophilus, Pasteurella and Actinobacillus, Academic Press, London. characterization of a new c-glutamylmethylamide-dissimilating en- 11–38. zyme system from Methylophaga sp. AA-30. Biosci. Biotechnol. Kilian, M. and W. Frederiksen. 1981b. Identification tables for the Hae- Biochem. 59: 648–655. mophilus-Pasteurella-Actinobacillus group. In Kilian, Frederiksen and Bi- Kimura, T., I. Sugahara and K. Hayashi. 1990a. Use of short chain amines berstein (Editors), Haemophilus, Pasteurella and Actinobacillus, Aca- and amino acids as sole sources of nitrogen in a marine methylo- demic Press, London. pp. 281–290. trophic bacterium, Methylophaga sp. AA-30. Agric. Biol. Chem. 54: Kilian, M., C.H. Mordhorst, C.R. Dawon and H. Lautrop. 1976. The 1873–1874. taxonomy of haemophili isolated from conjunctivae. Acta Pathol. Mi- Kimura, T., I. Sugahara, K. Hayashi, M. Kobayashi and M. Ozeki. 1990b. crobiol. Scand. Sect. B Microbiol. 84: 132–138. Primary metabolic pathway of methylamine in Methylophaga sp. AA- Kilian, M., J. Nicolet and E.L. Biberstein. 1978. Biochemical and sero- 30. Agric. Biol. Chem. 54: 2819–2826. logical characterization of Haemophilus pleuropneumoniae (Matthews King, B.M. and D.L. Adler. 1964. A previously undescribed group of and Pattison 1961) Shope 1964 and proposal of a neotype strain. Int. Enterobacteriaceae. Am. J. Clin. Pathol. 41: 230–232. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 28: 20–26. King, E.O. and H.W. Tatum. 1962. Actinobacillus actinomycetemcomitans and Kilian, M., J. Reinholdt, H. Lomholt, K. Poulsen and E.V. Frandsen. 1996. Haemophilus aphrophilus. J. Infect. Dis. 111: 85–94. Biological significance of IgA1 proteases in bacterial colonization and King, E.O., W.K. Ward and D.E. Raney. 1954. Two simple media for the pathogenesis: critical evaluation of experimental evidence. APMIS demonstration of pyocyanin and fluorescein. J. Lab. Clin. Med. 44: 104: 321–338. 301–307. Kilian, M. and C.R. Schiøtt. 1975. Haemophili and related bacteria in King, G.M. 1994. Associations of methanotrophs with the roots and rhi- the human oral cavity. Arch. Oral Biol. 20: 791–796. zomes of aquatic vegetation. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 60: 3220–3227. Kilian, M., I. Sorensen and W. Frederiksen. 1979. Biochemical charac- King, S. and W.I. Metzger. 1968. A new plating medium for the isolation teristics of 130 recent isolates from Haemophilus influenzae meningitis. of enteric pathogens. Appl. Microbiol. 16: 577–578. J. Clin. Microbiol. 9: 409–412. Kingsbury, D.T. and E. Weiss. 1968. Deoxyribonucleic acid homology Kilian, M. and J. Theilade. 1975. Cell wall ultrastructure of strains of between species of the genus Chlamydia. J. Bacteriol. 96: 1421–1423. Haemophilus ducreyi and Haemophilus piscium. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 25: Kingsland, R.C. and D.A. Guss. 1995. Actinobacillus ureae meningitis: case 351–356. report and review of the literature. J. Emerg. Med. 13: 623–627. Kilian, M. and J. Theilade. 1978. Amended description of Haemophilus Kingsley, M.T., D.W. Gabriel, G.C. Marlow and P.D. Roberts. 1993. The segnis Kilian 1977. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 28: 411–415. opsX locus of Xanthomonas campestris affects host range and biosyn- Kilpatrick, M.E., J. Escamilla, A.L. Bourgeois, H.J. Adkins and R.C. Rock- thesis of lipopolysaccharide and extracellular polysaccharide. J. Bac- hill. 1987. Overview of four United States Navy overseas research teriol. 175: 5839–5850. studies on Aeromonas. Experientia (Basel) 43: 365–366. Kippax, P.W. 1957. A study of Proteus infections in a male urological ward. Kilpper-Ba¨lz, R. 1991. DNA-rRNA hybridization. In Stackebrandt and J. Clin. Pathol. 10: 211–214. Goodfellow (Editors), Nucleic Acid Techniques in Bacterial System- Kiprianova, E.A., G.F. Levanova, E.V. Novova, V.V. Smirnov and A.D. atics, John Wiley & Sons, Chichester. 45–68. Garagulia. 1985. Taxonomic study of Pseudomonas aurantiaca Nakhi- Kim, B.H. 1976. Studies on Actinobacillus equuli, Thesis, University of Ed- movskaya, 1948 and the proposal of a neotype strain of this species. inburgh. Mikrobiologiia 54: 434–440. Kim, B.H., J.E. Phillips and J.G. Atherton. 1976. Actinobacillus suis in the Kirakosyan, A.V. and Z.S. Melkonyan. 1964. New Azotobacter agile varieties horse. Vet. Rec. 98: 239. from the soils of ARMSSR (R). Dokl. Akad. Nauk. Armyan. S.S.R. 17: Kim, E. and T. Aoki. 1993. Drug-resistance and broad geographical-dis- 33–42. tribution of identical R-plasmids of Pasteurella piscicida isolated from Kirby, B.D., K.M. Snyder, R.D. Meyer and S.M. Finegold. 1978. Legion- cultured yellowtail in Japan. Microbiol. Immunol. 37: 103–109. naires’ disease: clinical features of 24 cases. Ann. Intern. Med. 89: Kim, H.J., Y. Tamanoue, G.H. Jeohn, A. Iwamatsu, A. Yokota, Y.T. Kim, 297–309. T. Takahashi and K. Takahashi. 1997a. Purification and characteri- Kirov, S., M. 1993. The public health significance of Aeromonas spp. in zation of an extracellular metalloprotease from Pseudomonas fluores- foods. Int. J. Food Microbiol. 20: 179–198. cens. J. Biochem. 121: 82–88. Kirov, S.M., M.J. Anderson and T.A. McMeekin. 1990. A note on Aeromonas Kim, J.H., R.A. Cooper, K.E. Welty-Wolf, L.J. Harrell, P. Zwadyk and M.E. spp. from chickens as possible food-borne pathogens. J. Appl. Bac- Klotman. 1989. Pseudomonas putrefaciens bacteremia. Rev. Infect. Dis. teriol. 68: 327–334. 11: 97–104. Kirov, S.M., J.A. Hudson, L.J. Hayward and S.J. Mott. 1994. Distribution 998 BIBLIOGRAPHY

of Aeromonas hydrophila hybridization groups and their virulence prop- Kluyver, A.J. and M.T. van den Bout. 1936. Notiz u¨ber Azotobacter agilis erties in Australasian clinical and environmental strains. Lett. Appl. Beijerinck. Arch. Microbiol. 7: 261–263. Microbiol. 18: 71–73. Kluyver, A.J. and C.B. van Niel. 1936. Prospects for a natural system of Kirov, S.M., L.A. O’Donovan and K. Sanderson. 1999. Functional char- classification of bacteria. Zentbl. Bakteriol. Parasitenkd. Infektkrankh. acterization of type IV pili expressed on diarrhea-associated isolates Hyg. Abt. II 94: 369–403. of Aeromonas species. Infect. Immun. 67: 5447–5454. Knapp, W. 1968. Seroiogische krenzreaktionen zwischen Pasteurella pseu- Kirov, S.M. and K. Sanderson. 1996. Characterization of a type IV bundle- dotuberculosis (syn. Yersinia pseudotuberculosis), Escherichia coli and En- forming pilus (SFP) from a gastroenteritis-associated strain of Aero- terobacter cloacae. Prog. Immunobiol. Standard. 2: 179–186. monas veronii biovar sobria. Microb. Pathog. 21: 23–34. Knapp, W. and G. Lebek. 1967. U¨ bertragung der infektio¨sen resistenz Kita, K., N. Hiraoka, A. Oshima, S. Kadonishi and A. Obayashi. 1985. auf Pasteurellen. Pathol. Microbiol. 30: 103–121. AccIII, a new restriction endonuclease from Acinetobacter calcoaceticus. Knight, V. and R. Blakemore. 1998. Reduction of diverse electron ac- Nucleic Acids Res. 13: 8685–8694. ceptors by Aeromonas hydrophila. Arch. Microbiol. 169: 239–248. Kita-Tsukamoto, K., H. Oyaizu, K. Nanba and U. Simidu. 1993. Phylo- Knirel, Y.A., G. Widmalm, S.N. Senchenkova, P.E. Jansson and A. Wein- genetic relationships of marine bacteria, mainly members of the fam- traub. 1997. Structural studies on the short-chain lipopolysaccharide ily Vibrionaceae, determined on the basis of 16S rRNA sequences. Int. of Vibrio cholerae O139 Bengal. Eur. J. Biochem. 247: 402–410. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 43: 8–19. Kno¨sel, D. 1961. Eine an Kohl blattfleckenerzeugende Varietas von Xan- Kitch, T.T., M.R. Jacobs and P.C. Appelbaum. 1994. Evaluation of RapID thomonas carnpestris (Pammel) Dowson. Z. Pflanzenkr. Pflanzenpathol. onE system for identification of 379 strains in the family Enterobacte- Pflanzenschutz. 68: 1–6. riaceae and oxidase-negative, gram-negative nonfermenters. J. Clin. Knosp, O., M. Vontigerstrom and W.J. Page. 1984. Siderophore mediated Microbiol. 32: 931–934. uptake of iron in Azotobacter vinelandii. J. Bacteriol. 159: 341–347. Knudson, G.B. and P. Mikesell. 1980. A plasmid in Legionella pneumophila. Klapholz, A., K.D. Lessnau, B. Huang, W. Talavera and J.F. Boyle. 1994. Infect. Immunol. 29: 1092–1095. Hafnia alvei. Respiratory tract isolates in a community hospital over Knutton, S., T. Baldwin, P.H. Williams and A.S. McNeish. 1989. Actin a three-year period and a literature review. Chest 105: 1098–1100. accumulation at sites of bacterial adhesion to tissue culture cells: basis Klas, Z. 1936. U¨ ber den Formenkreis von Beggiatoa mirabilis. Arch. Mik- of a new diagnostic test for enteropathogenic and enterohemorrhagic robiol. 8: 312–320. Escherichia coli. Infect. Immun. 57: 1290–1298. Kleeberger, A., H. Castorph and W. Klingmu¨ller. 1983. The rhizosphere Knutton, S., D.R. Lloyd and A.S. McNeish. 1987. Adhesion of entero- microflora of wheat and barley with special reference to gram-negative pathogenic Escherichia coli to human intestinal enterocytes and cul- bacteria. Arch. Microbiol. 136: 306–311. tured human intestinal mucosa. Infect. Immun. 55: 69–77. Klein, D. and G.H. Luginbuhl. 1979. Simplified media for growth of Knutton, S., A.D. Phillips, H.R. Smith, R.J. Gross, R. Shaw, P. Watson and Haemophilus influenzae from clinical and normal flora sources. J. Gen. E. Price. 1991. Screening for enteropathogenic Escherichia coli in in- Microbiol. 113: 409–411. fants with diarrhea by the fluorescent-actin staining test. Infect. Im- Klein, E. 1889. Ueber epidemische Krankheit der Hu¨hner; verursacht mun. 59: 365–371. durch einen Bacillus - Bacillus gallinarum. Zentrabl. Bakteriol. Paras- Ko, W.C., K.W. Yu, C.Y. Liu, C.T. Huang, H.S. Leu and Y.C. Chuang. 1996. itenk. Infektionskr. Hyg. Abt. I Orig. 5: 689–693. Increasing antibiotic resistance in clinical isolates of Aeromonas strains Klein, G.C. 1980. Cross-reaction to Legionella pneumophila antigen in sera in Taiwan. Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. 40: 1260–1262. with elevated titers to Pseudomonas pseudomallei. J. Clin. Microbiol. 11: Kobayashi, D.Y., M. Guglielmoni and B.B. Clarke. 1995. Isolation of the 27–29. chitinolytic bacteria Xanthomonas maltophilia and Serratia marcescens as ם Klein, J.R. 1940. The oxidation of 1(–) aspartic and 1( ) glutamic acids biological control agents for summer patch disease of turfgrass. Soil by Haemophilus parainfluenzae. Note on the preparation of pyridine Biol. Biochem. 27: 1479–1487. nucleotides from baker’s yeast by the method of Warburg and Chris- Koblavi, S., F. Grimont and P.A. Grimont. 1990. Clonal diversity of Vibrio tian. J. Biol. Chem. 134: 43–57. cholerae O1 evidenced by rRNA gene restriction patterns. Res. Micro- Klein, M.G. and T.A. Jackson. 1992. Bacterial diseases of scarabs. In Jack- biol. 141: 645–657. son and Glare (Editors), Use of Pathogens in Scarab Pest Manage- Kocka, F.E., S. Srinivasan, M. Mowjood and H.S. Kantor. 1980. Nosocomial ment, Intercept Ltd., Andover. pp. 43–61. multiply resistant Providencia stuartii: a long-term outbreak with mul- Klein, M.G. and H.K. Kaya. 1995. Bacillus and Serratia species for Scarab tiple biotypes and serotypes at one hospital. J. Clin. Microbiol. 11: control. Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz 90: 87–95. 167–169. Kline, M.W. 1988. Citrobacter meningitis and brain abscess in infancy: ep- Kocur, M. 1984. Genus Paracoccus (Davis 1969). In Kreig and Holt (Ed- idemiology, pathogenesis, and treatment. J. Pediatr. 113: 430–434. itors), Bergey’s Manual of Systematic Bacteriology, Vol. 1, The Wil- Kline, M.W., E.O. Mason, Jr. and S.L. Kaplan. 1988. Characterization of liams & Wilkins Co., Baltimore. 399–402. Citrobacter diversus strains causing neonatal meningitis. J. Infect. Dis. Kodaka, H., A.Y. Armfield, G.L. Lombard and V.R. Dowell, Jr.. 1982. 157: 101–105. Practical procedure for demonstrating bacterial flagella. J. Clin. Mi- Klinger, R. 1912. Untersuchungen u¨ber menschliche Aktinomykose. Zen- crobiol. 16: 948–952. tralbl. Bakteriol. Parasitenkd. Infektionskr. Hyg. Abt. 1, Orig. 62: 191– Kodama, K., N. Kimura and K. Komagata. 1985. Two new species of 200. Pseudomonas - Pseudomonas oryzihabitans isolated from rice paddy and Kloepper, J.W., J. Leong, M. Teintze and M.N. Schroth. 1980. Enhanced clinical specimens and Pseudomonas luteola isolated from clinical spec- plant-growth by siderophores produced by plant growth-promoting imens. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 35: 467–474. rhizobacteria. Nature (Lond.) 286: 885–886. Kodjo, A., Y. Richard and T. Tønjum. 1997. Moraxella boevrei sp. nov., a Klontz, K.C., S. Lieb, M. Schreiber, H.T. Janowski, L.M. Baldy and R.A. new Moraxella species found in goats. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 47: 115– Gunn. 1988. Syndromes of Vibrio vulnificus infections. Clinical and 121. epidemiologic features in Florida cases, 1981–1987. Ann. Intern. Med. Kodjo, A., T. Tønjum, Y. Richard and K. Bøvre. 1995. Moraxella caprae sp. 109: 318–323. nov., a new member of the classical moraxellae with very close affinity Kloos, D.U., A.A. Dimarco, D.A. Elsemore, K.N. Timmis and L.N. Orns- to Moraxella bovis. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 45: 467–471. ton. 1995. Distance between alleles as a determinant of linkage in Kodjo, A., L. Villard, C. Bizet, J.L. Martel, R. Sanchis, E. Borges, D. natural transformation of Acinetobacter calcoaceticus. J. Bacteriol. 177: Gauthier, F. Maurin and Y. Richard. 1999. Pulsed-field gel electro- 6015–6017. phoresis is more efficient than ribotyping and random amplified poly- Kluyver, A.J. 1956. Pseudomonas aureofaciens nov. spec. and its pigments. morphic DNA analysis in discrimination of Pasteurella haemolytica J. Bacteriol. 72: 406–411. strains. J. Clin. Microbiol. 37: 380–385. BIBLIOGRAPHY 999

Koehler, J.M. and L.R. Ashdown. 1993. In vitro susceptibilities of tropical onym of Pseudomonas maltophilia Hugh and Ryschenkow 1960. Int. J. strains of Aeromonas species from Queensland, Australia, to 22 anti- Syst. Bacteriol. 24: 242–247. microbial agents. Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. 37: 905–907. Kondo, K., A. Takade and K. Amako. 1994. Morphology of the viable but Koehm, B. and G. Eggers-Schumacher. 1995. Rapid and simple detection nonculturable Vibrio cholerae as determined by the freeze fixation tech- of plant pathogens by reverse passive haemagglutination (RPH): de- nique. FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 123: 179–184. tection of the bacteria Clavibacter michiganensis (ssp. sepedonicus) and Kondo, S., Y. Haishima and K. Hisatsune. 1990. Analysis of the 2-keto-3- Erwinia carotovora (ssp. carotovora) with RPH in potato tubers. Z. Pflan- deoxyoctonate (KDO) region of lipopolysaccharides isolated from zenkr. Pflanzenschutz. 102: 58–62. non-01 Vibrio cholerae 05R. FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 56: 155–158. Koh, S.-C., J.P. Bowman and G.S. Sayler. 1993. Soluble methane mono- Kondrat’eva, E.N., R.N. Ivanovsky and E.N. Krasil’nikova. 1981. Light and oxygenase production and trichloroethylene degradation by a type I dark metabolism in purple sulfur bacteria. Sov. Sci. Rev. Amsterdam: methanotroph, Methylomonas methanica 68-1. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 325–364. 59: 960–967. Kondrat’eva, E.N., V.G. Zhukov, R.N. Ivanovsky, U.P. Petushkova and E.Z. Kohler, R.B., W.C.J. Winn and L.J. Wheat. 1984. Onset and duration of Monosov. 1976. The capacity of phototrophic sulfur bacterium Thi- urinary antigen excretion in Legionnaires’ disease. J. Clin. Microbiol. ocapsa roseopersicina for chemosynthesis. Arch. Microbiol. 108: 287– 20: 605–607. 292. Kohlert, R. 1968. Untersuchungen zu¨r A¨ tiologie der Eileiterentzu¨ndung Kondrat’eva, T.F. and G.I. Karavaiko. 1997. Genomic variability in Thio- beim Huhn. Monatsh Veterinaermed. 23: 392–395. bacillus ferrooxidans and its role in biohydrometallurgical processes. Kok, R.G., D.A. D’Argenio and L.N. Ornston. 1997. Combining localized Mikrobiologiya 66: 735–743. PCR mutagenesis and natural transformation in direct genetic analysis Koning, H.C. 1938. Bacterial canker of the poplar. Chron. Bot. 4: 11– of a transcriptional regulator gene, pobR. J. Bacteriol. 179: 4270–4276. 12. Kok, R.G., C.B. Nudel, R.H. Gonzalez, I.M. Nugteren-Roodzant and K.J. Konowalchuk, J., N. Dickie, S. Stavric and J.I. Speirs. 1978. Comparative studies of five heat-labile toxic products of Escherichia coli. Infect. Im- Hellingwerf. 1996. Physiological factors affecting production of ex- mun. 22: 644–648. tracellular lipase (LipA) in Acinetobacter calcoaceticus BD413: fatty acid Konowalchuk, J., J.I. Speirs and S. Stavric. 1977. Vero response to a cy- repression of lipA expression and degradation of LipA. J. Bacteriol. totoxin of Escherichia coli. Infect. Immun. 18: 775–779. 178: 6025–6035. Kontrohr, T. 1977. The identification of 2-amino-2-deoxy-l-altruronicacid Kok, R.G., J.J. van Thor, I.M. Nugteren-Roodzant, M.B. Bouwer, M.R. as a constituent of Shigella sonnei phase I lipopolysaccharide. Carboh- Egmond, C.B. Nudel, B. Vosman and K.J. Hellingwerf. 1995a. Char- ydr. Res. 58: 498–500. acterization of the extracellular lipase, lipA,ofAcinetobacter calcoaceticus Koops, H.P., B. Bo¨ttcher, U.C. Mo¨ller, A. Pommerening-Ro¨ser and G. BD413 and sequence analysis of the cloned structural gene. Mol. Stehr. 1990. Description of a new species of Nitrosococcus. Arch. Mi- Microbiol. 15: 803–818. crobiol. 154: 244–248. Kok, R.G., J.J. van Thor, I.M. Nugteren-Roodzant, B. Vosman and K.J. Koops, H.P., H. Harms and H. Wehrmann. 1976. Isolation of a moderate Hellingwerf. 1995b. Characterization of lipase-deficient mutants of halophilic ammonia-oxidizing bacterium, Nitrosococcus mobilis nov. sp. Acinetobacter calcoaceticus BD413: identification of a periplasmic lipase Arch. Microbiol. 107: 277–282. chaperone essential for the production of extracellular lipase. J. Bac- Kopecko, D.J., O. Washington and S.B. Formal. 1980. Genetic and phys- teriol. 177: 3295–3307. ical evidence for plasmid control of Shigella sonnei form I cell surface Kokai-Kun, J.F., A.R. Melton-Celsa and A.D. O’Brien. 2000. Elastase in antigen. Infect. Immun. 29: 207–214. intestinal mucus enhances the cytotoxicity of Shiga toxin type 2d. J. Kopf, P.-O. and V. Freitag. 1979. Krankenhausinfektionen mit Providencia Biol. Chem. 275: 3713–3721. stuartii. Dtsch. Med. Wochenschr. 104 (Pt. 3): 1129–1132. Kokka, R.P., J.M. Janda, L.S. Oshiro, M. Altwegg, T. Shimada, R. Sakazaki Ko¨plin, R., W. Arnold, B. Hoette, R. Simon, G. Wang and A. Pu¨hler. 1992. and D.J. Brenner. 1991a. Biochemical and genetic characterization Genetics of xanthan production in Xanthomonas campestris: the xanA of autoagglutinating phenotypes of Aeromonas spp. associated with and xanB genes are involved in UDP-glucose and GDP-mannose bi- invasive and noninvasive disease. J. Infect. Dis. 163: 890–894. osynthesis. J. Bacteriol. 174: 191–199. Kokka, R.P., D. Lindquist, S.L. Abbott and J.M. Janda. 1992. Structural Kopp, R., J. Mu¨ller and R. Lemme. 1966. Inhibition of Proteus by sodium and pathogenic properties of Aeromonas schubertii. Infect. Immun. 60: tetradecyl sulphate, b-phenethyl alcohol and p-nitrophenylglycerol. 2075–2082. Appl. Microbiol. 14: 872–878. Kokka, R.P., N.A. Vedros and J.M. Janda. 1990. Electrophoretic analysis Koppe, F. 1924. Die Schlammflora der ostholsteinischen Seen und des of the surface components of autoagglutinating surface array protein- Bodensees. Arch. Hydrobiol. 14: 619–672. positive and surface array protein-negative Aeromonas hydrophila and Korfhagen, T.R., L. Sutton and G.A. Jacoby. 1978. Classification and phys- Aeromonas sobria. J. Clin. Microbiol. 28: 2240–2247. ical properties of Pseudomonas plasmids. In Schlessinger (Editor), Mi- Kokka, R.P., N.A. Vedros and J.M. Janda. 1991b. Characterization of classic crobiology 1978, American Society for Microbiology, Washington, and atypical serogroup O:11 Aeromonas: evidence that the surface D.C. 221–224. array protein is not directly involved in mouse pathogenicity. Microb. Kornberg, H.L. and N.B. Madsen. 1958. The metabolism of C2 com- Pathog. 10: 71–80. pounds in microorganisms. 3. Synthesis of malate from acetate via Kokoskova, B. 1992. The appearance of Erwinia rhaponticia on hyacinth the glyoxylate cycle. Biochem. J. 68: 549–557. in Czechoslovakia. Ochr. Rostl. 28: 146–148. Ko¨rner, R.J., A.P. MacGowan and B. Warner. 1992. The isolation of Ple- Kolberg, J., E.A. Hoiby and E. Jantzen. 1997. Detection of the phos- siomonas shigelloides in polymicrobial septicaemia originating from the phorylcholine epitope in Streptococci, Haemophilus and pathogenic biliary tree. Zentbl. Bakteriol. 277: 334–339. Neisseria by immunoblotting. Microb. Pathog. 22: 321–329. Koronakis, V., M. Cross, B. Senior, E. Koronakis and C. Hughes. 1987. Kolibachuk, D. and E.P. Greenberg. 1993. The Vibrio fischeri luminescence The secreted hemolysins of Proteus mirabilis, Proteus vulgaris, and Mor- gene activator LuxR is a membrane-associated protein. J. Bacteriol. ganella morganii are genetically related to each other and to the alpha- 175: 7307–7312. hemolysin of Escherichia coli. J. Bacteriol. 169: 1509–1515. Kolkwitz, R. 1955. U¨ ber die schwefelbakterie Thioploca ingrica Wislouch. Kortstee, G.J., K.J. Appeldoorn, C.F. Bonting, E.W. van Niel and H.W. Ber. Dtsch. Bot. Ges. 68: 374–380. van Veen. 1994. Biology of polyphosphate-accumulating bacteria in- Kolyvas, E., S. Sorger, M.I. Marks and C.H. Pai. 1978. Pasteurella ureae volved in enhanced biological phosphorus removal. FEMS Microbiol. meningoencephalitis. J. Pediatr. 92: 81–82. Rev. 15: 137–153. Komagata, K., E. Yabuuchi, Y. Tamagawa and A. Ohyama. 1974. Pseudo- Kortt, A.A., J.E. Burns and D.J. Stewart. 1983. Detection of the extracel- monas melanogena Iizuka and Komagata 1963, a later subjective syn- lular proteases of Bacteroides nodosus in polyacrylamide gels: a rapid 1000 BIBLIOGRAPHY

method of distinguishing virulent and benign ovine isolates. Res. Krasil’nikova, E.N. 1975. Enzymes of carbohydrate metabolism in pho- Vet.Sci. 35: 171–174. totrophic bacteria. Mikrobiologiia 44: 5–10. Kosako, Y. and R. Sakazaki. 1991. Priority of Yokenella regensburgei Kosako, Krasil’nikova, E.N. 1981. Assimilation of sulfates by purple sulfur bacteria. Sakazaki, and Yoshizaki 1985 over Koserella trabulsii Hickman-Brenner, Mikrobiologiya 50: 338–344. Huntley-Carter, Brenner, and Farmer 1985. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 41: Krasil’nikova, E.N. 1985. Enzymes involved in carbon metabolism in a 185–187. purple sulfur bacterium Lamprobacter modestohalophilus. Mikrobiologiya Kosako, Y., R. Sakazaki, G.P. Huntleycarter and J.J. Farmer. 1987. Yokenella 53: 592–594. regensburgei and Koserella trabulsii are subjective synonyms. Int. J. Syst. Krasil’nikova, E.N. and E.N. Kondrat’eva. 1979. Possible pathways of ace- Bacteriol. 37: 127–129. tyl-CoA formation by purple bacteria. Mikrobiologiya 48: 779–884. Kosako, Y., R. Sakazaki and E. Yoshizaki. 1984. Yokenella regensburgei gen. Krasil’nikova, E.N., V.G. Zhukov and E.N. Kondrat’eva. 1979. Glycerol nov., sp. nov.: a new genus and species in the family Enterobacteriaceae. metabolism in purple sulfur bacteria. Mikrobiologiya 48: 586–591. Japan J. Med. Sci. Biol. 37: 117–124. Krause, B., T.J. Beveridge, C.C. Remsen and K.H. Nealson. 1996. Struc- Kosako, Y., R. Sakazaki and E. Yoshizaki. 1985. In Validation of the pub- ture and properties of novel inclusions in Shewanella putrefaciens. FEMS lication of new names and new combinations previously effectively Microbiol. Lett. 139: 63–69. published outside the IJSB. List No. 17. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 35: 223– Krause, T., H.U. Bertschinger, L. Corboz and R. Mutters. 1987. V-factor 225. dependent strains of Pasteurella multocida subsp. multocida. Zentbl. Bak- Kosako, Y., K. Tamura and K. Miki. 1996. Enterobacter kobei sp. nov., a new teriol. Mikrobiol. Hyg. Abt. Orig. A Med. Mikrobiol. Infektkrankh. species of the family Enterobacteriaceae resembling Enterobacter cloacae. Parasitol. 266: 255–260. Curr. Microbiol. 33: 261–265. Krause, T., I. Kunstyr and R. Mutters. 1989. Characterization of some Kosako, Y., K. Tamura and K. Miki. 1997. In Validation of the publication previously unclassified Pasteurellaceae isolated from hamsters. J. Appl. Bacteriol. 67: 171–175. of new names and new combinations previously effectively published Krauss, H. 1989. Clinical aspects and prevention of Q fever in animals. outside the IJSB, List No. 62. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 47: 915. Eur. J. Epidemiol. 5: 454–455. Koshi, G. and M.K. Lalitha. 1976. Edwardsiella tarda in a variety of human Kraut, M.S., J.R. Attenberry, S.M. Finegold and V.L. Sutter. 1972. Detec- infections. Indian J. Med. Res. 64: 1753–1759. tion of Haemophilus aphrophilus in the human oral flora with a selective Koskela, P. and A. Salminen. 1984. Humoral immunity against Francisella medium. J. Infect. Dis. 126: 189–192. tularensis after natural infection. J. Clin. Microbiol. 22: 973–979. Krcmery, V., L. Langsadl, M. Antal and A. Seckarova. 1985. Transferable Koster, M., W. Ovaa, W. Bitter and P. Weisbeek. 1995. Multiple outer- amikacin and cefamandole resistance: Pseudomonas maltophilia and Aci- membrane receptors for uptake of ferric pseudobactins in Pseudo- netobacter strains as possible reservoirs of R plasmids. J. Hyg. Epide- monas putida Wcs358. Mol. Gen. Genet. 248: 735–743. miol. Microbiol. Immunol. (Prague) 29: 141–146. Kotasthane, W.V., A.C. Padhya and M.K. Patel. 1965. Utilization of amino Kreger, A.S., A.W. Bernheimer, L.A. Etkin and L.W. Daniel. 1987. Phos- acids as sole source of carbon and nitrogen by some xanthomonads. pholipase D activity of Vibrio damsela cytolysin and its interaction with Indian Phytopathol. 18: 154–159. sheep erythrocytes. Infect. Immun. 55: 3209–3212. Kotelko, K. 1986. Proteus mirabilis: taxonomic position, peculiarities of Krieg, A. 1955a. Licht- und elektronenmikroskopische Untersuchungen growth, components of the cell envelope. Curr. Top. Microbiol. Im- zu¨r Pathologie der “Lorscher Erkrankung” von Engerlingen and zu¨r munol. 129: 181–215. Zytologie der Rickettsia melolonthae nov. spec. Z. Naturforsch. 10b: 34– Kotloff, K.L., J.P. Winickoff, B. Ivanoff, J.D. Clemens, D.L. Swerdlow, P.J. 37. Sansonetti, G.K. Adak and M.M. Levine. 1999. Global burden of Shi- Krieg, A. 1955b. Untersuchungen zu¨r Wirbeltier-Pathogenita¨t und zum gella infections: implications for vaccine development and implemen- serologischen Nachweis der Rickettsia melolonthae im Arthropod-Wirt. tation of control strategies. Bull. World Health Organ. 77: 651–666. Naturwissenschaften 42: 609–610. Kotob, S.I., S.L. Coon, E.J. Quintero and R.M. Weiner. 1995. Homogen- Krieg, A. 1958. Vergleichende taxonomische, morphologische und ser- tisic acid is the primary precursor of melanin synthesis in Vibrio chol- ologische Untersuchungen an insektenpathoge`nen Rickettsien. Z. erae,aHyphomonas strain, and Shewanella colwelliana. Appl. Environ. Naturforsch. 13b: 555–557. Microbiol. 61: 1620–1622. Krieg, A. 1959. On the problem of crystals associated with Rickettsiella Kourany, M., M.A. Vasquez and R. Saenz. 1977. Edwardsiellosis in man infections. J. Insect Pathol. 1: 95. and animals in Panama: clinical and epidemiological characteristics. Krieg, A. 1965. U¨ ber eine neue Rickettsie aus Coleopteren, Rickettsiella Am. J.Trop. Med. Hyg. 26: 1183–1190. tenebrionis nov. spec. Naturwissenschaften 52: 144–145. Koushik, S.V., B. Sundararaju, R.A. McGraw and R.S. Phillips. 1997. Clon- Krieg, N.R. 1974. The genus Spirillum. In Buchanan and Gibbons (Edi- ing, sequence, and expression of kynureninase from Pseudomonas flu- tors), Bergey’s Manual of Determinative Bacteriology, 8th ed., The orescens. Arch. Biochem. Biophys. 344: 301–308. Williams & Wilkins Co., Baltimore. 196–207. Kousik, C.S. and D.F. Ritchie. 1996. Race shift in Xanthomonas campestris Krieg, N.R. 1984a. Aerobic/microaerophilic, motile, helical/vibroid pv. vesicatoria within a season in field-grown pepper. Phytopathology gram-negative bacteria. In Krieg and Holt (Editors), Bergey’s Manual 86: 952–958. of Systematic Bacteriology, Vol. 1, The Williams & Wilkins Co., Bal- Kova´cs, N. 1956. Identification of Pseudomonas pyocyanea by the oxidase timore. 71–93. reaction. Nature 178: 703. Krieg, N.R. 1984b. Genus Oceanospirillum. In Krieg and Holt (Editors), Kowalchuk, G.A., L.A. Gregg-Jolly and L.N. Ornston. 1995. Nucleotide Bergey’s Manual of Systematic Bacteriology, 1st Ed., Vol. 1, The Wil- sequences transferred by gene conversion in the bacterium Acineto- liams & Wilkins Co., Baltimore. pp. 104–110. bacter calcoaceticus. Gene 153: 111–115. Krieg, N.R. and P. Gerhardt. 1981. Solid Culture. In Gerhardt, Murray, Kowallik, U. and E.G. Pringsheim. 1966. The oxidation of hydrogen sul- Costilow, Nester, Wood, Krieg and Phillips (Editors), Manual of Meth- fide by Beggiatoa. Am. J. Bot. 53: 801–806. ods for General Bacteriology, American Society for Microbiology, Kozloff, L.M., M.A. Schofield and M. Lute. 1983. Ice nucleating activity Washington, DC. pp. 143–150. of Pseudomonas syringae and Erwinia herbicola. J. Bacteriol. 153: 222– Krieg, N.R. and J.G. Holt (Editors). 1984. Bergey’s Manual of Systematic 231. Bacteriology, 1st Ed., Vol. 1, The Williams & Wilkins Co., Baltimore. Kozubek, A., S. Pietr and A. Czerwonka. 1996. Alkylresorcinols are abun- Krikler, M.S. 1953. The serology of Proteus vulgaris, Thesis, University of dant lipid components in different strains of Azotobacter chroococcum London, London. and Pseudomonas spp. J. Bacteriol. 178: 4027–4030. Krishnapillai, V. and L.S. Baron. 1964. Alterations in the mouse virulence Krasil’nikov, N.A. 1949. Guide to the bacteria and actinomycetes, Akad. of Salmonella typhimurium by genetic recambination. J. Bacteriol. 87: Nauk SSSR, Moscow. 1–830. 593–605. BIBLIOGRAPHY 1001

Kroll, J.S., S. Ely and E.R. Moxon. 1991. Capsular typing of Haemophilus 1997. Detection of RTX toxin genes in gram-negative bacteria with influenzae with a DNA probe. Mol. Cell. Probes 5: 375–379. a set of specific probes. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 63: 2258–2265. Kroll, J.S., E.R. Moxon and B.M. Loynds. 1993. An ancestral mutation Kuijper, E.J., A.G. Steigerwalt, B.S.C.I.M. Schoenmakers, M.F. Peeters, enhancing the fitness and increasing the virulence of Haemophilus H.C. Zanen and D.J. Brenner. 1989a. Phenotypic characterization and influenzae type b. J. Infect. Dis. 168: 172–176. DNA relatedness in human fecal isolates of Aeromonas spp. J. Clin. Kroll, J.S., E.R. Moxon and B.M. Loynds. 1994. Natural genetic transfer Microbiol. 27: 132–138. of a putative virulence-enhancing mutation to Haemophilus influenzae Kuijper, E.J., L. van Alphen, E. Leenders and H.C. Zanen. 1989b. Typing type a. J. Infect. Dis. 169: 676–679. of Aeromonas strains by DNA restriction endonuclease analysis and Krone, W.J.A., G. Koningstein, F.K. Degraaf and B. Oudega. 1985. Plas- polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis of cell envelopes. J. Clin. Micro- mid-determined cloacin Df13-susceptibility in Enterobacter cloacae and biol. 27: 1280–1285. Klebsiella edwardsii: Identification of the cloacin-Df13 aerobactin outer- Kuijper, E.J., A. van Eeden, B. de Wever, R. van Ketel and J. Dankert. membrane receptor proteins. Antonie Leeuwenhoek J. Microbiol. 51: 1997. Nonserotypeable Shigella dysenteriae isolated from a Dutch pa- 203–218. tient returning from India. Eur. J. Clin. Microbiol. Infect. Dis. 16: Kroppenstedt, R.M. and W. Mannheim. 1989. Lipoquinones in members 553–554. of the family Pasteurellaceae. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 39: 304–308. Kukkonen, M., T. Raunio, R. Virkola, K. Lahteenmaki, P.H. Ma¨kela¨, P. Krotzky, A. and D. Werner. 1987. Nitrogen-fixation in Pseudomonas stutzeri. Klemm, S. Clegg and T.K. Korhonen. 1993. Basement membrane Arch. Microbiol. 147: 48–57. carbohydrate as a target for bacterial adhesion: Binding of type 1 Krumwiede, E. and A.G. Kuttner. 1938. A growth-inhibiting substance fimbriae of Salmonella enterica and Escherichia coli to laminin. Mol. for the influenza group of organisms in the blood of various animal Microbiol. 7: 229–237. species. J. Exp. Med. 67: 429–441. Kuklinska, D. and M. Kilian. 1984. Relative proportions of Haemophilus species in the throat of healthy children and adults. Eur. J. Clin. Kruse, W. 1896. Systematik der streptothricheen and bakterien, Vol. 2, Microbiol. 3: 249–252. pp. 48–66, 67–96, 185–526. Kulkarni, Y.S., M.K. Patel and S.G. Abhyankar. 1950. A new bacterial leaf Kuberski, T., J.M. Papadimitriou and P. Phillips. 1980. Ultrastructure of spot and stem canker of pigeon pea. Curr. Sci. (Bangalore) 19: 384. Calymmatobacterium granulomatis in lesions of granuloma inguinale. J. Kulkarni, Y.S., M.K. Patel and G.W. Dhande. 1951. Xanthomonas cassiae a Infect. Dis. 142: 744–749. new bacterial disease of Cassia tora L. Curr. Sci. (Bangalore) 20: 47. Kudoh, Y.A., A. Kai, H. Obata, J. Kusunoki, C. Monma, M. Shingaki, Y. Kume, K., A. Sawata, T. Nakai and M. Matsumoto. 1983. Serological clas- Yanagawa, S. Yamada, S. Matsushita, T. Ito and K. Ohta. 1994. Epi- sification of Haemophilus paragallinarum with a hemagglutinin system. demiologic surveys on verocytotoxin-producing Escherichia coli infec- J. Clin. Microbiol. 17: 958–964. tions in Japan. In Karmali and Goglio (Editors), Recent Advances in Kume, K., A. Sawata and Y. Nakase. 1980. Immunologic relationship be- Verocytotoxin-Producing Escherichia coli infections, Elsevier Science, tween Page’s and Sawata’s serotype strains of Haemophilus paragalli- The Netherlands. pp. 53–56. narum. Am. J. Vet. Res. 41: 757–760. Kuenen, J.G. and R.F. Beudeker. 1982. Microbiology of thiobacilli and Kume, T. 1962. A case of abortion possibly due to Hafnia organism. J. other sulphur-oxidizing autotrophs, microtrophs and heterotrophs. Hokkaido Vet. Assoc. 6: 1–4. Philos. Trans. R. Soc. Lond. Philos. Trans. R. Soc. Lond. B. Biol. Sci. Kunkle, R.A. and R.B. Rimler. 1998. Early pulmonary lesions in turkeys 298: 473–497. produced by nonviable Aspergillus fumigatus and/or Pasteurella multo- Kuenen, J.G. and L.A. Robertson. 1989. Genus Thiomicrospira. In Staley, cida lipopolysaccharide. Avian Dis. 42: 770–780. Bryant, Pfennig and Holt (Editors), Bergey’s Manual of Systematic Kunsman, J.E. and D.R. Caldwell. 1974. Comparison of the sphingolipid Bacteriology, 1st Ed., Vol. 3, The Williams & Wilkins Co., Baltimore. content of rumen Bacteroides species. Appl. Microbiol. 28: 1088–1089. pp. 1858–1861. Kuono, K., T. Oki, H. Nomura and A. Ozaki. 1973. Isolation of new Kuenen, J.G., L.A. Robertson and O.H. Tuovinen. 1992. The genera methanol-utilizing bacteria and its thiamine requirement for growth. Thiobacillus, Thiomicrospira, and Thiosphaera. In Balows, Tru¨per, Dwor- J. Gen. Appl. Microbiol. 19: 11–21. kin, Harder and Schleifer (Editors), The Prokaryotes. A Handbook Kurazono, H., S. Yamasaki, O. Ratchtrachenchai, G.B. Nair and Y. Takeda. on the Biology of Bacteria: Ecophysiology, Isolation, Identification, 1996. Analysis of Vibrio cholerae O139 Bengal isolated from different Applications, 2nd Ed., Vol. III, Springer Verlag, New York. pp. 2638– geographical areas using macrorestriction DNA analysis. Microbiol. 2657. Immunol. 40: 303–305. Kuenen, J.G. and H. Veldkamp. 1972. Thiomicrospira pelophila, gen. n., sp. Kurtti, T.J., A.T. Palmer and J.H.J. Oliver. 2002. Rickettsiella-like bacteria n., a new obligately chemolithotrophic colourless sulfur bacterium. in Ixodes woodi (Acari: Ixodidae). J. Med. Entomol. 39: 534–540. Antonie Leeuwenhoek 38: 241–256. Kurz, R.W., W. Graninger, T.P. Egger, H. Pichler and K.H. Tragl. 1988. Kuenen, J.G. and H. Veldkamp. 1973. Effects of organic compounds on Failure of treatment of legionella pneumonia with ciprofloxacin. J. growth of chemostat cultures of Thiomicrospira pelophila, Thiobacillus Antimicrob. Chemother. 22: 389–391. thioparus and Thiobacillus neapolitanus. Arch. Microbiol. 94: 173–190. Kusek, J.W. and L.G. Herman. 1980. Typing of Proteus mirabilis by bac- Kuhn, I., M.J. Albert, M. Ansaruzzaman, N.A. Bhuiyan, S.A. Alabi, M.S. teriocin production and sensitivity as a possible epidemiological Islam, P.K.B. Neogi, G. Huys, P. Janssen, K. Kersters and R. Mollby. marker. J. Clin. Microbiol. 12: 112–120. 1997a. Characterization of Aeromonas spp. isolated from humans with Kushner, D.J. 1978. Life in high salt and solute concentrations: halophilic diarrhea, from healthy controls, and from surface water in Bangla- bacteria. In Kushner (Editor), Microbial Life in Extreme Environ- desh. J. Clin. Microbiol. 35: 369–373. ments, Academic Press, London. pp. 317–368. Kuhn, I., G. Allestam, G. Huys, P. Janssen, K. Kersters, K. Krovacek and Kusuda, R., T. Itami, M. Munekiyo and H. Nakajima. 1977. Characteristics T.A. Stenstrom. 1997b. Diversity, persistence, and virulence of Aero- of Edwardsiella sp. from an epidemic in cultured crimson sea beams. monas strains isolated from drinking water distribution systems in Bull. Japan. Soc. Sci. Fish. 43: 129–134. Sweden. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 63: 2708–2715. Kusuda, R., J. Yokoyama and K. Kawai. 1986. Bacteriological study on Kuhn, R., M.P. Starr, D.A. Kuhn, H. Bauer and H.J. Knackmuss. 1965. cause of mass mortalities in cultured black sea bream fry. Bull. Jpn. Indigoiodine and other pigments related to 3,3’-bipyridyl. Arch. Mik- Soc. of Sci. Fish. 52: 1745–1751. robiol. 51: 71–84. Ku¨tzing, F.T. 1849. Species Algarum, I–IV, Leipzig. Ku¨hn, W. 1979. Untersuchungen zur Verga¨rung von Maltose durch Bac- Kuzyk, M.A., J.C. Thorton and W.W. Kay. 1996. Antigenic characterization teroides amylophilus und zu der daran beteiligten Fumarat Reduktase, of the salmonid pathogen Piscirickettsia salmonis. Infect. Immun. 64: Thesis, Georg-August University, Go¨ttingen, Germany. 5205–5210. Kuhnert, P., B. HeybergerMeyer, A.P. Burnens, J. Nicolet and J. Frey. Kvasnikov, E.I., V.V. Stepanyuk, T.M. Klyushnikova, N.S. Serpokrylov, G.A. 1002 BIBLIOGRAPHY

Simonova, T.P. Kasatkina and L.P. Panchenko. 1985. A new gram- adaptation of Buchnera aphidicola to an endosymbiotic association with variable bacterium reducing chromium and having a mixed type of aphids. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA. 91: 3819–3823. flagellation. Mikrobiologiya 54: 83–88. Lai, C.-Y., P. Baumann and N. Moran. 1995. Genetics of the tryptophan Kwon, S.W., S.-J. Go, H.-W. Kang, J.-C. Ryu and J.-K. Jo. 1997. Phylogenetic biosynthetic pathway of the prokaryotic endosymbiont (Buchnera)of analysis of Erwinia species based on 16S rRNA gene sequences. Int. the aphid Schlechtendalia chinensis. Insect Mol. Biol. 4: 47–59. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 47: 1061–1067. Lai, C.-Y., P. Baumann and N. Moran. 1996. The endosymbiont (Buchnera La Fontaine, S. and J.I. Rood. 1996. Physical and genetic map of the sp.) of the aphid Diuraphis noxia contains plasmids consisting of trpEG chromosome of Dichelobacter nodosus strain A198. Gene 184: 291–298. and tandem repeats of trpEG pseudogenes. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. la Rivie`re, J.W.M. and J.G. Kuenen. 1989a. Genus Thiobacterium (ex Janke 62: 332–339. 1924) Nom Rev. In Staley, Bryant, Pfennig and Holt (Editors), Ber- Lai, M., N.J. Panopoulos and S. Shaffer. 1977a. Transmission of R Plasmids gey’s Manual of Systematic Bacteriology, 1st Ed., Vol. 3, The Williams among Xanthomonas spp. and other plant pathogenic bacteria. Phy- & Wilkins Co., Baltimore. pp. 1838. topathology 67: 1044–1050. la Rivie`re, J.W.M. and J.G. Kuenen. 1989b. In Validation of the publication Lai, M., S. Shaffer and N.J. Panopoulos. 1977b. Stability of plasmid-borne of new names and new combinations previously effectively published antibiotic resistance in Xanthomonas vesicatoria in infected tomato outside the IJSB. List No. 31. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 39: 495–497. leaves. Phytopathology 67: 1527–1530. la Rivie`re, J.W.M. and K. Schmidt. 1981. Morphologically conspicuous Lai, V., L. Wang and P.R. Reeves. 1998. Escherichia coli clone Sonnei (Shi- sulfur-oxidizing bacteria. In Starr, Stolp, Tru¨per, Balows and Schlegel gella sonnei) had a chromosomal O-antigen gene cluster prior to gain- (Editors), The Prokaryotes: a Handbook on Habits, Isolation and ing its current plasmid-borne O-antigen genes. J. Bacteriol. 180: 2983– Identification of Bacteria, Springer-Verlag, Berlin. pp. 1037–1048. 2986. La Rivie`re, J.W.M. and K. Schmidt. 1989. The Genus Achromatium. In Laird, W.J. and D.C. Cavanaugh. 1980. Correlation of autoagglutination Staley, Bryant, Pfennig and Holt (Editors), Bergey’s Manual of Sys- and virulence of Yersiniae. J. Clin. Microbiol. 11: 430–432. tematic Bacteriology, Vol. 3, The Williams & Wilkins Co., Baltimore. Laivenieks, M., C. Vieille and J.G. Zeikus. 1997. Cloning, sequencing, 2131-2133. and overexpression of the Anaerobiospirillum succiniciproducens phos- la Riviere, J.W.M. and K. Schmidt. 1992. Morphologically conspicuous phoenolpyruvate carboxykinase (pckA) gene. Appl. Environ. Micro- sulfur-oxidizing Eubacteria. In Balows, Tru¨per, Dworkin, Harder and biol. 63: 2273–2280. Schleifer (Editors), The Prokaryotes. A Handbook on the Biology of Lakso, J.U. and M.P. Starr. 1970. Comparative injuriousness to plants of Bacteria: Ecophysiology, Isolation, Identification, Applications, Erwinia spp. and other enterobacteria from plants and animals. J. Springer-Verlag, New York. pp. 3934–3947. Appl. Bacteriol. 33: 692–707. La Scola, B., H. Lepidi, M. Maurin and D. Raoult. 1998. A guinea pig Lambert, C., J.L. Nicolas, V. Cilia and S. Corre. 1998. Vibrio pectenicida model for Q fever endocarditis. J. Infect. Dis. 178: 278–281. sp. nov., a pathogen of scallop (Pecten maximus) larvae. Int. J. Syst. La Scola, B., H. Lepidi and D. Raoult. 1997. Pathologic changes during Bacteriol. 48: 481–487. acute Q fever: Influence of the route of infection and inoculum size Lambert, M.A., F.W. Hickman-Brenner, J.J. Farmer and C.W. Moss. 1983. in infected guinea pigs. Infect. Immun. 65: 2443–2447. Differentiation of Vibrionaceae species by their cellular fatty acid com- Laakso, T., T. Ojanen, I.M. Helander, R. Karjalainen, T.K. Korhonen and position. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 33: 777–792. K. Haahtela. 1990. Comparison of outer membrane proteins and li- Lambert, M.A. and C.W. Moss. 1989. Cellular fatty acid compositions and popolysaccharides of Xanthomonas campestris pathovars. Proceedings isoprenoid quinone contents of 23 Legionella spp. J. Clin. Microbiol. of the VIIth International Conference on Plant Pathogenic Bacteria, 27: 465–473. Budapest, Hungary. Akade´miai Kiado´. pp. 149–154. Lampis, G., D. Deidda, C. Maullu, S. Petruzzelli, R. Pompei, F. Delle LaBrec, E.H., H. Schneider, T.J. Magnani and S.B. Formal. 1964. Epi- Monache and G. Satta. 1996a. Karalicin, a new biologically active thelial cell penetration as an essential step in the pathogenesis of compound from Pseudomonas fluorescens/putida I. Production, isola- bacillary dysentery. J. Bacteriol. 88: 1503–1518. tion, physico-chemical properties and structure elucidation. J. Anti- Lacey, S.L., S. Mehmet and G.W. Taylor. 1995. Inhibition of Helicobacter biot. 49: 260–262. pylori growth by 4-hydroxy-2-alkyl- quinolines produced by Pseudomonas Lampis, G., D. Deidda, C. Maullu, S. Petruzzelli, R. Pompei, F. Delle aeruginosa. J. Antimicrob. Chemother. 36: 827–831. Monache and G. Satta. 1996b. Karalicin, a new biologically active Lackey, J.B. and E.W. Lackey. 1961. The habitat and description of a new compound from Pseudomonas fluorescens/putida II. Biological proper- genus of sulphur bacterium. J. Gen. Microbiol. 26: 29–39. ties. J. Antibiot. 49: 263–266. Lackey, J.B., E.W. Lackey and G.B. Morgan. 1965. Taxonomy and ecology Landre, J.P.B., A.A. Gavriel and A.J. Lamb. 1998. False-positive coliform of the sulfur bacteria. Engineering Progress at the University of Flor- reaction mediated by Aeromonas in the Colilert defined substrate tech- ida 19: 2–23. nology system. Lett. Appl. Microbiol. 26: 352–354. Lacy, G.H. and J.V. Leary. 1979. Genetic systems in phytopathogenic Lane, D.J., A.P. Harrison, Jr., D. Stahl, B. Pace, S.J. Giovannoni, G.J. Olsen bacteria. Annu. Rev. Phytopathol. 17: 181–202. and N.R. Pace. 1992. Evolutionary relationships among sulfur- and Ladha, J.K., W.L. Barraquio and I. Watanabe. 1983. Isolation and iden- iron-oxidizing eubacteria. J. Bacteriol. 174: 269–278. tification of nitrogen-fixing Enterobacter cloacae and Klebsiella planticola Lang, G.H. 1990. Coxiellosis (Q fever) in animals. In Marrie (Editor), associated with rice plants. Can. J. Microbiol. 29: 1301–1308. Q fever. The Disease, Vol. 1, CRC Press, Inc., Boca Raton. . Laemmli, U.K. 1970. Cleavage of structural proteins during the assembly Lang, M.L. 1992. Fatal Vibrio damsela bacteremia. Clin. Microbiol. News- of the head of bacteriophage T4. Nature (Lond.) 227: 680–685. letter. 14: 166–167. Lageveen, R.G., G.W. Huisman, H. Preusting, P. Ketelaar, G. Eggink and Lange, E. and D. Kno¨sel. 1970. Zu¨r Bedeutung pektolytischer, cellulol- B. Witholt. 1988. Formation of polyesters by Pseudomonas oleovorans - ytischer und proteolytischer Enzyme fu¨r die Virulenz phytopatho- effect of substrates on formation and composition of poly-(R)-3-hy- ge`ner Bakterien. Phytopathol. Z. 69: 315–329. droxyalkanoates and poly-(R)-3-hydroxyalkenoates. Appl. Environ. Langley, J.M., T.J. Marrie, A. Covert, D.M. Waag and J.C. Williams. 1988. Microbiol. 54: 2924–2932. Poker players’ pneumonia. An urban outbreak of Q fever following Lahellec, C., C. Meurier, G. Bennejean and M. Catsaras. 1975. A study exposure to a parturient cat. N. Engl. J. Med. 319: 354–356. of 5920 strains of psychotrophic bacteria isolated from chickens. J. Lannan, C.N., S.A. Ewing and J.L. Fryer. 1991. A fluorescent antibody Appl. Bacteriol. 38: 89–97. test for detection of the rickettsia causing disease in Chilean salmo- Lai, C.-Y. and P. Baumann. 1992. Genetic analysis of an aphid endosym- nids. J. Aquat. Anim. Health. 3: 229–234. biont DNA fragment homologous to the rnpA-rpmH-dnaA-dnaN-gyrB Lannan, C.N. and J.L. Fryer. 1994. Extracellular survival of Piscirickettsia region of eubacteria. Gene 113: 175–181. salmonis. J. Fish Dis. 17: 545–548. Lai, C.-Y., L. Baumann and P. Baumann. 1994. Amplification of trpEG: Lanoil, B.D., L.M. Ciuffetti and S.J. Giovannoni. 1996. The marine bac- BIBLIOGRAPHY 1003

terium Pseudoalteromonas haloplanktis has a complex genome structure Laufs, R. and P.M. Kaulfers. 1977. Molecular characterization of a plasmid composed of two separate genetic units. Genome Res. 6: 1160–1169. specifying ampicillin resistance and its relationship to other R factors La´nyi, B. 1956. Serological typing of Proteus strains from infantile enteritis from Haemophilus influenzae. J. Gen. Microbiol. 103: 277–286. and other sources. Acta Microbiol. Acad. Sci. Hung. 3: 417–428. Laufs, R., P.M. Kaulfers and G. Jahn. 1978. Infektio¨se Antibiotikaresistenz La´nyi, B. 1970. Serological properties of Pseudomonas aeruginosa. II. Type- bei Haemophilus influenzae. Dtsch. Med. Wochenschr. 103: 658–662. specific thermolabile (flagellar) antigens. Acta Microbiol. Acad. Sci. Laufs, R., P.M. Kaulfers, G. Jahn and U. Teschner. 1979. Molecular char- Hung. 17: 35–48. acterization of a small Haemophilus influenzae plasmid specifying b- Lapage, S.P., P.H.A. Sneath, E.F. Lessel Jr., V.B.D. Skerman, H.P.R. See- lactamase and its relationship to R factors from Neisseria gonorrhoeae. liger and W.A. Clark (Editors). 1992. International Code of Nomen- J. Gen. Microbiol. 111: 223–231. clature of Bacteria (1990) Revision. Bacteriological Code, American Laughlin, T., D. Waag, J. Williams and T.J. Marrie. 1991. Q fever: from Society for Microbiology, Washington, DC. deer to dog to man. Lancet 337: 676–677. Larenas, J.J., C. Astorga, J. Contreras and P. Smith. 1996. Piscirickettsia Laurent, F., A. Kotoujansky, G. Labesse and Y. Bertheau. 1993. Charac- salmonis in ova obtained from rainbow trout (Oncorhynchus mykiss) terization and overexpression of the pem gene encoding pectin meth- experimentally inoculated. Arch. Med. Vet. 28: 161–166. ylesterase of Erwinia chrysanthemi strain 3937. Gene 131: 17–25. Large, D.T.M. and O.K. Sankaran. 1934. Dysentery among troups in Lautenschlager, S., H. Willems, C. Jager and G. Baljer. 2000. Sequencing Quetta. Part IID. The non-mannite fermenting group of organisms. and characterization of the cryptic plasmid QpRS from Coxiella bur- J. Roy. Army Corp. 63: 231–237. netii. Plasmid 44: 85–88. Larkin, J.M. 1980. Isolation of Thiothrix in pure culture and observation Lauterborn, R. 1907. Eine neue Gattung der Schwefelbakterien (Thio- of a filamentous epiphyte on Thiothrix. Curr. Microbiol. 4: 155–158. ploca schmidlei nov. gen. nov. spec.). Ber. Dtsch. Bot. Ges. 25: 238– Larkin, J.M. 1989. Genus II. Thiothrix Winogradsky 1888. In Staley, Bryant, 242. Pfennig and Holt (Editors), Bergey’s Manual of Systematic Bacteri- Lautrop, H. 1956. Gelatin liquefying Klebsiella strains (Bacterium oxytoca). ology, 1st ed., Vol. 3, The Williams & Wilkins Co., Baltimore. pp. 2098– Acta Pathol. Microbiol. Scand. 39: 375–384. 2101. Lautrop, H. and O. Jessen. 1964. On the distinction between polar mo- Larkin, J., P. Aharon and M.C. Henk. 1994. Beggiatoa in microbial mats notrichous and lophotrichous flagellation in green fluorescent pseu- at hydrocarbon vents in the Gulf of Mexico and Warm Mineral domonads. Acta Pathol. Microbiol. Scand. 60: 588–598. Springs, Florida. Geo-Mar. Lett. 14: 97–103. Lautrop, H. and B.W. Lacy. 1960. Laboratory diagnosis of whooping- Larkin, J. and M.C. Henk. 1989. Is “hollowness” an adaptation of large cough or Bordetella infections. Bull. W.H.O. 23: 15–35. prokaryotes to their largeness? Microbios Lett. 42: 69–72. Lautrop, H., I. Ørskov and K. Gaarslev. 1971. Hydrogensulphide pro- Larkin, J.M. and M.C. Henk. 1996. Filamentous sulfide-oxidizing bacteria ducing variants of Escherichia coli. Acta Pathol. Microbiol. Scand. [B] at hydrocarbon seeps of the Gulf of Mexico. Microsc. Res. Tech. 33: Microbiol. Immunol. 79: 641–650. 23–31. Law, D. and H. Chart. 1998. Enteroaggregative Escherichia coli. J. Appl. Larkin, J.M., M.C. Henk and S.D. Burton. 1990. Occurrence of a Thiothrix Microbiol. 84: 685–697. sp. attached to mayfly larvae and presence of a parasitic bacteria in Lawani, L.O., L.E. Aririatu, A.J. Goven and A.S. Kester. 1990. Pigment- the Thiothrix sp. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 56: 357–361. associated proteins of Xanthomonas campestris pv. juglandis. Plant Larkin, J.M. and D.L. Shinabarger. 1983. Characterization of Thiothrix Pathol. (Oxf.) 39: 294–300. nivea. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 33: 841–846. Lawn, A.M., I. Ørskov and F. Ørskov. 1977. Morphological distinction Larkin, J.M. and W.R. Strohl. 1983. Beggiatoa, Thiothrix, and Thioploca. between different H serotypes of Escherichia coli. J. Gen. Microbiol. Ann. Rev. Microbiol. 37: 341–367. 101: 111–119. Laroche, M. and M. Verhoyen. 1984. Adaptation and application of the Lawrence, J.G. and H. Ochman. 1998. Molecular archaeology of the ELISA test, indirect method, to the detection of Erwinia amylovora Escherichia coli genome. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 95: 9413–9417. (Burrill) Winslow et al. Parasitica (Gembloux). 40: 197–210. Lawry, N.H., V. Jani and T.E. Jensen. 1981. Identification of the sulfur Larson, C.L., C.B. Philip, W.C. Wicht and L.E. Hughes. 1951. Precipitin inclusion body in Beggiatoa alba B18LD by energy -dispersive x-ray reactions with soluble antigens from suspensions of Pasteurella pestis microanalysis. Curr. Microbiol. 6: 71–74. or from tissues of animals dead of plague. J. Immunol. 67: 289–298. Lawton, W.D., G.M. Fukiji and M.J. Surgalla. 1960. Studies on the antigens Larson, C.L., W. Wicht and W.L. Jellison. 1955. A new organism resem- of Pasteurella pestis and Pasteurella pseudotuberculosis. J. Immunol. 84: bling P. tularensis isolated from water. Public Health Rep. 70: 253– 475–479. 258. Lawton, W.D., B.C. Morris and T.W. Burrows. 1968a. Gene transfer by Larson, E. 1984. A decade of nosocomial Acinetobacter. Am. J. Infect. conjugation in P. pseudotuberculosis and P. pestis. Progr. Immunobiol. Control. 12: 14–18. Standard. 9: 285–292. Larson, T.G. and S.H. Goodgal. 1991. Sequence and transcriptional regu- Lawton, W.D., B.C. Morris and T.W. Burrows. 1968b. Gene transfer in lation of com101A, a locus required for genetic transformation in strains of Pasteurella pseudotuberculosis. J. Gen. Microbiol. 52: 25–34. Haemophilus influenzae. J. Bacteriol. 173: 4683–4691. Lawton, W.D. and H.B. Stull. 1971. Chromosome mapping of Pasteurella Larsson, P. 1980. O-antigens of Proteus mirabilis and Proteus vulgaris strains pseudotuberculosis by interrupted mating. J. Bacteriol. 105: 855–863. isolated from patients with bacteremia. J. Clin. Microbiol. 12: 490– Lax, A.J. and N. Chanter. 1990. Cloning of the toxin gene from Pasteurella 492. multocida and its role in atrophic rhinitis. J. Gen. Microbiol. 136: 81– Larsson, P. 1984. Serology of Proteus mirabilis and Proteus vulgaris. In Ber- 87. gan (Editor), Methods in Microbiology, Vol. 14, Academic Press, Lon- Layne, P., A.S. Hu, A. Balows and B.R. Davis. 1971. Extrachromosomal don. pp. 187–214. nature of hydrogen sulfide production in Escherichia coli. J. Bacteriol. Larsson, P. and S. Olling. 1977. O antigen distribution and sensitivity to 106: 1029–1030. the bactericidal effect of normal human serum of Proteus strains from Lazlo, V.G., H. Milch and A. Hayna. 1973. Phage typing of Shigella flexneri clinical specimens. Med. Microbiol. Immunol. 163: 77–82. 1. Classification of type phages on the basis of their serological prop- Laskin, A.I. and H.A. Lechevalier. 1981. Guanine-plus-cytosine (GC) com- erties, lysogenic ability and lytic activity. Acta Microbiol. Acad. Sci. position of the DNA of bacteria, fungi, algae and protozoa. In Laskin Hung. 20: 135–146. and Lechevalier (Editors), CRC Handbood of Microbiology: Micro- Lazo, G.R. and D.W. Gabriel. 1987. Conservation of plasmid DNA se- bial Composition: Amino Acids, Proteins, and Nucleic Acids, 2nd Ed., quences and pathovar identification of strains of Xanthomonas cam- Vol. 3, Chemical Rubber Co. Press, Inc., Boca Raton. pp. 559–729. pestris. Phytopathology 77: 448–453. Lasseur, P. 1913. Contribution a` l’e´tude de Bacillus lemonnieri, nov. spec. Le Frock, J.L., A.S. Klainer and K. Zuckerman. 1976. Edwardsiella tarda C. R. Soc. Biol. Paris. 74: 47–48. bacteremia. South. Med. J. 69: 188–190. 1004 BIBLIOGRAPHY

Le Goffic, F.L., N. Moreau, S. Siegrist, F.W. Goldstein and J. Acar. 1977. of Xanthomonas oryzae pv. oryzae with a repetitive DNA element. Appl. La re´sistance plasmidique de Haemophilus sp. aux antibiotiques ami- Environ. Microbiol. 58: 2188–2195. noglycosidiques: isole´ment et e´tude d’une nouvelle phosphotrans- Leadbetter, E.R. 1974a. Family II. Beggiatoaceae. In Buchanan and Gibbons fe´rase. Ann. Microbiol. (Paris) 128A: 383–391. (Editors), Bergey’s Manual of Determinative Bacteriology, 8th Ed., Le Minor, L. 1968. Conversions antige´niques chez les Salmonella. Ann. The Williams & Wilkins Co., Baltimore. 112–116. Inst. Pasteur (Paris) 109: 505–515. Leadbetter, E.R. 1974b. Family Methylomonadaceae. In Buchanan and Gib- Le Minor, L., J. Buissie`re and G. Brault. 1979. Inte´reˆt de la recherche bons (Editors), Bergey’s Manual of Determinative Bacteriology, 8th de la fermentation du galacturonate pour diffe´rencier les Salmonella Ed., The Williams & Wilkins Co., Baltimore. pp. 267-269. des sousgenres I et III monophasiques des autres Salmonella des soul- Leahy, J.G., J.M. Jones-Meehan, E.L. Pullias and R.R. Colwell. 1993. Trans- genres II, III diphasiques, IV, et de Citrobacter et Hafnia alvei. Ann. poson mutagenesis in Acinetobacter calcoaceticus RAG-1. J. Bacteriol. Microbiol. Inst. Pasteur (Paris) 130B: 305–312. 175: 1838–1840. Le Minor, L., A.M. Chalon and M. Ve´ron. 1972. Recherches sur la pre´s- Leaves, N.I., T.J. Falla and D.W. Crook. 1995. The elucidation of novel ence de l’antige´ne commun des Enterobacteriaceae (antige´ne Kunin) capsular genotypes of Haemophilus influenzae type b with the poly- chez les Yersinia, Levinea, Aeromonas et Vibrio. Ann. Inst. Pasteur. 123: merase chain reaction. J. Med. Microbiol. 43: 120–124. 761–774. Lechevallier, M.W., T.M. Babcock and R.G. Lee. 1987. Examination and Le Minor, L., G. Chamoiseau, E. Barbe, C. Charie´-Marsaines and L. Egrou. characterization of distribution system biofilms. Appl. Environ. Mi- 1969. Dix nouveaux se´rotypes de Salmonella isole´s au Tchad. Ann. crobiol. 53: 2714–2724. Inst. Pasteur (Paris) 116: 775–780. Lechevallier, M.W., T.M. Evans, R.J. Seidler, O.P. Daily, B.R. Merrell, D.M. Le Minor, L., M. Chippaux, F. Pichinoty, C. Coynault and M. Pie´chaud. Rollins and S.W. Joseph. 1982. Aeromonas sobria in chlorinated drink- 1970a. Me´thodes simples permettant de rechercher la te´trathionate- ing water supplies. Microb. Ecol. 8: 325–334. reductase en cultures liquides ou sur colonies isole´es. Ann. Inst. Pas- Leclerc, H. 1962. E´tude biochemique d’Enterobacteriaceae pigmente´es. teur (Paris) 119: 733–737. Ann. Inst. Pasteur (Paris) 102: 726–741. Le Minor, L. and C. Coynault. 1976. De´terminisme plasmidique du car- Lecso-Bornet, M., J. Pierre, D. Sarkis-Karam, S. Lubera and E. Bergogne- acte`re atypique lactose positif de Enterobacter hafniae et de Proteus mor- Berezin. 1992. Susceptibility of Xanthomonas maltophilia to six quino- ganii. Ann. Inst. Pasteur Microbiol. 127A: 213–221. lones and study of outer membrane proteins in resistant mutants Le Minor, L., C. Coynault and G. Pessoa. 1974. De´terminisme plasmidique selected in vitro. Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. 36: 669–671. du caracte`re atypique “lactose positif” de souches de S. typhimurium Lederberg, J. 2000. 2000. Biological warfare and bioterrorism. In Man- et S. oranienburg isole´es au Bre´sil lors d’e´pide´mies de 1971a` 1973. dell, Bennet and Dolin (Editors), Principles and Practice of Infectious Ann. Inst. Pasteur Microbiol. 125A: 261–285. Diseases, Churchill Livingstone, Philadelphia. pp. 3235–3238. Le Minor, L., C. Coynault, R. Rohde, B. Rowe and S. Aleksic. 1973. Ledesma, E., M.L. Camaro, E. Carbonell, T. Sacristan, A. Marti, S. Pellicer, Localisation plasmidique du de´terminant ge´ne´tique du caracte`re aty- J. Llorca, P. Herrero and M.A. Dasi. 1995. Subtyping of Legionella .des Salmonella. Ann. Inst. Pasteur Microbiol. pneumophila isolates by arbitrarily primed polymerase chain reaction ”ם pique “saccharose 124B: 295–306. Can. J. Microbiol. 41: 846–848. Le Minor, L. and M.Y. Popoff. 1987. Designation of Salmonella enterica sp. Ledyard, K.M. and A. Butler. 1997. Structure of putrebactin, a new di- nov. nom. rev. as the type and only species of the genus Salmonella. hydroxamate siderophore produced by Shewanella putrefaciens. J. Biol. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 37: 465–468. Inorg. Chem. 2: 93–97. Le Minor, L., M.Y. Popoff, B. Laurent and D. Hermant. 1986. Indivi- Ledyard, K.M., E.F. Delong and J.W.H. Dacey. 1993. Characterization of dualisation d’une septieme sous-espece de Salmonella: S. choleraesuis a DMSP-degrading bacterial isolate from the Sargasso Sea. Arch. Mi- subsp. indica subsp. nov. Ann. Inst. Pasteur Microbiol. 137B: 211–217. crobiol. 160: 312–318. Le Minor, L., M. Popoff, B. Laurent and D. Hermant. 1987. In Validation Lee, C.W., P.E. Shewen, W.M. Cladman, J.A. Conlon, A. Mellors and R.Y. of the publication of new names and new combinations previously Lo. 1994. Sialoglycoprotease of Pasteurella haemolytica A1: detection of effectively published outside the IJSB. List No. 23. Int. J. Syst. Bac- antisialoglycoprotease antibodies in sera of calves. Can. J. Vet. Res. teriol. 37: 179–180. 58: 93–98. Le Minor, L. and C. Richard. 1993. Me´thodes de laboratoire de labor- Lee, C.W., I.W. Wilkie, K.M. Townsend and A.J. Frost. 2000. The dem- atoire pour l’identification des ente´robacteries, 4, 6, 88, 175–177. onstration of Pasteurella multocida in the alimentary tract of chickens Le Minor, L., R. Rohde and J. Taylor. 1970b. Nomenclature des Salmonella. after experimental oral infection. Vet. Microbiol. 72: 47–55. Ann. Inst. Pasteur (Paris) 119: 206–210. Lee, H.A. 1917. A new bacterial citrus disease. J. Agr. Res. 9: 1–8. Le Minor, L., M. Ve´ron and M. Popoff. 1982. Nomenclature des Salmon- Lee, H.K., J. Chun, E.Y. Moon, S.H. Ko, D.S. Lee, H.S. Lee and K.S. Bae. ella. Ann. Microbiol. (Paris) 133B: 245–254. 2001. Hahella chejuensis gen. nov., sp nov., an extracellular-polysac- Le Minor, L., M. Ve´ron and M. Popoff. 1985. In Validation of the pub- charide-producing marine bacterium. Int. J. Syst. Evol. Microbiol. 51: lication of new names and new combinations previously effectively 661–666. published outside the IJSB. List No. 18. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 35: 375– Lee, J.V. 1987. Identification of Aeromonas in the routine laboratory. Ex- 376. perientia (Basel) 43: 355–357. Le Minor, S. and F. Pigache. 1977. E´ tude antige´nique de souches de Lee, J.V., T.J. Donovan and A.L. Furniss. 1978. Characterization, taxon- Serratia marcescens isole´es en France. I. Antige`nes H: individualisation omy, and emended description of Vibrio metschnikovii. Int. J. Syst. Bac- de six nouveaux facteurs H. Ann. Microbiol. 128B: 207–214. teriol. 28: 99–111. Le Minor, S. and F. Pigache. 1978. E´ tude antige´nique de souches de Lee, J.V., D.M. Gibson and J.M. Shewan. 1977. A numerical taxonomic Serratia marcescens isole´es en France. II. Caracte´risation des antige`nes study of some Pseudomonas-like marine bacteria. J. Gen. Microbiol. O et individualisation de 5 nouveaux facteurs, frequencne des se´ro- 98: 439–451. types et de´signation des nouveaux facteurs H. Ann. Microbiol. 129B: Lee, J.V., D.M. Gibson and J.M. Shewan. 1981a. In Validation of the 407–423. publication of new names and new combinations previously effectively Le Minor, S. and F. Sauvageot-Pigache. 1981. Nouveaux facteurs anti- published outside the IJSB. List No. 6. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 31: 215– ge´niques H (H21–H25) et O (O21) de Serratia marcescens. Subdivision 218. des facteurs O5, O10, O16. Ann. Microbiol. 132A: 239–252. Lee, J.V., P. Shread, A.L. Furniss and T. Bryant. 1981b. Taxonomy and Leach, J.G. 1964. Observations on cucumber beetles as vectors of cucurbit description of Vibrio fluvialis sp. nov. (synonym group F vibrios, group wilt. Phytopathology 54: 606–607. EF6). J. Appl. Bacteriol. 50: 73–94. Leach, J.E., M.L. Rhoads, C.M. Vera Cruz, F.F. White, T.W. Mew and H. Lee, J.V., P. Shread, A.L. Furniss and T. Bryant. 1981c. In Validation of Leung. 1992. Assessment of genetic diversity and population structure the publication of new names and combinations previously effectively BIBLIOGRAPHY 1005

published outside the IJSB. List No. 6. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 31: 215– istics of flagella of Proteus and related bacteria. J. Bacteriol. 69: 73– 218. 82. Lee, K.F., J.M. Ling, K.M. Kam, D.R. Clark and P.C. Shaw. 1997. Restriction Leigh, J.A. and D.L. Coplin. 1992. Exopolysaccharides in plant-bacterial endonucleases in clinical isolates of Shigella spp. J. Med. Microbiol. interactions. Annu. Rev. Microbiol. 46: 307–346. 46: 949–952. Leisinger, T. and R. Margraff. 1979. Secondary metabolites of the fluo- Lee, M. and A.C. Chandler. 1941. A study of the nature, growth and rescent pseudomonads. Microbiol. Rev. 43: 422–442. control of bacteria in cutting compounds. J. Bacteriol. 41: 373–386. Leite, R.P., Jr., D.S. Egel and R.E. Stall. 1994a. Genetic analysis of hrp- Lee, M.D. and A.D. Henk. 1996. Tn10 insertional mutagenesis in Pasteu- related DNA sequences of Xanthomonas campestris strains causing dis- rella multocida. Vet. Microbiol. 50: 143–148. eases of citrus. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 60: 1078–1086. Lee, N.A. and D.P. Clark. 1993. A natural isolate of Pseudomonas maltophila Leite, R.M.V.B.C., R.P. Leite Jr and P.C. Ceresini. 1997. Alternative hosts which degrades aromatic sulfonic acids. FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 107: of Xylella fastidiosa in plum orchards with the leaf scald disease. Fi- 151–155. topatol. Bras. 22: 54–57. Lee, T.C., R.M. Vickers, V.L. Yu and M.M. Wagener. 1993. Growth of 28 Leite, R.P., Jr., G.V. Minsavage, U. Bonas and R.E. Stall. 1994b. Detection Legionella species on selective culture media: a comparative study. J. and identification of phytopathogenic Xanthomonas strains by ampli- Clin. Microbiol. 31: 2764–2768. fication of DNA sequences related to the hrp genes of Xanthomonas Lee, W.H., M.E. Harris, D. McClain, R.E. Smith and R.W. Johnston. 1980. campestris pv. vesicatoria. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 60: 1068–1077. Two modified selenite media for the recovery of Yersinia enterocolitica Lelliott, R.A. 1965. The preservation of plant pathogenic bacteria. J. Appl. from meats. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 39: 205–209. Bacteriol. 28: 181–193. Lee, Y.A., D.C. Hildebrand and M.N. Schroth. 1992. Use of quinate me- Lelliott, R.A. 1968. The diagnosis of fireblight (Erwinia amylovora) and tabolism as a phenotypic property to identify members of Xanthomonas some diseases caused by Pseudomonas syringae, pp. 27–34. Lelliott, R.A. 1974. Genus XII. Erwinia Winslow, Broadhurst, Buchanan, campestris DNA homology group 6. Phytopathology 82: 971–973. Krumweide, Rogers and Smith 1920, 209. In Buchanan and Gibbons Lees, V.N., J.P. Owens and J.C. Murrell. 1991. Nitrogen metabolism in (Editors), Bergey’s Manual of Determinative Bacteriology, 8th Ed., marine methanotrophs. Arch. Microbiol. 157: 60–65. The Williams and Wilkins Co., Baltimore. pp. 332–339. Legakis, N.J., J.T. Papavassiliou and M.E. Xilinas. 1976. Inositol as a se- Lelliott, R.A., E. Billing and A.C. Hayward. 1966. A determinative scheme lective substrate for the growth of Klebsiellae and Serratiae. Zentralbl. for the fluorescent plant pathogenic pseudomonads. J. Appl. Bacter- Bakteriol. Infektionskr. Parasitenkd. Hyg. Abt. I, Orig. A. 235: 453– iol. 29: 470–489. 458. Lelliott, R.A. and R.S. Dickey. 1984. Genus VII. Erwinia. In Kreig and Lehmann, K.B. and R. Neumann. 1896. Atlas and Grundress der Bak- Holt (Editors), Bergey’s Manual of Systematic Bacteriology, Vol. 1, teriologie und Lehrbuch der speciellen bakteriologischen Diagnostik, The Williams & Wilkins Co., Baltimore. pp. 469–476. 1st Ed., J.F. Lehmann, Munich. Lemos, M.L., A.E. Toranzo and J.L. Barja. 1985. Antibiotic activity of Lehmann, K.B. and R. Neumann. 1899. Lehmann’s Medizin, Handatlan- epiphytic bacteria of intertidal seaweeds. Microb. Ecol. 11: 149–163. ten. X. Atlas und Grundriss der Bakteriologie und Lehrbuch der Lemozy, J., R. Bismuth and P. Courvalin. 1985. Ente´robacte´ries et ami- speziellen Bakteriologischen Diagnostik. 3. Aufl, nosides. In Courvalin, Goldstein, Philippon and Sirot (Editors), Lehmann, K.B. and R. Neumann. 1907. Atlas und Grundriss der Bak- L’antibiogramme, MPC Videocom, Paris. pp. 111–126. teriologie und Lehrbuch der speciellen Bakteriologischen Diagnostik. Leonardo, M.R., D.P. Moser, E. Barbieri, C.A. Brantner, B.J. Macgregor, 4. Aufl. Teil 2, Lehrmann, Mu¨nchen. B.J. Paster, E. Stackebrandt and K.H. Nealson. 1999. Shewanella pe- Lehmann, V. 1971. Phospholipase activity of Acinetobacter calcoaceticus. aleana sp. nov., a member of the microbial community associated with Acta Path Microbiol. Scand. Sec. B 79: 372–376. the accessory nidamental gland of the squid Loligo pealei. Int. J. Syst. Lehmann, V. 1973. Haemolytic activity of various strains of Acinetobacter. Bacteriol. 49: 1341–1351. Acta Pathol. Microbiol. Scand. B Microbiol. Immunol. 81: 427–432. Leong, J., W. Bitter, M. Koster, V. Venturi and P.J. Weisbeek. 1992. Mo- Lei, S.P., H.C. Lin, L. Heffernan and G. Wilcox. 1985. Evidence that lecular analysis of iron assimilation in plant growth-promoting Pseu- polygalacturonase is a virulence determinant in Erwinia carotovora.J. domonas putida WCS358. In Galli, Silver and Witholt (Editors), Pseu- Bacteriol. 164: 831–835. domonas: Molecular Biology and Biotechnology, American Society for Lei, S.P., H.C. Lin, S.S. Wang, P. Higaki and G. Wilcox. 1992. Charac- Microbiology, Washington D.C. 30–36. terization of the Erwinia carotovora peh gene and its product polyga- Leoni, L., A. Ciervo, N. Orsi and P. Visca. 1996. Iron-regulated transcrip- lacturonase. Gene 117: 119–124. tion of the pvdA gene in Pseudomonas aeruginosa: Effect of fur and Leidy, G., E. Hahn and H.E. Alexander. 1956. On the specificity of the PvdS on promoter activity. J. Bacteriol. 178: 2299–2313. desoxyribonucleic acid which induces streptomycin resistance in Hae- Leopold, K., S. Jacobsen and O. Nybroe. 1997. A phosphate-starvation- mophilus. J. Exp. Med. 104: 305–320. inducible outer-membrane protein of Pseudomonas fluorescens Ag1 as Leidy, G., E. Hahn and H.E. Alexander. 1959. Interspecific transforma- an immunological phosphate- starvation marker. Microbiology 143: tion in Hemophilus: A possible index of relationship between H. influ- 1019–1027. enzae and H. aegyptius. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol. Med. 102: 86–88. Leroi, F., J.J. Joffraud, F. Chevalier and M. Cardinal. 1998. Study of the Leidy, G., I. Jaffee and H.E. Alexander. 1965. Further evidence of a high microbial ecology of cold-smoked salmon during storage at 8C. Int. degree of genetic homology between H. influenzae and H. aegyptius. J. Food Microbiol. 39: 111–121. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol. Med. 118: 671–679. Lessel, E.F. 1971. Minutes of the meeting. International committee on Leifson, E. 1936. New Selenite typhoid and paratyphoid (Salmonella) ba- nomenclature of bacteria. Subcommittee on the taxonomy of Morax- cilli. Am. J. Hyg. 24: 423–432. ella and allied bacteria. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 21: 213–214. Leifson, E. 1960. Atlas of Bacterial Flagellation, Academic Press, New Lessie, T.G. and P.V. Phibbs. 1984. Alternative pathways of carbohydrate York London. utilization in Pseudomonads. Annu. Rev. Microbiol. 38: 359–387. Leifson, E. 1962a. The bacterial flora of distilled and stored water. III. Leu, H.H., L.S. Leu and C.P. Lin. 1998. Development and application New species of the genera Corynebacterium, Flavobacterium, Spirillum of monoclonal antibodies against Xylella fastidiosa, the causal bacte- and Pseudomonas. Int. Bull. Bacteriol. Nomencl. Taxon. 12: 161–170. rium of pear leaf scorch. J. Phytopathol. 146: 31–37. Leifson, E. 1962b. Pseudomonas spinosa n. sp. Int. Bull. Bacteriol. Nomencl. Leu, L.S. and C.C. Su. 1993. Isolation, cultivation, and pathogenicity of Taxon. 12: 88–92. Xylella fastidiosa, the causal bacterium of pear leaf scorch disease in Leifson, E. 1963. Determination of carbohydrate metabolism of marine Taiwan. Plant Dis. 77: 642–646. bacteria. J. Bacteriol. 85: 1183–1184. Levin, L., J. Gage, P. Lamont, L. Cammidge, C. Martin, A. Patience and Leifson, E., S.R. Carhart and M. Fulton. 1955. Morphological character- J. Crooks. 1997. Infaunal community structure in a low-oxygen, or- 1006 BIBLIOGRAPHY

ganic-rich habitat on the Oman continental slope, NW Arabian Sea. Li, L., C. Kato, Y. Nogi and K. Horikoshi. 1998. Distribution of the pres- In Hawkins and Hutchinson (Editors), The Responses of Marine Or- sure-regulated operons in deep-sea bacteria. FEMS Microbiol. Lett. ganisms to their Environments. Proceedings of the 30th European 159: 159–166. Marine Biology Symposium, Southampton Oceanography Centre, Li, X.Z., D.M. Livermore, D. Ma and H. Nikaido. 1994. Role of efflux University of Southamptom, Southampton. pp. 223–230. pump in intrinsic resistance of Pseudomonas aeruginosa: Active efflux Levin, R.E. 1972. Correlation of DNA base composition and metabolism as a contributing factor to beta-lactam resistance. Antimicrob. Agents of Pseudomonas putrefaciens isolates from food, human clinical speci- Chemother. 38: 1742–1752. mens and other sources. Antonie Leeuwenhoek J. Microbiol. Serol. Li, X.Z., H. Nikaido and K. Poole. 1995. Role of mexA-mexB-OprM in 38: 121–127. antibiotic efflux in Pseudomonas aeruginosa. Antimicrob. Agents Che- Levine, M. 1920. Dysentery and allied bacilli. J. Infect. Dis. 27: 31–39. mother. 39: 1948–1953. Levine, M.M. 1987. Escherichia coli that cause diarrhea: enterotoxigenic, Liadouze, I., G. Febvay, J. Guillaud and G. Bonnot. 1996. Metabolic fate enteropathogenic, enteroinvasive, enterohemorrhagic, and enteroad- of energetic amino acids in the aposymbiotic pea aphid Acyrthosiphon herent. J. Infect. Dis. 155: 377–389. pisum (Harris) (Homoptera: Aphididae). Symbiosis 21: 115–127. Levine, M. and D.Q. Anderson. 1932. Two new species of bacteria causing Liao, X.W., I. Charlebois, C. Ouellet, M.J. Morency, K. Dewar, J. Lightfoot, mustiness in eggs. J. Bacteriol. 23: 337–347. J. Foster, R. Siehnel, H. Schweizer, J.S. Lam, R.E.W. Hancock and R.C. Levine, M.M., E.J. Bergquist, D.R. Nalin, D.H. Waterman, R.B. Hornick, Levesque. 1996. Physical mapping of 32 genetic markers on the Pseu- C.R. Young and S. Sotman. 1978. Escherichia coli strains that cause domonas aeruginosa PAO1 chromosome. Microbiology 142: 79–86. diarrhoea but do not produce heat-labile or heat-stable enterotoxins Librach, I.M. 1968. Proteus meningitis. Develop. Med. Child. Neurol. 10: and are non-invasive. Lancet 1: 1119–1122. 392–394. Levine, M.M., H.L. DuPont, M. Khodabandelou and R.B. Hornick. 1973. Lickfield, K.G., H. Achterrath, F. Hentrich, L. Kolehmainen-Seveus and Long-term Shigella-carrier state. N. Engl J. Med. 288: 1169–1171. A. Persson. 1972. Die Feinstrukturen von Pseudomonas aeruginosa in Levine, M.M. and R. Edelman. 1984. Enteropathogenic Escherichia coli of ihrer Deutung durch die Gefriera¨tztechnik, Ultramikrotomie und classic serotypes associated with infant diarrhea: epidemiology and Kryo-Ultramikrotomie. J. Ultrastruct. Res. 38: 27–45. pathogenesis. Epidemiol. Rev. 6: 31–51. Lidstrom, M.E. 1988. Isolation and characterization of marine methan- Levine, M.M., J.P. Nataro, H. Karch, M.M. Baldini, J.B. Kaper, R.E. Black, otrophs. Antonie Leeuwenhoek 54: 189–200. M.L. Clements and A.D. O’Brien. 1985. The diarrheal response of Lidstrom, M.E. and D.I. Stirling. 1990. Methylotrophs: genetics and com- humans to some classic serotypes of enteropathogenic Escherichia coli mercial applications. Annu. Rev. Microbiol. 44: 27–58. is dependent on a plasmid encoding an enteroadhesiveness factor. J. Lightner, D.V., C.T. Fontaine and K. Hanks. 1975. Some forms of gill Infect. Dis. 152: 550–559. disease in penaeid shrimp. 6th Annual Workshop, Seattle. World Mar- Levine, M.M., J.G. Xu, J.B. Kaper, H. Lior, V. Prado, B. Tall, J. Nataro, iculture society. pp. 347–365. H. Karch and K. Wachsmuth. 1987. A DNA probe to identify ente- Lignie`res, J. 1900. Maladies du porc. Bull. Soc. Cent. Med. Vet. 18: 389– rohemorrhagic Escherichia coli of O157:H7 and other serotypes that 431. cause hemorrhagic colitis and hemolytic uremic syndrome. J. Infect. Lignie`res, J. and G. Spitz. 1902. L’actinobacillose. Bull. Me´m. Soc. Centr. Dis. 156: 175–182. Me´d. Ve´t. 20: 487–535; 546–565. Levine, O.S. and M.M. Levine. 1991. Houseflies (Musca domestica)as mechanical vectors of shigellosis. Rev. Infect. Dis. 13: 688–696. Likhosherstov, L.M., S.N. Senchenkova, A.S. Shashkov, V.A. Derevitskaya, Levison, M. 1977. Factors influencing colonization of the gastro intestinal I.V. Danilova and I.V. Botvinko. 1991. Structure of the major exo- tract with Pseudomonas auruginosa. In Young (Editor), Pseudomonas polysaccharide produced by Azotobacter beijerinckii B-1615. Carbohydr. aeruginosa: Ecological Aspects and Patient Colonization, Raven Press, Res. 222: 233–238. New York. 97–109. Liljemark, W.F., C.G. Bloomquist, L.A. Uhl, E.M. Schaeffer, L.F. Wolff, Levy, H.L. and D. Ingall. 1967. Meningitis in neonates due to Proteus B.L. Pihlstrom and C.L. Bandt. 1984. Distribution of oral Haemophilus mirabilis. Am. J. Dis. Child. 114: 320–324. in dental plaque from a large adult population. Infect. Immun. 46: Levy, J., G. Verhaegen, P. De Mol, M. Couturier, D. Dekegel and J.P. 778–786. Butzler. 1993. Molecular characterization of resistance plasmids in Lim, H.S., Y.S. Kim and S.D. Kim. 1991. Pseudomonas stutzeri YPL-1 genetic epidemiologically unrelated strains of multiresistant Haemophilus in- transformation and antifungal mechanism against Fusarium solani,an fluenzae. J. Infect. Dis. 168: 177–187. agent of plant-root rot. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 57: 510–516. Levy, P.Y. and J.L. Tessier. 1998. Arthritis due to Shewanella putrefaciens. Lim, Y.S., L.J. Young and S. Balakrishnan. 1987. Plesiomonas shigelloides Clin. Infect. Dis. 26: 536. associated with diarrhoeal disease in Malaysian children. Singap. Med. Lewallen, K.R., R.M. McKinney, D.J. Brenner, C.W. Moss, D.H. Dail, B.M. J. 28: 534–536. Thomason and R.A. Bright. 1979. A newly identified bacterium phe- Lin, B.C., H.J. Day, S.J. Chen and M.C. Chien. 1979. Isolation and char- notypically resembling, but genetically distinct from, Legionella pneu- acterization of plasmids in Xanthomonas manihotis. Bot. Bull. Acad. mophila: an isolate in a case of pneumonia. Ann. Intern. Med. 91: Sinica. 20: 157–171. 831–834. Lin, C.P., T.A. Chen, J.M. Wells and T. van der Zwet. 1987. Identification Lewis, I.M. 1930. Growth of plant pathogenic bacteria in synthetic culture and detection of Erwinia amylovora with monoclonal antibodies. Phy- media with special reference to Phytomonas malvaceara. Phytopathol- topathology 77: 376–380. ogy 20: 723–731. Lin, C.J., C.T. Chiu, D.Y. Lin, I.S. Sheen and J.M. Lien. 1996. Non-O1 Leyns, F., M. de Cleene, J.G. Swings and J. de Ley. 1984. The host range Vibrio cholerae bacteremia in patients with cirrhosis: 5-year experience of the genus Xanthomonas. Bot. Rev. 50: 308–356. from a single medical center. Am. J. Gastroenterol. 91: 336–340. Li, J., G. Chen and J.M. Webster. 1996. N-(Indol-3-ylethyl)-2Ј-hydroxy-3Ј- Lin, L.P. and H.L. Sadoff. 1968. Encystment and polymer production by methylpentamide, a novel indol derivative from Xenorhabdus nemato- Azotobacter vinelandii in the presence of beta-hydroxybutyrate. J. Bac- philus. J. Nat. Prod. 59: 1157–1158. teriol. 95: 2336–2343.. Li, J., J.M. Musser, P. Beltran, M.W. Kline and R.K. Selander. 1990. Gen- Lin, L.P. and H.L. Sadoff. 1969. Chemical composition of Azotobacter otypic heterogeneity of strains of Citrobacter diversus expressing a 32- vinelandii cysts. J. Bacteriol. 100: 480–486.. kilodalton outer membrane protein associated with neonatal men- Lin, W., K.J. Fullner, R. Clayton, J.A. Sexton, M.B. Rogers, K.E. Calia, ingitis. J. Clin. Microbiol. 28: 1760–1765. S.B. Calderwood, C. Fraser and J.J. Mekalanos. 1999. Identification Li, K. and C. Miller. 1970. Pathogenic bacteria and their sensitivity pat- of a Vibrio cholerae RTX toxin gene cluster that is tightly linked to the terns in a hospital population of geriatric patients with chronic dis- cholera toxin prophage. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 96: 1071–1076. ease. J. Am. Geriatrics Soc. 18: 286–294. Lin, Z., H. Kurazono, S. Yamasaki and Y. Takeda. 1993a. Detection of BIBLIOGRAPHY 1007

various variant verotoxin genes in Escherichia coli by polymerase chain Lipman, J.G. 1903. Experiments on the transformation and fixation of reaction. Microbiol. Immunol. 37: 543–548. nitrogen by bacteria. Rep. N.J. St. Agric. Exp. Stat. 24: 217–285. Lin, Z., S. Yamasaki, H. Kurazono, M. Ohmura, T. Karasawa, T. Inoue, Lipman, J.G. 1904. Soil bacteriological studies. Further contributions to S. Sakamoto, T. Suganami, T. Takeoka, Y. Taniguchi and Y. Takeda. the physiology and morphology of the members of Azotobacter group. 1993b. Cloning and sequencing of two new Verotoxin 2 variant genes Rep. N.J. St. Agric. Exp. Stat. 25: 237–289. of Escherichia coli isolated from cases of human and bovine diarrhea. Lipp, E.K. and J.B. Rose. 1997. The role of seafood in foodborne diseases Microbiol. Immunol. 37: 451–459. in the United States of America. Rev. Sci. Tech. O. I. E. (Off. Int. Lincoln, S.P., T.R. Fermor and B.J. Tindall. 1999. Janthinobacterium agar- Epizoot.). 16: 620–640. icidamnosum sp. nov., a soft rot pathogen of Agaricus bisporus. Int. J. Lipp, R.L., A.M. Alvarez, A.A. Benedict and J. Berestecky. 1992. Use of Syst. Bacteriol. 49: 1577–1589. monoclonal antibodies and pathogenicity tests to characterize strains Lind, E. and J. Ursing. 1986. Clinical strains of Enterobacter agglomerans of Xanthomonas campestris pv. dieffenbachiae from aroids. Phytopathol- (synonyms: Erwinia herbicola, Erwinia milletiae) identified by DNA–DNA ogy 82: 677–682. hybridization. Acta Pathol. Microbiol. Immunol. Scand. [B]. 94: 205– Lipscomb, J.D. 1994. Biochemistry of the soluble methane monooxy- 213. genase. Annu. Rev. Microbiol. 48: 371–399. Lindberg, A.A. and T. Holme. 1969. Influence of O side chain on the Lipski, A. and K. Altendorf. 1997. Identification of heterotropic bacteria attachment of the Felix 01 bacteriophage of Salmonella bacteria. J. isolated from ammonia-supplied experimental biofilters. Syst. Appl. Bacteriol. 99: 513–519. Microbiol. 20: 448–457. Lindberg, A.M., A. Ljungh, S. Ahrne, S. Lofdahl and G. Molin. 1998. Lipski, A., S. Klatte, B. Bendinger and K. Altendorf. 1992. Differentiation Enterobacteriaceae found in high numbers in fish, minced meat and of gram-negative, nonfermentative bacteria isolated from biofilters pasteurised milk or cream and the presence of toxin encoding genes. on the basis of fatty acid composition, quinone system, and physio- Int. J. Food Microbiol. 39: 11–17. logical reaction profiles. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 58: 2053–2065. Lipski, A., E. Spieck, A. Makolla and K. Altendorf. 2001. Fatty acid profiles Lindberg, A.A., R. Wollin, P. Gemski and J.A. Wohlhieter. 1978. Inter- of nitrite-oxidizing bacteria reflect their phylogenetic heterogeneity. action between bacteriophage Sf6 and Shigella flexneri. J. Virol. 27: Syst. Appl. Microbiol. 24: 377–384. 38–44. Lipsky, B.A., E.W. Hook, III, A.A. Smith and J.J. Plorde. 1980. Citrobacter Lindh, E. and W. Frederiksen. 1990. Ornithine decarboxylating strains infections in humans: experience at the Seattle Veterans Administra- of Klebsiella pneumoniae demonstrated by DNA–DNA hybridization. tion Medical Center and a review of the literature. Rev. Infect. Dis. Apmis 98: 358–362. 2: 746–760. Lindler, L.E. and B.D. Tall. 1993. Yersinia pestis Ph-6 antigen forms fim- Liptak, A., L. Szabo, J. Kerekgyarto, J. Harangi, P. Nanasi and H. Duddeck. briae and is induced by intracellular association with macrophages. 1986. Synthesis of the tetrasaccharide repeating-unit of the lipopo- Mol. Microbiol. 8: 311–324. lysaccharide isolated from Pseudomonas maltophilia. Carbohydr. Res. Lindow, S.E., D.C. Arny and C.D. Upper. 1978. Erwinia herbicola: A bac- 150: 187–197. terial ice nucleus active increasing frost injury to corn. Phytopathology Litwin, C.M. and S.B. Calderwood. 1993. Role of iron in regulation of 68: 523–527. virulence genes. Clin. Microbiol. Rev. 6: 137–149. Lindquist, D.S., G. Nygaard, W.L. Thacker, R.F. Benson, D.J. Brenner and Litwin, C.M., R.B. Leonard, K.C. Carroll, W.K. Drummond and A.T. Pavia. H.W. Wilkinson. 1988. Thirteenth serogroup of Legionella pneumophila 1997. Characterization of endemic strains of Shigella sonnei by use of isolated from patients with pneumonia. J. Clin. Microbiol. 26: 586– plasmid DNA analysis and pulsed-field gel electrophoresis to detect 587. patterns of transmission. J. Infect. Dis. 175: 864–870. Lindqvist, K. 1960. A Neisseria species associated with infectious kerato- Liu, D. 1994. Development of gene probes of Dichelobacter nodosus for conjunctivitis of sheep — Neisseria ovis nov. spec. J. Infect. Dis. 106: differentiating strains causing virulent, intermediate or benign ovine 162–165. footrot. Brit. Vet. J. 150: 451–462. Lindsey, J.O., W.T. Martin, A.C. Sonnenwirth and J.V. Bennett. 1976. An Liu, J., R. Berry, G. Poinar and A. Moldenke. 1997a. Phylogeny of Pho- outbreak of nosocomial Proteus rettgeri urinary tract infection. Am. J. torhabdus and Xenorhabdus species and strains as determined by com- Epidemiol. 103: 2461–2469. parison of partial 16S rRNA gene sequences. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. Lingens, F., P. Vollprecht and V. Gildemeister. 1966. Zu¨r biosynthese der 47: 948–951. nicotinsaure in Xanthomonas und Pseudomonas- Arten, Mycobacterium Liu, P.Y., Y.J. Lau, B.S. Hu, J.M. Shyr, Z.Y. Shi, W.S. Tsai, Y.H. Lin and phlei und Rotaigen. Biochem. Z. 344: 462–477. C.Y. Tseng. 1995a. Analysis of clonal relationships among isolates of Lingwood, C.A., H. Law, S. Richardson, M. Petric, J.L. Brunton, S. De Shigella sonnei by different molecular typing methods. J. Clin. Micro- Grandis and M. Karmali. 1987. Glycolipid binding of purified and biol. 33: 1779–1783. recombinant Escherichia coli produced verotoxin in vitro. J. Biol. Chem. Liu, P.C., K.K. Lee and S.N. Chen. 1997b. Susceptibility of different iso- 262: 8834–8839. lates of Vibrio harveyi to antibiotics. Microbios. 91: 175–180. Link, C., S. Eickernjager, D. Porstendørfer and B. Averhoff. 1998. Iden- Liu, P.C., K.K. Lee, C.C. Tu and S.N. Chen. 1997c. Purification and tification and characterization of a novel competence gene, comC, characterization of a cysteine protease produced by pathogenic lu- required for DNA binding and uptake in Acinetobacter sp. strain BD413. minous Vibrio harveyi. Curr. Microbiol. 35: 32–39. J. Bacteriol. 180: 1592–1595. Liu, P.C., K.K. Lee, K.C. Yii, G.H. Kou and S.N. Chen. 1996a. Isolation Linker, A. and R.S. Jones. 1966. A new polysaccharide resembling alginic of Vibrio harveyi from diseased kuruma prawns Penaeus japonicus. Curr. acid isolated from pseudomonads. J. Biol. Chem. 241: 3845–3851. Microbiol. 33: 129–132. Linkerhagner, K. and J. Oelze. 1995. Hydrogenase does not confer sig- Liu, P.Y.F., Z.Y. Shi, Y.J. Lau, B.S. Hu, J.M. Shyr, W.S. Tsai, Y.H. Lin and nificant benefits to Azotobacter vinelandii growing diazotrophically un- C.Y. Tseng. 1995b. Comparison of different PCR approaches for char- der conditions of glucose limitation. J. Bacteriol. 177: 6018–6020. acterization of Burkholderia (Pseudomonas) cepacia isolates. J. Clin. Mi- Linn, D.M. and N.R. Krieg. 1978. Occurrence of two organisms in cultures crobiol. 33: 3304–3307. of the type strain of Spirillum lunatum: proposal for rejection of the Liu, P.V. and F. Shokrani. 1978. Biological-activities of pyochelins - iron- name Spirillum lunatum and characterization of Oceanospirillum maris chelating agents of Pseudomonas aeruginosa. Infect. Immun. 22: 878– subsp. williamsae and an unclassified vibrioid bacterium. Int. J. Syst. 890. Bacteriol. 28: 132–138. Liu, S.L., A. Hessel, H.Y.M. Cheng and K.E. Sanderson. 1994a. The XbaI- Linn, D.M. and N.R. Krieg. 1984. Validation of the publucation of new BlnI-CeuI genomic cleavage map of Salmonella paratyphi B. J. Bacteriol. names and new combinations previously effectively published outside 176: 1014–1024. the IJSB. List No.15. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 34: 355. Liu, S.L., A. Hessel and K.E. Sanderson. 1993a. The XbaI-BlnI-CeuI ge- 1008 BIBLIOGRAPHY

nomic cleavage map of Salmonella enteritidis shows an inversion relative Lobb, C.J. and M. Rhoades. 1987. Rapid plasmid analysis for identification to Salmonella typhimurium LT2. Mol. Microbiol. 10: 655–664. of Edwardsiella ictaluri from infected channel catfish (Ictalurus punc- Liu, S.L., A. Hessel and K.E. Sanderson. 1993b. The XbaI-BlnI-CeuI ge- tatus). Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 53: 1267–1272. nomic cleavage map of Salmonella typhimurium LT2 determined by Lobue, T.D., T.A. Deutsch and R.M. Stein. 1985. Moraxella nonliquefaciens double digestion, end labelling, and pulsed-field gel electrophoresis. endophthalmitis after trabeculectomy. American JAm. J. Opthamol. J. Bacteriol. 175: 4104–4120. 99: 343–345. Liu, S.L. and K.E. Sanderson. 1992. A physical map of the Salmonella Lockwood, D.E., A.S. Kreger and S.H. Richardson. 1982. Detection of typhimurium LT2 genome made by using XbaI analysis. J. Bacteriol. toxins produced by Vibrio fluvialis. Infect. Immun. 35: 702–708. 174: 1662–1672. Lockwood, L.B., B. Tabenkin and G.E. Ward. 1941. The production of Liu, S.L. and K.E. Sanderson. 1995a. The chromosome of Salmonella gluconic acid and 2-keto gluconic acid from glucose by species of paratyphi A is inverted by recombination between rrnH and rrnG.J. Pseudomonas and Phytomonas. J. Bacteriol. 42: 51–61. Bacteriol. 177: 6585–6592. Lode, E.T. and M.J. Coon. 1971. Enzymatic x-oxidation. V. Forms of Liu, S.L. and K.E. Sanderson. 1995b. Genomic cleavage map of Salmonella Pseudomonas oleovorans rubredoxin containing one or two iron atoms: typhi Ty2. J. Bacteriol. 177: 5099–5107. structure and function in x-oxidation. J. Biol. Chem. 246: 791–802. Liu, S.L., A.B. Schryvers, K.E. Sanderson and R.N. Johnston. 1999. Bac- Loeb, M.R. and D.H. Smith. 1982. Properties and immunogenicity of terial phylogenetic clusters revealed by genome structure. J. Bacteriol. Haemophilus influenzae outer membrane proteins. In Sell and Wright 181: 6747–6755. (Editors), Haemophilus influenzae : Epidemiology, Immunology, and Liu, S.C., D.A. Webster, M.L. Wei and B.C. Stark. 1996b. Genetic engi- Prevention of Disease, Elsevier Biomedical, New York. 207–217. neering to contain the Vitreoscilla hemoglobin gene enhances deg- Loeb, M.R., A.L. Zachary and D.H. Smith. 1981. Isolation and partial radation of benzoic acid by Xanthomonas maltophilia. Biotechnol. characterization of outer and inner membranes from encapsulated Bioeng. 49: 101–105. Haemophilus influenzae type b. J. Bacteriol. 145: 596–604. Liu, W.-T., T.L. Marsh, H. Cheng and L.J. Forney. 1997d. Characterization Loeffler, F. 1892. U¨ ber Epidemin unter den im hygienischen Institute of microbial diversity by determining terminal restriction fragment zu Greifswald gehaltenen Mau¨sen und u¨ber die Beka¨mpfung der Feld- length polymorphisms of genes encoding 16S rRNA. Appl. Environ. mausplage. Zentrab. Bakteriol. Parasitenk. Infektionskr. Hyg. Abt. I Microbiol. 63: 4516–4522. Orig. 11: 129–141. Liu, Y., A. Chatterjee and A.K. Chatterjee. 1994b. Nucleotide sequence, Lo¨hnis, F. 1911. Landwirtschaftlich-bakteriologisches Prakticum, Gebru¨- organization and expression of rdgA and rdgB genes that regulate der Borntrneger, Berlin. pectin lyase production in the plant pathogenic bacterium Erwinia Lomholt, H. and M. Kilian. 1995. Distinct antigenic and genetic prop- carotovora subsp. carotovora in response to DNA-damaging agents. Mol. erties of the immunoglobulin A1 protease produced by Haemophilus Microbiol. 14: 999–1010. influenzae biogroup aegyptius associated with Brazilian purpuric fever Liu, Y., Y. Cui, A. Mukherjee and A.K. Chatterjee. 1997e. Activation of in Brazil. Infect. Immun. 63: 4389–4394. the Erwinia carotovora carotovora pectin lyase structural gene pnlA:a Long, G.W., J.J. Oprandy, R.B. Narayanan, A.H. Fortier, K.R. Porter and role for RdgB. Microbiology 143: 705–712. C.A. Nacy. 1993. Detection of Francisella tularensis in blood by poly- Liu, Y., H. Murata, A. Chatterjee and A.K. Chatterjee. 1993c. Character- merase chain reaction. J. Clin. Microbiol. 31: 152–154. ization of a novel regulatory gene aepA that controls extracellular Long, H.F. and B.W. Hammer. 1941. Distribution of Pseudomonas putre- enzyme production in the phytopathogenic bacterium Erwinia caro- faciens. J. Bacteriol. 41: 100–101. tovora subsp. carotovora. Mol. Plant-Microbe Interact. 6: 299–308. Loomes, L.M., B.W. Senior and M.A. Kerr. 1990. A proteolytic enzyme Livermore, D.M. 1995. b-lactamases in laboratory and clinical resistance. secreted by Proteus mirabilis degrades immunoglobulins of the im- Clin. Microbiol. Rev. 8: 557–584. munoglobulin A1 (IgA1), IgA2, and IgG isotypes. Infect. Immun. 58: Livrelli, V., C. DeChamps, P. DiMartino, A. Darefeuille-Michaud, C. Fo- 1979–1985. restier and B. Joly. 1996. Adhesive properties and antibiotic resistance Lopes, S.A. and K.E. Damann. 1996. Immunocapture and PCR detection of Klebsiella, Enterobacter, and Serratia clinical isolates involved in nos- of Xanthomonas albilineans from vascular sap of sugarcane leaves. ocomial infections. J. Clin. Microbiol. 34: 1963–1969. Summa Phytopathol. 22: 244–247. Llanes, C., M. Couturier, L. Asfeld, F. Grimont and Y. Michel-Briand. Lorenz, H., K. Reipschlager and W. Wackernagel. 1992. Plasmid trans- 1994. Replicon typing of 71 multiresistant Serratia marcescens strains. formation of naturally competent Acinetobacter calcoaceticus in non- Res. Microbiol. 145: 17–25. sterile soil extract and groundwater. Arch. Microbiol. 157: 355–360. Lloyd, J.R. and L.E. McCaskie. 1996. A novel PhosphorImager-based tech- Losonsky, G.A., M. Santosham, V.M. Sehgal, A. Zwahlen and E.R. Moxon. nique for monitoring the microbial reduction of technetium. Appl. 1984. Haemophilus influenzae disease in the White Mountain Apaches: Environ. Microbiol. 62: 578–582. molecular epidemiology of a high risk population. Pediatr. Infect. Dis. Lo, R.Y.C. 1995. Molecular studies of antigens in HAP organisms. In 3: 539–547. Donachie, Lainson and Hodgson (Editors), Haemophilus, Actinobacillus Loubinoux, J., A. Lozniewski, C. Lion, D. Garin, M. Weber and A.E. Le and Pasteurella, Plenum Press, New York. pp. 129–142. Faou. 1999. Value of enterobacterial repetitive intergenic consensus Lo, T.M., C.K. Ward and T.J. Inzana. 1998. Detection and identification PCR for study of Pasteurella multocida strains isolated from mouths of of Actinobacillus pleuropneumoniae serotype 5 by mulitplex PCR. J. Clin. dogs. J. Clin. Microbiol. 37: 2488–2492. Microbiol. 36: 1704–1710. Louie, M., J. de Azavedo, R. Clarke, A. Borczyk, H. Lior, M. Richter and Lo Presti, F., S. Riffard, H. Meugnier, M. Reyrolle, Y. Lasne, P.A.D. Gri- J. Brunton. 1994. Sequence heterogeneity of the eae gene and detec- mont, F. Grimont, F. Vandenesch, J. Etienne, J. Fleurette and J. Freney. tion of verotoxin-producing Escherichia coli using serotype-specific 1999. Legionella taurinensis sp. nov., a new species antigenically similar primers. Epidemiol. Infect. 112: 449–461. to Legionella spiritensis. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 49: 397–403. Louis, C., G. Croizier and G. Meynadier. 1977a. Trame cristalline des Lo Presti, F., S. Riffard, F. Vandenesch, M. Reyrolle, E. Ronco, P. Ichai inclusions proteiques chez une Rickettsiella. Biol. Cell 29: 77–80. and J. Etienne. 1997. The first clinical isolate of Legionella parisiensis, Louis, C., M. Jourdan and M. Cabanac. 1986. Behavioral fever and therapy from a liver transplant patient with pneumonia. J. Clin. Microbiol. in a rickettsia-infected Orthoptera. Am. J. Physiol. 250: R991–R995. 35: 1706–1709. Louis, C., G. Morel, G. Nicholas and G. Kuhl. 1979. E´tude compare´e des Lo Verde, P.T., C. Amento and G.I. Higashi. 1980. Parasite interaction caracte`res ultrastructuraux de rickettsies d’arthropodes, re´ve´le´s par of Salmonella typhimurium and Shistosoma. J. Infect. Dis. 141: 177–185. cryode´capage et cytochimie. J. Untrastruc. Res. 66: 243–253. Lobb, C.J., S.H. Ghaffari, J.R. Hayman and D.T. Thompson. 1993. Plasmid Louis, C., A. Yousfi, C. Vago and G. Nicolas. 1977b. E´tude par cytochimie and serological differences between Edwardsiella ictaluri strains. Appl. et cryode´capage de l’ultrastructure d’une Rickettsiella de crustace´. Environ. Microbiol. 59: 2830–2836. Ann. Microbiol. 128B: 177–205. BIBLIOGRAPHY 1009

Louws, F.J., D.W. Fulbright, C.T. Stephens and F.J. de Bruijn. 1994. Spe- Luck, P.C., J.H. Helbig, W. Ehret and M. Ott. 1995. Isolation of a Legionella cific genomic fingerprints of phytopathogenic Xanthomonas and Pseu- pneumophila strain serologically distinguishable from all known sero- domonas pathovars and strains generated with repetitive sequences groups. Zentbl. Bakteriol. 282: 35–39. and PCR. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 60: 2286–2295. Lu¨deritz, O., A.M. Staub and O. Westphal. 1966. Immunochemistry of Louws, F.J., D.W. Fulbright, C.T. Stephens and F.J. de Bruijn. 1995. Dif- O and R antigens of Salmonella and related Enterobacteriaceae. Bacteriol. ferentiation of genomic structure by rep-PCR fingerprinting to rapidly Rev. 30: 192–255. classify Xanthomonas campestris pv. vesicatoria. Phytopathology 85: 528– Lu¨deritz, O., O. Westphal, A.M. Staub and H. Nikaido. 1971. Isolation 536. and chemical and immunological characterization of bacterial lipo- Love, M., D. Teebken-Fisher, J.E. Hose, J.J. Farmer, F.W. Hickman and polysaccharides. In Weinbaum, Kadis and Ajl (Editors), Microbial Tox- G.R. Fanning. 1981. Vibrio damsela, a marine bacterium, causes skin ins, Vol. IV, Academic Press, New York. pp. 145–233. ulcers on the damselfish Chromis punctipinnis. Science (Wash. D. C.) Ludwig, W., R. Rossello-Mora, R. Aznar, S. Klugbauer, S. Spring, K. Reetz, 214: 1139–1140. C. Beimfohr, E. Brockmann, G. Kirchhof, S. Dorn, M. Bachleitner, Love, M., D. Teebken-Fisher, J.E. Hose, J.J. Farmer, F.W. Hickman and N. Klugbauer, N. Springer, D. Lane, R. Nietupsky, M. Weiznegger and G.R. Fanning. 1982. In Validation of new names and new combina- K.H. Schleifer. 1995. Comparative sequence analysis of 23S rRNA from tions previously effectively published outside the IJSB. List No. 8. Int. Proteobacteria. Syst. Appl. Microbiol. 18: 164–188. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 32: 266–268. Ludwig, W. and E. Stackebrandt. 1983. A phylogenetic analysis of Le- Lovejoy, C., J.P. Bowman and G.M. Hallegraeff. 1998. Algicidal effects of gionella. Arch. Microbiol. 135: 45–50. a novel marine Pseudoalteromonas isolate (class Proteobacteria, gamma Ludwig, W. and O. Strunk. 1996. ARB: a software environment for se- subdivision) on harmful algal bloom species of the genera Chattonella, quence data: (http://www.mikro.biologie.tu-muenchen.de). Gymnodinium, and Heterosigma. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 64: 2806– Lugtenberg, J.J. and L.A. De Weger. 1992. Plant root colonization by 2813. Pseudomonas spp. In Galli, Silver and Witholt (Editors), Pseudomonas: Loveless, T.M. and P.E. Bishop. 1999. Identification of genes unique to Molecular Biology and Biotechnology, American Society for Micro- Mo-independent nitrogenase systems in diverse diazotrophs. Can. J. biology, Washington D.C. 13–19. Microbiol. 45: 312–317. Luisetti, J., J.P. Prunier and L. Gardan. 1972. Un milieu pour la mise en Loveless, T.M., J.R. Saah and P.E. Bishop. 1999. Isolation of nitrogen- e´vidence de la production d’un pigment fluorescent par Pseudomonas fixing bacteria containing molybdenum-independent nitrogenases mors-prunorum f. sp. persicae. Ann. Phytopathol. 4: 295–296. from natural environments. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 65: 4223–4226. Lukacova, M., D. Valkova, M. Quevedo Diaz, D. Perecko and I. Barak. Lovley, D.R. 1993. Dissimilatory metal reduction. Annu. Rev. Microbiol. 1999. Green fluorescent protein as a detection marker for Coxiella 47: 263–290. burnetii transformation. FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 175: 255–260. Lovley, D.R. 1997. Microbial FE(III) reduction in subsurface environ- Lukomski, S., B. Muller and G. Schmidt. 1990. Extracellular hemolysin ments. FEMS Microbiol. Rev. 20: 305–313. of Proteus penneri coded by chromosomal hly genes is similar to the Lovley, D.R. and E.J.P. Phillips. 1986. Organic matter mineralization with ␣-hemolysin of Escherichia coli. Zentbl. Bakteriol. 273: 150–155. reduction of ferric iron in anaerobic sediments. Appl. Environ. Mi- Lunder, T., O. Evensen, G. Holstad and T. Ha˚stein. 1995. Winter ulcer crobiol. 51: 683–689. in the Atlantic salmon Salmo salar pathological and bacteriological Lovley, D.R. and E.J.P. Phillips. 1988. Novel mode of microbial energy metabolism: organic carbon oxidation coupled to dissimilatory re- investigations and transmission experiments. Dis. Aquat. Org. 23: 39– duction of iron or manganese. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 54: 1472– 49. 1480. Lunder, T., H. Sørum, G. Holstad, A.G. Steigerwalt, P. Mowinckel and Lovrekovich, L. and Z. Klement. 1965. Serological and bacteriophage D.J. Brenner. 2000. Phenotypic and genotypic characterization of Vib- sensitivity studies on Xanthomonas vesicatoria strains isolated from to- rio viscosus sp. nov. and Vibrio wodanis sp. nov. isolated from Atlantic mato and pepper. Phytopathol. Z. 52: 222–228. salmon (Salmo salar) with “winter ulcer”. Int. J. Syst. Evol. Microbiol. Low, D., B. Braaten and M. van der Woude. 1996. Fimbriae. In Neidhardt, 50: 427–450. Curtiss, Ingraham, Lin, Low, Magasanik, Reznikoff, Riley, Schaechter Luo, K., X.L. Liao and Z. Chen. 1988. On brown sheath disease of rice. and Umbarger (Editors), Escherichia coli and Salmonella : Cellular and II. Determination of physiological, biochemical and molecular bio- Molecular Biology, 2nd Ed., ASM Press, Washington, D.C. pp. 146– logical characteristics of the causal bacterium. Acta Phytopathol. Sin- 157. ica. 18: 29–33. Lowbury, E.J.L., H.A. Lilly, A. Kidson, G.A.J. Ayliffe and R.J. Jones. 1969. Luque, F., L.A. Mitchenall, M. Chapman, R. Christine and R.N. Pau. 1993. Sensitivity of Pseudomonas aeruginosa to antibiotics: emergence of Characterization of genes involved in molybdenum transport in Azo- strains highly resistant to carbenicillin. Lancet 1969: 448–452. tobacter vinelandii. Mol. Microbiol. 7: 447–459. Lowry, P.W., L.M. McFarland and H.K. Threefoot. 1986. Vibro hollisae Luria, S.E. and J.W. Burrous. 1957. Hybridization between Escherichia coli septicemia after consumption of catfish. J. Infect. Dis. 154: 730–731. and Shigella. J. Bacteriol. 74: 461–476. Lu, H.M. and S. Lory. 1996. A specific targeting domain in mature ex- Luttrell, R.E., G.A. Rannick, J.L. Soto-Hernandez and A. Verghese. 1988. otoxin A is required for its extracellular secretion from Pseudomonas Kluyvera species soft tissue infection: case report and review. J. Clin. aeruginosa. Embo J. 15: 429–436. Microbiol. 26: 2650–3651. Lubke, A., L. Hartmann, W. Schroder and E. Hellmann. 1994. Isolation Lwoff, A. 1939. Revision et de´membrement des Hemophilae le genre and partial characterization of the major protein of the outer-mem- Moraxella nov. gen. Ann. Inst. Pasteur. 62: 168–176. brane of Pasteurella haemolytica and Pasteurella multocida. Zentbl. Bak- Lwoff, A. and M. Lwoff. 1937. Roˆle physiologique de l’he´mine pour teriol. Mikrobiol. Hyg. Abt. Orig. A Med. Mikrobiol. Infektkrankh. Haemophilus influenzae Pfeiffer. Ann. Inst. Pasteur. 59: 129–136. Parasitol. 281: 45–54. Lynch, M.J., S. Swift, L. fish, D.F. Kirke, C.E.R. Dodd, G.S.A.B. Stewart, Lucas, A.H. 1988. Expression of crossreactive idiotypes by human anti- C.W. Keevil and P. Williams. 1999. Puorum sensing in Aeromonas hy- bodies specific for the capsular polysaccharide of Haemophilus influ- drophila biofilms. 6th International Aeromonas/PlesiomonasSymposium, enzae B. J. Clin. Invest. 81: 480–486. Chicago, Illinois. p. 24. Lucas, L.T. and R.G. Grogan. 1969a. Serological variation and identifi- Lysenko, A.M., V.F. Gal’chenko and N.A. Chernykh. 1988. Taxonomic cation of Pseudomonas lachrymans and other phytopathogenic Pseu- study of obligate methanotrophic bacteria using the DNA–DNA hy- domonas nomenspecies. Phytopathology 59: 1908–1912. bridization technique. Mikrobiologiya 57: 653–658. Lucas, L.T. and R.G. Grogan. 1969b. Some properties of specific antigens Lysenko, O. 1976. Chitinase of Serratia marcescens and its toxicity for in- of Pseudomonas lachrymans and other Pseudomonas nomenspecies. Phy- sects. J. Invertebr. Pathol. 27: 385–386. topathology 59: 1913–1917. Lysenko, O. and J. Weiser. 1974. Bacteria associated with the nematode 1010 BIBLIOGRAPHY

Neoplectana carpocapsae and the pathogenicity of this complex for Gal- in Yersinia enterocolitica. Acta Path. Microbiol. Scand. Sect. B. 83: 382– leria mellonella larvae. J. Invertebr. Pathol. 24: 332–336. 386. Lytika¨inen, O., S. Kjo¨ljag, M. Ha¨rma¨ and J. Vuopio-Varkila. 1995. Out- Maeng, J.H., Y. Sakai, Y. Tani and N. Kato. 1996. Isolation and charac- break caused by two multiresistant Acinetobacter baumannii clones in terization of a novel oxygenase that catalyzes the first step of n-alkane a burn unit: emergence of resistance to imipenem. J. Hosp. Infect. oxidation in Acinetobacter sp. strain M-1. J. Bacteriol. 178: 3695–3700. 31: 41–54. Maes, M. 1993. Fast classification of plant-associated bacteria in the Xan- Ma, W.-C. and D.L. Denlinger. 1974. Secretory discharge and microflora thomonas genus. FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 113: 161–165. of milk gland in tsetse flies. Nature (Lond.) 247: 301–303. Maes, M., P. Garbeva and C. Crepel. 1996. Identification and sensitive Macchiavello, A. 1937. Estudios sobre tifus exantematico. III. Un nuevo endophytic detection of the fire blight pathogen Erwinia amylovora metodo pare tenir Rickettsia. Rev. Chilena Hig. Med. Prev. 1: 101–106. with 23S ribosomal DNA sequences and the polymerase chain reac- MacDonell, M.T. and R.R. Colwell. 1985. Phylogeny of the Vibrionaceae, tion. Plant Pathol. (Oxf.) 45: 1139–1149. and recommendation for two new genera, Listonella and Shewanella. Magarin˜os, B., R. Bonet, J.L. Romalde, M.J. Martı´nez, F. Congregado and Syst. Appl. Microbiol. 6: 171–182. A.E. Toranzo. 1996. Influence of the capsular layer on the virulence MacDonell, M.T. and R.R. Colwell. 1986. In Validation of the publication of Pasteurella piscicida for fish. Microb. Pathog. 21: 289–297. of new names and new combinations previously effectively published Magarin˜os, B., C.R. Osorio, A.E. Toranzo and J.L. Romalde. 1997. Ap- outside the IJSB. List No. 20. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 36: 354–356. plicability of ribotyping for intraspecific classification and epidemi- MacDonell, M.T., D.G. Swartz, B.A. Ortiz-Conde, G.A. Last and R.R. Col- ological studies of Photobacterium damsela subsp. piscicida. Syst. Appl. well. 1986. Ribosomal RNA phylogenies for the vibrio-enteric group Microbiol. 20: 634–639. of eubacteria. Microbiol. Sci. 3: 172–178. Magarin˜os, B., J.L. Romalde, I. Bandı´n, B. Fouz and A.E. Toranzo. 1992. Machado, J., F. Grimont and P.A.D. Grimont. 1998. Computer identifi- Phenotypic, antigenic, and molecular characterization of Pasteurella piscicida strains Isolated from fish. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 58: 3316– cation of Escherichia coli rRNA gene restriction patterns. Res. Micro- 3322. biol. 149: 119–135. Magnum, M.E. and D. Radisch. 1982. Cedecea species: unusual clinical Machado, J., F. Grimont and P.A.D. Grimont. 2000. Identification of Esch- isolate. Clin. Microbiol. Newsl. 4: 117–119. erichia coli flagellar types by restriction of the amplified fliC gene. Res. Magnusson, H. 1928. The commonest forms of actinomycosis in domestic Microbiol. 151: 535–546. animals and their etiology. Acta Pathol. Microbiol. Scand. 5: 170– Machado, W.C. and J. Do¨bereiner. 1969. Estudos complementares sobre 245. a fisiologia de Azotobacter paspali e sue dependencia da planta (Pas- Magrou, J. 1937. Genre Erwinia. In Hauduroy, Ehringer, Urbain, Guillot palum notatum). Pesqm. Agropecu. Brasil. 4: 53–58. and Magrou (Editors), Dictionnaire des bacte´ries pathoge`nes, Mas- Machiels, P., J.P. Haxhe, J.P. Trigaux, M. Delos, J.C. Shoevaerdts and O. son, Paris. 195-220. Vandenplas. 1995. Chronic lung abscess due to Pasteurella multocida. Mague, T.H. and R.A. Lewin. 1974. Leucothrix: absence of demonstrable Thorax 50: 1017–1018. fixation of N . J. Gen. Microbiol. 85: 365–367. Macierevicz, M. 1966. A proposal of a new group (genus) of Enterobac- 2 Mahaffee, W.F. and J.W. Kloepper. 1997. Bacterial communities of the teriaceae. Exp. Med. Microbiol. (Engl. Transl. Med. Dosw. Mikrobiol.) rhizosphere and endorhiza associated with field-grown cucumber 18: 333–339. plants inoculated with a plant growth-promoting rhizobacterium or Maclagan, R.M. and D.C. Old. 1980. Haemagglutins and fimbriae in its genetically modified derivative. Can. J. Microbiol. 43: 344–353. different serotypes and biotypes of Yersinia enterocolitica. J. Appl. Bac- Mahalingam, S., Y.M. Cheong, S.K. Kan and T. Pang. 1993. Occurrence teriol. 49: 353–360. of Vibrio cholerae 01 strains in Southeast Asia resistant to vibriostatic Maclean, I.W., L. Slaney, J.M. Juteau, R.C. Levesque, W.L. Albritton and compound 0/129. Southeast Asian J. Trop. Med. Public Health 24: A.R. Ronald. 1992. Identification of a ROB-1 beta-lactamase in Hae- 779–780. mophilus ducreyi. Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. 36: 467–469. Mahalingam, S., Y.M. Cheong, S. Kan, R.M. Yassin, J. Vadivelu and T. MacLeod, D.L., C.L. Gyles and B.P. Wilcock. 1991. Reproduction of Pang. 1994. Molecular epidemiologic analysis of Vibrio cholerae O1 edema disease of swine with purified Shiga-like toxin-II variant. Vet. isolates by pulsed-field gel electrophoresis. J. Clin. Microbiol. 32: Pathol. 28: 66–73. 2975–2979. MacLeod, P.R. and R.A. MacLeod. 1992. Identification and sequence of Mahe, B., C. Masclaux, L. Rauscher, C. Enard and D. Expert. 1995. Dif- ם a Na( )-linked gene from the marine bacterium Alteromonas halo- ferential expression of two siderophore-dependent iron-acquisition planktis which functionally complements the dagA gene of Escherichia pathways in Erwinia chrysanthemi 3937: characterization of a novel coli. Mol. Microbiol. 6: 2673–2681. ferrisiderophore permease of the ABC transporter family. Mol. Mi- MacLeod, R.A. 1968. On the role of inorganic ions in the physiology of crobiol. 18: 33–43. marine bacteria. Adv. Microbiol. Sea. 1: 95–126. Maidak, B.L., J.R. Cole, C.T. Parker, Jr., G.M. Garrity, N. Larsen, B. Li, Macnab, R.M. 1996. Flagella. In Neidhardt, Curtiss, Ingraham, Lin, Low, T.G. Lilburn, M.J. McCaughey, G.J. Olsen, R. Overbeek, S. Pramanik, Magasanik, Reznikoff, Riley, Schaechter and Umbarger (Editors), T.M. Schmidt, J.M. Tiedje and C.R. Woese. 1999. A new version of Escherichia coli and Salmonella : Cellular and Molecular Biology, 2nd the RDP (Ribosomal Database Project). Nucleic Acids Res. 27: 171– Ed., ASM Press, Washington, D.C. pp. 123–145. 173. MacPhee, D.G., V. Krishnapillai, R.J. Roantree and B.A.D. Stocker. 1975. Maidak, B.L., G.J. Olsen, N. Larsen, R. Overbeek, M.J. McCaughey and Mutations in Salmonella typhimurium conferring resistance to Felix O C.R. Woese. 1996. The ribosomal database project (RDP). Nucleic phage without loss of smooth character. J. Gen. Microbiol. 87: 1–10. Acids Res. 24: 82–85. Macy, J.M. and I. Probst. 1979. The biology of gastrointestinal bacteroides. Maidak, B.L., G.J. Olsen, N. Larsen, R. Overbeek, M.J. McCaughey and Annu. Rev. Microbiol. 33: 561–594. C.R. Woese. 1997. The RDP (Ribosomal Database Project). Nucleic Madigan, M.T. 1984. A novel photosynthetic purple bacterium isolated Acids Res. 25: 109–111. from a Yellowstone hot spring. Science 225: 313–315. Maiden, M.C.J., J.A. Bygraves, E. Feil, G. Morelli, J.E. Russell, R. Urwin, Madigan, M.T. 1986. Chromatium tepidum sp. nov., a thermophilic pho- Q. Zhang, J.J. Zhou, K. Zurth, D.A. Caugant, I.M. Feavers, M. Achtman tosynthetic bacterium of the family Chromatiaceae. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. and B.G. Spratt. 1998. Multilocus sequence typing: A portable ap- 36: 222–227. proach to the identification of clones within populations of patho- Madsen, N.B. and R.M. Hochster. 1959. The tricarboxylic acid and gly- genic microorganisms. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U. S. A. 95: 3140–3145. oxylate cycles in Xanthomonas phaseoli (XP8). Can. J. Microbiol. 5:1– Maier, R.J. and F. Moshiri. 2000. Role of the Azotobacter vinelandii nitro- 8. genase-protective Shethna protein in preventing oxygen-mediated Maeland, J.A. and A. Digranes. 1975. Common enterobacterial antigen cell death. J. Bacteriol. 182: 3854–3857. BIBLIOGRAPHY 1011

Maier, S. 1984. Description of Thioploca ingrica sp. nov., nom. rev. Int. J. of genus Proteus from other non-lactose and lactose fermenters. Can. Syst. Bacteriol. 34: 344–345. J. Med. Technol. 28: 118–121. Maier, S. and V.A. Gallardo. 1984a. Nutritional characteristics of two Malkoff, K. 1906. Weitere Untersuchungen u¨ber die Bakterienkrankheit marine thioplocas determined by autoradiography. Arch. Microbiol. auf Sesamum orientale. Zentralbl. Bakteriol. Parasitenk. Infektionskr. 139: 218–220. Hyg. Abt. II. 16: 664–666. Maier, S. and V.A. Gallardo. 1984b. Thioploca araucae sp. nov. and Thioploca Mallavia, L.P. 1991. Genetics of rickettsiae. Eur. J. Epidemiol. 7: 213–221. chileae sp. nov. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 34: 414–418. Malnick, H. 1997. Anaerobiospirillum thomasii sp. nov., an anaerobic spiral Maier, S. and R.G.E. Murray. 1965. The fine structure of Thioploca ingrica bacterium isolated from the feces of cats and dogs and from diarrheal and a comparison with Beggiatoa. Can. J. Microbiol. 11: 645–655. feces of humans, and emendation of the genus Anaerobiospirillum. Int. Maier, S. and W.C. Preissner. 1979. Occurrence of Thioploca in Lake J. Syst. Bacteriol. 47: 381–384. Constance and Lower Saxony, Germany. Microb. Ecol. 5: 117–119. Malnick, H., K. Williams, J. Philebosie and A.S. Levy. 1990. Description Maier, S., H. Vo¨lker, M. Beese and V.A. Gallardo. 1990. The fine structure of a medium for isolating Anaerobiospirillum spp., a possible cause of of Thioploca araucae and Thioploca chileae. Can. J. Microbiol. 36: 438– zoonotic disease, from diarrheal feces and blood of humans and use 448. of the medium in a survey of human, canine, and feline feces. J. Clin. Maino, A.L., N.N. Schroth and N.J. Palleroni. 1974. Degradation of xylan Microbiol. 28: 1380–1384. by bacterial plant pathogens. Phytopathology 64: 881–885. Malofeeva, I.V., E.N. Kondratieva and A.B. Rubin. 1975. Ferredoxin Mair, N.S. and E. Fox. 1973. An antigenic relationship between Yersinia linked nitrate reductase from the phototrophic bacterium Ectothio- pseudotuberculosis type 6 and Escherichia coli O-group 55. Contr. Micro- rhodospira shaposhnikovii. FEBS Lett. 53: 188–189. biol. Immunol. 2: 180–183. Maltezou, H.C. and D. Raoult. 2002. Q fever in children. Lancet Infect. Mair, N.S., C.J. Randall, G.W. Thomas, J.F. Harbourne, C.T. McCrea and Dis. 2: 686–691. K.P. Cowl. 1974. Actinobacillus suis infection in pigs: a report of four Mammeri, H., G. Laurans, M. Eveillard, S. Castelain and F. Eb. 2001. outbreaks and two sporadic cases. J. Comp. Pathol. 84: 113–119. Coexistence of SHV-4 and TEM-24 producing Enterobacter aerogenes Ma¨kela, P.H. and H. Mayer. 1976. Enterobacterial common antigen. Bac- strains before a large outbreak of TEM-24 producing strains in a teriol. Rev. 40: 591–632. French hospital. J. Clin. Microbiol. 39: 2184–2190. Ma¨kela, P.H., V.V. Valtonen and M. Valtonen. 1973. Role of O-antigens Mamolen, M., R.F. Breiman, J.M. Barbaree, R.A. Gunn, K.M. Stone, J.S. (lipopolysaccharide) factors in the virulence of Salmonella. J. Infect. Spika, D.T. Dennis, S.H. Mao and R.L. Vogt. 1993. Use of multiple Dis. 128S: 81–85. molecular subtyping techniques to investigate a Legionnaires’ disease Makemson, J.C., N.R. Fulayfil, W. Landry, L.M. Van Ert, C.F. Wimpee, outbreak due to identical strains at two tourist lodges. J. Clin. Micro- E.A. Widder and J.F. Case. 1997. Shewanella woodyi sp. nov., an exclu- biol. 31: 2584–2588. sively respiratory luminous bacterium isolated from the Alboran Sea. Manafi, M. and M.L. Rotter. 1992. Enzymatic profile of Plesiomonas shi- Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 47: 1034–1039. gelloides. J. Microbiol. Meth. 16: 175–180. Maki, D.G. and W.T. Martin. 1975. Nationwide epidemic of septicemia Mandel, A.D., K. Wright and J.M. McKinnon. 1964. Selective medium caused by contaminated infusion products. IV. Growth of microbial for isolation of Mima and Herellea organisms. J. Bacteriol. 88: 1524– pathogens in fluids for intravenous infusions. J. Infect. Dis. 131: 267– 1525. 272. Mandel, M. 1966. Deoxyribonucleic acid base composition in the genus Maki, D.G., F.S. Rhame, D.C. Mackel and J.V. Bennett. 1976. Nationwide Pseudomonas. J. Gen. Microbiol. 43: 273–292. epidemic of septicemia caused by contaminated intravenous products. Mandel, M., E.R. Leadbetter, N. Pfennig and H.G. Tru¨per. 1971. Deoxy- I. Epidemiologic and clinical features. Am. J. Med. 60: 471–485. ribonucleic acid base composition of phototrophic bacteria. Int. J. Maki-Valkama, T. and R. Karjalainen. 1994. Differentiation of Erwinia Syst. Bacteriol. 21: 222–230. carotovora subsp. atroseptica and subsp. carotovora by RAPD-PCR. Ann. Mandic-Mulec, I., J. Weiss and A. Zychlinsky. 1997. Shigella flexneri is Appl. Biol. 125: 301–309. trapped in polymorphonuclear leukocyte vacuoles and efficiently Makin, S.A. and T.J. Beveridge. 1996. The influence of A-band and B- killed. Infect. Immun. 65: 110–115. band lipopolysaccharide on the surface characteristics and adhesion Manjarrez-Hernandez, H.A., T.J. Baldwin, P.H. Williams, R. Haigh, S. of Pseudomonas aeruginosa to surfaces. Microbiology 142: 299–307. Knutton and A. Aitken. 1996. Phosphorylation of myosin light chain Makino, S., C. Sasakawa, K. Kamata, T. Kurata and M. Yoshikawa. 1986. at distinct sites and its association with the cytoskeleton during en- A genetic determinant required for continuous reinfection of adja- teropathogenic Escherichia coli infection. Infect. Immun. 64: 2368– cent cells on large plasmid in S. flexneri 2a. Cell 46: 551–555. 2370. Makula, R.A. 1978. Phospholipid composition of methane-utilizing bac- Mann, J.M., H.F. Hull, G.P. Schmid and W.E. Droke. 1984. Plague and teria. J. Bacteriol. 134: 771–777. the peripheral smear. J. Amer. Med. Assoc. 251: 953. Makulu, A., F. Gatti and J. Vandepitte. 1973. Edwardsiella tarda infections Mann, S. 1969. Melanin-forming strains of Pseudomonas aeruginosa. Arch. in Zaire. Ann. Soc. Belg. Med. Trop. 53: 165–172. Mikrobiol. 65: 359–379. Malashenko, Y.R., Y.U. Khaier, E.N. Budkova, Y.U. Isagulova, U. Berger, Manna, A.C. and H.K. Das. 1993. Determination of the size of the Azo- T.P. Krishtab, D.V. Chernyshenko and V.A. Romanovskaya. 1987. tobacter vinelandii chromosome. Mol. Gen. Genet. 241: 719–722. Methane-oxidizing microflora in fresh and saline water reservoirs. Manna, A.C. and H.K. Das. 1994. The size of the chromosome of Azo- Mikrobiologiya 56: 115–120. tobacter chroococcum. Microbiology-(UK). 140: 1237–1239. Malashenko, Y.R., V.A. Romanovskaya and V.N. Bogachenko. 1975a. Manna, A.C. and H.K. Das. 1997. Characterization and mutagenesis of Method of isolating pure cultures of mesophilic, thermotolerant and the leucine biosynthetic genes of Azotobacter vinelandii: An analysis of thermophilic methane-utilizing bacteria. Mikrobiologiya 44: 707–713. the rarity of amino acid auxotrophs. Mol. Gen. Genet. 254: 207–217. Malashenko, Y.R., V.A. Romanovskaya, V.N. Bogachenko and A.D. Shved. Mannheim, W. 1981. Taxonomic implications of DNA relatedness and 1975b. Thermophilic and thermotolerant methane-assimilating bac- quinone patterns in Actinobacillus, Haemophilus, and Pasteurella. In Kil- teria. Mikrobiologiya 44: 773–779. ian, Frederiksen and Biberstein (Editors), Haemophilus, Pasteurella and Malashenko, Y.R., V.A. Romanovskaya and E.I. Kvasnikov. 1972. Taxon- Actinobacillus, Academic Press, London. 265–280. omy of bacteria utilizing gaseous hydrocarbons. Mikrobiologiya 41: Mannheim, W. 1983. Taxonomy of the family Pasteurellaceae Pohl 1981 as 871–879. revealed by DNA/DNA hybridization. Colloques de l’INSERM. 114: Maldonado, R., J. Jimenez and J. Casadesus. 1994. Changes of ploidy 211–226. during the Azotobacter vinelandii growth cycle. J. Bacteriol. 176: 3911– Mannheim, W. 1984. Family III. Pasteurellaceae. In Krieg and Holt (Edi- 3919. tors), Bergey’s Manual of Systematic Bacteriology, 1st Ed., Vol. 1, The Malinowski, F. 1966. A primary isolation medium for the differentiation Williams & Wilkins Co., Baltimore. pp. 550–575. 1012 BIBLIOGRAPHY

Mannheim, W. and S. Pohl. 1980. Deoxyribonucleic acid relatedness chain reaction in hemolytic uremic syndrome patients in France. Clin. among members of the genera Actinobacillus, Haemophilus, and Pas- Microbiol. Infect. 3: 117–119. teurella (Pasteurellaceae fam. nov.). In Conference on Taxonomy, Com- Mariani-Kurkdjian, P., E. Denamur, A. Milon, B. Picard, H. Cave´, N. Lam- puter Identification of Bacteria and Diagnostic Methods. Abstracts of bert Zechovsky, C. Loirat, P. Goullet, P.J. Sansonetti and J. Elion. 1993. papers, Czechoslovakian Society for Microbiology, Liblice. pp. 35. Identification of a clone of Escherichia coli O103:H2 as a potential Mannheim, W., S. Pohl and R. Holla¨nder. 1980. Zu¨r systematik von Ac- agent of hemolytic-uremic syndrome in France. J. Clin. Microbiol. 31: tinobacillus, Haemophilus und Pasteurella: basenzusammensetzung der 296–301. DNS, atmungschinone und kulturell-biochemische eigenschaften re- Marin, M.E., A.V. Carrascosa and I. Cornejo. 1996. Characterization of pra¨sentativer sammlungssta¨mme. Zentralbl. Bakteriol. Parasitenkd. Enterobacteriaceae strains isolated during industrial processing of dry- Infektionskr. Hyg. Abt. I Orig. A. 246: 512–540. cured hams. Food Microbiol. 13: 375–381. Manning, P.J., R.F. DiGiacomo and D. DeLong. 1989. Pasteurellosis is Markel, D.E., M.J. Fowler and C. Eklund. 1975. Phage-host specificity laboratory animals. In Adlam and Rutter (Editors), Pasteurella and tests using Levinea phages and isolates of Levinea spp. and Citrobacter Pasteurellosis, Academic Press, London. 263–302. freundii. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 25: 215–218. Manning, P.A., U.H. Stroeher and R. Morona. 1994. Molecular basis for Markowitz, S.M. 1980. Isolation of an ampicillin-resistant, non-beta-lac- O-antigen switching in Vibrio cholerae O1: Ogawa-Inaba switching. In tamase-producing strain of Haemophilus influenzae. Antimicrob. Agents Wachsmuth, Blake and Olsvik (Editors), Vibrio cholerae and Cholera, Chemother. 17: 80–83. American Society for Microbiology, Washington, D.C. pp. 77–94. Marmur, J. 1961. A procedure for the isolation of DNA from microor- Manns, T.F. 1909. The blade blight of oats. A bacterial disease. Bull. Ohio ganisms. J. Mol. Biol. 3: 208–218. Agr. Expt. Sta. 210: 91–167. Marmur, J. and P. Doty. 1962. Determination of the base composition of Manns, T.F. and J.J. Taubenhaus. 1913. Streak: a bacterial disease of the deoxyriboniucleic acid from its thermal denaturation temperature. J. Mol. Biol. 5: 109–118. sweet pea and clovers. Gardener’s Chronicle. 53: 215–216. Marques, L.R.M., J.S.M. Peiris, S.J. Cryz and A.D. O’Brien. 1987. Escher- Manorama, V. Taneja, R.K. Agarwal and S.C. Sanyal. 1983. Enterotoxins ichia coli strains isolated from pigs with edema disease produce a of Plesiomonas shigelloides: partial purification and characterization. variant of Shiga-like Toxin II. FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 44: 33–38. Toxicon (Suppl). 3: 269-272. Marques, L.R.M., M.R.F. Toledo, N.P. Silva, M. Magalhaes and L.R. Tra- Manten, A., B. van Klingeren and M. Dessens-Kroon. 1976. Chloram- bulsi. 1984. Invasion of HeLa cells by Edwardsiella tarda. Curr. Micro- phenicol resistance in Haemophilus influenzae. Lancet 1: 702. biol. 10: 129–132. Manz, W., R. Amann, W. Ludwig, M. Wagner and K.H. Schleifer. 1992. Ma´rquez, M.C., A. Ventosa and F. Ruiz-Berraquero. 1987. A taxonomic Phylogenetic oligodeoxynucleotide probes for the major subclasses study of heterotrophic halophilic and non-halophilic bacteria from a of Proteobacteria: Problems and solutions. System. Appl. Microbiol. 15: solar saltern. J. Gen. Microbiol. 133: 45–56. 593–600. Marrs, C.F., F.W. Rozsa, M. Hackel, S.P. Stevens and A.C. Glasgow. 1990. Maraki, S., G. Samonis, E. Marnelakis and Y. Tselentis. 1994. Surgical Identification, cloning and sequencing of piv, a new gene involved wound infection caused by Rahnella aquatilis. J. Clin. Microbiol. 32: in inverting the pilin genes of Moraxella lacunata. J. Bacteriol. 172: 2706–2708. 4370–4377. Marandi, M.V. and K.R. Mittal. 1995. Identification and characterization Marrs, C.F., G. Schoolnik, J.M. Koomey, J. Hardy, J. Rothbard and S. of outer-membrane proteins of Pasteurella multocida serotype-D by us- Falkow. 1985. Cloning and sequencing of a Moraxella bovis pilin gene. ing monoclonal antibodies. J. Clin. Microbiol. 33: 952–957. J. Bacteriol. 163: 132–139. Marandi, M.V. and K.R. Mittal. 1996. Characterization of an outer mem- Mars, A.E., T. Kasberg, S.R. Kaschabek, M.H. van Agteren, D.B. Janssen brane protein of Pasteurella multocida belonging to the OmpA family. and W. Reineke. 1997. Microbial degradation of chloroaromatics: Use Vet. Microbiol. 53: 303–314. of the meta-cleavage pathway for mineralization of chlorobenzene. J. Marchette, N.J. and P.S. Nicholes. 1961. Virulence and citrulline ureidase Bacteriol. 179: 4530–4537. activity of Pasteurella tularensis. J. Bacteriol. 82: 26–32. Marshall, A.R., I.J. Al Jumaili and A.J. Bint. 1986. The isolation of Moe- Marconi, A.M., F. Beltrametti, G. Bestetti, F. Solinas, M. Ruzzi, E. Galli llerella wisconsensis from stool samples in the U.K. J. Infect. 12: 31–33. and E. Zennaro. 1996. Cloning and characterization of styrene ca- Marshall, D.L., J.J. Kim and S.P. Donnelly. 1996. Antimicrobial suscep- tabolism genes from Pseudomonas fluorescens ST. Appl. Environ. Mi- tibility and plasmid-mediated streptomycin resistance of Plesiomonas crobiol. 62: 121–127. shigelloides isolated from blue crab. J. Appl. Bacteriol. 81: 195–200. Marcos, M.A., S. Abdalla, F. Pedraza, A. Andreu, F. Fernandez, R. Gomez- Marshall, W.F., M.R. Keating, J.P. Anhalt and J.M. Steckelberg. 1989. Xan- Lus, M.T. Jimenez De Anta and J. Vila. 1994. Epidemiological markers thomonas maltophilia: an emerging nosocomial pathogen. Mayo Clin. of Acinetobacter baumannii clinical isolates from a spinal cord injury Proc. 64: 1097–1104. unit. J. Hosp. Infect. 28: 39–48. Marston, B.J., H.B. Lipman and R.F. Breiman. 1994. Surveillance for Marcus, B.B., S.B. Samuels, B. Pittman and W.B. Cherry. 1969. A serologic Legionnaires’ disease: risk factors for morbidity and mortality. Arch. study of Herellea vaginicola and its identification by immunofluorescent Intern. Med. 154: 2417–2422. staining. Am. J. Clin. Pathol. 52: 309–319. Martel, A.Y., G. St. Laurent, L.A. Dansereau and M.G. Bergeron. 1989. Marcus, H., J.M. Ketley, J.B. Kaper and R.K. Holmes. 1990. Effects of Isolation and biochemical characterization of Haemophilus species iso- DNase production, plasmid size, and restriction barriers on transfor- lated simultaneously from the oropharyngeal and anogenital areas. mation of Vibrio cholerae by electroporation and osmotic shock. FEMS J. Clin. Microbiol. 27: 1486–1489. Microbiol. Lett. 56: 149–154. Martens, B., H. Spiegl and E. Stackebrandt. 1987. Sequence of a 16S Marcus, L.C. 1971. Infectious diseases of reptiles. J. Am. Vet. Med. Assoc. ribosomal RNA gene of: the relation between homology values and 159: 1626–1631. similarity coefficients. Syst. Appl. Microbiol. 9: 224–230. Marcus, L.C. 1981. Veterinary Biology and Medicine of Captive Amphib- Martin, B.F., B.M. Derby, G.N. Budzilovich and J. Ransohoff. 1967. Brain ians and Reptiles, Lea & Febiger, Philadelphia. abscesses due to Actinobacillus actinomycetemcomitans. Neurology 17: Marengo, G.W. 1983. Encystment using different carbon substrates in 833–837. Azotobacter chroococcum. Rev Argent Microbiol. 15: 143–146. Martin, G. and F. Jacob. 1962. Transfert de l’e´pisome sexuel d’Escherichia Margesin, R. and F. Schinner. 1991. Characterization of a metalloprotease coli a` Pasteurella pestis. C.R. Acad. Sci. 254: 3589–3590. from psychrophilic Xanthomonas maltophilia. FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 79: Martin, J.P., J. Fleck, M. Mock and J.M. Ghuysen. 1973. The wall pepti- 257–262. doglycans of Neisseria perflava, Moraxella glucidolytica, Pseudomonas al- Mariani-Kurkdjian, P., H. Cave´, J. Elion, C. Loirat and E. Bingen. 1997. caligenes and Proteus vulgaris strain P18. Eur. J. Biochem. 38: 301–306. Direct detection of verotoxin genes in stool samples by polymerase Martin, P.R., R.J. Shea and M.H. Mulks. 2001. Identification of a plasmid- BIBLIOGRAPHY 1013

encoded gene from Haemophilus ducreyi which confers NAD inde- 1999. Note: Susceptibility to chlorine of Aeromonas hydrophila strains. pendence. J. Bacteriol. 183: 1168–1174. J. Appl. Microbiol. 86: 169–173. Martinez, L.M. 1987. Edwardsiella tarda bacteremia. Eur. J. Clin. Microbiol. Massad, G., F.K. Bahrani and H.L. Mobley. 1994a. Proteus mirabilis fim- 6: 599–600. briae: identification, isolation, and characterization of a new ambient- Martinez, M.M., G. Sanchez, J. Gomez, P. Mendaza and R.M. Daza. 1998. temperature fimbria. Infect. Immun. 62: 1989–1994. Isolation of Leclercia adecarboxylata in ulcer exudate (Translation). En- Massad, G., C.V. Lockatell, D.E. Johnson and H.L. Mobley. 1994b. Proteus ferm. Infecc. Microbiol. Clin. 16: 345. mirabilis fimbriae: construction of an isogenic pmfA mutant and anal- Martinez, M.J., D. Simon-Pujol, F. Congregado, S. Merino, X. Rubires ysis of virulence in a CBA mouse model of ascending urinary tract and J.M. Tomas. 1995. The presence of capsular polysaccharide in infection. Infect. Immun. 62: 536–542. mesophilic Aeromonas hydrophila serotypes 0:11 and 0:34. FEMS Mi- Massad, G., H. Zhao and H.L. Mobley. 1995. Proteus mirabilis amino acid crobiol. Lett. 128: 69–74. deaminase: cloning, nucleotide sequence, and characterization of Martinez-Murcia, A.J. 1999. Phylogenetic positions of Aeromonas encheleia, aad. J. Bacteriol. 177: 5878–5883. Aeromonas popoffii Aeromonas DNA hybridization Group 11 and Aero- Masumura, K., H. Yasunobu, N. Okada and K. Muroga. 1989. Isolation monas Group 501. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 49: 1403–1408. of a Vibrio sp. the causative bacterium of intestinal necrosis of Japanese Martinez-Murcia, A.J., A.I. Anto´n and F. Rodriguez-Valera. 1999. Patterns flounder larvae. Fish Pathol. 24: 135–141. of sequence variation in two regions of the 16S rRNA multigene family Mates, A., D. Eyny and S. Philo. 2000. Antimicrobial resistance trends in of Escherichia coli. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 49: 601–610. Shigella serogroups isolated in Israel, 1990–1995. Eur. J. Clin. Micro- Martinez-Murcia, A.J., S. Benlloch and M.D. Collins. 1992a. Phylogenetic biol. Infect. Dis. 19: 108–111. interrelationships of members of the genera Aeromonas and Plesio- Matheron, R. and R. Baulaigue. 1972. Marine phototrophic sulfur bac- monas as determined by 16S ribosomal DNA sequencing: lack of con- teria, assimilation of organic and mineral substances, and influnce of gruence with results of DNA-DNA hybridizations. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. the NaCl content of the medium upon growth. Arch. Mikrobiol. 86: 42: 412–421. 291–304. Martinez-Murcia, A.J., C. Esteve, E. Garay and M.D. Collins. 1992b. Ae- Matheson, A.T., G.D. Sprott, I.J. McDonald and H. Tessier. 1976. Some romonas allosaccharophila sp. nov., a new mesophilic member of the properties of an unidentified halophile: growth characteristics, inter- genus Aeromonas. FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 91: 199–206. nal salt concentration, and morphology. Can. J. Microbiol. 22: 780– Martinez-Murcia, A.J., C. Esteve, E. Garay and M.D. Collins. 1992c. In 786. Validation of the publication of new names and new combinations Mathias, R.G., A.R. Ronald, M.J. Garwith, D.W. McCullough, H.G. Stiver, previously effectively published outside the IJSB. List No. 42. Int. J. J. Berger, C.Y. Cates, L.M. Fox and B.A. Lank. 1976. Clinical evaluation Syst. Bacteriol. 42: 511. of amikacin in treatment of infections due to Gram-negative aerobic Martı´nez-Picado, J., A.R. Blanch and J. Jofre. 1994. Rapid detection and bacilli. J. Infect. Dis. 134: Suppl.: S394–S401. identification of Vibrio anguillarum by using a specific oligonucleotide Mathur, R.S., J. Swarup and S.K. Sinha. 1964. Xanthomonas boerhaaviae sp. probe complementary to 16S rRNA. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 60: nov. on Boerhaavia repens L. J. Sci. Technol. 2: 257. 732–737. Matsui, T., K. Kayashima, M. Kito and T. Ono. 1996. Three cases of Martinez-Salazar, J.M., S. Moreno, R. Najera, J.C. Boucher, G. Espin, G. Pasteurella multocida skin infection from pet cats. J. Dermatol. 23: 502– Soberon-Chavez and V. Deretic. 1996. Characterization of the genes 504. coding for the putative sigma factor AlgU and its regulators MucA, MucB, MucC, and MucD in Azotobacter vinelandii and evaluation of Matsui, Y., S. Suzuki, T. Suzuki and K. Takama. 1991. Phospholipid and their roles in alginate biosynthesis. J. Bacteriol. 178: 1800–1808. fatty acid compositions of Alteromonas putrefaciens and A. haloplanktis. Martinez-Salazar, J.M., A.N. Palacios, R. Sanchez, A.D. Caro and G. Sob- Lett. Appl. Microbiol. 12: 51–53. eron-Chavez. 1993. Genetic stability and xanthan gum production in Matsukura, H., K. Katayama, N. Kitano, K. Kobayashi, C. Kanegane, A. Xanthomonas campestris pv. campestris NRRL B1459. Mol. Microbiol. 8: Higuchi and S. Kyotani. 1996. Infective endocarditis caused by an 1053–1061. unusual gram-negative rod, Rahnella aquatilis. Pediatr. Cardiol. 17: Martinez-Toledo, M.V., T. Delarubia, J. Moreno and J. Gonzalezlopez. 108–111. 1988. Root exudates of Zea mays and production of auxins, gibberellins Matsumoto, H. 1963. Studies on the Hafnia isolated from normal human. and cytokinins by Azotobacter chroococcum. Plant Soil 110: 149–152. Japan J. Microbiol. 7: 105–114. Martinez-Toledo, M.V., J. Gonzalezlopez, B. Rodelas, C. Pozo and V. Sal- Matsumoto, H. 1964. Additional new antigens of Hafnia group. Jpn. J. meron. 1995. Production of poly-beta-hydroxybutyrate by Azotobacter Microbiol. 8: 139–141. chroococcum H23 in chemically-defined medium and alpechin me- Matsumoto, H. and T. Tazaki. 1970. Genetic recombination in Klebsiella dium. J. Appl. Bacteriol. 78: 413–418. pneumoniae. An approach to genetic linkage mapping. Jpn. J. Micro- Maruyama, A., D Honda, H. Yamamoto, K. Kitamura and T. Higashihara. biol. 14: 129–141. 2000. Phylogenetic analysis of psychrophilic bacteria isolated from Matsumoto, H., T. Tazaki and S. Hosogaya. 1973. A generalized trans- the Japan Trench, including a description of the deep-sea species ducing phage of Serratia marcescens. Jpn. J. Microbiol. 17: 473–479. Psychrobacter pacificensis sp nov. Int. J. Syst. Evol. Microbiol. 50: 835– Matsushita, K., E. Shinagawa, O. Adachi and M. Ameyama. 1989. Quin- 846. oprotein d-glucose dehydrogenase of the Acinetobacter calcoaceticus res- Maserati, R., C. Farina, L. Valenti and C. Filice. 1985. Liver abscess caused piratory chain: membrane-bound and soluble forms are different mo- by Edwardsiella tarda. Boll. Ist. Sieroter. Milan. 64: 419–421. lecular species. Biochemistry 28: 6276–6280. Mashima, T.Y., T.E. Cornish and G.A. Lewbart. 1997. Amyloidosis in a Matsushita, S., Y. Kudoh and M. Ohashi. 1984. Transferable resistance Jack Dempsey cichlid, Cichlasoma biocellatum Regan. J. Fish Dis. 20: to the vibriostatic agent 2,4-diamino-6,7-diisopropyl-pteridine 73–75. (O/129) in Vibrio cholerae. Microbiol. Immunol. 28: 1159–1162. Maskell, D.J., M.J. Szabo, P.D. Butler, A.E. Williams and E.R. Moxon. 1992. Matsushita, S., Y. Noguchi, Y. Yanagawa, H. Igarashi, Y. Ueda, S. Hashi- Molecular biology of phase-variable lipopolysaccharide biosynthesis moto, S. Yano, K. Morita, M. Kanamori and Y.A. Kudoh. 1998. Shigella by Haemophilus influenzae. J. Infect. Dis. 165 (Suppl 1): S90–92. dysenteriae strains possessing a new serovar (204/96) isolated from Maslog, F.S., M. Motobu, N. Hayashida, K. Yoshihara, T. Morozumi, M. imported diarrheal cases in Japan. Kansenshogaku Zasshi. 72: 499– Matsumura and Y. Hirota. 1999. Effects of the lipopolysaccharide- 503. protein complex and crude capsular antigens of Pasteurella multocida Matsushita, S., Y. Noguchi, Y. Yanagawa, K. Kobayashi, H. Nakaya, H. A on antibody responses and delayed type hypersensitivity responses Igarashi and Y. Kudoh. 1997. Shigella dysenteriae strains possessing a in the chicken. J. Vet. Med. Sci. 61: 565–567. new serovar isolated from imported diarrheal cases in Japan. Kan- Massa, S., R. Armuzzi, M. Tosques, F. Canganella and L.D. Trovatelli. senshogaku Zasshi. 71: 412–416. 1014 BIBLIOGRAPHY

Matsushita, S., S. Yamada and Y. Kudoh. 1992a. Shigella flexneri strains McAllen, R. and G.W. Scott. 2000. Behavioural effects of biofouling in a having a new type antigen. Kansenshogaku Zasshi. 66: 503–507. marine copepod. J. Mar. Biol. Assoc. U. K. 80: 369–370. Matsushita, S., S. Yamada and Y. Kudoh. 1992b. Shigella flexneri strains McAllister, H.A. and G.R. Carter. 1974. An aerogenic Pasteurella-like or- having a new type antigen 89-141. Kansenshogaku Zasshi. 66: 1628– ganism recovered from swine. Am. J. Vet. Res. 35: 917–922. 1633. McCallum, K.L., G. Schoenhals, D. Laakso, B. Clarke and C. Whitfield. Matsutani, S. and E. Ohtsubo. 1993. Distribution of the Shigella sonnei 1989. A high molecular weight fraction of smooth lipopolysaccharide insertion elements in Enterobacteriaceae. Gene 127: 111–115. in Klebsiella serotype O1:K20 contains a unique O-antigen epitope and Matte, M.H., G.R. Matte, A.I. Gil, F. Lanata, A. Huq and R.R. Colwell. determines resistance to nonspecific serum killing. Infect. Immun. 1999. Molecular epidemiology of “Aeromonas arequipensis” isolated 57: 3816–3822. from diarrhea in Arequipa, Peru. 6th International Aeromonas- McCarter, L.L. 1995. Genetic and molecular characterization of the polar /Plesiomonas Symposium, Chicago, Illinois. 19. flagellum of Vibrio parahaemolyticus. J. Bacteriol. 177: 1595–1609. Matthews, B.G., H. Douglas and D.G. Guiney. 1988. Production of a heat McCarter, L. and M. Silverman. 1990. Surface-induced swarmer cell dif- stable enterotoxin by Plesiomonas shigelloides. Microb. Pathog. 5: 207– ferentiation of Vibrio parahaemolyticus. Mol. Microbiol. 4: 1057–1062. 213. McCarthy, D.H. 1975. The bacteriology and taxonomy of Aeromonas li- Matthews, P.R.J. and I.H. Pattison. 1961. The identification of a Hemoph- quefaciens, Weymouth, Dorset, . Fish Diseases Laboratory, Ministry of ilus-like organism associated with pneumonia and pleurisy in the pig. Agriculture, . 2 pp. J. Comp. Pathol. 71: 44–52. McCaul, T.F. 1991. The development cycle of Coxiella burnetii. In Williams Mattick, J.S. 1989. The molecular biology of the fimbriae (pili) of Bac- and Thompson (Editors), Q fever: The Biology of Coxiella burnetii, teriodes nodosus and the development of a recombinant-DNA-based CRC Press, Inc., Boca Raton. pp. 223–258. vaccine. In Egerton, Yong and Riffkin (Editors), Footrot and Foot McCaul, T.F. and J.C. Williams. 1991. Developmental cycle of Coxiella Abscess in Ruminants, CRC Press, Boca Raton. 195–218. burnetii: Structure and morphogenesis of vegetative and sporogenic Mattick, J.S., B.J. Anderson, P.T. Cox, B.P. Dalrymple, M.M. Bills, M. differentiations. J. Bacteriol. 147: 1063–1076. Hobbs and J.R. Egerton. 1991. Gene sequences and comparison of McClelland, M., R. Jones, Y. Patel and M. Nelson. 1987. Restriction en- the fimbrial subunits representative of Bacteroides nodosus serotypes A donucleases for pulsed field-mapping of bacterial genomes. Nucleic to I: class I and class II strains. Mol. Microbiol. 5: 561–573. Acids Res. 15: 5985–6005. Mattick, J.S., C.B. Whitchurch and R.A. Alm. 1996. The molecular ge- McClelland, M., M. Nelson and C.R. Cantor. 1985. Purification of MboII netics of type-4 fimbriae in Pseudomonas aeruginosa - A review. Gene methylase (GAAGmA) from Moraxella bovis: site specific cleavage of 179: 147–155. DNA at nine and ten base pair sequences. Nucleic Acids Res. 13: Mauel, M.J., S.J. Giovannoni and J.L. Fryer. 1999. Phylogenetic analysis 7171–7182. of Piscirickettsia salmonis by 16S, internal transcribed spacer (ITS) and McClure, H.E., W.C. Eveland and A. Kase. 1957. The occurrence of cer- 23S ribosomal DNA sequencing. Dis. Aquat. Org. 35: 115–123. tain Enterobacteriaceae in birds. Am. J. Vet. Res. 18: 207–209. Mauff, A.C., S. Miller, V. Kuhnle and M. Carmichael. 1983. Infections McCoy, G.W. and C.W. Chapin. 1912. Further observations on a plague- due to Actinobacillus actinomycetemcomitans. S. Afr. Med. J. 63: 580–581. like disease of rodents with a preliminary note on the causative agent: Maurelli, A.T., B. Baudry, H. d’Hauteville, T.L. Hale and P.J. Sansonetti. Bacterium tularense. J. Infect. Dis. 10: 61–72. 1985. Cloning of plasmid DNA sequences involved in invasion of HeLa McCrumb, F. 1961. Aerosol infection of man with Pasteurella tularensis. cells by Shigella flexneri. Infect. Immun. 49: 164–171. Bacteriol. Rev. 25: 262–267. Maurelli, A.T., B. Blackmon and R. Curtiss. 1984a. Loss of pigmentation McCulloch, L. 1911. A spot disease of cauliflower. Bull. U.S. Depart. Agr. in Shigella flexneri 2a is correlated with loss of virulence and virulence- Bur. Plant Ind. No. 225: 1–15. associated plasmid. Infect. Immun. 43: 397–401. McCulloch, L. 1920. Basal glumerot of wheat. J. Agr. Res. 18: 543–552. Maurelli, A.T., B. Blackmon and R. Curtiss. 1984b. Temperature-de- McCulloch, L. 1924. A bacterial blight of gladioli. J. Agr. Res. 27: 225– pendent expression of virulence genes in Shigella species. Infect. Im- 230. mun. 43: 195–201. McCulloch, L. 1929. A bacterial leaf spot of horse-radish caused by Bac- Maurelli, A.T., R.E. Fernandez, C.A. Bloch, C.K. Rode and A. Fasano. terium campestre biovar armoraciae n. var. J. Agr. Res. 38: 269–287. 1998. “Black holes” and bacterial pathogenicity: a large genomic de- McCulloch, L. 1937. An iris leaf disease caused by Bacterium tardicrescens letion that enhances the virulence of Shigella spp. and enteroinvasive n. sp. Phytopathology 27: 135. Escherichia coli. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 95: 3943–3948. McCulloch, L. and P.P. Pirone. 1939. Bacterial leaf spot of dieffenbachia. Maurin, M., A.M. Benoliel, P. Bongrand and D. Raoult. 1992. Phagoly- Phytopathology 29: 956–962. sosomal alkalinization and the bactericidal effect of antibiotics: The McDade, J.E., D.J. Brenner and F.M. Bozeman. 1979. Legionnaires’ dis- Coxiella burnetii paradigm. J. Infect. Dis. 166: 1097–1102. ease bacterium isolated in 1947. Ann. Intern. Med. 90: 659–661. Maurin, M. and D. Raoult. 1999. Q fever. Clin. Microbiol. Rev. 12: 518– McDade, J.E. and C.C. Shepard. 1979. Virulent to avirulent conversion 553. of Legionnaires’ disease bacterium (Legionella pneumophila): its effect Mavris, M., P.A. Manning and R. Morona. 1997. Mechanism of bacteri- on isolation techniques. J. Infect. Dis. 139: 707–711. ophage SfII-mediated serotype conversion in Shigella flexneri. Mol. Mi- McDade, J.E., C.C. Shepard, D.W. Fraser, T.R. Tsai, M.A. Redus, W.R. crobiol. 26: 939–950. Dowdle and L.I. Team. 1977. Legionnaires’ disease: isolation of a May, B.J., Q. Zhang, L.L. Li, M.L. Paustian, T.S. Whittam and V. Kapur. bacterium and demonstration of its role in other respiratory disease. 2001. Complete genomic sequence of Pasteurella multocida, Pm70. N. Engl. J. Med. 297: 1197–1203. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 98: 3460–3465. McDaniel, T.K., K.G. Jarvis, M.S. Donnenberg and J.B. Kaper. 1995. A May, T.B. and A.M. Chakrabarty. 1994. Pseudomonas aeruginosa: genes and genetic locus of enterocyte effacement conserved among diverse en- enzymes of alginate synthesis. Trends Microbiol. 2: 151–157.. terobacterial pathogens. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 92: 1664–1668. Mayo, J.B. and L.R. McCarthy. 1977. Antimicrobial susceptibility of Hae- McDaniels, A.E., E.W. Rice, A.L. Reyes, C.H. Johnson, R.A. Haugland mophilus parainfluenzae. Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. 11: 844–847. and G.N.J. Stelma. 1996. Confirmational identification of Escherichia Mazloum, H.A., M. Kilian, Z.M. Mohamed and M.D. Said. 1982. Differ- coli, a comparison of genotypic and phenotypic assays for glutamate entiation of Haemophilus aegyptius and Haemophilus influenzae. Acta decarboxylase and b-d-glucuronidase. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 62: Pathol. Microbiol. Immunol. Scand. [B]. 90: 109–112. 3350–3354. Mazoy, R., L.M. Botana and M.L. Lemos. 1997. Iron uptake from ferric McDermott, C. and J.M. Mylotte. 1984. Morganella morganii: epidemiology citrate by Vibrio anguillarum. FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 154: 145–150. of bacteremic disease. Infect. Control. 5: 131–137. McAllen, R. and F. Hannah. 1999. Biofouling of the high-shore rockpool McDonald, I.R., D.P. Kelly, J.C. Murrell and A.P. Wood. 1997. Taxonomic harpacticoid copepod Tigriopus brevicornis. J. Nat. Hist. 33: 1781–1787. relationships of Thiobacillus halophilus, Thiobacillus aquaesulis, and BIBLIOGRAPHY 1015

other species of Thiobacillus, as determined using 16S rRNA sequenc- ecology and pathogenicity of urease-producing bacteria in the urinary ing. Arch. Microbiol. 166: 394–398. tract. Crit. Rev. Microbiol. 16: 37–79. McDonald, I.R. and J.C. Murrell. 1997. The methanol dehydrogenase McLean, R.A., W.L. Sulzbacher and S. Mudd. 1951. Micrococcus cryophilus structural gene mxaF and its use as a functional gene probe for meth- spec. nov., a large coccus especially suitable for cytologic study. J. anotrophs and methylotrophs. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 63: 3218– Bacteriol. 62: 723–728. 3224. McLennan, K., L.A. Glover, K. Killham and J.I. Prosser. 1992. Lumines- McDonough, M.A. and J.R. Butterton. 1999. Spontaneous tandem am- cence-based detection of Erwinia carotovora associated with rotting plification and deletion of the shiga toxin operon in Shigella dysenteriae potato tubers. Lett. Appl. Microbiol. 15: 121–124. 1. Mol. Microbiol. 34: 1058–1069. McLeod, A. and M.C.M. Pe´rombe´lon. 1992. Rapid detection and iden- McElroy, L.J. and N.R. Krieg. 1972. A serological method for the iden- tification of Erwinia carotovora subsp. atroseptica by a conjugated Staph- tification of spirilla. Can. J. Microbiol. 18: 57–64. ylococcus aureus slide agglutination test. J. Appl. Bacteriol. 72: 274– - McGlannan, M.F. and J.C. Makemson. 1990. HCO3 Fixation by naturally- 280. occurring tufts and pure cultures of Thiothrix nivea. Appl. Environ. McMahon, P.C. 1973. Mapping the chromosome of Yersinia pseudotuber- Microbiol. 56: 730–738. culosis by interrupted mating. J. Gen. Microbiol. 77: 61–69. McGowan, S., M. Sebaihia, S. Jones, B. Yu, N. Bainton, P.F. Chan, B. McManus, P.S. and A.L. Jones. 1994. Epidemiology and genetic analysis Bycroft, G.S. Stewart, P. Williams and G.P. Salmond. 1995. Carbape- of streptomycin-resistant Erwinia amylovora from Michigan and eval- nem antibiotic production in Erwinia carotovora is regulated by CarR, uation of oxytetracycline for control. Phytopathology 84: 627–633. a homologue of the LuxR transcriptional activator. Microbiology 141: McManus, P.S. and A.L. Jones. 1995. Detection of Erwinia amylovora by 541–550. nested PCR and PCR–dot-blot and reverse-blot hybridizations. Phy- McHale, P.J., F. Walker, B. Scully, L. English and C.T. Keane. 1981. Pro- topathol. 85: 618–623. videncia stuartii infections: a review of 117 cases over an eight year McMaster, C., E.A. Roch, G.A. Willshaw, A. Doherty, W. Kinnear and T. period. J. Hosp. Infect. 2: 155–165. Cheasty. 2001. Verocytotoxin-producing Escherichia coli serotype McHatton, S.C., J.P. Barry, H.W. Jannasch and D.C. Nelson. 1996. High O26:H11 outbreak in an Irish creche. Eur. J. Clin. Microbiol. Infect. nitrate concentrations in vacuolate, autotrophic marine Beggiatoa spp. Dis. 20: 430–432. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 62: 954–958. McMorran, B.J., M.E. Merriman, I.T. Rombel and I.L. Lamont. 1996. McInerney, B.V., R.P. Gregson, M.J. Lacey, R.J. Akhurst, G.R. Lyons, S.H. Characterisation of the pvdE gene which is required for pyoverdine Rhodes, D.R. Smith, L.M. Engelhardt and A.H. White. 1991a. Bio- synthesis in Pseudomonas aeruginosa. Gene 176: 55–59. logically active metabolites from Xenorhabdus spp., Part 1. Dithiolo- McNeil, M.M., B.J. Davis, S.L. Solomon, R.L. Anderson, S.T. Shulman, S. pyrrolone derivatives with antibiotic activity. J. Nat. Prod. (Lloydia) Gardner, K. Kabat and W.J. Martone. 1987a. Ewingella americana: re- 54: 774–784. current pseudobacteremia from a persistent environmental reservoir. McInerney, B.V., W.C. Taylor, M.J. Lacey, R.J. Akhurst and R.P. Gregson. J. Clin. Microbiol. 25: 498–500. 1991b. Biologically active metabolites from Xenorhabdus spp., Part 2. McNeil, M.M., W.J. Martone and V.R. Dowell. 1987b. Bacteremia with Benzopyran-1-one derivatives with gastroprotective activity. J. Nat. Anaerobiospirillum succiniciproducens. Rev. Infect. Dis. 9: 737–742. Prod. (Lloydia) 54: 785–795. McWethy, S.J. and P.A. Hartman. 1977. Purification and some properties McIntosh, D. and B. Austin. 1990. Recovery of cell wall deficient forms of an extracellular alpha-amylase from Bacteroides amylophilus. J. Bac- (L forms) of the fish pathogens Aeromonas salmonicida and Yersinia teriol. 129: 1537–1544. ruckeri. Syst. Appl. Microbiol. 13: 378–381. McWhorter, A.C., R.L. Haddock, F.A. Nocon, A.G. Steigerwalt, D.J. Bren- McKay, S.G., D.W. Morck, J.K. Merrill, M.E. Olson, S.C. Chan and K.M. ner, S. Aleksic, J. Bockemuehl and J.J. Farmer, III. 1991. Trabulsiella Pap. 1996. Use of tilmicosin for treatment of pasteurellosis in rabbits. guamensis, a new genus new species of the family Enterobacteriaceae that Am. J. Vet. Res. 57: 1180–1184. resembles Salmonella subgroups 4 and 5. J. Clin. Microbiol. 29: 1480– McKell, J. and D. Jones. 1976. A numerical taxonomic study of Proteus- 1485. Providence bacteria. J. Appl. Bacteriol. 41: 143–161. McWhorter, A.C., R.L. Haddock, F.A. Nocon, A.G. Steigerwalt, D.J. Bren- McKinney, R.M., R.K. Porschen, P.H. Edelstein, M.L. Bissett, P.P. Harris, ner, S. Aleksic, J. Bockemuehl and J.J. Farmer, III. 1992. In Validation S.P. Bondell, A.G. Steigerwalt, R.E. Weaver, M.E. Ein, D.S. Lindquist, of the publication of new names and new combinations previously R.S. Kops and D.J. Brenner. 1981. Legionella longbeachae sp. nov., an- effectively published outside the IJSB. List No. 41. Int. J.Syst. Bacteriol. other etiologic agent of human pneumonia. Ann. Intern. Med. 94: 42: 327–328. 739–743. Mdluli, K.E., L.S.D. Anthony, G.S. Baron, M.K. McDonald, S.V. Myltseva McKinney, R.M., R.K. Porschen, P.H. Edelstein, M.L. Bissett, P.P. Harris, and F.E. Nano. 1994. Serum-sensitive mutation of Francisella novicida: S.P. Bondell, A.G. Steigerwalt, R.E. Weaver, M.E. Ein, D.S. Lindquist, association with an ABC transporter gene. Microbiology (Reading) R.S. Kops and D.J. Brenner. 1982. In Validation of the publication of 140: 3309–3318. new names and new combinations previously effectively published Mead, P.S., L. Slutsker, V. Dietz, L.F. McCaig, J.S. Bresee, C. Shapiro, P.M. outside the IJSB. List No. 8. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 32: 266–268. Griffin and R.V. Tauxe. 1999. Food-related illness and death in the McKinney, R.M., L. Thacker, P.P. Harris, K.R. Lewallen, G.A. Hebert, P.H. United States. Emerg. Infect. Dis. 5: 607-625. Edelstein and B.M. Thomason. 1979a. Four serogroups of Legion- Medeiros, A.A., R. Levesque and G.A. Jacoby. 1986. An animal source for naires’ disease bacteria defined by direct immunofluorescence. Ann. the ROB-1 beta-lactamase of Haemophilus influenzae type b. Anti- Intern. Med. 90: 621–624. microb. Agents Chemother. 29: 212–215. McKinney, R.M., B.M. Thomason, P.P. Harris, L. Thacker, K.R. Lewallen, Medema, G. and C. Schets. 1993. Occurrence of Plesiomonas shigelloides H.W. Wilkinson, G.A. Hebert and C.W. Moss. 1979b. Recognition of in surface water: relationship with faecal pollution and trophic state. a new serogroup of Legionnaires’ disease bacterium. J. Clin. Micro- Zentbl. Hyg. Umweltmed. 194: 398–404. biol. 9: 103–107. Me´digue, C., T. Rouxel, P. Vigier, A. He´naut and A. Danchin. 1991. McLaughlin, B.G., S.C. Greer, M.M. Chengappa, S. Singh, R.L. Maddux, Evidence for horizontal gene transfer in Escherichia coli speciation. J. W.L. Kadel and P.S. McLaughlin. 1991. Association of a Pasteurella Mol. Biol. 222: 851–856. haemolytica-like organism with enteritis in swine. J. Vet. Diagn. Investig. Meenhorst, P.L., A.L. Reingold, D.G. Groothuis, G.W. Gorman, H.W. 3: 324–327. Wilkinson, R.M. McKinney, J.C. Feeley, D.J. Brenner and R. van Furth. McLean, D.L. and E.J. Houk. 1973. Phase contrast and electron micros- 1985. Water-related nosocomial pneumonia caused by Legionella pneu- copy of the mycetocytes and symbiotes of the pea aphid, Acyrthosiphon mophila serogroups 1 and 10. J. Infect. Dis. 152: 356–364. pisum. J. Cell Physiol. 19: 625–633. Mehta, R.J. 1977. Methylamine dehydrogenase from the obligate meth- McLean, R.J.C., J.C. Nickel, K.-J. Cheng and J.W. Costerton. 1988. The ylotroph Methylomonas methylovora. Can. J. Microbiol. 23: 402–408. 1016 BIBLIOGRAPHY

Mekalanos, J.J. 1992. Environmental signals controlling expression of Merino, S., A. Aguilar, X. Rubires, N. Abitiu, M. Regue and J.M. Tomas. virulence determinants in bacteria. J. Bacteriol. 174: 1–7. 1997. The role of the capsular polysaccharide of Aeromonas hydrophila Mekalanos, J.J., E.J. Rubin and M.K. Waldor. 1997. Cholera: molecular serogroup O:34 in the adherence to and invasion of fish cell lines. basis for emergence and pathogenesis. FEMS Immunol. Med. Micro- Res. Microbiol. 148: 625–631. biol. 18: 241–248. Merino, S., X. Rubires, A. Aguilar, S. Alberti, S. Hernandez-Alles, V.J. Meletzus, D., P. Rudnick, N. Doetsch, A. Green and C. Kennedy. 1998. Benedi and J.M. Tomas. 1996. Mesophilic Aeromonas sp. serogroup Characterization of the glnK-amtB operon of Azotobacter vinelandii.J. O:11 resistance to complement-mediated killing. Infect. Immun. 64: Bacteriol. 180: 3260–3264. 5302–5309. Melkerson-Watson, L.J., C.K. Rode, L. Zhang, B. Foxman and C.A. Bloch. Merkel, J.R., E.D. Traganza, B.B. Mukherjee, T.B. Griffin and J.M. Pres- 2000. Integrated genomic map from uropathogenic Escherichia coli cott. 1964. Proteolytic activity and general characteristics of a marine J96. Infect. Immun. 68: 5933–5942. bacterium, Aeromonas proteolytica sp. n. J. Bacteriol. 87: 1227–1233. Mellado, E., J.A. Asturias, J.J. Nieto, K.N. Timmis and A. Ventosa. 1995a. Merriman, T.R., M.E. Merriman and I.L. Lamont. 1995. Nucleotide-se- Characterization of the basic replicon of pCM1, a narrow-host-range quence of pvdD, a pyoverdine biosynthetic gene from Pseudomonas plasmid from the moderate halophile Chromohalobacter marismortui.J. aeruginosa - pvdD has similarity to peptide synthetases. J. Bacteriol. Bacteriol. 177: 3443–3450. 177: 252–258. Mellado, E., M.T. Garcia, J.J. Nieto, S. Kaplan and A. Ventosa. 1997. Mesbah, M., U. Premachandran and W.B. Whitman. 1989. Precise mea- -C content of deoxyribonucleic acid by high ם Analysis of the genome of Vibrio costicola: pulsed field gel electropho- surement of the G retic analysis of genome size and plasmid content. Syst. Appl. Micro- performance liquid chromatography. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 39: 159– biol. 20: 20–26. 167. Mellado, E., M.T. Garcia, E. Roldan, J.J. Nieto and A. Ventosa. 1998. Meulenberg, R., M. Pepi and J.A.M. De Bont. 1996. Degradation of 3- Analysis of the genome of the gram-negative moderate halophiles nitrophenol by Pseudomonas putida B2 occurs via 1,2,4-benzenetriol. Halomonas and Chromohalobacter by using pulsed-field gel electropho- Biodegradation 7: 303–311. resis. Extremophiles 2: 435–438. Meyer, F.P. and G.L. Bullock. 1973. Edwardsiella tarda, a new pathogen of Mellado, E., E.R.B. Moore, J.J. Nieto and A. Ventosa. 1995b. Phylogenetic channel catfish (Ictalurus punctatus). Appl. Microbiol. 25: 155–156. inferences and taxonomic consequences of 16S ribosomal DNA-se- Meyer, J.M. and M.A. Abdallah. 1978. Fluorescent pigment of Pseudomonas quence comparison of Chromohalobacter marismortui, Volcaniella euri- fluorescens - biosynthesis, purification and physicochemical properties. halina, and Deleya salina and reclassification of Volcaniella eurihalina as J. Gen. Microbiol. 107: 319–328. Halomonas eurihalina comb. nov. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 45: 712–716. Meyer, J.M. and M.A. Abdallah. 1980. The siderochromes of non-fluo- Mellado, E., E.R.B. Moore, J.J. Nieto and A. Ventosa. 1996. Analysis of rescent Pseudomonads - production of nocardamine by Pseudomonas 16S rRNA gene sequences of Vibrio costicola strains: description of stutzeri. J. Gen. Microbiol. 118: 125–129. Salinivibrio costicola gen. nov., comb. nov. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 46: Meyer, J.M., P. Azelvandre and C. Georges. 1992. Iron metabolism in 817–821. Pseudomonas: Salicylic acid, a siderophore of Pseudomonas fluorescens Mellado, E., J.J. Nieto and A. Ventosa. 1995c. Construction of novel shut- CHA0. Biofactors. 4: 23–27. tle vectors for use between moderately halophilic bacteria and Esch- Meyer, J., R. Haubold, J. Heyer and W. Bockel. 1986. Contribution to erichia coli. Plasmid 34: 157–164. the taxonomy of methanotrophic bacteria: correlation between mem- Melnikov, A. and P.J. Youngman. 1999. Random mutagenesis by recom- binational capture of PCR products in Bacillus subtilis and Acinetobacter brane type and GC-value. Z. Allg. Mikrobiol. 26: 155–160. calcoaceticus. Nucleic Acids Res. 27: 1056–1062. Meyer, J.M. and J.M. Hornsperger. 1978. Role of pyoverdinepf, iron-bind- Melton-Celsa, A.R. and A.D. O’Brien. 1998. Structure, biology, and rel- ing fluorescent pigment of Pseudomonas fluorescens, in iron transport. ative toxicity of Shiga toxin family members for cells and animals. In J. Gen. Microbiol. 107: 329–331. Kaper and O’Brien (Editors), Escherichia coli O157:H7 and Other Meyer, J.M., A. Neely, A. Stintzi, C. Georges and I.A. Holder. 1996. Pyov- Shiga Toxin-Producing E. coli Strains, ASM Press, Washington, D.C. erdin is essential for virulence of Pseudomonas aeruginosa. Infect. Im- pp. 121–128. mun. 64: 518–523. Mendelman, P.M., D.O. Chaffin and G. Kalaitzoglou. 1990. Penicillin- Meyer, J.M., A. Stintzi, D. De Vos, P. Cornelis, R. Tappe, K. Taraz and H. binding proteins and ampicillin resistance in Haemophilus influenzae. Budzikiewicz. 1997. Use of siderophores to type pseudomonads: The J. Antimicrob. Chemother. 25: 525–534. three Pseudomonas aeruginosa pyoverdine systems. Microbiology 143: Menn, F.M., B.M. Applegate and G.S. Sayler. 1993. NAH plasmid-medi- 35–43. ated catabolism of anthracene and phenanthrene to naphthoic acids. Meyer, O., E. Stackebrandt and G. Auling. 1993. Reclassification of ubi- Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 59: 1938–1942. quinone Q-10 containing carboxidotrophic bacteria: transfer of T Menon, A.L., L.E. Mortenson and R.L. Robson. 1992. Nucleotide se- “[Pseudomonas] carboxydovorans” OM5 to Oligotropha, gen. nov., as quences and genetic analysis of hydrogen oxidation (hox) genes in Oligotropha carboxidovorans, comb. nov., transfer of “[Alcaligenes] car- T Azotobacter vinelandii. J. Bacteriol. 174: 4549–4557. boxydus” DSM 1086 to Carbophilus, gen. nov., as Carbophilus carboxidus, T Mercier, J. and S.E. Lindow. 1996. A method involving ice nucleation for comb. nov., transfer of “[Pseudomonas] comparansoris ” DSM 1231 to the identification of microorganisms antagonistic to Erwinia amylovora Zavarzinia, gen., nov., as Zavarzinia compransoris, comb. nov., and on pear flowers. Phytopathology 86: 940–945. amended descriptions of the new genera. Syst. Appl. Microbiol. 16: Mergaert, J., L. Hauben, M. Cnockaert and J. Swings. 1999. Reclassifi- 390–395. cation of nonpigmented Erwinia herbicola strains from trees as Erwinia Meyers, B.R., B.L. Berson, M. Gilbert and S.Z. Hirschman. 1973. Clinical billingiae sp. nov. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 49: 377–383. patterns of osteomyelitis due to gram-negative bacteria. Arch. Intern. Mergaert, J., A. Schirmer, L. Hauben, M. Mau, B. Hoste, K. Kersters, D. Med. 131: 228–233. Jendrossek and J. Swings. 1996. Isolation and identification of poly(3- Meyers, B.R., E. Bottone, S.Z. Hirschman, S.S. Schneierson and K. Ger- hydroxyvalerate) degrading strains of Pseudomonas lemoignei. Int. J. shengorn. 1971. Infection due to Actinobacillus actinomycetemcomitans. Syst. Bacteriol. 46: 769–773. Am. J. Clin. Pathol. 56: 204–211. Mergaert, J., L. Verdonck and K. Kersters. 1993. Transfer of Erwinia an- Meyers, S.P., M.H. Baslow, S.J. Bein and C.E. Marks. 1959. Studies of anas (synonym, Erwinia uredovora) and Erwinia stewartii to the genus Flavabacterium piscicida Bein. I. Growth, toxicity, and ecological con- Pantoea emend. as Pantoea ananas comb. nov. (Serrano 1928) and siderations. J. Bacteriol. 78: 225–230. Pantoea stewartii comb. nov. (Smith 1898), respectively, and description Meynadier, G., A. Lopez and J.-L. Duthoit. 1974. Mise en e´vidence de of Pantoea stewartii subsp. indologenes subsp. nov. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. Rickettsiales chez une araigne´e (Argyrodes gibbosus Lucas), Ananeae, 43: 162–173. Theridiidae. C.R. Acad. Science, Series D. 278: 2365–2367. BIBLIOGRAPHY 1017

Meynadier, G. and P. Monsarrat. 1969. Une rickettsiose chez une ce´toine Millership, S.E., M.R. Barer and S. Tabaqchali. 1986. Toxin production de Madagascar. Entomophaga. 14: 401–406. by Aeromonas spp. from different sources. J. Med. Microbiol. 22: 311– Meynadier, G., J.M. Quiot and C. Vago. 1967. Infection “in vitro”de 314. cellules cardiaques d’inverte´bre´s. Second Int. Coll. Invert. Tissue Cul- Millership, S.E. and B. Chattopadhyay. 1984. Methods for the isolation ture, Milano. Fondazione Baselli. 218–226. of Aeromonas hydrophila and Plesiomonas shigelloides from faeces. J. Hyg. Meynell, E.W. 1961. A phage, phi chi, which attacks motile bacteria. J. 92: 145–152. Gen. Microbiol. 25: 253–290. Millership, S.E. and B. Chattopadhyay. 1985. Aeromonas hydrophila in chlo- Mezzino, M.J., W.R. Strohl and J.M. Larkin. 1984. Characterization of rinated water supplies. J. Hosp. Infect. 6: 75–80. Beggiatoa alba. Arch. Microbiol. 137: 139–144. Millership, S.E., S.R. Curnow and B. Chattopadhyay. 1983. Faecal carriage Michalke, R., K. Taraz and H. Budzikiewicz. 1996. Azoverdin - An iso- rate of Aeromonas hydrophila. J. Clin. Pathol. 36: 920–923. pyoverdin. Z.Naturforsch.(C). 51: 772–780. Mills, S.D., C.A. Jasalavich and D.A. Cooksey. 1993. A two component Michan, C., A. Delgado, A. Haidour, G. Lucchesi and J.L. Ramos. 1997. regulatory system required for copper inducible expression of the In vivo construction of a hybrid pathway for metabolism of 4-nitro- copper resistance operon of Pseudomonas syringae. J. Bacteriol. 175: toluene in Pseudomonas fluorescens. J. Bacteriol. 179: 3036–3038. 1656–1664. Midgley, J., S.P. LaPage, B.A.G. Jenkins, G.I. Barrow, M.E. Roberts and Milstoc, M. and P. Steinberg. 1973. Fatal septicemia due to Providence A.G. Buck. 1970. Cardiobacterium hominis endocarditis. J. group bacilli. J. Am. Geriatr. Soc. 21: 159–163. Med.Microbiol. 3: 91–98. Milton, D.L., R. O’Toole, P. Horstedt and H. Wolf-Watz. 1996. Flagellin Mielenz, J.R., L.E. Jackson, F. O’Gara and K.T. Shanmugan. 1979. Fin- A is essential for the virulence of Vibrio anguillarum. J. Bacteriol. 178: gerprinting bacterial chromosomal DNA with restriction endonucle- 1310–1319. ase EcoRI - comparison of Rhizobium spp. and identification of mutants. Minas, W. and D.L. Gutnick. 1993. Isolation, characterization, and se- Can. J. Microbiol. 25: 803–807. quence analysis of cryptic plasmids from Acinetobacter calcoaceticus and Miflin, J.K., R.F. Horner, P.J. Blackall, X. Chen, G.C. Bishop, C.J. Morrow, their use in the construction of Escherichia coli shuttle plasmids. Appl. T. Yamaguchi and Y. Iritani. 1995. Phenotypic and molecular char- Environ. Microbiol. 59: 2807–2816. acterization of V-factor (NAD)-independent Haemophilus paragallina- Minges, C.G., J.A. Titus and W.R. Strohl. 1983. Plasmid DNA in colorless rum. Avian Dis. 39: 304–308. filamentous gliding bacteria. Arch. Microbiol. 134: 38–44. Miguez, C.B., D. Bourque, J.A. Sealy, C.W. Greer and D. Groleau. 1997. Miniats, O.P., M.T. Spinato and S.E. Sanford. 1989. Actinobacillus suis Detection and isolation of methanotrophic bacteria possessing soluble septicemia in mature swine: two outbreaks resembling erysipelas. Can. methane monooxygenase (sMMO) genes using the polymerase chain Vet. J. 30: 943–947. reaction (PCR). Microb. Ecol. 33: 21–31. Minnick, M.F., R.A. Heinzen, R. Douthart, L.P. Mallavia and M.E. Frazier. Migula, W. 1894. U¨ ber ein neues System der Bakterien. Arb. Bakteriol. 1990. Analysis of QpRS-specific sequences from Coxiella burnetii. Ann. Inst. Karlsruhe. 1: 235–238. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 590: 514–522. Migula, W. 1895. Bacteriaceae (Stabchenbacte´rien). In Engler and Prantl Minsavage, G.V. and N.W. Schaad. 1983. Characterization of membrane (Editors), Pflanzenfamilien, Vol. Teil I, Abt. 1a, W. Engelmann, Leip- proteins of Xanthomonas campestris subsp. campestris. Phytopathology zig. 20–30. 73: 747–755. Migula, W. 1900. System der Bakterien, Vol. 2, Gustav Fischer, Jena. Minsavage, G.V., C.M. Thompson, D.L. Hopkins, R.M.V.B.C. Leite and Mikesell, P., J.W. Ezzell and G.B. Knudson. 1981. Plasmid isolation in R.E. Stall. 1994. Development of a polymerase chain reaction protocol Legionella pneumophila and Legionella-like organisms. Infect. Immun. for detection of Xylella fastidiosa in plant tissue. Phytopathology 84: 31: 1270–1272. 456–461. Miki, K., K. Tamura, R. Sakazaki and Y. Kosako. 1996. Re-speciation of Misaghi, I. and R.G. Grogan. 1969. Nutritional and biochemical com- the original reference strains of serovars in the Citrobacter freundii parisons of plant-pathogenic and saprophytic fluorescent pseudo- (Bethesda-Ballerup group) antigenic scheme of West and Edwards. monads. Phytopathology 59: 1436–1450. Microbiol. Immunol. 40: 915–921. Mise, K., K. Nakajima, N. Terakado and M.J. Ishidate. 1986. Production Miles, D.G., H.D. Anthony and S.M. Dennis. 1972. Haemophilus somnifer of restriction endonucleases using multicopy Hsd plasmids occurring infection in sheep. Am. J. Vet. Res. 33: 431–435. naturally in pathogenic Escherichia coli and Shigella boydii. Gene 44: Millard, W.A. 1924. Crown rot of rhubarb. Yorks Council Agr. Ed. Bull. 165–169. 134: 1–28. Mishra, A.K. and O. Wyss. 1968. Induced mutations in Azotobacter and Miller, D.L. and V.W. Rodwell. 1971. Metabolism of basic amino acids in isolation of an adenine requiring mutant. Nucleus. 111: 96–105. Pseudomonas putida. J. Biol. Chem. 246: 2758–2764. Mishra, P., B. Roy, R. Prasad and H.K. Das. 1991. Amino acid transport Miller, M.L. and J.A. Koburger. 1985. Plesiomonas shigelloides: an oppor- in Azotobacter vinelandii - implications of nonavailability of amino acid tunistic food and waterborne pathogen. J. Food Prot. 48: 449–457. auxotrophs. FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 79: 41–44. Miller, M.L. and J.A. Koburger. 1986a. Evaluation of inositol green bile Mishra, S., G.B. Nair, R.K. Bhadra, S.N. Sikder and S.C. Pal. 1987. Com- salts and Plesiomonas agars for recovery of Plesiomonas shigelloides from parison of selective media for primary isolation of Aeromonas species aquatic samples in a seasonal survey of the Suwannee River estuary. from human and animal feces. J. Clin. Microbiol. 25: 2040–2043. J. Food Prot. 49: 274–277. Mishu, B., J. Koehler, L.A. Lee, D. Rodrigue, F.H. Brenner, P. Blake and Miller, M.L. and J.A. Koburger. 1986b. Tolerance of Plesiomonas shigelloides R.V. Tauxe. 1994. Outbreaks of Salmonella enteritidis infections in the to pH, sodium chloride and temperature. J. Food Prot. 49: 877–879. United States, 1985–1991. J. Infect. Dis. 169: 547–552. Miller, P.W., W.B. Bollen, J.E. Simmons, H.N. Gross and H.P. Barss. 1940. Mitchell, C.G. 1996. Identification of a multienzyme complex of the tri- The pathogen of filbert nut bacteriosis compared with Phytomonas carboxylic acid cycle enzymes containing citrate synthase isoenzymes juglandis, the cause of walnut blight. Phytopathology 30: 713–733. from Pseudomonas aeruginosa. Biochem. J. 313: 769–774. Miller, R.J., H.W. Renshaw and J.A. Evans. 1975. Haemophilus somnus com- Mitchell, R.G. and W.A. Gillespie. 1964. Bacterial endocarditis due to an plex: antigenicity and specificity of fractions of H. somnus. Am. J. Vet. actinobacillus. J. Clin. Pathol. 17: 511–512. Res. 36: 1123–1128. Mitra, R., A. Basu, D. Dutta, G.B. Nair and Y. Takeda. 1996. Resurgence Miller, T.D. and M.N. Schroth. 1972. Monitoring the epiphytic population of Vibrio cholerae O139 Bengal with altered antibiogram in Calcutta, of Erwinia amylovora on pear with a selective medium. Phytopathology India. Lancet 348: 1181.. 62: 1175–1182. Mittal, K.R., R. Higgins and S. La Riviere. 1988a. Serologic studies of Millership, S.E. 1996. Identification. In Austin, Altwegg, Gosling and Jo- Actinobacillus (Haemophilus) pleuropneumoniae strains of serotype-3 and seph (Editors), The Genus Aeromonas, John Wiley and Sons, Ltd., their antigenic relationships with other A. pleuropneumoniae serotypes Chichester. pp. 85–108. in swine. Am. J. Vet. Res. 49: 152–155. 1018 BIBLIOGRAPHY

Mittal, K.R., R. Higgins and S. La Riviere. 1988b. Serological studies of Mohn, W.W., A.E. Wilson, P. Bicho and E.R.B. Moore. 1999a. Physiolog- Actinobacillus (Haemophilus) pleuropneumoniae strains of serotype-6 and ical and phylogenetic diversity of bacteria growing on resin acids. Syst. their antigenic relationship with other serotypes. Vet. Rec. 122: 199– Appl. Microbiol. 22: 68–78. 203. Mohn, W.W., A.E. Wilson, P. Bicho and E.R.B. Moore. 1999b. In Vali- Mittal, K.R., R. Higgins, S. La Riviere and M. Nadeau. 1992. Serological dation of publication of new names and new combinations previously characterization of Actinobacillus pleuropneumoniae strains isolated from effectively published outside the IJSB. List No. 70. Int. J. Syst. Bac- pigs in Quebec. Vet. Microbiol. 32: 135–148. teriol. 49: 935–936. Mittal, K.R., E.M. Kamp and M. Kobisch. 1993. Serological characteris- Moillo, A.M. 1973. Isolation of a transducing phage forming plaques on ation of Actinobacillus pleuropneumomiae strains of serotypes 1, 9 and Pseudomonas maltophilia and Pseudomonas aeruginosa. Genet. Res. 21: 11. Res. Vet. Sci. 55: 179–184. 287–289. Miura, H., M. Horiguchi and T. Matsumoto. 1980. Nutritional interde- Mojtabaee, A. and A. Siadati. 1978. Enterobacter hafniae meningitis. J. Pe- pendence among rumen bacteria, Bacteroides amylophilus, Megasphaera diatr. 93: 1062–1063. elsdenii and Ruminococcus albus. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 40: 294– Molin, G. and A. Ternstro¨m. 1982. Numerical taxonomy of psychrotropic 300. pseudomonads. J. Gen. Microbiol. 128: 1249–1264. Miyagawa, E., R. Azuma and T. Suto. 1978. Distribution of sphingolipids Molin, G., A. Ternstro¨m and J. Ursing. 1986. Pseudomonas lundensis,a in Bacteroides species. J. Gen. Appl. Microbiol. 24: 341–348. new bacterial species isolated from meat. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 36: Miyagawa, E., R. Azuma and T. Suto. 1979. Cellular fatty acid composition 339–342. in Gram-negative obligately anaerobic rods. J. Gen. Microbiol. 25: 41– Molisch, H. 1906. Zwei neue Purpurbakterien mit Schwebe ko¨rperchen. 51. Bot. Ztg. Abt. 1. 64: 223–232. Miyagawa, E., R. Azuma and T. Suto. 1981. Peptidoglycan composition Molisch, H. 1907. Die Purpurbakterien Nach Neuen Untersuchungen, of Gram-negative obligately anaerobic rods. J. Gen. Appl. Microbiol. G. Fischer, Jena. 27: 199–208. Molisch, H. 1912. Neue farblose Schwefelbakterien. Zentbl. Bakteriol. Miyahara, M., K. Nakajima, T. Shimada and K. Mise. 1990. Restriction Parasitenkd. Infektkrankh. Hyg. Abt. II 33: 55–62. endonuclease PshAI from Plesiomonas shigelloides with the novel rec- Mollaret, H.H. 1991. Tularaemia. In Standards Commission. Manual of ognition site 5Ј-GACNN/NNGTC. Gene 87: 119–122. Recommended Diagnostic techniques and Requirements for Biolog- Miyajima, K., A. Tanii and T. Akita. 1983. Pseudomonas fuscovaginae sp. ical Products for List A and B Diseases, Vol. 3, Office International nov., nom. rev. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 33: 656–657. Des Epizooties, Paris. pp. 1–7. Miyamoto, Y., K. Nakamura and K. Takizawa. 1961. Pathogenic halophiles. Mollaret, H.H., H. Bercovier and J.M. Alonso. 1979. Summary of tbe data Proposals of a new genus “Oceanomonas” and of the amended species received at the W.H.O. reference center for Yersinia enterocolitica. names. Jpn. J. Microbiol. 5: 477–486. Contr. Microbiol. Immunol. 5: 174–184. Miyoshi-Akiyama, T., M. Hayashi and T. Unemoto. 1993. Purification and Mollaret, W.H., Y. Karimi, M. Eftekhari and M. Baltazard. 1963. La peste properties of cytochrome bo-type ubiquinol oxidase from a marine de Fouissement. Bull. Soc. Path. Exot. 56: 1186–1193. bacterium . Biochim. Biophys. Acta 1141: 283–287. Mollenhauer, H.H. and D.L. Hopkins. 1974. Ultrastructural study of Mo, Y.Y. and L.P. Mallavia. 1994. A Coxiella burnetii gene encodes a sensor- Pierce’s disease bacterium in grape xylem tissue. J. Bacteriol. 119: like protein. Gene 151: 185–190. 612–618. Mobley, D.F. 1971. Hafnia septicemia. South. Med. J. 64: 505–506. Møller, K., L.V. Andersen, G. Christensen and M. Kilian. 1993. Opti- Mobley, H.L.T. 1996. Virulence of Proteus mirabilis. In Mobley and Warren malization of the detection of NAD dependent Pasteurellaceae from (Editors), Urinary Tract Infections. Molecular Pathogenesis and Clin- the respiratory tract of slaughterhouse pigs. Vet. Microbiol. 36: 261– ical Management, ASM Press, Washington, D.C. pp. 245–269. 271. Mobley, H.L. and G.R. Chippendale. 1990. Hemagglutinin, urease, and Møller, K., V. Fussing, P.A.D. Grimont, B.J. Paster, F.E. Dewhirst and M. hemolysin production by Proteus mirabilis from clinical sources. J. In- Kilian. 1996a. Actinobacillus minor sp. nov., Actinobacillus porcinus sp. fect. Dis. 161: 525–530. nov., and Actinobacillus indolicus sp. nov., three new V factor-dependent Mobley, H.L., G.R. Chippendale, M.H. Fraiman, J.H. Tenney and J.W. species from the respiratory tract of pigs. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 46: Warren. 1985. Variable phenotypes of Providencia stuartii due to plas- 951–956. mid-encoded traits. J. Clin. Microbiol. 22: 851–853. Møller, K. and M. Kilian. 1990. V factor-dependent members of the family Mobley, H.L., G.R. Chippendale, J.H. Tenney, A.R. Mayrer, L.J. Crisp, J.L. Pasteurellaceae in the porcine upper respiratory tract. J. Clin. Microbiol. Penner and J.W. Warren. 1988. MR/K hemagglutination of Providencia 28: 2711–2716. stuartii correlates with adherence to catheters and with persistence Møller, K., R. Nielsen, L.V. Andersen and M. Kilian. 1992. Clonal analysis in catheter-associated bacteriuria. J. Infect. Dis. 157: 264–271. of the Actinobacillus pleuropneumoniae population in a geographically Mobley, H.L., G.R. Chippendale, J.H. Tenney and J.W. Warren. 1986a. restricted area by multilocus enzyme electrophoresis. J. Clin. Micro- Adherence to uroepithelial cells of Providencia stuartii isolated from biol. 30: 623–627. the catheterized urinary tract. J. Gen. Microbiol. 132: 2863–2872. Mo¨ller, M.M., L.P. Nielsen and B.B. Jørgensen. 1985. Oxygen responses Mobley, H.L. and R.P. Hausinger. 1989. Microbial ureases: significance, and mat formation by Beggiatoa spp. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 50: regulation, and molecular characterization. Microbiol. Rev. 53: 85– 373–382. 108. Moller, S., A.R. Pedersen, L.K. Poulsen, E. Arvin and S. Molin. 1996b. Mobley, H.L., M.D. Island and R.P. Hausinger. 1995. Molecular biology Activity and three-dimensional distribution of toluene- degrading of microbial ureases. Microbiol. Rev. 59: 451–480. Pseudomonas putida in a multispecies biofilm assessed by quantitative Mobley, H.L., B.D. Jones and A.E. Jerse. 1986b. Cloning of urease gene in situ hybridization and scanning confocal laser microscopy. Appl. sequences from Providencia stuartii. Infect. Immun. 54: 161–169. Environ. Microbiol. 62: 4632–4640. Mobley, H.L., B.D. Jones and J.L. Penner. 1987. Urease activity of Proteus Møller, V. 1954. Distribution of amino acid decarboxylase in Enterobac- penneri. J. Clin. Microbiol. 25: 2302–2305. teriaceae. Acta Pathol. Microbiol. Scand. 35: 259–277. Mobley, H.L. and J.W. Warren. 1987. Urease-positive bacteriuria and ob- Møller, V. 1955. Simplified test for some amino acid decarboxylases and struction of long-term urinary catheters. J. Clin. Microbiol. 25: 2216– arginine dihydrolase system. Acta Pathol. Microbiol. Scand. 36: 158– 2217. 172. Mohan, K., P.J. Kelly, F.W.G. Hill, P. Muvavarirwa and A. Pawandiwa. 1997. Momol, M.T., E.A. Momol, W.F. Lamboy, J.L. Norelli, S.V. Beer and H.S. Phenotype and serotype of Pasteurella multocida isolates from diseases Aldwinckle. 1997. Characterization of Erwinia amylovora strains using of dogs and cats in Zimbabwe. Comp. Immunol. Microbiol. Infect. random amplified polymorphic DNA fragments (RAPDs). J. Appl. Dis. 20: 29–34. Microbiol. 82: 389–398. BIBLIOGRAPHY 1019

Monias, B.L. 1928. Classification of Bacterium alcaligenes, pyocyaneum and pathogen of the scorpion Buthus occitanus. J. Invert. Pathol. 28: 167– fluorescens. J. Infect. Dis. 43: 330–334. 175. Moniz, L. and M.K. Patel. 1958. Three new bacterial diseases of plants Morel, G. 1977. E´ tude d’une Rickettsiella (Rickettsie) se de´veloppant chez from Bombay State. Curr. Sci. (Bangalore) 27: 494–495. un arachnide, I’araigne´e Pisaura mirabilis. Ann. Microbiol. 128A: 49– Moniz, L., J.E. Sabley and W.D. More. 1964. A new bacterial canker of 59. Carissa congesta in Maharashtra. Indian Phytopathol. 17: 256. Morel, G. 1980. Surface projections of a chlamydia-like parasite of midge Monpert, G. 1996. Relation between denitrification and biodegradation larvae. J. Bacteriol. 144: 1174–1175. of n-heptadecane in a marine bacterium. C. R. Acad. Sci. Ser. III Sci. Moreno, S., R. Najera, J. Guzman, G. Soberon-Chavez and G. Espin. 1998. Vie. 319: 805–809. Role of alternative a factor AlgU in encystment of Azotobacter vinelandii. Monteiro-Neto, V., L.C. Campos, A.J. Ferreira, T.A. Gomes and L.R. Tra- J. Bacteriol. 180: 2766–2769. bulsi. 1997. Virulence properties of Escherichia coli O111:H12 strains. Morgan, D.R., P.C. Johnson, H.L. Dupont, T.K. Satterwhite and L.V. FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 146: 123–128. Wood. 1985. Lack of correlation between known virulence properties Monteoliva-Sanchez, M. and A. Ramos-Cormenzana. 1987. Cellular fatty of Aeromonas hydrophila and enteropathogenicity for humans. Infect. acid composition in moderately halophilic gram-negative rods. J. Immun. 50: 62–65. Appl. Bacteriol. 62: 361–366. Morgan, G.M., C. Newman, S.R. Palmer, J.B. Allen, W. Shepherd, A.M. Montfort, P. and B. Baleux. 1991. Distribution and survival of motile Rampling, R.E. Warren, R.J. Gross, S.M. Scotland and H.R. Smith. Aeromonas spp. in brackish water receiving sewage treatment effluent. 1988. First recognized community outbreak of haemorrhagic colitis Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 57: 2459–2467. due to verotoxin-producing Escherichia coli O157:H7 in the UK. Epi- Montgomery, L., B. Flesher and D. Stahl. 1988. Transfer of Bacteroides demiol. Infect. 101: 83–91. succinogenes (Hungate) to Fibrobacter, gen. nov. as Fibrobacter succino- Morgan, J.A.W., V. Kuntzelmann, S. Tavernor, M.A. Ousley and C. Win- genes, comb. nov., and description of Fibrobacter intestinalis, sp. nov. stanley. 1997. Survival of Xenorhabdus nematophilus and Photorhabdus luminescens in water and soil. J. Appl. Microbiol. 83: 665–670. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 38: 430–435. Morgan, M.G. and J.M. Hamilton-Miller. 1990. Haemophilus influenzae and Montie, T.C. and G.B. Stover. 1983. Isolation and characterization of H. parainfluenzae as urinary pathogens. J. Infect. 20: 143–145. flagellar preparations from Pseudomonas species. J. Clin. Microbiol. Morgan, R.D., M. Dalton and R. Stote. 1987. A unique type II restriction 18: 452–456. endonuclease from Acinetobacter lwoffi N. Nucleic Acids Res. 15: 7201. Moore, E.R.B., A.S. Kru¨ger, L. Hauben, S.E. Seal, R. De Baere, R. De Morihara, K. 1964. Production of elastase and proteinase by Pseudomonas Wachter, K.N. Timmis and J. Swings. 1997. 16S rRNA gene sequence aeruginosa. J. Bacteriol. 88: 745–757. analyses and inter- and intrageneric relationships of Xanthomonas spe- Morihara, K. and J.Y. Homma. 1985. Pseudomonas proteases. In Holder cies and Stenotrophomonas maltophilia. FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 151: 145– (Editor), Bacterial Enzymes and Virulence, CRC Press, Boca Raton, 153. FL. 41–75. Moore, E.R.B., M. Mau, A. Arnscheidt, E.C. Bo¨ttger, R.A. Hutson, M.D. Morihara, K., H. Tsuzuki, T. Oka, H. Inoue and M. Ebata. 1965. Pseu- Collins, Y. van de Peer, R. De Wachter and K.N. Timmis. 1996. The domonas aeruginosa elastase. Isolation, crystallization, and preliminary determination and comparison of the 16S rRNA gene sequences of characterization. J. Biol. Chem. 240: 3295–3304. species of the genus Pseudomonas (sensu stricto) and estimation of Morinaga, Y., S. Yamanaha, S. Otsuka and Y. Hirose. 1976. Characteristics the natural intrageneric relationships. Syst. Appl. Microbiol. 19: 478– of a newly isolated methane-oxidizing bacterium, Methylomonas flagel- 492. lata nov. sp. Agric. Biol. Chem. 40: 1539–1545. Moore, L.V., D.M. Bourne and W.E. Moore. 1994a. Comparative distri- Morishita, Y., K. Hasegawa, Y. Matsuura, Y. Katsube, M. Kubota and S. bution and taxonomic value of cellular fatty acids in thirty-three gen- Sakai. 1997. Crystal structure of a maltotetraose-forming exo-amylase era of anaerobic gram-negative bacilli. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 44: 338– from Pseudomonas stutzeri. J. Mol. Biol. 267: 661–672. 347. Morita, K., N. Watanabe, S. Kurata and M. Kanamori. 1994. b-lactam Moore, M.K., L. Cicnjakchubbs and R.J. Gates. 1994b. A new selective resistance of motile Aeromonas isolates from clinical and environmen- enrichment procedure for isolating Pasteurella multocida from avian tal sources. Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. 38: 353–355. and environmental-samples. Avian Dis. 38: 317–324. Morita, R.Y. 1975. Psychrophilic bacteria. Bacteriol. Rev. 39: 144–167. Morabito, S., H. Karch, P. Mariani-Kurkdjian, H. Schmidt, F. Minelli, E. Morita, R.Y., R. Iturriaga and V.A. Gallardo. 1981. Thioploca: methylotroph Bingen and A. Caprioli. 1998. Enteroaggregative, Shiga toxin-pro- and significance in the food chain. Kiel. Meeresforsch. Sonderh. 5: ducing Escherichia coli O111:H2 associated with an outbreak of he- 384–389. molytic-uremic syndrome. J. Clin. Microbiol. 36: 840–842. Morita, R.Y. and P.W. Stave. 1963. Electron micrograph of an ultrathin Moran, A.B. and D.W. Bruner. 1949. Further studies on the Bethesda section of Beggiatoa. J. Bacteriol. 85: 940–942. group of paracolon bacteria. J. Bacteriol. 58: 695–700. Mormile, M.R., M.F. Romine, M.T. Garcia, A. Ventosa, T.J. Bailey and Moran, N.A. 1996. Accelerated evolution and Muller’s rachet in endo- B.M. Peyton. 1999. Halomonas campisalis sp. nov., a denitrifying, mod- symbiotic bacteria. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA. 93: 2873–2878. erately haloalkaliphilic bacterium. Syst. Appl. Microbiol. 22: 551–558. Moran, N.A. and P. Baumann. 1994. Phylogenetics of cytoplasmically Mormile, M.R., M.F. Romine, M.T. Garcia, A. Ventosa, T.J. Bailey and inherited microorganisms of arthropods. Trends Ecol. Evol. 9: 15– B.M. Peyton. 2000. In Validation of the publication of new names and 20. new combinations previously effectively published outside the IJSEM, Moran, N.A., M.E. Kaplan, M.J. Gelsey, T.G. Murphy and E.A. Scholes. List No. 74. Int. J. Syst. Evol. Microbiol. 50: 949–950. 1999. Phylogenetics and evolution of the aphid genus Uroleucon based Mo¨rner, T. 1981. The use of FA-technique for detecting Francisella tula- on mitochondrial and nuclear DNA sequences. Syst. Entomol. 24: 85– rensis in formalin fixed material. A method useful in routine post 93. mortem work. Acta Vet. Scand. 22: 296–306. Moran, N.A., M.A. Munson, P. Baumann and H. Ishikawa. 1993. A mo- Mo¨rner, T., G. Sandstro¨m, R. Mattsson and P.O. Nilsson. 1988. Infections lecular clock in endosymbiotic bacteria is calibrated using the insect with Francisella tularensis biovar palaearctica in hares (Lepus timidus, hosts. Proc. R. Soc. Lond. B Biol. Sci. 253: 167–171. Lepus europaeus) from Sweden. J. Wildl. Dis. 24: 422–433. Moran, N.A., C.D. Von Dohlen and P. Baumann. 1995. Faster evolutionary Morozumi, T. and J. Nicolet. 1986. Morphological variations of Haemo- rates in endosymbiotic bacteria than in cospeciating insect hosts. J. philus parasuis strains. J. Clin. Microbiol. 23: 138–142. Mol. Evol. 41: 727–731. Morrill, W.E., J.M. Barbaree, B.S. Fields, G.N. Sanden and W.T. Martin. Morax, V. 1896. Note sur un diplobacille pathoge`ne pour la conjonctive 1990. Increased recovery of Legionella micdadei and Legionella bozemanii humains. Ann. Inst. Pasteur. 10: 337–345. on buffered charcoal yeast extract agar supplemented with albumin. Morel, G. 1976. Studies on Porochlamydia buthi g. n., sp. n., an intracellular J. Clin. Microbiol. 28: 616–618. 1020 BIBLIOGRAPHY

Morris, E.J. 1958. Selective media for some Pasteurella species. J. Gen. Atlantic Coast oysters (Crassostrea virginica). Appl. Environ. Microbiol. Microbiol. 19: 305–311. 64: 1459–1465. Morris, E.R., D.A. Rees, G. Young, M.D. Walkinshaw and A. Darke. 1977. Motyl, M.R., G. McKinley and J.M. Janda. 1985. In vitro susceptibilities of Order-disorder transition for a bacterial polysaccharide in solution. Aeromonas hydrophila, Aeromonas sobria, and Aeromonas caviae to 22 an- a role for polysaccharide conformation in recognition between Xan- timicrobial agents. Antimicrob. Agents. Chemother. 28: 151–153. thomonas pathogen and its plant host. J. Mol. Biol. 110: 1–16. Mouahid, M., M. Bisgaard, A.J. Morley, R. Mutters and W. Mannheim. Morris, G.K., M.H. Merson, I. Huq, A. Kibrya and R. Black. 1979. Com- 1992. Occurrence of V-factor (NAD) independent strains of Haemo- parison of four plating media for isolating Vibrio cholerae. J. Clin. Mi- philus paragallinarum. Vet. Microbiol. 31: 363–368. crobiol. 9: 79–83. Moule, A.L. and S.G. Wilkinson. 1987. Polar lipids, fatty acids, and iso- Morris, G.K., A. Steigerwalt, J.C. Feeley, E.S. Wong, W.T. Martin, C.M. prenoid quinones of Alteromonas putrefaciens. Syst. Appl. Microbiol. Patton and D.J. Brenner. 1980a. Legionella gormanii sp. nov. J. Clin. 9: 192–198. Microbiol. 12: 718–721. Moule, A.L. and S.G. Wilkinson. 1989. Composition of lipopolysacchar- Morris, G.K., A. Steigerwalt, J.C. Feeley, E.S. Wong, W.T. Martin, C.M. ides from Alteromonas putrefaciens (Shewanella putrefaciens). J. Gen. Mi- Patton and D.J. Brenner. 1980b. In Validation of the publication of crobiol. 135: 163–173. new names and new combinations previously effectively published Moulsdale, M.T. 1983. Isolation of Aeromonas from faeces. Lancet 1: 351. outside the IJSB. List No. 5. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 30: 676–677. Mountfort, D.O., F.A. Rainey, J. Burghardt, H.F. Kaspar and E. Stacke- Morris, J.G., Jr. 1995. Vibrio cholerae O139 Bengal: emergence of a new brandt. 1998a. Psychromonas antarcticus gen. nov., sp. nov., a new aero- epidemic strain of cholera. Infect. Agents Dis. 4: 41–46. tolerant anaerobic, halophilic psychrophile isolated from pond sed- Morris, J.G., Jr. and R. Black. 1985. Cholera and other vibrioses in the iment of the McMurdo Ice Shelf, Antarctica. Arch. Microbiol. 169: United States. N. Engl. J. Med. 312: 343–350. 231–238. Morris, J.G., Jr., H. Miller, R. Wilson, C.O. Tacket, D.G. Hollis, F.W. Hick- Mountfort, D.O., F.A. Rainey, J. Burghardt, H.F. Kaspar and E. Stacke- man, R.E. Weaver and P.A. Blake. 1982. Illness caused by Vibrio damsela brandt. 1998b. In Validation of new names and new combinations and Vibrio hollisae. Lancet 1: 1294–1297. previously effectively published outside the IJSB. List No. 66. Int. J. Morris, J.G., Jr., M.B. Sztein, E.W. Rice, J.P. Nataro, G.A. Losonsky, P. Syst. Evol. Microbiol. 48: 631. Panigrahi, C.O. Tacket and J.A. Johnson. 1996. Vibrio cholerae O1 can Moureaux, N., T. Karjalainen, A. Givaudan, P. Bourlioux and N. Boemare. assume a chlorine-resistant rugose survival form that is virulent for 1995. Biochemical characterization and agglutinating properties of humans. J. Infect. Dis. 174: 1364–1368. Xenorhabdus nematophilus F1 fimbriae. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 61: Morris, J.G., Jr., J.H. Tenney and G.L. Drusano. 1985. In vitro susceptibility 2707–2712. of pathogenic Vibrio species to norfloxacin and six other antimicrobial Moxon, E.R. 1986. The carrier state: Haemophilus influenzae. J. Antimicrob. agents. Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. 28: 442–445. Chemother. 18 (Suppl A): 17–24. Morris, J.G., Jr., A.C. Wright, D.M. Roberts, P.K. Wood, L.M. Simpson Moyenuddin, M., I.K. Wachsmuth, S.L. Moseley, C.A. Bopp and P.A. and J.D. Oliver. 1987. Identification of environmental Vibrio vulnificus Blake. 1989. Serotype, antimicrobial resistance, and adherence prop- isolates with a DNA probe for the cytotoxin-hemolysin gene. Appl. erties of Escherichia coli strains associated with outbreaks of diarrheal Environ. Microbiol. 53: 193–195. illness in children in the United States. J. Clin. Microbiol. 27: 2234– Morse, S.A. 1980. Sexually transmitted diseases, 3rd Ed., American Society 2239. for Microbiology, Washington, D.C. Morton, R.J., K.R. Simons and A.W. Confer. 1996. Major outer membrane Moyer, C.L., F.C. Dobbs and D.M. Karl. 1995. Phylogenetic diversity of proteins of Pasteurella haemolytica serovars 1-15: comparison of sepa- the bacterial community from a microbial mat at an active, hydro- ration techniques and surface-exposed proteins on selected serovars. thermal vent system, Loihi Seamount, Hawaii. Appl. Environ. Micro- Vet. Microbiol. 51: 319–330. biol. 61: 1555–1562. Moser, D.P. and K.H. Nealson. 1996. Growth of the facultative anaerobe Moyer, N.P. 1996. Isolation and enumeration of aeromonads. In Austin, Shewanella putrefaciens by elemental sulfur reduction. Appl. Environ. Altwegg, Gosling and Joseph (Editors), The Genus Aeromonas, John Microbiol. 62: 2100–2105. Wiley & Sons, Ltd., Chichester. pp. 39–84. Moshiri, F., J.W. Kim, C.L. Fu and R.J. Maier. 1994. The FeSII Protein of Moyer, N.P., H.K. Geiss, M. Marinescu, A. Rigby, J. Robinson and M. Azotobacter vinelandii is not essential for aerobic nitrogen fixation, but Altwegg. 1991. Media and methods for isolation of aeromonads from confers significant protection to oxygen-mediated inactivation of ni- fecal specimens. A multilaboratory study. Experientia (Basel) 47: 409– trogenase in vitro and in vivo. Mol. Microbiol. 14: 101–114. 412. Moss, C.W. and M.I. Daneshvar. 1992. Identification of some uncommon Moyer, N.P., G.M. Luccini, L.A. Holcomb, N.H. Hall and M. Altwegg. monounsaturated fatty acids of bacteria. J. Clin. Microbiol. 30: 2511– 1992. Application of ribotyping for differentiating aeromonads iso- 2512. lated from clinical and environmental sources. Appl. Environ. Micro- Moss, C.W. and S.B. Dees. 1979. Further studies of the cellular fatty acid biol. 58: 1940–1944. composition of Legionnaires’ disease bacteria. J. Clin. Microbiol. 9: Mracek, Z. 1977. Steinernema kraussei, a parasite of the body cavity of 648–649. the sawfly, Cephaleia abietis, in Czechoslovakia. J. Invertebr. Pathol. 30: Moss, C.W., S.B. Samuels, J. Liddle and R.M. McKinney. 1973. Occurrence 87–94. of branched-chain hydroxy fatty acids in Pseudomonas maltophilia.J. Mra´z, O. 1963. Schizomycetes. In Mra´z (Editor), Nomina und Synonyma Bacteriol. 114: 1018–1024. der pathogenen and saprophytaren mikroben, isoliertaus den Wirt- Moss, C.W., S.B. Samuels and R.E. Weaver. 1972. Cellular fatty acid com- schafttlich odor epidemiologish bedutenden Wirbeltieren und le- position of selected Pseudomonas species. Appl. Microbiol. 24: 596– bensmittein tierischer herkunft, VEB Gustav Fisher Verlag, Jena. 53– 598. 334. Moss, C.W., P.L. Wallace, D.G. Hollis and R.E. Weaver. 1988. Cultural and Mra´z, O. 1968. Reevaluation of original strains Actinobacillus suis and chemical characterization of CDC groups EO-2, M-5, and M-6, Mo- haemolytic strains Actinobacillus lignieresii ATCC isolated from organs raxella spp. Oligella urethralis, Acinetobacter sp. and Psychrobacter immobilis. of diseased pigs. Acta Univ. Agric. Fac. Vet. 37: 277–290. J. Clin. Microbiol. 26: 484–492. Mra´z, O. 1969a. Vergleichende studie der arten Actinobacillus lignieresii Moss, M.O. 1983. A note on a prodigiosin producing pseudomonad iso- und Pasteurella haemolytica.I.Actinobacillus lignieresii Brumpt, 1910; lated from a lowland river. J. Appl. Bacteriol. 55: 373–375. emend. Zentralbl. Bakteriol. Parasitenkd. Infektionskr. Hyg. Abt. 1, Motes, M.L., A. DePaola, D.W. Cook, J.E. Veazey, J.C. Hunsucker, W.E. Orig. 209: 212–232. Garthright, R.J. Blodgett and S.J. Chirtel. 1998. Influence of water Mra´z, O. 1969b. Vergleichende studie der arten Actinobacillus lignieresii temperature and salinity on Vibrio vulnificus in Northern Gulf and und Pasteurella haemolytica. III. Actinobacillus haemolyticus (Newsom und BIBLIOGRAPHY 1021

Cross 1932) comb. nov. Zentralbl. Bakteriol. Parasitenkd. Infek- brennerae sp. nov., Buttiauxelle izardii sp. nov., Buttiauxella noackiae sp. tionskr. Hyg. Abt. 1, Orig. 209: 349–364. nov., Buttiauxella warmboldiae sp. nov., Kluyvera cochleae sp. nov., and Mra´z, O. 1977. Antigenni vztahy mezi pasteurelami a aktinobacily. Vet. Kluyvera georgiana sp. nov. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 46: 50–63. Med. (Prague) 22: 121–132. Mu¨ller, H.E., G.R. Fanning and D.J. Brenner. 1995a. Isolation of Ewingella Mra´z, O., P. Vladı´k and J. Boha´cek. 1976. Actinobacilli in domestic fowl. americana from mollusks. Curr. Microbiol. 31: 287–290. Zentralbl. Bakteriol. Parasitenkd. Infektionskr. Hyg. Abt. I, Orig. A. Mu¨ller, H.E., G.R. Fanning and D.J. Brenner. 1995b. Isolation of Serratia 236: 294–307. fonticola from mollusks. Syst. Appl. Microbiol. 18: 279–284. Muder, R.R., A.P. Harris, S. Muller, M. Edmond, J.W. Chow, K.A. Papa- Mu¨ller, H.E. and K.H. Hinz. 1977. The occurrence of neuraminidase and dakis, M.W. Wagener, G.P. Bodey and J.M. Steckelberg. 1996. Bacte- N-acetylneuraminate-pyruvate lyase in pathogenic haemophili of man. remia due to Stenotrophomonas (Xanthomonas) maltophilia: a prospec- Zentralbl. Bakteriol. [Orig A]. 239: 231–239. tive, multicenter study of 91 episodes. Clin. Infect. Dis. 22: 508–512. Mu¨ller, H.E., C.M. O’Hara, G.R. Fanning, F.W. Hickman-Brenner, J.M. Muhairwa, A.P., J.P. Christensen and M. Bisgaard. 2000. Investigations Swenson and D.J. Brenner. 1986. Providencia heimbachae, a new species on the carrier rate of Pasteurella multocida in healthy commercial poul- of Enterobacteriaceae isolated from animals. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 36: try flocks and flocks affected by fowl cholera. Avian Pathol. 29: 133– 252–256. 142. Muller, L. 1923. Un nouveau milieu d’enrichissement pour la recherche Muhairwa, A.P., M.M.A. Mtambo, J.P. Christensen and M. Bisgaard. 2001. des bacilles typhiques et paratyphiques. C. R. Soc. Biol. 89: 434–437. Occurrence of Pasteurella multocida and related species in village free Mu¨ller-Kogler, E. 1958. Eine Rickettsiose von Tipula paludosa Meig. ranging chickens and their animal contacts in Tanzania. Vet. Micro- durch Rickettsiella tipulae nov. spec. Naturwissenschaften 45: 248–250. biol. 78: 139–153. Mulyukin, A.L., K.A. Lusta, M.N. Gryaznova, A.N. Kozlova, M.V. Duzha, Muhle, I., J. Rau and J. Ruskin. 1979. Vertebral osteomyelitis due to V.I. Duda and G.I. El’Registan. 1997. Formation of resting cells by Actinobacillus actinomycetemcomitans. J. Am. Med. Assoc. 241: 1824– Bacillus cereus and Micrococcus luteus. Mikrobiologiya 66: 32–38. 1825. Munch, S., S. Grund and M. Kruger. 1992. Fimbriae and membranes on Mujica, O.J., R.E. Quick, A.M. Palacios, L. Beingolea, R. Vargas, D. Mo- Haemophilus parasuis. Zentralbl. Veterinarmed. [B]. 39: 59–64. reno, T.J. Barrett, N.H. Bean, L. Seminario and R.V. Tauxe. 1994. Munoz-Centeno, M.C., M.T. Ruiz, A. Paneque and F.J. Cejudo. 1996. Epidemic cholera in the Amazon: The role of produce in disease risk Posttranslational regulation of nitrogenase activity by fixed nitrogen and prevention. J. Infect. Dis. 169: 1381–1384. in Azotobacter chroococcum. Biochim. Biophys. Acta 1291: 67–74. Mukherjee, A., Y. Cui, Y. Liu, C.K. Dumenyo and A.K. Chatterjee. 1996. Munro, P.M., G. Brahic and R.L. Clement. 1994. Seawater effects on Global regulation in Erwinia species by Erwinia carotovora rsmA, a hom- various Vibrio species. Microbios. 77: 191–198. ologue of Escherichia coli csrA: repression of secondary metabolites, Munson, M.A. and P. Baumann. 1993. Molecular cloning and nucleotide pathogenicity and hypersensitive reaction. Microbiology 142: 427– sequence of a putative trpDC(F)BA operon in Buchnera aphidicola (en- 434. dosymbiont of the aphid Schizaphis graminum). J. Bacteriol. 175: 6426– Mukhopadhyay, A.K., S. Garg, R. Mitra, A. Basu, K. Rajendran, D. Dutta, 6432. S.K. Bhattacharya, T. Shimada, T. Takeda, Y. Takeda and G.B. Nair. Munson, M.A., P. Baumann, M.A. Clark, L. Baumann, N.A. Moran, D.J. 1996. Temporal shifts in traits of Vibrio cholerae strains isolated from Voegtlin and B.C. Campbell. 1991a. Evidence for the establishment hospitalized patients in Calcutta: a 3-year (1993 to 1995) analysis. J. of aphid-eubacterium endosymbiosis in an ancestor of four aphid Clin. Microbiol. 34: 2537–2543. families. J. Bacteriol. 173: 6321–6324. Mukhopadhyay, A.K., S. Garg, G.B. Nair, S. Kar, R.K. Ghosh, S. Pajni, A. Munson, M.A., P. Baumann and M.G. Kinsey. 1991b. Buchnera gen. nov. Ghosh, T. Shimada, T. Takeda and Y. Takeda. 1995. Biotype traits and and Buchnera aphidicola sp. nov., a taxon consisting of the mycetocyte- antibiotic susceptibility of Vibrio cholerae serogroup O1 before, during associated, primary endosymbionts of aphids. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. and after the emergence of the O139 serogroup. Epidemiol. Infect. 41: 566–568. 115: 427–434. Muraschi, T.F., M. Friend and D. Bolles. 1965. Erwinia-like microorgan- Mukoo, H. 1955. On the bacterial blacknode of barley and wheat and isms isolated from animals and human hosts. Appl. Microbiol. 13: its causal bacteria. In Jubilee Publication in Commemoration of the 128–131. Sixtieth Birthdays of Prof. Yoshihiko Tochinai and Prof. Teikichi Fu- Murata, H., A. Chatterjee, Y. Liu and A.K. Chatterjee. 1994. Regulation kushi, Sapporo, Japan. 153–157. of the production of extracellular pectinase, cellulase, and protease Mulholland, V., J.C. Hinton, J. Sidebotham, I.K. Toth, L.J. Hyman, M.C. in the soft rot bacterium Erwinia carotovora subsp. carotovora: evidence Perombelon, P.J. Reeves and G.P. Salmond. 1993. A pleiotropic re- that aepH of E. carotovora subsp. carotovora 71 activates gene expression mutant of Erwinia carotovora subsp. atroseptica in E. carotovora subsp. carotovora, E. carotovora subsp. atroseptica, and (מduced virulence (Rvi is defective in flagella assembly proteins that are conserved in plant Escherichia coli. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 60: 3150–3159. and animal bacterial pathogens. Mol. Microbiol. 9: 343–356. Murata, N. and M.P. Starr. 1974. Intrageneric clustering and divergence Mulla, R. and S.E. Millership. 1993. Typing of Aeromonas spp. by numerical of Erwinia strains from plants and man in the light of desoxyribon- analysis of immunoblotted SDS-PAGE gels. J. Med. Microbiol. 39: 325– ucleic and segmental homology. Can. J. Microbiol. 20: 1545–1565. 333. Murlin, A.M., D.J. Brenner, A.G. Steigerwalt and J.J. Farmer, III. 1988. Mu¨ller, H.E. 1972. The aerobic fecal flora of reptiles with special refer- Enteric Group 90: a new group of Enterobacteriaceae biochemically ence to the enterobacteria of snakes. Zentbl. Bakteriol. Parasitenkd. similar to Salmonella. 88th Annual Meeting of the American Society Infektkrankh. Hyg. Abt. I Orig. 222: 487–495. for Microbiology, Washington, D.C. American Society for Microbiol- Mu¨ller, H.E. 1983. Providencia friedericiana, a new species isolated from ogy. p. 240. penguins. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 33: 709–715. Muroga, K., Y. Jo and K. Masumura. 1986. Vibrio ordalii isolated from Mu¨ller, H.E. 1986a. Occurrence and pathogenic role of Morganella-Pro- diseased ayu (Plecoglossus altivelis) and rockfish (Sebastes schlegeli). Fish teus-Providencia group bacteria in human feces. J. Clin. Microbiol. 23: Pathol. 21: 239–243. 404–405. Murphy, T.F. 1994. Antigenic variation of surface proteins as a survival Mu¨ller, H.E. 1986b. Production and degradation of indole by Gram- strategy for bacterial pathogens. Trends Microbiol. 2: 427–428. negative bacteria. Zentralbl. Bakteriol. Parasitenk. Infektionskr. Hyg. Murphy, T.F. 1996. Branhamella catarrhalis: epidemiology, surface anti- Abt. I Orig. A. 261: 1–11. genic structure, and immune response. Microbiol. Rev. 60: 267–279. Mu¨ller, H.E., D.J. Brenner, G.R. Fanning, P.A.D. Grimont and P. Ka¨mpfer. Murphy, T.V., G.H. McCracken, Jr., T.C. Zweighaft and E.J. Hansen. 1981. 1996. Emended description of Buttiauxella agrestis with recognition of Emergence of rifampin-resistant Haemophilus influenzae after prophy- six new species of Buttiauxella and two new species of Kluyvera: Butti- laxis. J. Pediatr. 99: 406–409. auxella ferragutiae sp. nov., Buttiauxella gaviniae sp. nov., Buttiauxella Murray, B.E. and R.C. Moellering, Jr.. 1979. Aminoglycoside-modifying 1022 BIBLIOGRAPHY

enzymes among clinical isolates of Acinetobacter calcoaceticus subsp. an- Muyzer, G., A. Teske, C.O. Wirsen and H.W. Jannasch. 1995. Phylogenetic itratus (Herellea vaginicola): explanation for high-level aminoglycoside relationship of Thiomicrospira species and their identification in deep- resistance. Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. 15: 190–199. sea hydrothermal vent samples by denaturing gradient gel electro- Murray, E.G.D. 1939. Family Parnobacteriaceae. In Bergey, Breed, Murray phoresis of 16S rDNA fragments. Arch. Microbiol. 164: 165–172. and Hitchens (Editors), Bergey’s Manual of Determinative Bacteri- Myers, C.R. and J.M. Myers. 1993. Role of menaquinone in the reduction ology, 5th ed., The Williams & Wilkins Co., Baltimore. p. 309. of fumarate, nitrate, iron(III) and manganese(IV) by Shewanella pu- Murray, E.G.D. 1948. Genus II. Moraxella Lwoff. In Breed, Murray and trefaciens MR-1. FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 114: 215–222. Hitchens (Editors), Bergey’s Manual of Determinative Bacteriology, Myers, C.R. and J.M. Myers. 1997. Isolation and characterization of a 6th Ed., The Williams & Wilkins Co., Baltimore. pp. 590–592. transposon mutant of Shewanella putrefaciens MR-1 deficient in fu- Murray, J.E., R.C. Davies, F.A. Lainson, C.F. Wilson and W. Donachie. marate reductase. Lett. Appl. Microbiol. 25: 162–168. 1992. Antigenic analysis of iron-regulated proteins in Pasteurella hae- Myers, C.R. and K.H. Nealson. 1988. Bacterial manganese reduction and molytica A and T biotypes by immunoblotting reveals biotype-specific growth with manganese oxide as the sole electron acceptor. Science epitopes. J. Gen. Microbiol. 138: 283–288. 240: 1319–1321. Murray, J., L.M. Fixter, I.D. Hamilton, M.C.M. Perombelon, C.E. Quinn Myhrvold, V., I. Brondz and I. Olsen. 1992. Application of multivariate and D.C. Graham. 1990a. Serogroups of potato pathogenic Erwinia analyses of enzymic data to classification of members of the Actino- carotovora strains: identification by lipopolysaccharide electrophoretic bacillus-Haemophilus-Pasteurella group. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 42: 12–18. patterns. J. Appl. Bacteriol. 68: 231–240. Mylona, P.V., R. Premakumar, R.N. Pau and P.E. Bishop. 1996. Charac- Murray, R.G.E. and A. Birch-Andersen. 1963. Specialized structure in the teristics of orf 1 and orf 2 in the nifHDGK genomic region encoding region of the flagella tuft in Spirillum serpens. Can. J. Microbiol. 9: nitrogenase 3 of Azotobacter vinelandii. J. Bacteriol. 178: 204–208. 393–401. Mylroie, J.R., D.A. Friello, T.V. Siemens and A.M. Chakrabarty. 1977. Murray, R.G.E., D.J. Brenner, R.R. Colwell, P. DeVos, M. Goodfellow, Mapping of Pseudomonas putida chromosomal genes with a recombi- P.A.D. Grimont, N. Pfennig, E. Stackebrandt and G.A. Zavarzin. nant sex-factor plasmid. Mol. Gen. Genet. 157: 231–237. 1990b. Report of the ad hoc committee on approaches to taxonomy Naemura, L.G., S.T. Bagley, R.J. Seidler, J.B. Kaper and R.R. Colwell. 1979. within the proteobacteria. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 40: 213–215. Numerical taxonomy of Klebsiella pneumoniae strains isolated from clin- Murrell, J.C. 1992. Genetics and molecular biology of methanotrophs. ical and nonclinical sources. Curr. Microbiol. 2: 175–180. FEMS Microbiol. Rev. 8: 233-248. Naganuma, T. and H. Seki. 1991. Sulfur bacteria isolated from the hy- Murrell, J.C. and H. Dalton. 1983. Nitrogen fixation in obligate meth- drothermal fluid and plume in the North Fiji Basin, southwest Pacific anotrophs. J. Gen. Microbiol. 129: 3481–3486. Ocean. Program and Abstracts. Second International Marine Bio- Musser, J.M., S.J. Barenkamp, D.M. Granoff and R.K. Selander. 1986. technology Conference IMBC ’91. 1991: 86. Genetic relationships of serologically nontypable and serotype b Nagarkoti, M.S., A.K. Banerjee and J. Swarup. 1973. Xanthomonas convo- strains of Haemophilus influenzae. Infect. Immun. 52: 183–191. louli spec. nov. causing leaf spot of Conuoloulus arvensis in India. Indian Musser, J.M., J.S. Kroll, D.M. Granoff, E.R. Moxon, B.R. Brodeur, J. Cam- J. Mycol. Plant Pathol. 3: 105. pos, H. Dabernat, W. Frederiksen, J. Hamel and G. Hammond. 1990. Naidu, A.J. and M. Yadav. 1997. Influence of iron, growth temperature Global genetic structure and molecular epidemiology of encapsulated and plasmids on siderophore production in Aeromonas hydrophila.J. Haemophilus influenzae. Rev. Infect. Dis. 12: 75–111. Med. Microbiol. 46: 833–838. Musser, J.M., J.S. Kroll, E.R. Moxon and R.K. Selander. 1988. Evolutionary genetics of the encapsulated strains of Haemophilus influenzae. Proc. Nair, G.B., P.K. Bag, T. Shimada, T. Ramamurthy, T. Takeda, S. Yamamoto, Natl. Acad. Sci. U. S. A. 85: 7758–7762. H. Kurazono and Y. Takeda. 1995. Evaluation of DNA probes for Musser, J.M. and R.K. Selander. 1990. Brazilian purpuric fever: evolu- specific detection of Vibrio cholerae O139 Bengal. J. Clin. Microbiol. tionary genetic relationships of the case clone of Haemophilus influ- 33: 2186–2187. enzae biogroup aegyptius to encapsulated strains of Haemophilus influ- Nair, S., K. Kita-Tsukamoto and U. Simidu. 1988. Bacterial flora of healthy enzae. J. Infect. Dis. 161: 130–133. and abnormal chaetognaths. Nippon Suisan Gakkaishi. 54: 491–496. Mutharia, L.M. and R.E.W. Hancock. 1985. Monoclonal-antibody for an Nair, S. and U. Simidu. 1987. Distribution and significance of heterotro- outer-membrane lipoprotein of the Pseudomonas fluorescens group of phic marine bacteria with antibacterial activity. Appl. Environ. Mi- the family Pseudomonadaceae. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 35: 530–532. crobiol. 53: 2957–2962. Mutters, R., W. Frederiksen and W. Mannheim. 1984. Lack of evidence Nakada, N. and K. Takimoto. 1923. Bacterial blight of hibiscus. Ann. for the occurence of Pasteurella ureae in rodents. Vet. Microbiol. 9: Phytopathol. Soc. Japan 1: 13–19. 83–89. Nakagawa, Y., T. Sakane and A. Yokota. 1996. Transfer of “Pseudomonas Mutters, R., P. Ihm, S. Pohl, W. Frederiksen and W. Mannheim. 1985a. riboflavina” (Foster 1944), a gram-negative, motile rod with long-chain Reclassification of the genus Pasteurella Trevisan 1887 on the basis of 3-hydroxy fatty acids, to Devosia ribiflavina gen. nov., sp. nov., nom. deoxyribonucleic acid homology, with proposals for the new species rev. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 46: 16–22. Pasteurella dagmatis, Pasteurella canis, Pasteurella stomatis, Pasteurella ana- Nakai, C., H. Uyeyama, H. Kagamiyama, T. Nakazawa, S. Inouye, F. Kishi, tis and Pasteurella langaa. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 35: 309–322. A. Nakazawa and M. Nozaki. 1995. Cloning, DNA-sequencing, and Mutters, R., W. Mannheim and M. Bisgaard. 1989. Taxonomy of the amino-acid sequencing of catechol 1,2-dioxygenases (pyrocatechase) group. In Adlam and Rutter (Editors), Pasteurella and Pasteurellosis, from Pseudomonas putida Mt-2 and Pseudomonas arvilla C-1. Arch. Academic Press, London. pp. 3–34. Biochem. Biophys. 321: 353–362. Mutters, R., M. Mouahid, E. Engelhard and W. Mannheim. 1993. Char- Nakamiya, K. and S. Kinoshita. 1995. Isolation of polyacrylamide-de- acterization of the family Pasteurellaceae on the basis of cellular lipids grading bacteria. J. Ferment. Bioeng. 80: 418–420. and carbohydrates. Zentbl. Bakteriol. 279: 104–113. Nakano, K. 1919. Soybean leaf spot. J. Plant Prot. 6: 217–221. Mutters, R., K. Piechulla, K.H. Hinz and W. Mannheim. 1985b. Pasteurella Nakasone, N. and M. Iwanaga. 1990. Pili of a Vibrio parahaemolyticus strain avium (Hinz and Kunjara 1977) comb. nov. and Pasteurella volantium as a possible colonization factor. Infect. Immun. 58: 61–69. sp. nov. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 35: 5–9. Nakata, N., T. Tobe, I. Fukuda, T. Suzuki, K. Komatsu, M. Yoshikawa and Mutters, R., S. Pohl and W. Mannheim. 1986. Transfer of Pasteurella ureae C. Sasakawa. 1993. The absence of a surface protease, OmpT, deter- Jones 1962 to the genus Actinobacillus Brumpt 1910: Actinobacillus ureae mines the intercellular spreading ability of Shigella: the relationship comb. nov. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 36: 343–344. between the ompT and kcpA loci. Mol. Microbiol. 9: 459–468. Muyembe, T., J. Vandepitte and J. Desmyter. 1973. Natural colistin resis- Nakazawa, M., Y. Kagemori and R. Azuma. 1979. Serological variants of tance in Edwardsiella tarda. Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. 4: 521– Actinobacillus lignieresii in slaughtered cattle. Jpn. J. Vet. Sci. 41: 89– 524. 90. BIBLIOGRAPHY 1023

Nakhimovskaya, M.I. 1948. Pseudomonas aurantiaca nov. sp. Mikrobiolo- herence of enteropathogenic Escherichia coli. Infect. Immun. 48: 378– giya 17: 58–65. 383. Nalin, R., P. Simonet, T.M. Vogel and P. Normand. 1999. Rhodanobacter Nataro, J.P., J. Seriwatana, A. Fasano, D.R. Maneval, L.D. Guers, F. No- lindaniclasticus gen. nov., sp. nov., a lindane-degrading bacterium. Int. riega, F. Dubovsky, M.M. Levine and J.G. Morris, Jr.. 1995. Identifi- J. Syst. Bacteriol. 49: 19–23. cation and cloning of a novel plasmid-encoded enterotoxin of en- Namdari, H. and E.J. Bottone. 1990. Microbiologic and clinical evidence teroinvasive Escherichia coli and Shigella strains. Infect. Immun. 63: supporting the role of Aeromonas caviae as a pediatric enteric patho- 4721–4728. gen. J. Clin. Microbiol. 28: 837–840. Nataro, J.P., D. Yikang, J.A. Giro´n, S.J. Savarino, M.H. Kothary and R. Namioka, S. 1978. Pasteurella multocida - biochemical characteristics and Hall. 1993. Aggregative adherence fimbria I expression in enteroag- serotypes. In Bergan and Norris (Editors), Methods in Microbiology, gregative Escherichia coli requires two unlinked plasmid regions. Infect. Vol. 10, Academic Press, London. 271–292. Immun. 61: 1126–1131. Namioka, S. and R. Sakazaki. 1958. E´ tude sur les Rettgerella. Ann. Inst. Navon-Venezia, S., Z. Zosim, A. Gottlieb, R. Legmann, S. Carmeli, E.Z. Pasteur (Paris) 94: 485–499. Ron and E. Rosenberg. 1995. Alasan, a new bioemulsifier from Aci- Namioka, S. and R. Sakazaki. 1959. New K antigen (C antigen) possessed netobacter radioresistens. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 61: 3240–3244. by Proteus and Rettgerella cultures. J. Bacteriol. 78: 301–306. Nayudu, M.V. 1972. Pseudomonas viticola sp. nov. incitant of a new bacterial Namsaraev, B.B., L.E. Dulov, G.A. Dubinina, T.I. Zemskaya, L.Z. Granina disease of grape vine. Phytopathol. Z. 73: 183–186. and E.V. Karabanov. 1994. Bacterial synthesis and destruction of or- Nazarenko, E.L., V.A. Zubkov, V.S. Shashkov, Y.A. Knirel, R.P. Gorshkova, ganic matter in microbial mats of Lake Baikal. Microbiology 63: 193– E.P. Ivanova and Y.S. Ovodov. 1993. Structure of the repeating unit 197. of the acidic polysaccharide from Alteromonas macleodii 2MM6. Bioorg. Nandy, R.K., T.K. Sengupta, S. Mukhopadhyay and A.C. Ghose. 1995. A Khim. 19: 740–751. Nazarowec-White, M. and J.M. Farber. 1997. Enterobacter sakazakii: A re- comparative study of the properties of Vibrio cholerae O139, O1 and view. Int. J. Food Microbiol. 34: 103–113. other non-O1 strains. J. Med. Microbiol. 42: 251–257. Neal, D.J. and S.G. Wilkinson. 1979. Lipopolysaccharides from Pseudo- Nanninga, N. 1985. Molecular cytology of Escherichia coli, Academic Press, monas maltophilia: structural studies of the side-chain polysaccharide Inc., Orlando. from strain NCTC 10257. Carbohydr. Res. 69: 191–201. Nano, F.E. 1988. Identification of a heat-modifiable protein of Francisella Neal, D.J. and S.G. Wilkinson. 1982. Lipopolysaccharides from Pseudo- tularensis and molecular cloning of the encoding gene. Microb. monas maltophilia. Structural studies of the side-chain, core, and lipid- Pathog. 5: 109–120. A regions of the lipopolysaccharide from strain NCTC 10257. Eur. J. Nassar, A., Y. Bertheau, C. Dervin, J.P. Narcy and M. Lemattre. 1994. Biochem. 128: 143–149. Ribotyping of Erwinia chrysanthemi strains in relation to their patho- Nealson, K.H., C.R. Myers and B. Wimpee. 1991. Isolation and identifi- genic and geographic distribution. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 60: cation of manganese-reducing bacteria and estimates of microbial Mn- 3781–3789. reducing potential in the Black Sea. Deep-Sea Res. 38: S907–S920. Nassar, A., A. Darrasse, M. Lemattre, A. Kotoujansky, C. Dervin, R. Vedel Nealson, K.H. and D. Saffarini. 1994. Iron and manganese in anaerobic and Y. Bertheau. 1996a. Characterization of Erwinia chrysanthemi by respiration: environmental significance, physiology, and regulation. pectinolytic isozyme polymorphism and restriction fragment length Annu. Rev. Microbiol. 48: 311–343. polymorphism analysis of PCR-amplified fragments of pel genes. Appl. Neidhardt, F.C. and H.E. Umbarger. 1996. Chemical composition of Esch- Environ. Microbiol. 62: 2228–2235. erichia coli. In Neidhardt, Curtiss, Ingraham, Lin, Low, Magasanik, Nassar, A., J.P. Narcy and M. Lemattre. 1996b. Detection of Erwinia chrys- Reznikoff, Riley, Schaechter and Umbarger (Editors), Escherichia coli anthemi pv. dianthicola (Ech) by the DAS-ELISA method in symptomless and Salmonella : Cellular and Molecular Biology, 2nd Ed., ASM Press, carnation cuttings. Agronomie (Paris). 16: 143–151. Washington, D.C. pp. 13–16. Nasser, W., S. Reverchon, G. Condemine and J. Robert-Baudouy. 1994. Neish, A.C., A.C. Blackwood, F.M. Robertson and G.A. Ledingham. 1948. Specific interactions of Erwinia chrysanthemi KdgR repressor with dif- Production and properties of 2,3-butanediol. XXV. Dissimilation of ferent operators of genes involved in pectinolysis. J. Mol. Biol. 236: glucose by bacteria of the genus Serratia. Can. J. Res. 26: 335–342. 427–440. Nelson, D.C. 1989. Physiology and biochemistry of filamentous bacteria. Nassif, X. and P.J. Sansonetti. 1986. Correlation of the virulence of Kleb- In Schlegel and Bowien (Editors), Autotrophic Bacteria, Science Tech siella pneumoniae K1 and K2 with the presence of a plasmid encoding Publishers, Madison. 219–238. aerobactin. Infect. Immun. 54: 603–608. Nelson, D.C. 1992. The Genus Beggiatoa. In Balows, Tru¨per, Dworkin, Nastasi, A., S. Pignato, C. Mammina and G. Giammanco. 1993. rRNA Harder and Schleifer (Editors), The Prokaryotes. A Handbook on gene restriction patterns and biotypes of Shigella sonnei. Epidemiol. the Biology of Bacteria: Ecophysiology, Isolation, Identification, Ap- Infect. 110: 23–30. plications, 2nd Ed., Vol. 4, Springer-Verlag, New York. 3171–3180. Nataro, J.P. 1995. Enteroaggregative and diffusely adherent Escherichia Nelson, D.C. and R.W. Castenholz. 1981a. Organic nutrition of Beggiatoa coli. In Blaser, Smith, Ravdin, Greenberg and Guerrant (Editors), In- sp. J. Bacteriol. 147: 236–247. fections of the Gastrointestinal Tract, Raven Press, Ltd., New York. Nelson, D.C. and R.W. Castenholz. 1981b. Use of reduced sulfur com- pp. 727–737. pounds by Beggiatoa sp. J. Bacteriol. 147: 140–154. Nataro, J.P., M.M. Baldini, J.B. Kaper, R.E. Black, N. Bravo and M.M. Nelson, D.C. and R.W. Castenholz. 1982. Light responses of Beggiatoa. Levine. 1985a. Detection of an adherence factor of enteropathogenic Arch. Microbiol. 131: 146–155. Escherichia coli with a DNA probe. J. Infect. Dis. 152: 560–565. Nelson, D.C., B.B. Jørgensen and N.P. Revsbech. 1986a. Growth pattern Nataro, J.P., Y. Deng, D.R. Maneval, A.L. German, W.C. Martin and M.M. and yield of a chemoautotrophic Beggiatoa sp. in oxygen-sulfide mi- Levine. 1992. Aggregative adherence fimbriae I of enteroaggregative crogradients. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 52: 225–233. Escherichia coli mediate adherence to HEp-2 cells and hemagglutina- Nelson, D.C. and H.W. Jannasch. 1983. Chemoautotrophic growth of a tion of human erythrocytes. Infect. Immun. 60: 2297–2304. marine Beggiatoa in sulfide-gradient cultures. Arch. Microbiol. 136: Nataro, J.P. and J.B. Kaper. 1998. Diarrheagenic Escherichia coli. Clin. 262–269. Microbiol. Rev. 11: 142–201. Nelson, D.C., N.P. Revsbach and B.B. Jørgensen. 1986b. The microoxi- Nataro, J.P., J.B. Kaper, R. Robins-Browne, V. Prado, P. Vial and M.M. c/anoxic niche of Beggiatoa: a microelectrode survey of marine and Levine. 1987. Patterns of adherence of diarrheagenic Escherichia coli freshwater strains. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 52: 161–168. to HEp-2 cells. Pediatr. Infect. Dis. J. 6: 829–831. Nelson, D.R., Y. Sadlowski, M. Eguchi and S. Kjelleberg. 1997. The star- Nataro, J.P., I.C. Scaletsky, J.B. Kaper, M.M. Levine and L.R. Trabulsi. vation-stress response of Vibrio (Listonella) anguillarum. Microbiology 1985b. Plasmid-mediated factors conferring diffuse and localized ad- 143: 2305–2312. 1024 BIBLIOGRAPHY

Nelson, D.C., J.B. Waterbury and H.W. Jannasch. 1982. Nitrogen fixation Nichols, D.S., A.R. Greenhill, C.T. Shadbolt, T. Ross and T.A. McMeekin. and nitrate utilization by marine and freshwater Beggiatoa. Arch. Mi- 1999. Physicochemical parameters for growth of the sea ice bacteria crobiol. 133: 172–177. Glaciecola punicea ACAM 611T and Gelidibacter sp. strain IC158. Appl. Nelson, D.C., C.A. Williams, B.A. Farah and J.M. Shively. 1989a. Occur- Environ. Microbiol. 65: 3757–3760. rence and regulation of Calvin cycle enzymes in non-autotrophic Beg- Nichols, D.S., P.D. Nichols and T.A. McMeekin. 1995. Ecology and phys- giatoa strains. Arch. Microbiol. 151: 15–19. iology of psychrophilic bacteria from Antarctic saline lakes and sea- Nelson, D.C., C.O. Wirsen and H.W. Jannasch. 1989b. Characterization ice. Sci. Prog. 78: 311–347. of large, autotrophic Beggiatoa spp. abundant at hydrothermal vents Nichols, D.S., P.D. Nichols, N.J. Russell, N.W. Davies and T.A. McMeekin. of the Guaymas Basin, (Gulf of California, USA). Appl. Environ. Mi- 1997b. Polyunsaturated fatty acids in the psychrophilic bacterium crobiol. 55: 2909–2917. Shewanella gelidimarina ACAM 456T: molecular species analysis of ma- Nelson, M.B., T.F. Murphy, H. van Keulen, D. Rekosh and M.A. Apicella. jor phospholipids and biosynthesis of eicosapentaenoic acid. Biochim. 1988. Studies on P6, an important outer-membrane protein antigen Biophys. Acta 1347: 164–176. of Haemophilus influenzae. Rev. Infect. Dis. 10 (Suppl 2): S331–336. Nichols, N.N. and C.S. Harwood. 1997. PcaK, a high-affinity permease Nemec, A., L. Janda, O. Melter and L. Dijkshoorn. 1999. Genotypic and for the aromatic compounds 4-hydroxybenzoate and protocatechuate phenotypic similarity of multiresistant Acinetobacter baumannii isolates from Pseudomonas putida. J. Bacteriol. 179: 5056–5061. in the Czech Republic. J. Med. Microbiol. 48: 287–296. Nichols, P.D., J.M. Henson, C.P. Antworth, J. Parsons, J.T. Wilson and Nesme, X., M. Vaneechoutte, S. Orso, B. Hoste and J. Swings. 1995. D.C. White. 1987. Detection of a microbial consortium, including type Diversity and genetic relatedness within genera Xanthomonas and Ste- II methanotrophs, by use of phospholipid fatty acids in an aerobic notrophomonas using restriction endonuclease site differences of PCR- halogenated hydrocarbon-degrading soil column enriched with nat- amplified 16S rRNA gene. Syst. Appl. Microbiol. 18: 127–135. ural gas. Environ. Toxicol. Chem. 6: 89–98. Nesterov, A.I., A.V. Koshelev, V.F. Gal’chenko and M.V. Ivanov. 1986. The Nichols, P.D., G.A. Smith, C.P. Antworth, R.S. Hanson and D.C. White. survival of obligate methanotrophous bacteria upon lyophilization 1985. Phospholipid and lipopolysaccharide normal and hydroxy fatty and subsequent storage. Mikrobiologiya 55: 215–221. acids as potential signature for methane-utilizing bacteria. FEMS Mi- Neter, E., O. Westphal, O. Lu¨deritz, R.M. Gino and E.A. Gorzynski. 1955. crobiol. Ecol. 32: 327–335. Demonstration of antibodies against enteropathogenic Escherichia coli Nickel, J.C., J. Emtage and J.W. Costerton. 1985. Ultrastructural microbial in sera of children of various ages. Pediatrics. 16: 801–807. ecology of infection-induced urinary stones. J. Urol. 133: 622–627. Neunlist, S. and M. Rohmer. 1985. Novel hopanoids from the methylo- Nicklas, W. 1989. Haemophilus infection in a colony of laboratory rats. J. trophic bacteria Methylococcus capsulatus and Methylomonas methanica Clin. Microbiol. 27: 1636–1639. (22S)-35-aminobacteriohopane- 30,31,32,33,34-pentol and (22S)-35- Nicolet, J. 1971. Sur l’he´mophilose du pore. III. Differentiation se´rolo- amino-3 b-methylbacteriohopane- 30,31,32,33,34-pentol. Biochem. J. gique de Haemophilus parahaemolyticus. Zentralbl. Bakteriol. Parasi- 231: 635–639. tenkd. Infektionskr. Hyg. Abt. I, Orig. 216: 487–495. Neuwirth, C., E. Siebor, J.M. Duez, A. Pechinot and A. Kazmierczak. 1995. Nicolet, J. and M. Krawinkler. 1981. Polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis, Imipenem resistance in clinical isolates of Proteus mirabilis associated a possible taxonomical tool for Haemophilus. In Kilian, Frederiksen with alterations in penicillin-binding proteins. Antimicrob. Agents and Biberstein (Editors), Haemophilus, Pasteurella and Actinobacillus, Chemother. 36: 335–342. Academic Press, London. 205–212. Neveu-Lemaire, M. 1921. Pre´cis de la Parasitologie Humaine, 5th ed., J. Lemaire, Paris. Nicolle, P., H.H. Mollaret and J. Brault. 1973. Recherches sur la lysoge´nie, New, P.B. and Y.T. Tchan. 1982. Azomonas macrocytogenes (Ex Baillie, Hodg- la lysosensibilite´, la lysotypie et la se´rologic de Yersinia enterocolitica. kiss, and Norris 1962, 118) nom rev. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 32: 381– Contr. Microbiol. Immunol. 2: 54–58. 382. Niebel, H., M. Dorsch and E. Stackebrandt. 1987. Cloning and expression Newland, J.W., M.J. Voll and L.A. McNicol. 1984. Serology and plasmid in Escherichia coli of Proteus vulgaris genes for 16S ribosomal RNA. J. carriage in Vibrio cholerae. Can. J. Microbiol. 30: 1149–1156. Gen. Microbiol. 133: 2401–2409. Newman, M.A., M.J. Daniels and J.M. Dow. 1995. Lipopolysaccharide Niebylski, M.L., M.G. Peacock, E.R. Fischer, S.F. Porcella and T.G. Schwan. from Xanthomonas campestris induces defense-related gene expression 1997. Characterization of an endosymbiont infecting wood ticks, Der- in Brassica campestris. Mol. Plant-Microbe Interact. 8: 778–780. macentor andersoni, as a member of the genus Francisella. Appl. Environ. Newman, M.A., M.J. Daniels and J.M. Dow. 1997. The activity of lipid A Microbiol. 63: 3933–3940. and core components of bacterial lipopolysaccharides in the preven- Niederhauser, J.S. 1943. A bacterial leaf spot and blight of the Russian tion of the hypersensitive response in pepper. Mol. Plant-Microbe dandelion. Phytopathology 33: 959–961. Interact. 10: 926–928. Nielsen, J.P. and V.T. Rosdahl. 1990. Development and epidemiological Newsom, I.E. and F. Cross. 1932. Some bipolar organisms found in pneu- applications of a bacteriophage-typing system for typing Pasteurella monia of sheep. J. Am. Vet. Med. Assoc. 80: 711–719. multocida. J. Clin. Microbiol. 28: 103–107. Nguyen, B.H., E.B.M. Denner, T.C.H. Dang, G. Wanner and H. Stan- Nielsen, P.H., K. Andreasen, M. Wagner, L.L. Blackall, H. Lemmer and Lotter. 1999. Marinobacter sp. nov., a halophilic bacterium isolated R.J. Seviour. 1998. Variability of type 021N in activated sludge as de- from a Vietnamese oil-producing well. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 49: 367– termined by in situ substrate uptake pattern and in situ hybridization 375. with fluorescent rRNA targeted probes. Water Sci. Technol. 37: 423– Nguyen, M.H. and R.R. Muder. 1994. Meningitis due to Xanthomonas 440. maltophilia: case report and review. Clin. Infect. Dis. 19: 325–326. Nielsen, P.H., M.A. de Muro and J.L. Nielsen. 2000. Studies on the in Nguyen, S.V. and K. Hirai. 1999. Differentiation of Coxiella burnetii isolates situ physiology of Thiothrix spp. present in activated sludge. Environ. by sequence determination and PCR-restriction fragment length poly- Microbiol. 2: 389–398. morphism analysis of isocitrate dehydrogenase gene. FEMS Microbiol. Nielsen, R. 1990. New diagnostic techniques: a review of the HAP group Lett. 180: 249–254. of bacteria. Can. J. Vet. Res. 54: S68–S72. Nguyen-Van-Ai, D.H, Nguyen, L.T. Van, V.L. Nguyen and T.L.H. Nguyen. Nielsen, R., L.O. Andresen, T. Plambeck, J.P. Nielsen, L.T. Krarup and 1975. Contribution a l’e´tude des Edwardsiella tarda isole´s au Viet-Nam. S.E. Jorsal. 1997. Serological characterization of Actinobacillus pleuro- Bull. Soc. Pathol. Exot. 68: 355–359. pneumoniae biotype 2 strains isolated from pigs in two Danish herds. Nichols, D.S., J.L. Brown, P.D. Nichols and T.A. McMeekin. 1997a. Pro- Vet. Microbiol. 54: 35–46. duction of eicosapentaenoic and arachidonic acids by an Antarctic Nieto, J.J., R. Fernandez-Castillo, M.T. Garcia, E. Mellado and A. Ventosa. bacterium: response to growth temperatures. FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 1993. Survey of antimicrobial susceptibility of moderately halophilic 152: 349–354. eubacteria and extremely halophilic aerobic archaeobacteria—utili- BIBLIOGRAPHY 1025

zation of antimicrobial resistance as a genetic marker. Syst. Appl. viously effectively published outside the IJSB. List no. 54. Int. J. Syst. Microbiol. 16: 352–360. Bacteriol. 45: 619–620. Nieto, J.J., C. Vargas and A. Ventosa. 2000. Osmoprotection mechanisms Nishimura, Y., T. Ino and H. Iizuka. 1986a. Isolation and characterization in the moderately halophilic bacterium Halomonas elongata. Recent of the outer membrane of radiation-resistant Acinetobacter sp. FO-1. J. Res. Devel. Microbiol. 4: 43–54. Gen. Appl. Microbiol. 32: 177–184. Nikaido, H. 1992. Nonspecific and specific permeation channels of the Nishimura, Y., T. Ino and H. Iizuka. 1988. Acinetobacter radioresistens, new Pseudomonas aeruginosa outer membrane. In Galli, Silver and Witholt species isolated from cotton and soil. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 38: 209– (Editors), Pseudomonas: Molecular Biology and Biotechnology, Amer- 211. ican Society for Microbiology, Washington D.C. 146–153. Nishimura, Y., K. Kanbe and H. Iizuka. 1986b. Taxonomic studies of Nikaido, H. 1996. Outer membrane. In Neidhardt, Curtiss, Ingraham, aerobic coccobacilli from seawater. J. Gen. Appl. Microbiol. 32: 1–11. Lin, Low, Magasanik, Reznikoff, Riley, Schaechter and Umbarger (Ed- Nishimura, Y., M. Kinpara and H. Iizuka. 1989. Mesophilobacter marinus itors), Escherichia coli and Salmonella: Cellular and Molecular Biology, gen. nov., sp. nov.: An aerobic coccobacillus isolated from seawater. 2nd Ed., ASM Press, Washington, D.C. pp. 29–47. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 39: 378–381. Nikaido, N., K. Ito, K. Izaki and H. Takahashi. 1985. DNA sequence of Nishimura, Y., H. Yamamoto and H. Iizuka. 1979. Taxonomical studies the promoter and Nh2-terminal regions of the pectate lyase I gene of Acinetobacter species—cellular fatty acid composition. Z. Allg. Mik- from Erwinia carotovora. J. Gen. Appl. Microbiol. 31: 573–576. robiol. 19: 307–308. Nilehn, B. 1969. Studies on Yersinia enterocolitica with special reference to Nishino, M., M. Fukui and T. Nakajima. 1998. Dense mats of Thioploca, bacterial diagnosis and occurrence in human enteric disease. Acta gliding filamentous sulfur-oxidizing bacteria in Lake Biwa, central Pathol. Microbiol. Scand. Suppl. 206: 1–48. Japan. Water Res. 32: 953–957. Nimmich, W. 1994. Detection of Escherichia coli K95 strains by bacterio- Nissen, H. 1987. Long term starvation of a marine bacterium, Alteromonas phages. J. Clin. Microbiol. 32: 2843–2845. denitrificans, isolated from a Norwegian fjord. FEMS Microbiol. Ecol. Nimmich, W., U. Krallmann-Wenzel, B. Mu¨ller and G. Schmidt. 1992. 45: 173–183. Isolation and characterization of bacteriophages specific for capsular Niven, D.F. and T. O’Reilly. 1990. Significance of V-factor dependency antigens K3, K7, K12, and K13 of Escherichia coli. Zentbl. Bakteriol. in the taxonomy of Haemophilus species and related organisms. Int. 276: 213–220. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 40: 1–4. Nishibuchi, M., J.M. Janda and T. Ezaki. 1996. The thermostable direct Noble, P.A., P.E. Dabinett and J.A. Gow. 1990. A numerical taxonomic hemolysin gene (tdh)ofVibrio hollisae is dissimilar in prevalence to study of pelagic and benthic surface-layer bacteria in seasonally-cold and phylogenetically distant from the tdh genes of other vibrios: Im- coastal waters. Syst. Appl. Microbiol. 13: 77–85. plications in the horizontal transfer of the tdh gene. Microbiol. Im- Noble, R.C. and S.B. Overman. 1994. Pseudomonas stutzeri infection - a munol. 40: 59–65. review of hospital isolates and a review of the literature. Diagn. Mi- Nishibuchi, M. and J.B. Kaper. 1995. Thermostable direct hemolysin gene crobiol. Infect. Dis. 19: 51–56. of Vibrio parahaemolyticus: A virulence gene acquired by a marine bac- Noda, H., U.G. Munderloh and T.J. Kurtti. 1997. Endosymbionts of ticks terium. Infect. Immun. 63: 2093–2099. and their relationship to Wolbachia spp. and tick-borne pathogens of Nishibuchi, M., N.C. Roberts, H.B. Bradford, Jr. and R.J. Seidler. 1983. humans and animals. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 63: 3926–3932. Broth medium for enrichment of Vibrio fluvialis from the environ- ment. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 46: 425–429. Nogge, G. 1976. Sterility in tsetse flies (Glossina morsitans Westwood) Nishihara, H., Y. Igarashi and T. Kodama. 1989. Isolation of an obligately caused by loss of symbionts. Experientia (Basel) 32: 995. chemolithoautotrophic, halophilic and aerobic hydrogen-oxidizing Nogge, G. 1978. Aposymbiotic tsetse flies, Glossina morsitans morsitans bacterium from marine environment. Arch. Microbiol. 152: 39–43. obtained by feeding on rabbits immunized specifically with symbionts. Nishihara, H., Y. Igarashi and T. Kodama. 1991a. Growth characteristics J. Insect Physiol. 24: 299–304. and high cell-density cultivation of a marine obligately chemolitho- Nogge, G. 1980. Elimination of symbionts of tsetse flies (Glossina m. mor- autotrophic hydrogen-oxidizing bacterium Hydrogenovibrio marinus sitans Westwood) by help of specific antibodies. In Schwemmler and strain MH-110 under a continuous gas-flow system. J. Ferment. Schenk (Editors), Endocytobiology. Endosymbiosis and Cell Biology. Bioeng. 72: 358–361. A Synthesis of Recent Research, W. deGruyter, Berlin New York. pp. Nishihara, H., Y. Igarashi and T. Kodama. 1991b. Hydrogenovibrio marinus, 445–452. gen. nov., sp. nov., a marine obligately chemolithoautotrophic hydro- Nogge, G. 1981. Significance of symbionts for the maintenance of an gen-oxidizing bacterium. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 41: 130–133. optimal nutritional state for successful reproduction in hematopha- Nishihara, H., Y. Igarashi, T. Kodama and T. Nakajima. 1993. Production gous arthropods. Parasitology. 82: 101–104. and properties of glycogen in the marine obligate chemolithoauto- Nogi, Y. and C. Kato. 1999a. Taxonomic studies of extremely barophilic troph, Hydrogenovibrio marinus. J. Ferment. Bioeng. 75: 414–416. bacteria isolated from the Mariana Trench and description of Moritella Nishihara, H., Y. Miyashita, K. Aoyama, T. Kodama, Y. Igarashi and Y. yayanosii sp. nov., a new barophilic bacterial isolate. Extremophiles 3: Takamura. 1997. Characterization of an extremely thermophilic and 71–77. oxygen-stable membrane-bound hydrogenase from a marine hydro- Nogi, Y. and C. Kato. 1999b. In Validation of the publication of new gen-oxidizing bacterium Hydrogenovibrio marinus. Biochem. Biophys. names and new combinations previously effectively published outside Res. Commun. 232: 766–770. the IJSB. List No. 71. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 49: 1325–1326. Nishihara, H., T. Yaguchi, S.Y. Chung, K.-I. Suzuki, M. Yanagi, K. Yamas- Nogi, Y., C. Kato and K. Horikoshi. 1998a. Moritella japonica sp. nov., a ato, T. Kodama and Y. Igarashi. 1998. Phylogenetic position of an novel barophilic bacterium isolated from a Japan Trench sediment. obligately chemoautotrophic, marine hydrogen-oxidizing bacterium, J. Gen. Appl. Microbiol. 44: 289–295. Hydrogenovibrio marinus, on the basis of 16S rRNA gene sequences and Nogi, Y., C. Kato and K. Horikoshi. 1998b. Taxonomic studies of deep- two form I RuBisCO gene sequences. Arch. Microbiol. 169: 364–368. sea barophilic Shewanella strains and description of Shewanella violacea Nishikawa, Y., J. Ogasawara, A. Helander and K. Haruki. 1999. An out- sp. nov. Arch. Microbiol. 170: 331–338. break of gastroenteritis in Japan due to Escherichia coli O166. Emerg. Nogi, Y., C. Kato and K. Horikoshi. 1999. In Validation of the publication Infect. Dis. 5: 300. of new names and new combinations previously effectively published Nishimura, Y., A. Hagiwara, T. Suzuki and S. Yamanaka. 1994. Xenorhabdus outside the IJSB. List No. 69. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 49: 341–342. japonicus sp. nov. associated with the nematode Steinerema kushidai. Nogi, Y., C. Kato and K. Horikoshi. 2002. Psychromonas kaikoae sp nov., a World J. Microbiol. Biotechnol. 10: 207–210. novel piezophilic bacterium from the deepest cold-seep sediments in Nishimura, Y., A. Hagiwara, T. Suzuki and S. Yamanaka. 1995. In Vali- the Japan Trench. Int. J. Syst. Evol. Microbiol. 52: 1527–1532. dation of the publication of new names and new combinations pre- Nogi, Y., N. Masui and C. Kato. 1998c. Photobacterium profundum sp. nov., 1026 BIBLIOGRAPHY

a new, moderately barophilic bacterial species isolated from a deep- Nwigwe, C. 1973. Variation of colony morphology and its relation to the sea sediment. Extremophiles 2: 1–7. virulence of Xanthomonas oryzae. Plant Dis. Rep. 57: 955–956. Nogi, Y. , N. Masui and C. Kato. 1998d. In Validation of publication of Nyland, G., A.C. Goheen, S.K. Lowe and H.C. Kirkpatrick. 1973. The new names and new combinations previously effectively published ultrastructure of a rickettsialike organism from a peach tree affected outside the IJSB, List No. 66. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 48: 631–632. with phony disease. Phytopathology 63: 1275–1278. Nomura, J. and T. Aoki. 1985. Morphological analysis of lipopolysac- Nyman, K., K. Nakamura, H. Ohtsubo and E. Ohtsubo. 1981. Distribution charide from gram-negative fish pathogenic bacteria. Fish Pathol. 20: of the insertion sequence IS1 in gram-negative bacteria. Nature 289: 193–197. 609–612. Noonan, B. and T.J. Trust. 1997. The synthesis, secretion and role in Oakey, H.J., J.T. Ellis and L.F. Gibson. 1996a. A biochemical protocol for virulence of the paracrystalline surface protein layers of Aeromonas the differentiation of current genomospecies of Aeromonas. Zentbl. salmonicida and A. hydrophila. FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 154: 1–7. Bakteriol. 284: 32–46. Nordeen, R.O. and B.W. Holloway. 1990. Chromosome mapping in Pseu- Oakey, H.J., J.T. Ellis and L.F. Gibson. 1996b. Differentiation of Aeromonas domonas syringae pathovar syringae strain Ps224. J. Gen. Microbiol. 136: genomospecies using random amplified polymorphic DNA polymer- 1231–1239. ase chain reaction (RAPD-PCR). J. Appl. Bacteriol. 80: 402–410. Norris, J.R. and H.L. Jensen. 1958. Calcium requirement of Azotobacter. Oakey, H.J., J.T. Ellis and L.F. Gibson. 1998. The development of random Arch. Mikrobiol. 31: 198–205. DNA probe specific for Aeromonas salmonicida. J. Appl. Microbiol. 84: Norris, J.R. and W.H. Kingham. 1968. The classification of Azotobacter. In 37–46. Festskrift til Hans Laurits Jensen, Gadgaard Nielsens Bogtrykkeri, Oakley, C.J. and J.C. Murrell. 1993. nifH genes in the obligate methane Demvig, Denmark. 95–105. oxidizing bacteria. FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 49: 53–57. Norris, P.R., D.A. Clark, J.P. Owen and S. Waterhouse. 1996. Character- Oaks, E.V., T.L. Hale and S.B. Formal. 1986. Serum immune response to Shigella protein antigens in rhesus monkeys and humans infected istics of Sulfobacillus acidophilus sp. nov. and other moderately ther- with Shigella spp. Infect. Immun. 53: 57–63. mophilic mineral-sulphide-oxidizing bacteria. Microbiology (Read- Oaks, E.V., M.E. Wingfield and S.B. Formal. 1985. Plaque formation by ing) 142: 775–783. virulent Shigella flexneri. Infect. Immun. 48: 124–129. Noterdaeme, L., S. Bigawa, A.G. Steigerwalt, D.J. Brenner and F. Ollevier. Obendorf, D.L., B. Peel, R.J. Akhurst and L.A. Miller. 1983. Non-suscep- 1996. Numerical taxonomy and biochemical identification of fish as- tibility of mammals to the entomopathogenic bacterium Xenorhabdus sociated motile Aeromonas spp. Syst. Appl. Microbiol. 19: 624–633. nematophilus. Environ. Entomol. 12: 368–370. Nourrisseau, J.G., M. Lansac and M. Garnier. 1993. Marginal chlorosis, Oberhofer, T.R. and A.E. Back. 1979. Biotypes of Haemophilus encoun- a new disease of strawberries associated with a bacterium-like organ- tered in clinical laboratories. J. Clin. Microbiol. 10: 168–174. ism. Plant Dis. 77: 1055–1059. Obradors, N. and J. Aguilar. 1991. Efficient biodegradation of high-mo- Novick, N.J. and M.E. Tyler. 1985. Isolation and characterization of Al- lecular-weight polyethylene glycols by pure cultures of Pseudomonas teromonas luteoviolacea strains with sheathed flagella. Int. J. Syst. Bac- stutzeri. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 57: 2383–2388. teriol. 35: 111–113. O’Brien, A.D., M.A. Karmali and S.M. Scotland. 1994. A proposal for Novikova, L.M. 1971. Formation and consumption of stored products by rationalization of the Escherichia coli cytotoxins. In Karmali and Goglio Ectothiorhodospira shaposhnikovii. Mikrobiologiia 40: 28–33. (Editors), Recent Advances in Verocytotoxin-producing Escherichia coli Novo, M.T.M., A.P. De Souza, O.J. Garcia and L.M.M. Ottoboni. 1996. Infections, Elsevier Science, Amsterdam. pp. 147–149. RAPD genomic fingerprinting differentiates Thiobacillus ferrooxidans O’Brien, A.D., J.W. Newland, S.F. Miller, R.K. Holmes, H.W. Smith and strains. Syst. Appl. Microbiol. 19: 91–95. S.B. Formal. 1984. Shiga-like toxin-converting phages from Escherichia Nowak, A., A. Burkiewicz and J. Kur. 1995. PCR differentiation of sev- coli strains that cause hemorrhagic colitis or infantile diarrhea. Science enteen genospecies of Acinetobacter. FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 126: 181– 226: 694–696. 187. O’Brien, A.D., V.L. Tesh, A. Donohue-Rolfe, M.P. Jackson, S. Olsnes, K. Nowak, A., J. Kur, E. Gospodarek and K. Bielawski. 1994. Characterization Sandvig, A.A. Lindberg and G.T. Keusch. 1992. Shiga toxin: biochem- of restriction endonuclease AjoI from Acinetobacter johnsonii. FEMS istry, genetics, mode of action, and role in pathogenesis. Curr. Top. Microbiol. Lett. 117: 97–102. Microbiol. Immunol. 180: 65–94. Nowak-Thompson, B. and S.J. Gould. 1994. A simple assay for fluorescent O’Brien, M. and R.R. Colwell. 1987. A rapid test for chitinase activity siderophores produced by Pseudomonas species and an efficient iso- that uses 4-methylumbelliferyl-N-acetyl-b-d-glucosaminide. Appl. En- lation of pseudobactin. Biometals 7: 20–24. viron. Microbiol. 53: 1718–1720. Nowicki, B., A. Labigne, S. Moseley, R. Hull, S. Hull and J. Moulds. 1990. Obrig, T.G., C.B. Louise, C.A. Lingwood, B. Boyd, L. Barley-Maloney and The Dr hemagglutinin, afimbrial adhesins AFA-I and AFA-III, and T.O. Daniel. 1993. Endothelial heterogeneity in Shiga toxin receptors F1845 fimbriae of uropathogenic and diarrhea-associated Escherichia and responses. J. Biol. Chem. 268: 15484–15488. coli belong to a family of hemagglutinins with Dr receptor recognition. Ochi, K. 1995. Comparative ribosomal-protein sequence analyses of a Infect. Immun. 58: 279–281. phylogenetically defined genus, Pseudomonas, and its relatives. Int. J. Nozue, H., T. Hayashi, Y. Hashimoto, T. Ezaki, K. Hamasaki, K. Ohwada Syst. Bacteriol. 45: 268–273. and Y. Terawaki. 1992. Isolation and characterization of Shewanella Ochiai, K., T. Yamanaka, K. Kimura and O. Sawada. 1959. Studies on alga from human clinical specimens and emendation of the descrip- inheritance of drug resistance between Shigella strains and E. coli tion of S. alga Simidu et al., 1990, 335. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 42: 628– strains. Nihon Ija Shimpo. 1861: 34–46. 634. Ochman, H. and R.K. Selander. 1984. Standard reference strains of Esch- Nunes, C., J. Usall, N. Teixido and I. Vinas. 2001. Biological control of erichia coli from natural populations. J. Bacteriol. 157: 690–693. postharvest pear diseases using a bacterium, Pantoea agglomerans CFA- Ochman, H., T.S. Whittam, D.A. Caugant and R.K. Selander. 1983. En- 2. Int. J. Food Microbiol. 70: 53–61. zyme polymorphism and genetic population structure in Escherichia Nun˜ez, C., S. Moreno, G. Soberon-Chavez and G. Espin. 1999. The Azo- coli and Shigella. J. Gen. Microbiol. 129: 2715–2726. tobacter vinelandii response regulator AlgR is essential for cyst for- Ochman, H. and A.C. Wilson. 1987. Evolution in bacteria: evidence for mation. J. Bacteriol. 181: 141–148. a universal substitution rate in cellular genomes. J. Mol. Evol. 26: 74– Nurminen, M., E. Wahlstrom, M. Kleemola, M. Leinonen, P. Saikku and 86. P.H. Makela. 1984. Immunologically related ketodeoxyoctonate-con- Ochsner, U.A., Z. Johnson, I.L. Lamont, H.E. Cunliffe and M.L. Vasil. taining structures in Chlamydia trachomatis, Re mutants of Salmonella 1996. Exotoxin A production in Pseudomonas aeruginosa requires the spp. and Acinetobacter calcoaceticus var. anitratus. Infect. Immun. 44: iron-regulated pvdS gene encoding an alternative sigma factor. Mol. 609–613. Microbiol. 21: 1019–1028. BIBLIOGRAPHY 1027

Ochsner, U.A. and J. Reiser. 1995. Autoinducer-mediated regulation of soft rot pseudomonad. Bull. Natl. Inst. Agric. Sci. Ser. C, No. 29: 45– rhamnolipid biosurfactant synthesis in Pseudomonas aeruginosa. Proc. 63. Natl. Acad. Sci. U. S. A. 92: 6424–6428. Okabe, N. 1933. Bacterial diseases of plants occurring in Formosa. II. O’Connor, K., C.M. Buckley, S. Hartmans and A.D.W. Dobson. 1995. Bacterial leaf spot of tomato. J. Soc. Trop. Agric., Taiwan. 5: 26–36. Possible regulatory role for nonaromatic carbon-sources in styrene Okada, N., C. Sasakawa, T. Tobe, K.A. Talukder, K. Komatsu and M. degradation by Pseudomonas putida Ca-3. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 61: Yoshikawa. 1991. Construction of a physical map of the chromosome 544–548. of Shigella flexneri 2a and the direct assignment of nine virulence- Odintsova, E.V. and G.A. Dubinina. 1990. A new colorless filamentous associated loci identified by Tn5 insertions. Mol. Microbiol. 5: 2171– sulfur bacterium, Thiothrix ramosa nov. sp. Microbiology 59: 437–445. 2180. Odintsova, E.V., A.P. Wood and D.P. Kelly. 1993. Chemolithoautotrophic Okamoto, K., T. Inoue, H. Ichikawa, Y. Kawamoto and A. Miyama. 1981. growth of Thiothrix ramosa. Arch. Microbiol. 160: 152–157. Partial purification and characterization of heat-stable enterotoxin Odumeru, J.A., A.R. Ronald and W.L. Albritton. 1983. Characterization produced by Yersinia enterocolitica. Infect. Immunol. 31: 554–559. of cell proteins of Haemophilus ducreyi by polyacrylamide gel electro- Okamoto, T., H. Taguchi, K. Nakamura, H. Ikenaga, H. Kuraishi and K. phoresis. J. Infect. Dis. 148: 710–714. Yamasato. 1993. Zymobacter palmae gen. nov., sp. nov., a new ethanol- Oelze, J. 2000. Respiratory protection of nitrogenase in Azotobacter spe- fermenting peritrichous bacterium isolated from palm sap. Arch. Mi- cies: is a widely held hypothesis unequivocally supported by experi- crobiol. 160: 333–337. mental evidence? FEMS Microbiol. Rev. 24: 321–333. Okamoto, T., H. Taguchi, K. Nakamura, H. Ikenaga, H. Kuraishi and K. Oersted, A.S. 1844. De regionibus marines, elementa topographiae his- Yamasato. 1995. Validation of the publication of new names and new toriconaturalis freti oeresund, J.C. Carling, Copenhagen. combinations previously effectively published outside the IJSB. List Ogawa, H., A. Nakamura, R. Nakaya, K. Mise, S. Honjo, M. Takasaka, T. No. 53. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 45: 418–419. Fujiwara and K. Imaizumi. 1967. Virulence and epithelial cell inva- Okonya, J.F., T. Kolasa and M.J. Miller. 1995. Synthesis of the peptide siveness of dysentery bacilli. Jpn. J. Med. Sci. Biol. 20: 315–328. fragment of pseudobactin. J. Org. Chem. 60: 1932–1935. Ogawa, J. and Y. Amano. 1987. Electron microprobe X-ray analysis of Okpokwasili, G.C., C.C. Somerville, D.J. Grimes and R.R. Colwell. 1984. polyphosphate granules in Plesiomonas shigelloides. Microbiol. Immu- Plasmid-associated phenanthrene degradation by Chesapeake Bay .sediment bacteria. Colloq. Inst. Fr. Rech. Exploit. Mer. 3: 601–610 .1125סnol. 31: 1121 Ogawa, T., A. Shinohara, H. Ogawa and J. Tomizawa. 1992. Functional Okrend, A.J.G., B.E. Rose and B. Bennett. 1987. Incidence and toxige- structures of the RecA protein found by chimera analysis. J. Mol. Biol. nicity of Aeromonas spp. in retail poultry, beef and pork. J. Food Prot. 226: 651–660. 50: 509–513. Ogimi, C. 1977. Studies on bacterial gall chinaberry Melia azedarach Lin. Oku, T., Y. Wakasaki, N. Adachi, C.I. Kado, K. Tsuchiya and T. Hibi. 1998. caused by Pseudomonas meliae n. sp. Bull. Coll. Agric. Univ. Ryukyus. Pathogenicity, non-host hypersensitivity and host defence non-per- 24: 497–556. missibility regulatory gene hrpX is highly conserved in Xanthomonas Ogimi, C. 1981. In Validation of the publication of new names and new pathovars. J. Phytopathol. (Berl.) 146: 197–200. combinations previously effectively published outside the IJSB. List Okubadejo, O.A. and K.O. Alausa. 1968. Neonatal meningitis caused by No. 7. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 31: 382–383. Edwardsiella tarda. Br. Med. J. 3: 357–358. Ogunnariwo, J.A. and A.B. Schryvers. 1990. Iron acquisition in Pasteurella Okuda, J., M. Ishibashi, E. Hayakawa, T. Nishino, Y. Takeda, A.K. Mu- haemolytica: expression and identification of a bovine-specific trans- khopadhyay, S. Garg, S.K. Bhattacharya, G.B. Nair and M. Nishibuchi. ferrin receptor. Infect. Immun. 58: 2091–2097. 1997. Emergence of a unique O3:K6 clone of Vibrio parahaemolyticus Oh, H.M. and L. Tay. 1995. Bacteraemia caused by Rahnella aquatilis: in Calcutta, India, and isolation of strains from the same clonal group report of two cases and review. Scand. J. Infect. Dis. 27: 79–80. from Southeast Asian travelers arriving in Japan. J. Clin. Microbiol. Ohanessian, J.H., N. Fourcade, B. Priolet, C.I. Richard, G. Bashour and 35: 3150–3155. M. Dugelay. 1987. A propos d’une infection vesiculaire par Moellerella Okujo, N., Y. Sakakibara, T. Yoshida and S. Yamamoto. 1994. Structure wisconsensis. Med. Mal. Infect. 6/7: 414–416. of acinetoferrin, a new citrate-based dihydroxamate siderophore from O’Hara, C.M., A.G. Steigerwalt, B.C. Hill, J.J. Farmer, G.R. Fanning and Acinetobacter haemolyticus. Biometals 7: 170–176. D.J. Brenner. 1989. Enterobacter hormaechei, a new species of the Family Okujo, N. and S. Yamamoto. 1994. Identification of the siderophores Enterobacteriaceae formerly known as enteric group-75. J. Clin. Micro- from Vibrio hollisae and Vibrio mimicus as aerobactin. FEMS Microbiol. biol. 27: 2046–2049. Lett. 118: 187–192. O’Hara, C.M., A.G. Steigerwalt, B.C. Hill, J.J. Farmer, G.R. Fanning and Okuzumi, M., A. Hiraishi, T. Kobayashi and T. Fujii. 1994. Photobacterium D.J. Brenner. 1990. In Validation of the publication of new names histaminum sp. nov., a histamine-producing marine bacterium. Int. J. and new combinations previously effectively published outside the Syst. Bacteriol. 44: 631–636. IJSB, List No. 32. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 40: 105. Old, D.C. and R.A. Adegbola. 1982. Haemagglutinins and fimbriae of O’Hara, C.M., A.G. Steigerwalt, B.C. Hill, J.M. Miller and D.J. Brenner. Morganella, Proteus and Providencia. J. Med. Microbiol. 15: 551–564. 1998. First report of a human isolate of Erwinia persicinus. J. Clin. Old, D.C. and S.S. Scott. 1981. Hemagglutinins and fimbriae of Provi- Microbiol. 36: 248–250. dencia spp. J. Bacteriol. 146: 404–408. Ohnishi, H., T. Nishida, A. Yoshida, Y. Kamio and K. Izaki. 1991. Nucle- Olenginski, T.P., D.C. Bush and T.M. Harrington. 1991. Plant thorn sy- otide sequence of pnl gene from Erwinia carotovora Er. Biochem. Bio- novitis: an uncommon cause of monoarthritis. Semin. Arthritis phys. Res. Commun. 176: 321–327. Rheum. 21: 40–46. Ohtaka, C., H. Nakamura and H. Ishikawa. 1992. Structures of chape- Oliver, J.D. 1987. Heterotrophic bacterial populations of the Black Sea. ronins from an intracellular symbiont and their functional expression Biol. Oceanogr. 4: 83–97. in Escherichia coli groE mutants. J. Bacteriol. 174: 1869–1874. Oliver, J.D. 1995. The viable but non-culturable state in the human path- Ohtsubo, H., K. Nyman, W. Doroszkiewicz and E. Ohtsubo. 1981. Multiple ogen Vibrio vulnificus. FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 133: 203–208. copies of iso-insertion sequences of IS1 in Shigella dysenteriae chro- Oliver, J.D., D.M. Roberts, V.K. White, M.A. Dry and L.M. Simpson. 1986. mosome. Nature 292: 640–643. Bioluminescence in a strain of the human pathogenic bacterium Vibrio Ohuchi, A. and T. Tominaga. 1973. Pectolytic enzymes secreted by soft vulnificus. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 52: 1209–1211. rot and saprophytic pseudomonads. Ann. Phytopathol. Soc. Japan 39: Olsen, A.B., H.P. Melby, L. Speilberg, Ø. Evensen and T. Ha˚stein. 1997. 417–424. Piscirickettsia salmonis infection in Atlantic salmon Salmo salar in Nor- Ohuchi, A. and T. Tominaga. 1975. Histochemical changes of cell walls way-epidemiological, pathological and microbiological findings. Dis. during the macerating action by pectolytic enzyme, endo-PTE, of a Aquat. Org. 31: 35–48. 1028 BIBLIOGRAPHY

Olsen, G.J., N. Larsen and C.R. Woese. 1991. The ribosomal RNA da- nificus in northern New England water and shellfish. FEMS Microbiol. tabase project. Nuc. Acids Res. 19 Suppl.: 2017–2021. Lett. 60: 163–167. Olsen, G.J. and C.R. Woese. 1993. Ribosomal RNA: a key to phylogeny. O’Neill, S.L., R.H. Gooding and S. Aksoy. 1993. Phylogenetically distant FASEB J. 7: 113–123. symbiotic microorganisms reside in Glossina midgut and ovary tissues. Olsen, I. 1993. Recent approaches to the chemotaxonomy of the Acti- Med. Vet. Entomol. 7: 377–383. nobacillus-Haemophilus-Pasteurella group (family Pasteurellaceae). Oral Onogawa, T., T. Terayama, H. Zen-yoji, Y. Amano and K. Suzuki. 1976. Microbiol. Immunol. 8: 327–336. Distribution of Edwardsiella tarda and hydrogen sulfide-producing Olsen, I. and I. Brondz. 1985. Differentiation among closely related or- Escherichia coli in healthy persons. J. Jpn. Assoc. Infect. Dis. 50: 10– ganisms of the Actinobacillus-Haemophilus-Pasteurella group by means 17. of lysozyme and EDTA. J. Clin. Microbiol. 22: 629–636. Opgenorth, D.C., C.D. Smart, F.J. Louws, F.J. de Bruijn and B.C. Kirk- Olsen, I., V. Myhrvold and I. Brondz. 1995. Multivariate analysis of fatty patrick. 1996. Identification of Xanthomonas fragariae field isolates by acid contents of outer membrane vesicles from Actinobacillus, Hae- rep-PCR genomic fingerprinting. Plant Dis. 80: 868–873. mophilus and Pasteurella spp. In Donachie, Lainson and Hodgson (Ed- Oppenheim, J. and L. Marcus. 1970. Correlation of ultrastructure in itors), Haemophilus, Actinobacillus and Pasteurella, Plenum Press, New Azotobacter vinelandii with nitrogen source for growth. J. Bacteriol. 101: York. pp. 211 (Abstract T236). 286–291.. Olsen, I., S.K. Rosseland, A.K. Thorsrud and E. Jellum. 1987. Differen- Oppenheimer, C.H. and H.W. Jannasch. 1962. Some bacterial popula- tiation between Haemophilus paraphrophilus, H. aphrophilus, H. influn- tions in turbid and clear sea water near Port Aransas, Texas. Publ. zae, Actinobacillus actinomycetemcomitans, Pasteurella multocida, P. hae- Inst. Mar. Sci. Univ. Tex. 8: 56–60. molytica, and P. ureae by high resolution two-dimensional protein elec- O’Reilly, T. and D.F. Niven. 1986. Defining the metabolic and growth trophoresis. Electrophoresis 8: 532–535. responses of porcine haemophili to exogenous pyridine nucleotides and precursors. J. Gen. Microbiol. 132: 807–818. Olsen, I., H.N. Shah and S.E. Gharbia. 1999. Taxonomy and biochemical Oren, A., M. Kessel and E. Stackebrandt. 1989. Ectothiorhodospira maris- characteristics of Actinobacillus actinomycetemcomitans and Porphyro- mortui sp. nov. an obligately anaerobic, moderately halophilic purple monas gingivalis. Periodontal 2000 20: 14–52. sulfur bacterium from a hypersaline sulfur spring on the shore of the Olson, M.O.J., N. Nagabhushan, M. Dzwiniel, L.B. Smillie and D.R. Whit- dead sea. Arch. Microbiol. 151: 524–529. aker. 1970. Primary structure of ␣-lytic protease: a bacterial homo- Oren, A., M. Kessel and E. Stackebrandt. 1990. In Validation of the pub- logue of the pancreatic serine proteases. Nature (Lond.) 228: 438– lication of new names and new combinations previously effectively 442. published outside the IJSB. List No. 32. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 40: 105– Olsthoorn, R.C.L., G. Garde, T. Dayhuff, J.F. Atkins and J. Van Duin. 106. 1995. Nucleotide-sequence of a single-stranded RNA phage from Pseu- Oren, A., G. Simon and E.A. Galinski. 1991. Intracellular salt and solute domonas aeruginosa - kinship to coliphages and conservation of reg- concentrations in Ectothiorhodospira marismortui glycine betaine and N- ulatory RNA structures. Virology 206: 611–625. ␣␣-carbamoyl glutamineamide as osmotic solutes. Arch. Microbiol. Olsufiev, N.G., O.S. Emelyanova and T.N. Dunayeva. 1959. Comparative 156: 350–355. study of strains of B. tularense. J. Hyg. Epidemiol. Microbiol. Immunol. Orla-Jensen, S. 1921. The main lines of the bacterial system. J. Bacteriol. (Prague) 3: 138–149. 6: 263–273. Olsufjev, N.G. 1970. Taxonomy and characteristic of the genus Francisella Ormsbee, R.A. 1952. The growth of Coxiella burnetii in embryonnated Dorofeev, 1947. J. Hyg. Epidemiol. Microbiol. Immunol. (Prague) 14: eggs. J. Bacteriol. 63: 73. 67–74. Ormsbee, R. and B. Marmion. 1990. Prevention of Coxiella burnetii in- Olsufjev, N.G. 1974. Tularemia, Moscow. fection: vaccines and guidelines for those at risk. In Marrie (Editor), Olsufjev, N.G. and I.S. Meshcheryakova. 1983. Subspecific taxonomy of Q fever. The Disease, CRC Press, Boca Raton. p. 226. Francisella tularensis McCoy and Chapin 1912. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. Ornstein, M. 1921. Zu¨r Bakteriologie des Schmitzbacillus. Z. Hyg. Infek- 33: 872–874. tionskr. 91: 152–178. Ølsvik, Ø., K. Wachsmuth, B. Kay, K.A. Birkness, A. Yi and B. Sack. 1990. Ornston, L.N. and E.L. Neidle. 1991. Evolution of genes for the b-ke- Laboratory observations on Plesiomonas shigelloides strains isolated toadipate pathway in Acinetobacter calcoaceticus. In Towner and Ber- from children with diarrhea in Peru. J. Clin. Microbiol. 28: 886–889. gogne-Be´re´zin (Editors), The Biology of Acinetobacter: Taxonomy, Clin- Omel’chenko, M.V., L.V. Vasily’eva, G.A. Zavarzin, N.D. Savel’eva, A.M. ical Importance, Molecular Biology, Physiology, Industrial Relevance, Lysenko, L.L. Mityushina, V.N. Khmelenina and Y.A. Trotsenko. 1996. Plenum Press, New York. pp. 201–237. A novel psychrophilic methanotroph of the genus Methylobacter. Mi- Orrison, L.H., W.B. Cherry and D. Milan. 1981. Isolation of Legionella crobiology 65: 339–343. from cooling tower water by filtration. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 41: Omel’chenko, M.V., L.V. Vasily’eva, G.A. Zavarzin, N.D. Savel’eva, A.M. 1202–1205. Lysenko, L.L. Mityushina, V.N. Khmelenina and Y.A. Trotsenko. 2000. Orrison, L.H., W.B. Cherry, R.L. Tyndall, C.B. Fliermans, S.B. Gough, In Validation of the publication of new names and new combinations M.A. Lambert, L.K. McDougal, W.F. Bibb and D.J. Brenner. 1983a. previously effectively published outside the IJSEM. List No. 50. Int. Legionella oakridgensis, sp. nov.: unusual new species isolated from cool- J. Syst. Evol. Microbiol. 50: 423–424. ing tower water. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 45: 536–545. ¨ Omelianski, W. 1905. Uber eine neue art farbloser Thiospirillen. Zentbl. Orrison, L.H., W.B. Cherry, R.L. Tyndall, C.B. Fliermans, S.B. Gough, Bakteriol. Parasitenkd. Infektkrankh. Hyg. Abt. II 14: 769–772. M.A. Lambert, L.K. McDougal, W.F. Bibb and D.J. Brenner. 1983b. Omland, T. 1964. Serological Studies of Haemophilus influenzae and related In Validation of the publication of new names and new combinations species. Vlll. Examination of ultrasonically prepared Haemophilus an- previously effectively published outside the IJSB. List No. 11. Int. J. tigens by means of immunoelectrophoresis. Acta Pathol. Microbiol. Syst. Bacteriol. 33: 672–674. Scand. 62: 83–106. Ørskov, F. and I. Ørskov. 1975. Escherichia coli O:H serotypes isolated from Onarheim, A.M., R. Wiik, J. Burghardt and E. Stackebrandt. 1994. Char- human blood. Acta Pathol. Microbiol. Scand. B. 83: 595–600. acterization and identification of two Vibrio species indigenous to the Ørskov, F. and I. Ørskov. 1984a. Serotyping of Escherichia coli. Meth. Mi- intestine of fish in cold sea water; description of Vibrio iliopiscarius sp. crobiol. 14: 43–112. nov. System. Appl. Microbiol. 17: 370–379. Ørskov, F. and I. Ørskov. 1992. Escherichia coli serotyping and disease in O’Neill, E.A., G.M. Kiely and R.A. Bender. 1984. Transposon Tn5 encodes man and animals. Can. J. Microbiol. 38: 699–704. streptomycin resistance in nonenteric bacteria. J. Bacteriol. 159: 388– Ørskov, I. 1974. The genus Klebsiella. In Buchanan and Gibbons (Editors), 389. Bergey’s Manual of Determinative Bacteriology, 8th Ed., The Williams O’Neill, K.R., S.H. Jones and D.J. Grimes. 1990. Incidence of Vibrio vul- & Wilkins Co., Baltimore. pp. 321–324. BIBLIOGRAPHY 1029

Ørskov, I. 1981. The genus Klebsiella (Medical aspects). In Starr, Stolp, tannin-protein complex degrading bacterium. Syst. Appl. Microbiol. Tru¨per, Balows and Schlegel (Editors), The Prokaryotes: A Handbook 18: 368–373. on Habitats, Isolation, and Identification of Bacteria, Springer-Verlag, Osawa, R., F. Rainey, T. Fujisawa, E. Lang, H.J. Busse, T.P. Walsh and E. Berlin. pp. 1160–1165. Stackebrandt. 1996. In Validation of the publication of new names Ørskov, I. 1984a. Genus V. Klebsiella. In Krieg and Holt (Editors), Bergey’s and new combinations previously effectively published outside the Manual of Systematic Bacteriology, 1st Ed., l. Vol. 1, The Williams & IJSB. List No. 56. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 46: 362–363. Wilkins Co., Baltimore. pp. 481–485. Osawa, R. and T.P. Walsh. 1993. Visual reading method for detection of Ørskov, I. 1984b. Klebsiella Trevisan 1885. In Krieg and Holt (Editors), bacterial tannase. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 59: 1251–1252. Bergey’s Manual of Systematic Bacteriology, Vol. 1, The Williams & Osawa, R. and T.P. Walsh. 1995. Detection of bacterial gallate decarbox- Wilkins Co., Baltimore. pp. 461–465. ylation by visual color discrimination. J. Gen. Appl. Microbiol. 41: Ørskov, I. 1984c. In Validation of the publication of new names and new 165–170. combinations previously effectively published outside the IJSB. List Osawa, R., T.P. Walsh and S.J. Cork. 1993c. Metabolism of tannin-protein No. 15. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 34: 355–357. complex by facultatively anaerobic bacteria isolated from koala feces. Ørskov, I., A. Ferencz and F. Ørskov. 1980a. Tamm-Horsfall protein or Biodegradation 4: 91–99. uromucoid is the normal urinary slime that traps type 1 fimbriated Oshiro, R.K., T. Picone and B.H. Olson. 1994. Modification of reagents Escherichia coli. Lancet 1: 887. in the EnviroAmp kit to increase recovery of Legionella organisms in Ørskov, I. and F. Ørskov. 1977. Special O:K:H serotypes among entero- water. Can. J. Microbiol. 40: 495–499. toxigenic E. coli strains from diarrhea in adults and children. Occur- Ostroff, S. 1995. Yersinia as an emerging infection: epidemiologic aspects rence of the CF (colonization factor) antigen and of hemagglutinat- of . Contrib. Microbiol. Immunol. 13: 5–10. ing abilities. Med. Microbiol. Immunol. 163: 99–110. O’Sullivan, D.J. and F. O’Gara. 1992. Traits of fluorescent Pseudomonas Ørskov, I. and F. Ørskov. 1984b. Serotyping of Klebsiella. In Bergan spp. involved in suppression of plant-root pathogens. Microbiol. Rev. (Editor), Methods in Microbiology, Vol. 14, Academic Press, London. 56: 662–676. pp. 143–164. O’Sullivan, J., J.E. McCullough, A.A. Tymiak, D.R. Kirsh, W.H. Trejo and Ørskov, I. and F. Ørskov. 1985. Escherichia coli in extra-intestinal infections. P.A. Principe. 1988. Lysobactin, a novel antibacterial agent produced J. Hyg. (Lond). 95: 551–575. by lysobacter sp.: I. Taxonomy, isolation, and partial characterization. Ørskov, I. and F. Ørskov. 1990. Serologic classification of fimbriae. Curr. J. Antibiot. (Tokyo). 41: 1740–1744. Top. Microbiol. Immunol. 151: 71–90. Otani, E. and D.A. Bruckner. 1991. Leclercia adecarboxylata isolated from Ørskov, I., F. Ørskov and A. Birch-Andersen. 1980b. Comparison of Esch- a blood culture. Clin. Microbiol. Newslett. 13: 157–158. erichia coli fimbrial antigen F7 with type 1 fimbriae. Infect. Immun. Otis, V.S. and J.L. Behler. 1973. The occurrence of Salmonellae and 27: 657–666. Edwardsiella in the turtles of the New York Zoological park. J. Wildl. Ørskov, I., F. Ørskov, A. Birch-Andersen, M. Kanamori and C. Svanborg- Dis. 9: 4–6. Eden. 1982. O, K, H and fimbrial antigens in Escherichia coli serotypes O’Toole, R., D.L. Milton and H. Wolf-Watz. 1996. Chemotactic motility associated with pyelonephritis and cystitis. Scand. J. Infect. Dis. Suppl. is required for invasion of the host by the fish pathogen Vibrio an- 33: 18–25. guillarum. Mol. Microbiol. 19: 625–637. Ørskov, I., F. Ørskov, B. Jann and K. Jann. 1977. Serology, chemistry, and genetics of O and K antigens of Escherichia coli. Bacteriol. Rev. 41: Otta, J.D. 1977. Occurrence and characteristics of isolates of Pseudomonas 667–710. syringae on winter-wheat. Phytopathology 67: 22–26. Ørskov, I., J. Ørskov, W.J. Sojka and J.M. Leach. 1961. Simultaneous oc- Otta, J.D. and H. English. 1971. Serology and pathology of Pseudomonas currence of E. coli and L antigens in strains from diseased swine. Acta syringae. Phytopathology 61: 443–452. Pathol. Microbiol. Immunol. Scand. 53: 404–422. Otte, S., J.G. Kuenen, L.P. Nielsen, H.W. Paerl, J. Zopfi, H.N. Schulz, A. Ortigosa, M., E. Garay and M.J. Pujalte. 1994. Numerical taxonomy of Teske, B. Strotmann, V.A. Gallardo and B.B. Jørgensen. 1999. Nitro- aerobic, Gram-negative bacteria associated with oysters and surround- gen, carbon, and sulfur metabolism in natural Thioploca samples. Appl. ing seawater of the Mediterranean coast. Syst. Appl. Microbiol. 17: Environ. Microbiol. 65: 3148–3157. 589–600. Otten, S., S. Iyer, W. Johnson and R. Montgomery. 1986. Serospecific Orvos, D.R., G.H. Lacy and J. Cairns, Jr.. 1990. Genetically engineered antigens of Legionella pneumophila. J. Bacteriol. 167: 893–904. Erwinia carotovora: survival, intraspecific competition, and effects upon Ouchterlony, O. 1968. Handbook of Immunodiffusion and Immunoe- selected bacterial genera. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 56: 1689–1694. lectrophoresis, Ann Arbor Science Publishers, Ann Arbor. 135 pp. Ory, J.M., C. Chuard and C. Regamey. 1998. Pasteurella multocida pneu- Ovartlarnporn, B., P. Chayakul and S. Suma. 1986. Edwardsiella tarda monia with empyema. Scand. J. Infect. Dis. 30: 313–314. infection in Hat Yai Hospital. J. Med. Assoc. Thai. 69: 599–603. Osawa, R. 1990. Formation of a clear zone on tannin-treated brain heart Overman, T.L. 1980. Antimicrobial susceptibility of Aeromonas hydrophila. infusion agar by a Streptococcus sp. isolated from feces of koalas. Appl. Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. 17: 612–614. Environ. Microbiol. 56: 829–831. Overman, T.L. and J.M. Janda. 1999. Antimicrobial susceptibility patterns Osawa, R. 1992. Tannin-protein complex-degrading enterobacteria iso- of Aeromonas jandaei, A. schubertii, A. trota, and A. veronii biotype veronii. lated from the alimentary tracts of koalas and a selective medium for J. Clin. Microbiol. 37: 706–708. their enumeration. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 58: 1754–1759. Overmann, J., U. Fischer and N. Pfennig. 1992. A new purple sulfur Osawa, R., P.S. Bird, D.J. Harbrow, K. Ogimoto and G.J. Seymour. 1993a. bacterium from saline littoral sediments, Thiorhodovibrio winogradskyi Microbiological studies of the intestinal microflora of the koala, Phas- gen. nov. and sp. nov. Arch. Microbiol. 157: 329–335. colarctos cinereus. I. Colonization of the cecal wall by tannin-protein- Overmann, J., U. Fischer and N. Pfennig. 1993. In Validation of the complex-degrading enterobacteria. Aust. J. Zool. 41: 599–609. publication of new names and new combinations previously effectively Osawa, R., W.H. Blanshard and P.G. O’Callaghan. 1993b. Microbiological published outside the IJSB. List No. 44. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 43: 188– studies of the intestinal microflora of the koala, Phascolarctos cinereus. 189. II. Pap, a special maternal faeces consumed by juvenile koalas. Aust. Owen, C.R., E.O. Buker, W.L. Jellison, D.B. Lackman and J.F. Bell. 1964. J. Zool. 41: 611–620. Comparative studies of Francisella tularensis and Francisella novicida.J. Osawa, R., T. Fujisawa and L.I. Sly. 1995a. Streptococcus gallolyticus sp. nov.; Bacteriol. 87: 676–683. gallate degrading organisms formerly assigned to Streptococcus bovis. Owen, D.J. and A.C. Ward. 1985. Transfer of transposable drug resistance Syst. Appl. Microbiol. 18: 74–78. elements Tn5, Tn7, and Tn76 to Azotobacter beijerinckii - use of plasmid Osawa, R., F. Rainey, T. Fujisawa, E. Lang, H.J. Busse, T.P. Walsh and E. RP4-Tn76 as a suicide vector. Plasmid 14: 162–166. Stackebrandt. 1995b. Lonepinella koalarum gen. nov., sp. nov., a new Owen, R.J., A.U. Ahmed and C.A. Dawson. 1987. Guanine-plus-cytosine 1030 BIBLIOGRAPHY

contents of type strains of the genus Providencia. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. leafspot disease of Protea cynaroides exhibiting a host reaction of pos- 37: 449–450. sibly bacteriolytic nature. Ann. Appl. Biol. 6: 27–39. Owen, R.J., A. Beck, P.A. Dayal and C. Dawson. 1988. Detection of ge- Paju, S., M. Saarela, S. Alaluusua, P. Fives-Taylor and S. Asikainen. 1998. nomic variation in Providencia stuartii clinical isolates by analysis of Characterization of serologically nontypeable Actinobacillus actinomy- DNA restriction fragment length polymorphisms containing rRNA cetemcomitans isolates. J. Clin. Microbiol. 36: 2019–2022. cistrons. J. Clin. Microbiol. 26: 2161–2166. Pal, T., N.A. Al-Sweih, M. Herpay and T.D. Chugh. 1997. Identification Owen, R.J., R.M. Legros and S.P. Lapage. 1978. Base composition, size of enteroinvasive Escherichia coli and Shigella strains in pediatric pa- and sequence similarities of genome deoxyribonucleic acids from clin- tients by an IpaC-specific enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay. J. Clin. ical isolates of Pseudomonas putrefaciens. J. Gen. Microbiol. 104: 127– Microbiol. 35: 1757–1760. 138. Palleroni, N.J. 1975. General properties and taxonomy of the genus Pseu- Owens, D.R., S.L. Nelson and J.B. Addison. 1974. Isolation of Edwardsiella domonas. In Clarke and Richmond (Editors), Genetics and Biochem- tarda from swine. Appl. Microbiol. 27: 703–705. istry of Pseudomonas, John Wiley & Sons, London. 1–36. Oyaizu, H. and K. Komagata. 1983. Grouping of Pseudomonas species on Palleroni, N.J. 1977. Pseudomonas. In Laskin and Lechevalier (Editors), the basis of cellular fatty acid composition and the quinone system CRC Handbook of Microbiology, 2nd Ed., Vol. 1, CRC Press, Inc., with special reference to the existence of 3-hydroxy fatty acids. J. Gen. Cleveland, Ohio. pp. 247–258. Appl. Microbiol. 29: 17–40. Palleroni, N.J. 1984. Genus I Pseudomonas. In Krieg and Holt (Editors), Ozaki, M., S. Mizushima and M. Nomura. 1969. Identification and func- Bergey’s Manual of Systematic Bacteriology, 1st Ed., Vol. 1, The Wil- tional characterization of the protein controlled by the streptomycin- liams & Wilkins Co., Baltimore. pp. 141–199. resistant locus in E. coli. Nature 222: 333–339. Palleroni, N.J. 1986. Taxonomy of the pseudomonads. In Sokatch (Edi- Pacini, F. 1854. Osservazione microscopiche e deduzioni patologiche sul tor), The Biology of Pseudomonas, Academic Press, Orlando. 3–25. Cholera Asiatico. Gaz. Med. Ital. Toscana Firenze. 6: 405–412. Palleroni, N.J. 1992a. Introduction to the family Pseudomonadaceae. In Packer, H. and J. Goldberg. 1950. Studies of the antigenic relationship Balows, Truper, Dworkin, Harder and Schleifer (Editors), The Pro- of D. granulomatis to members of the tribe Eschericheae. Am. J. Syphilis, karyotes: A Handbook on the Biology of Bacteria: Ecophysiology, Gonorrhea and Venereal Dis. 34: 342–350. Isolation, Identification, Applications, Vol. 2, Springer-Verlag, New Padhya, A.C. and M.K. Patel. 1962. A new bacterial leaf-spot on Alangium York. 3071–3085. lamarckii Thw. Curr. Sci. (Bangalore) 31: 196–197. Palleroni, N.J. 1992b. Present situation of the taxonomy of the aerobic Padhya, A.C. and M.K. Patel. 1963. A new bacterial leaf-spot on Ionidum pseudomonads. In Galli, Silver and Witholt (Editors), Pseudomonas: heterophyllum Vent. Indian Phytopathol. 16: 98–99. Molecular Biology and Biotechnology, American Society for Micro- Padhya, A.C. and M.K. Patel. 1964. Bacterial leaf spot on Triumfetta pilosa biology, Washington D.C. 105–115. Roth. Curr. Sci. (Bangalore) 33: 342. Palleroni, N.J. 1993. Pseudomonas classification - a new case-history in the Padhya, A.C., M.K. Patel and W.V. Kotasthane. 1965a. A new bacterial taxonomy of Gram-negative bacteria. Antonie Leeuwenhoek Int. J. leaf spot disease of Bauhinia racemosa Lamk. Curr. Sci. (Bangalore) Gen. Mol. Microbiol. 64: 231–251. 34: 224–225. Palleroni, N.J., R.W. Ballard, E. Ralston and M. Doudoroff. 1972. De- Padhya, A.C., M.K. Patel and W.V. Kotasthane. 1965b. A new bacterial oxyribonucleic acid homologies among some Pseudomonas species. J. leaf-spot on Vitis trifolia. Curr. Sci. (Bangalore) 34: 462–463. Bacteriol. 110: 1–11. Padhya, H.C. and M.K. Patel. 1963. A new bacterial leaf spot on Corchorus acutangulus Lam. Curr. Sci. (Bangalore) 32: 326. Palleroni, N.J. and J.F. Bradbury. 1993. Stenotrophomonas, a new bacterial Padilla, E., P. Tudela, M. Gimenez and J.M. Gimeno. 1997. Kluyvera ascor- genus for Xanthomonas maltophilia (Hugh 1980) Swings et al. 1983. bata bacteremia. Midicina Clinica. 108: 479. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 43: 606–609. Page, L.A. 1962. Haemophilus in chickens. I. Characteristics of 12 Hae- Palleroni, N.J. and M. Doudoroff. 1972. Some properties and taxonomic mophilus isolates recovered from diseased chickens. Am. J. Vet. Res. subdivisions of the genus Pseudomonas. Annu. Rev. Phytopathol. 10: 23: 85–95. 73–100. Page, M.I. and E.O. King. 1966. Infection due to Actinobacillus actino- Palleroni, N.J., M. Doudoroff, R.Y. Stanier, R.E. Solanes and M. Mandel. mycetemcomitans and Haemophilus aphrophilus. N. Engl. J. Med. 275: 1970. Taxonomy of the aerobic pseudomonads: the properties of the 181–188. Pseudomonas stutzeri group. J. Gen. Microbiol. 60: 215–231. Page, W.J. 1985. Genetic transformation of molybdenum starved Azoto- Palleroni, N.J., D.C. Hildebrand, M.N. Schroth and M. Hendson. 1993. bacter vinelandii - increased transformation frequency and recipient Deoxyribonucleic acid relatedness of 21 strains of Xanthomonas species range. Can. J. Microbiol. 31: 659–662. and pathovars. J. Appl. Bacteriol. 75: 441–446. Page, W.J. and S.K. Collinson. 1987. Characterization of Azomonas mac- Palleroni, N.J., R. Kunisawa, R. Contopoulou and M. Doudoroff. 1973. rocytogenes strains isolated from Alberta soils. Can. J. Microbiol. 33: Nucleic acid homologies in the genus Pseudomonas. Int. J. Syst. Bac- 830–833. teriol. 23: 333–339. Page, W.J. and G.A. Grant. 1987. Effect of mineral iron on the devel- Palmen, R. and K.J. Hellingwerf. 1997. Uptake and processing of DNA opment of transformation competence in Azotobacter vinelandii. FEMS by Acinetobacter calcoaceticus: A review. Gene 192: 179–190. Microbiol. Lett. 41: 257–261. Palmen, R., B. Vosman, P. Buijsman, C.K.D. Breek and K.J. Hellingwerf. Page, W.J. and S. Shivprasad. 1991a. Azotobacter salinestris sp nov, a sodium- 1993. Physiological characterization of natural transformation in Aci- dependent, microaerophilic, and aeroadaptive nitrogen fixing bac- netobacter calcoaceticus. J. Gen. Microbiol. 139: 295–305. terium. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 41: 369–376. Palmer, E.L., B.L. Teviotdale and A.L. Jones. 1997. A relative of the broad- Page, W.J. and S. Shivprasad. 1991b. In Validation of the publication of host-range plasmid RSF1010 detected in Erwinia amylovora. Appl. En- new names and new combinations previously effectively published viron. Microbiol. 63: 4604–4607. outside the IJSB. List No. 38. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 41: 374. Palmer, G.G. 1981. Haemophili in faeces. J. Med. Microbiol. 14: 147– Page, W.J. and S. Shivprasad. 1995. Iron binding to Azotobacter salinestris 150. melanin, iron mobilization and uptake mediated by siderophores. Palmer, M.A. 1993. A gelatin test to detect activity and stability of proteases Biometals 8: 59–64. produced by Dichelobacter (Bacteroides) nodosus. Vet. Microbiol. 36: 113– Pai, C.H. and V. Mors. 1978. Production of enterotoxin by Yersinia enter- 122. ocolitica. Infect. Immunol. 19: 909–911. Palumbo, S.A. 1993. The occurrence and significance of organisms of Paine, S.G. 1919. Studies on bacteriosis. II. A brown blotch disease of the Aeromonas hydrophila group in food and water. Med. Microbiol. cultivated mushrooms. Ann. Appl. Biol. 5: 206–219. Lett. 2: 339–346. Paine, S.G. and H. Stanfield. 1919. Studies in bacteriosis. III. A bacterial Palumbo, S.A. 1996. The Aeromonas hydrophila group in food. In Austin, BIBLIOGRAPHY 1031

Altwegg, Gosling and Joseph (Editors), The Genus Aeromonas, John Patton, G.W. Gorman, C.L. Carmack, J.W. Ezzell and J.N. Dowling. Wiley & Sons, Ltd., Chichester. pp. 287–310. 1980. Pittsburgh pneumonia agent: direct isolation from human lung Palumbo, S.A., C. Abeyta and G. Stelma. 1992. Aeromonas hydrophila group. tissue. J. Infect. Dis. 141: 727–732. In Vanderzant and Splittstoesser (Editors), Compendium of Methods Pasculle, A.W., R.L. Myerowitz and C.R.J. Rinaldo. 1979. New bacterial for the Microbiological Examination of Foods, 3rd Ed., American agent of pneumonia isolated from renal-transplant recipients. Lancet Public Health Association, Washington, D.C. pp. 497–515. 2: 58–61. Palumbo, S., M. Golden, L. Yu and C. Briggs. 1999. Identification of Paster, B.J., F.E. Dewhirst, I. Olsen, G.J. Fraser and S.S. Socransky. 1995. motile Aeromonas spp. isolated from a swine slaughter plant. 6th In- Gram-negative anaerobes: 16S rRNA sequences, phylogeny, and DNA ternational Aeromonas/Plesiomonas Symposium, Chicago, Illinois. p. 13. probes. In Duerden, Wade, Brazier, Eley, Wren and Hudson (Editors), Palumbo, S.A., F. Maxino, A.C. Williams, R.L. Buchanan and D.W. Thayer. Medical and Dental Aspects of Anaerobes, Science Reviews, North- 1985a. Starch-ampicillin agar for the quantitative detection of Aero- wood, UK. 373–386. monas hydrophila. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 50: 1027–1030. Paster, B.J., W. Ludwig, W.G. Weisburg, E. Stackebrandt, R.B. Hespell, Palumbo, S.A., D.R. Morgan and R.L. Buchanan. 1985b. Influence of C.M. Hahn, H. Reichenbach, K.O. Stetter and C.R. Woese. 1985. A temperature, sodium chloride and pH on the growth of Aeromonas phylogenetic grouping of the Bacteroides, cytophagas and certain fla- hydrophila. J. Food Sci. 50: 1417–1421. vobacteria. Syst. Appl. Microbiol. 6: 34–42. Pammel, L.H. 1895. Bacteriosis of rutabaga (Bacillus campestris n. sp.). Pastian, M.R. and M.C. Bromel. 1984. Inclusion bodies in Plesiomonas Iowa State Coll. Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 27: 130–134. shigelloides. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 47: 216–218. Panagopoulos, C.G. 1969. The disease “Tsilik Marasi” of grapevine, its Patel, A.M., J.M. Chanhan, W.V. Kotasthane and M.V. Desai. 1969. A new description and identification of tbe causal agent (Xanthomonas am- bacterial disease of Biophytum sensitivum. Curr. Sci. (Bangalore) 38: pelina sp. nov.). Ann. Inst. Phytopathol. Benaki. 9: 59–81. 274–275. Panciera, R.J., R.R. Dahlgren and H.B. Rinker. 1968. Observations on Patel, A.M. and W.V. Kotasthane. 1969a. Bacterial blight of Leea edge- septicemia of cattle caused by a Hemophilus-like organism. Pathol. Vet. worthii incited by Xanthomonas leeanum nov. sp. Curr. Sci. (Bangalore) 5: 212–226. 38: 519–520. Pandit, V.M. and Y.S. Kulkarni. 1979. Bacterial leaf-spot of Clitoria biflora Patel, A.M. and W.V. Kotasthane. 1969b. Bacterial leaf-spot disease of Dalz. Biovigyanam. 5: 9–20. Corchorus fascicularis caused by Xanthomonas nakatae var. fascicularis. Pankey, G.A. and M.B. Seshul. 1969. Septicemia caused by Edwardsiella Curr. Sci. (Bangalore) 38: 596–597. tarda. J. La. State. Med. Soc. 121: 41–43. Patel, M.K. 1948. Xanthomonas uppalli sp. nov. pathogenic on Ipomoea Pant, N.M. and Y.S. Kulkarni. 1976a. Bacterial leaf-spot of Desmodium muricata. Indian Phytopathol. 1: 67–69. laxiflorum DC. Biovigyanam. 2: 97–98. Patel, M.K. 1949. Xanthomonas desmodii, a new bacterial leaf-spot of Des- Pant, N.M. and Y.S. Kulkarni. 1976b. Bacterial leaf-spot of Merremia gan- modium diffusum DC. Curr. Sci. (Bangalore) 18: 213. getica (L.) Cufod. Biovigyanam. 2: 207–208. Patel, M.K., V.V. Bhatt and K. Y.S.. 1951a. Three new bacterial diseases Pantophlet, R., L. Brade, L. Dijkshoorn and H. Brade. 1998. Specificity of plants from Bombay. Curr. Sci. (Bangalore) 20: 326–327. of rabbit antisera against lipopolysaccharide of Acinetobacter. J. Der- Patel, M.K., S.G. Desai and A.J. Patel. 1968. A new bacterial leaf-spot on matol. (Tokyo) 25: 1245–1250. Veronia cinerea Less. Sci. Cult. 34: 220–221. Papadakis, K.A., S.E. Vartivarian, M.E. Vassilaki and E.J. Anaissie. 1996. Patel, M.K., G.W. Dhande and Y.S. Kulkarni. 1953. Bacterial leaf-spot of Septic prepatellar bursitis caused by Stenotrophomonas (Xanthomonas) Cyamopsis tetragonoloba (L.) Taub. Curr. Sci. (Bangalore) 22: 183. maltophilia. Clin. Infect. Dis. 22: 388–389. Patel, M.K. and Y.S. Kulkarni. 1949. Nitrogen utilization by Xanthomonas Papadakis, K.A., S.E. Vartivarian, M.E. Vassilaki and E.J. Anaissie. 1997. malvacearum (Sm.) Dowson. Indian Phytopathol. 2: 62–64. Stenotrophomonas maltophilia meningitis. Report of two cases and review Patel, M.K. and Y.S. Kulkarni. 1951a. A new bacterial leaf spot on Vitis of the literature. J. Neurosurg. 87: 106–108. woodrowii Stapf. Curr. Sci. (Bangalore) 20: 132. Papasian, C.J., J. Kinney, S. Coffman, R.J. Hollis and M.A. Pfaller. 1996. Patel, M.K. and Y.S. Kulkarni. 1951b. Nomenclature of bacterial plant Transmission of Citrobacter koseri from mother to infant documented pathogens. Indian Phytopathol. 4: 74–84. by ribotyping and pulsed-field gel electrophoresis. Diagn. Microbiol. Patel, M.K., Y.S. Kulkarni and G.W. Dhande. 1950. Xanthomonas badrii sp. Infect. Dis. 26: 63–67. nov., on Xanthium strumarium L in India. Indian Phytopathol. 3: 103– Parche, S., W. Geissdørfer and W. Hillen. 1997. Identification and char- 104. acterization of xcpR encoding a subunit of the general secretory path- Patel, M.K., Y.S. Kulkarni and G.W. Dhande. 1951b. Three bacterial dis- way necessary for dodecane degradation in Acinetobacter calcoaceticus eases of plants. Curr. Sci. (Bangalore) 20: 106. ADP1. J. Bacteriol. 179: 4631–4634. Patel, M.K., Y.S. Kulkarni and G.W. Dhande. 1952a. Some new bacterial Parent, J.G., M. Lacroix, D. Page, L. Vezina and S. Vegiard. 1996. Iden- diseases of plants. Curr. Sci. (Bangalore) 21: 345–346. tification of Erwinia carotovora from soft rot diseased plants by random Patel, M.K., Y.S. Kulkarni and G.W. Dhande. 1952b. Two new bacterial amplified polymorphic DNA (RAPD) analysis. Plant Dis. 80: 494–499. diseases of plants. Curr. Sci. 21: 74–75. Park, E.H. and Y.S. Cho. 1996. Isolation of plasmid from Korean copper- Patel, M.K. and L. Moniz. 1948. Xanthomonas desmodii pathovar gangeticii, resistant Xanthomonas campestris pathovar vesicatoria. Korean Plant sp. nov., Uppal, Patel and Moniz; a new bacterial leaf-spot of Desmo- Pathol. 12: 156–161. dium gangeticum DC. Curr. Sci. (Bangalore) 17: 268. Park, J.T. 1996. The murein sacculus. In Neidhardt, Curtiss, Ingraham, Patel, M.K., L. Moniz and Y.S. Kulkarni. 1948. A new bacterial disease of Lin, Low, Magasanik, Reznikoff, Riley, Schaechter and Umbarger (Ed- Mangifera indica L. Curr. Sci. (Bangalore) 17: 189–190. itors), Escherichia coli and Salmonella: Cellular and Molecular Biology, Patel, M.K., B.N. Wankar and Y.S. Kulkarni. 1952c. Bacterial leaf-spot of 2nd Ed., ASM Press, Washington, D.C. pp. 48–57. Amaranthus viridis L. Curr. Sci. (Bangalore) 21: 346–347. Parker, C.D. 1945. The corrosion of concrete. I. The isolation of a species Patel, P.N. and J.K. Jindal. 1972. Bacterial leaf spot on Pedalium murex L of bacterium associated with the corrosion of concrete exposed to caused by a new albino species of Xanthomonas. Indian Phytopathol. atmosphere containing hydrogen sulphide. Aust. J. Exp. Biol. Med. 25: 318–320. Sci. 23: 81–90. Patel, P., C.F. Marrs, J.S. Mattick, W.W. Ruehl, R.K. Taylor and M. Koomey. Parker, C.D. 1957. Genus V. Thiobacillus Beijerinck 1904. In Breed, Murray 1991. Shared antigenicity and immunogenicity of type-4 pilins ex- and Smith (Editors), Bergey’s Manual of Determinative Bacteriology, pressed by Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Moraxella bovis, Neisseria gonorrhoeae, 7th Ed., The Williams & Wilkins Co., Baltimore. pp. 83–88. Dichelobacter nodosus, and Vibrio cholerae. Infect. Immun. 59: 4674–4676. Parsot, C. and P.J. Sansonetti. 1996. Invasion and the pathogenesis of Paterson, W.D., D. Douey and D. Desautels. 1980. Relationships between Shigella infections. Curr. Top. Microbiol. Immunol. 209: 25–42. selected strains of typical and atypical Aeromonas salmonicida, Aeromonas Pasculle, A.W., J.C. Feeley, R.J. Gibson, L.G. Cordes, R.L. Myerowitz, C.M. hydrophila and Haemophilus piscium. Can. J. Microbiol. 26: 588–598. 1032 BIBLIOGRAPHY

Pati, B.R., S. Sengupta and A.K. Chandra. 1995. Role of nitrogen fixing Payne, W.J., R.G. Eagon and A.K. Williams. 1961. Some observations on bacteria on the phyllosphere of wheat seedlings. Acta Microbiol Im- the physiology of Pseudomonas natriegens nov. spec. Antonie van Leeu- munol Hung. 42: 427–433. wenhoek J. Microbiol. Serol. 27: 121–128. Patil, A.S. and Y.S. Kulkarni. 1981. A new bacterial leaf-spot disease of Pearce, R. and I.S. Roberts. 1995. Cloning and analysis of gene clusters Thespesia populnea Sol. Curr. Sci. (Bangalore) 50: 1040–1041. for production of the Escherichia coli K10 and K54 antigens: identifi- Patil, S.S. 1974. Toxins produced by phytopathogenic bacteria. Annu. cation of a new group of serA-linked capsule gene clusters. J. Bacteriol. Rev. Phytopathol. 12: 259–279. 177: 3992–3997. Paton, A.M. 1959. An improved method for preparing pectate gels. Na- Pease, P. 1979. Observations on l-forms of Yersinia enterocolitica. J. Med. ture 183: 1812–1813. Microbiol. 12: 337–346. Paton, A.W., L. Beutin and J.C. Paton. 1995a. Heterogeneity of the amino- Pease, P.E., J.W. Lawson, R.L. Bartlett, M. Lane, J.E. Tallack and R. Allan. acid sequences of Escherichia coli Shiga-like toxin type-I operons. Gene 1989. Observations on cell-wall deficient forms of Pseudomonas mal- 153: 71–74. tophilia. Microbios. 57: 21–26. Paton, A.W., A.J. Bourne, P.A. Manning and J.C. Paton. 1995b. Compar- Pecin˜a, A., A. Pascual and A. Paneque. 1999. Cloning and expression of ative toxicity and virulence of Escherichia coli clones expressing variant the algL gene, encoding the Azotobacter chroococcum alginate lyase: Pu- and chimeric Shiga-like toxin type II operons. Infect. Immun. 63: rification and characterization of the enzyme. J. Bacteriol. 181: 1409– 2450–2458. 1414. Paton, A.W., J.C. Paton, P.N. Goldwater, M.W. Heuzenroeder and P.A. Pecknold, P.C. and R.G. Grogan. 1973. Deoxyribonucleic acid homology Manning. 1993a. Sequence of a variant Shiga-like toxin type-I operon groups among phytopathogenic Pseudomonas species. Int. J. Syst. Bac- מ of Escherichia coli O111:H . Gene 129: 87–92. teriol. 23: 111–121. Paton, A.W., J.C. Paton, M.W. Heuzenroeder, P.N. Goldwater and P.A. Pedersen, K.B. 1977. Actinobacillus infections in swine. Nordisk Veterinaer Manning. 1992. Cloning and nucleotide sequence of a variant Shiga- Medicin. 29: 137–140. like toxin II gene from Escherichia coli OX3:H21 isolated from a case Pedersen, K. 1997. Microbial life in deep granitic rock. FEMS Microbiol. of sudden infant death syndrome. Microb. Pathog. 13: 225–236. Rev. 20: 399–414. Paton, A.W., J.C. Paton and P.A. Manning. 1993b. Polymerase chain re- Pedersen, K., J. Arlinger, S. Ekendahl and L. Hallbeck. 1996a. 16S rRNA action amplification, cloning and sequencing of variant Escherichia coli gene diversity of attached and unattached bacteria in boreholes along Shiga-like toxin type II operons. Microb. Pathog. 15: 77–82. the access tunnel to the Aspo Hard Rock Laboratory, Sweden. FEMS Paton, A.W., M.C. Woodrow, R. Doyle, J.A. Lanser and J.C. Paton. 1999. Microbiol. Ecol. 19: 249–262. Molecular characterization of a Shiga toxigenic Escherichia coli Pedersen, K., I. Dalsgaard and J.L. Larsen. 1997. Vibrio damsela associated O113:H21 strain lacking eae responsible for a cluster of cases of he- with diseased fish in Denmark. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 63: 3711– molytic-uremic syndrome. J. Clin. Microbiol. 37: 3357–3361. 3715. Paton, R., R.S. Miles and S.G. Amyes. 1994. Biochemical properties of Pedersen, K.B., L.O. Frøholm and K. Bøvre. 1972. Fimbriation and colony inducible b-lactamases produced from Xanthomonas maltophilia. Anti- type of Moraxella bovis in relation to conjunctival colonization and microb. Agents Chemother. 38: 2143–2149. development of keratoconjunctivitis in cattle. Acta Pathol. Microbiol. Paul, V.J., S. Frautschy, W. Fenical and K.H. Nealson. 1981. Antibiotics Scand. B Microbiol. Immunol. 80: 911–918. in microbial ecology: Isolation and structure assignment of several Pedersen, K., S. Koblavi, T. Tiainen and P.A. Grimont. 1996b. Restriction new antibacterial compounds from the insect-symbiotic bacteria Xe- norhabdus spp. J. Chem. Ecol. 7: 589–598. fragment length polymorphism of the pMJ101-like plasmid and ri- Paula, S.J., P.S. Duffey, S.L. Abbott, R.P. Kokka, L.S. Oshiro, J.M. Janda, botyping in the fish pathogen Vibrio ordalii. Epidemiol. Infect. 117: T. Shimada and R. Sakazaki. 1988. Surface properties of autoagglu- 385–391. tinating mesophilic aeromonads. Infect. Immun. 56: 2658–2665. Pedersen, K., T. Tiainen and J.L. Larsen. 1996c. Plasmid profiles, restric- Paulin, J.P. and N.A. Nassan. 1978. Lysogenic strains and phage-typing tion fragment length polymorphisms and O- serotypes among Vibrio in Erwinia chrysanthemis. Proc. IVth Conf. on Plant Pathogenic Bactera, anguillarum isolates. Epidemiol. Infect. 117: 471–478. Gilbert-Clarey, Tours, France. pp. 539–545. Pedersen, K., L. Verdonck, B. Austin, D.A. Austin, A.R. Blanch, P.A.D. Paulsen, I.T., M.H. Brown and R.A. Skurray. 1996. Proton-dependent Grimont, J. Jofre, S. Koblavi, J.L. Larsen, T. Tiainen, M. Vigneulle multidrug efflux systems. Microbiol. Rev. 60: 575–608. and J. Swings. 1998. Taxonomic evidence that Vibrio carchariae Grimes Pavan, M.E., S.L. Abbott, J. Zorzo´pulos and J.M. Janda. 2000. Aeromonas et al. 1985 is a junior synonym of Vibrio harveyi ( Johnson and Shunk salmonicida subsp. pectinolytica subsp. nov., a new pectinase-positive 1936) Baumann et al, 1981. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 48: 749–758. subspecies isolated from a heavily polluted river. Int. J. Syst. Evol. Pedroso, D.M.M., S.T. Iaria, M.L. Cerqueira Campos, S. Heidtmann, Microbiol. 50: 1119–1124. V.L.M. Rall, F. Pimenta and S.M.I. Saad. 1997. Virulence factors in Pavia, A.T., J.A. Bryan, K.L. Maher, T.R. Hester, Jr. and J.J. Farmer, III. motile Aeromonas spp isolated from vegetables. Rev. Microbiol. 28: 49– 1989. Vibrio carchariae infection after a shark bite. Ann. Intern. Med. 54. 111: 85–86. Peel, M.M., D.A. Alfredson, J.G. Gerrard, J.M. Davis, J.M. Robson, R.J. Pavlov, V.M., I.V. Rodionova, A.N. Mokrievich and I.S. Meshcheryakova. McDougall, B.L. Scullie and R.J. Akhurst. 1999. Isolation, identifica- 1994. Isolation and molecular genetic characterization of a cryptic tion, and molecular characterization of strains of Photorhabdus lumi- plasmid from the strain Francisella novicida-like F6168. Mol. Gen. Mik- nescens from infected humans in Australia. J. Clin. Microbiol. 37: 3647– robiol. Virusol. 3: 39–40. 3653. Pavlovich, N.V. and B.N. Mishankin. 1987. Transparent nutrient medium Peel, M.M., K.A. Hornidge, M. Luppino, A.M. Stacpoole and R.E. Weaver. for the cultivation of Francisella tularensis. Antibiot. Med. Biotekhnol. 1991. Actinobacillus spp. and related bacteria in infected wounds of 32: 133–137. humans bitten by horses and sheep. J. Clin. Microbiol. 29: 2535–2538. Pavlovich, N.V. and B.N. Mishankin. 1992. Phosphatase and penicillinase Peerbooms, P.G., A.M. Verweij and D.M. MacLaren. 1983. Investigation activities as stable traits for the differentiation of the racial classifi- of the haemolytic activity of Proteus mirabilis strains. Antonie Leeu- cation of Francisella tularensis. Zh. Mikrobiol. Epidemiol. Immunobiol. wenhoek 49: 1–11. 11–12: 5–7. Peerbooms, P.G., A.M. Verweij and D.M. MacLaren. 1984. Vero cell in- Payne, M.P. and R.J. Morton. 1992. Effect of culture media and incubation vasiveness of Proteus mirabilis. Infect. Immun. 43: 1068–1071. temperature on growth of selected strains of Francisella tularensis.J. Peerbooms, P.G., A.M. Verweij and D.M. MacLaren. 1985. Uropathogenic Vet. Diagn. Invest. 4: 264–269. properties of Proteus mirabilis and Proteus vulagaris. J. Med. Microbiol. Payne, S.M. 1988. Iron and virulence in the family Enterobacteriaceae. Crit. 19: 55–60. Rev. Microbiol. 16: 81–111. Pelayo, J.S., I.C. Scaletsky, M.Z. Pedroso, V. Sperandio, J.A. Giron, G. BIBLIOGRAPHY 1033

Frankel and L.R. Trabulsi. 1999. Virulence properties of atypical EPEC Pepe, C.M., M.W. Eklund and M.S. Strom. 1996. Cloning of an Aeromonas strains. J. Med. Microbiol. 48: 41–49. hydrophila type IV pilus biogenesis gene cluster: complementation of Pelaz, C., L.G. Albert and C.M. Bourgon. 1987. Cross-reactivity among pilus assembly functions and characterization of a type IV leader Legionella spp. and serogroups. Epidemiol. Infect. 99: 641–646. peptidase/N-methyltransferase required for extracellular protein se- Pelczar, M.J. 1953. Neisseria caviae nov. spec. J. Bacteriol. 65: 744. cretion. Mol. Microbiol. 19: 857–869. Pellegrini, G., E. Levre, P. Valentini and M. Cadoni. 1992. Cockroaches: Perch, B. 1948. On the serology of the Proteus group. Acta Pathol. Mi- infestation and possible contribution in the spreading of some en- crobiol. Scand. 25: 703–714. terobacteria. Ig. Mod. 97: 19–30. Pereira, A.L.G. 1969. Uma nova doenc¸a bacteriana do maracuja´(Passi- Pelsh, A.D. 1936. Hydrobiology of Karabugaz Bay of the Caspian Sea. Tr. flora edulis Sims) causada por Xanthomonas passiflorae n. sp. Arq. Inst. Vses. Nauchno-Issled. Inst. Galurgii Leningrad 5: 49–126. Biol. Sa˜o Paulo. 36: 163–174. Pelsh, A.D. 1937. Photosynthetic sulfur bacteria of the eastern reservoir Pereira, A.L.G., F.O. Paradella and A.G. Zagetto. 1971. Uma nova doenc¸a of Lake Sakskoe. Mikrobiologiya 6: 1090–1100. bacteriana da mandioquinha salsa (Arracacia Xanthorrhiza) causada Peltola, H. 2000. Worldwide Haemophilus influenzae type b disease at the por Xanthomonas arracaciae n. sp. Arq. Inst. Biol. Sa˜o Paulo. 38: 99– beginning of the 21st century: global analysis of the disease burden 108. 25 years after the use of the polysaccharide vaccine and a decade Perkins, S.R., T.A. Beckett and C.M. Bump. 1986. Cedecea davisae bacte- after the advent of conjugates. Clin Microbiol. Rev. 13: 302–317. remia. J. Clin. Microbiol. 24: 675–676. Pena, C., M.A. Trujillo-Roldan and E. Galindo. 2000. Influence of dis- Perna, N.T., G.I. Plunkett, V. Burland, B. Mau, J.D. Glasner, D.J. Rose, solved oxygen tension and agitation speed on alginate production G.F. Mayhew, P.S. Evans, J. Gregor, H.A. Kirkpatrick, G. Posfai, J. Hack- and its molecular weight in cultures of Azotobacter vinelandii. Enzyme ett, S. Klink, A. Boutin, Y. Shao, L. Miller, E.J. Grotbeck, N.W. Davis, Microb. Technol. 27: 390–398. A. Lim, E.T. Dimalanta, K.D. Potamousis, J. Apodaca, T.S. Ananthar- Penn, R.G., D.K. Giger, F.C. Knoop and L.C. Preheim. 1982. Plesiomonas aman, J. Lin, G. Yen, D.C. Schwartz, R.A. Welch and F.R. Blattner. shigelloides overgrowth in the small intestine. J. Clin. Microbiol. 15: 2001. Genome sequence of enterohaemorrhagic Escherichia coli 869–872. O157:H7. Nature 409: 529–533. Penner, J.L. 1984. Genus XIII. Morganella. In Krieg and Holt (Editors), Pernelle, J.J., E. Cotteux and P. Duche`ne. 1998. Effectiveness of oligo- Bergey’s Manual of Systemic Bacteriology, 1st Ed., Vol. 1, The Williams nucleotide probes targeted against Thiothrix nivea and type 021N 16S & Wilkins Co., Baltimore. pp. 497–498. rRNA for in situ identification and population monitoring of activated Penner, J.L., P.C. Fleming, G.R. Whiteley and J.N. Hennessy. 1979a. O- sludges. Water Sci. Technol. 37: 431–440. serotyping Providencia alcalifaciens. J. Clin. Microbiol. 10: 761–765. Pernezny, K., R.N. Raid, R.E. Stall, N.C. Hodge and J. Collins. 1995. An Penner, J.L. and J.N. Hennessy. 1977. Reassignment of the intermediate outbreak of bacterial spot of lettuce in Florida caused by Xanthomonas strains of Proteus rettgeri biovar 5 to Providencia stuartii on basis of campestris pv. vitians. Plant Dis. 79: 359–360. somatic (O) antigens. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 27: 71–74. Pe´rombe´lon, M.C.M. and L.J. Hyman. 1995. Serological methods to quan- Penner, J.L. and J.N. Hennessy. 1979a. Application of O-serotyping in a tify potato seed contamination by Erwinia carotovora subsp. atroseptica. study of Providencia rettgeri (Proteus rettgeri) isolated from human and Bull. OEPP 25: 195–202. non-human sources. J. Clin. Microbiol. 10: 834–840. Pe´rombelon, M.C.M. and A. Kelman. 1980. Ecology of the soft rot er- Penner, J.L. and J.N. Hennessy. 1979b. O antigen grouping of Morganella winias. Ann. Rev. Phytopathol. 18: 361–387. morganii (Proteus morganii) by slide agglutination. J. Clin. Microbiol. Peros, J.P. 1988. Variability in colony type and pathogenicity of the causal 10: 8–13. agent of sugarcane gumming Xanthomonas campestris pv. vasculorum Penner, J.L. and J.N. Hennessy. 1980. Separate O-grouping schemes for (Cobb) Dye. Z. Pflanzenkr. Pflanzenschutz. 95: 591–598. serotyping clinical isolates of Proteus vulgaris and Proteus mirabilis.J. Perrin, T.K. and I.A. Bengtson. 1942. The histopathology of experimental Clin. Microbiol. 12: 304–309. Q fever in mice. Public Health Rep. 57: 790–794. Penner, J.L. and N.A. Hinton. 1973. A study of the serotyping of Proteus Perry, K.A., J.E. Kostka, G.W. Luther, III and K.H. Nealson. 1993. Me- rettgeri. Can. J. Microbiol. 19: 271–279. diation of sulfur speciation by a Black Sea facultative anaerobe. Sci- Penner, J.L., N.A. Hinton, I.B.R. Duncan, J.N. Hennessy and G.R. Whi- ence 259: 801–803. teley. 1979b. O-serotyping of Providencia stuartii isolates collected from Perry, R.D. and J.D. Fetherston. 1997. Yersinia pestis etiologic agent of twelve hospitals. J. Clin. Microbiol. 9: 11–14. plague. Clin. Microbiol. Rev. 10: 35–66. Penner, J.L., N.A. Hinton, L.J. Hamilton and J.N. Hennessy. 1981. Three Persley, G.J. 1978. Epiphytic survival of Xanthomonas manihotis in relation episodes of nosocomial urinary tract infections caused by one O- to the disease cycle of cassava bacterial blight. Proc. 4th Internat. serotype of Providencia stuartii. J. Urol. 125: 668–671. Conf. on Plant Pathol. Bact, II: pp. 401–429. Penner, J.L., N.A. Hinton and J. Hennessy. 1974. Serotyping of Proteus Persmark, M., D. Expert and J.B. Neilands. 1989. Isolation, characteri- rettgeri on the bais of O antigens. Can. J. Microbiol. 20: 777–789. zation, and synthesis of chrysobactin, a compound with siderophore Penner, J.L., N.A. Hinton and J. Hennessy. 1975. Biotypes of Proteus rettgeri. activity from Erwinia chrysanthemi. J. Biol. Chem. 264: 3187–3193. J. Clin. Microbiol. 1: 136–142. Perty, M. 1852. Zur Kenntnis kleinster lebensformen, Vol. I–VIII, Jent Penner, J.L., N.A. Hinton and J.N. Hennessy. 1976a. Evaluation of a and Reinert, Bern. Proteus rettgeri O-serotyping system for epidemiological investigation. Pessagno, E.A. 1969. The Neosciadiocapsidae: a new family of upper Cre- J. Clin. Microbiol. 3: 385–389. taceous radiolaria. Bull. Amer. Paleontol. 56: 377–437. Penner, J.L., N.A. Hinton, J.N. Hennessy and G.R. Whiteley. 1976b. Re- Petersen, K.D., H. Christensen, M. Bisgaard and J.E. Olsen. 2001. Genetic constitution of the somatic (O-) antigenic scheme for Providencia and diversity of Pasteurella multocida fowl cholera isolates as demonstrated preparation of O-typing antisera. J. Infect. Dis. 133: 283–292. by ribotyping and 16S rRNA and partial atpD sequence comparisons. Penner, J.L., N.A. Hinton, G.R. Whiteley and J.N. Hennessy. 1976c. Vari- Microbiology (UK) 147: 2739–2748. ation in urease activity of endemic hospital strains of Proteus rettgeri Petersen, S.K. and N.T. Foged. 1989. Cloning and expression of the and Providencia stuartii. J. Infect. Dis. 134: 370–376. Pasteurella multocida toxin gene, toxA,inEscherichia coli. Infect. Immun. Penner, J.L. and M.A. Preston. 1980. Differences among Providencia spe- 57: 3907–3913. cies in their in vitro susceptibilities to five antibiotics. Antimicrob. Peterson, J.A. 1970. Cytochrome content of two pseudomonads contain- Agents Chemother. 18: 868–871. ing mixed-function oxidase systems. J. Bacteriol. 103: 714–721. Penner, J.L., M.A. Preston, J.N. Hennessy, L.J. Barton and M.M. Good- Petri, R. and J.F. Imhoff. 2000. The relationship of nitrate reducing bac- body. 1982. Species differences in susceptibilities of Proteeae spp. to teria on the basis of narH gene sequences and the congruent phy- six cephalosporins and three aminoglycosides. Antimicrob. Agents logeny of narH and 16S rDNA baed on pure culture studies and Chemother. 22: 218–221. analyses of environmental DNA. Syst. Appl. Microbiol. 23: 47–57. 1034 BIBLIOGRAPHY

Petrovskaya, V.G. and V.M. Bondarenko. 1977. Recommended correc- Philip, C.B. 1948. Comments on the name of the Q fever organism. Pub. tions to the classification of Shigella flexneri on a genetic basis. Int. J. Health Rep. 63: 58. Syst. Bacteriol. 27: 171–175. Philip, C.B. 1956. Comments on the classification of the order Rickettsiales. Petrovskaya, V.C. and N.A. Khomenko. 1979. Proposals for improving Can. J. Microbiol. 2: 261–270. the classification of members of the genus Shigella. Int. J. Syst. Bac- Phillips, J.E. 1960. The characterisation of Actinobacillus lignieresii.J. teriol. 29: 400–402. Pathol. Bacteriol. 79: 331–336. Petrovskis, E.A., T.M. Vogel and P. Adriaens. 1994. Effects of electron Phillips, J.E. 1961. The commensal role of Actinobacillus lignieresii.J. acceptors and donors on transformation of tetrachloromethane by Pathol. Bacteriol. 82: 205–208. Shewanella putrefaciens MR-1. FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 121: 357–363. Phillips, J.E. 1964. Commensal actinobacilli from the bovine tongue. J. Pettersson, B., A. Kodjo, M. Ronaghi, M. Uhlen and T. Tønjum. 1998. Pathol. Bacteriol. 87: 442–444. Phylogeny of the family Moraxellaceae by 16S rDNA sequence analysis, Phillips, J.E. 1966. Actinobacillus lignieresii: a study of the organism and its with special emphasis on differentiation of Moraxella species. Int. J. association with its hosts, Thesis, University of Edinburgh, Edinburgh. Syst. Bacteriol. 48: 75–89. Phillips, J.E. 1967. Antigenic structure and serological typing of Actino- Petushkov, V.N. and J. Lee. 1997. Purification and characterization of bacillus lignieresii. J. Pathol. Bacteriol. 93: 463–475. flavoproteins and cytochromes from the yellow bioluminescence ma- Phillips, J.E. 1984. Genus III. Actinobacillus. In Krieg and Holt (Editors), rine bacterium Vibrio fischeri strain Y1. Eur. J. Biochem. 245: 790–796. Bergey’s Manual of Systematic Bacteriology, 1st Ed., , Vol. 1, The Pfeiffer, A. 1889. Ueber die ba¨cillare Pseudotuberkulose bei Nagethieren, Williams & Wilkins Co., Baltimore. pp. 570–575. Thieme, Leipzig. Phillips, N.J., M.A. Apicella, J.M. Griffiss and B.W. Gibson. 1993. Struc- Pfennig, N. 1962. Beobachtungen u¨ber das Schwa¨rmen von Chromatium tural studies of the lipooligosaccharides from Haemophilus influenzae okenii. Arch. Mikrobiol. 42: 90–95. type b strain A2. Biochemistry 32: 2003–2012. Pianetti, A., W. Baffone, F. Bruscolini, E. Barbieri, A. Giudice and L. Pfennig, N. 1965. Anreicherungskulturen fur rote und grune Schwefel- Salvaggio. 1997. Recovery of Aeromonas spp. from mussels collected bakterien. Zentbl. Bakteriol. Parasitenkd. Infektkrankh. Hyg. Abt. I directly from the marine environment and purchased at the market. Orig. Suppl. I.: 179–189, 503–505. Industrie Alimentari. 36: 175–177. Pfennig, N. 1977. Phototropic green and purple bacteria comparative, Picard, B., J.S. Garcia, S. Gouriou, P. Duriez, N. Brahimi, E. Bingen, J. systematic survey. Annu. Rev. Microbiol. 31: 275–290. Elion and E. Denamur. 1999. The link between phylogeny and vir- Pfennig, N. 1989a. Genus Amoebobacter. In Staley, Bryant, Pfennig and ulence in Escherichia coli extraintestinal infection. Infect. Immun. 67: Holt (Editors), Bergey’s Manual of Systematic Bacteriology, 1st Ed., 546–553. Vol. 3, The Williams & Wilkins Co., Baltimore. pp. 1651–1652. Picard, B. and P. Goullet. 1985. Comparative electrophoretic profiles of Pfennig, N. 1989b. Genus Chromatium. In Staley, Bryant, Pfennig and esterases, and of glutamate, lactate and malate dehydrogenases, from Holt (Editors), Bergey’s Manual of Systematic Bacteriology, 1st Ed., Aeromonas hydrophila, Aeromonas caviae and Aeromonas sobria. J. Gen. Vol. 3, The Williams & Wilkins Co., Baltimore. pp. 1639–1643. Microbiol. 131: 3385–3392. Pfennig, N. 1989c. Genus Thiopedia. In Staley, Bryant, Pfennig and Holt Picard, B., P. Goullet, P.J.M. Bouvet, G. Decoux and J.B. Denis. 1989. (Editors), Bergey’s Manual of Systematic Bacteriology, 1st Ed., Vol. Characterization of bacterial genospecies by computer-assisted statis- 3, The Williams & Wilkins Co., Baltimore. pp. 1652–1653. tical analysis of enzyme electrophoretic data. Electrophoresis 10: 680– Pfennig, N. 1989d. Genus Thiospirillum. In Staley, Bryant, Pfennig and 685. Holt (Editors), Bergey’s Manual of Systematic Bacteriology, 1st Ed., Picardal, F., R.G. Arnold and B.B. Huey. 1995. Effects of electron donor Vol. 3, The Williams & Wilkins Co., Baltimore. pp. 1644–1645. and acceptor conditions on reductive dehalogenation of tetrachlo- ¨ Pfennig, N. and K.D. Lippert. 1966. Uber das Vitamin B12-Bedu¨rfnis romethane by Shewanella putrefaciens 200. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. phototropher Schwefelbakterien. Arch. Microbiol. 55: 245–256. 61: 8–12. Pfennig, N., M.C. Markham and S. Liaaen-Jensen. 1968. Carotenoids of Piccolomini, R., L. Cellini, N. Allocati, A. Di Girolamo and G. Ravagnan. thiorhodaceae. 8. Isolation and characterization of a Thiothece, Lam- 1987. Comparative in vitro activities of 13 antimicrobial agents against procystis and Thiodictyon strain and their carotenoid pigments. Arch. Morganella-Proteus-Providencia group bacteria from urinary tract infec- Mikrobiol. 62: 178–191. tions. Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. 31: 1644–1647. Pfennig, N. and H.G. Tru¨per. 1971a. Higher taxa of the phototrophic Pichinoty, F., E. Azoulay, P. Couchoud-Beaumont, L. Le Minor, C. Rigano, bacteria. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 21: 17–18. J. Bigliardi-Rouvier and M. Pie´chaud. 1969. Recherche des nitrate- Pfennig, N. and H.G. Tru¨per. 1971b. New nomenclatural combinations reductases bacte´riennes A et B: resultats. Ann. Inst. Pasteur. 116: 27– in the phototrophic sulfur bacteria. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 21: 11–14. 42. Pfennig, N. and H.G. Tru¨per. 1974. The phototrophic bacteria. In Bu- Pichinoty, F. and M. Pie´chaud. 1968. Recherche des nitrate-re´ductases chanan and Gibbons (Editors), Bergey’s Manual of Determinative bacte´riennes A et B: methodes. Ann. Inst. Pasteur. 114: 77–98. Bacteriology, 8th Ed., The Williams & Wilkins Co., Baltimore. pp. 24– Pickard, D., J. Li, M. Roberts, D. Maskell, D. Hone, M. Levine, G. Dougan 60. and S. Chatfield. 1994. Characterization of defined ompR mutants of Pfennig, N. and H.G. Tru¨per. 1981. Isolation of the members of the Salmonella typhi: ompR is involved in the regulation of Vi polysaccha- families Chromatiaceae and Chlorobiaceae. In Starr, Stolp, Truper, ride expression. Infect. Immun. 62: 3984–3993. Balows and Schlegel (Editors), The Prokaryotes: A Handbook on Pidcock, K.A., J.A. Wooten, B.A. Daley and T.L. Stull. 1988. Iron acqui- Habitats, Isolation and Identification of Bacteria, 1st Ed., Vol. 1, sition by Haemophilus influenzae. Infect. Immun. 56: 721–725. Springer Verlag, New York. pp. 279–289. Pidiyar, V., A. Kaznowski, N.B. Narayan, M. Patole and Y.S. Shouche. 2002. Pfennig, N. and H.G. Tru¨per. 1989. Family I. Chromatiaceae. In Staley, Aeromonas culicicola sp. nov., from the midgut of Culex quinquefasciatus. Bryant, Pfennig and Holt (Editors), Bergey’s Manual of Systematic Int. J. Syst. Evol. Microbiol. 52: 1723–1728. Bacteriology, 1st Ed., Vol. 3, The Williams & Wilkins Co., Baltimore. Pie´chaud, M. 1961. Le groupe Moraxella. A propos des B5W-Bacterium pp. 1637–1653. anitratum. Ann. Inst. Pasteur. 100: 74–85. Pfennig, N. and H.G. Tru¨per. 1992. The family Chromatiaceae. In Balows, Piechulla, K., M. Bisgaard, H. Gerlach and W. Mannheim. 1985a. Tax- Tru¨per, Dworkin, Harder and Schleifer (Editors), The Prokaryotes. onomy of some recently described avian Pasteurella/Actinobacillus-like A Handbook on the Biology of Bacteria: Ecophysiology, Isolation, organisms as indicated by deoxyribonucleic acid relatedness. Avian Identification, Applications, 2nd Ed., Vol. 4, Springer-Verlag, New Pathology 14: 281–311. York. pp. 3200–3221. Piechulla, K., K.H. Hinz and W. Mannheim. 1985b. Genetic and phe- Philip, C.B. 1943. Nomenclature of the pathogenic rickettsiae. Am. J. notypic comparison of three new avian Haemophilus-like taxa and of Hyg. 37: 301–309. Haemophilus paragallinarum Biberstein and White 1969 with other BIBLIOGRAPHY 1035

members of the family Pasteurellaceae Pohl 1981. Avian Dis. 29: 601– Pittman, M. and D.J. Davis. 1950. Identification of the Koch-Weeks ba- 612. cillus (Hemophilus aegyptius). J. Bacteriol. 59: 413–426. Piechulla, K., R. Mutters, S. Burbach, R. Klussmeier, S. Pohl and W. Pitts, G., A.I. Allam and J.P. Hollis. 1972. Beggiatoa: occurrence in the Mannheim. 1986. Deoxyribonucleic-acid relationships of Histophilus rice rhizosphere. Science 178: 990–992. ovis, Haemophilus somnus, Haemophilus haemoglobinophilus, and Actino- Pivnick, H. 1955. Pseudomonas rubescens, a new species from soluble oil bacillus seminis. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 36: 1–7. emulsions. J. Bacteriol. 70: 1–6. Pien, F.D. and A.E. Bruce. 1986. Nosocomial Ewingella americana bacte- Podschun, R. and U. Ullmann. 1998. Klebsiella spp. as nosocomial path- remia in an intensive care unit. Arch. Intern. Med. 146: 111–112. ogens: epidemiology, taxonomy, typing methods, and pathogenicity Pien, F.D., J.J. Farmer, III and R.E. Weaver. 1983. Polymicrobial bacte- factors. Clin. Microbiol. Rev. 11: 589–603. remia caused by Ewingella americana (family Enterobacteriaceae) and an Poffe, R. and E. Op de Beeck. 1991. Enumeration of Aeromonas hydrophila unusual Pseudomonas species. J. Clin. Microbiol. 18: 727–729. from domestic wastewater treatment plants and surface waters. J. Appl. Pien, F., K. Lee and H. Higa. 1977. Vibrio alginolyticus infections in Hawaii. Bacteriol. 71: 366–370. J. Clin. Microbiol. 5: 670–672. Poffe, R.J., J. Vanderleyden and H. Verachtert. 1979. Characterization of Pien, F.D., W.J. Martin, P.E. Hermans and J.A. Washington. 1972. Clinical a Leucothrix-type bacterium causing sludge bulking during petrochem- and bacteriologic observations on the proposed species, Enterobacter ical waste-water treatment. Eur. J. Appl. Microbiol. Biotechnol. 8: 229– agglomerans (the Herbicola lathyri bacteria). Mayo. Clin. Proc. 47: 739– 237. 745. Pohl, S. 1979. Reklassifizierung der Gattung Actinobacillus Brumpt 1910, Pie´rard, D., G. Muyldermans, L. Moriau, D. Stevens and S. Lauwers. 1998. Haemophilus Winslow et al. 1917 und Pasteurella Trevisan 1887 anhand Identification of new verocytotoxin type 2 variant B-subunit genes in pha¨notypischer und molekular Daten, insbesondere der DNS-Ver- human and animal Escherichia coli isolates. J. Clin. Microbiol. 36: 3317– wandtschaften bei DNS:DNS-Hybridisierung in vitro und Vorschlag 3322. einer neuen Familie Pasteurellaceae, Thesis, Phillips-Universita¨t, Pie´rard, D., D. Stevens, L. Moriau, H. Lior and S. Lauwers. 1997. Isolation Marburg/Lahn. Mauersberger, Marburg. and virulence factors of verocytotoxin-producing Escherichia coli in Pohl, S. 1981a. DNA relatedness among members of Actinobacillus, Hae- human stool samples. Clin. Microbiol. Infect. 3: 531–540. mophilus and Pasteurella. In Kilian, Frederiksen and Biberstein (Edi- Pierce, L. and A.H. McCain. 1992. Selective medium for isolation of tors), Haemophilus, Pasteurella and Actinobacillus, Academic Press, 246– pectolytic Erwinia sp. Plant Dis. 76: 382–384. 253. Pierce, N.B. 1901. Walnut bacteriosis. Bot. Gaz. 31: 272–273. Pohl, S. 1981b. In Validation of publication of new names and new com- Pillay, D., B. Pillay, E.A. Wachters and L. Korsten. 1995. Electrophoretic binations previously effectively published outside the IJSB, List No. and immunological analysis of lipopolysaccharides of Xanthomonas 7. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol . 31: 382–383. albilineans from three geographical regions. Lett. Appl. Microbiol. 21: Pohl, S., H.U. Bertschinger, W. Frederiksen and W. Mannheim. 1983. 210–214. Transfer of Hemophilus pleuropneumoniae and the Pasteurella haemolytica- Pillich, J., Z. Hradecna and M. Kocur. 1964. An attempt at phage typing like organism causing porcine necrotic pleuropneumoniae to the ge- in the genus Serratia. J. Appl. Bacteriol. 27: 65–68. nus Actinobacillus (Actinobacillus pleuropneumoniae comb. nov.) on the Pin, C., P. Morales, M.L. Marin, M.D. Selgas, M.L. Garcia and C. Casas. basis of phenotypic and deoxyribonucleic acid relatedness. Int. J. Syst. 1997. Virulence factors-pathogenicity relationships for Aeromonas spe- Bacteriol. 33: 510–514. cies from clinical and food isolates. Folia Microbiol. 42: 385–389. Poinar, G.O., Jr. 1975. Description and biology of a new insect parasitic Pindar, D.F. and C. Bucke. 1975. The biosynthesis of alginic acid by rhabditoid, Heterorhabditis bacteriophora n. gen. n. sp. (Rhabditida; Het- Azotobacter vinelandii. Biochem. J. 152: 617–622.. erorhabditidae n. Fam.). Nematologica. 21: 463–470. Pine, L., I.R. George, M.W. Reeves and W.K. Harrell. 1979. Development Poinar, G.O. and P.T. Himsworth. 1967. Neoaplectana parasitism of larvae of a chemically defined liquid medium for the growth of Legion- of the greater wax moth. J. Invertebr. Pathol. 9: 241–246. naires’ disease bacterium. J. Clin. Microbiol. 9: 615–626. Poinar, G.O., Jr. and R. Leutenegger. 1968. Anatomy of the infective and Pinkart, H.C. and D.C. White. 1997. Phospholipid biosynthesis and sol- normal third-stage juveniles of Neoaplectana carpocapsae Weiser (Stei- vent tolerance in Pseudomonas putida strains. J. Bacteriol. 179: 4219– nernematidae: Nematoda). J. Parasitol. 54: 340–350. 4226. Poinar, G.O. and G.M. Thomas. 1965. A new bacterium, Achromobacter Pinkart, H.C., J.W. Wolfram, R. Rogers and D.C. White. 1996. Cell en- nematophilus sp. nov. (Achromobacteraceae: Eubacteriales), associated with velope changes in solvent-tolerant and solvent-sensitive Pseudomonas a nematode. Int. Bull. Bact. Nomen. Taxon. 15: 249–252. putida strains following exposure to o-xylene. Appl. Environ. Micro- Poinar, G.O., Jr. and G.M. Thomas. 1966. Significance of Achromobacter biol. 62: 1129–1132. nematophilus Poinar and Thomas (Achromobacteraceae: Eubacteriales)in Pinnock, D.E. and R.T. Hess. 1974. The occurrence of intracellular rick- the development of the nematode, DD-136 (Neoaplectana sp. Steiner- ettsia-like organisms in the tsetse flies, Glossina morsitans, G. fuscipes, nematidae). Parasitology. 56: 385–390. G. brevipalpis and G. pallidipes. Acta Trop. 31: 70–79. Poinar, G.O., Jr. and G.M. Thomas. 1967. The nature of Achromobacter Piot, P., E. van Dyck and S.R. Patty. 1977. Sensibilite´ d’Haemophilus influ- nematophilus as an insect pathogen. J. Invertebr. Pathol. 9: 510–514. enza a` 5 antibiotiques et de´tection rapide de sa re´sistance a` 1’amp- Poinar, G.O., Jr., G.M. Thomas and R. Hess. 1977. Characteristics of the icilline. Pathol. Biol. (Paris) 25: 83–87. specific bacterium associated with Heterorhabditis bacteriophora (Het- Pirhonen, M. and E.T. Palva. 1988. Occurrence of bacteriophage T4 erorhabditidae; Rhabditida). Nematologica. 23: 97–102. receptor in Erwinia carotovora. Mol. Gen. Genet. 214: 170–172. Poinar, G.O., G.M. Thomas, S.B. Presser and J.L. Hardy. 1982. Inoculation Pitarangsi, C., P. Echeverria, R. Whitmire, C. Tirapat, S. Formal, G.J. of entomogenous nematodes, Neoaplectana and Heterorhabditis, and Dammin and M. Tingtalapong. 1982. Enteropathogenicity of Aero- their associated bacteria, Xenorhabdus spp., into chicks and mice. En- monas hydrophila and Plesiomonas shigelloides: prevalence among indi- viron. Entomol. 11: 137–138. viduals with and without diarrhea in Thailand. Infect. Immun. 35: Pokhil, S.I. 1996. Species of enterobacteria new to medicine. Mikrobiol. 666–673. Zh. 58: 94–103. Pitt, T.L. and D.E. Bradley. 1975. The antibody response to the flagella Poland, J.D. 1989. Plague. In Hoeprich and Jordan (Editors), Infectious of Pseudomonas aeruginosa. J. Med. Microbiol. 8: 97–106. Diseases: a Modern Treatise of Infectious Processes, 4th ed., Lippin- Pittman, M. 1931. Variation and type specificity in the bacterial species cott, Philadelphia. 1296–1306. Haemophilus influenzae. J. Exp. Med. 53: 471–492. Pollitzer, R. 1954. Plague, W.H.O. Monograph Series 22, World Health Pittman, M. 1953. A classification of the hemolytic bacteria of the genus Organization, Geneva. Haemophilus: Haemophilus haemolyticus Bergey et al. . and Haemophilus Polman, J.K. and J.M. Larkin. 1988. Properties of in vivo nitrogenase parahaemolyticus nov. spec. J. Bacteriol. 65: 750–751. activity in Beggiatoa alba. Arch. Microbiol. 150: 126–130. 1036 BIBLIOGRAPHY

Polster, M. and M. Svobodova´. 1964. Production of reddish-brown pig- Popoff, M. and M. Veron. 1976. A taxonomic study of the Aeromonas ment from dl-tryptophan by enterobacteria of the Proteus-Providencia hydrophila–Aeromonas punctata group. J. Gen. Microbiol. 94: 11–22. group. Experientia (Basel) 20: 637–638. Popoff, M. and M. Veron. 1981. In Validation of the publication of new Polz, M.F., E.V. Odintsova and C.M. Cavanaugh. 1996. Phylogenetic re- names and new combinations previously effectively published outside lationships of the filamentous sulfur bacterium Thiothrix ramosa based the IJSB. List No. 6. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 31: 215–218. 16s rRNA sequence analysis. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 46: 94–97. Popov, V., G. Sutakova, J. Rehacek, N. Smirnova and A. Daiter. 1991. Pommerening-Ro¨ser, A. 1993. Untersuchen zur phylogenie ammoniak Coxiella and Rickettsiella: comparison of ultrastructure with special ref- oxidierender bakterien, University of Hamburg erence to their envelope. Acta Virol. 35: 573–579. Pon, D.S., C.E. Townsend, G.E. Wessman, C.G. Schmitt and C.H. King- Popovic, T., P.I. Fields, O. Olsvik, J.G. Wells, G.M. Evins, D.N. Cameron, solver. 1954. A Xanthomonas parasite on uredia of cereal rusts. Phy- J.J. Farmer, III, C.A. Bopp, K. Wachsmuth, R.B. Sack, M.J. Albert, G.B. topathology 44: 707–710. Nair, T. Shimada and J.C. Feeley. 1995. Molecular subtyping of toxi- Pons, J.L., A. Rimbault, J.C. Darbord and G. Leluan. 1984. Biosynthesis genic Vibrio cholerae O139 causing epidemic cholera in India and Ban- of toluene by Clostridium aerofoetidum strain WS. Ann. Microbiol. gladesh, 1992–1993. J. Infect. Dis. 171: 122–127. (Paris) 135B: 219–222. Poppe, C., N. Smart, R. Khakhria, W. Johnson, J. Spika and J. Prescott. Poole, K., N. Gotoh, H. Tsujimoto, Q.X. Zhao, A. Wada, T. Yamasaki, S. 1998. Salmonella typhimurium DT104: A virulent and drug-resistant Neshat, J.I. Yamagishi, X.Z. Li and T. Nishino. 1996. Overexpression pathogen. Can. Vet. J.-Rev. Vet. Can. 39: 559–565. of the mexC-mexD-oprJ efflux operon in nfxB-type multidrug-resistant Poquet, Y., M. Kroca, F. Halary, S. Stenmark, M.A. Peyrat, M. Bonneville, strains of Pseudomonas aeruginosa. Mol. Microbiol. 21: 713–724. J.J. Fournie´ and A. Sjo¨stedt. 1998. Expansion of Vgamma9Vdelta2 T Poole, K., D.E. Heinrichs and S. Neshat. 1993a. Cloning and sequence- cells is triggered by Francisella tularensis-derived phosphoantigens in analysis of an EnvCD homolog in Pseudomonas aeruginosa - regulation tularemia but not after tularemia vaccination. Infect. Immun. 66: 2107–2114. by iron and possible involvement in the secretion of the siderophore Porras, O., D.A. Caugant, B. Gray, T. Lagergard, B.R. Levin and C. Svan- pyoverdine. Mol. Microbiol. 10: 529–544. borg-Eden. 1986. Difference in structure between type b and non- Poole, K., K. Krebes, C. McNally and S. Neshat. 1993b. Multiple antibiotic- typable Haemophilus influenzae populations. Infect. Immun. 53: 79–89. resistance in Pseudomonas aeruginosa - evidence for involvement of an Porschen, R.K. and P. Chan. 1977. Anaerobic vibrio-like organisms cul- efflux operon. J. Bacteriol. 175: 7363–7372. tured from blood: Desulfovibrio desulfuricans and Succinivibrio species. Pooler, M.R. and J.S. Hartung. 1995a. Genetic relationships among strain J. Clin. Microbiol. 5: 444–447. of Xylella fastidiosa from RAPD-PCR data. Curr. Microbiol. 31: 134– Portnoy, D.A., S.L. Moseley and S. Falkow. 1981. Characterization of plas- 137. mids and plasmid-associated determinants of Yersinia enterocolitica Pooler, M.R. and J.S. Hartung. 1995b. Specific PCR detection and iden- pathogenesis. Infect. Immunol. 31: 775–782. tification of Xylella fastidiosa strains causing citrus variegated chlorosis. Porto, M.H., G.J. Noel, P.J. Edelson and Brazilian Purpuric Fever Study Curr. Microbiol. 31: 377–381. Group. 1989. Resistance to serum bactericidal activity distinguishes Pooler, M.R., J.S. Hartung and R.G. Fenton. 1997a. Sequence analysis of Brazilian purpuric fever (BPF) case strains of Haemophilus influenzae a 1296-nucleotide plasmid from Xylella fastidiosa. FEMS Microbiol. biogroup aegyptius (H. aegyptius) from non-BPF strains. J. Clin. Mi- Lett. 155: 217–222. crobiol. 27: 792–794. Pooler, M.R., I.S. Myung, J. Bentz, J. Sherald and J.S. Hartung. 1997b. Postma, P.W., J.W. Lengeler and G.R. Jacobson. 1993. Phosphoenolpyr- Detection of Xylella fastidiosa in potential insect vectors by immuno- uvate:carbohydrate phosphotransferase systems of bacteria. Micro- magnetic separation and nested polymerase chain reaction. Lett. biol. Rev. 57: 543–594. Appl. Microbiol. 25: 123–126. Pot, B. 1996. De fylogenie van chemo-organotrofe spirillen. (The phy- Popham, P.L., S.M. Pike and A. Novacky. 1995. The effect of harpin from logeny of chemoorganotrophic spirilla) Proefschrift ingediend tot het Erwinia amylovora on the plasmalemma of suspension-cultured to- behalen van de graad van Doctor in de wetenschappen, University of bacco cells. Physiol. Mol. Plant Pathol. 47: 39–50. Gent, Gent, Belgium. Poplawsky, A.R. and W. Chun. 1997. pigB determines a diffusible factor Pot, B., M. Gillis, B. Hoste, A. Van De Velde, F. Bekaert, K. Kersters and needed for extracellular polysaccharide slime and xanthomonadin J. De Ley. 1989. Intra- and intergeneric relationships of the genus production in Xanthomonas campestris pv. campestris. J. Bacteriol. 179: Oceanospirillum. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 39: 23–34. 439–444. Pot, B., A. Willems, M. Gillis and J. De Ley. 1992. Intra- and intergeneric Poplawsky, A.R. and W. Chun. 1998. Xanthomonas campestris pv. campestris relationships of the genus Aquaspirillum: Prolinoborus, a new genus for requires a functional pigB for epiphytic survival and host infection. Aquaspirillum fasciculus, with the species Prolinoborus fasciculus comb. Mol. Plant-Microbe Interact. 11: 466–475. nov. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 42: 44–57. Poplawsky, A.R., M.D. Kawalek and N.W. Schaad. 1993. A xanthomonadin- Potee, K.G., S.S. Wright and M. Finland. 1954. In vitro susceptibility of encoding gene cluster for the identification of pathovars of Xantho- recently isolated strains of Proteus to 10 antibiotics. J. Lab. Clin. Med. monas campestris. Mol. Plant-Microbe Interact. 6: 545–552. 44: 463–477. ´ Popoff, M. 1969. Etude sur le Aeromonsd dalmonicida. I. Caracte´res bioch- Potrikus, C.J. and J.A. Breznak. 1977. Nitrogen-fixing Enterobacter agglo- imique et antigeniques. Rech. Vet. 3: 49–57. merans isolated from guts of wood-eating termites. Appl. Environ. Popoff, M. 1984a. Genus III. Aeromonas. In Krieg and Holt (Editors), Microbiol. 33: 392–399. Bergey’s Manual of Systematic Bacteriology, 1 Ed., Vol. 1, The Wil- Potts, T.V., J.J. Zambon and R.J. Genco. 1985. Reassignment of Actino- liams & Wilkins Co., Baltimore. 545–548. bacillus actinomycetemcomitans to the genus Haemophilus as Haemophilus Popoff, M. 1984b. In Validation of the publication of new names and new actinomycetemcomitans comb. nov. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 35: 337–341. combinations previously effectively published outside the IJSB. List Poulos, C.D., S.O. Matsumura, B.M. Willey, D.E. Low and A. McGeer. No. 15. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 34: 355–357. 1995. In vitro activities of antimicrobial combinations against Steno- Popoff, M.Y., J. Bockemu¨hl and F.W. Brenner. 1998. Supplement 1997 trophomonas (Xanthomonas) maltophilia. Antimicrob. Agents Che- (no. 41) to the Kauffmann-White scheme. Res. Microbiol. 149: 601– mother. 39: 2220–2223. 604. Pourquier, M., J. Mandin and C. Vago. 1963. De´veloppement d’une rick- Popoff, M., C. Coynault, M. Kiredjian and M. Lemelin. 1981. Polynucle- ettsie de cole´opte`re en culture de tissus de verte´bre´s. Ann. Epiphyties. otide sequence relateness among motile Aeromonas species. Curr. Mi- 14: 193–197. crobiol. 5: 109–114. Pourrat, H., F. Regerat, P. Morvan and A. Pourrat. 1987. Microbiological Popoff, M. and C. Richard. 1975. O and H antigens of Levinea malonatica. production of gallic acid from Rhus coriaria L. Biotechnol. Lett. 9: Ann. Microbiol. 126B: 17–23. 731–734. BIBLIOGRAPHY 1037

Powell, M. 1988. Antimicrobial resistance in Haemophilus influenzae.J. of antitularemic sera for the determination of specific fluorescence Med. Microbiol. 27: 81–87. of Pasteurella tularensis. Folia Microbiol. (Praha). 11: 337–346. Powell, M., S.F. Yeo, A. Seymour, M. Yuan, J.D. Williams and Y.S. Fah. Proctor, H.M., J.R. Norris and D.W. Ribbons. 1969. Fine structure of 1992. Antimicrobial resistance in Haemophilus influenzae from England methane-utilizing bacteria. J. Appl. Bacteriol. 32: 118–121. and Scotland in 1991. J. Antimicrob. Chemother. 29: 547–554. Proom, H. and A.J. Woiwod. 1951. Amine production in the genus Proteus. Powell, P.E., G.R. Cline, C.P.P. Reid and P.J. Szaniszlo. 1980. Occurrence J. Gen. Microbiol. 5: 930–938. of hydroxamate siderophore iron chelators in soils. Nature (Lond.) Provasoli, L. 1964. Growing marine seaweeds. Proceedings of the 4th 287: 833–834. International Seaweed Symposium, Biarritz, France. Pergamon Press, Praillet, T., W. Nasser, J. Robert-Baudouy and S. Reverchon. 1996. Puri- New York,. Vol. 4: 9–17. fication and functional characterization of PecS, a regulator of viru- Provenza, J.M., S.A. Klotz and R.L. Penn. 1986. Isolation of Francisella lence-factor synthesis in Erwinia chrysanthemi. Mol. Microbiol. 20: 391– tularensis from blood. J. Clin. Microbiol. 24: 453–455. 402. Pruneda, R.C. and J.J. Farmer, III. 1977. Bacteriophage typing of Shigella Praillet, T., S. Reverchon and W. Nasser. 1997. Mutual control of the sonnei. J. Clin. Microbiol. 5: 66–74. PecS/PecM couple, two proteins regulating virulence-factor synthesis Prunier, J.P., J. Luisetti and L. Gardan. 1970. E´tudes sur les bacte´rioses in Erwinia chrysanthemi. Mol. Microbiol. 24: 803–814. des arbres fruitiers. II. Caracte´risation d’un Pseudomonas non-fluores- Prakash, O., S. Dayal and S.L. Kalra. 1966. Bacterial aetiology of infantile cent agent d’une bacte´riose nouvelle du peˆcher. Ann. Phytopathol. diarrhoea in a village population with observations on some Provi- 2: 181–197. dence strains isolated from diarrhoea and non-diarrhoea cases. Ind. Pruvost, O., A. Couteau, X. Perrier and J. Luisetti. 1998. Phenotypic J. Med. Res. 54: 705–713. diversity of Xanthomonas sp. mangiferaeindicae. J. Appl. Microbiol. 84: Premakumar, R., M.R. Jacobson, T.M. Loveless and P.E. Bishop. 1992. 115–124. Characterization of transcripts expressed from nitrogenase-3 struc- Pruvost, O., J.S. Hartung, E.L. Civerolo, C. Dubois and X. Perrier. 1992. tural genes of Azotobacter vinelandii. Can. J. Microbiol. 38: 929–936. Plasmid DNA fingerprints distinguish pathotypes of Xanthomonas cam- Prere, M.F., M. Chandler and O. Fayet. 1990. Transposition in Shigella pestris pv. citri, the causal agent of citrus bacterial canker disease. dysenteriae: isolation and analysis of IS911, a new member of the IS3 Phytopathology 82: 485–490. group of insertion sequences. J. Bacteriol. 172: 4090–4099. Pryamukhina, N.S. and N.A. Khomenko. 1988. Suggestion to supplement Prest, A.G., J.R.M. Hammond and G.S.A.B. Stewart. 1994. Biochemical Shigella flexneri classification scheme with the subserovar Shigella flex- and molecular characterization of Obesumbacterium proteus, a common neri 4c: phenotypic characteristics of strains. J. Clin. Microbiol. 26: contaminant of brewing yeasts. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 60: 1635– 1147–1149. 1640. Psallidas, P.G. 1993. Pseudomonas syringae pv. avellanae pathovar nov. the Preston, M.A., W. Johnson, R. Khakhria and A. Borczyk. 2000. Epide- bacterium causing canker disease on Corylus avellana. Plant Pathol. miologic subtyping of Escherichia coli serogroup O157 strains isolated (Oxf.) 42: 358–363. in Ontario by phage typing and pulsed-field gel electrophoresis. J. Psallidas, P.G. and C.G. Panagopoulos. 1975. A new bacteriosis of almond Clin. Microbiol. 38: 2366–2368. caused by Pseudomonas amygdali sp. nov. Ann. Inst. Phytopathol. Be- Pre´vot, A.R. 1966. Manual for the Classification and Determination of naki (N.S.). 11: 94–108. the Anaerobic Bacteria, 1st Amer. Ed. ed., Lea and Febiger, Phila- Pshenin, L.N. 1964. Azotobacter miscellum nov. sp. an inhabitant of the delphia. Black Sea. Microbiology (Engl. Transl.). 33: 615–620. Price, E.H. and G.H. Hunt. 1986. Aeromonas in hospital — methods of Puchkova, N.N., J.F. Imhoff and V.M. Gorlenko. 2000. Thiocapsa litoralis isolation. J. Hosp. Infect. 8: 309–311. sp. nov., a new purple sulfur bacterium from microbial mats from the Priest, F.G., H.J. Somerville, J.A. Cole and J.S. Hough. 1973. The taxo- White Sea. Int. J. Syst. Evol. Microbiol. 50: 1441–1447. nomic position of Obesumbacterium proteus, a common brewery con- Puente, M.E. and Y. Bashan. 1994. The desert epiphyte Tillandsia recurvata taminant. J. Gen. Microbiol. 75: 295–307. harbors the nitrogen fixing bacterium Pseudomonas stutzeri. Can. J. Prieto, M., M.R. Garcı´a-Armesto, M.L. Garcı´a-Lo´pez, C. Alonso and A. Bot.-Rev. Can. Bot. 72: 406–408. Otero. 1992. Species of Pseudomonas obtained at 7C and 30C dur- Pujalte, M.J. and E. Garay. 1986. Proposal of Vibrio mediterranei sp. nov., ing aerobic storage of lamb carcasses. J. Appl. Bacteriol. 73: 317–323. a new marine member of the genus Vibrio. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 36: Prince, R.C., K.E. Stokley, C.E. Haith and H.W. Jannasch. 1988. The 278–281. cytochromes of a marine Beggiatoa. Arch. Microbiol. 150: 193–196. Pujalte, M.J., M. Ortigosa, M.C. Urdaci, E. Garay and P.A.D. Grimont. Pringsheim, E.G. 1949. The relationship between bacteria and the My- 1993. Vibrio mytili sp. nov., from mussels. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 43: xophyceae. Bacteriol. Rev. 13: 47–91. 358–362. Pringsheim, E.G. 1951. The Vitreoscillaceae: a family of colourless, gliding, Pujol, C.J. and C.I. Kado. 2000. Genetic and biochemical characterization filamentous organisms. J. Gen. Microbiol. 5: 124–149. of the pathway in Pantoea citrea leading to pink disease of pineapple. Pringsheim, E.G. 1957. Observations on Leucothrix mucor and Leucothrix J. Bacteriol. 182: 2230–2237. cohaerens nov. sp. Bacteriol. Rev. 21: 69–76. Pulverer, G. and H.L. Ko. 1970. Actinobacillus actinomycetemcomitans: fer- Pringsheim, E.G. 1964. Heterotrophism and species concepts in Beggiatoa. mentative capabilities of 140 strains. Appl. Microbiol. 20: 693–695. Am. J. Bot. 51: 898–913. Pulverer, G. and H.L. Ko. 1972. Serological studies on Actinobacillus ac- Pringsheim, E.G. 1967. Die Mixotrophie von Beggiatoa. Arch. Mikrobiol. tinomycetem-comitans. Appl. Microbiol. 23: 207–210. 59: 247–254. Punsalang, A., Jr., R. Edinger and F.S. Nolte. 1987. Identification and Pringsheim, E.G. 1970. Prefatory chapter: contributions toward the de- characterization of Yersinia intermedia isolated from human feces. J. velopment of general microbiology. Annu. Rev. Microbiol. 24: 1–16. Clin. Microbiol. 25: 859–862. Pringsheim, E.G. and W. Wiessner. 1963. Minimum requirements for Pupo, G.M., D.K. Karaolis, R. Lan and P.R. Reeves. 1997. Evolutionary heterotrophic growth and reserve substance in Beggiatoa. Nature 197: relationships among pathogenic and nonpathogenic Escherichia coli 102. strains inferred from multilocus enzyme electrophoresis and mdh se- Prinsloo, H.E. 1966. Bacteriocins and phages produced by Serratia mar- quence studies. Infect. Immun. 65: 2685–2692. cescens. J. Gen. Microbiol. 45: 205–212. Pupo, G.M., R. Lan and P.R. Reeves. 2000. Multiple independent origins Prior, S.D. and H. Dalton. 1985. The effect of copper ions on membrane of Shigella clones of Escherichia coli and convergent evolution of many content and methane monooxygenase activity in methanol-grown of their characteristics. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 97: 10567–10572. cells of Methylococcus capsulatus (Bath). J. Gen. Microbiol. 131: 155– Purcell, A.H. and S. Saunders. 1995. Harvested grape clusters as inoculum 164. for Pierce’s disease. Plant Dis. 79: 190–192. Prochazka, O. 1966. Preparation of conjugates of 19-S and 7-S globulins Py, B., M. Chippaux and F. Barras. 1993. Mutagenesis of cellulase EGZ 1038 BIBLIOGRAPHY

for studying the general protein secretory pathway in Erwinia chrys- P. Vauterin and F.J. de Bruijn. 2000. Comparison of AFLP and rep- anthemi. Mol. Microbiol. 7: 785–793. PCR genomic fingerprinting with DNA–DNA homology studies: Xan- Qadri, F., S. Haq and I. Cizna´r. 1989. Hemagglutinating properties of thomonas as a model system. Int. J. Syst. Evol. Microbiol. 50: 665–677. Shigella dysenteriae type 1 and other Shigella species. Infect. Immun. Raetz, C.R. 1996. Bacterial lipopolysaccharides: remarkable family of bio- 57: 2909–2911. reactive macroamphiphiles. In Neidhardt, Curtiss, Ingraham, Lin, Qhobela, M. and L.E. Claflin. 1988. Characterization of Xanthomonas Low, Magasanik, Reznikoff, Riley, Schaechter and Umbarger (Edi- campestris pv. pennamericanum new pathovar, causal agent of bacterial tors), Escherichia coli and Salmonella: Cellular and Molecular Biology, leaf streak of pearl millet. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 38: 362–366. 2nd Ed., ASM Press, Washington, D.C. pp. 1035–1063. Qhobela, M., L.E. Claflin and D.C. Nowell. 1990. Evidence that Xantho- Rafaeli-Eshkol, D. 1968. Studies on halotolerance in a moderately halo- monas campestris pv. zeae can be distinguished from other pathovars philic bacterium: Effect of growth conditions on salt resistance of the capable of infecting maize by restriction fragment length polymorph- respiratory system. Biochem. J. 109: 679–685. ism of genomic DNA. Can. J. Plant Pathol. 12: 183–186. Rafaeli-Eshkol, D. and Y. Avi-Dor. 1968. Studies on halotolerance in a Quadt-Hallmann, A. and J.W. Kloepper. 1996. Immunological detection moderately halophilic bacterium. Effect of betaine on salt resistance and localization of the cotton endophyte Enterobacter asburiae JM22 in of the respiratory system. Biochem. J. 109: 687–691. different plant species. Can. J. Microbiol. 42: 1144–1154. Rague´ne`s, G., R. Christen, J. Guezennec, P. Pignet and G. Barbier. 1997a. Quan, S.F., W. Knapp, M.I. Goldenberg, B.W. Hudson, W.D. Lawton, T.H. Vibrio diabolicus sp. nov., a new polysaccharide-secreting organism iso- Chen and L. Kartman. 1965. Isolation of a strain of Pasteurella pseu- lated from a deep-sea hydrothermal vent polychaete annelid, Alvinella dotuberculosis from Alaska identified as Pasteurella pestis; an immuno- pompejana. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 47: 989–995. fluorescent false positive. Am. J. Trop. Med. Hyg. 14: 424–432. Rague´ne`s, G.H., A. Peres, R. Ruimy, P. Pignet, R. Christen, M. Loaec, H. Quentin, R., I. Dubarry, C. Martin, B. Cattier and A. Goudeau. 1992. Rougeaux, G. Barbier and J.G. Guezennec. 1997b. Alteromonas infernus Evaluation of four commercial methods for identification and bio- sp. nov., a new polysaccharide-producing bacterium isolated from a typing of genital and neonatal strains of Haemophilus species. Eur. J. deep-sea hydrothermal vent. J. Appl. Microbiol. 82: 422–430. Clin. Microbiol. Infect. Dis. 11: 546–549. Rague´ne`s, G., P. Pignet, G. Gauthier, A. Peres, R. Christen, H. Rougeaux, Quentin, R., A. Goudeau, R.J. Wallace, Jr., A.L. Smith, R.K. Selander and G. Barbier and J. Guezennec. 1996. Description of a new polymer- J.M. Musser. 1990. Urogenital, maternal and neonatal isolates of Hae- secreting bacterium from a deep-sea hydrothermal vent, Alteromonas mophilus influenzae: identification of unusually virulent serologically macleodii subsp. fijiensis, and preliminary characterization of the pol- non-typable clone families and evidence for a new Haemophilus spe- ymer. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 62: 67–73. cies. J. Gen. Microbiol. 136: 1203–1209. Rahaley, R.S. and W.E. White. 1977. Histophilus ovis infection in sheep in Quentin, R., C. Martin, J.M. Musser, N. Pasquier-Picard and A. Goudeau. western Victoria. Aust. Vet. J. 53: 124–127. 1993. Genetic characterization of a cryptic genospecies of Haemophilus Rahmati-Bahram, A., J.T. Magee and S.K. Jackson. 1995. Growth tem- causing urogenital and neonatal infections. J. Clin. Microbiol. 31: perature-dependent variation of cell envelope lipids and antibiotic 1111–1116. susceptibility in Stenotrophomonas (Xanthomonas) maltophilia. J. Anti- Quentin, R., J.M. Musser, M. Mellouet, P.Y. Sizaret, R.K. Selander and A. microb. Chemother. 36: 317–326. Goudeau. 1989. Typing of urogenital, maternal, and neonatal isolates Rahmati-Bahram, A., J.T. Magee and S.K. Jackson. 1996. Temperature- of Haemophilus influenzae and Haemophilus parainfluenzae in correlation dependent aminoglycoside resistance in Stenotrophomonas (Xantho- with clinical source of isolation and evidence for a genital specificity monas) maltophilia; alterations in protein and lipopolysaccharide with of H. influenzae biotype IV. J. Clin. Microbiol. 27: 2286–2294. growth temperature. J. Antimicrob. Chemother. 37: 665–676. Quentin, R., R. Ruimy, A. Rosenau, J.M. Musser and R. Christen. 1996. Rahn, O. 1937. New principles for the classification of bacteria. Zentralbl. Genetic identification of cryptic genospecies of Haemophilus causing Bakteriol. Parasitenkd. Infektionskr. Hyg. Abt. II. 96: 273–286. urogenital and neonatal infections by PCR using specific primers tar- Raina, R., U.K. Bageshwar and H.K. Das. 1993. The ORF encoding a geting genes coding for 16S rRNA. J. Clin. Microbiol. 34: 1380–1385. putative ferredoxin-like protein downstream of the vnfH gene in Azo- Quesada, E., M.J. Valderrama, V. Bejar, A. Ventosa, M.C. Gutierrez, F. tobacter vinelandii is involved in the vanadium-dependent alternative Ruiz-Berraquero and A. Ramos-Cormenzana. 1990. Volcaniella euri- pathway of nitrogen fixation. Mol. Gen. Genet. 236: 459–462. halina gen. nov., sp. nov., a moderately halophilic nonmotile Gram- Rainey, F.A., E. Lang and E. Stackebrandt. 1994a. The phylogenetic struc- negative rod. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 40: 261–267. ture of the genus Acinetobacter. FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 124: 349–353. Quesada, E., A. Ventosa, F. Rodriguez-Valera and A. Ramos-Cormenzana. Rainey, F.A., R.-U. Ehlers and E. Stackebrandt. 1995. Inability of the 1982. Types and properties of some bacteria isolated from hypersaline polyphasic approach to systematics to determine the relatedness of soils. J. Appl. Bacteriol. 53: 155–162. the genera Xenorhabdus and Photorhabdus. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 45: Quesada, E., A. Ventosa, F. Ruizberraquero and A. Ramoscormenzana. 379–381. 1984. Deleya halophila, a new species of moderately halophilic bacteria. Rainey, P.B. and M.J. Bailey. 1996. Physical and genetic map of the Pseu- Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 34: 287–292. domonas fluorescens SBW25 chromosome. Mol. Microbiol. 19: 521–533. Quintela, J.C., M. Caparro´s and M.A. de Pedro. 1995. Variability of pep- Rainey, P.B., C.L. Brodey and K. Johnstone. 1993. Identification of a gene- tidoglycan structural parameters in gram-negative bacteria. FEMS Mi- cluster encoding 3 high-molecular weight proteins, which is required crobiol. Lett. 125: 95–100. for synthesis of tolaasin by the mushroom pathogen Pseudomonas to- Quintiliani, R.J. and R. Courvalin. 1995. Mechanisms of resistance to laasii. Mol. Microbiol. 8: 643–652. antimicrobial agents. In Murray, Baron, Pfaller, Tenover and Yolken Rainey, P.B., I.P. Thompson and N.J. Palleroni. 1994b. Genome and fatty- (Editors), Manual of Clinical Microbiology, 6th Ed., ASM Press, Wash- acid analysis of Pseudomonas stutzeri. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 44: 54–61. ington, D.C. pp. 1308–1326. Raj, H.D. 1977. Leucothrix. Crit. Rev. Microbiol. 5: 270–304. Quirie, M., W. Donachie and N.J. Gilmour. 1986. Serotypes of Pasteurella Rake, G. 1948. The antigenic relationships of Donovania granulomatis (An- haemolytica from cattle. Vet. Rec. 119: 93–94. derson) and the significance of this organism in granuloma inguinale. Rabenhorst, L. 1865. Flora Europaea Algarum aguae dulcis et submari- Am. J. Syph. Gonorrhea Vener. Dis. 32: 150–158. nae. Sectio II, Algas physochromaceas complectens, Leipzig. 1–319. Rakovsky, J. and E. Aldova´. 1965. Isolation of strains of the new Entero- Rabsch, W. and G. Winkelmann. 1991. The specificity of bacterial sid- bacteriaceae group “Bartholomew” in Cuba. J. Hyg. Epidemiol. Micro- erophore receptors probed by bioassays. Biol. Met. 4: 244–250. biol. Immunol. 9: 112. Radek, R. 2000. Light and electron microscopic study of a Rickettsiella Ralston-Barrett, E., N.J. Palleroni and M. Doudorof . 1976. Phenotypic species from the cockroach Blatta orientalis. J. Invertebr. Pathol. 76: characterization and deoxyribonucleic acid homologies of the “Pseu- 249–256. domonas alcaligenes” group. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 26: 421–426. Rademaker, J.L., B. Hoste, F.J. Louws, K. Kersters, J. Swings, L. Vauterin, Ramamurthy, T., A. Pal, S.C. Pal and G.B. Nair. 1992. Taxonomical im- BIBLIOGRAPHY 1039

plications of the emergence of high frequency of occurrence of 2,4- Hogan. 1979. Enterobacter hafniae-associated gastroenteritis-Newfound- diamino-6,7-diisoprophylpteridine-resistant strains of Vibrio cholerae land. Can. Dis. Wkly. Rep. 5: 231–232. from clinical cases of cholera in Calcutta, India. J. Clin. Microbiol. Ratto, P., D.O. Sordelli, E. Abeleira, M. Torrero and M. Catalano. 1995. 30: 742–743. Molecular typing of Acinetobacter baumannii–Acinetobacter calcoaceticus Ramia, S., E. Neter and D.J. Brenner. 1982. Production of enterobacterial complex isolates from endemic and epidemic nosocomial infections. common antigen as an aid to classification of newly identified species Epidemiol. Infect. 114: 123–132. of the families Enterobacteriaceae and Vibrionaceae. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. Rauss, K., T. Kontrohr, A. Vertenyi and L. Szendrei. 1970. Serological 32: 395–398. and chemical studies of Sh. sonnei, Pseudomonas shigelloides and C27 Ramirez, M.E., L. Fucikovsky, F. Garcia-Jimenez, R. Quintero and E. Gal- strains. Acta Microbiol. Acad. Sci. Hung. 17: 157–166. indo. 1988. Xanthan gum production by altered pathogenicity vari- Rautelin, H., M.L. Ha¨nninen, A. Sivonen, U. Turunen and V. Valtonen. ants of Xanthomonas campestris. Appl. Microbiol. Biotechnol. 29: 5–10. 1995a. Chronic diarrhea due to a single strain of Aeromonas caviae. Ramos, F., G. Blanco, J.C. Gutierrez, F. Luque and M. Tortolero. 1993. Eur. J. Clin. Microbiol. Infect. Dis. 14: 51–53. Identification of an operon involved in the assimilatory nitrate re- Rautelin, H., A. Sivonen, A. Kuikka, O.-V. Renkonen, V. Valtonen and ducing system of Azotobacter vinelandii. Mol. Microbiol. 8: 1145–1153. T.U. Kosunen. 1995b. Enteric Plesiomonas shigelloides infections in Finn- Ramos, J.L., E. Duque, M.J. Huertas and A. Haı¨dour. 1995. Isolation and ish patients. Scand. J. Infect. Dis. 27: 495–498. expansion of the catabolic potential of a Pseudomonas putida strain Ravel, J., I.T. Knight, C.E. Monahan, R.T. Hill and R.R. Colwell. 1995. able to grow in the presence of high concentrations of aromatic- Temperature-induced recovery of Vibrio cholerae from the viable but hydrocarbons. J. Bacteriol. 177: 3911–3916. nonculturable state: Growth or resuscitation? Microbiology 141: 377– Ramos, J.L., E. Duque, J.J. Rodriguez-Herva, P. Godoy, A. Haı¨dour, F. 383. Reyes and A. Fernandez-Barrero. 1997. Mechanisms for solvent tol- Ravin, A.W. 1963. Experimental approaches to the study of bacterial phylogeny. Am. Natur. 97: 307–318. erance in bacteria. J. Biol. Chem. 272: 3887–3890. Rawling, E.G., N.L. Martin and R.E.W. Hancock. 1995. Epitope mapping Ramos, J. and R.L. Robson. 1987. Cloning of the gene for phospho- of the Pseudomonas aeruginosa major outer membrane porin protein enolpyruvate carboxylase from Azotobacter chroococcum, an enzyme im- OprF. Infect. Immun. 63: 38–42. portant in aerobic nitrogen fixation. Mol. Gen. Genet. 208: 481–484. Rayan, G.M., D.J. Flournoy and S.L. Cahill. 1987. Aerobic mouth flora Randhawa, P.S. and N.W. Schaad. 1984. Selective isolation of Xanthomonas of the rhesus monkey. J. Hand. Surg. [Am]. 12: 299–301. ם –campestris pv. campestris from crucifer seeds. Phytopathology 74: 268 Rayman, M.K. and R.A. MacLeod. 1975. Interaction of Mg2 with pep- 272. tidoglycan and its relation to the prevention of lysis of a marine Rangaraj, P., C. Ruttiman-Johnson, V.K. Shah and P. Ludden. 2000. Bi- pseudomonad. J. Bacteriol. 122: 650–659. osynthesis of the iron–molybdenum and iron–vanadium cofactors of Raymond, J.C. and W.R. Sistrom. 1969. Ectothiorhodospira halophila: a new the nif- and vnf-encoded nitrogenases. In Triplett (Editor), Prokary- species ofthe genus Ectothiorhodospira. Arch. Mikrobiol. 69: 121–126. otic Nitrogen Fixation: A Model System fof the Analysis of a Biological Read, T.D., S.W. Satola, J.A. Opdyke and M.M. Farley. 1998. Copy number Process, Horizon Scientific Press, Wymondham. pp. 55–80. of pilus gene clusters in Haemophilus influenzae and variation in the Rangaswami, G. and K.S.S. Easwaran. 1962. A bacterial leafspot disease hifE pilin gene. Infect. Immun. 66: 1622–1631. of bhendi or okra. Andhra Agr. J. 9: 1–2. Reams, A.B. and E.L. Neidle. 2003. Genome plasticity in Acinetobacter: Rani, N.L. and D. Lalithakumari. 1994. Degradation of methyl parathion new degradative capabilities acquired by the spontaneous amplifica- by Pseudomonas putida. Can. J. Microbiol. 40: 1000–1006. tion of large chromosomal segments. Molec. Microbiol. 47: 1291– Ranson, S.E. and R.J. Huebner. 1951. Studies on the resistance of Coxiella 1304. burnetii to physical and chemical agents. Am. J. Hyg. 53: 110–119. Reary, B.W. and S.A. Klotz. 1988. Enhancing recovery of Francisella tu- Rao, C.S. and S. Devadath. 1977. Variation in the aggressiveness of colony larensis from blood. Diagn. Microbiol. Infect. Dis. 11: 117–119. types of Xanthomonas translucens f. sp. oryzicola. Indian Phytopathol. Reasoner, D.J. and E.E. Geldreich. 1985. A new medium for the enu- 30: 233–236. meration and subculture of bacteria from potable water. Appl. En- Rao, K.R., J. Shah, K.R. Rajashekaraiah, A.R. Patel, D.B. Miskew and P.S. viron. Microbiol. 49: 1–7. Fennewald. 1981. Edwardsiella tarda osteomyelitis in a patient with SC Rebers, P.A., A.E. Jensen and G.A. Laird. 1988. Expression of pili and hemoglobinopathy. South. Med. J. 74: 288–292. capsule by the avian strain P-1059 of Pasteurella multocida. Avian Dis. Rao, Y.P. and S.K. Mohan. 1970. A new bacterial leaf stripe disease of 32: 313–318. arecanut (Areca catechu) in Mysore State. Indian Phytopathol. 23: 702– Reboli, A.C., E.D. Houston, J.S. Monteforte, C.A. Wood and R.J. Hamill. 704. 1994. Discrimination of epidemic and sporadic isolates of Acinetobacter Raoult, D., M. Drancourt and G. Vestris. 1990. Bactericidal effect of dox- baumannii by repetitive element PCR-mediated DNA fingerprinting. ycycline associated with lysosomotropic agents on Coxiella burnetii in J. Clin. Microbiol. 32: 2635–2640. P388D1 cells. Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. 34: 1512–1514. Rechtman, D.J. and J.P. Nadler. 1991. Abdominal abscess due to Cardi- Raoult, D., H. Tissot-Dupont, C. Foucault, J. Gouvernet, P.E. Fournier, obacterium hominis and Clostridium bifermentans. Rev. Infect. Dis. 13: E. Bernit, A. Stein, M. Nesri, J.R. Harle and P.J. Weiller. 2000. Q fever 418–419. 1985–1998. Clinical and epidemiologic features of 1,383 infections. Reddy, C.A. and M.P. Bryant. 1977. Deoxyribonucleic acid base compo- Medicine (Baltimore). 79: 109–123. sition of certain species of the genus Bacteroides. Can. J. Microbiol. Ratajczak, A., W. Geissdoerfer and W. Hillen. 1998. Alkane hydroxylase 23: 1252–1256. from Acinetobacter sp. strain ADP1 is encoded by alkM and belongs to Reddy, C.S. and J. Godkin. 1923. A bacterial disease of brome-grass. Phy- a new family of bacterial integral-membrane hydrocarbon hydroxy- topathology 13: 75–86. lases. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 64: 1175–1179. Reddy, C.S., J. Godkin and A.G. Johnson. 1924. Bacterial blight of rye. Ratiner, I.A. 1967. Mutation of E. coli with regard to the H-antigen. Iso- J. Agr. Res. 28: 1039–1040. lation of H-antigen mutants from test H-strains of Escherichia cultures. Reddy, P.G., R. Allon, M. Mevarech, S. Mendelovitz, Y. Sato and D.L. Zh. Mikrobiol. Epidemiol. Immunobiol. 44: 23–29. Gutnick. 1989. Cloning and expression in Escherichia coli of an esterase- Ratiner, Y.A. 1982. Phase variation of the H antigen in Escherichia coli coding gene from the oil-degrading bacterium Acinetobacter calcoace- strain Bi7327-41, the standard strain for Escherichia coli flagellar an- ticus RAG-1. Gene 76: 145–152. tigen 3. FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 15: 33–36. Redfield, R.J. 1991. sxy-1,aHaemophilus influenzae mutation causing Ratiner, Y.A. 1999. Temperature-dependent flagellar antigen phase vari- greatly enhanced spontaneous competence. J. Bacteriol. 173: 5612– ation in Escherichia coli. Res. Microbiol. 150: 457–463. 5618. Ratnam, S., R.W. Butler, S. March, S. Parsons, P. Clarke, A. Bell and K. Reeburgh, W.S., S.C. Whalen and M.L. Alpern. 1993. The role of meth- 1040 BIBLIOGRAPHY

ylotrophy in the global methane budget. In Murrell and Kelly (Edi- Reid, R.T. and A. Butler. 1991. Investigation of the mechanism of iron

tors), Microbial growth on C1 compounds, Intercept Press Ltd., An- acquisition by the marine bacterium Alteromonas luteoviolceus: char- dover. pp. 1–14. acterization of siderophore production. Limnol. Oceanogr. 36: 1783– Reed, W.M. and P.R. Dugan. 1978. Distribution of Methylomonas methanica 1792. and Methylosinus trichosporium in Cleveland Harbor as determined by Reid, R.T., D.H. Live, D.J. Faulkner and A. Butler. 1993. A siderophore an indirect fluorescent antibody-membrane filter technique. Appl. from a marine bacterium with an exceptional ferric ion affinity con- Environ. Microbiol. 35: 422–430. stant. Nature 366: 455–458. ם Reeve, E.C.R. and J.A. Braithwaite. 1973. Lac plasmids are responsible Reid, S.D., R.K. Selander and T.S. Whittam. 1999. Sequence diversity of for the strong lactose-positive phenotype found in many strains of flagellin (fliC) alleles in pathogenic Escherichia coli. J. Bacteriol. 181: Klebsiella species. Genet. Res. 22: 329–333. 153–160. Reeves, M.W., G.M. Evins, A.A. Heiba, B.D. Plikaytis and J.J. Farmer, III. Reilly, T.J., G.S. Baron, F.E. Nano and K. M.S.. 1996. Characterization 1989a. Clonal nature of Salmonella typhi and its genetic relatedness to and sequencing of a respiratory burst-inhibiting acid phosphatase other salmonellae as shown by multilocus enzyme electrophoresis, from Francisella tularensis. J. Biol. Chem. 271: 10973–10983. and proposal of Salmonella bongori comb. nov. J. Clin. Microbiol. 27: Reilly, W.R. and F.T. Carter. 1997. Surveillance of E. coli O157 in Scotland 313–320. (No. V128/I). VTEC ’97: 3rd International Symposium and Work- Reeves, M.W., G.M. Evins, A.A. Heiba, B.D. Plikaytis and J.J. Farmer, III. shop on Shiga Toxin (Verocytotoxin)-Producing Escherichia coli Infec- 1989b. In Validation of the publication of new names and new com- tions, p. 16. binations previously effectively published outside the IJSB. List no. Reimmann, C., M. Beyeler, A. Latifi, H. Winteler, M. Foglino, A. Laz- 30. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 39: 371. dunski and D. Haas. 1997. The global activator GacA of Pseudomonas Reeves, P.J., D. Whitcombe, S. Wharam, M. Gibson, G. Allison, N. Bunce, aeruginosa PAO positively controls the production of the autoinducer R. Barallon, P. Douglas, V. Mulholland, S. Stevens, D. Walker and N-butyryl-homoserine lactone and the formation of the virulence fac- G.P.C. Salmond. 1993. Molecular cloning and characterization of 13 tors pyocyanin, cyanide, and lipase. Mol. Microbiol. 24: 309–319. out genes from Erwinia carotovora subspecies carotovora: genes encod- Reina, J. and A. Lopez. 1996a. Clinical and microbiological characteristics ing members of a general secretion pathway (GSP) widespread in of Rahnella aquatilis strains isolated from children. J. Infect. 33: 135– gram-negative bacteria. Mol. Microbiol. 8: 443–456. 137. Rehm, B.H., H. Ertesva˚g and S. Valla. 1996. New Azotobacter vinelandii Reina, J. and A. Lopez. 1996b. Gastroenteritis caused by Aeromonas trota mannuronan C5-epimerase gene (algG)ispartofanalg gene cluster in a child. J. Clin. Pathol. (Lond.). 49: 173–175. physically organized in a manner similar to that in Pseudomonas ae- Reinhardt, C., R. Steiger and H. Hecker. 1972. Ultrastructural study of ruginosa. J. Bacteriol. 178: 5884–5889. the midgut mycetome-bacteroids of the tsetse fiies Glossina morsitans, Rehm, B.H. and R.E.W. Hancock. 1996. Membrane topology of the outer G. fuscipes and G. brevipalpis (Diptera, Brachycera). Acta Trop. 29: membrane protein OprH from Pseudomonas aeruginosa: PCR-mediated 280–288. site-directed insertion and deletion mutagenesis. J. Bacteriol. 178: Reinhardt, J.F., S. Fowlston, J. Jones and W.L. George. 1985. Comparative 3346–3349. in vitro activities of selected antimicrobial agents against Edwardsiella Reich, K.A., T. Biegel and G.K. Schoolnik. 1997. The light organ symbiont tarda. Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. 27: 966–967. Vibrio fischeri possesses two distinct secreted ADP-ribosyltransferases. J. Bacteriol. 179: 1591–1597. Reinhardt, J.F. and W.L. George. 1985. Comparative in vitro activities of Reichelt, J.L. and P. Baumann. 1973a. Change of the name Alteromonas selected antimicrobial agents against Aeromonas species and Plesio- marinopraesens (ZoBell and Upham) Baumann et al. to Alteromonas monas shigelloides. Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. 27: 643–645. haloplanktis (ZoBell and Upham) comb. nov. and assignment of strain Reissbrodt, R. and W. Rabsch. 1988. Further differentiation of Enterobac- ATCC 23821 (Pseudomonas enalia) and strain c-A1 of De Voe and teriaceae by means of siderophore pattern analysis. Zntbl. Fur Bakter- Oginsky to this species. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 23: 438–441. iol. Mikrobiol. Hyg. 1 Abt. Orig. A Med. Mikrobiol. Infktrankh. Virol. Reichelt, J.L. and P. Baumann. 1973b. Taxonomy of the marine, luminous Parasitol. 268: 306–317. bacteria. Arch. Mikrobiol. 94: 283–330. Remsen, C.C. 1978. Comparative subcellular architecture of photosyn- Reichelt, J.L., P. Baumann and L. Baumann. 1976. Study of genetic re- thetic bacteria. In Clayton and Sistrom (Editors), The Photosynthetic lationships among marine species of the genera Beneckea and Photo- Bacteria, Plenum Press, New York and London. pp. 31–60. bacterium by means of in vitro DNA/DNA hybridization. Arch. Micro- Ren, X.Z. and Z.D. Fang. 1981. Xanthomonas zingibericola n. sp., the causal biol. 110: 101–120. organism of bacterial leaf blight of ginger. Acta Phylopathol. Sinica. Reichelt, J.L., P. Baumann and L. Baumann. 1979. Validation of the 11: 37–40. publication of new names and combinations previously effectively Renaud, F., J. Freney, J.M. Boeufgras, D. Monget, A. Sedaillan and J. published outside the IJSB, List No. 2. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 29: 79– Fleurette. 1988. Carbon substrate assimilation patterns of clinical and 80. environmental strains of Aeromonas hydrophila, Aeromonas sobria and Reichenbach, H., W. Kohl and H. Achenbach. 1981. The flexirubin-type Aeromonas caviae observed with a micromethod. Zentbl. Bakteriol. Mik- pigments, chemosystematically useful compounds. In Reichenbach robiol. Hyg. Ser. A 269: 323–330. and Weeks (Editors), The Flavobacterium-Cytophaga Group, Verlag Renders, N., U. Ro¨mling, H. Verbrugh and A. Van Belkum. 1996. Com- Chemie, Weinheim, F.R.G. 101–108. parative typing of Pseudomonas aeruginosa by random amplification of Reichenbach, H., W. Ludwig and E. Stackebrandt. 1986. Lack of rela- polymorphic DNA or pulsed-field gel electrophoresis of DNA macro- tionship between gliding cyanobacteria and filamentous gliding het- restriction fragments. J. Clin. Microbiol. 34: 3190–3195. erotrophic eubacteria: comparison of 16S ribosomal RNA catalogues Reniero, D., E. Galli and P. Barbieri. 1995. Cloning and comparison of of Spirulina, Saprospira, Vitreoscilla, Leucothrix, and Herpetosiphon. Arch. mercury-resistance and organomercurial-resistance determinants Microbiol. 145: 391–395. from a Pseudomonas stutzeri plasmid. Gene 166: 77–82. Reid, D.H. 1938. Grease-spot of passion-fruit. N.Z. J. Sci. Technol. A20: Replogle, M.L., D.W. Fleming and P.R. Cieslak. 2000. Emergence of an- 260–265. timicrobial-resistant shigellosis in Oregon. Clin. Infect. Dis. 30: 515– Reid, G.A. and E.H. Gordon. 1999. Phylogeny of marine and freshwater 519. Shewanella: reclassification of Shewanella putrefaciens NCIMB 400 as Resibois, A., M. Colet, M. Faelen, E. Schoonejans and A. Toussaint. 1984. Shewanella frigidimarina. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 49: 189–191. Phi-EC2, a new generalized transducing phage of Erwinia chrysanthemi. Reid, J.D., S.D. Stoufer and D.M. Ogrydziak. 1982. Efficient transfor- Virology 137: 102–112. mation of Serratia marcescens with pBR322 plasmid DNA. Gene 17: Restrepo, S., M. Duque, J. Tohme and V. Verdier. 1999. AFLP finger- 107–112. printing: an efficient technique for detecting genetic variation of BIBLIOGRAPHY 1041

Xanthomonas axonopodis pv. manihotis. Microbiology (Read.) 145: 107– Richard, C. 1984. Genus VI. Enterobacter. In Kreig and Holt (Editors), 114. Bergey’s Manual of Systematic Bacteriology, Vol. 1, The Williams & Restrepo, S. and V. Verdier. 1997. Geographical differentiation of the Wilkins Co., Baltimore. pp. 465–469. population of Xanthomonas axonopodis pv. manihotis in Colombia. Appl. Richard, C. 1989. New Enterobacteriaceae found in medical bacteriology: Environ. Microbiol. 63: 4427–4434. Moellerella wisconsensis, Koserella trabulsii, Leclercia adecarboxylata, Esch- Retailliau, H.F., A.W. Hightower, R.E. Dixon and J.R. Allen. 1979. Aci- erichia fergusonii, Enterobacter asburiae, Rahnella aquatilis. Ann. Biol. Clin. netobacter calcoaceticus: a nosocomial pathogen with an unusual sea- 47: 231–236. sonal pattern. J. Infect. Dis. 139: 371–375. Richard, C., B. Joly, J. Sirot, G.H. Stoleru and M. Popoff . 1976. E´tude Rettger, L.F. 1909. Further studies on fatal septicaemia in young chickens de souches de Enterobacter appartenant a` un groupe particulier proche or “white diarrhoea”. J. Med. Res. 21: 115–123. de E. aerogenes. Ann. Inst. Pasteur (Paris) 127A: 545–548. Reusch, R.N. and H.L. Sadoff. 1983a. d-(-)-poly-beta-hydroxybutyrate in Richard, C., M. Kiredjian and I. Guilvout. 1985. Characteristics of phe- membranes of genetically competent bacteria. J. Bacteriol. 156: 778– notypes of Alteromonas putrefaciens. Study of 123 strains. Ann. Biol. 788. Clin. 43: 732–738. Reusch, R.N. and H.L. Sadoff. 1983b. Novel lipid components of the Richard, C., M. Popoff and G. Prats Pastor. 1974. E´tude bacte´riologique Azotobacter vinelandii cyst membrane. Nature (Lond.) 302: 268–270. d’infections urinaires intrahospitalie`res a` Proteus rettgeri fermentant Reverchon, S., W. Nasser and J. Robert-Baudouy. 1994. pecS: a locus con- le lactose. Ann. Biol. 32: 149–154. trolling pectinase, cellulase and blue pigment production in Erwinia Richardson, L.L. 1996. Horizontal and vertical migration patterns of Phor- chrysanthemi. Mol. Microbiol. 11: 1127–1139. midium corallyticum and Beggiatoa spp. associated with black-band dis- Reverchon, S. and J. Robert-Baudouy. 1987. Molecular cloning of an ease of corals. Microb. Ecol. 32: 323–335. Erwinia chrysanthemi oligogalacturonate lyase gene involved in pectin Richardson, M.J. 1990. An annotated list of seed-borne diseases. 4th Ed, degradation. Gene 55: 125–133. Zurich, Switzerland, . International Seed Testing Association.. Rey, L. and R.J. Maier. 1997. Cytochrome c terminal oxidase pathways of Ride´, M. 1958. Sur l’e´tiologie du chancre suintant du peuplier. C. R.

Azobacter vinelandii: Analysis of cytochrome c4 and c5 mutants and up- Hebd. Se´ances Acad. Sci. Paris. 246: 2795–2798. regulation of cytochrome c-dependent pathways with N2 fixation. J. Ride´, M. and S. Ride´. 1978. Xanthomonas populi (Ride´) comb. nov. (syn. Bacteriol. 179: 7191–7196. Aplanobacter populi Ride´), specificite´, variabilite´ et absence de relations Reyn, A., A. Birch-Andersen and R.G.E. Murray. 1971. The fine structure avec Erwinia cancerogena Ur. Eur. J. For. Path. 8: 310–333. of Cardiobacterium hominis. Acta Pathol. Scand. Sect. B Microbiol. Im- Ride´, M. and S. Ride´. 1992. Xanthomonas populi, new species (ex Ride´ munol. 79: 51–60. 1958) nom. rev. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 42: 652–653. Rhim, S.L., B. Vo¨lksch, L. Gardan, J.P. Paulin, C. Langlotz, W.S. Kim and Ridell, J. and H. Korkeala. 1997. Minimum growth temperatures of Hafnia K. Geider. 1999. Erwinia pyrifoliae,anErwinia species different from alvei and other Enterobacteriaceae isolated from refrigerated meat de- Erwinia amylovora, causes a necrotic disease of Asian pear trees. Plant termined with a temperature gradient incubator. Int. J. Food Micro- Pathol. (Oxf.) 48: 514–520. biol. 35: 287–292. Rhodes, A.N., J.W. Urbance, H. Youga, H. Corlew-Newman, C.A. Reddy, Ridell, J., A. Siitonen, L. Paulin, O. Lindroos, H. Korkeala and M.J. Albert. M.J. Klug, J.M. Tiedje and D.C. Fisher. 1998. Identification of bacterial 1995. Characterization of Hafnia alvei by biochemical tests, random isolates obtained from intestinal contents associated with 12,000-year- amplified polymorphic DNA PCR, and partial sequencing of 16S old mastodon remains. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 64: 651–658. rRNA gene. J. Clin. Microbiol. 33: 2372–2376. Rhodes, J.B., D. Schweitzer and J.E. Ogg. 1985. Isolation of non-O1 Vibrio Ridell, J., A. Siitonen, L. Paulin, L. Mattila, H. Korkeala and M.J. Albert. cholerae associated with enteric disease of herbivores in western Col- 1994. Hafnia alvei in stool specimens from patients with diarrhea and orado. J. Clin. Microbiol. 22: 572–575. healthy controls. J. Clin. Microbiol. 32: 2335–2337. Rhodes, K.R. and R.B. Rimler. 1989. Fowl cholera. In Adlam and Rutter Ried, J.L. and A. Collmer. 1986. Comparison of pectic enzymes produced (Editors), Pasteurella and Pasteurellosis, Academic Press, London. 95– by Erwinia chrysanthemi, Erwinia carotovora subsp. carotovora, and Er- 113. winia carotovora subsp. atroseptica. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 52: 305– Ribeiro, G.A., G.R. Carter, W. Frederiksen and F. Riet-Correa. 1989. Pas- 310. teurella haemolytica-like bacterium from a progressive granuloma of Riet-Correa, F., M.C. Me´ndez, A.L. Schild, G.A. Ribeiro and S.M. Almeida. cattle in Brazil. J. Clin. Microbiol. 27: 1401–1402. 1992. Bovine focal proliferative fibrogranulomatous panniculitis (Le- Ribeiro, G.A., G.R. Carter, W. Frederiksen and F. Riet-Correa. 1990. In chiguana) associated with Pasteurella granulomatis. Vet. Pathol. 29: 93– Validation of the publication of new names and new combinations 103. previously effectively published outside the IJSB. List No. 32. Int. J. Rietschel, E.T., O. Luderitz and W.A. Volk. 1975. Nature, type of linkage, Syst. Bacteriol. 40: 105–106. and absolute configuration of (hydroxy) fatty acids in lipopolysac- Ribi, E. and C. Shepard. 1955. Morphology of Bacterium tularense during charides from Xanthomonas sinensis and related strains. J. Bacteriol. its growth cycle in liquid medium as revealed by the electron micro- 122: 1180–1188. scope. Exp. Cell Res. 8: 474–487. Riffard, S., F. Lo Presti, P. Normand, F. Forey, M. Reyrolle, J. Etienne and Rice, E.W., M.J. Allen, D.J. Brenner and S.C. Edberg. 1991. Assay for b- F. Vandenesch. 1998. Species identification of Legionella via intergenic glucuronidase in species of the genus Escherichia and its applications 16S–23S ribosomal spacer PCR analysis. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 48: 723– for drinking-water analysis. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 57: 592–593. 730. Rice, E.W., M.J. Allen and S.C. Edberg. 1990. Efficacy of b-glucuronidase Riffkin, M.C., L.F. Wang, A.A. Kortt and D.J. Stewart. 1995. A single amino- assay for identification of Escherichia coli by the defined-substrate tech- acid change between the antigenically different extracellular serine nology. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 56: 1203–1205. proteases V2 and B2 from Dichelobacter nodosus. Gene 167: 279–283. Richard, C. 1972. Me´thode rapide pour l’e´tude des re´actions de rouge Riggio, M.P. and A. Lennon. 1997. Rapid identification of Actinobacillus de me´thyle et Voges–Proskauer. Ann. Inst. Pasteur (Paris) 122: 979– actinomycetemcomitans, Haemophilus aphrophilus, and Haemophilus para- 986. phrophilus by restriction enzyme analysis of PCR-amplified 16S rRNA Richard, C. 1977. La te´trathionate-re´ductase (TTR) chez les bacilles a` genes. J. Clin. Microbiol. 35: 1630–1632. gram ne´gatif: inte´reˆt diagnostique et e´pide´miologique. Bull. Inst. Pas- Rihs, J.D., V.L. Yu, J.J. Zuravleff, A. Goetz and R.R. Muder. 1985. Isolation teur (Paris). 75: 369–382. of Legionella pneumophila from blood with the BACTEC system: a pro- Richard, C. 1979. Enterobacte´ries inhabituelles. Bull. Inst. Pasteur. 77: spective study yielding positive results. J. Clin. Microbiol. 22: 422– 83–98. 424. Richard, C. 1982. Bacte´riologie et epide´miologie des espe`ces du genre Riker, A.J., F.R. Jones and M.C. Davis. 1935. Bacterial leaf spot of alfalfa. Klebsiella. Bull. Inst. Pasteur. 80: 127–145. J. Agr. Res. 51: 177–182. 1042 BIBLIOGRAPHY

Riley, P.A., N. Parasakthi and W.A. Abdullah. 1996. Plesiomonas shigelloides Robbs, C.F., A.G. Medeiros and O. Kimura. 1982. Mancha bacteriana das bacteremia in a child with leukemia. Clin. Infect. Dis. 23: 206–207. folhas do guaranazeiro causada por um novo patovar de Xanthomonas Riley, P.S., H.W. Tatum and R.E. Weaver. 1972. Pseudomonas putrefaciens campestris. Arq. Univ. Fed. Rural, do Rio de Janeiro. 5: 195–201. isolates from clinical specimens. Appl. Microbiol. 24: 798–800. Robbs, C.F., J.R. Neto, V.A.J. Malavolta and O. Kimura. 1989. Bacterial Riley, P.S. and R.E. Weaver. 1974. Observation of nitrate reduction in spot and blight of yellow shrimp (Pacystachys lutea) caused by a new some non-saccharolytic strains of Acinetobacter. Appl. Microbiol. 28: pathovar of Xanthomonas campestris. Summa Phytopathol. 15: 174–179. 1071–1072. Robbs, C.F., R.d.L.D. Ribiero and O. Kimura. 1974. Sobre a posic¸a˜o tax- Rimler, R.B. 1990. Comparisons of Pasteurella multocida lipopolysacchar- onoˆmica de Pseudomonas mangiferaeindicae Patel et al. 1948, agente ides by sodium dodecyl sulfate-polyacrylamide gel-electrophoresis to causal da “mancha bacteriana” das folhas da mangueira (Mangifera determine relationship between group-B and group-E hemorrhagic indica L.). Arq. Univ. Fed. Rural, Rio de Janeiro. 4: 11–14. septicemia strains and serologically related group-A strains. J. Clin. Roberts, D.S. 1956. A new pathogen from a ewe with mastitis. Aust. Vet. Microbiol. 28: 654–659. J. 32: 330–332. Rimler, R.B. 1994. Presumptive identification of Pasteurella multocida sero- Roberts, D.E., E. Higgs and P.J. Cole. 1987. Selective medium that dis- group-A, serogroup-D and serogroup-F by capsule depolymerization tinguishes Haemophilus influenzae from Haemophilus parainfluenzae in with mucopolysaccharidases. Vet. Rec. 134: 191–192. clinical specimens: its value in investigating respiratory sepsis. J. Clin. Rimler, R.B., P.A. Rebers and M. Phillips. 1984. Lipopolysaccharides of Pathol. 40: 75–76. the Heddleston serotypes of Pasteurella multocida. Am. J. Vet. Res. 45: Roberts, D.E., A. Ingold, S.V. Want and J.R. May. 1974. Osmotically stable 759–763. l forms of Haemophilus influenzae and their signiflcance in testing Rimler, R.B. and K.R. Rhoades. 1987. Serogroup-F, a new capsule sero- sensitivity to penicillins. J. Clin. Pathol. 27: 560–564. group of Pasteurella multocida. J. Clin. Microbiol. 25: 615–618. Roberts, I.S. and M.J. Coleman. 1991. The virulence of Erwinia amylovora: Rimler, R.B. and K.R. Rhoades. 1989. Pasteurella multocida. In Adlam and molecular genetic perspectives. J. Gen. Microbiol. 137: 1453–1457. Rutter (Editors), Pasteurella and Pasteurellosis, Academic Press, Lon- Roberts, J.A., E.N. Fussell and M.B. Kaack. 1990. Bacterial adherence to don. 37–73. urethral catheters. J. Urol. 144: 264–269. Rimler, R.B., E.B. Shotts, J. Brown and R.B. Davis. 1976. The effect of Roberts, M.C., C.D. Swenson, L.M. Owens and A.L. Smith. 1980. Char- atmospheric conditions on the growth of Haemophilus gallinarum in acterization of chloramphenicol-resistant Haemophilus influenzae. Anti- a defined medium. J. Gen. Microbiol. 92: 405–409. microb. Agents Chemother. 18: 610–615. Rimler, R.B., E.B. Shotts, J. Brown and R.B. Davis. 1977. The effect of Roberts, P. 1974. Erwinia rhapontici (Millard) Burkholder associated with sodium chloride and NADH on the growth of 6 strains of Haemophilus pink grain of wheat. J. Appl. Bacteriol. 37: 353–358. species pathogenic to chickens. J. Gen. Microbiol. 98: 349–354. Roberts, P.D., N.C. Hodge, H. Bouzar, J.B. Jones, R.E. Stall, R.D. Berger Rina, M., F. Caufrier, M. Markaki, K. Mavromatis, M. Kokkinidis and V. and A.R. Chase. 1998. Relatedness of strains of Xanthomonas fragariae Bouriotis. 1997. Cloning and characterization of the gene encoding by restriction fragment length polymorphism, DNA–DNA reassocia- PspPI methyltransferase from the Antarctic psychrotroph Psychrobacter tion, and fatty acid analyses. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 64: 3961–3965. sp. strain TA137. Predicted interactions with DNA and organization Roberts, P. and C.M. Scarlett. 1981. Pseudomonas corrugata sp. nov. In of the variable region. Gene 197: 353–360. Validation of the publication of new names and new combinations Rippey, S.R. and V.J. Cabelli. 1979. Membrane filter procedure for enu- previously effectively published outside the IJSB. List No. 6. Int. J. meration of Aeromonas hydrophila in fresh waters. Appl. Environ. Mi- Syst. Bacteriol. 31: 216. crobiol. 38: 106–113. Roberts, R.S. 1947. An immunologic study of Pasteurella septica. J. Comp. Rippey, S.R. and V.J. Cabelli. 1980. Occurrence of Aeromonas hydrophila Pathol. 57: 261–278. in limnetic environments: relationship of the organism to trophic Roberts, R.J. 1985. Restriction and modification enzymes and their rec- state. Microb. Ecol. 6: 45–54. ognition sequences. Nucleic Acids Res. 13 Suppl: r165–200. Rippey, S.R. and V.J. Cabelli. 1985. Growth characteristics of Aeromonas Robins-Browne, R.M. 1987. Traditional enteropathogenic Escherichia coli hydrophila in limnetic waters of varying trophic state. Arch. Hydrobiol. of infantile diarrhea. Rev. Infect. Dis. 9: 28–53. 104: 311–320. Robins-Browne, R.M., S. Cianciosi, A.M. Bordun and G. Wauters. 1991. Riquelme, C., G. Hayashida, R. Araya, A. Uchida, M. Satomi and Y. Ishida. Pathogenicity of Yersinia kristensenii for mice. Infect. Immun. 59: 162– 1996. Isolation of a native bacterial strain from the scallop Argopecten 167. purpuratus with inhibitory effects against pathogenic vibrios. J. Shell- Robins-Browne, R.M. and J.K. Pipic. 1985. Effects of iron and desfer- fish Res. 15: 369–374. rioxamine on infections with Yersinia enterocolitica. Infect. Immun. 47: Risberg, A., E.K. Schweda and P.E. Jansson. 1997. Structural studies of 774–779. the cell-envelope oligosaccharide from the lipopolysaccharide of Hae- Robinson, J., J. Beaman, L. Wagener and V. Burke. 1986. Comparison of mophilus influenzae strain RM.118-28. Eur. J. Biochem. 243: 701–707. direct plating with the use of enrichment culture for isolation of Rische, H., W. Beer, G. Seltmann, E. Thal and G. Horn. 1973. Die zu- Aeromonas spp. from feces. J. Med. Microbiol. 22: 315–318. sammensetzung der lipopolysaccharide von Yersinia enterocolitica und Robinson, J., V. Burke, P.J. Worthy, J. Beaman and L. Wagener. 1984. Yersinia pseudotuberculosis und die empfindlichkeit gegenu¨ber bakter- Media for isolation of Aeromonas spp. from feces. J. Med. Microbiol. iophagen. Contr. Microbiol. Immunol. 2: 23–26. 18: 405–412. Ristroph, J.D., K.W. Hedlund and R.G. Allen. 1980. Liquid medium for Robinson, J. and N.E. Gibbons. 1952. The effect of salts on the growth growth of Legionella pneumophila. J. Clin. Microbiol. 11: 19–21. of Micrococcus halodenitrificans (n. sp.). Can. J. Bot. 30: 147–154. Ritter, D.B. and R.K. Gerloff. 1966. Deoxyribonucleic acid hybridization Robson, R.L. 1979. Characterization of an oxygen stable nitrogenase among some species of the genus Pasteurella. J. Bacteriol. 92: 1838– complex isolated from Azotobacter chroococcum. Biochem. J. 181: 569– 1839. 575. Rivers, T.M. 1922. Influenza-like bacilli. Growth of influenza-like bacilli Robson, R.L., J.A. Chesshyre, C. Wheeler, R. Jones, P.R. Woodley and J.R. on media containing only an autoclave-labile substance as an acces- Postgate. 1984. Genome size and complexity in Azotobacter chroococcum. sory food factor. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull. 33: 429–431. J. Gen. Microbiol. 130: 1603–1612. Robbs, C.F. 1956. Uma nova doenca bacteriana do mamoeiro. Rev. Soc. Robson, R.L. and J.R. Postgate. 1980. Oxygen and nitrogen in biological Brasil. Agron. 12: 73–76. nitrogen fixation. Ann. Rev. Microbiol. 34: 183–207. Robbs, C.F., O. Kimura and R.L.D. de Ribeiro. 1981. Descric¸a˜o de um Robson, R.L., P. Woodley and R. Jones. 1986. Second gene (nifH*) coding novo patovar de Xanthomonas campestris em beterraba hortı´cola e es- for a nitrogenase iron protein in Azotobacter chroococcum is adjacent to tudo comparativo com Xanthomonas beticola. Fitopatol. Bras. 6: 387– a gene coding for a ferredoxin-like protein. EMBO (Eur. Mol. Biol. 394. Organ.) J. 5: 1159–1163. BIBLIOGRAPHY 1043

Robson, R.L., P.R. Woodley, R.N. Pau and R.R. Eady. 1989. Structural 1995a. In Validation of the publication of new names and new com- genes for the vanadium nitrogenase from Azotobacter chroococcum. binations previously effectively published outside the IJSB. List No. Embo J. 8: 1217–1224. 55. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 45: 879–880. Rocchetta, H.L. and J.S. Lam. 1997. Identification and functional char- Romanenko, L.A., V.V. Mikhailov, A.M. Lysenko and V.I. Stepanenko. acterization of an ABC transport system involved in polysaccharide 1995b. A new species of melanin-producing bacteria of the genus export of A-band lipopolysaccharide in Pseudomonas aeruginosa. J. Bac- Alteromonas. Microbiology 64: 60–62. teriol. 179: 4713–4724. Romanenko, L.A., P. Schumann, M. Rohde, A.M. Lysenko, V.V. Mikhailov Roche, R.J. and E.R. Moxon. 1995. Phenotypic variation of carbohydrate and E. Stackebrandt. 2002. Psychrobacter submarinus sp nov and Psy- surface antigens and the pathogenesis of Haemophilus influenzae in- chrobacter marincola sp nov., psychrophilic halophiles from marine en- fections. Trends Microbiol. 3: 304–309. vironments. Int. J. Syst. Evol. Microbiol. 52: 1291–1297. Rodger, H.D. and E.M. Drinan. 1993. Observation of a rickettsia-like Romano, I., B. Nicolaus, L. Lama, M.C. Manca and A. Gambacorta. 1996. organism in Atlantic salmon, Salmo sala L., in Ireland. J. Fish Dis. 16: Characterization of a haloalkalophilic strictly aerobic bacterium, iso- 361–369. lated from Pantelleria Island. System. Appl. Microbiol. 19: 326–333. Rodicheva, E.K., I.N. Trubachev, S.E. Medvedeva, O.I. Egorova and L.Y. Romano, I., B. Nicolaus, L. Lama, M.C. Manca and A. Gambacorta. 1997. Shitova. 1993. Growth and luminescence of luminous bacteria pro- Validation of the publication of new names and new combinations moted by agents of microbial origin. J. Biolumin. Chemilumin. 8: previously effectively published outside the IJSB. List No. 61. Int. J. 293–299. Syst. Bacteriol. 47: 601–602. Rodrigues-Neto, J., C.F. Robbs and T. Yamashiro. 1987. A bacterial disease Romanovskaya, V.A., Y.R. Malashenko and V.N. Bogachenko. 1978. Cor- of guava (Psidium guajava) caused by Erwinia psidii, sp. nov. Fitopatol. rected diagnoses of the genera and species of methane-utilizing bac- Bras. 12: 345–350. teria. Mikrobiologiia 47: 120–130. Rodrigues-Neto, J., C.F. Robbs and T. Yamashiro. 1988. In Validation of Romanovskaya, V.A., A.G. Titov, I.V. Kharchenko and N.A. Ugryumova. the publication of new names and new combinations previously ef- 1992. Interrelation of monocultures in the microbe associations Me- fectively published outside the IJSB. List No. 26. Int. J.Syst. Bacteriol. thylococcus capsulatus and Frateuria aurantia. Mikrobiol. Zh. 54: 3–8. 38: 328–329. Romeiro, R.S. and O. Kimura. 1997. Induced resistance in pepper leaves Rodriguez, L.A., A.E. Ellis and T.P. Nieto. 1992. Purification and char- infiltrated with purified bacterial elicitors from Xanthomonas campestris acterisation of an extracellular metalloprotease, serine protease and pv. vesicatoria. J. Phytopathol. (Berl.) 14: 495–498. haemolysin of Aeromonas hydrophila strain B-32: all are lethal for fish. Romero, X., J.F. Turnbull and R. Jimenez. 2000. Ultrastructure and cy- Microb. Pathog. 13: 17–24. topathology of a rickettsia-like organism causing systemic infection in Rodriguez-Valera, F., A. Ventosa, G. Juez and J.F. Imhoff. 1985. Variation the redclaw crayfish, Cherax quadricarinatus (Crustacea: decapoda), in of environmental features and microbial populations with salt con- Ecuador. J. Invertebr. Pathol. 76: 95–104. centrations in a multi-pond saltern. Microb. Ecol. 11: 107–116. Ro¨mling, U., K.D. Schmidt and B. Tu¨mmler. 1997. Large genome rear- Roggendorf, M. and H.E. Mu¨ller. 1976. Enterobacteria of reptiles (trans- rangements discovered by the detailed analysis of 21 Pseudomonas lation). Zentralbl. Bakteriol. Parasitenkd. Hyg. Infektionskr., Abt. I aeruginosa clone C isolates found in environment and disease habitats. Orig A. 236: 22–35. J. Mol. Biol. 271: 386–404. Rohde, R. 1965. The identification, epidemiology and pathogenicity of the salmonellae of subgenus II. J. Appl. Bacteriol. 28: 368–372. Rontani, J.F., M.J. Gilewicz, V.D. Michotey, T.L. Zheng, P.C. Bonin and Rohde, R. 1966. Neue serologische Befunde hinsichtlich der Subgenus J.C. Bertrand. 1997. Aerobic and anaerobic metabolism of 6,10,14- Einteilung der Salmonellen. Zentrabl. Bakteriol. Parasitenk. Infek- trimethylpentadecan-2-one by a denitrifying bacterium isolated from tionskr. Hyg. Abt. I Orig. 202: 484–503. marine sediments. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 63: 636–643. Rohde, R. 1967. Zu¨r serologischen Differential-diagnose der Salmonella Rood, J.I., P.A. Howarth, V. Haring, S.J. Billington, W.K. Yong, D. Liu, Subgenera I-IV. Zentrab. Bakteriol. Parasitenk. Infektionskr. Hyg. Abt. M.A. Palmer, D.R. Pitman, I. Links, D.J. Stewart and J.A. Vaughan. I Orig. 205: 404–424. 1996. Comparison of gene probe and conventional methods for the Rohmer, M., P. Bouvier and G. Ourisson. 1979. Molecular evolution of differentiation of ovine footrot isolates of Dichelobacter nodosus. Vet. biomembranes: structural equivalents and phylogenetic precursors of Microbiol. 52: 127–141. sterols. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 76: 847–851. Rosato, Y.B., S.A.L. Destefano and M.J. Daniels. 1994. Cloning of a locus Roland, F.P. 1970. Leg gangrene and endotoxin shock due to Vibrio para- involved in pathogenicity and production of extracellular polysac- haemolyticus—an infection acquired in New England coastal waters. charide and protease in Xanthomonas campestris pv. campestris. FEMS N. Engl. J. Med. 282: 1306. Microbiol. Lett. 117: 41–45. Roland, F.P. 1971. Vibrio parahaemolyticus: A case report. Clin. Med. 78: Rose, D.H. 1917. Blister spot of apples and its relation to a disease of 26–33. apple bark. Phytopathology 7: 198–208. Rolland, K., N. Lambert-Zechovsky, B. Picard and E. Denamur. 1998. Rosen, H.R. 1922. The bacterial pathogen of corn stalk rot . Phytopa- Shigella and enteroinvasive Escherichia coli strains are derived from thology 12: 497–499. distinct ancestral strains of E. coli. Microbiology 144: 2667–2672. Rosenau, A., P.Y. Sizaret, J.M. Musser, A. Goudeau and R. Quentin. 1993. Romalde, J.L. and B. Magarin˜os. 1997. Immunization with bacterial an- Adherence to human cells of a cryptic Haemophilus genospecies re- tigens: Pasteurellosis. In Gudding, Lillehaug, Midtlyng and Brown sponsible for genital and neonatal infections. Infect. Immun. 61: (Editors), Fish Vaccinology, Dev. Biol. Stand., Vol. 90, Basel, Karger. 4112–4118. 167–177. Rosenberg, H., A.H. Ennor and V.F. Morrison. 1956. The estimation of Romalde, J.L., B. Magarinos, K.D. Turnbull, A.M. Baya, J.M. Barja and arginine. Biochem. J. 63: 153–159. A.E. Toranzo. 1995. Fatty-acid profiles of Pasteurella piscicida compar- Rosenbusch, C.T. and L.A. Merchant. 1939. A study of the hemmorrhagic ison with other fish pathogenic Gram-negative bacteria. Arch. Micro- septicemia Pasteurellae. J. Bacteriol. 37: 69–89. biol. 163: 211–216. Rosendal, S., D.A. Boyd and K.A. Gilbride. 1985. Comparative virulence Roman, M.J., P.D. Coriz and O.G. Baca. 1986. A proposed model to of porcine Haemophilus bacteria. Can. J. Comp. Med. 49: 68–74. explain persistent infection of host cells with Coxiella burnetii. J. Gen. Rosenshine, I., M.S. Donnenberg, J.B. Kaper and B.B. Finlay. 1992. Signal Microbiol. 132: 1415–1422. transduction between enteropathogenic Escherichia coli (EPEC) and Romanenko, L.A., A.M. Lysenko, V.V. Mikhailov and A.V. Kurika. 1994. epithelial cells: EPEC induces tyrosine phosphorylation of host cell A new species of brown agar-digesting bacteria of the genus Altero- proteins to initiate cytoskeletal rearrangement and bacterial uptake. monas. Mikrobiology. 63: 1081–1087. Embo J. 11: 3551–3560. Romanenko, L.A., V.V. Mikhailov, A.M. Lysenko and V.I. Stapanenko. Ross, A.J., R.R. Rucker and W.H. Ewing. 1966. Description of a bacterium 1044 BIBLIOGRAPHY

associated with redmouth disease of rainbow trout (Salmo gairdneri). the taxonomic position of Rickettsiella grylli. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 47: Can. J. Microbiol. 12: 763–770. 1255–1257. Ross, J.L., P.I. Boon, P. Ford and B.T. Hart. 1997. Detection and quan- Rowbotham, T.J. 1983. Isolation of Legionella pneumophila from clinical tification with 16S rRNA probes of planktonic methylotrophic bacteria specimens via amoebae, and the interaction of those and other iso- in a floodplain lake. Microb. Ecol. 34: 97–108. lates with amoebae. J. Clin. Pathol. 36: 978–986. Ross, R.F., J.E. Hall, A.P. Orning and S.E. Dale. 1972. Characterization Rowbotham, T.J. 1986. Current views on the relationships between amoe- of an Actinobacillus isolated from the sow vagina. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. bae, legionellae and man. Isr. J. Med. Sci. 22: 678–689. 22: 39–46. Rowe, B., R.J. Gross and E. van Oye. 1975. An organism differing from Rossau, R., A. Van Landschoot, M. Gillis and J. De Ley. 1991. Taxonomy Shigella boydii 13 only in its ability to produce gas from glucose. Int. of Moraxellaceae fam. nov., a new bacterial family to accommodate the J. Syst. Bacteriol. 25: 301–303. genera Moraxella, Acinetobacter, and Psychrobacter and related organ- Roy, T.M., D. Fleming and W.H. Anderson. 1989. Tularemic pneumonia isms. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 41: 310–319. mimicking Legionnaires’ disease with false-positive direct fluorescent Rossau, R., A. Van Landschoot, W. Mannheim and J. De Ley. 1986. In- antibody stains for Legionella. South. Med. J. 82: 1429–1431. tergeneric and intrageneric similarities of ribosomal RNA cistrons of Royle, P.L., H. Matsumoto and B.W. Holloway. 1981. Genetic circularity the Neisseriaceae. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 36: 323–332. of the Pseudomonas aeruginosa PAO chromosome. J. Bacteriol. 145: Rossau, R., G. Vandenbusche, S. Thielemans, P. Segers, H. Grosch, E. 145–155. Goethe, W. Mannheim and J. De Ley. 1989. Ribosomal RNA cistron Ro´zalski, A. and K. Kotelko. 1987. Hemolytic activity and invasiveness in similarities and DNA homologies of Neisseria, Kingella, Eikenella, Si- strains of Proteus penneri. J. Clin. Microbiol. 25: 1094–1096. monsiella, Alysiella, and Centers for Disease Control groups EF-4 and Ro´zalski, A., Z. Sidorczyk and K. Kotelko. 1997. Potential virulence factors M-5 in the emended family Neisseriaceae. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 39: 185– of Proteus bacilli. Microbiol. Mol. Biol. Rev. 61: 65–89. 198. Rozsa, F.W. and C.F. Marrs. 1991. Interesting sequence differences be- tween the pilin gene inversion regions of Moraxella lacunata ATCC Rossello´-Mora, R.A., F. Caccavo, Jr., K. Osterlehner, N. Springer, S. Spring, 17956 and Moraxella bovis Epp63. J. Bacteriol. 173: 4000–4006. D. Schuler, W. Ludwig, R. Amann, M. Vancanneyt and K.H. Schleifer. Rubin, L.G., A.A. Medeiros, R.H. Yolken and E.R. Moxon. 1981. Ampi- 1994a. Isolation and taxonomic characterization of a halotolerant, cillin treatment failure of apparently beta-lactamase-negative Haemo- facultatively iron-reducing bacterium. Syst. Appl. Microbiol. 17: 569– philus influenzae type b meningitis due to novel beta-lactamase. Lancet 573. 2: 1008–1010. Rossello´-Mora, R.A., E. Garcı´a-Valde´s, J. Lalucat and J. Ursing. 1991. Gen- Rubin, S.J. and R.C. Tilton. 1975. Isolation of Vibrio alginolyticus from otypic and phenotypic diversity of Pseudomonas stutzeri. Syst. Appl. Mi- wound infections. J. Clin. Microbiol. 2: 556–558. crobiol. 14: 150–157. Ruby, E.G., E.P. Greenberg and J.W. Hastings. 1980. Planktonic marine Rossello´-Mora, R.A., J. Lalucat, W. Dott and P. Ka¨mpfer. 1994b. Bio- luminous bacteria: species distribution in the water column. Appl. chemical and chemotaxonomic characterization of Pseudomonas stut- Environ. Microbiol. 39: 302–306. zeri genomovars. J. Appl. Bacteriol. 76: 226–233. Ruby, E.G. and H.W. Jannasch. 1982. Physiological characteristics of Thi- Rossello´-Mora, R.A., J. Lalucat and E. Garcia-Valde´s. 1994c. Comparative omicrospira sp. strain L-12 isolated from deep-sea hydrothermal vents. biochemical and genetic-analysis of naphthalene degradation among J. Bacteriol. 149: 161–165. Pseudomonas stutzeri strains. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 60: 966–972. Ruby, E.G. and K.H. Lee. 1998. The Vibrio fischeri Euprymna scolopes light Rossello´-Mora, R.A., W. Ludwig, P. Ka¨mpfer, R. Amann and K.-H. Schlei- organ association: Current ecological paradigms. Appl. Environ. Mi- fer. 1996. In Validation of the publication of new names and new crobiol. 64: 805–812. combinations previously published outside the IJSB. List No. 56. Int. Ruby, E.G., C.O. Wirsen and H.W. Jannasch. 1981. Chemolithotrophic J. Syst. Bacteriol. 46: 362–363. sulfur-oxidizing bacteria from the Galapagos Rift (Pacific Ocean) hy- Rossello´-Mora, R.A., W. Ludwig, P. Ka¨mpfer, R. Amann and K.-H. Schlei- drothermal vents. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 42: 317–324. fer. 1995. Ferrimonas balearica gen. nov., sp. nov., a new marine fac- Ruckelshausen, R. and R. Holla¨nder. 1978. On the phenotypical char- ultative Fe(III)-reducing bacterium. Syst. Appl. Microbiol. 18: 196– acteristics of Haemophilus isolates from human respiratory tracts. Zen- 202. tralbl. Bakteriol. Parasitenkd. Infektionskr. Hyg. Abt. I Orig. A. 242: Rothenpieler, U., R. Mutters, W. Frederiksen, R. Rossau, P. Segers, J. De 500–511. Ley and W. Mannheim. 1986. DNA relationships of Cardiobacterium Rucker, R.R. 1966. Redmouth disease in rainbow trout (Salmo gairdneri). hominis. In Microbe 86 : XIV International Congress of Microbiology, Bull. Off. Int. Epiz. 65: 825–830. 7–13 September, 1986, Manchester, England, Vol. 2, International Rudolph, K. 1993. Infection of the plant by Xanthomonas. In Swings and Congress for Microbiology, Manchester. pp. B4–B8. Civerolo (Editors), Xanthomonas, Chapman & Hall, London. pp. 193– Rouboud, E. 1919. Les particularite´s de la nutrition et la vie symbiotique 264. chez les mouches tse´tse´s. Ann. Inst. Pasteur (Paris) 33: 489–537. Ruehl, W.W., C.F. Marrs, R. Fernandez, S. Falkow and G.K. Schoolnik. Rouhbakhsh, D. and P. Baumann. 1995. Characterization of a putative 1988. Purification, characterization, and pathogenicity of Moraxella 23S–5S rRNA operon of Buchnera aphidicola (endosymbiont of aphids) bovis pili. J. Exp. Med. 168: 983–1002. unlinked to the 16S rRNA-encoding gene. Gene 155: 107–112. Ruffolo, C.G., J.M. Tennent, W.P. Michalski and B. Adler. 1997. Identi- Rouhbakhsh, D., C.-Y. Lai, C.D. von Dohlen, M.A. Clark, L. Baumann, fication, purification, and characterization of the type 4 fimbriae of P. Baumann, N.A. Moran and D.J. Voegtlin. 1996. The tryptophan Pasteurella multocida. Infect. Immun. 65: 339–343. biosynthetic pathway of aphid endosymbionts (Buchnera): genetics Ruimy, R., V. Breittmayer, P. Elbaze, B. Lafay, O. Boussemart, M. Gauthier and evolution of plasmid-associated anthranilate synthase (trpEG) and R. Christen. 1994. Phylogenetic analysis and assessment of the within the aphididae. J. Mol. Evol. 42: 414–421. genera Vibrio, Photobacterium, Aeromonas, and Plesiomonas deduced from Rouhbakhsh, D., M.A. Clark, L. Baumann, N.A. Moran and P. Baumann. small-subunit rRNA sequences. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 44: 416–426. 1997. Evolution of the tryptophan biosynthetic pathway in Buchnera Rules Revision Committee, J.C., International Committee on Systematic (aphid endosymbionts): studies of plasmid-associated trpEG within the Bacteriology 1985. Proposal to emend the international code of no- genus Uroleucon. Mol. Phylogenet. Evol. 8: 167–176. menclature of bacteria. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 35: 123. Rouhbakhsh, D., N.A. Moran, L. Baumann, D.J. Voegtlin and P. Baumann. Russell, N.J. and J.K. Volkman. 1980. The effect of growth temperature 1994. Detection of Buchnera, the primary prokaryotic endosymbiont on wax ester composition in the psychrophilic bacterium Micrococcus of aphids, using the polymerase chain reaction. Insect Mol. Biol. 3: cryophilus ATCC 15174. J. Gen. Microbiol. 118: 131–142. 213–217. Russo, A., Y. Moenne-Loccoz, S. Fedi, P. Higgins, A. Fenton, D.N. Dowling, Roux, V., M. Bergoin, N. Lamaze and D. Raoult. 1997. Reassessment of M. O’Regan and F. O’Gara. 1996. Improved delivery of biocontrol BIBLIOGRAPHY 1045

Pseudomonas and their antifungal metabolites using alginate polymers. and its role in protecting nitrogenase. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 66: Appl. Microbiol. Biotechnol. 44: 740–745. 4037–4044. Russo, T.A. and J.R. Johnson. 2000. Proposal for a new inclusive desig- Sabry, S.A., K.M. Ghanem and W.A. Sabra. 1996. Effect of nutrients on nation for extraintestinal pathogenic isolates of Escherichia coli: ExPEC. alginate synthesis in Azotobacter vinelandii and characterization of the J. Infect. Dis. 181: 1753–1754. produced alginate. Microbiologia 12: 593–598.. Rust, L., E.C. Pesci and B.H. Iglewski. 1996. Analysis of the Pseudomonas Sachs, J.M., M. Pacin and G.W. Counts. 1974. Sickle hemoglobinopathy aeruginosa elastase (lasB) regulatory region. J. Bacteriol. 178: 1134– and Edwardsiella tarda meningitis. Am. J.Dis. Child. 128: 387–388. 1140. Sack, R.B., M. Rahman, M. Yunus and E.H. Khan. 1997. Antimicrobial Rustigian, R. and C.A. Stuart. 1943. Taxonomic relationships in the genus resistance in organisms causing diarrheal disease. Clin. Infect. Dis. 24 Proteus. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol. Med. 53: 241–243. Suppl 1: S102–105. Rustigian, R. and C.A. Stuart. 1945. The biochemical and serological Sackett, W.G. 1916. A bacterial stem blight of field and garden peas. Bull. relationships of the organisms of the genus Proteus. J. Bacteriol. 49: Colo. Agr. Sta. No. 218: 1–43. 419–436. Sader, H.S., A.C. Pignatari, R. Frei, R.J. Hollis and R.N. Jones. 1994. Rutala, W.A., F.A. Sarubi, Jr., C.S. Finch, J.N. McCormack and G.E. Steink- Pulsed-field gel electrophoresis of restriction-digested genomic DNA raus. 1982. Oyster-associated outbreak of diarrhoeal disease possibly and antimicrobial susceptibility of Xanthomonas maltophilia strains caused by Plesiomonas shigelloides. Lancet 1: 739. from Brazil, Switzerland and the USA. J. Antimicrob. Chemother. 33: Ruttimann-Johnson, C., C.R. Staples, P. Rangaraj, V.K. Shah and P.W. 615–618. Ludden. 1999. A vanadium and iron cluster accumulates on VnfX Sadoff, H.L., B. Shimei and S. Ellis. 1979. Characterization of Azotobacter during iron- vanadium-cofactor synthesis for the vanadium nitro- vinelandii deoxyribonucleic acid and folded chromosomes. J. Bacter- genase in Azotobacter vinelandii. J. Biol. Chem. 274: 18087–18092. iol. 138: 871–877. Sadusky, T.J. and R.A. Bullis. 1994. Experimental disinfection of lobster Ruzafa, C., F. Solano and A. Sanchez-Amat. 1994. The protein encoded eggs infected with Leucothrix mucor. Biol. Bull. (Woods Hole) 187: by the Shewanella colwelliana melA gene is p-hydroxyphenylpyruvate 254–255. dioxygenase. FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 124: 179–184. Saffarini, D.A., T.J. DiChristina, D. Bermudes and K.H. Nealson. 1994. Ryan, W.J. 1964. Moraxella commonly present on the conjunctiva of Anaerobic respiration of Shewanella putrefaciens requires both chro- guinea pigs. J. Gen. Microbiol. 35: 361–372. mosomal and plasmid-borne genes. FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 119: 271– Rychlik, I., M. Bartos and K. Sestak. 1994. Use of DNA fingerprinting for 277. accurate typing of Actinobacillus pleuropneumoniae. Vet. Med. (Praha) Safrin, S., J.G. Morris, Jr., M. Adams, V. Pons, R. Jacobs and J.E. Conte, 39: 167–174. Jr.. 1988. Non-O:1 Vibrio cholerae bacteremia: Case report and review. Rye, A.J., J.W. Drozd, C.W. Jones and J.D. Linton. 1988. Growth efficiency Rev. Infect. Dis. 10: 1012–1017. of Xanthomonas campestris in continuous culture. J. Gen. Microbiol. Sahin, F. and S.A. Miller. 1996. Characterization of Ohio strains of Xan- 134: 1055–1062. thomonas campestris pv. vesicatoria, causal agent of bacterial spot of Ryley, H.C., L. Millar-Jones, A. Paull and J. Weeks. 1995. Characterization pepper. Plant Dis. 80: 773–778. of Burkholderia cepacia from cystic-fibrosis patients living in Wales by Sahl, H.G. and H.G. Tru¨per. 1977. Enzymes of CO fixation in Chroma- PCR ribotyping. J. Med. Microbiol. 43: 436–441. 2 tiaceae. FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 2: 129–132. Ryll, M., R. Mutters and W. Mannheim. 1991. Study of the genetic clas- Saint-Onge, A., F. Romeyer, P. Lebel, L. Masson and R. Brousseau. 1992. sification of the Pasteurella pneumotropica complex. Berliner Munche- Specificity of the Pseudomonas aeruginosa PAO1 lipoprotein-I gene as ner Tierarztl. Wochenschr. 104: 243–245. a DNA probe and PCR target region within the Pseudomonadaceae.J. Saarela, M., S. Asikainen, S. Alaluusua, L. Pyhala, C.H. Lai and H. Jou- Gen. Microbiol. 138: 733–741. simies-Somer. 1992. Frequency and stability of mono- or poly-infection Saito, A., H. Koga, H. Shigeno, K. Watanabe, K. Mori, S. Kohno, Y. Shi- by Actinobacillus actinomycetemcomitans serotypes a, b, c, d or e. Oral geno, Y. Suzuyama, K. Yamaguchi, M. Hirota and K. Hara. 1986. The Microbiol. Immunol. 7: 277–279. antimicrobial activity of ciprofloxacin against Legionella species and Saarela, M., S. Asikainen, H. Jousimies-Somer, T. Asikainen, B. von Troil- the treatment of experimental Legionella pneumonia in guinea pigs. Linden and S. Alaluusua. 1993. Hybridization patterns of Actinobacillus J. Antimicrob. Chemother. 18: 251–260. actinomycetemcomitans serotype a-e detected with an rRNA gene probe. Saito, A., R.D. Rolfe, P.H. Edelstein and S.M. Finegold. 1981. Comparison Oral. Microbiol. Immunol. 8: 111–115. of liquid growth media for Legionella pneumophila. J. Clin. Microbiol. Saari, M., T. Cheasty, K. Leino and A. Siitonen. 2001. Phage types and 14: 623–627. genotypes of Shiga toxin-producing Escherichia coli O157 in Finland. Saitou, N. and M. Nei. 1987. The neighbor-joining method: a new method J. Clin. Microbiol. 39: 1140–1143. for reconstructing phylogenetic trees. Mol. Biol. Evol. 4: 406–425. Sabath, L.D., M. Jago and E.P. Abraham. 1965. Cephalosporinase and Sakane, T. and A. Yokota. 1994. Chemotaxonomic investigation of het- penicillinase activities of a beta-lactamase from Pseudomonas pyocyanea. erotrophic, aerobic and microaerophilic spirilla, the genera Aqua- Biochem. J. 96: 739–752. spirillum, Magnetopirillum and Oceanospirillum. Syst. Appl. Microbiol. Sabbaj, J., V.L. Sutter and S.M. Finegold. 1970. Urease and deaminase 17: 128–134. activities of fecal bacteria in hepatic coma. Antimicrob. Agents Che- Sakata, T., K. Sakaguchi and D. Kakimoto. 1982. Antibiotic production mother. 10: 181–185. by marine pigmented bacteria. I. Antibacterial effect of Alteromonas Sabet, K.A. 1957. Studies in the bacterial diseases of Sudan crops I. Bac- luteoviolaceus. Mem. Fac. Fish., Kagoshima Univ. 31: 243–250. terial leaf spot of jute (Corchorus olitorius L.). Ann. Appl. Biol. 45: 516– Sakata, T., K. Sakaguchi and D. Kakimoto. 1986. Antibiotic production 520. by marine pigmented bacteria. II. Purification and characterization Sabet, K.A. 1959. Studies in the bacterial diseases of Sudan crops IV. of antibiotic substances of Alteromonas luteoviolacea. Mem. Fac. Fish., Bacterial leaf spot and canker disease of mahogany (Khaya senegalensis Kagoshima Univ. 35: 29–37. (Desr.) A. Juss and K. grandifoliola C. DC). Ann. Appl. Biol. 47: 658– Sakazaki, R. 1961. Studies on the Hafnia group of Enterobacteriaceae. Japan 665. J. Med. Sci. Biol. 14: 223–241. Sabet, K.A. and W.J. Dowson. 1960. Bacterial leaf spot of sesame (Sesamum Sakazaki, R. 1967. Studies on the Asakusa group of Enterobacteriaceae (Ed- orientale L.). Phytopathol. Z. 37: 252–258. wardsiella tarda). Jpn. J. Med. Sci. Biol. 20: 205–212. Sabet, K.A., F. Ishag and O. Khalil. 1969. Studies on the bacterial diseases Sakazaki, R. 1968. Proposal of Vibrio alginolyticus for the biotype 2 of Vibrio of Sudan crops VII. New records. Ann. Appl. Biol. 63: 357–369. parahaemolyticus. Jpn. J. Med. Sci. Biol. 21: 359–362. Sabra, W., A.P. Zeng, H. Lunsdorf and W.D. Deckwer. 2000. Effect of Sakazaki, R. 1984. Serology and epidemiology of Plesiomonas shigelloides. oxygen on formation and structure of Azotobacter vinelandii alginate Methods Microbiol. 16: 259–269. 1046 BIBLIOGRAPHY

Sakazaki, R. 1987. Serology of mesophilic Aeromonas spp. and Plesiomonas Xanthomonas campestris causing wilt of Gramineae. EPPO Bull. 19: 43– shigelloides. Experientia (Basel) 43: 357–358. 50. Sakazaki, R. and A. Balows. 1981. The genera Vibrio, Pleisomonas, and Samson, R. and N. Nassan-Agha. 1978. Biovar and serovars among 129 Aeromonas. In Starr, Stolp, Tru¨per and Schlegel (Editors), The Pro- strains of Erwinia chrysanthemi. Station de Pathologie Ve´ge´tale et Phy- karyotes. A Handbook on Habitats, Isolation, and Identification of tobacte´riologie, Proc. IVth Int. Conf. on Plant Pathogenic Bacteria, Bacteria, Vol. 2, Springer-Verlag, New York. pp. 1272–1301. Tours, France. Gilbert-Clarey. pp. 547–553. Sakazaki, R., S. Iwanami and H. Fukumi. 1963. Studies on the entero- Samuel, J.E., M.E. Frazier, M.L. Kahn, L.S. Thomashow and L.P. Mallavia. pathogenic facultatively halophilic bacteria Vibrio parahaemolyticus.I. 1983. Isolation and characterization of a plasmid from phase I Coxiella Morphological, cultural and biochemical properties and its taxonom- burnetii. Infect. Immun. 41: 488–493. ical position. Jpn. J. Med. Sci. Biol. 16: 161–188. Samuel, J.E., M.E. Frazier and L.P. Mallavia. 1985. Correlation of plasmid Sakazaki, R., S. Kuramochi, Y. Kosako and K. Tamura. 1983. Independ- type and disease caused by Coxiella burnetii. Infect. Immun. 49: 775– ency of Eschericia adecarboxylata from Enterobacter agglomerans. In Le- 779. ¨ clerc (Editor), Les bacilles a Gram-negatif medical et en sante pub- Sanarelli, G. 1891. Uber enine neuen Mikroorganismum des Wassers, lique: taxonomie-identification-applications, INSERM, Paris. 157–166. welcher fu¨r Thiere mit veraenderlichen und konstanter temperature Sakazaki, R. and Y. Murata. 1962. The new group of the Enterobacteriaceae, pathogen ist. Zentbl. Bakteriol. Parasitenkd. 9: 222–228. the Asakusa group. Jpn. J. Bacteriol. 17: 617–618. Sanchez-Amat, A. and F. Solano. 1997. A pluripotent polyphenol oxidase Sakazaki, R. and S. Namioka. 1957. Biochemical studies on Voges-Pros- from the melanogenic marine Alteromonas sp. shares catalytic capa- kauer positive enteric bacteria. Japan. J. Exp. Med. 27: 273–282. bilities of tyrosinases and laccases. Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. Sakazaki, R. and S. Namioka. 1960. Serological studies on the Cloaca 240: 787–792. (Aerobacter) group of enteric bacteria. Jpn. J. Med. Sci. Biol. 13:1– Sanden, G.N., W.E. Morrill, B.S. Fields, R.F. Breiman and J.M. Barbaree. 1992. Incubation of water samples containing amoebae improves de- 12. tection of legionellae by the culture method. Appl. Environ. Micro- Sakazaki, R., S. Namioka, A. Osada and C. Yamada. 1960. A problem on biol. 58: 2001–2004. the pathogenic role of Citrobacter of enteric bacteria. Jpn. J. Exp. Med. Sanders, W.E. and C.C. Sanders. 1997. Enterobacter spp.: Pathogens poised 30: 13–21. to flourish at the turn of the century. Clin. Microbiol. Rev. 10: 220– Sakazaki, R. and T. Shimada. 1984. O-serogrouping for mesophilic Ae- 241. romonas strains. Jpn. J. Med. Sci. Biol. 37: 247–255. Sanderson, K.E., A. Hessel, S.L. Liu and K.E. Rudd. 1996. The genetic Sakazaki, R. and K. Tamura. 1975. Priority of the specific epithet an- map of Salmonella typhimurium, edition VIII. In Curtiss., Ingraham, guillimortiferum over the specific epithet tarda in the name of the Lin, Low, Magasanik, Reznikoff, Riley, Schaechter and Umbarger (Ed- organism presently known as Edwardsiella tarda. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. itors), Escherichia coli and Salmonella cellular and Molecular Biology, 2 25: 219–220. Ed., Vol. 2, ASM Press, Washington, DC. pp. 1903–1999. Sakazaki, R., K. Tamura, R. Johnson and R.R. Colwell. 1976. Taxonomy Sands, D.C., F.H. Gleason and D.C. Hildebrand. 1967. Cytochromes of of some recently described species in the family Enterobacteriaceae. Int. Pseudomonas syringae. J. Bacteriol. 94: 1785–1786. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 26: 158–179. Sands, D.C., L. Hankin and M. Zucker. 1972. A selective medium for Sakazaki, R., K. Tamura, Y. Kosako and E. Yoshizaki. 1989a. Klebsiella pectolytic fluorescent pseudomonads. Phytopathology 62: 998–1000. ornithinolytica sp. nov., formerly known as ornithine-positive Klebsiella Sands, D.C. and A.D. Rovira. 1970. Isolation of fluorescent pseudomo- oxytoca. Curr. Microbiol. 18: 201–206. nads with a selective medium. Appl. Microbiol. 20: 513–514. Sakazaki, R., K. Tamura, Y. Kosako and E. Yoshizaki. 1989b. In Validation Sands, D.C. and A.D. Rovira. 1971. Pseudomonas fluorescens biotype G, the of the publication of new names and new combinations previously dominant fluorescent pseudomonad in south Australian soils and effectively published outside the IJSB. Validation List No. 31. Int. J. wheat rhizospheres. J. Appl. Bacteriol. 34: 261–275. Syst. Bacteriol. 39: 495–497. Sands, D.C., M.N. Schroth and D.C. Hildebrand. 1970. Taxonomy of Sakazaki, R., K. Tamura, L.M. Prescott, Z. Bencic, S.C. Sanyal and R. phytopathogenic pseudomonads. J. Bacteriol. 101: 9–23. Sinha. 1971. Bacteriological examination of diarrheal stools in Cal- Sands, D.C., M.N. Schroth and D.C. Hildebrand. 1980. Pseudomonas. In cutta. Indian J. Med. Res. 59: 1025–1034. Schaad (Editor), Laboratory Guide for Identification of Plant Path- Sakellaris, H., N.K. Hannink, K. Rajakumar, D. Bulach, M. Hunt, C. Sa- ogenic Bacteria, American Phytopathological Society, St. Paul, Minn. sakawa and B. Adler. 2000. Curli loci of Shigella spp. Infect. Immun. 36–44. 68: 3780–3783. Sandstro¨m, G., S. Lo¨fgren and A. Ta¨rnvik. 1988. A capsule-deficient mu- Sakiyama, T. and K. Ohwada. 1997. Isolation and growth characteristics tant of Francisella tularensis LVS exhibits enhanced sensitivity to killing of deep-sea barophilic bacteria from the Japan Trench. Fish. Sci. 63: by serum but diminished sensitivity to killing by polymorphonuclear 228–232. leukocytes. Infect. Immun. 56: 1194–1202. Salam, M.A. and M.L. Bennish. 1991. Antimicrobial therapy for shigel- Sandstro¨m, G., A. Sjo¨stedt, T. Johansson, K. Kuoppa and J.C. Williams. losis. Rev. Infect. Dis. 13 Suppl 4: S332–341. 1992. Immunogenicity and toxicity of lipopolysaccharide from Fran- Salati, F., S. Kawai and R. Kusuda. 1989. Characteristics of the lipopoly- cisella tularensis LVS. FEMS (Fed. Eur. Microbiol. Soc.) Microbiol. Im- saccharide from Pasteurella piscicida. Fish Pathol. 24: 143–147. munol. 105: 201–210. Salmon, R.L., I.D. Farrell, J.G. Hutchison, D.J. Coleman, R.J. Gross, N.K. Sandstro¨m, G.E., H. Wolf-Watz and A. Ta¨rnvik. 1986. Duct ELISA for Fry, B. Rowe and S.R. Palmer. 1989. A christening party outbreak of detection of bacteria in fluid samples. J. Microbiol. Methods 5: 41– haemorrhagic colitis and haemolytic uraemic syndrome associated 48. with Escherichia coli O157.H7. Epidemiol. Infect. 103: 249–254. Sandstro¨m, J. and J. Pettersson. 1994. Amino acid composition of phloem Samain, E., M. Milas, L. Bozzi, G. Dubreucq and M. Rinaudo. 1997. sap and the relation to intraspecific variation in pea aphid (Acyrtho- Simultaneous production of two different gel-forming exopolysac- siphon pisum) performance. J. Insect Physiol. 40: 947–955. charides by an Alteromonas strain originating from deep sea hydro- Sansonetti, P.J., J. Arondel, A. Fontaine, H. d’Hauteville and M.L. Ber- thermal vents. Carbohydr. Polym. 34: 235–241. nardini. 1991. ompB (osmo-regulation) and icsA (cell-to-cell spread) Sambrook, J., E.F. Fritsch and T. Maniatis. 1989. Molecular cloning: a mutants of Shigella flexneri: vaccine candidates and probes to study the laboratory manual, Cold Spring Harbor Press, Cold Spring Harbor. pathogenesis of shigellosis. Vaccine 9: 416–422. Samitz, E.M. and E.L. Biberstein. 1991. Actinobacillus suis-like organisms Sansonetti, P.J., T.L. Hale, G.J. Dammin, C. Kapfer, H.H. Collins, Jr. and and evidence of hemolytic strains of Actinonbacillus lignieresii in horses. S.B. Formal. 1983. Alterations in the pathogenicity of Escherichia coli Am. J. Vet. Res. 52: 1245–1251. K-12 after transfer of plasmid and chromosomal genes from Shigella Samson, R., A. Arfi and N. Carvil. 1989. Criteria for identification of flexneri. Infect. Immun. 39: 1392–1402. BIBLIOGRAPHY 1047

Sansonetti, P.J., T.L. Hale and E.V. Oaks. 1985. Genetics of virulence in Pseudomonas stanieri to Marinobacterium as Marinobacterium jannaschii enteroinvasive Escherichia coli. In Schlessinger (Editor), Microbiology, comb. nov and Marinobacterium stanieri comb. nov. Int. J. Syst. Evol. American Society for Microbiology, Washington, D.C. pp. 74–77. Microbiol. 52: 739–747. Sansonetti, P.J., D.J. Kopecko and S.B. Formal. 1981. Shigella sonnei plas- Satomi, M., B. Kimura, M. Hayashi, Y. Shouzen, M. Okuzumi and T. Fujii. mids: evidence that a large plasmid is necessary for virulence. Infect. 1998. Marinospirillum gen. nov., with descriptions of Marinospirillum Immun. 34: 75–83. megaterium sp. nov., isolated from kusaya gravy, and transfer of Oce- Sansonetti, P.J., D.J. Kopecko and S.B. Formal. 1982. Involvement of a anospirillum minutulum to Marinospirillum minutulum comb. nov. Int. plasmid in the invasive ability of Shigella flexneri. Infect. Immun. 35: J. Syst. Bacteriol. 48: 1341–1348. 852–860. Satomi, M., B. Kimura, G. Takahashi and T. Fujii. 1997. Microbial diversity Santos, J.A., T.M. Lopez-Diaz, M.C. Garcia-Fernandez, M.L. Garcia-Lopez in kusaya gravy. Fish. Sci. 63: 1019–1023. and A. Otero. 1996. Villalon, a fresh ewe’s milk Spanish cheese, as Satta, G., R. Pompei, G. Grazi and G. Cornaglia. 1988. Phosphatase activity a source of potentially pathogenic Aeromonas strains. J. Food Prot. 59: is a constant feature of all isolates of all major species of the family 1288–1291. Enterobacteriaceae. J. Clin. Microbiol. 26: 2637–2641. Santos, J., T.M. Lopez-Diaz, M.L. Garcia-Lopez, M.C. Garcia-Fernandez Saunders, N.A., N. Doshi and T.G. Harrison. 1992. A second serogroup and A. Otero. 1994. Minimum water activity for the growth of Aero- of Legionella erythra serologically indistinguishable from Legionella rub- monas hydrophila as affected by strain, temperature and humectant. rilucens. J. Appl. Bacteriol. 72: 262–265. Lett. Appl. Microbiol. 19: 76–78. Saunders, N.A., T.G. Harrison, A. Haththotuwa and A.G. Taylor. 1991. A Sar, N. and E. Rosenberg. 1989. Colonial differentiation and hydropho- comparison of probes for restriction fragment length polymorphism bicity of a Vibrio sp. Curr. Microbiol. 18: 331–334. (RFLP) typing of Legionella pneumophila serogroup 1 strains. J. Med. Sarafian, S.K., S.R. Johnson, M.L. Thomas and J.S. Knapp. 1991. Novel Microbiol. 35: 152–158. plasmid combinations in Haemophilus ducreyi isolates from Thailand. Savage, D.D., R.L. Kagan, N.A. Young and A.E. Horvath. 1977. Cardio- J. Clin. Microbiol. 29: 2333–2334. bacterium hominis endocarditis: description of two patients and char- Saralov, A.I., I.N. Krylova, E.E. Saralova and S.I. Kuznetsov. 1984. The acterization of the organism. J. Clin. Microbiol. 5: 75–80. distribution and species composition of methane-oxidizing bacteria Savard, L., J.N.G. Hutchinson and T.M. Dowhanick. 1994. Characteri- in lake water. Mikrobiologiya 53: 695–700. zation of different isolates of Obesumbacterium proteus using random Sareneva, T., H. Holtho¨fer and T.K. Korhonen. 1990. Tissue-binding af- amplified polymorphic DNA. J. Am. Soc. Brew. Chem. 52: 62–65. finity of Proteus mirabilis fimbriae in the human urinary tract. Infect. Savarino, S.J., A. Fasano, D.C. Robertson and M.M. Levine. 1991. Enter- Immun. 58: 3330–3336. oaggregative Escherichia coli elaborate a heat-stable enterotoxin de- Sarff, L.D., G.H. McCracken, M.S. Schiffer, M.P. Glode, J.B. Robbins, I. monstrable in an in vitro rabbit intestinal model. J. Clin. Invest. 87: Ørskov and F. Ørskov. 1975. Epidemiology of Escherichia coli K1 in 1450–1455. healthy and diseased newborns. Lancet 1: 1099–1104. Savarino, S.J., A. Fasano, J. Watson, B.M. Martin, M.M. Levine, S. Guan- Sarker, R.I., W. Ogawa, M. Tsuda, S. Tanaka and T. Tsuchiya. 1994. Char- dalini and P. Guerry. 1993. Enteroaggregative Escherichia coli heat- acterization of a glucose transport system in Vibrio parahaemolyticus.J. stable enterotoxin 1 represents another subfamily of E. coli heat-stable Bacteriol. 176: 7378–7382. toxin. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 90: 3093–3097. Sarniguet, A., J. Kraus, M.D. Henkels, A.M. Muehlchen and J.E. Loper. 1995. The sigma factor sigmas affects antibiotic production and bi- Savarino, S.J., A. McVeigh, J. Watson, A. Cravioto, J. Molina, P. Echeverria, ological control activity of Pseudomonas fluorescens Pf-5. Proc. Natl. M.K. Bhan, M.M. Levine and A. Fasano. 1996. Enteroaggregative Esch- Acad. Sci. U. S. A. 92: 12255–12259. erichia coli heat-stable enterotoxin is not restricted to enteroaggre- Sasaki, T., T. Aoki, H. Hayashi and H. Ishikawa. 1990. Amino acid com- gative E. coli. J. Infect. Dis. 173: 1019–1022. position of the honeydew of symbiotic and aposymbiotic pea aphids Savinelli, E.A. and L.P. Mallavia. 1990. Comparison of Coxiella burnetii Acyrthosiphon pisum. J. Insect Physiol. 36: 35–40. plasmids to homologous chromosomal sequences present in a plas- Sasaki, T., H. Hayashi and H. Ishikawa. 1991. Growth and reproduction midless endocarditis-causing isolate. Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 590: 523– of the symbiotic and aposymbiotic pea aphids, Acyrthosiphon pisum 533. maintained on artificial diets. J. Insect Physiol. 37: 749–756. Sa˘vulescu, T. 1947. Contribution a` la classification des bacte´riace´es phy- Sasaki, T. and H. Ishikawa. 1995. Production of essential amino acids topathoge´nes. Anal. Acad. Romane Ser. III 22: 1–26. from glutamate by mycetocyte symbionts of the pea aphid, Acyrtho- Sawabe, T., H. Makino, M. Tatsumi, K. Nakano, K. Tajima, M.M. Iqbal, siphon pisum. J. Insect Physiol. 41: 41–46. I. Yumoto, Y. Ezura and R. Christen. 1998a. Pseudoalteromonas bacte- Saslaw, S. and H.N. Carlisle. 1961. Studies with tularemia vaccine in vol- riolytica sp. nov., a marine bacterium that is the causative agent of red unteers. IV. Brucella agglutinins in vaccinated and nonvaccinated vol- spot disease of Laminaria japonica. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 48: 769–774. unteers challenged with Pasteurella tularensis. Am. J. Med. Sci. 242: Sawabe, T., I. Sugimura, M. Ohtsuka, K. Nakano, K. Tajima, Y. Ezura and 166–172. R. Christen. 1998b. Vibrio halioticoli sp. nov., a non-motile alginolytic Saslaw, S., H.T. Eigelsbach, J.A. Prior, H.E. Wilson and S. Carhart. 1961. marine bacterium isolated from the gut of the abolone Haliotis discus Tularemia vaccine study. II. Respiratory challenge. Arch. Intern. Med. hannai. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 48: 573–580. 107: 702–714. Sawabe, T., R. Tanaka, M.M. Iqbal, K. Tajima, Y. Ezura, E.P. Ivanova and T Sato, G., M. Asagi, C. Oka, N. Ishiguro and N. Terakado. 1978. Trans- R. Christen. 2000. Assignment of Alteromonas elyakovii KMM162 and missible citrate-utilizing ability in Escherichia coli isolated from pigeons, five strains isolated from spot-wounded fronds of Laminaria japonica pigs and cattle. Microbiol. Immunol. 22: 357–360. to Pseudoalteromonas elyakovii comb. nov. and the extended description Sato, S. and H. Ishikawa. 1997a. Expression and control of an operon of the species. Int. J. Syst. Evol. Bacteriol. 50: 265–271. from an intracellular symbiont which is homologous to the groE op- Sawle, G.V., B.C. Das, P.R. Acland and D.A. Heath. 1986. Fatal infection eron. J. Bacteriol. 179: 2300-2304. with Aeromonas sobria and Plesiomonas shigelloides. Br. Med. J. Clin. Res. Sato, S. and H. Ishikawa. 1997b. Structure and expression of the dnaKJ 292: 525–526. operon of Buchnera, an intracellular symbiotic bacteria of aphid. J. Sawula, R.V. and I.P. Crawford. 1972. Mapping of the tryptophan genes Biochem. (Tokyo) 122: 41–48. of Acinetobacter calcoaceticus by transformation. J. Bacteriol. 112: 797– Satomi, M. , B. Kimura, T. Hamada, S. Harayama and T. Fujii. 2002. 805. Phylogenetic study of the genus Oceanospirillum based on 16S rRNA Sawyer, M.H., P. Baumann and L. Baumann. 1977a. Pathways of d-fructose and gyrB genes: emended description of the genus Oceanospirillum, and d-glucose catabolism in marine species of Alcaligenes, Pseudomonas description of Pseudospirillum gen. nov., Oceanobacter gen. nov and marina and Alteromonas communis. Arch. Microbiol. 112: 169–172. Terasakiella gen. nov and transfer of Oceanospirillum jannaschii and Sawyer, M.H., P. Baumann, L. Baumann, S.M. Berman, J.L. Canovas and 1048 BIBLIOGRAPHY

R.H. Berman. 1977b. Pathways of d-fructose metabolism in species of Schewiakoff, W. 1893. U¨ ber einen neuen bacteriena¨hnlichen Organismus Pseudomonas. Arch. Microbiol. 112: 49–55. des Susswassers., Habilitationsschrift, C. Winter, Universita¨t Heidel- Scaletsky, I.C.A., M.L.M. Silva, M.R.F. Toledo, B.R. Davis,, P.A. Blake and berg. 1–36. L.R. Trabulsi. 1985. Correlation between adherence to HeLa cells Schiemann, D. 1979. Synthesis of a selective agar medium for Yersinia and serogroups, serotypes, and bioserotypes of Escherichia coli. Infect. enterocolitica. Can. J. Microbiol. 25: 1298–1304. Immun. 49: 528-532. Schiewe, M.H., J.H. Crosa and E.J. Ordal. 1977. Deoxyribonucleic acid Scaletsky, I.C., M.L. Silva and L.R. Trabulsi. 1984. Distinctive patterns of relationships among marine vibrios pathogenic to fish. Can. J. Mi- adherence of enteropathogenic Escherichia coli to HeLa cells. Infect. crobiol. 23: 954–958. Immun. 45: 534–536. Schiewe, M.H., T.J. Trust and J.H. Crosa. 1981. Vibrio ordalii sp. nov.: A Scally, C.M. and F.G. Winder. 1991. Deoxyribonuclease from Pseudomonas causative agent of vibriosis in fish. Curr. Microbiol. 6: 343–348. maltophilia. Biochem. Soc. Trans. 19: 40S. Schiewe, M.H., T.J. Trust and J.H. Crosa. 1982. In Validation of new names Scanferlato, V.S., D.R. Orvos, J.J. Cairns and G.H. Lacy. 1989. Genetically and new combinations previously effectively published outside the engineered Erwinia carotovora in aquatic microcosms: survival and ef- IJSB. List No. 9. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 32: 384–385. fects on functional groups of indigenous bacteria. Appl. Environ. Schilf, W. and V. Krishnapillai. 1986. Genetic analysis of insertion mu- Microbiol. 55: 1477–1482. tations of the promiscuous IncP-1 plasmid R18 mapping near oriT Scarlett, C.M., J.T. Fletcher, P. Roberts and R.A. Lelliott. 1978. Tomato which affect its host range. Plasmid 15: 48–56. pith necrosis caused by Pseudomonas corrugata n. sp. Ann. Appl. Biol. Schillinger, I. 1997. Ulcerative infectious stomatitis in ophidians. Point 88: 105–114. Vet. 28: 35–39. Scarlett, M. 1916. Infections corne´ennes a diplobacilles. Notes sur deux Schindler, J., B. Potuzˇnl´kova´ and E. Aldova´. 1992. Classification of strains diplobacilles non encore de´crit (Bacillus duplex nonliquefacienssetBa- of Pragia fontium, Budvicia aquatica and of Leminorella by whole-cell cillus duplex josefi). Ann. Ocul. 153: 100–111. protein pattern. J. Hyg. Epidemiol. Microbiol. Immunol. (Prague) Schaad, N.W. 1976. Immunological comparison and characterization of 36: 207–216. ribosomes of Xanthomonas vesicatoria. Phytopathology 66: 770–776. Schink, B. and N. Pfennig. 1982a. Fermentation of trihydroxybenzenes Schaad, N.W. 1978. Use of direct and indirect immunofluorescence tests by Pelobacter acidigallici, new genus new species: a new strictly anaer- for identification of Xanthomonas campestris. Phytopathology 68: 249– obic, non-spore-forming bacterium. Arch. Microbiol. 133: 195–201. 252. Schink, B. and N. Pfennig. 1982b. Propionigenium modestum, gen. nov., sp. Schaad, N.W. 1979. Serological identification of plant pathogenic bac- nov.: a new strictly anaerobic, non-spore-forming bacterium growing teria. Annu. Rev. Phytopathol. 17: 123–147. on succinate. Arch. Microbiol. 133: 209–216. Schaad, N.W., G. Sowell, Jr., R.W. Goth, R.R. Colwell and R.E. Webb. Schink, B., T.E. Thompson and J.G. Zeikus. 1982. Characterization of 1978. Pseudomonas pseudoalcaligenes subsp. citrulli subsp. nov. Int. J. Propionispira arboris, gen. nov., sp. nov., a nitrogen-fixing anaerobe Syst. Bacteriol. 28: 117–125. common to wetwoods of living trees. J. Gen. Microbiol. 128: 2771– Schaad, N.W. and R.E. Stall. 1988. Xanthomonas. In Schaad (Editor), Lab- 2780. oratory Guide for Identification of Plant Pathogenic Bacteria, 2nd Schiøtz, P.O., N. Høiby and J.B. Hertz. 1979. Cross-reaction between Ed., APS Press, Minneapolis. pp. 81–94.. Haemophilus influenzae and nineteen other bacterial species. Acta Schable, B., D.L. Rhoden, R. Hugh, R.E. Weaver, N. Khardori, P.B. Smith, Pathol. Microbiol. Scand. Sect. B Microbiol. 87: 337–344. G.P. Bodey and R.L. Anderson. 1989. Serological classification of Xan- thomonas maltophilia (Pseudomonas maltophilia) based on heat-stable O Schirmer, A. and D. Jendrossek. 1994. Molecular characterization of the antigens. J. Clin. Microbiol. 27: 1011–1014. extracellular poly(3-Hydroxyoctanoic Acid) [P(3HO)] depolymerase Schadow, K.H., D.K. Giger and C.C. Sanders. 1993. Failure of the Vitek gene of Pseudomonas fluorescens Gk13 and of its gene product. J. Bac- AutoMicrobic system to detect beta-lactam resistance in Aeromonas teriol. 176: 7065–7073. species. Am. J. Clin. Pathol. 100: 308–310. Schirmer, A., D. Jendrossek and H.G. Schlegel. 1993. Degradation of Schaeffer, P. 1958. Interspecific reactions in bacterial transformation. poly(3-hydroxyoctanoic acid) [P(3HO)] by bacteria - purification and Gene 11: 311–318. properties of a P(3HO) depolymerase from Pseudomonas fluorescens Schauer, D.B. and S. Falkow. 1993. Attaching and effacing locus of a Gk13. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 59: 1220–1227. Citrobacter freundii biotype that causes transmissible murine colonic Schirmer, A., C. Matz and D. Jendrossek. 1995. Substrate specificities of hyperplasia. Infect. Immun. 61: 2486–2492. poly(hydroxyalkanoate)-degrading bacteria and active-site studies on Schauer, D.B., B.A. Zabel, I.F. Pedraza, C.M. O’Hara, A.G. Steigerwalt the extracellular poly(3-hydroxyoctanoic acid) depolymerase of Pseu- and D.J. Brenner. 1995. Genetic and biochemical characterization of domonas fluorescens Gk13. Can. J. Microbiol. 41: 170–179. Citrobacter rodentium sp. nov. J. Clin. Microbiol. 33: 2064–2068. Schirmer, F., S. Ehrt and W. Hillen. 1997. Expression, inducer spectrum, Schauer, D.B., B.A. Zabel, I.F. Pedraza, C.M. O’Hara, A.G. Steigerwalt domain structure, and function of MopR, the regulator of phenol and D.J. Brenner. 1996. In Validation of the publication of new names degradation in Acinetobacter calcoaceticus NCIB8250. J. Bacteriol. 179: and new combinations previously effectively published outside the 1329–1336. IJSB. List No. 56. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 46: 362–363. Schlater, L.K., D.J. Brenner, A.G. Steigerwalt, C.W. Moss, M.A. Lambert Scheel, O., T. Hoel, T. Sandvik and B.P. Berdal. 1993. Susceptibility pat- and R.A. Packer. 1989. Pasteurella caballi, a new species from equine tern of Scandinavian Francisella tularensis isolates with regard to oral clinical specimens. J. Clin. Microbiol. 27: 2169–2174. and parenteral antimicrobial agents. APMIS 101: 33–36. Schlater, L.K., D.J. Brenner, A.G. Steigerwalt, C.W. Moss, M.A. Lambert Scheel, O., R. Reiersen and T. Hoel. 1992. Treatment of tularemia with and R.A. Packer. 1990. In Validation of publication of new names and ciprofloxacin. Eur. J. Clin. Microbiol. Infect. Dis. 11: 447–448. new combinations previously effectively published outside the IJSEM. Scheminzky, F., Z. Klas and C. Job. 1972. U¨ ber das Vorkommen von List No. 34. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 40: 320–321. Thiobacterium bovista in Thermalwa¨ssern. Int. Rev. Gestamen Hy- Schlegel, H.G. and R.M. Lafferty. 1971. Novel energy and carbon sources. drobiol. 57: 801–813. A. The production of biomass from hydrogen and carbon dioxide. Scheutz, F., B. Olesen, J. Engberg, A.M. Petersen, K. Mølbak, P. Schiel- Adv. Biochem. Eng. 1: 143–168. lerup and P. Gerner-Smidt. 2001. Clinical features and epidemiology Schleifer, K.H., R. Amann, W. Ludwig, C. Rothemund, N. Springer and of infections by vero cytotoxigenic E. coli (VTEC) from Danish patients S. Dorn. 1992. Nucleic acid probes for the identification and in situ 1997–2000, and characterisation of VTEC isolates by serotypes and detection of pseudomonads. In Galli, Silver and Witholt (Editors), virulence factors. Proceedings from the EU Concerted Action Con- Pseudomonas: Molecular Biology and Biotechnology, American Society ference on Epidemiology of VTEC and Workshop on Typing methods for Microbiology, Washington D.C. 127–134. for VTEC Strains, Malahide, Ireland. Vol. 5: 58–66. Schleifer, K.H., W. Ludwig and R. Amann. 1993. Nucleic acid probes. In BIBLIOGRAPHY 1049

Goodfellow and O’Donnell (Editors), Handbook of new bacterial Schnaitman, C.A. and J.D. Klena. 1993. Genetics of lipopolysaccharide systematics, Academic Press Limited, London. 464–512. biosynthesis in enteric bacteria. Microbiol. Rev. 57: 655–682. Schleifstein, J. and M.B. Coleman. 1943. Bacterium enterocoliticum, N.Y. Schnathorst, W.C. 1966. Unaltered specificity in several xanthomonads State Dep. Health Div. Lab. Res. Annu. Report. . 56 after repeated passage through Phaseolus vulgaris. Phytopathology 56: Schleissner, C., A. Reglero and J.M. Luengo. 1997. Catabolism of d-glu- 58–60. cose by Pseudomonas putida U occurs via extracellular transformation Schneider, K., A. Muller, U. Schramm and W. Klipp. 1991. Demonstration into d-gluconic acid and induction of a specific gluconate transport of a molybdenum-independent and vanadium-independent nitro- system. Microbiology 143: 1595–1603. genase in a nifHDK deletion mutant of Rhodobacter capsulatus. Eur. J. Schmid, H., M. Hartung and E. Hellmann. 1991. Crossed Immunoelec- Biochem. 195: 653–661. trophoresis applied to representative strains from 11 different Pasteu- Schober, B.M. and J.W.L. Van Vuurde. 1997. Detection and enumeration rella species under taxonomic aspects. Zentbl. Bakteriol. Mikrobiol. of Erwinia carotovora subsp. atroseptica using spiral plating and im- Hyg. Abt. Orig. A Med. Mikrobiol. Infektkrankh. Parasitol. 275: 16– munofluorescence colony staining. Can. J. Microbiol. 43: 847–853. 27. Schoner, B. and R.G. Schoner. 1981. Distribution of IS5 in bacteria. Gene Schmidt, G.L., G. Nicolson and M.D. Kamem. 1971. Composition of the 16: 347–352. sulfur particle of Chromatium vinosum strain D. J. Bacteriol. 105: 1137– Schoonejans, E., D. Expert and A. Toussaint. 1987. Characterization and 1141. virulence properties of Erwinia chrysanthemi lipopolysaccharide-defec- Schmidt, H., L. Beutin and H. Karch. 1995a. Molecular analysis of the tive, vphi-EC2-resistant mutants. J. Bacteriol. 169: 4011–4017. plasmid-encoded hemolysin of Escherichia coli O157:H7 strain EDL Schoonmaker, D., T. Heimberger and G. Birkhead. 1992. Comparison of 933. Infect. Immun. 63: 1055–1061. ribotyping and restriction enzyme analysis using pulsed-field gel elec- Schmidt, H., H. Karch and L. Beutin. 1994. The large-sized plasmids of trophoresis for distinguishing Legionella pneumophila isolates obtained enterohemorrhagic Escherichia coli O157 strains encode hemolysins during a nosocomial outbreak. J. Clin. Microbiol. 30: 1491–1498. which are presumably members of the E. coli ␣-hemolysin family. Schramek, S. and H. Mayer. 1982. Different sugar compositions of li- FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 117: 189–196. popolysaccharides isolated from phase I and pure phase II cells of Schmidt, H., C. Kernbach and H. Karch. 1996a. Analysis of the EHEC Coxiella burnetii. Infect. Immun. 38: 53–57. hly operon and its location in the physical map of the large plasmid Schramek, S., J. Radziejewska-Lebrecht and H. Mayer. 1985. 3-C-branched of enterohaemorrhagic Escherichia coli O157:H7. Microbiology 142: aldoses in lipopolysaccharide of phase I Coxiella burnetii and their role 907–914. as immunodominant factors. Eur. J. Biochem. 148: 455–461. Schmidt, H., C. Knop, S. Franke, S. Aleksic, J. Heesemann and H. Karch. Schro¨der, D., H. Deppisch, M. Obermayer, G. Krohne, E. Stackebrandt, 1995b. Development of PCR for screening of enteroaggregative Esch- B. Ho¨lldobler, W. Goebel and R. Gross. 1996. Intracellular endosym- erichia coli. J. Clin. Microbiol. 33: 701–705. biotic bacteria of Camponotus species (carpenter ants): systematics, Schmidt, H., E. Maier, H. Karch and R. Benz. 1996b. Pore-forming prop- evolution and ultrastructural characterization. Mol. Microbiol. 21: erties of the plasmid-encoded hemolysin of enterohemorrhagic Esch- 479–489. erichia coli O157:H7. Eur. J. Biochem. 241: 594–601. Schroeter, J. 1872. Ueber einige durch Bacterien gebildete Pigmente. In Schmidt, H., J. Scheef, S. Morabito, A. Caprioli, L.H. Wieler and H. Karch. Cohn (Editor), Beitra¨ge zu¨r Biologie der Pflanzen, J.U. Kern’s Verlag, 2000. A new Shiga toxin 2 variant (Stx2f) from Escherichia coli isolated Breslau. 109–126. from pigeons. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 66: 1205–1208. Schroeter, J. 1885–1889. Kryptogamenflora von Schlesien. Bd. 3 Heft 3, Schmidt, K. 1978. Biosynthesis of carotenoids. In Clayton and Sistrom Pilze. In Cohn (Editor), Breslau, J.U. Kern’s Verlag. . (Editors), The Photosynthetic Bacteria, Plenum Press, New York. pp. Schroth, M.N. and D.C. Hildebrand. 1980. E. amylovora or true erwiniae 729–750. group. In Schaad (Editor), Laboratory Guide for Identification of Schmidt, K., N. Pfennig and S. Liaaen-Jensen. 1965. Carotenoids of Thior- Plant Pathogenic Bacteria, American Phytopathological Society, St. odaceae. IV. The carotenoid composition of 25 pure isolates. Arch. Paul. pp. 26–30. Mikrobiol. 52: 132–146. Schroth, M.N., D.C. Hildebrand and M.P. Starr. 1981. Phytopathogenic Schmidt, K.D., B. Tu¨mmler and U. Ro¨mling. 1996c. Comparative genome members of the genus Pseudomonas. In Starr, Stolp, Tru¨per and Balows mapping of Pseudomonas aeruginosa PAO with P. aeruginosa C, which (Editors), The Prokaryotes, A handbook on habitats, isolation and belongs to a major clone in cystic fibrosis patients and aquatic habitats. identification of the bacteria, Springer-Verlag, Berlin. 701–718. J. Bacteriol. 178: 85–93. Schubert, R.H.W. 1967a. The occurrence of Aeromonas hydrophila in sur- Schmidt, K. and H.G. Tru¨per. 1971. Carotenoid composition in the genus face waters. Arch. Hyg. Bakteriol. 150: 688–708. Ectothiorhodospira Pelsh. Arch. Mikrobiol. 80: 38–42. Schubert, R.H.W. 1967b. The taxonomy and nomenclature of the genus Schmidt, T.M., B. Arieli, Y. Cohen, E. Padan and W.R. Strohl. 1987. Sulfur Aeromonas Kluyver and Van Niel 1936. Part I. Suggestions on the tax- metabolism in Beggiatoa alba. J. Bacteriol. 169: 5466–5472. onomy and nomenclature of aerogenic Aeromonas species. Int. J. Syst. Schmidt, T.M. and A.A. Dispirito. 1990. Spectral characterization of c- Bacteriol. 17: 23–37. type cytochromes purified from Beggiatoa alba. Arch. Microbiol. 154: Schubert, R.H.W. 1967c. The taxonomy and nomenclature of the genus 453–458. Aeromonas Kluyver and Van Niel 1936. Part II. Suggestions on the Schmidt, T.M., V.A. Vinci and W.R. Strohl. 1986. Protein synthesis by taxonomy and nomenclature of the anaerogenic Aeromonas species. Beggiatoa alba B18LD in the presence and absence of sulfide. Arch. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 17: 273–279. Microbiol. 144: 158–162. Schubert, R.H. 1969. Aeromonas hydrophila subsp. proteolytica (Merkel et Schmidt, W.C. and C.D. Jeffries. 1974. Bacteriophage typing of Proteus al. 1964) comb. nov. Zentbl. Bakteriol. 211: 409–412. mirabilis, Proteus vulgaris and Proteus morganii. Appl. Microbiol. 27: 47– Schubert, R.H.W. 1971. Status of the names Aeromonas and Aerobacter 53. liquefaciens Beijerinck and designation of a neotype strain for Aero- Schmitt, C.K., M.L. McKee and A.D. O’Brien. 1991. Two copies of Shiga- monas hydrophila. Request for an opinion. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 21: like toxin II-related genes common in enterohemorrhagic Escherichia 87–90. coli strains are responsible for the antigenic heterogeneity of the Schubert, R.H.W. 1974. Genus II. Aeromonas. In Buchanan and Gibbons ,.strain E32511. Infect. Immun. 59: 1065–1073. (Editors), Bergey’s Manual of Determinative Bacteriology, 8th Ed מO157:H Schmitz, K.E.F. 1917. Ein neuer Typus ans der Gruppe der Ruhrbazillen The Williams & Wilkins Co., Baltimore. 345–348. als Erreger einer groesser Epidemie. Ztschr. Hyg. Infektionskr. 84: Schubert, R.H.W. 1975. The relationship of aerogenic to anaerogenic 449–516. aeromonads of the “hydrophila-punctata-group” in river water de- Schnaitman, C.A. 1970. Comparison of the envelope protein composi- pending on the load of waste. Zentbl. Bakteriol. Mikrobiol. Hyg. Ser. tions of several Gram-negative bacteria. J. Bacteriol. 104: 1404–1405. B. 160: 237–245. 1050 BIBLIOGRAPHY

Schubert, R.H.W. 1984. Genus IV. Plesiomonas. In Krieg and Holt (Edi- Association of enteroaggregative Escherichia coli with travellers’ diar- tors), Bergey’s Manual of Systematic Bacteriology, 1st Ed., Vol. 1, The rhoea. J. Infect. 29: 115–116. Williams & Wilkins Co., Baltimore. pp. 548–550. Scotland, S.M., G.A. Willshaw, H.R. Smith, R.J. Gross and B. Rowe. 1989. Schubert, R.H.W. 1987. Ecology of aeromonads and isolation from en- Adhesion to cells in culture and plasmid profiles of enteropathogenic vironmental samples. Experientia (Basel) 43: 351–354. Escherichia coli isolated from outbreaks and sporadic cases of infant Schubert, R.H.W. and S. Groeger-So¨hn. 1998. Detection of Budvicia aqua- diarrhoea. J. Infect. 19: 237–249. tica and Pragia fontium and occurrence in surface waters. Zentbl.Hyg. Scotland, S.M., G.A. Willshaw, H.R. Smith and B. Rowe. 1990. Properties Umweltmed. 201: 371–376. of strains of Escherichia coli O26:H11 in relation to their enteropath- Schubert, R.H.W. and M. Hegazi. 1988a. Aeromonas eucrenophila, new spe- ogenic or enterohemorrhagic classification. J. Infect. Dis. 162: 1069– cies Aeromonas caviae a later and illegitimate synonym of Aeromonas 1074. punctata. Zentbl. Bakteriol. Mikrobiol. Hyg. Ser. A 268: 34–39. Scott, C.C., S.R. Makula and W.R. Finnerty. 1976. Isolation and charac- Schubert, R.H.W. and M. Hegazi. 1988b. In Validation of the publication terization of membranes from a hydrocarbon-oxidizing Acinetobacter of new names and new combinations previously effectively published sp. J. Bacteriol. 127: 469–480. outside the IJSB. List No. 27. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 38: 449. Scott, D., J. Brannan and I.J. Higgins. 1981. The effect of growth con- Schubert, R.H.W., M. Hegazi and W. Wahlig. 1990a. Aeromonas enterope- ditions on intracytoplasmic membranes and methane monooxy- logenes species nova. Hyg. Med. 15: 471–472. genase activities in Methylosinus trichosporium OB3b. J. Gen. Microbiol. Schubert, R.H.W., M. Hegazi and W. Wahlig. 1990b. Aeromonas ichthiosmia 125: 63–72. species nova. Hyg. Med. 15: 477–479. Scott, D.L., R.-G. Zhang and E.M. Westbrook. 1996. The cholera family Schuch, R. and A.T. Maurelli. 1997. Virulence plasmid instability in Shi- of enterotoxins. In Parker (Editor), Protein Toxin Structure, R.G. gella flexneri 2a is induced by virulence gene expression. Infect. Im- Landes and Chapman and Hall, Austin. pp. 123–146. Scott, J.H. and K.H. Nealson. 1994. A biochemical study of the inter- mun. 65: 3686–3692. mediary carbon metabolism of Shewanella putrefaciens. J. Bacteriol. 176: Schulte, R. and U. Bonas. 1992a. Expression of the Xanthomonas campestris 3408–3411. pv. vesicatoria hrp gene cluster, which determines pathogenicity and Scotten, H.L. and J.L. Stokes. 1962. Isolation and properties of Beggiatoa. hypersensitivity on pepper and tomato, is plant inducible. J. Bacteriol. Arch. Mikrobiol. 42: 353–368. 174: 815–823. Scriver, S.R., S.L. Walmsley, C.L. Kau, D.J. Hoban, J. Brunton, A. McGeer, Schulte, R. and U. Bonas. 1992b. A Xanthomonas pathogenicity locus is T.C. Moore and E. Witwicki. 1994. Determination of antimicrobial induced by sucrose and sulfur-containing amino acids. Plant Cell 4: susceptibilities of Canadian isolates of Haemophilus influenzae and char- 79–86. acterization of their beta-lactamases. Canadian Haemophilus Study Schulz, H.N., T. Brinkhoff, T.G. Ferdelman, M. Herna´ndez Marine´, A. Group. Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. 38: 1678–1680. Teske and B.B. Jørgensen. 1999a. Dense populations of a giant sulfur Sears, C.L. and J.B. Kaper. 1996. Enteric bacterial toxins: Mechanisms of bacterium in Namibian shelf sediments. Science 284: 493–495. action and linkage to intestinal secretion. Microbiol. Rev. 60: 167– Schulz, H.N., T. Brinkhoff, T.G. Ferdelman, M. Herna´ndez Marine´, A. 215. Teske and B.B. Jørgensen. 1999b. In Validation of the publication of Sebald, M. and M. Ve´ron. 1963. Teneur en bases de l’ADN et classification new names and new combinations previously effectively published des vibrions. Ann. Inst. Pasteur (Paris) 105: 897–910. outside the IJSB. List No. 71. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 49: 1325–1326. Sechter, I., M. Shmilovitz, G. Altmann, R. Seligmann, B. Kretzer, I. Braun- Schulz, H.N. and D. De Beer. 2002. Uptake rates of oxygen and sulfide stein and C.B. Gerichter. 1983. Edwardsiella tarda isolated in Israel measured with individual Thiomargarita namibiensis cells by using mi- between 1961 and 1980. J. Clin. Microbiol. 17: 669–671. croelectrodes. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 68: 5746–5749. Sedla´ak, J. 1973. Present knowledge and aspects of Citrobacter. Curr. Top. Schulz, H.N. and B.B. Jørgensen. 2001. Big bacteria. Annu. Rev. Micro- Microbiol. Immunol. 62: 41–59. biol. 55: 105–137. Sedla´cek, I., P. Gerner-Smidt, J. Schmidt and W. Frederiksen. 1993. Ge- Schulz, H.N., B.B. Jørgensen, H.A. Fossing and N.B. Ramsing. 1996. Com- netic relationship of strains of Haemophilus aphrophilus, H. paraphro- munity structure of filamentous, sheath-building sulfur bacteria, Thi- philus, and Actinobacillus actinomycetemcomitans studied by ribotyping. oploca spp., off the coast of Chile. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 62: 1855– Zentbl. Bakteriol. 279: 51–59. 1862. Sedla´k, J. and M. Slajsova. 1966. On the antigenic relationships of certain Schulz, H.N., B. Strotmann, V.A. Gallardo and B.B. Jørgensen. 2000. Citrobacter and Hafnia cultures. J. Gen. Microbiol. 43: 151–158. Population study of the filamentous sulfur bacteria Thioploca spp. off Seidler, R., D.A. Allen, H. Lockman, R.R. Colwell, S.W. Joseph and O.P. the Bay of Concepcio´n, Chile. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 200: 117–126. Daily. 1980. Isolation, enumeration and characterization of Aeromonas Schuster, M.I. and D.P. Coyne. 1974. Survival mechanisms of phytopath- from polluted waters encountered in diving operations. Appl. Envi- ogenic bacteria. Ann. Rev. Phytopathol. 12: 199–221. ron. Microbiol. 39: 1010–1018. Schwach, T. 1979. Case report. Clin. Microbiol. Newsletter. 1: 4–5. Seidler, R.J., M.D. Knittel and C. Brown. 1975. Potential pathogens in Scotland, S.M., B. Rowe, H.R. Smith, G.A. Willshaw and R.J. Gross. 1988. the environment: Cultural reactions and nucleic acid studies of Kleb- Vero cytotoxin-producing strains of Escherichia coli from children with siella pneumoniae from clinical and environmental sources. Appl. Mi- haemolytic uraemic syndrome and their detection by specific DNA crobiol. 29: 819–825. probes. J. Med. Microbiol. 25: 237–243. Seifert, H., R. Baginski, A. Schulze and G. Pulverer. 1993a. Antimicrobial Scotland, S.M., H.R. Smith, T. Cheasty, B. Said, G.A. Willshaw, N. Stokes susceptibility of Acinetobacter species. Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. and B. Rowe. 1996. Use of gene probes and adhesion tests to char- 37: 750–753. acterise Escherichia coli belonging to enteropathogenic serogroups iso- Seifert, H., R. Baginski, A. Schulze and G. Pulverer. 1993b. The distri- lated in the United Kingdom. J. Med. Microbiol. 44: 438–443. bution of Acinetobacter species in clinical culture materials. Zentbl. Scotland, S.M., H.R. Smith, B. Said, G.A. Willshaw, T. Cheasty and B. Bakteriol. 279: 544–552. Rowe. 1991. Identification of enteropathogenic Escherichia coli isolated Seifert, H., L. Dijkshoorn, P. Gerner-Smidt, N. Pelzer, I. Tjernberg and in Britain as enteroaggregative or as members of a subclass of at- M. Veneechoutte. 1997. Distribution of Acinetobacter species on human taching-and-effacing E. coli not hybridising with the EPEC adherence- skin: comparison of phenotypic and genotypic identification methods. factor probe. J. Med. Microbiol. 35: 278–283. J. Clin. Microbiol. 35: 2819–2825. Scotland, S.M., G.A. Willshaw, T. Cheasty and B. Rowe. 1992. Strains of Seifert, H., A. Schulze, R. Baginski and G. Pulverer. 1994a. Comparison Escherichia coli O157:H8 from human diarrhoea belong to attaching of four different methods for epidemiologic typing of Acinetobacter and effacing class of E coli. J. Clin. Pathol. 45: 1075–1078. baumannii. J. Clin. Microbiol. 32: 1816–1819. Scotland, S.M., G.A. Willshaw, T. Cheasty, B. Rowe and J.E. Hassall. 1994. Seifert, H., A. Schulze, R. Baginski and G. Pulverer. 1994b. Plasmid DNA BIBLIOGRAPHY 1051

fingerprinting of Acinetobacter species other than Acinetobacter bauman- Serbinov, E.L. 1915. Bacterial necrosis of the cortex of fruit trees incited nii. J. Clin. Microbiol. 32: 82–86. by Bacterium amylovorum (Burrill). Serb. Belonzi Rast. 9: 131–145. Sekeyova, Z., V. Roux and D. Raoult. 1999. Intraspecies diversity of Coxiella Se´re`ny, B. 1957. Experimental kerato-conjunctivitis shigellosa. Acta Mi- burnetii as revealed by com1 and mucZ sequence comparison. FEMS crobiol. Acad. Sci. Hung. 4: 367–376. Microbiol. Lett. 180: 61–67. Serino, L., C. Reimmann, H. Baur, M. Beyeler, P. Visca and D. Haas. 1995. Sektas, M., T. Kaczorowski and A.J. Podhajska. 1995. Interaction of the Structural genes for salicylate biosynthesis from chorismate in Pseu- MboII restriction endonuclease with DNA. Gene 157: 181–185. domonas aeruginosa. Mol. Gen. Genet. 249: 217–228. Selander, R.K., D.A. Caugant, H. Ochman, J.M. Musser, M.N. Gilmour Serrano, F.B. 1928. Bacterial fruitlet brown-rot of pineapple in the Phil- and T.S. Whittam. 1986. Methods of multilocus enzyme electropho- ippines. Philipp. J. Sci. 36: 271–305. resis for bacterial population genetics and systematics. Appl. Environ. Sertic, V. and N.A. Boulgakov. 1936. Bacte´riophages spe´cifiques pour des Microbiol. 51: 873–884. varie´te´s bacte´riennes flagelle´es. C. R. Soc. Biol. Paris. 123: 887–888. Selander, R.K., D.A. Caugant and T.S. Whittam. 1987. Genetic structure Seshadri, R. and J.E. Samuel. 2001. Characterization of a stress-induced and variation in natural populations of Escherichia coli. In Neidhardt, alternate sigma factor, RpoS, of Coxiella burnetii and its expression Ingraham, Low, Magasanik, Schaechter and Umbarger (Editors), Esch- during the development cycle. Infect. Immun. 69: 4874–4883. erichia coli and Salmonella: Cellular and Molecular Biology, 1st Ed., Sethabutr, O., M. Venkatesan, G.S. Murphy, B. Eampokalap, C.W. Hoge American Society for Microbiology, Washington, D.C. pp. 1625–1648. and P. Echeverria. 1993. Detection of Shigellae and enteroinvasive Selenska-Pobell, S., A. Otto and S. Kutschke. 1998. Identification and Escherichia coli by amplification of the invasion plasmid antigen H DNA discrimination of thiobacilli using ARDREA, RAPD and rep-APD. J. sequence in patients with dysentery. J. Infect. Dis. 167: 458–461. Appl. Microbiol. 84: 1085–1091. Sethabutr, O., M. Venkatesan, S. Yam, L.W. Pang, B.L. Smoak, W.K. Sang, Sellwood, J. and R.A. Lelliott. 1978. Internal browning of hyacinth caused P. Echeverria, D.N. Taylor and D.W. Isenbarger. 2000. Detection of by Erwinia rhapontici. Plant Pathol. (Oxf.) 27: 120–124. PCR products of the ipaH gene from Shigella and enteroinvasive Esch- Semancik, J.S., A.K. Vidaver and J.L. van Etten. 1973. Characterization erichia coli by enzyme linked immunosorbent assay. Diagn. Microbiol. of a segmented double-helical RNA from bacteriophage ø6. J. Molec. Infect. Dis. 37: 11–16. Biol. 78: 617–625. Seubert, W. 1960. Degradation of isoprenoid compounds by microor- Semple, K.M., J.L. Doran and D.W.S. Westlake. 1989. DNA relatedness ganisms. I. Isolation and characterization of an isoprenoid-degrading of oil-field isolates of Shewanella putrefaciens. Can. J. Microbiol. 35: bacterium, Pseudomonas citronellolis n. sp. J. Bacteriol. 79: 426–434. 925–931. Severin, J., A. Wohlfarth and E.A. Galinski. 1992. The predominant role Semple, K.M. and D.W.S. Westlake. 1987. Characterization of iron-re- of recently discovered tetrahydropyrimidines for the osmoadaptation ducing Alteromonas putrefaciens strains from oil-field fluids. Can. J. Mi- of halophilic eubacteria. J. Gen. Microbiol. 138: 1629–1638. crobiol. 33: 366–371. Severin, V. 1978. Ein neues pathoge`nes Bakterium an Hanf—Xantho- Semrau, J.D., A. Chistoserdov, J. Lebron, A. Costello, J. Davagnino, E. monas campestris pathovar cannabis. Arch. Phytopathol. Pflanzenschutz. Kenna, A.J. Holmes, R. Finch, J.C. Murrell and M.E. Lidstrom. 1995. 14: 7–15. Particulate methane monooxygenase genes in methanotrophs. J. Bac- Sezer, M.T., M. Gultekin, F. Gunseren, M. Erkilic and F. Ersoy. 1996. A teriol. 177: 3071–3079. case of Kluyvera cryocrescens peritonitis in a CAPD patient. Peritoneal Senda, K., Y. Arakawa, S. Ichiyama, K. Nakashima, H. Ito, S. Ohsuka, K. Dialysis International. 16: 326–327. Shimokata, N. Kato and M. Ohta. 1996. PCR detection of metallo- Shafi, M.S. and N. Datta. 1975. Infection caused by Proteus mirabilis strains beta-lactamase gene blaIMP in gram-negative rods resistant to broad- with transferable gentamicin-resistance factors. Lancet 2: 1355–1357. spectrum beta-lactams. J. Clin. Microbiol. 34: 2909–2913. Shah, H.N. and M.D. Collins. 1983. Genus Bacteroides. A chemotaxon- Senerwa, D., Ø. Olsvik, L.N. Mutanda, K.J. Lindqvist, J.M. Gathuma, K. omical perspective. J. Appl. Bacteriol. 55: 403–416. Fossum and K. Wachsmuth. 1989. Enteropathogenic Escherichia coli Shah, H.N. and D.M. Collins. 1990. Prevotella, a new genus to include serotype O111:HNT isolated from preterm neonates in Nairobi, Bacteroides melaninogenicus and related species formerly classified in Kenya. J. Clin. Microbiol. 27: 1307–1311. the genus Bacteroides. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 40: 205–208. Sengha, S.S., A.J. Anderson, A.J. Hacking and E.A. Dawes. 1989. The Shanahan, P.M.A., C.J. Thomson and S.G.B. Amyes. 1996. Antibiotic sus- production of alginate by Pseudomonas mendocina in batch and con- ceptibilities of Haemophilus influenzae in central Scotland. Clin. Mi- tinuous culture. J. Gen. Microbiol. 135: 795–804. crobiol. Infect. 1: 168–174. Senior, B.W. 1977a. The Dienes phenomenon: identification of the de- Shane, S.M. and D.H. Gifford. 1985. Prevalence and pathogenicity of terminants of compatibility. J. Gen. Microbiol. 102: 236–244. Aeromonas hydrophila. Avian Dis. 29: 681–689. Senior, B.W. 1977b. Typing of Proteus strains by proticine production and Shane, S.M., K.S. Harrington, M.S. Montrose and R.G. Roebuck. 1984. sensitivity. J. Med. Microbiol. 10: 7–17. The occurrence of Aeromonas hydrophila in avian diagnostic submis- Senior, B.W. 1983. Proteus morganii is less frequently associated with uri- sions. Avian. Dis. 28: 804–807. nary tract infections than Proteus mirabilis—an explanation. J. Med. Sharma, V.K., Y.K. Kaura and I.P. Singh. 1974. Frogs as carriers of Sal- Microbiol. 16: 317–322. monella and Edwardsiella. Antonie Leeuwenhoek 40: 171–175. Senior, B.W. 1993. The production of HlyA toxin by Proteus penneri strains. Shashkov, A.S., S.N. Senchenkova, E.L. Nazarenko, V.A. Zubkov, N.M. J. Med. Microbiol. 39: 282–289. Gorshkova, Y.A. Knirel and R.P. Gorshkova. 1997. Structure of a phos- Senior, B.W. 1997. Media for the detection and recognition of the en- phorylated polysaccharide from Shewanella putrefaciens strain S29. Car- teropathogen Providencia alcalifaciens in faeces. J. Med. Microbiol. 46: bohydr. Res. 303: 333–338. 524–527. Shaw, B.G. and J.B. Latty. 1982. A numerical taxonomic study of Pseu- Senior, B.W., M. Albrechtsen and M.A. Kerr. 1988. A survey of IgA pro- domonas strains from spoiled meat. J. Appl. Bacteriol. 52: 219–228. tease production among clinical isolates of Proteeae. J. Med. Micro- Shaw, B.G. and J.B. Latty. 1988. A numerical taxonomic study of non- biol. 25: 27–31. motile non-fermentative gram-negative bacteria from foods. J. Appl. Senior, B.W. and P. Larsson. 1983. A highly discriminatory multi-typing Bacteriol. 65: 7–22. scheme for Proteus mirabilis and Proteus vulgaris. J. Med. Microbiol. 16: Shaw, C. and P.H. Clarke. 1955. Biochemical classification of Proteus and 193–202. Providence cultures. J. Gen. Microbiol. 13: 155–161. Senior, B.W. and S. Vo¨ro¨s. 1989. Discovery of new morganocin types of Shaw, D.H. and H.J. Hodder. 1978. Lipopolysaccharides of the motile Morganella morganii in strains of diverse serotype and the apparent aeromonads; core oligosaccharide analysis as an aid to taxonomic independence of bacteriocin type from serotype of strains. J. Med. classification. Can. J. Microbiol. 24: 864–886. Microbiol. 29: 89–93. Shaw, K.N. and S.M. Kirov. 1999. Diarrhea-associated Aeromonas species 1052 BIBLIOGRAPHY

produce lateral flagella: accessory colonisation factors? 6th Interna- philus-like organism of infectious thromboembolic meningoenceph- tional Aeromonas/Plesiomonas Symposium, Chicago, Illinois. p. 26. alitis of cattle. Am. J. Vet. Res. 31: 1017–1022. Shaw, M.K., A.G. Marr and J.L. Ingraham. 1971. Determination of the Shimada, T., E. Arakawa, K. Itoh, Y. Kosako, K. Inoue, Y. Zhengshi and minimal temperature for growth of Escherichia coli. J. Bacteriol. 105: E. Aldova´. 1994a. New O and H antigens of Plesiomonas shigelloides and 683–684. their O antigenic relationships to Shigella boydii. Curr. Microbiol. 28: Shaw, W.V., D.H. Bouanchaud and F.W. Goldstein. 1978. Mechanism of 351–354. transferable resistance to chloramphenicol in Haemophilus parainflu- Shimada, T., E. Arakawa, K. Itoh, T. Okitsu, A. Matsushima, Y. Asai, S. enzae. Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. 13: 326–330. Yamai, T. Nakazato, G.B. Nair, M.J. Albert and Y. Takeda. 1994b. Ex- Sheela, P., G. Amuthan and A. Mahadevan. 1994. Plasmids in Xanthomonas tended serotyping scheme for Vibrio cholerae. Curr. Microbiol. 28: 175– campestris pv. sesami. Z. Pflanzenkr. Pflanzenschutz. 101: 482–486. 178. Shelly, D.C., J.M. Quarles and I.M. Warner. 1980. Identification of flu- Shimada, T. and Y. Kosako. 1991. Comparison of two O-serogrouping orescent Pseudomonas species. Clin. Chem. 26: 1127–1132. systems for mesophilic Aeromonas spp. J. Clin. Microbiol. 29: 197–199. Shelton, R.G.J., P.M.J. Shelton and A.S. Edwards. 1975. Observations with Shimada, T., Y. Kosako, K. Inoue, M. Ohtomo, S. Matsushita, S. Yamada the scanning electron microscope on a filamentous bacterium present and Y. Kudoh. 1991. Vibrio fluvialis and V. furnissii serotyping scheme on the aesthetic setae of the brown shrimp Crangon crangon (L.). J. for international use. Curr. Microbiol. 22: 335–337. Mar. Biol. Assoc. U.K. 55: 795–800. Shimada, T. and R. Sakazaki. 1984. On the serology of Vibrio vulnificus. Shen, P., M. Huang and Z. Peng. 1992. Studies of plasmids of Pseudomonas Jpn. J. Med. Sci. Biol. 37: 241–246. maltophilia. I Ch’uan Hsueh Pao. 19: 355–361. Shimada, T., R. Sakazaki and K. Tobita. 1987. Vibrio fluvialis: A new sero- Shen, R.N., C.L. Yu, Q.Q. Ma and S.B. Li. 1997. Direct evidence for a group (19) possessing the Inaba factor antigen of Vibrio cholerae O1. soluble methane monooxygenase from type I methanotrophic bac- Jpn. J. Med. Sci. Biol. 40: 153–157. teria: purification and properties of a soluble methane monooxy- Shimizu, S., S. Iyobe and S. Mitsuhashi. 1977. Inducible high resistance genase from Methylomonas sp. GYJ3. Arch. Biochem. Biophys. 345: to colistin in Proteus strains. Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. 12: 1–3. 223–229. Shimodori, S., K. Iida, F. Kojima, A. Takade, M. Ehara and K. Amako. Shepherd, J.G., L. Wang and P.R. Reeves. 2000. Comparison of O-antigen 1997. Morphological features of a filamentous phage of Vibrio cholerae gene clusters of Escherichia coli, (Shigella) sonnei and Plesiomonas shigel- O139 Bengal. Microbiol. Immunol. 41: 757–763. loides O17: sonnei gained its current plasmid-borne O-antigen genes Shimwell, J.L. 1936. A study of the common rod bacteria of brewers’ from P. shigelloides in a recent event. Infect. Immun. 68: 6056–6061. yeast. J. Inst. Brew. 42: 119–127. Sherald, J.L. and J.D. Lei. 1991. Evaluation of a rapid ELISA test kit for Shimwell, J.L. 1948. Brewing bacteriology V. Gram-negative wort, yeast detection of Xylella fastidiosa in landscape trees. Plant Dis. 75: 200– and beer bacteria. Wallerstein Lab. Commun. 11: 135–145. 203. Shimwell, J.L. 1963. Obesumbacterium gen. nov. Brewers’ J. 99: 759–760. Sherman, P., R. Soni and M. Karmali. 1988. Attaching and effacing ad- Shimwell, J.L. 1964. Obseumbacterium, a new genus for the inclusion of herence of Vero cytotoxin-producing Escherichia coli to rabbit intestinal “Flavobacterium Proteus”. J. Inst. Brewing. 70: 247–248. epithelium in vivo. Infect. Immun. 56: 756–761. Shimwell, J.L. and M. Grimes. 1936. The distinguishing characters of Sherris, J.C., N.W. Preston and J.G. Shoesmith. 1957. The influence of Flavobacterium proteum (sp. nov.), the common rod bacterium of brew- oxygen on the motility of a strain of Pseudomonas sp. J. Gen. Microbiol. ers’ yeast. J. Inst. Brew. 42: 348–350. 16: 86–96. Shin, J.H., M.G. Shin, S.P. Suh, D.W. Ryang, J.S. Rew and F.S. Nolte. 1996. Sherwin, R.P. and J. Wilkins. 1973. The ultrastructure of Hemophilus in- Primary Vibrio damsela septicemia. Clin. Infect. Dis. 22: 856–857. fluenzae. In Sell (Editor), Hemophilus influenzae, Vanderbilt University Shinde, P.A. and F.L. Lukezic. 1974a. Characterization and serological Press, Nashville, Tennessee. 143–151. comparisons of bacteria of the genus Erwinia associated with discol- Sheth, N.K. and V.P. Kurup. 1975. Evaluation of tyrosine medium for the ored alfalfa roots. Phytopathology 64: 871–876. identification of Enterobacteriaceae. J. Clin. Microbiol. 1: 483–485. Shinde, P.A. and F.L. Lukezic. 1974b. Isolation, pathogenicity and char- Shevchik, V.E., J. Robert-Baudouy and N. Hugouvieux-Cotte-Pattat. 1997. acterization of fluorescent pseudomonads associated with discolored Pectate lyase PelI of Erwinia chrysanthemi 3937 belongs to a new family. alfalfa roots. Phytopathology 64: 865–871. J. Bacteriol. 179: 7321–7330. Shinoda, S. and K. Okamoto. 1977. Formation and function of Vibrio Shewan, J.M. 1971. The microbiology of fish and fishery products—a parahaemolyticus lateral flagella. J. Bacteriol. 129: 1266–1271. progress report. J. Appl. Bacteriol. 34: 299–315. Shirahata, K., T. Deguchi, T. Hayashi, I. Matsubara and T. Suzuki. 1970. Shewan, J.M. and M. Ve´ron. 1974. Genus Vibrio. In Buchanan and Gib- The structures of fluopsins C and F. J. Antibiot. 23: 546–550. bons (Editors), Bergey’s Manual of Determinative Bacteriology, 8th Shively, J.M., W. Devore, L. Stratford, L. Porter, L. Medlin and S.E. Ste- Ed., The Williams and Wilkins Co., Baltimore. pp. 340–345. vens. 1986. Molecular evolution of the large subunit of ribulose-1,5- Shewen, P.E. and B.N. Wilkie. 1982. Cyto-toxin of Pasteurella haemolytica bisphosphate carboxylase oxygenase (RuBisCo). FEMS Microbiol. acting on bovine leukocytes. Infect. Immun. 35: 91–94. Lett. 37: 251–257. Shiaris, M.P. and J.J. Cooney. 1983. Replica plating method for estimating Shkedy-Vinkler, C. and Y. Avi-Dor. 1975. Betaine-induced stimulation of phenanthrene-utilizing and phenanthrene-co-metabolizing microor- respiration at high osmolarities in a halotolerant bacterium. Biochem. ganisms. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 45: 706–710. J. 150: 219–226. Shieh, W.Y., A.L. Chen and H.H. Chiu. 2000. Vibrio aerogenes sp. nov., a Shmilovitz, M., B. Kretzer and S. Levi. 1985. A new provisional serovar facultatively anaerobic marine bacterium that ferments glucose with of Shigella dysenteriae. J. Clin. Microbiol. 21: 240–242. gas production. Int. J. Syst. Evol. Microbiol. 50: 321–329. Shoji, J., T. Kato, H. Hinoo, T. Hattori, K. Hirooka, K. Matsumoto, T. Shieh, W.Y. and W.D. Jean. 1998. Alterococcus agarolyticus, gen. nov., sp. Tanimoto and E. Kondo. 1986. Production of fosfomycin (phos- nov., a halophilic thermophilic bacterium capable of agar degrada- phonomycin) by Pseudomonas syringae. J. Antibiot. 39: 1011–1012. tion. Can. J. Microbiol. 44: 637–645. Shoji, J., R. Sakazaki, T. Hattori, K. Matsumoto, N. Uotani and T. Yoshida. Shieh, W.Y. and W.D. Jean. 1999. Validation of publication of new names 1989. Isolation and characterization of agglomerins A, B, C and D. and new combinations previously effectively published outside the J. Antibiot. (Tokyo). 42: 1729–1733. IJSB. List No. 69. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 49: 341–342. Shope, R.E. 1964. Porcine contagious pleuropneumonia. I. Experimental Shiga, K. 1898. U¨ ber den Dysenteriebacillus (Bacillus dysenteriae). Zen- transmission, etiology and pathology. J. Exp. Med. 119: 357–368. tralbl. Bakteriol. Parasitenkd. Infektionskr. Hyg. Abt. I Orig. 24: 817– Shortland-Webb, W.R. 1968. Proteus and coliform meningo-encephalitis 828. in neonates. J. Clin. Pathol. 21: 422–431. Shigidi, M.A. and A.B. Hoerlein. 1970. Characterization of the Haemo- Shotts, E.B., V.S. Blazer and W.D. Waltman. 1986. Pathogenesis of ex- BIBLIOGRAPHY 1053

perimental Edwardsiella ictaluri infections in channel catfish (Ictalurus Sieburth, J.M., P.W. Johnson, M.A. Eberhardt, M.E. Sieracki, M. Lidstrom punctatus). Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Sci. 43: 36–42. and D. Laux. 1987. The first methane-oxidizing bacterium from the Shotts, E.B., Jr., J.L. Gaines, Jr., L. Martin and A.K. Prestwood. 1972. upper mixing layer of the deep ocean: Methylomonas pelagica sp. nov. Aeromonas-induced deaths among fish and reptiles in an eutrophic Curr. Microbiol. 14: 285–294. inland lake. J. Am. Vet. Med. Assoc. 161: 603–607. Siefert, E. and N. Pfennig. 1984. Convenient method to prepare neutral Shotts, E.B., Jr. and R. Rimler. 1973. Medium for the isolation of Aeromonas sulfide solution for cultivation of phototrophic sulfur bacteria. Arch. hydrophila. Appl. Microbiol. 26: 550–553. Microbiol. 139: 100–101. Shotts, E.B. and S.F. Snieskzo. 1976. Selected bacterial fish diseases. In Siehnel, R., N.L. Martin and R.E.W. Hancock. 1990. Sequence and re- Page (Editor), Wildlife Diseases, Plenum Publishing Co., New York. latedness in other bacteria of the Pseudomonas aeruginosa oprP gene pp. 143–151. coding for the phosphate-specific porin P. Mol. Microbiol. 4: 831– Shread, P., T.J. Donovan and J.A. Lee. 1981. A survey of the incidence 838. of Aeromonas in human faeces. Soc. Gen. Microbiol. Q. 8: 184. Sierra, G. 1957. A simple method for the detection of lipolytic activity Shu, S., E. Setianingrum, L. Zhao, Z. Li, H. Xu, Y. Kawamura and T. of microorganisms and some observations on the influence of the Ezaki. 2000. I-CeuI fragment analysis of the Shigella species: evidence contact between cells and fatty substrates. Antonie Leeuwenhoek J. for large-scale chromosome rearrangement in S. dysenteriae and S. Microbiol. Serol. 23: 15–22. flexneri. FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 182: 93–98. Sierra-Madero, J., K. Pratt, G.S. Hall, R.W. Stewart, J.J. Scerbo and D.L. Shuttleworth, K.L. and R.F. Unz. 1991. Influence of metals and metal Longworth. 1990. Kluyvera mediastinitis following open-heart surgery: speciation on the growth of filamentous bacteria. Water Res. 25: 1177– A case report. J. Clin. Microbiol. 28: 2848–2849. 1186. Sievert, S.M., T. Heidorn and J. Kuever. 2000. Halothiobacillus kellyi sp. Shuttleworth, K.L. and R.F. Unz. 1993. Sorption of heavy-metals to the nov., a mesophilic, obligately chemolithoautotrophic, sulfur-oxidizing filamentous bacterium Thiothrix strain A1. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. bacterium isolated from a shallow-water hydrothermal vent in the 59: 1274–1282. Aegean Sea, and emended description of the genus Halothiobacillus. Sias, S.R., A.H. Stouthamer and J.L. Ingraham. 1980. The assimilatory Int. J. Syst. Evol. Microbiol. 50: 1229–1237. and dissimilatory nitrate reductases of Pseudomonas aeruginosa are en- Siitonen, A. and H. Mattila. 1990. Effect of transport medium on recovery coded by different genes. J. Gen. Microbiol. 118: 229–234. of Aeromonas species in intestinal infections. Eur. J. Clin. Microbiol. Siboni, K. 1976. Correlation of the characters fermentation of trehalose, Infect. Dis. 9: 368–370. non-transmissible resistance to tetracycline, and relatively long fla- Sijam, K., C.J. Chang and R.D. Gitaitis. 1991. An agar medium for the gellar wavelength in Proteus morganii. Acta Pathol. Microbiol. Scand. isolation and identification of Xanthomonas campestris pv. vesicatoria B Microbiol. 84: 421–427. from seed. Phytopathology 81: 831–834. Sidibe´, M., S. Messier, S. Larivie`re, M. Gottschalk and K.R. Mittal. 1993. Sijam, K., C.J. Chang and R.D. Gitaitis. 1992. A medium for differentiating Detection of Actinobacillus pleuropneumoniae in the porcine upper res- tomato and pepper strains of Xanthomonas campestris pv. vesicatoria. piratory tract as a complement to serological tests. Can. J. Vet. Res. Can. J. Plant Pathol. 14: 182–184. 57: 204–208. Sijderius, R. 1946. Heterotrophe bacterie¨n, die thiosulfaat oxydeeren, Sidorczyk, Z., W. Kaca, H. Brade, E.T. Rietschel, V. Sinnwell and U. Za¨h- Univ. Amsterdam p. 1–146. ringer. 1987. Isolation and structural characterization of an 8-O-(4- Silva, R.M., S. Saadi and W.K. Maas. 1988. A basic replicon of virulence- amino-4-deoxy-b-l-arabinopyranosyl)-3-deoxy-d-manno-octulosonic associated plasmids of Shigella spp. and enteroinvasive Escherichia coli acid disaccharide in the lipopolysaccharide of Proteus mirabilis deep is homologous with a basic replicon in plasmids of IncF groups. Infect. rough mutant. Eur. J. Biochem. 168: 269–273. Immun. 56: 836–842. Sidorczyk, Z., W. Kaca and K. Kotelko. 1975. Studies on lipopolysac- Simberkoff, M.S. 1980. Experimental Serratia marcescens infection and charides of Proteus vulgaris serogroups. Chemotypes of genus Proteus defense mechanisms. In Graevenitz, v. and Rubin (Editors), The genus lipopolysaccharides. Bull. Acad. Pol. Sci. Ser. Sci. Biol. 23: 603–309. Serratia, CRC Press, Boca Raton, Florida. pp. 157–164. Sidorczyk, Z., A. Ro´zalski, M. Deka and K. Kotelko. 1978. Immunochemi- Simidu, U., K. Kita-Tsukamoto, T. Yasumoto and M. Yotsu. 1990. Tax- cal studies on free lipid A from Proteus mirabilis 1959. Arch. Immunol. onomy of four marine bacterial strains that produce tetrodotoxin. Ther. Exp. (Warsz). 26: 239–243. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 40: 331–336. Sidorczyk, Z., A. Swierzko, Y.A. Knirel, E.V. Vinogradov, A.Y. Chernyak, Simidu, U., T. Noguchi, D.F. Hwang, Y. Shida and K. Hashimoto. 1987. L.O. Kononov, M. Cedzynski, A. Ro´zalski, W. Kaca, A.S. Shashkov and Marine bacteria which produce tetrodotoxin. Appl. Environ. Micro- N.K. Kochetkov. 1995. Structure and epitope specificity of the O- biol. 53: 1714–1715. specific polysaccharide of Proteus penneri 12 (ATCC 33519) containing Simidu, U. and K. Tsukamoto. 1985. Habitat segregation and biochemical the amide of d-galacturonic acid with l-threonine. Eur. J. Biochem. activities of marine members of the Family Vibrionaceae. Appl. Environ. 230: 713–721. Microbiol. 50: 781–790. Sidorczyk, Z., U. Za¨hringer and E.T. Rietschel. 1983. Chemical structure Simon, J., R. Gross, O. Klimmek, M. Ringel and A. Kroeger. 1998. A of the lipid A component of the lipopolysaccharide from a Proteus periplasmic flavoprotein in Wolinella succinogenes that resembles the mirabilis Re-mutant. Eur. J. Biochem. 137: 15–22. fumarate reductase of Shewanella putrefaciens. Arch. Microbiol. 169: Sidorczyk, Z. and K. Zych. 1986. Lipopolysaccharides of flagellated and 424–433. non-flagellated Proteus vulgaris strains. Arch. Immunol. Ther. Exp. 34: Simonetta, A.C., L.G. Moragues de Velasco and L.N. Frison. 1997. An- 461–469. tibacterial activity of enterococci strains against Vibrio cholerae. Lett. Sidorczyk, Z., K. Zych, A. Swierzko, E.V. Vinogradov and Y.A. Knirel. 1996. Appl. Microbiol. 24: 139–143. The structure of the O-specific polysaccharide of Proteus penneri 52. Simons, M., A.J. Van der Bij, I. Brand, L.A. De Weger, C.A. Wijffelman Eur. J. Biochem. 240: 245–251. and B.J.J. Lugtenberg. 1996. Gnotobiotic system for studying rhizo- Sidorova, T.N., Z.K. Makhneva, N.N. Puchkova, V.M. Gorlenko and A.A. sphere colonization by plant growth-promoting Pseudomonas bacteria. Moskalenko. 1998. Pigment-protein complexes of purple photosyn- Mol. Plant Microbe Interact. 9: 600–607. thetic bacterium Lamprobacter sp. containing okenon as main carot- Simonson, J.G. and R.J. Siebeling. 1988. Coagglutination of Vibrio cholerae, enoid. Doklady Akademii Nauk. 361: 415–418. Vibrio mimicus, and Vibrio vulnificus with anti-flagellar monoclonal anti-

Sieburth, J.M., P.W. Johnson, V.M. Church and D.C. Laux. 1993. C1 bac- body. J. Clin. Microbiol. 26: 1962–1966. teria in the water column of Chesapeake Bay, USA. III. Immunologic Simoons-Smit, A.M., A.M. Verweij-van Vught and D.M. MacLaren. 1986. relationships of the type species of marine monomethylamine- and The role of K antigens as virulence factors in Klebsiella. J. Med. Mi- methane-oxidizing bacteria to wild estuarine and oceanic cultures. crobiol. 21: 133–137. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 95: 91–102. Simoons-Smit, A.M., A.M. Verwey-van Vught, I.Y. Kanis and D.M. Mac- 1054 BIBLIOGRAPHY

Laren. 1984. Virulence of Klebsiella strains in experimentally induced Skerman, V.B.D. 1967. A Guide for the Identification of the Genera of skin lesions in the mouse. J. Med. Microbiol. 17: 67–77. Bacteria, 2nd Ed., The Williams & Wilkins Co., Baltimore. Simpson, D.A., R. Ramphal and S. Lory. 1995. Characterization of Pseu- Skerman, V.B.D., G. Dementjeva and B.J. Carey. 1957. Intracellular de- domonas aeruginosa fliO, a gene involved in flagellar biosynthesis and position of sulfur by Sphaerotilus natans. J. Bacteriol. 73: 504–521. adherence. Infect. Immun. 63: 2950–2957. Skerman, V.B.D., V. McGowan and P.H.A. Sneath. 1980. Approved lists Simpson, L.M. and J.D. Oliver. 1987. Ability of Vibrio vulnificus to obtain of bacterial names. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 30: 225–420. iron from transferrin and other iron-binding proteins. Curr. Micro- Skerman, V.B.D., V. McGowan and P.H.A. Sneath. 1989. Approved lists biol. 15: 155–157. of bacterial names, amended edition, American Society for Micro- Simpson, L.M., V.K. White, S.F. Zane and J.D. Oliver. 1987. Correlation biology, Washington, D.C. between virulence and colony morphology in Vibrio vulnificus. Infect. Skirrow, M.B. 1969. The Dienes (mutual inhibition) test in the investi- Immun. 55: 269–272. gation of Proteus infections. J. Med. Microbiol. 2: 471–477. Sims, W. 1970. Oral haemophili. J. Med. Microbiol. 3: 615–625. Slack, M.P.E. and J.Z. Jordens. 1998. Haemophilus. In Topley, Wilson, Col- Sinclair, N.A. 1972. Cell division frequency: microorganisms, Part II. Vi- lier, Balows and Sussman (Editors), Topley & Wilson’s Microbiology ruses and bacteria. In Altman and Dittmer (Editors), Biology Data and Microbial Infections, Vol. 2, Systematic Bacteriology, Arnold; Ox- Book, 2nd Ed., Vol. 1, Federation of American Societies for Experi- ford University Press, London New York. 1167–1190. mental Biology, Bethesda. pp. 117–118. Slade, H.D., C.C. Doughty and W.C. Slamp. 1954. The synthesis of high- Singer, E. and J. Debette. 1993. Nutritional factors controlling exocellular energy phosphate in the citrulline ureidase reaction by soluble en- proteinase production in a soil-isolated Xanthomonas maltophilia strain. zymes of Pseudomonas. Arch. Biochem. Biophys. 48: 338–346. J. Basic Microbiol. 33: 113–121. Slade, M.B. and A.I. Tiffin. 1984. Biochemical and serological charac- Singer, E., J. Debette, A. Lepretre and J. Swings. 1994. Comparative es- terization of Erwinia. In Bergan (Editor), Methods in Microbiology, terase electrophoretic polymorphism and phenotypic analysis of Xan- Vol. 15, Academic Press, London. pp. 228–293. thomonas maltophilia and related strains. Syst. Appl. Microbiol. 17: 387– Slawson, R.M., J.T. Trevors and H. Lee. 1992. Silver accumulation and 394. resistance in Pseudomonas stutzeri. Arch. Microbiol. 158: 398–404. Singer, J.T. and W.R. Finnerty. 1984. Insertional specificity of transposon Sledjeski, D.D. and R.M. Weiner. 1991. Hyphomonas spp., Shewanella spp., Tn5 Acinetobacter sp. J. Bacteriol. 157: 607–611. and other marine bacteria lack heterogeneous (ladderlike) lipopo- Singer, J.T., J.J. van Tuijl and W.R. Finnerty. 1986. Transformation and lysaccharides. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 57: 2094–2096. mobilization of cloning vectors in Acinetobacter spp. J. Bacteriol. 165: Sleesman, J.P. and C. Leben. 1978. Preserving phytopathogenic bacteria 301–303. .70C or with silica gel. Plant Dis. Rep. 62: 910–913מ at Singer, J. and B.E. Volcani. 1955. An improved ferric chloride test for Slopek, S. 1978. Phage typing of Klebsiella. Methods Microbiol. 11: 193– differentiating Proteus-Providence group from other Enterobacteriaceae. 222. J. Bacteriol. 69: 303–306. Slopek, S., I. Durlakowa, A. Kucharewicz-Krubkowska, T. Krzywy, A. Slo- Singh, D.V. and S.C. Sanyal. 1994. Antibiotic resistance in clinical and pek and B. Weber. 1973. Phage typing of Shigella sonnei. Arch. Im- environmental isolates of Aeromonas spp. J. Antimicrob. Chemother. munol. Ther. Exp. 21: 1–161. 33: 368–369. Slopek, S. and J. Maresz-Babczyszyn. 1967. A working scheme for typing Singh, R.A., N.R. Choudhury and H.K. Das. 2000. The replication origin Klebsiella bacilli by means of pneumocins. Arch. Immunol. Ther. Exp. of Azotobacter vinelandii. Mol. Gen. Genet. 262: 1070–1080. Singh, S., B. Koehler and W.F. Fett. 1992. Effect of osmolarity and de- 15: 525–529. hydration on alginate production by fluorescent pseudomonads. Slopek, S., M. Mulczyk and A. Krukowska. 1968. Phage typing of Shigella Curr. Microbiol. 25: 335–339. flexneri. Arch. Immunol. Ther. Exp. 16: 512–518. Singh, U. 1997. Isolation and identification of Aeromonas spp. from Slopek, S., A. Przonko-Hessek, A. Milch and S. Deak. 1967. A working ground meats in eastern Canada. J. Food Prot. 60: 125–130. scheme for bacteriophage typing of Klebsiella bacilli. Arch. Immunol. Sirois, M. and R. Higgins. 1991. Biochemical typing of Actinobacillus pleu- Ther. Exp. 15: 589–599. ropneumoniae. Vet. Microbiol. 27: 397–401. Slotnick, I.J. 1968. Cardiobacterium hominis in genitourinary specimens. J. Sisco, K.L. and H.O. Smith. 1979. Sequence-specific DNA uptake in Hae- Bacteriol. 95: 1175. mophilus transformation. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U. S. A. 76: 972–976. Slotnick, I.J. and M. Dougherty. 1964. Further characterization of an Sismeiro, O., P. Trotot, F. Biville, C. Vivares and A. Danchin. 1998. Ae- unclassified group of bacteria causing endocarditis in man: Cardio- romonas hydrophila adenylyl cyclase 2: a new class of adenylyl cyclases bacterium hominis gen. et sp. n. Antonie Leeuwenhoek J. Microbiol. with thermophilic properties and sequence similarities to proteins Serol. 30: 261–272. from hyperthermophilic archaebacteria. J. Bacteriol. 180: 3339–3344. Slotnick, I.J. and M. Dougherty. 1965. Unusual toxicity of riboflavin and Sisti, M., A. Albano and G. Brandi. 1998. Bactericidal effect of chlorine flavin mononucleotide for Cardiobacterium hominis. Antonie Leeuwen- on motile Aeromonas spp. in drinking water supplies and influence of hoek J. Microbiol. Serol. 31: 355–360. temperature on disinfection efficacy. Lett. Appl. Microbiol. 26: 347– Slotnick, I.J., J.A. Mertz and M. Dougherty. 1964. Fluorescent antibody 351. detection of human occurrence of an unclassified bacterial group Sja¨stedt, A., K. Kuoppa, T. Johansson and G. Sandstro¨m. 1992. The 17 causing endocarditis. J. Infect. Dis. 114: 503–505. kDa lipoprotein and encoding gene of Francisella tularensis LVS are Slots, J. 1981. Enzymatic characterization of some oral and nonoral Gram- conserved in strains of Francisella tularensis. Microb. Pathog. 13: 243– negative bacteria with the API ZYM System. J. Clin. Microbiol. 14: 249. 288–294. Sjo¨stedt, A., U. Eriksson, L. Berglund and A. Ta¨rnvik. 1997. Detection Slots, J. 1982a. Salient biochemical characters of Actinobacillus actinomy- of Francisella tularensis in ulcers of patients with tularemia by PCR. J. cetemcomitans. Arch. Microbiol. 131: 60–67. Clin. Microbiol. 35: 1045–1048. Slots, J. 1982b. Selective medium for isolation of Actinobacillus actinomy- Sjo¨stedt, A., G. Sandstro¨m,A.Ta¨rnvik and B. Jaurin. 1990. Nucleotide cetemcomitans. J. Clin. Microbiol. 15: 606–609. sequence and T cell epitopes of a membrane protein of Francisella Slots, J., H.S. Reynolds and R.J. Genco. 1980. Actinobacillus actinomycetem- tularensis. J. Immunol. 145: 311–317. comitans in human periodontal disease: a cross-sectional microbiolog- Skerman, T.M. 1975. Determination of some in vitro growth requirements ical investigation. Infect. Immun. 29: 1013–1020. of Bacteroides nodosus. J. Gen. Microbiol. 87: 107–119. Small, P., D. Blankenhorn, D. Welty, E. Zinser and J.L. Slonczewski. 1994. Skerman, T.M. 1989. Isolation and identification of Bacteriodes nodusus. Acid and base resistance in Escherichia coli and Shigella flexneri: role of In Egerton, Yong and Riffkin (Editors), Footrot and Foot Abscess in rpoS and growth pH. J. Bacteriol. 176: 1729–1737. Ruminants, CRC Press, Boca Raton. 85–104. Sˇmarda, J. 1987. Production of bacteriocin-like agents of Budvicia aquatica BIBLIOGRAPHY 1055

and Pragia fontium. Zentbl. Bakteriol. Mikrobiol. Hyg. Ser. A 265: 74– Smith, G.R. 1962. An unusual haemolytic effect produced by Pasteurella 81. haemolytica. J. Pathol. Bacteriol. 83: 501–508. Smart, N.L. and O.P. Miniats. 1989. Preliminary assessment of a Hae- Smith, H.R., T. Cheasty and B. Rowe. 1997b. Enteroaggregative Escherichia mophilus parasuis bacterium for use in specific pathogen free swine. coli and outbreaks of gastroenteritis in UK. Lancet 350: 814–815. Can. J. Vet. Res. 53: 390–393. Smith, H.R., B. Rowe, R.J. Gross, N.K. Fry and S.M. Scotland. 1987. Smets, B.F., B.E. Rittmann and D.A. Stahl. 1993. The specific growth-rate Haemorrhagic colitis and Vero-cytotoxin-producing Escherichia coli in of Pseudomonas putida PAW1 influences the conjugal transfer rate of England and Wales. Lancet 1: 1062–1065. the TOL Plasmid. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 59: 3430–3437. Smith, H.R., S.M. Scotland, G.A. Willshaw, B. Rowe, A. Cravioto and C. Smibert, R.M. and N.R. Krieg. 1994. Phenotypic characterization. In Ger- Eslava. 1994. Isolates of Escherichia coli O44:H18 of diverse origin are hardt, Murray, Wood and Krieg (Editors), Methods for General and enteroaggregative. J. Infect. Dis. 170: 1610–1613. Molecular Bacteriology, American Society for Microbiology, Washing- Smith, H.R., G.A. Willshaw, S.M. Scotland, A. Thomas and B. Rowe. 1993. ton, D.C. pp. 607–654. Properties of Vero cytotoxin-producing Escherichia coli isolated from Smid, E.J., A.H.J. Hansen and L.G.M. Gorris. 1995. Detection of Erwinia human and non-human sources. Zentbl. Bakteriol. 278: 436–444. carotovora subsp. atroseptica and Erwinia chrysanthemi in potato tubers Smith, I.W. 1963. The classification of Bacterium salmonicida. J. Gen. Mi- using polymerase chain reaction. Plant Pathol. (Oxf.) 44: 1058–1069. crobiol. 33: 263–274. Smigielski, A.J. and R.J. Akhurst. 1992. Is phase variation in Xenorhabdus Smith, J.E. and E. Thal. 1965. A taxonomic study of the genus Pasteurella nematophilus mediated by genomic rearrangement? Proc. XIX Int. using a numerical technique. Acta Pathol. Microbiol. Scand. 64: 213– Cong. Entomol., Beijing. pp. 270. 223. Smigielski, A.J. and R.J. Akhurst. 1994. Megaplasmids in Xenorhabdus and Smith, K.S., A.M. Costello and M.E. Lidstrom. 1997c. Methane and tri- Photorhabdus spp., bacterial symbionts of entomopathogenic nema- chloroethylene oxidation by an estuarine methanotroph, Methylobacter todes (families Steinernematidae and Heterorhabditidae). J. Invertebr. sp. strain BB5.1. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 63: 4617–4620. Pathol. 64: 214–220. Smith, S.K., D.C. Sutton, J.A. Fuerst and J.L. Reichelt. 1991. Evaluation Smigielski, A.J., R.J. Akhurst and N.E. Boemare. 1994. Phase variation in of the genus Listonella and reassignment of Listonella damsela (Love Xenorhabdus nematophilus and Photorhabdus luminescens: differences in et al.) MacDonell and Colwell to the genus Photobacterium as Photo- respiratory activity and membrane energization. Appl. Environ. Mi- bacterium damsela comb. nov. with an emended description. Int. J. Syst. crobiol. 60: 120–125. Bacteriol. 41: 529–534. Smirnov, V.V., E.A. Kiprianova, A.D. Garagulya, S.E. Esipov and S.A. Do- Smith, T. 1894. The hog-cholera group of bacteria. U.S. Bur. Anim. Ind. vjenko. 1997. Fluviols, bicyclic nitrogen-rich antibiotics produced by Bull. 6: 6–40. Pseudomonas fluorescens. FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 153: 357–361. Smith, T. and M.S. Taylor. 1919. Some morphological and biochemical Smirnov, V.V., E.A. Kiprianova, A.D. Garagulya, V.I. Ruban and T.A. Do- characteristics of the spirilla (Vibrio fetus, n. sp.) associated with disease datko. 1984. Bacteriocins of some Pseudomonas species. Antibiotiki. of the fetal membranes in cattle. J. Exp. Med. 30: 299–311. 29: 730–735. Smith-Vaughan, H.C., K.S. Sriprakash, J.D. Mathews and D.J. Kemp. 1997. Smit, E., A.C. Wolters, H. Lee, J.T. Trevors and J.D. Van Elsas. 1996. Nonencapsulated Haemophilus influenzae in Aboriginal infants with Interactions between a genetically marked Pseudomonas fluorescens otitis media: prolonged carriage of P2 porin variants and evidence strain and bacteriophage Phi R2f in soil: Effects of nutrients, alginate for horizontal P2 gene transfer. Infect. Immun. 65: 1468–1474. encapsulation, and the wheat rhizosphere. Microb. Ecol. 31: 125–140. Smyth, C.J., M.B. Marron, J.M.G.I. Twohig and S.G.J. Smith. 1996. Fim- Smit, M. and A.G. Clark. 1971. The observation of myxobacterial fruiting brial adhesins: Similarities and variations in structure and biogenesis. bodies. J. Appl. Bacteriol. 34: 399–401. FEMS Immunol. Med. Microbiol. 16: 127–139. Smith, A.W., S. Freeman, W.G. Minett and P.A. Lambert. 1990. Charac- Sneath, P.H. 1993. Evidence from Aeromonas for genetic crossing-over in terisation of a siderophore from Acinetobacter calcoaceticus. FEMS Mi- ribosomal sequences [letter]. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 43: 626–629. crobiol. Lett. 58: 29–32. Sneath, P.H.A. and R. Johnson. 1973. Numerical taxonomy of Haemophilus Smith, C.O. 1913. Black pit of lemon. Phytopathology 3: 277–281. and related bacteria. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 23: 405–418. Smith, E.F. 1895. Bacillus tracheiphilus sp. nov. die Ursache des Verwelkens Sneath, P.H.A. and V.B.D. Skerman. 1966. A list of type and reference verschiedener Curcurbitaceen. Zentbl. Bakteriol. Parasitenkd. Infe- strains of bacteria. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 16: 1–133. ktkrankh. Hyg. Abt. II 1: 364–373. Sneath, P.H. and M. Stevens. 1985. A numerical taxonomic study of Ac- Smith, E.F. 1897. Description of Bacillus phaseoli n. sp. Bot. Gaz. 24: 192. tinobacillus, Pasteurella and Yersinia. J. Gen. Microbiol. 131: 2711–2738. Smith, E.F. 1898. Notes on Stewart’s sweet corn germ, Pseudomonas ste- Sneath, P.H. and M. Stevens. 1990. Actinobacillus rossii sp. nov., Actinoba- warti n sp. Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci. 47: 422–426. cillus seminis sp. nov., nom. rev., Pasteurella bettii sp. nov., Pasteurella Smith, E.F. 1901. The cultural characters of Pseudomonas hyacinth, Ps. lymphangitidis sp. nov., Pasteurella mairi sp. nov., and Pasteurella trehalosi campestris, Ps. phaseoli and Ps. stewarti—four one-flagellate yellow bac- sp. nov. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 40: 148–153. teria parasitic on plants. U.S. Dept. Agr. Div. Veg. Phys. Pathol. Bull. Sneath, P.H.A., M. Stevens and M.J. Sackin. 1981. Numerical taxonomy 28: 1–153. of Pseudomonas based on published records of substrate utilization. Smith, E.F. 1903. Observations on a hitherto unreported bacterial disease, Anton. Leeuwenhoek J. Microbiol. 47: 423–448. the cause of which enters the plant through ordinary stomata. Science Snell, J.J., L.R. Hill and S.P. Lapage. 1972. Identification and character- (Wash. D.C.). 17: 456–457. ization of Moraxella phenylpyruvica. J. Clin. Pathol. 25: 959–965. Smith, E.F. 1904. Bacterial leaf spot diseases. Science (Wash. D.C.). 19: Snell, J.J.S. and S.P. Lapage. 1976. Transfer of some saccharolytic Morax- 417–418. ella species to Kingella Henriksen and Bøvre 1976, with descriptions Smith, E.F. and M.K. Bryan. 1915. Angular leaf-spot of cucumbers. J. Agr. of Kingella indologenes sp. nov. and Kingella denitrificans sp. nov. Int. J. Res. 5: 465–476. Syst. Bacteriol. 26: 451–458. Smith, E.F., L.R. Jones and C.S. Reddy. 1919. The black chaff of wheat. Snellen, J.E. and H.D. Raj. 1970. Morphogenesis and fine structure of Science (Wash. D.C.). 50: 48. Leucothrix mucor and effects of calcium deficiency. J. Bacteriol. 101: Smith, E., P. Leeflang and K. Wernars. 1997a. Detection of shifts in mi- 240–249. crobial community structure and diversity in soil caused by copper Snellings, N.J., B.D. Tall and M.M. Venkatesan. 1997. Characterization of contamination using amplified ribosomal DNA restriction analysis. Shigella type 1 fimbriae: expression, FimA sequence, and phase vari- FEMS Microbiol. Ecol. 23: 249–261. ation. Infect. Immun. 65: 2462–2467. Smith, F.B. 1938. An investigation of a taint in rib bones of bacon. The Snieszko, S.F., P.J. Griffin and S.B. Fridle. 1950. A new bacterium (He- determination of halophilic vibrios. Proc. Roy. Soc, Queensland. 49: mophilus piscium n. sp.) from ulcer disease of trout. J. Bacteriol. 59: 29–52. 699–710. 1056 BIBLIOGRAPHY

Snipes, K.P. and E.L. Biberstein. 1982. Pasteurella testudinis sp. nov. a 2001b. In Validation of publication of new names and new combi- parasite of desert tortoises (Gopherus agassizi). Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. nations previously effectively published outside the IJSEM. List No. 32: 201–210. 78. Int. J. Syst. Evol. Microbiol. 51: 1–2. Snipes, K.P., R.W. Kasten, J.M. Calagoan and J.T. Boothby. 1995. Molec- Sorokin, D.Y., T.P. Tourova, A.M. Lysenko and J.G. Kuenen. 2001c. Mi- ular characterization of Pasteurella testudinis isolated from desert tor- crobial thiocyanate utilization under highly alkaline conditions. Appl. toises (Gopherus agassizii) with and without upper respiratory-tract Environ. Microbiol. 67: 528–538. disease. J. Wildl. Dis. 31: 22–29. Sottnek, F.O. and W.L. Albritton. 1984. Haemophilus influenzae biotype Sobel, J., D.N. Cameron, J. Ismail, N. Strockbine, M. Williams, P.S. Diaz, VIII. J. Clin. Microbiol. 20: 815–816. B. Westley, M. Rittmann, J. DiCristina, H. Ragazzoni, R.V. Tauxe and Sourek, J. 1968. On some findings concerning Dienes’ phenomenon in E.D. Mintz. 1998. A prolonged outbreak of Shigella sonnei infections swarming Proteus strains. Zentbl. Bakteriol. Parasitenkd. Infektkrankh. in traditionally observant Jewish communities in North America Hyg. Abt. I Orig. 208: 419–427. caused by a molecularly distinct bacterial subtype. J. Infect. Dis. 177: Sourek, J. and E. Aldova´. 1976. Serotyping of strains belonging to the 1405–1409. Citrobacter-Levinea group isolated from diagnostic material. Zentbl. Socolofsky, M.D. and O. Wyss. 1962. Resistance of the Azotobacter cyst. J. Bakteriol. Parasitenkd. Infektkrankh. Hyg. Erste Abt. Orig. Reihe A Bacteriol. 84: 119–124. Med. Mikrobiol. Parasitol. 234: 480–490. Soddell, J.A., A.M. Beacham and R.J. Seviour. 1993. Phenotypic identi- Sourek, J. and E. Aldova´. 1988. Importance of serological tests in the fication of non-clinical isolates of Acinetobacter species. J. Appl. Bac- diagnosis of Citrobacter diversus and Citrobacter amalonaticus. Syst. Appl. teriol. 74: 210–214. Microbiol. 11: 60–66. Solangi, M.A., R.M. Overstreet and A.L. Gannam. 1979. A filamentous Southern, P.M., Jr. 1975. Bacteremia due to Succinivibrio dextrinosolvens. bacterium on the brine shrimp (Artemia salina) and its control. Gulf Am. J. Clin. Pathol. 64: 540–543. Res. Rep. 6: 275–282. Southward, A.J., E.C. Southward, P.R. Dando, G.H. Rau, H. Felbeck and Solano, F., E. Garcı´a, E.P. de Egea and A. Sanchez-Amat. 1997. Isolation H. Flugel. 1981. Bacterial symbionts and low 13C/12C ratios in tissues and characterization of strain MMB-1 (CECT 4803), a novel melan- of Pogonophora indicate unusual nutrition and metabolism. Nature ogenic marine bacterium. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 63: 3499–3506. 293: 616–620. Solano, F., P. Lucas-Elı´o, E. Ferna´ndez and A. Sanchez-Amat. 2000. Ma- Spangenberg, C., R. Fislage, W. Sierralta, B. Tu¨mmler and U. Ro¨mling. rinomonas mediterranea MMB-1 transposon mutagenesis: Isolation of a 1995. Comparison of type IV-pilin genes of Pseudomonas aeruginosa of multipotent polyphenol oxidase mutant. J. Bacteriol. 182: 3754–3760. various habitats has uncovered a novel unusual sequence. FEMS Mi- Solano, F. and A. Sanchez-Amat. 1999. Studies on the phylogenetic re- crobiol. Lett. 125: 265–273. lationships of melanogenic marine bacteria: proposal of Marinomonas Spangenberg, C., T. Heuer, C. Bu¨rger and B. Tu¨mmler. 1996. Genetic mediterranea sp. nov. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 49: 1241–1246. diversity of flagellins of Pseudomonas aeruginosa. FEBS Lett. 396: 213– Soldati, L. and J.C. Piffaretti. 1991. Molecular typing of Shigella strains 217. using pulsed field gel electrophoresis and genome hybridization with Spangler, B.D. 1992. Structure and function of cholera toxin and the insertion sequences. Res. Microbiol. 142: 489–498. related Escherichia coli heat-labile enterotoxin. Microbiol. Rev. 56: 622– Sompolinsky, D., I. Boldur, R.A. Goldwasser, H. Kahana, R. Kazak, A. 647. Keysary and A. Pik. 1986. Serological cross-reactions between Rickettsia Spaulding, A.W. and C.D. von Dohlen. 2001. Psyllid endosymbionts ex- typhi, Proteus vulgaris OX19 and Legionella bozmanii in a series of febrile hibit patterns of co-speciation with hosts and destabilizing substitu- patients. Isr. J. Med. Sci. 22: 745–752. tions in ribosomal RNA. Insect Mol. Biol. 10: 57–67. Sompolinsky, D., J.B. Hertz, N. Høiby, K. Jensen, B. Mansa, V.B. Pedersen Spaulding, W.B. and J.N. Hennessy. 1960. Cat scratch fever. A study of and Z. Samra. 1980a. An antigen common to a wide-range of bacteria eighty-three cases. Am. J. Med. 28: 504–509. 2. A biochemical-study of a common antigen from Pseudomonas ae- Spencer, R. 1963. Bacterial viruses in the sea. In Oppenheimer (Editor), ruginosa. Acta Pathol. Microbiol. Scand. B. 88: 253–260. Symposium on Marine Microbiology, Thomas, Springfield, Illinois. Sompolinsky, D., J.B. Hertz, N. Høiby, K. Jensen, B. Mansa and Z. Samra. 350–365. 1980b. An antigen common to a wide-range of bacteria 1. The iso- Spiegl, H., W. Ludwig, K.H. Schleifer and E. Stackebrandt. 1988. Com- lation of a common antigen from Pseudomonas aeruginosa. Acta Pathol. plete nucleotide sequence of a 23S ribosomal RNA gene from Ru- Microbiol. Scand. B. 88: 143–149. minobacter amylophilus. Nucleic Acids Res. 16: 2345. Sonne, C. 1915. U¨ ber die Bakteriologie der giftarmen Dysenteriebazillen Spierings, G., C. Ockhuijsen, H. Hofstra and J. Tommassen. 1993. Poly- (Paradysenteriebazillen). Zentbl. Bakteriol. Orig. 75: 408–456. merase chain reaction for the specific detection of Escherichia Sonnenshein, C. 1927. Die Mucosus-Form des Pyocyaneus-Bakteriums, coli/Shigella. Res Microbiol. 144: 557–564. Bacterium pyocyaneum mucosum. Zentraibl. Bakteriol. Parasitenk. Spinola, S.M., J. Peacock, F.W. Denny, D.L. Smith and J.G. Cannon. 1986. Infektionskr. Hyg. Abt. I, Orig. 104: 365–373. Epidemiology of colonization by nontypable Haemophilus influenzae in Sonnenwirth, A.C. and B.A. Kallus. 1968. Meningitis due to Edwardsiella children: a longitudinal study. J. Infect. Dis. 154: 100–109. tarda. First report of meningitis caused by E. tarda. Am. J. Clin. Pathol. Sponenberg, D.P., M.E. Carter, G.R. Carter, D.O. Cordes, S.E. Stevens 49: 92–95. and H.P. Veit. 1983. Supportive epididymitis in a ram infected with Sorensen, B., E.S. Falk, E. Wisloffnilsen, B. Bjorvatn and B.E. Kristiansen. Actinobacillus seminis. J. Am. Vet. Med. Assoc. 182: 990–991. 1985. Multivariate-analysis of Neisseria DNA restriction endonuclease Spreng, M., J. Deleforge, V. Thomas, B. Boisrame´ and H. Drugeon. 1995. patterns. J. Gen. Microbiol. 131: 3099–3104. Antibacterial activity of marbofloxacin - a new fluoroquinolone for Sorokin, D.Y., A.M. Lysenko, L.L. Mityushina, T.P. Tourova, B.E. Jones, veterinary use against canine and feline isolates. J. Vet. Pharmacol. F.A. Rainey, L.A. Robertson and G.J. Kuenen. 2001a. Thioalkalimicro- Therapeutics 18: 284–289. bium aerophilum gen. nov., sp. nov. and Thioalkalimicrobium sibericum sp Springer, G.F., J.C. Adye, A. Bezkorovainy and J.R. Murthy. 1973. Func- nov., and Thioalkalivibrio versutus gen. nov., sp. nov., Thioalkalivibrio tional aspects and nature of the lipopolysaccharide-receptor of human nitratis sp. nov. and Thioalkalivibrio denitrificans sp. nov., novel obli- erythrocytes. In Kass and Wolff (Editors), Bacterial Lipopolysacchar- gately alkaliphilic and obligately chemolithoautotrophic sulfur-oxi- ides. The Chemistry, Biology and Clinical Significance of Endotoxins, dizing bacteria from soda lakes. Int. J. Syst. Evol. Microbiol. 51: 565– The University of Chicago Press, Chicago. pp. 194–204. 580. Spro¨er, C., E. Lang, P. Hobeck, J. Burghardt, E. Stackebrandt and B.J. Sorokin, D.Y., G. Muyzer, T. Brinkhoff, J.G. Kuenen and M.S.M. Jetten. Tindall. 1998. Transfer of Pseudomonas nautica to Marinobacter hydro- 1998. Isolation and characterization of a novel facultatively alkaliphilic carbonoclasticus. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 48: 1445–1448. Nitrobacter species, N. alkalicus sp. nov. Arch. Microbiol. 170: 345–352. Spro¨er, C., U. Mendrock, J. Swiderski, E. Lang and E. Stackebrandt . Sorokin, D.Y. , G. Muyzer, T. Brinkhoff, J.G. Kuenen and M.S.M. Jetten. 1999. The phylogenetic position of Serratia, Buttiauxella and some BIBLIOGRAPHY 1057

other genera of the family Enterobacteriaceae. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 49: H. Bouzar, J.B. Jones, A.M. Alvarez and A.A. Benedict. 1994. Two 1433–1438.. genetically diverse groups of strains are included in Xanthomonas cam- Srinivasan, M.C. and M.K. Patel. 1956. Three undescribed species of pestris pv. vesicatoria. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 44: 47–53. Xanthomonas. Curr. Sci. (Bangalore) 25: 366–367. Stall, R.E., T.R. Gottwald, M. Koizumi and N.C. Schaad. 1993. Ecology Srinivasan, M.C. and M.K. Patel. 1957. Two new phytopathogenic bacteria of plant pathogenic xanthomonads. In Swings and Civerolo (Editors), on verbenaceous hosts. Curr. Sci. (Bangalore) 26: 90–91. Xanthomonas, Chapman & Hall, London. pp. 265–299. Srinivasan, M.C., M.K. Patel and M.J. Thirumalachar. 1961a. A bacterial Stall, R.E., D.C. Loschke and J.B. Jones. 1986. Linkage of copper resis- blight disease of coriander. Proc. Indian Acad. Sci. Sect. B. 53: 298– tance and avirulence loci on a self-transmissible plasmid in Xantho- 301. monas campestris pv. vesicatoria. Phytopathology 76: 240–243. Srinivasan, M.C., M.K. Patel and M.J. Thirumalachar. 1961b. A new bac- Stalon, V. and A. Mercenier. 1984. l-Arginine utilization by Pseudomonas terial blight disease of Argemone mexicana. Proc. Indian Acad. Sci. Sect. species. J. Gen. Microbiol. 130: 69–76. B. 27: 104–107. Stalon, V., C. Vander Wauven, P. Momin and C. Legrain. 1987. Catabolism Srinivasan, M.C., M.K. Patel and M.J. Thirumalachar. 1962. Two bacterial of arginine, citrulline and ornithine by Pseudomonas and related bac- leaf-spot diseases on Physalis minima and studies on their relationship teria. J. Gen. Microbiol. 133: 2487–2495. to Xanthomonas vesicatoria (Doidge) Dowson. Proc. Indian Acad. Sci. Stamler, D.A., M.A.C. Edelstein and P.H. Edelstein. 1994. Azithromycin Sect. B. 56: 93–96. pharmacokinetics and intracellular concentrations in Legionella pneu- St. Geme, J.W., 3rd, A. Takala, E. Esko and S. Falkow. 1994. Evidence for mophila infected and uninfected guinea pigs and their alveolar mac- capsule gene sequences among pharyngeal isolates of nontypeable rophages. Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. 38: 217–222. Haemophilus influenzae. J. Infect. Dis. 169: 337–342. Stamp, L. and D.M. Stone. 1944. An agglutinogen common to certain Stackebrandt, E., V.J. Fowler, W. Schubert and J.F. Imhoff. 1984. Towards strains of lactose and non-lactose fermenting coliform bacilli. J. Hyg. a phylogeny of phototrophic purple sulfur bacteria the genus Ecto- 43: 266–272. thiorhodospira. Arch. Microbiol. 137: 366–370. Stams, A.J.M. and T.A. Hansen. 1984. Fermentation of glutamate and Stackebrandt, E., W. Frederiksen, G.M. Garrity, P.A.D. Grimont, P. Ka¨mp- other compounds by Acidaminobacter hydrogenoformans, gen. nov., sp. fer, M.C.J. Maiden, X. Nesme, R. Rossello-Mora, J. Swings, H.G. Tru¨- nov., an obligate anaerobe isolated from black mud: studies with pure per, L. Vauterin, A.C. Ward and W.B. Whitman. 2002. Report of the cultures and mixed cultures with sulfate-reducing and methanogenic ad hoc committee for the re-evaluation of the species definition in bacteria. Arch. Microbiol. 137: 329–337. bacteriology. Int. J. Syst. Evol. Microbiol. 52: 1043–1047. Stanghellini, M.E., D.C. Sands, W.C. Kronland and M.M. Mendonca. Stackebrandt, E. and B.M. Goebel. 1994. Taxonomic note: A place for 1977. Serological and physiological differentiation among isolates of DNA–DNA reassociation and 16S rRNA sequence analysis in the pres- Erwinia carotovora from potato and sugarbeet. Phytopathology 67: ent species definition in bacteriology. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 44: 846– 1178–1182. 849. Stanier, R.Y. 1943. A note on the taxonomy of Proteus hydrophilus. J. Bac- Stackebrandt, E. and H. Hippe. 1986. Transfer of Bacteroides amylophilus teriol. 46: 213–214. to a new genus Ruminobacter gen. nov., nom. rev. as Ruminobacter am- Stanier, R.Y. and L.N. Ornston. 1973. The b-ketoadipate pathway. In Rose ylophilus comb. nov. Syst. Appl. Microbiol. 8: 204–207. and Tempest (Editors), Advances in Microbial Physiology, Vol. 9, Ac- Stackebrandt, E. and H. Hippe. 1987. In Validation of the publication of ademic Press, London. pp. 89–151. new names and new combinations previously effectively published Stanier, R.Y., N.J. Palleroni and M. Doudorof . 1966. The aerobic pseu- outside the IJSB. List No. 23. Int. J.Syst. Bacteriol. 37: 179–180. domonads: a taxonomic study. J. Gen. Microbiol. 43: 159–271. Stackebrandt, E., R.G.E. Murray and H.G. Tru¨per. 1988. Proteobacteria Stanley, S.H., S.D. Prior, D.J. Leak and H. Dalton. 1983. Copper stress classis nov., a name for the phylogenetic taxon that includes the “pur- underlies the fundamental change in intracellular location of meth- ple bacteria and their relatives”. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 38: 321–325. ane monooxygenase in methane-oxidizing organisms: studies in batch Stahl, D.A. and R.I. Amann. 1991. Development and application of nu- and continuous cultures. Biotechnol. Lett. 5: 487–492. cleic acid probes in bacterial systematics. In Stackebrandt and Good- Stapp, C. 1928. Schizomycetes (Spaltpilze oder Bakterien). In Sorauer (Ed- fellow (Editors), Nucleic Acid Techniques in Bacterial Systematics, itor), Handbuch der Pflanzenkrankheiten, 5th Ed., Vol. 2, Paul Parey, John Wiley & Sons, Chichester. pp. 205–248. Berlin. pp. 1–295. Stahl, D.A., D.J. Lane, G.J. Olsen, D.J. Heller, T.M. Schmidt and N.R. Stapp, C. 1940. Bacterium rubidaeum nov. spec. Zentralbl. Bakteriol. Par- Pace. 1987. Phylogenetic analysis of certian sulfide-oxidizing and re- asitenkd. Infektionskr. Hyg. Abt. II. 102: 252–260. lated morphologically conspicuous bacteria by 5S ribosomal ribonu- Starr, M.P. 1946. The nutrition of phytopathogenic bacteria I. Minimal cleic acid sequences. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 37: 116–122. nutritive requirements of the genus Xanthomonas. J. Bacteriol. 51: Stahl, S.J., K.R. Stewart and F.D. Williams. 1983. Extracellular slime as- 131–143. sociated with Proteus mirabilis during swarming. J. Bacteriol. 154: 930– Starr, M.P. 1958. The blue pigment of Corynebacterium insidiosum. Arch. 937. Mikrobiol. 30: 325–334. Stainer, D.W. and M.J. Scholte. 1970. A simple chemically defined me- Starr, M.P. 1981. The genus Xanthomonas. In Starr, Stolp, Tru¨per, Balows dium for the production of Phase I Bordetella pertussis. J. Gen. Micro- and Schlegel (Editors), The Prokaryotes: A Handbook on Habitats, biol. 63: 211–220. Isolation and Identification of Bacteria, 1st Ed., Vol. 1, Springer Ver- Stainthorpe, A.C., V. Lees, G.P. Salmond, H. Dalton and J.C. Murrell. lag, New York. pp. 742–763. 1991. Screening of obligate methanotrophs for soluble methane Starr, M.P., W. Blau and G. Cosens. 1960. The blue pigment of Pseudo- monooxygenase genes. FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 70: 211–216. monas lemonnieri. Biochem. Z. 333: 328–334. Staley, J.T. 1968. Prosthecomicrobium and Ancalomicrobium: new prosthecate Starr, M.P. and A.K. Chatterjee. 1972. The genus Erwinia: Enterobacteria freshwater bacteria. J. Bacteriol. 95: 1921–1942. pathogenic to plants and animals. Annu. Rev. Microbiol. 26: 389–426. Staley, J.T. and J.J. Gosink. 1999. Poles apart: biodiversity and biogeog- Starr, M.P. and D. Folsom. 1951. Bacterial fireblight of raspberry. Phy- raphy of sea ice bacteria. Annu. Rev. Microbiol. 53: 189–215. topathology 41: 915–919. Staley, J.T., R.L. Irgens and D.J. Brenner. 1987. Enhydrobacter aerosaccus Starr, M.P. and C. Garce´s. 1950. El agente causante de la gomosis bacterial gen. nov., sp. nov., a gas-vacuolated, facultatively anaerobic, hetero- del pasto imperial en Colombia. Rev. Fac. Nac. Agron. (Medellin) 11: trophic rod. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 37: 289–291. 73–83. Staley, T.E., E.W. Jones and L.D. Corley. 1969. Attachment and penetra- Starr, M.P., P.A.D. Grimont, F. Grimont and P.B. Starr. 1976. Caprylate- tion of Escherichia coli into intestinal epithelium of the ileum in new- thallous agar medium for selectively isolating Serratia and its utility born pigs. Am. J. Pathol. 56: 371–392. in the clinical laboratory. J. Clin. Microbiol. 4: 270–276. Stall, R.E., C. Beaulieu, D. Egel, N.C. Hodge, R.P. Leite, G.V. Minsavage, Starr, M.P., C.L. Jenkins, L.B. Bussey and A.G. Andrewes. 1977. Che- 1058 BIBLIOGRAPHY

motaxonomic significance of the xanthomonadins, novel brominated Stephens, W.L. and M.P. Starr. 1963. Localization of carotenoid pigment aryl polyene pigments produced by bacteria of the genus Xantho- in the cytoplasmic membrane of X. juglandis. J. Bacteriol. 86: 1070– monas. Arch. Microbiol. 113: 1–9. 1074. Starr, M.P., H.G. Knackmuss and G. Cosens. 1967. The intracellular blue Stephenson, J.R., S.E. Millership and S. Tabaqchali. 1987. Typing of Ae- pigment of Pseudomonas lemonnieri. Arch. Mikrobiol. 59: 287–294. romonas species by polyacrylamide-gel electrophoresis of radiolabelled Starr, M.P. and M. Mandel. 1969. DNA base composition and taxonomy cell proteins. J. Med. Microbiol. 24: 113–118. of phytopathogenic and other enterobacteria. J. Gen. Microbiol. 56: Sternberg, S. 1998. Isolation of Actinobacillus equuli from the oral cavity 113–123. of healthy horses and comparison of isolates by restriction enzyme Starr, M.P. and W.L. Stephens. 1964. Pigmentation and taxonomy of the digestion and Pulsed-Field Gel Electrophoresis. Vet. Microbiol. 59: genus Xanthomonas. J. Bacteriol. 87: 293–302. 147–156. Starr, M.P. and J.E. Weiss. 1943. Growth of phytopathogenic bacteria in Sternberg, S. and B. Brandstrom. 1999. Biochemical fingerprinting and a synthetic asparagin medium. Phytopathology 33: 314–318. ribotyping of isolates of Actinobacillus equuli from healthy and diseased Statner, B., M.J. Jones and W.L. George. 1988. Effect of incubation tem- horses. Vet. Microbiol. 66: 53–65. perature on growth and soluble protein profiles of motile Aeromonas Stevens, A.M. and E.P. Greenberg. 1997. Quorum sensing in Vibrio fischeri: strains. J. Clin. Microbiol. 26: 393–393. Essential elements for activation of the luminescence genes. J. Bac- Stead, D.E. 1989. Grouping of Xanthomonas campestris pathovars of cereals teriol. 179: 557–562. and grasses by fatty acid profiling. EPPO Bull. 19: 57–68. Stevens, F.L. 1925. Plant Disease Fungi, Macmillan Co., New York. 1–469. Stead, D.E. 1992. Grouping of plant-pathogenic and some other Pseu- Stevens, J., B.L. Fanburg and J.J. Lanzillo. 1990. Determination of peptidyl domonas spp. by using cellular fatty acid profiles. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. dipeptidase activity in 24 bacterial species. Can. J. Microbiol. 36: 56– 42: 281–295. 59. Stead, P., B.A.M. Rudd, H. Bradshaw, D. Noble and M.J. Dawson. 1996. Stevenson, G., B. Neal, D. Liu, M. Hobbs, N.H. Packer, M. Batley, J.W. Induction of phenazine biosynthesis in cultures of Pseudomonas ae- Redmond, L. Lindquist and P. Reeves. 1994. Structure of the O an- ruginosa by L-N-(3-oxohexanoyl)homoserine lactone. FEMS Micro- tigen of Escherichia coli K-12 and the sequence of its rfb gene cluster. biol. Lett. 140: 15–22. J. Bacteriol. 176: 4144–4156. Steadman, J.R., C.R. Maier, H.F. Schwartz and E.D. Kerr. 1975. Pollution Stevenson, R.M. 1997. Immunization with bacterial antigens: yersiniosis. of surface irrigation waters by plant pathogenic organisms. Water Dev. Biol. Stand. 90: 117–124. Resour. Bull. 11: 796–804. Stevenson, R.M.W. and D.W. Airdrie. 1984. Serological variation among Stecchini, M.L., I. Sarais and P. Giavedoni. 1993. Effect of essential oils Yersinia ruckeri strains. J. Fish Dis. 7: 247–254. on Aeromonas hydrophila in a culture medium and in cooked pork. J. Stevenson, R.M.W. and J.G. Daly. 1982. Biochemical and serological char- Food Prot. 56: 406–409. acteristics of Ontario isolates of Yersinia ruckeri. Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Steele, T.W., J. Lanser and N. Sangster. 1990. Isolation of Legionella long- Sci. 39: 870–876. beachae serogroup 1 from potting mixes. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. Stewart, D.J. 1973. An electron microscopic study of Fusiformis nodosus. 56: 49–53. Res. Vet. Sci. 14: 132–134. Steele, W., P. Larock and J.M. Larkin. 1995. Radioisotopic labeling and Stewart, D.J. 1977. Biochemical and biological studies on the lipopoly- microautoradiography of Beggiatoa bacterial mats from Warm Mineral saccharide of Bacteroides nodosus. Res. Vet. Sci. 23: 319–325. Springs. 95th Annual Meeting of the American Society for Microbi- Stewart, D.J. 1978. The role of various antigenic factors of Bacteroides ology, American Society for Microbiology. p. 340. nodosus in eliciting protection against foot rot in vaccinated sheep. Steigerwalt, A.G., G.R. Fanning, M.A. Fife-Asbury and D.J. Brenner. 1976. Res. Vet. Sci. 24: 14–19. DNA relatedness among species of Enterobacter and Serratia. Can. J. Stewart, D.J. 1979. The role of elastase in the differentiation of Bacteroides Microbiol. 22: 121–137. nodosus infections in sheep and cattle. Res. Vet. Sci. 27: 99–105. Stein, A. and D. Raoult. 1993. Lack of pathotype specific gene in human Stewart, D.J. 1989. Footrot of sheep. In Egerton, Yong and Riffkin (Ed- Coxiella burnetii isolates. Microb. Pathog. 15: 177–185. itors), Footrot and Foot Abscess in Ruminants, CRC Press, Boca Raton. Stein, A., N.A. Saunders, A.G. Taylor and D. Raoult. 1993. Phylogenic 5–45. homogeneity of Coxiella burnetii strains as determinated by 16S ribo- Stewart, D.J. and J.R. Egerton. 1979. Studies on the ultrastructural mor- somal RNA sequencing. FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 113: 339–344. phology of Bacteroides nodosus. Res. Vet. Sci. 26: 227–235. Steinberger, E.M., G.Y. Cheng and S.V. Beer. 1990. Characterization of Stewart, D.J. and T.C. Elleman. 1987. A Bacteroides nodosus pili vaccine a 56-kb plasmid of Erwinia amylovora Ea322: its noninvolvement in produced by recombinant DNA for the prevention and treatment of pathogenicity. Plasmid 24: 12–24. foot-rot in sheep. Aust. Vet. J. 64: 79–81. Steinbu¨chel, A. and H.E. Valentin. 1995. Diversity of bacterial polyhy- Stewart, D.J., J.E. Peterson, J.A. Vaughan, B.L. Clark, D.L. Emery, J.B. droxyalkanoic acids. FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 128: 219–228. Caldwell and A.A. Kortt. 1986. The pathogenicity and cultural char- Steiner, R., W. Schafer, I. Blos, H. Wieschhoff and H. Scheer. 1981. Delta- acteristics of virulent, intermediate and benign strains of Bacteroides 2,10-phytadienol as esterifying alcohol of bacteriochlorophyll b from nodosus causing ovine foot-rot. Aust. Vet. J. 63: 317–326. Ectothiorhodospira halochloris. Z. Naturforsch. (C) 36: 417–420. Stewart, W.W. 1971. Isolation and proof of structure of wildfire toxin. Steinfeld, S., C. Rossi, N. Bourgeois, I. Mansoor, J.P. Thys and T. Appel- Nature (Lond.) 229: 174–178. boom. 1998. Septic arthritis due to Aeromonas veronii biotype sobria. Stickler, D.J., C. Fawcett and J.C. Chawla. 1985. Providencia stuartii:a Clin. Infect. Dis. 27: 402–403. search for its natural habitat. J. Hosp. Infect. 6: 221–223. Steinhart, W.L. and R.M. Herriott. 1968. Genetic integration in the het- Stieb, M. and B. Schink. 1985. A new 3-hydroxybutyrate fermenting an- erospecific transformation of Haemophilus influenzae cells by Haemo- aerobe, Ilyobacter polytropus, new genus new species, possessing various philus parainfluenzae DNA. J. Bacteriol. 96: 1725–1731. fermentation pathways. Arch. Microbiol. 140: 139–146. Stenstro¨m, I.M. and G. Molin. 1990. Classification of the spoilage flora Stintzi, A., P. Cornelis, D. Hohnadel, J.M. Meyer, C. Dean, K. Poole, S. of fish, with special reference to Shewanella putrefaciens. J. Appl. Bac- Kourambas and V. Krishnapillai. 1996. Novel pyoverdine biosynthesis teriol. 68: 601–618. gene(s) of Pseudomonas aeruginosa PAO. Microbiology 142: 1181–1190. Stenstro¨m, I.M., A. Zakaria, A. Ternstro¨m and G. Molin. 1990. Numerical Stocker, B.A.D. 1958. Lysogenic conversion by the A phages of Salmonella taxonomy of fluorescent Pseudomonas associated with tomato roots. typhimurium. J. Gen. Microbiol. 18: IX. Antonie Van Leeuwenhoek Int. J. Gen. Mol. Microbiol. 57: 223–236. Stocker, B.A.D. and P.A. Ma¨kela¨. 1971. Genetic aspect of biosynthesis and Stenzel, W. 1961. Proteus inconstans O 13 H 30 als enteritiserreger bei structure of Salmonella lipopolysaccharide. In Weinbaum, Kadis and Ajl kleinkindern. Zentralbl. Bakteriol. Parastienkd. Infektionskr. Hyg. 1 (Editors), Microbial Toxins, Vol. IV, Academic Press, New York. pp. Abt. Orig. 182: 178–183. 369–438. BIBLIOGRAPHY 1059

Stocker, B.A.D. and P.H. Makela. 1978. Genetics of the (Gram negative) 1986a. Characterization of Vitreoscilla beggiatoides and Vitreoscilla fili- bacterial surface. Proc. R. Soc. Lond. Ser. B Biol. Sci. 202: 5–30. forms sp. nov., nom. rev., and comparison with Vitreoscilla stercoraria Stocks, P.K. and C.S. McCleskey. 1964. Identity of the pink-pigmented and Beggiatoa alba. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 36: 302–313. methanol-oxidizing bacteria as Vibrio extorquens. J. Bacteriol. 88: 1065– Strohl, W.R., T.M. Schmidt, V.A. Vinci and J.M. Larkin. 1986b. Electron 1070. transport and respiration in Beggiatoa and Vitreoscilla. Arch. Microbiol. Stoker, M.G.P. and P. Fiset. 1956. Phase variation of the Nine Mile and 145: 71–75. other strains of Rickettsia burnetii. Can. J. Microbiol. 2: 310–321. Strom, D. and A.F. Morgan. 1990. Pseudomonas putida PPN. In O’Brian Stoleru, G.H., L. Le Minor and A.M. Lhe´ritier. 1976. Polynucleotide se- (Editor), Genetic Maps. Locus Maps of Complex Genomes, Vol. 5, quence divergence among strains of Salmonella subgenus IV and Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, Cold Spring Harbor, NY. 2.79–2.87. closely related organisms. Ann. Inst. Pasteur Microbiol. 127A: 477– Strom, M.S. and S. Lory. 1993. Structure-function and biogenesis of the 486. type IV pili. Annu. Rev. Microbiol. 47: 565–596. Stolp, H. and D. Gadkari. 1981. Non-pathogenic members of the genus Strom, M.S. and C.M. Pepe. 1999. Characterization of the tap Type IV Pseudomonas. In Starr, Stolp, Tru¨per, Balows and Schlegel (Editors), pilus gene cluster in Aeromonas hydrophila and A. salmonicida. 6th In- The Prokaryotes, a handbook on the habitats, isolation and identi- ternational Aeromonas/Plesiomonas Symposium, Chicago, Illinois. p. 14. fication of the bacteria, Vol. 1, Springer-Verlag, Berlin. 719–741. Strom, T., T. Ferenci and J.R. Quayle. 1974. The carbon assimilation Storch, G., W.B. Baine, D.W. Fraser, C.V. Broome, H.W. Clegg, M.L. pathways of Methylococcus capsulatus, Pseudomonas methanica and Meth- Cohen, S.A. Goings, B.D. Politi, W.A. Terranova, T.F. Tsai, B.D. Pli- ylosinus trichosporium (OB3b) during growth on methane. Biochem. kaytis, C.C. Shepard and J.V. Bennett. 1979. Sporadic community- J. 144: 465–476. acquired Legionnaires’ disease in the United States. A case-control Struelens, M.J., E. Carlier, N. Maes, E. Serruys, W.G.V. Quint and A. van study. Ann. Intern. Med. 90: 596–600. Belkum. 1993. Nosocomial colonization and infection with multire- Story, P. 1954. Proteus infections in hospital. J. Pathol. Bacteriol. 68: 55– sistant Acinetobacter baumannii: outbreak delineation using DNA 62.. macrorestriction analysis and PCR-fingerprinting. J. Hosp. Infect. 25: Stout, J.D. 1960. Biological studies of some tussock-grassland soils. XV. 15–32. Bacteria of two cultivated soils. N. Z. J. Agr. Res. 3: 214–223. Strzeszewski, B. 1913. Beitru¨ge zur Kenntnis der Schwefelflora in der Stouthamer, A.H., W. de Vries and H.G.D. Niekus. 1979. Microaerophily. Umgebung von Krakau. Bull. Int. Acad. Sci. Ser. V. Cracovie Ser. B Antonie Leeuwenhoek J. Microbiol. Serol. 45: 5–12. Sci. Nat. I : 309–334. Straley, S.C. 1993. Adhesins in Yersinia pestis. Trends Microbiol. 1: 285– Stuart, C.A. and R. Rustigian. 1943. Further studies on one type of para- 286. colon organisms. Am. J. Public Health. 33: 1323–1325. Strandskov, F.B., H.W. Baker and J.B. Bockelmann. 1953. A study of the Stuart, C.A., K.M. Wheeler, R. Rustigian and A. Zimmerman. 1943. Bio- Gram-negative bacterial rod infection of brewery yeast and brewery chemical and antigenic relationships of the paracolon bacteria. J. fermentations. Wallerstein Lab. Commun. 16: 261–270. Bacteriol. 45: 101–109. Strandskov, F.B. and J.B. Bockelmann. 1955. Nutritional requirements of Stuhlmann, F. 1907. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Tsetsefliege (Glossina fusca brewing microorganisms. I. The nutritional requirements of Flavo- und Gl. tachinoides). Arbeit. K. Gesundhamt. 26: 301–383. bacterium proteus. Wallerstein Lab. Commun. 18: 275–282. Stull, T.L., J.J. LiPuma and T.D. Edlind. 1988. A broad-spectrum probe Stra¨tz, M., M. Mau and K.N. Timmis. 1996. System to study horizontal for molecular epidemiology of bacteria - ribosomal RNA. J. Infect. gene exchange among microorganisms without cultivation of recip- ients. Mol. Microbiol. 22: 207–215. Dis. 157: 280–286. Straus, D.C., P.J. Unbehagen and C.W. Purdy. 1993. Neuraminidase pro- Stumpf, P.K. and D.E. Green. 1944. l-amino acid oxidase of Proteus val- duction by a Pasteurella haemolytica A1 strain associated with bovine garis. J. Biol. Chem. 153: 387–399. pneumonia. Infect. Immun. 61: 253–259. Sturm, A.W. 1986. Isolation of Haemophilus influenzae and Haemophilus Strockbine, N.A., S.M. Faruque, B.A. Kay, K. Haider, K. Alam, A.N. Alam, parainfluenzae from genital-tract specimens with a selective culture S. Tzipori and I.K. Wachsmuth. 1992. DNA probe analysis of diar- medium. J. Med. Microbiol. 21: 349–352. rhoeagenic Escherichia coli: detection of EAF-positive isolates of tra- Stu¨rmeyer, H., J. Overmann, H.D. Babenzien and H. Cypionka. 1998. ditional enteropathogenic E. coli serotypes among Bangladeshi pae- Ecophysiological and phylogenetic studies of Nevskia ramosa in pure diatric diarrhoea patients. Mol. Cell. Probes 6: 93–99. culture. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 64: 1890–1894. Stroeher, U.H., L. Bode, L. Beutin and P.A. Manning. 1993. Character- Stuy, J.H. 1978. On the nature of nontypable Haemophilus influenzae. An- ization and sequence of a 33-kDa enterohemolysin (Ehly 1)-associated tonie Leeuwenhoek 44: 367–376. protein in Escherichia coli. Gene 132: 89–94. Stuy, J.H. 1979. Plasmid transfer in Haemophilus influenzae. J. Bacteriol. Strohl, W.R. 1989. Genus I. Beggiatoa. In Staley, Bryant, Pfennig and Holt 139: 520–529. (Editors), Bergey’s Manual of Systematic Bacteriology, 1st Ed., Vol. Stuy, J.H. 1980. Chromosomally integrated conjugative plasmids are com- 3, The Williams & Wilkins Co., Baltimore. 2091–2097. mon in antibiotic- resistant Haemophilus influenzae. J. Bacteriol. 142: Strohl, W.R., G.C. Cannon, J.M. Shively, H. Gu¨de, L.a. Hook, C.M. Lane 925–930. and J.M. Larkin. 1981a. Heterotrophic carbon metabolism by Beggi- Su, C.J., R. Reusch and H.L. Sadoff. 1979. Fatty acids in phospholipids atoa alba. J. Bacteriol. 148: 572–583. of cells, cysts, and germinating cysts of Azotobacter vinelandii. J. Bac- Strohl, W.R., I. Geffers and J.M. Larkin. 1981b. Structure of the sulfur teriol. 137: 1434–1436. inclusion envelopes from four beggiatoas. Curr. Microbiol. 6: 75–79. Su, C.J. and H.L. Sadoff. 1981. Unique lipids in Azotobacter vinelandii cysts Strohl, W.R., K.S. Howard and J.M. Larkin. 1982. Ultrastructure of Beg- - synthesis, distribution, and fate during germination. J. Bacteriol. 147: giatoa alba strain B15LD. J. Gen. Microbiol. 128: 73–84. 91–96. Strohl, W.R. and J.M. Larkin. 1978a. Cell division and trichome breakage Su, J.J. and D. Kafkewitz. 1994. Utilization of toluene and xylenes by a in Beggiatoa. Curr. Microbiol. 1: 151–155. nitrate-reducing strain of Pseudomonas maltophilia under low oxygen Strohl, W.R. and J.M. Larkin. 1978b. Enumeration, isolation and char- and anoxic conditions. FEMS Microbiol. Ecol. 15: 249–257. acterization of Beggiatoa from freshwater sediments. Appl. Environ. Subandiyah, S., N. Nikoh, T. S., S. Somowiyarjo and T. Fukatsu. 2000. Microbiol. 36: 755–770. Complex endosymbiotic microbiota of the citrus psyllid Diaphorina Strohl, W.R. and T.M. Schmidt. 1984. Mixotrophy of the colorless, sulfide- citri (Homoptera: Psylloidea). Zool. Sci. 17: 983–989. oxidizing, gliding bacteria Beggiatoa and Thiothrix. In Strohl and Tou- Subasinghe, R.P. and M. Shariff. 1992. Multiple bacteriosis, with special vinen (Editors), Microbial Chemoautotrophy, Ohio State University reference to spoilage bacterium Shewanella putrefaciens, in cage-cul- Press, Columbus. pp. 79–95. tured barramundi perch in Malaysia. J. Aquat. Anim. Health. 4: 309– Strohl, W.R., T.M. Schmidt, N.H. Lawry, M.J. Mezzino and J.M. Larkin. 311. 1060 BIBLIOGRAPHY

Subcommittee on the Taxonomy of Vibrios 1975. Minutes of the closed medium used for growing phytopathogenic mycoplasmas. Mikrobiol. meeting, 3 September 1974. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 25: 389–391. Zh. 53: 57–61. Sudo, T., K. Shinohara, N. Dohmae, K. Takio, R. Usami, K. Horikoshi Sutherland, I.W. 1993. Xanthan. In Swings and Civerolo (Editors), Xan- and H. Osada. 1996. Isolation and characterization of the gene en- thomonas, Chapman & Hall, London. pp. 363–388. coding an aminopeptidase involved in the selective toxicity of asca- Sutherland, I.W. and D.C. Ellwood. 1979. Microbial exopolysaccharides mycin toward Xanthomonas campestris pv. citri. Biochem. J. 319: 99– - industrial polymers of current and future potential. Symp. Soc. Gen. 102. Microbiol. 29: 107–150. Suga, K., K. Ito, D. Tsuru and T. Yoshimoto. 1995. Prolylcarboxypeptidase Sutherland, I.W. and A.F.D. Kennedy. 1986. Comparison of bacterial li- (angiotensinase C): purification and characterization of the enzyme popolysaccharides by high-performance liquid chromatography. from Xanthomanas maltophilia. Biosci. Biotechnol. Biochem. 59: 298– Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 52: 948–950. 301. Sutherland, I.W. and C.L. Mackenzie. 1977. Glucan common to the mi- Sugimoto, C., Y. Isayama, R. Sakazaki and S. Kuramochi. 1983. Transfer crocyst walls of cyst-forming bacteria. J. Bacteriol. 129: 599–605. of Haemophilus equigenitalis Taylor et al. 1978 to the genus Taylorella, Suthienkul, O., M. Ishibashi, T. Iida, N. Nettip, S. Supavej, B. Eampokalap, gen. nov. as Taylorella equigenitalis, comb. nov. Curr. Microbiol. 9: 155– M. Makino and T. Honda. 1995. Urease production correlates with 162. possession of the trh gene in Vibrio parahaemolyticus strains isolated in Suhan, M.L., S.Y. Chen and H.A. Thompson. 1996. Transformation of Thailand. J. Infect. Dis. 172: 1405–1408. Coxiella burnetii to ampicillin resistance. J. Bacteriol. 178: 2701–2708. Sˇutic´, D. and W.J. Dowson. 1959. An investigation of a serious disease of Suhan, M., S.Y. Chen, H.A. Thompson, T.A. Hoover, A. Hill and J.C. hemp (Cannabina sativa L.) in Jugoslavia. Phytopathology 34: 307– Williams. 1994. Cloning and characterization of an autonomous rep- 314. lication sequence from Coxiella burnetii. J. Bacteriol. 176: 5233–5243. Sˇutic´, D. and Z. Tesic. 1958. Judna nova bakterioza bresta izazivac Pseu- Suitor, E.C., Jr. 1964. Propagation of Rickettsiella popilliae (Dutky and domonas ulmi n. sp. Zast. Bilja. 45: 13–25. Gooden) Philip and Rickettsiella melolonthae (Krieg) Philip in cell cul- Sutinen, S. and H. Syrja¨la¨. 1986. Histopathology of human lymph node tures. J. Insect Pathol. 6: 31–40. tularemia caused by Francisella tularensis var. palaearctica. Arch. Pathol. Suitor, E.C., Jr. and E. Weiss. 1961. Isolation of a rickettsialike microor- Lab. Med. 110: 42–46. ganism (Wolbachia persica n. sp.) from Argas persicus (Oken). J. Infect. Sutra, L., F. Siverio, M.M. Lo´pez, G. Hunault, C. Bollet and L. Gardan. Dis. 108: 95–106. 1997. Taxonomy of Pseudomonas strains isolated from tomato pith Sukhan, A. and R.E.W. Hancock. 1996. The role of specific lysine residues necrosis: Emended description of Pseudomonas corrugata and proposal in the passage of anions through the Pseudomonas aeruginosa porin of three unnamed fluorescent Pseudomonas genomospecies. Int. J. Syst. OprP. J. Biol. Chem. 271: 21239–21242. Bacteriol. 47: 1020–1033. Sulzinski, M.A., G.W. Moorman, B. Schlagnhaufer and C.P. Romaine. Sutter, G.R. and V.M. Kirk. 1968. Rickettsia-like particles in fat-body cells 1995. Fingerprinting of Xanthomonas campestris pv. pelargonii and re- of carabid beetles. J. Invert. Pathol. 10: 445–449. lated pathovars using random-primed PCR. J. Phytopathol. (Berl.) Sutter, V.L. 1968. Identification of Pseudomonas species isolated from hos- 143: 429–433. pital environment and human sources. Appl. Microbiol. 16: 1532– Summers, A.O., G.A. Jacoby, M.N. Swartz, G. McHugh and L. Sutton. 1538. 1978. Metal cations and oxyanion resistances in plasmids of Gram- Sutter, V.L. and S.M. Finegold. 1970. Haemophilus aphrophilus infections: negative bacteria. In Schlessinger (Editor), Microbiology 1978, Amer- ican Society for Microbiology, Washington, D.C. 128–131. clinical and bacteriologic studies. Ann. NY Acad. Sci. 174: 468–487. Sun, W.Q., J.G. Cao, K. Teng and E.A. Meighen. 1994. Biosynthesis of Sutton, R.G.A., M.F. O’Keeffe, M.A. Bundock, J. Jeboult and M.P. Tester. poly-3-hydroxybutyrate in the luminescent bacterium Vibrio harveyi 1972. Isolation of a new Moraxella from a corneal abscess. J. Med. and regulation by the Lux autoinducer, N-(3-Hydroxybutan- Bacteriol. 5: 148–150. oyl)homoserine lactone. J. Biol. Chem. 269: 20785–20790. Suzina, N.E., V.I. Duda, L.A. Anisimova, V.V. Dmitriev and A.M. Boronin. Sun, X.Y., M. Griffith, J.J. Pasternak and B.R. Glick. 1995. Low-temper- 1995. Cytological aspects of resistance to potassium tellurite conferred ature growth, freezing survival, and production of antifreeze protein on Pseudomonas cells by plasmids. Arch. Microbiol. 163: 282–285. by the plant-growth promoting rhizobacterium Pseudomonas putida Suzuki, A. and M. Goto. 1971. Isolation and characterization of pteridines Gr12-2. Can. J. Microbiol. 41: 776–784. from Pseudomonas ovalis. Bull. Chem. Soc. ( Japan). 44: 1869–1872. Sundaram, S. and K.V. Murthy. 1983. Occurrence of 2,4-diamino-6,7- Suzuki, A. and M. Goto. 1972. The structure of a new pteridine com- diisopropyl-pteridine (0/129) resistance in human isolates of Vibrio pound produced by Pseudomonas ovalis. Bull. Chem. Soc. Japan. 45: cholerae. FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 19: 115–117. 2198–2199. Sundh, I., M. Nilsson and P. Borga. 1997. Variation in microbial com- Suzuki, K., M. Goodfellow and A.G. O’Donnell. 1993a. Cell envelopes in munity structure in two boreal peatlands as determined by analysis classification. In Goodfellow and O’Donnell (Editors), Handbook of of phospholipid fatty acid profiles. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 63: New Bacterial Systematics, Academic Press, London. pp. 195–250. 1476–1482. Suzuki, K., H. Matsunaga, C. Itami and Y. Kimura. 1993b. Polymyxin B Surgalla, M.J., A.W. Andrews and D.M. Cavanaugh. 1968. Studies on vir- enhances formation of a pigment, a peptide-ferropyrimine complex, ulence factors of Pasteurella pestis and Pasteurella pseudotuberculosis. in Serratia marcescens. Biosci. Biotechnol. Biochem. 57: 1763–1765. Symp. Ser. Immunol. Stand. 9: 293–302. Suzuki, T., H. Yabusaki and Y. Nishimura. 1996. Phylogenetic relation- Surgey, N., J. Robert-Baudouy and G. Condemine. 1996. The Erwinia ships of entomopathogenic nematophilic bacteria: Xenorhabdus spp. chrysanthemi pecT gene regulates pectinase gene expression. J. Bac- and Photorhabdus sp. J. Basic Microbiol. 36: 351–354. teriol. 178: 1593–1599. Suzuki, T., S. Yamanaka and Y. Nishimura. 1990. Chemotaxonomic study Surico, G., L. Mugnai, R. Pastorelli, L. Giovannetti and D.E. Stead. 1996. of Xenorhabdus spp.: cellular fatty acids, ubiquinone and DNA–DNA Erwinia alni, a new species causing bark cankers of alder (Alnus Miller) hybridization. J. Gen. Appl. Microbiol. 36: 393–401. species. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 46: 720–726. Svanem, B.I.G., G. Skjak-Braek, H. Ertesvag and S. Valla. 1999. Cloning Sussman, M. (Editor). 1985. The Virulence of Escherichia coli: Reviews and expression of three new Azotobacter vinelandii genes closely related and Methods, Academic Press, London. 473 pp. to a previously described gene family encoding mannuronan C-5- Sutakova, G. and F. Ruttgen. 1978. Rickettsiella phytoseiuli and virus-like epimerases. J. Bacteriol. 181: 68–77. particles in Phytosfiulus persimilis (Gamasoidea: Phytoseiidae) mites. Svetashev, V.I., M.V. Vysotskii, E.P. Ivanova and V.V. Mikhailov. 1995. Cel- Acta Virol. 22: 333–336. lular fatty acids of Alteromonas species. Syst. Appl. Microbiol. 18: 37– Sutakova, G., Z. Sekejova, J. Rechacek, I.G. Skripal and L.P. Malinovskaia. 43. 1991. A trial of cultivating Rickettsiella phytoseiuli on the SM IMV-72 Swaminathan, B., T.J. Barrett, S.B. Hunter and R.V. Tauxe. 2001. BIBLIOGRAPHY 1061

PulseNet: the molecular subtyping network for foodborne bacterial Takahashi, A., H. Nakamura, T. Kameyama, S. Kurasawa, H. Naganawa, disease surveillance, United States. Emerg. Infect. Dis. 7: 382–389. Y. Okami, T. Takeuchi, H. Umezawa and Y. Iitaka. 1987. Bisucaberin, Swanson, J., B. Kearney, D. Dahlbeck and B. Staskawicz. 1988. Cloned a new siderophore, sensitizing tumor cells to macrophage-mediated avirulence gene of Xanthomonas campestris pv. vesicatoria complements cytolysis. II. Physico-chemical properties and structure determination. spontaneous race-change mutants. Mol. Plant-Microbe Interact. 1:5– J. Antibiot. (Tokyo). 40: 1671–1676. 9. Takaichi, S., T. Maoka, S. Hanada and J.F. Imhoff. 2001. Unusual carot- Sweerts, J.-P.R.A., D. De Beer, L.P. Nielsen, H. Verdouw, J.C. Van den enoid glycoside ester, di-hydroxylycopene digulcoside diester, in two Heuvel, Y. Cohen and T.E. Cappenberg. 1990. Denitrification by sul- species of Ectothiorhodospiraceae: Halorhodospira abdelmalekii and Halo- phur oxidzing Beggiatoa spp. mats on freshwater sediments. Nature rhodospira halochloris. Arch. Microbiol. 175: 161–167. 344: 762–763. Takala, A.K., J. Eskola, M. Leinonen, H. Kayhty, A. Nissinen, E. Pekkanen Swerdlow, D.L. and A.A. Ries. 1993. Vibrio cholerae non-O1—the eighth and P.H. Makela. 1991. Reduction of oropharyngeal carriage of Hae- pandemic? Lancet 342: 382–383. mophilus influenzae type b (Hib) in children immunized with an Hib Swihart, K.G. and R.A. Welch. 1990a. Cytotoxic activity of the Proteus conjugate vaccine. J. Infect. Dis. 164: 982–986. hemolysin HpmA. Infect. Immun. 58: 1861–1869. Takasaka, M., S. Honjo, T. Fujiwara, T. Hagiwara, H. Ogawa and K. Imai- Swihart, K.G. and R.A. Welch. 1990b. The HpmA hemolysin is more zumi. 1964. Shigellosis in cynomolgus monkeys (Maca irus). I. Epi- common than HlyA among Proteus isolates. Infect. Immun. 58: 1853– demiological surveys on Shigella infection rate. Jpn. J. Med. Sci. Biol. 1860. 17: 259–265. Swingle, D.B. 1925. Center rot of “French endive” or wilt of chicory Takeda, K. 1988. Characteristics of a nitrogen-fixing methanotroph, Meth- (Chichorium intybus L.). Phytopathology 15: 730. ylocystis T-1. Antonie Leeuwenhoek 54: 521–534. Swings, J., M. Gillis, K. Kersters, P. De Vos, F. Gossele´ and J. De Ley. 1980. Takeda, K., S. Motomatsu, Y. Hachiya, S. Fukuoka and Y. Takahara. 1974. Frateuria, a new genus for “Acetobacter aurantius”. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. Characterization and culture conditions for a methane-oxidizing bac- 30: 547–556. terium. J. Ferment. Technol. 52: 793–798. Swings, J., M. Van den Mooter, L. Vauterin, B. Hoste, M. Gillis, T.W. Mew Takeda, Y., H. Kurazono and S. Yamasaki. 1993. Vero toxins (Shiga-like and K. Kersters. 1990. Reclassification of the causal agents of bacterial toxins) produced by enterohemorrhagic Escherichia coli (verocyto- blight (Xanthomonas campestris pv. oryzae) and bacterial leaf streak toxin-producing E. coli). Microbiol. Immunol. 37: 591–599. (Xanthomonas campestris pv. oryzicola) of rice as pathovars of Xantho- Takeyama, H., D. Takeda, K. Yazawa, A. Yamada and T. Matsunaga. 1997. monas oryzae, new species (ex Ishiyama 1922) revived name. Int. J. Expression of the eicosapentaenoic acid synthesis gene cluster from Syst. Bacteriol. 40: 309–311. Shewanella sp. in a transgenic marine cyanobacterium, Synechococcus Swings, P., P. De Vos, M. Van den Mooter and J. De Ley. 1983. Transfer sp. Microbiology 143: 2725–2731. of Pseudomonas maltophilia Hugh 1981 to the genus Xanthomonas as Takimoto, S. 1920. On the bacterial leaf-spot of Antirrhinum majus L. Bot. Xanthomonas maltophilia (Hugh 1981) comb. nov. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. Magaz., Tokyo. 34: 253–257. 33: 409–413. Takimoto, S. 1927. Bacterial black spot of burdock. J. Plant Prot. 14: 519– Swofford, D.L. 1993. PAUP: Phylogenetic Analysis Using Parsimony 523. v3.1.1, Illinois Natural History Survey, Champaign, IL. Takimoto, S. 1931. Bacterial bud rot of loquat. J. Plant. Prot., Tokyo. 18: Sykes, R.B. and M. Matthew. 1976. The beta-lactamases of of Gram-neg- 349–355. ative bacteria and their role in resistance to beta-lactam antibiotics. Takimoto, S. 1933. The bacterial disease of New Zealand flax. J. Plant J. Antimicrob. Chemother. 2: 115–157. Prot. 20: 774–778. Symbas, P.N., R.C. Schlant, C.R.J. Hatcher and J. Lindsay. 1967. Congen- Takimoto, S. 1934. Leaf spot of begonia. J. Plant Prot. 21: 258–262. ital fistula of right coronary artery to right ventricle complicated by Talmadge, M.B. and R.M. Herriott. 1960. A chemically defined medium Actinobacillus actinomycetemcomitans endarteritis. J. Thorac. Cardiovasc. for growth, transformation, and isolation of nutritional mutants of Surg. 53: 379–384. Haemophilus influenzae. Biophys. Biochem. Res. Comm. 2: 203–206. Syrja¨la¨, H., E. Herva, J. Ilonen, K. Saukkonen and A. Salminen. 1984. A Tamura, K., R. Sakazaki, Y. Kosako and E. Yoshizaki. 1986. Leclercia ade- whole-blood lymphocyte stimulation test for the diagnosis of human carboxylata, gen. nov., comb. nov., formerly known as Escherichia ade- tularemia. J. Infect. Dis. 150: 912–915. carboxylata. Curr. Microbiol. 13: 179–184. Syrja¨la¨, H., R. Schildt and S. Raisainen. 1991. In vitro susceptibility of Tamura, K., R. Sakazaki, Y. Kosako and E. Yoshizaki. 1987. In Validation Francisella tularensis to fluoroquinolones and treatment of tularemia of the publication of new names and new combinations previously with norfloxacin and ciprofloxacin. Eur. J. Clin. Microbiol. Infect. effectively published outside the IJSB. List No. 23. Int. J. Syst. Bac- Dis. 10: 68–70. teriol. 37: 179–180. Sza´lla´s, E., C. Koch, A. Fodor, J. Burghardt, O. Buss, A. Szentirmai, K.H. Tamura, K., R. Sakazaki, A.C. McWhorter and Y. Kosako. 1988. Edward- Nealson and E. Stackebrandt. 1997. Phylogenetic evidence for the siella tarda serotyping scheme for international use. J. Clin. Microbiol. taxonomic heterogeneity of Photorhabdus luminescens. Int. J. Syst. Bac- 26: 2343–2346. teriol. 47: 402–407. Tan, C.K. and L. Owens. 2000. Infectivity, transmission and 16S rRNA Szturm, S., M. Pie´chard and R. Nee´l. 1950. Un nouveau type antige´nique sequencing of a rickettsia, Coxiella cheraxi sp. nov., from the freshwater de Shigella boydii. Ann. Inst. Pasteur. 78: 146–147. crayfish Cherax quadricarinatus. Dis. Aquat. Organ. 41: 115–122. Tabe, Y. and J. Igari. 1994. Susceptibilities of glucose non-fermentative Tan, R.J., E.W. Lim and B. Ishak. 1978. Intestinal bacterial flora of the gram-negative bacilli to antibiotics. Jpn. J. Antibiot. 47: 1030–1040. household lizard, Gecko gecko. Res. Vet. Sci. 24: 262–263. Tacket, C.O., F. Brenner and P.A. Blake. 1984. Clinical features and an Tan, R.J., E.W. Lim and M. Teo. 1977. Occurence and medical importance epidemiological study of Vibrio vulnificus infections. J. Infect. Dis. 149: of Edwardsiella tarda in clinical specimens. Ann. Acad. Med. Singapore. 558–561. 6: 337–341. Tagger, S., N. Truffaunt and J. Le Petit. 1990. Preliminary study of re- Tan, S., R.K.O. Apenten and J. Knapp. 1996. Low temperature organic lationships among strains forming a bacterial community selected on phase biocatalysis using cold-adapted lipase from psychrotrophic Pseu- naphthalene from a marine sediment. Can. J. Microbiol. 36: 676– domonas P38. Food Chem. 57: 415–418. 681. Tan, S.C., Y.H. Wong, M. Jegathesan and S.M. Chang. 1989. The first Tai, P.C. and H. Jackson. 1969. Mesophilic mutants of an obligate psy- isolate of Tatumella ptyseos in Malaysia. Malays J. Pathol. 11: 25–27. chrophile, Micrococcus cryophilus. Can. J. Microbiol. 15: 1145–1150. Tandoi, V., N. Caravaglio, D.D. Balsamo, M. Majone and M.C. Tomei. Takada, Y., T. Ochiai, H. Okuyama, K. Nishi and S. Sasaki. 1979. An 1994. Isolation and physiological characterization of Thiothrix sp. Wa- obligately psychrophilic bacterium isolated on the Hokkaido coast. J. ter Sci. Technol. 29: 261–269. Gen. Appl. Microbiol. 25: 11–19. Tang, P.W., S. Toma and L.G. MacMillan. 1985. Legionella oakridgensis: 1062 BIBLIOGRAPHY

laboratory diagnosis of a human infection. J. Clin. Microbiol. 21: 462– Taylor, V.I., P. Baumann, J.L. Reichelt and R.D. Allen. 1974. Isolation, 463. enumeration, and host range of marine bdellovibrios. Arch. Micro- Tang, P.W., S. Toma, C.W. Moss, A.G. Steigerwalt, D.J. Brenner and T.G. biol. 98: 101–114. Cooligan. 1984. Legionella bozemanii serogroup 2: a new etiological Taylor, W.I. and D. Achanzar. 1972. Catalase test as an aid to the iden- agent. J. Clin. Microbiol. 19: 30–33. tification of Enterobacteriaceae. Appl. Microbiol. 24: 58–61. Tang, Y.W., N.M. Ellis, M.K. Hopkins, D.H. Smith, D.E. Dodge and D.H. Taylor, W.H. and E. Juni. 1961. Pathways for biosynthesis of a bacterial Persing. 1998. Comparison of phenotypic and genotypic techniques capsular polysaccharide II. Carbohydrate metabolism and terminal for identification of unusual aerobic pathogenic gram-negative bacilli. oxidation mechanisms of a capsule-producing coccus. J. Bacteriol. 81: J. Clin. Microbiol. 36: 3674–3679. 694–703. Tanii, A., K. Miyajima and T. Akita. 1976. The sheath brown rot disease Tchan, Y.T. 1968. Importance of systematics of Azotobacteriaceae in the of rice plant and its causal bacterium, Pseudomonas fuscovaginae A. study of its ecology. Trans. 9th Int. Congr. Soil Sci. Adelaide. 2: 115– Tanii, K. Miyajima, et T. Akita sp. nov. Ann. Phytopathol. Soc. Japan 124. 42: 540–548. Tchan, Y.T. 1984. Family II. Azotobacteraceae. In Kreig, N.R. and J.G. Holt Tankovic, J., P. Legrand, G. De Gatines, V. Chemineau, C. Brun-Buisson (Editors), Bergey’s Manual of Systematic Bacteriology, Vol. 1, Willliams and J. Duval. 1994. Characterization of a hospital outbreak of imi- and Wilkins, Baltimore/London. 219–220. penem-resistant Acinetobacter baumannii by phenotypic and genotypic Tchan, Y.T. and P.B. New. 1984. Genus I. Azotobacter. In Kreig, N.R. and typing methods. J. Clin. Microbiol. 32: 2677–2681. J.G. Holt (Editors), Bergey’s Manual of Systematic Bacteriology, Vol. Tanner, A.C., R.A. Visconti, S.S. Socransky and S.C. Holt. 1982. Classi- 1, Willliams and Wilkins, Baltimore/London. 220–229. fication and identification of Actinobacillus actinomycetemcomitans and Tchan, Y.T., Z. Wyszomirskadreher, P.B. New and J.C. Zhou. 1983. Tax- Haemophilus aphrophilus by cluster analysis and deoxyribonucleic acid onomy of the Azotobacteraceae determined by using immunoelectro- hybridizations. J. Periodontal Res. 17: 585–596. phoresis. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 33: 147–156. Targowski, S. and H. Targowski. 1979. Characterization of a Haemophilus Tchan, Y.T., Z. Wyszomirskadreher and J.M. Vincent. 1980. Preliminary paracuniculus isolated from gastrointestinal tracts of rabbits with mu- study of taxonomy of Azotobacter and Azomonas by using rocket line coid enteritis. J. Clin. Microbiol. 9: 33–37. immunoelectrophoresis. Curr. Microbiol. 4: 265–270. Targowski, S. and H. Targowski. 1984. In Validation of the publication Telford, J.R. and K.N. Raymond. 1997. Amonobactin: a family of novel of new names and new combinations previously effectively published siderophores from a pathogenic bacterium. J. Biolog. Inorg. Chem. outside the IJSB. List no.15. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 34: 355–357. 2: 750–761. Ta¨rnvik, A. and S. Lo¨fgren. 1975. Stimulation of human lymphocytes by Temesgen, Z., D.R. Toal and F.R. Cockerill, III. 1997. Leclercia adecarbox- a vaccine strain of Francisella tularensis. Infect. Immun. 12: 951–957. ylata infections: case report and review. Clin. Infect. Dis. 25: 79–81. Ta¨rnvik, A., G. Sandstro¨m and A. Sjo¨stedt. 1997. Infrequent manifesta- Temple, K.L. and A.R. Colmer. 1951. The autotrophic oxidation of iron tions of tularaemia in Sweden. Scand. J. Infect. Dis. 29: 443–446. by a new bacterium, Thiobacillus ferrooxidans. J. Bacteriol. 62: 605–611. Tatlock, H. 1944. A rickettsia-like organism recovered from guinea pigs. Tenover, F.C., L. Carlson, L. Goldstein, J. Sturge and J.J. Plorde. 1985. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol. Med. 57: 95–99. Confirmation of Legionella pneumophila cultures with a fluorescein- Tatum, F.M., R.E. Briggs, S.S. Sreevatsan, E.S. Zehr, S. Ling Hsuan, L.O. labeled monoclonal antibody. J. Clin. Microbiol. 21: 983–984. Whiteley, T.R. Ames and S.K. Maheswaran. 1998. Construction of an Tenover, F.C., P.H. Edelstein, L.C. Goldstein, J.C. Sturge and J.J. Plorde. isogenic leukotoxin deletion mutant of Pasteurella haemolytica serotype 1: characterization and virulence. Microb. Pathog. 24: 37–46. 1986. Comparison of cross-staining reactions by Pseudomonas spp. and Tatusov, R.L., A.R. Mushegian, P. Bork, N.P. Brown, W.S. Hayes, M. Bor- fluorescein-labeled polyclonal and monoclonal antibodies directed odovsky, K.E. Rudd and E.V. Koonin. 1996. Metabolism and evolution against Legionella pneumophila. J. Clin. Microbiol. 23: 647–649. of Haemophilus influenzae deduced from a whole genome comparison Tenover, F.C., T. Popovic and Ø. Olsvik. 1995. Genetic methods for de- with Escherichia coli. Curr. Biol. 6: 279–291. tecting antibacterial resistance genes. In Murray, Baron, Pfaller, Ten- Taylor, C.M., R.H. White, M.H. Winterborn and B. Rowe. 1986a. Hae- over and Yolken (Editors), Manual of Clinical Microbiology, 6th Ed., molytic-uraemic syndrome: clinical experience of an outbreak in the ASM Press, Washington, D.C. pp. 1368–1378. West Midlands. Br. Med. J. 292: 1513–1516. Terasaki, Y. 1963. On the isolation of Spirillum. Bull. Suzugamine Women’s Taylor, D.C., A.W. Cripps, R.L. Clancy, K. Murree-Allen, M.J. Hensley, Coll. Nat. Sci. 10: 1–10. ¨ N.A. Saunders and D.C. Sutherland. 1990. Evaluation of a selective Terasaki, Y. 1970. Uber die Anha¨ufung von in Su¨sswasser und Meerwasser medium for the isolation and differentiation of Haemophilus influenzae vorkommenden Spirillum. Bull. Suzagamine Women’s Coll. Nat. Sci. and Haemophilus parainfluenzae from the respiratory tract of chronic 15: 1–7. bronchitics. Pathology 22: 162–164. Terasaki, Y. 1972. Studies on the genus Spirillum Ehrenberg. I. Morpho- Taylor, D.C., A.W. Cripps, R.L. Clancy, K. Murree-Allen, M.J. Hensley, logical, physiological, and biochemical characteristics of water spirilla. N.A. Saunders and D.C. Sutherland. 1992. Biotypes of Haemophilus Bull. Suzugamine Women’s Coll. Nat. Sci. 16: 1–146. parainfluenzae from the respiratory secretions in chronic bronchitis. Terasaki, Y. 1973. Studies on the genus Spirillum Ehrenberg. II. Comments J. Med. Microbiol. 36: 279–282. on type and reference strains of Spirillum and descriptions of new Taylor, D.N., P. Echeverria, T. Pa´l, O. Sethabutr, S. Saiborisuth, S. Sri- species and new subspecies. Bull. Suzugamine Women’s Coll. Nat. Sci. charmorn, B. Rowe and J. Cross. 1986b. The role of Shigella spp., 17: 1–71. enteroinvasive Escherichia coli, and other enteropathogens as causes Terasaki, Y. 1975. Freeze-dried cultures of water spirilla made on exper- of childhood dysentery in Thailand. J. Infect. Dis. 153: 1132–1138. imental basis. Bull. Suzugamine Women’s Coll., Nat. Sci. 19: 1–10. Taylor, E.W., C. S.T., R. Lovell, J. Taylor, S.B. Thomas, W.A. Cuthbert, Terasaki, Y. 1979. Transfer of five species and two subspecies of Spirillum S.E. Jacobs and L. Clegg. 1956. The nomenclature of the coliaero- to other genera (Aquaspirillum and Oceanospirillum), with emended genes bacteria. J. Appl. Bacteriol. 19: 108–111. descriptions of the species and subspecies. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 29: Taylor, J., H.J. Bensted, J.S.K. Boyd, K.P. Carpenter, W.J. Dowson, R. Lov- 130–144. ell, E.W. Taylor, H.G. Thornton, G.S. Wilson and C. Shawl. 1952. Terasaki, Y. 1980. Enrichment and isolation of aerobic chemohetero- Classification of the Bacteriaceae. Int. Bull. Bacteriol. Nomencl. Taxon. trophic spirilla from mud and sand samples. J. Gen. Appl. Microbiol. 2: 137–140. 26: 395–402. Taylor, R.K., V.L. Miller, D.B. Furlong and J.J. Mekalanos. 1987. Use of Terry, J.M., S.E. Pina and S.J. Mattingly. 1991. Environmental conditions phoA gene fusions to identify a pilus colonization factor coordinately which influence mucoid conversion Pseudomonas aeruginosa PAO1. In- regulated with cholera toxin. Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 84: 2833– fect. Immun. 59: 471–477. 2837. Teske, A., E. Alm, J.M. Regan, S. Toze, B.E. Rittmann and D.A. Stahl. BIBLIOGRAPHY 1063

1994. Evolutionary relationships among ammonia- and nitrite-oxidiz- Thal, E. and W. Knapp. 1971. A revised antigenic scheme of Yersinia ing bacteria. J. Bacteriol. 176: 6623–6630. pseudotuberculosis. Progr. Immunobiol. Standard. 15: 219–222. Teske, A., N.B. Ramsing, J. Ku¨ver and H. Fossing. 1995. Phylogeny of Thaler, J.O., S. Baghdiguian and N. Boemare. 1995. Purification and Thioploca and related filamentous sulfide-oxidizing bacteria. Syst. characterization of xenorhabdicin, a phage tail-like bacteriocin, from Appl. Microbiol. 18: 517–526. the lysogenic strain F1 of Xenorhabdus nematophilus. Appl. Environ. Teske, A., M.L. Sogin, L.P. Nielsen and H.W. Jannasch. 1999. Phylogenetic Microbiol. 61: 2049–2052. relationships of a large marine Beggiatoa. Syst. Appl. Microbiol. 22: Thaller, M.C., F. Berlutti, S. Schippa, P. Iori, C. Passariello and G.M. 39–44. Rossolini. 1995. Heterogeneous patterns of acid phosphatases con- Thacker, L., R.M. McKinney, C.W. Moss, H.M. Sommers, M.L. Spivack taining low-molecular-mass polypeptides in members of the family and T.F. O’Brien. 1981. Thermophilic sporeforming bacilli tbat mimic Enterobacteriaceae. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 45: 255–261. fastidious growth characteristics and colonial morphology of legi- Thaller, R., F. Berlutti and M.C. Thaller. 1988. A Kluyvera cryocrescens strain onellae. J. Clin. Microbiol. 13: 794–797. from a gall-bladder infection. Eur. J. Epidemiol. 4: 124–126. Thacker, W.L., R.F. Benson, L. Hawes, H. Gidding, B. Dwyer, W.R. May- Thamdrup, B. and D.E. Canfield. 1996. Pathways of carbon oxidation in berry and D.J. Brenner. 1991a. Legionella fairfieldensis, sp. nov. isolated continental margin sediments off central Chile. Limnol. Oceanogr. from cooling tower waters in Australia. J. Clin. Microbiol. 29: 475– 41: 1629–1650. 478. Thao, M.L. and P. Baumann. 1998. Sequence analysis of a DNA fragment Thacker, W.L., R.F. Benson, L. Hawes, H. Gidding, B. Dwyer, W.R. May- from Buchnera aphidicola (aphid endosymbiont) containing the genes berry and D.J. Brenner. 1991b. In Validation of the publication of dapD-htrA-ilvI-ilvH-ftsL-ftsI-murE. Curr. Microbiol. 37: 214–216. new names and new combinations previously effectively published Thao, M.L., L. Baumann, P. Baumann and N.A. Moran. 1998. Endosym- outside the IJSB. List No. 39. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 41: 580–581. bionts (Buchnera) from the aphids Schizaphis graminum and Diuraphis Thacker, W.L., R.F. Benson, L. Hawes, W.R. Mayberry and D.J. Brenner. noxia have different copy numbers of the plasmid containing the leucine biosynthetic genes. Curr. Microbiol. 36: 238–240. 1990a. Characterization of a Legionella anisa strain isolated from a Thao, M.L., M.A. Clark, L. Baumann, E.B. Brennan, N.A. Moran and P. patient with pneumonia. J. Clin. Microbiol. 28: 122–123. Baumann. 2000a. Secondary endosymbionts of psyllids have been Thacker, W.L., R.F. Benson, R.B. Schifman, E. Pugh, A.G. Steigerwalt, acquired multiple times. Curr. Microbiol. 41: 300–304. W.R. Mayberry, D.J. Brenner and H.W. Wilkinson. 1989a. Legionella Thao, M.L., N.A. Moran, P. Abbot, E.B. Brennan, D.H. Burckhardt and tucsonensis, sp. nov. isolated from a renal transplant recipient. J. Clin. P. Baumann. 2000b. Cospeciation of psyllids and their primary pro- Microbiol. 27: 1831–1834. karyotic endosymbionts. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 66: 2898–2905. Thacker, W.L., R.F. Benson, R.B. Schifman, E. Pugh, A.G. Steigerwalt, Thaveechai, N. and N.W. Schaad. 1986. Immunochemical characteriza- W.R. Mayberry, D.J. Brenner and H.W. Wilkinson. 1990b. In Valida- tion of a subspecies-specific antigenic determinant of a membrane tion of the publication of new names and new combinations previously protein extract of Xanthomonas campestris pv. campestris. Phytopathol- effectively published outside the IJSB. List No. 32. Int. J. Syst. Bac- ogy 76: 148–153. teriol. 40: 105–106. Thayer, D.W. 1978. Carboxymethylcellulase produced by facultative bac- Thacker, W.L., R.F. Benson, J.L. Staneck, S.R. Vincent, W.R. Mayberry, teria from the hind-gut of the termite Reticulitermes hesperus. J. Gen. D.J. Brenner and H.W. Wilkinson. 1988a. Legionella cincinnatiensis, sp. Microbiol. 106: 13–18. nov. isolated from a patient with pneumonia. J. Clin. Microbiol. 26: Thibault, P. and L. Le Minor. 1957. Me´thodes simples de recherche de 418–420. la Iysine-de´carboxylase et de la tryptophane-desaminase a l’aide des Thacker, W.L., R.F. Benson, J.L. Staneck, S.R. Vincent, W.R. Mayberry, milieux pour differe´nciation rapide des Ente´robacte´riacees. Ann. Inst. D.J. Brenner and H.W. Wilkinson. 1989b. In Validation of the pub- Pasteur (Paris) 92: 551–554. lication of new names and new combinations previously effectively Thiele, D. and H. Willems. 1994. Is plasmid based differentiation of published outside the IJSB. List No. 29. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 39: 205– Coxiella burnetii in “acute” and “chronic’ isolates still valid. Eur. J. 206. Epidemiol. 10: 427–434. Thacker, W.L., R.F. Benson, H.W. Wilkinson, N.M. Ampel, E.J. Wing, A.G. Thiele, D., H. Willems, M. Haas and H. Krauss. 1994. Analysis of the Steigerwalt and D.J. Brenner. 1986. 11th serogroup of Legionella pneu- entire nucleotide sequence of the cryptic plasmid QpH1 from Coxiella mophila isolated from a patient with fatal pneumonia. J. Clin. Micro- burnetti. Eur. J. Epidemiol. 10: 413–420. biol. 23: 1146–1147. Thiele, D., H. Willems, G. Ko¨pf and H. Krauss. 1993. Polymorphism in Thacker, W.L., J.W. Dyke, R.F. Benson, D.H.J. Havlichenk, D.B. Robinson, DNA restriction patterns of Coxiella burnetii isolates investigated by H. Stiefel, W. Schneider, C.W. Moss, W.R. Mayberry and D.J. Brenner. pulsed field gel electrophoresis and image analysis. Eur. J. Epidemiol. 1992. Legionella lansingensis sp.nov. isolated from a patient with pneu- 9: 419–425. monia and underlying chronic lymphocytic leukemia. J. Clin. Micro- Thiele, H.H. 1968. Die Verwertung einfacher organischer Substrate biol. 30: 2398–2401. durch Thiorhodaceae. Arch. Mikrobiol. 60: 124–138. Thacker, W.L., J.W. Dyke, R.F. Benson, D.H.J. Havlichenk, D.B. Robinson, Thiemann, B. and J.F. Imhoff. 1996. Differentiation of Ectothiorhodospi- H. Stiefel, W. Schneider, C.W. Moss, W.R. Mayberry and D.J. Brenner. raceae based on their fatty acid composition. Syst. Appl. Microbiol. 19: 1994. In Validation of the publication of new names and new com- 223–230. binations previously effectively published outside the IJSB. List No. Thjøtta, T. and O.T. Avery. 1921. Studies on bacterial nutrition. II. Growth 50. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 44: 595. accessory substances in the cultivation of hemophilic bacilli. III. Plant Thacker, W.L., H.W. Wilkinson, R.F. Benson and D.J. Brenner. 1987. tissue, as a source of growth accessory substances in the cultivation Legionella pneumophila serogroup 12 isolated from human and envi- of Bacillus influenzae. J. Exp. Med. 34: 97–114. ronmental sources. J. Clin. Microbiol. 25: 569–570. Thjøtta, T. and E. Ka˚ss. 1945. A study of alginic acid destroying bacteria. Thacker, W.L., H.W. Wilkinson, R.F. Benson, S.C. Edberg and D.J. Bren- Avh. Utgitt Nor. Vidensk.-Akad. Oslo Mat.-Naturvidensk. Kl. 5: 1–20.. ner. 1988b. Legionella jordanis isolated from a patient with fatal pneu- Thom, B.T. 1970. Klebsiella in faeces. Lancet 2: 1033. monia. J. Clin. Microbiol. 26: 1400–1401. Thomas, A., T. Cheasty, J.A. Frost, H. Chart, H.R. Smith and B. Rowe. Thacker, W.L., H.W. Wilkinson, B.B. Plikaytis, A.G. Steigerwalt, W.R. May- 1996a. Vero cytotoxin-producing Escherichia coli, particularly sero- berry, C.W. Moss and D.J. Brenner. 1985. Second serogroup of Le- group O157, associated with human infections in England and Wales: gionella feeleii strains isolated from humans. J. Clin. Microbiol. 22:1– 1992–4. Epidemiol. Infect. 117: 1–10. 4. Thomas, G.M. and G.O. Poinar. 1979. Xenorhabdus gen. nov., a genus of Thal, E. 1973. Observation on immunity in Yersinia pseudotuberculosis. entomopathogenic nematophilic bacteria of the family Enterobacteri- Contr. Microbiol. Immunol. 2: 190–195. aceae. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 29: 352–360. 1064 BIBLIOGRAPHY

Thomas, G.M. and G.O. Poinar. 1983. Amended description of the genus Thornley, M.J. 1967. A taxonomic study of Acinetobacter and related gen- Xenorhabdus Thomas and Poinar. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 33: 878–879. era. J. Gen. Microbiol. 49: 211–257. Thomas, J.H. 1958. A simple medium for the isolation and cultivation Thornsberry, C., C.N. Baker and L.A. Kirven. 1978. In vitro activity of of Fusiformis nodosus. Aust. Vet. J. 34: 411. antimicrobial agents on the Legionnaires’disease bacterium. Anti- Thomas, J.C., F. Berger, M. Jacquier, D. Bernillon, F. Baud-Grasset, N. microb. Agents Chemother. 13: 78–80. Truffaut, P. Normand, T.M. Vogel and P. Simonet. 1996b. Isolation Thornsberry, C. and L.A. Kirven. 1978. b-1actamase of the Legionnaires’ and characterization of a novel c-hexachlorocyclohexane-degrading bacterium. Curr. Microbiol. 1: 51–54. bacterium. J. Bacteriol. 178: 6049–6055. Thornton, D.J., R.C. Tustin, B.J. Pienaar, W.N. Pienaar and H.D. Bubb. Thomas, J.D., P.J. Reeves and G.P. Salmond. 1997. The general secretion 1975. Cat bite transmission of Yersinia pestis infection to man. J. S. Afr. pathway of Erwinia carotovora subsp. carotovora: analysis of the mem- Vet. Assoc. 46: 165–169. brane topology of OutC and OutF. Microbiology 143: 713–720. Thornton, J.M., D.A. Austin, B. Austin and R. Powell. 1999. Small subunit Thomas, L.V., R.J. Gross, T. Cheasty and B. Rowe. 1990. Extended ser- rRNA gene sequences of Aeromonas salmonicida subsp. smithia and ogrouping scheme for motile, mesophilic Aeromonas species. J. Clin. Haemophilus piscium reveal pronounced similarities with A. salmonicida Microbiol. 28: 980–984. subsp. salmonicida. Dis. Aquat. Org. 35: 155–158. Thomen, L.F. and M.J. Frobisher. 1945. A study of Shigella by means of Thurm, V. and E. Ritter. 1993. Genetic diversity and clonal relationships bacteriophage. Am. J. Hyg. 42: 225–253. of Acinetobacter baumannii strains isolated in a neonatal ward: epi- Thompson, B.J., M.S. Wagner, E. Domingo and R.C. Warner. 1980. demiological investigations by allozyme, whole-cell protein and anti- Pseudo-lysogenic conversion of Azotobacter vinelandii by phage A21 and biotic resistance analysis. Epidemiol. Infect. 111: 491–498. the formation of a stably converted form. Virology 102: 278–285. Thyssen, A., L. Grisez, R. van Houdt and F. Ollevier. 1998. Phenotypic Thompson, C.J., C. Daly, T.J. Barrett, J.P. Getchell, M.J. Gilchrist and M.J. characterization of the marine pathogen Photobacterium damselae Loeffelholz. 1998. Insertion element IS3-based PCR method for sub- subsp. piscicida. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 48: 1145–1151. typing Escherichia coli O157:H7. J. Clin. Microbiol. 36: 1180–1184. Thyssen, A., S. Van Eygen, L. Hauben, J. Goris, J. Swings and F. Ollevier. Thompson, F.L., B. Hoste, K. Vandemeulebroecke and J. Swings. 2003. 2000. Application of AFLP for taxonomic and epidemiological studies Reclassification of Vibrio hollisae as Grimontia hollisae gen. nov., comb. of Photobacterium damselae subsp. piscicida. Int. J. Syst. Evol. Microbiol. nov. Int. J. Syst. Evol. Microbiol. 53: 1615–1617. 50: 1013–1019. Thompson, J.P. 1989. Counting viable Azotobacter chroococcum in vertisols. Tibelius, K.H., L. Du, D. Tito and F. Stejskal. 1993. The Azotobacter chro- II. Comparison of media. Plant Soil 117: 17–29. ococcum hydrogenase gene cluster - sequences and genetic analysis of .Dependent four accessory genes, hupA, hupB, hupY and hupC. Gene 127: 53–61-םThompson, J., J.W. Costerton and R.A. MacLeod. 1970. K deplasmolysis of a marine pseudomonad plasmolyzed in a hypotonic Till, D.H. and F.P. Palmer. 1960. A review of actinobacillosis with a study solution. J. Bacteriol. 102: 843–854. of the causal organism. Vet. Rec. 72: 527–534. gradients and an Timm, A. and A. Steinbu¨chel. 1990. Formation of polyesters consisting םand K םThompson, J. and R.A. MacLeod. 1973. Na ␣-aminoisobutyric acid transport in a marine pseudomonad. J. Biol. of medium chain-length 3-hydroxyalkanoic acids from gluconate by Chem. 248: 7106–7111. Pseudomonas aeruginosa and other fluorescent pseudomonads. Appl. Thompson, J.P. and V.B.D. Skerman. 1979. Azotobacteraceae: The Taxon- Environ. Microbiol. 56: 3360–3367. omy and Ecology of the Aerobic Nitrogen-Fixing Bacteria, Academic Timmer-ten Hoor, A. 1975. A new type of thiosulfate oxidizing, nitrate Press, London. reducing microorgansim: Thiomicrospira denitrificans sp. nov. Neth. J. Thompson, J.P. and V.B.D. Skerman. 1981. In Validation of the publi- Sea Res. 9: 344–350. cation of new names and new combinations previously effectively pub- Timmis, K.N., C.L. Clayton and T. Sekizaki. 1985. Localization of Shiga lished outside the IJSB. List No. 6. Int. J.Syst. Bacteriol. 31: 215–218. toxin gene in the region of Shigella dysenteriae 1 chromosome speci- Thomson, A.J. 1991. Does ferredoxin I (Azotobacter) represent a novel fying virulence functions. FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 30: 301–305. class of DNA-binding proteins that regulate gene expression in re- Tindale, A.E., M. Mehrotra, D. Ottem and W.J. Page. 2000. Dual regu- sponse to cellular iron(II). FEBS Lett. 285: 230–236. lation of catecholate siderophore biosynthesis in Azotobacter vinelandii Thomson, S.V., D.C. Hildebrand and M.N. Schroth. 1981. Identification by iron and oxidative stress. Microbiology-(UK). 146: 1617–1626. and nutritional differentiation of the Erwinia sugar beet pathogen Tindall, B.J. 1980. Phototrophic bacteria from Kenyan soda lakes, Doc- from members of Erwinia carotovora and Erwinia chrysanthemi. Phy- toral thessis, University of Leicester, Leicester, England. topathology 71: 1037–1042. Tindall, B.J. 1999. Taxonomic note: transfer of Amoebobacter purpureus to Thorley, C.M. 1976. A simplified method for the isolation of Bacteroides the genus Pfennigia gen. nov. as Pfennigia purpurea comb. nov., on the nodusus from ovine foot-rot and studies on its colony morphology and basis of the illegitimate proposal to make Amoebobacter purpureus the serology. J. Appl. Bacteriol. 40: 301–309. type species of the genus Amoebobacter. Int. J.Syst. Bacteriol. 49: 1307– Thornberry, H.H. and H.W. Anderson. 1931a. A bacterial disease of bar- 1308. berry caused by Phytomonas berberidis n. sp. J. Agr. Res. 43: 29–36. Tippen, P.S., A. Meyer, E.C. Blank and H.D. Donnell. 1989. Aquarium- Thornberry, H.H. and H.W. Anderson. 1931b. Bacterial leaf spot of vi- associated Plesiomonas shigelloides infection-Missouri. Morb. Mortal. burnum. Phytopathology 21: 907–912. Wkly. Rep. 38: 617–619. Thornberry, H.H. and H.W. Anderson. 1937. Some bacterial diseases of Tipper, D.J., J.L. Strominger and J.C. Ensign. 1967. Structure of the cell plants in Illinois. Phytopathology 27: 946–949. walls of Staphylococcus aureus, strain Copenhagen. VII. Mode of action Thorne, G.M. and W.E. Farrar, Jr.. 1975. Transfer of ampicillin resistance of the bacteriolytic peptidase from Myxobacter and isolation of intact between strains of Haemophilus influenzae type b. J. Infect. Dis. 132: cell wall polysaccharides. Biochemistry 6: 906–920. 276–281. Tisdale, W.B. and M.M. Williamson. 1923. Bacterial leaf spot of lima bean. Thorne, K.J., M.J. Thornley and A.M. Glauert. 1973. Chemical analysis J. Agr. Res. 25: 141–154. of the outer membrane and other layers of the cell envelope of Aci- Tison, D.L., M. Nishibuchi, J.D. Greenwood and R.J. Seidler. 1982. Vibrio netobacter sp. J. Bacteriol. 116: 410–417. vulnificus biogroup 2: New biogroup pathogenic for eels. Appl. En- Thorne, L., L. Tansey and T.J. Pollock. 1987. Clustering of mutations viron. Microbiol. 44: 640–646. blocking synthesis of xanthan gum by Xanthomonas campestris. J. Bac- Tison, D.L. and R.J. Seidler. 1983. Vibrio aestuarianus: A new species from teriol. 169: 3593–3600. estuarine waters and shellfish. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 33: 699–702. Thornley, M.J. 1960. The differentiation of Pseudomonas from other Gram- Tissot-Dupont, H., S. Torres, M. Nezri and D. Raoult. 1999. Hyperen- negative bacteria on the basis of arginine metabolism. J. Appl. Bac- demic focus of Q fever related to sheep and wind. Am. J. Epidemiol. teriol. 23: 37–52. 150: 67–74. BIBLIOGRAPHY 1065

Tjernberg, I. and J. Ursing. 1989. Clinical strains of Acinetobacter classified Torres, J.L., M. Shariff and L. Tajimi. 1991. Serological relationships by DNA–DNA hybridization. APMIS 97: 595–605. among motile Aeromonas spp. associated with healthy and epizootic Tobe, T., G.K. Schoolnik, I. Sohel, V.H. Bustamante and J.L. Puente. ulcerative syndrome (EUS) positive fish. Proceedings from the Sym- 1996. Cloning and characterization of bfpTVW, genes required for the posium on Diseases in Asian Aquaculture, Bali. Asian Fisheries Society. transcriptional activation of bfpA in enteropathogenic Escherichia coli. p. 25. Mol. Microbiol. 21: 963–975. To´th, E., G. Kova´cs, P. Schumann, A.L. Kovacs, U. Steiner, A. Halbritter Tocal, J.V. and C.F. Mezez. 1968. The isolation of Edwardsiella tarda from and K. Ma´rialigeti. 2001. Schineria larvae gen. nov., sp nov., isolated a dog. Philippines J. Vet. Med. 7: 143–145. from the 1st and 2nd larval stages of Wohlfahrtia magnifica (Diptera: Toenniessen, E. 1914. U¨ ber Vererbung und Variabilita¨t bei Bakterien mit Sarcophagidae). Int. J. Syst. Evol. Microbiol. 51: 401–407. besonderer Beru¨cksichtigung der Virulenz. Zentbl. Bakteriol. I. Abt. Toth, I., M. Perombelon and G. Salmond. 1993. Bacteriophage phi-KP Orig. 73: 241–277. mediated generalized transduction in Erwinia carotovora subspecies Tolson, D.L., D.L. Barrigar, R.J. McLean and E. Altman. 1995. Expression carotovora. J. Gen. Microbiol. 139: 2705–2709. of a nonagglutinating fimbriae by Proteus mirabilis. Infect. Immun. 63: Toukdarian, A., G. Saunders, G. Selmansosa, E. Santero, P. Woodley and 1127–1129. C. Kennedy. 1990. Molecular analysis of the Azotobacter vinelandii glnA Tomas, J.M., B. Ciurana and J.T. Jofre. 1986. New, simple medium for gene encoding glutamine synthetase. J. Bacteriol. 172: 6529–6539. selective, differential recovery of Klebsiella spp. Appl. Environ. Micro- Towner, K.J. 1978. Chromosome mapping in Acinetobacter calcoaceticus.J. biol. 51: 1361–1363. Gen. Microbiol. 104: 175–180. Tomb, J.F., H. el-Hajj and H.O. Smith. 1991. Nucleotide sequence of a Towner, K.J. 1983. Transposon-directed mutagenesis and chromosome cluster of genes involved in the transformation of Haemophilus influ- mobilization in Acinetobacter calcoaceticus EBF65/65. Genet. Res. 41: enzae Rd. Gene 104: 1–10. 97–102. Tominaga, A., M.A. Mahmoud, T. Mukaihara and M. Enomoto. 1994. Towner, K.J. 1991. Plasmid and transposon behaviour in Acinetobacter. In Molecular characterization of intact, but cryptic, flagellin genes in Towner and Bergogne-Be´re´zin (Editors), The Biology of Acinetobacter: the genus Shigella. Mol. Microbiol. 12: 277–285. Taxonomy, Clinical Importance, Molecular Biology, Physiology, In- Tompkins, L.S., B.J. Roessler, S.C. Redd, L.E. Markowitz and M.L. Cohen. dustrial Relevance, Plenum Press, New York. pp. 149–167. 1988. Legionella prosthetic valve endocarditis. New Engl. J. Med. 318: Towner, K.J. and A. Vivian. 1976a. RP4 fertility variants in Acinetobacter 530–535. calcoaceticus. Genet. Res. 28: 301–306. Tompkins, L.S., N.J. Troup, T. Woods, W. Bibb and R.M. McKinney. 1987. Towner, K.J. and A. Vivian. 1976b. RP4-mediated conjugation in Acine- Molecular epidemiology of Legionella sp. by restriction endonuclease tobacter calcoaceticus. J. Gen. Microbiol. 93: 355–360. and alloenzyme analysis. J. Clin. Microbiol. 25: 1875–1880. Townsend, K.M., J.D. Boyce, J.Y. Chung, A.J. Frost and B. Adler. 2001. Tondella, M.L., F.D. Quinn and B.A. Perkins. 1995. Brazilian purpuric Genetic organization of Pasteurella multocida cap loci and development fever caused by Haemophilus influenzae biogroup aegyptius strains lack- of a multiplex capsular PCR typing system. J. Clin. Microbiol. 39: 924– ing the 3031 plasmid. J. Infect. Dis. 171: 209–212. 929. Tønjum, T., G. Bukholm and K. Bøvre. 1989. Differentiation of some Townsend, T.R. and J.Y. Gillenwater. 1969. Urinary tract infection due species of Neisseriaceae and other bacterial groups by DNA—DNA hy- to Actinobacillus actinomycetemcomitans. J. Am. Med. Assoc. 210: 558. bridization. APMIS 97: 395–405. Tozzi, A.E., S. Gorietti and A. Caprioli. 2001. Epidemiology of human Tønjum, T., G. Bukholm and K. Bøvre. 1990. Identification of Haemophilus infections by Escherichia coli O157 and other vero cytotoxin-producing aphrophilus and Actinobacillus actinomycetemcomitans by DNA–DNA hy- E. coli. In Duffy, Garvey and McDowell (Editors), Verocytotoxigenic bridization and genetic transformation. J. Clin. Microbiol. 28: 1994– E. coli, Food & Nutrition Press, Inc., Conneticut. pp. 161–180. 1998. Tran Van Nhieu, G., R. Bourdet-Sicard, G. Dumenil, A. Blocker and P.J. Tønjum, T., D.A. Caugant and K. Bøvre. 1992. Differentiation of Moraxella Sansonetti. 2000. Bacterial signals and cell responses during Shigella nonliquefaciens, Moraxella lacunata, and Moraxella bovis by using multi- entry into epithelial cells. Cell.Microbiol. 2: 187–193. locus enzyme electrophoresis and hybridization with pilin-specific Traub, W.H. 1972. Studies on group A bacteriocins of Serratia marcescens: DNA probes. J. Clin. Microbiol. 30: 3099–3107. preliminary characterization of two subgroups of bacteriocins. Zen- Tønjum, T., C.F. Marrs, F. Rozsa and K. Bøvre. 1991. The type 4 pilin of tralbl. Bakteriol. Parasitenkd. Infaktionskr. Hyg. Abt. 1: Orig. Reihe Moraxella nonliquefaciens exhibits unique similarities with the pilins of A. 222: 232–244. Neisseria gonorrhoeae and Dichelobacter nodosus. J. Gen. Microbiol. 137: Traub, W.H. 1980. Bacteriocin and phage typing of Serratia. In von Grae- 2483–2490. venitz and Rubin (Editors), The Genus Serratia, CRC Press, Boca Topley, W.W.C. and G.S. Wilson. 1936. The Principles of Bacteriology Raton. pp. 79–100. and Immunity, 2nd Ed., W. Wood & Company, Baltimore. Traub, W.H. 1991. Serotyping of Serratia marcescens: detection of two new Toranzo, A.E. and J.L. Barja. 1993. Virulence factors of bacteria patho- O-antigens (O25 and O26). Zentbl. Bakteriol. 275: 495–499. genic for coldwater fish. In Annu. Rev. of Fish Dis, 5–36. Traub, W.H., M.E. Craddock, E.A. Raymond, M. Fox and C.E. McCall. Toranzo, A.E., J.L. Barja, R.R. Colwell and F.M. Hetrick. 1983. Charac- 1971. Charaterization of an unusual strain of Proteus rettgeri associated terization of plasmids in bacterial fish pathogens. Infect. Immun. 39: with an outbreak of nosocomial urinary-tract infection. Appl. Micro- 184–192. biol. 22: 278–283. Toranzo, A.E., J.M. Cutrı´n, B.S. Roberson, S. Nu´nez, J.M. Abell, F.M. Traub, W.H. and P.I. Fukushima. 1979a. Serotyping of Serratia marcescens: Hetrick and A.M. Baya. 1994. Comparison of the taxonomy, serology, current status of seven recently described flagellar (H) antigens. J. drug resistance transfer, and virulence of Citrobacter freundii strains Clin. Microbiol. 10: 56–63. from mammals and poikilothermic hosts. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. Traub, W.H. and P.I. Fukushima. 1979b. Serotyping of Serratia marcescens: 60: 1789–1797. simplified tube O-agglutination test and comparison with other sero- Toranzo, A.E., Y. Santos, T.P. Nieto and J.L. Barja. 1986. Evaluation of logical procedures. Zentralbl. Bakteriol. Orig. A. 244: 474–493. different assay systems for identification of environmental Aeromonas Traub, W.H. and B. Leonhard. 1994. Serotyping of Acinetobacter baumannii strains. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 51: 652–656. and genospecies 3: an update. Med. Microbiol. Lett. 3: 120–127. Tornabene, T.G. 1973. Lipid composition of selected strains of Yersinia Traub, W.H., M. Spohr and R. Blech. 1982. Bacteriocin typing of clinical pestis and Yersinia pseudotuberculosis. Biochim Biophys. Acta. 306: 173– isolates of Enterobacter cloacae. J. Clin. Microbiol. 16: 885–889. 185. Trees, D.L. and S.A. Morse. 1995. and Haemophilus ducreyi:an Torres, J.L. 1990. Studies on motile Aeromonas spp. associated with healthy update. Clin. Microbiol. Rev. 8: 357–375. an depizootic ulcerative syndrome-positive fish, Doctoral thesis, Univ. Tresselt, H.B. and M.K. Ward. 1964. Blood-free medium for rapid growth Petanian Malaysia, Serdang Selangor, Malaysia. .. of Pasteurella tularensis. Appl. Microbiol. 12: 504–507. 1066 BIBLIOGRAPHY

Trevisan, V. 1842. Prospetto della flora Euganea. In Coi tipi Del Semi- Haemophilus influenzae type e capsular polysaccharide. Carbohydr. Res. nario, Padova. 1–68. 88: 85–92. Trevisan, V. 1845. Nomenclator algarum. In Impr. du seminaire, Padova. Tsukamoto, T., T. Kimoto, M. Magalhaes and Y. Takeda. 1992. Enteroad- 58–59. herent Escherichia coli exhibiting localized pattern of adherence Trevisan, V. 1885. Caratteri di alcuni nuovi generi di Batteriacee. Atti among infants with diarrhoea in Brazil—incidence and prevalence of Accad. Fis-Med-Stat. Milano (Ser.4). 3: 92–107. serotypes. Kansenshogaku Zasshi. 66: 1538–1542. Trevisan, V. 1887. Sul micrococco della rabbia e sulla possibilita` di ri- Tsukamoto, T., Y. Kinoshita, T. Shimada and R. Sakazaki. 1978. Two ep- conoscere durante il periode d’incubazione, dell’esame del sangue idemics of diarrhoeal disease possibly caused by Plesiomonas shigelloides. della persona moricata, de ha contratta l’infezione rabbica. Rend. Ist. J. Hyg. 80: 275–280. Lombardo (Ser.2) 20: 88–105. Tsukamoto, T. and Y. Takeda. 1993. Incidence and prevalence of sero- Trevisan, V. 1889a. Bacilli endofitobil destruent. In His I Generi e le types of enteroaggregative Escherichia coli from diarrheal patients in specie delle Batteriacea, Milano. pp. 19. Brazil, Myanmar and Japan. Kansenshogaku Zasshi. 67: 289–294. Trevisan, V. 1889b. I generi e le specie delle batteriacee, Zanaboni and Tucker, D.N., I.J. Slotnick, E.O. King, B. Tynes, J. Nicholson and L. Cre- Gabuzzi, Milan. 1–35. vasse. 1962. Endocarditis caused by a Pasteurella-like organism. N. Engl. Trias, J., M. Vin˜as, J. Guinea and J.G. Loren. 1988. Induction of yellow J. Med. 267: 913–916. pigmentation in Serratia marcescens. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 54: Tunevall, G. 1953. Studies on Haemophilus influenzae antigen studied by 3138–3141. gel precipitation method. Acta Pathol. Microbiol. Scand. 32: 193–197. Tricot, C., A. Pie´rard and V. Stalon. 1990. Comparative-studies on the Tunnicliff, E.A. 1941. A study of Actinobacillus lignieresii from sheep af- degradation of guanidino and ureido compounds by Pseudomonas.J. fected with actinobacillosis. J. Infect. Dis. 69: 52–58. Gen. Microbiol. 136: 2307–2317. Turk, D.C. and J.R. May. 1967. Haemophilus influenzae. Its clinical impor- Tristram, D.A. and B.A. Forbes. 1988. Kluyvera: A case report of urinary tance, The English Universities Press Ltd., London. tract infection and sepsis. Pediatr. Infect. Dis. J. 7: 297–298. Tuyau, J.E. and W. Sims. 1974. Neuraminidase activity in human oral Trottier, S., K. Stenberg and C. Svanborg-Eden. 1989. Turnover of non- strains of haemophili. Arch. Oral Biol. 19: 817–819. typable Haemophilus influenzae in the nasopharynges of healthy chil- Tuyau, J.E. and W. Sims. 1975. Occurrence of haemophili in dental dren. J. Clin. Microbiol. 27: 2175–2179. plaque and their association with neuraminidase activity. J. Dent. Res. Trucksis, M., J. Michalski, Y.K. Deng and J.B. Kaper. 1998. The Vibrio 54: 737–739. cholerae genome contains two unique circular chromosomes. Proc. Twarog, R. and L.E. Blouse. 1968. Isolation and characterization of trans- Natl Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 95: 14464–14469. ducing bacteriophage BP1 for Bacterium anitratum (Achromobacter sp.). Truman, R. 1974. Die-back of Eucalyptus citriodora caused by Xanthomonas J. Virol. 2: 716–722. eucalypti sp. n. Phytopathology 64: 143–144. Twedt, R.M., D.F. Brown and D.L. Zink. 1981. Comparison of plasmid Tru¨per, H.G. 1968. Ectothiorhodospira mobilis Pelsh, a photosynthetic sulfur deoxyribonucleic acid contents, culture characteristics, and indices bacterium depositing sulfur outside the cells. J. Bacteriol. 95: 1910– of pathogenicity among selected strains of Vibrio parahaemolyticus. In- 1920. fect. Immun. 33: 322–325. Tru¨per, H.G. 1970. Culture and isolation of phototrophic sulfer bacteria Tyler, S.D., W.M. Johnson, H. Lior, G. Wang and K.R. Rozee. 1991. Iden- from the marine environment. Helgol. Wiss. Meersunters 20: 6–16. tification of verotoxin type 2 variant B subunit genes in Escherichia Tru¨per, H.G. 1978. Sulfur metabolism. In Clayton and Sistrom (Editors), The Photosynthetic Bacteria, Plenum Press, New York. pp. 677–690. coli by the polymerase chain reaction and restriction fragment length Tru¨per, H.G. and L. De’Clari. 1997. Taxonomic note: necessary correc- polymorphism analysis. J. Clin. Microbiol. 29: 1339–1343. tion of specific epithets formed as substantives (nouns) “in apposi- Tymiak, A.A., T.J. McCormick and S.E. Unger. 1989. Structure deter- tion”. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 47: 908–909. mination of lysobactin, a macrocyclic peptide lactone antibiotic. J. Tru¨per, H.G., U. Fischer and D.P. Kelly. 1982. Anaerobic oxidation of Org. Chem. 54: 1149–1157. sulfur compounds as electron donors for bacterial photosynthesis. Tzipori, S., I.K. Wachsmuth, C. Chapman, R. Birden, J. Brittingham, C. Philos. Trans. R. Soc. Lond. Ser. B-Biol. Sci. 298: 529–542. Jackson and J. Hogg. 1986. The pathogenesis of hemorrhagic colitis Tru¨per, H.G. and H. Jannasch. 1968. Chromatium buderi nov. spec., eine caused by Escherichia coli O157:H7 in gnotobiotic piglets. J. Infect. Dis. neue Art der groben Thiorhodaceae. Arch. Mikrobiol. 61: 363–372. 154: 712–716. Trust, T.J. and K.H. Bartlett. 1974. Occurrence of potential pathogens Uchida, M., K. Nakata and M. Maeda. 1997. Conversion of Ulva fronds in water containing ornamental fishes. Appl. Microbiol. 28: 35–40. to a hatchery diet for Artemia nauplii utilizing the degrading and Trzesicka-Mlynarz, D. and O.P. Ward. 1995. Degradation of polycyclic attaching abilities of Pseudoalteromonas espejiana. J. Appl. Phycol. 9: aromatic-hydrocarbons (Pahs) by a mixed culture and its component 541–549. pure cultures, obtained from Pah-contaminated soil. Can. J. Micro- Uchida, T., L. Bonen, H.W. Schaup, B.J. Lewis, L. Zablen and C.R. Woese. biol. 41: 470–476. 1974. Tbe use of ribonuclease U2 in RNA sequence determination: Tsai, G.J. and T.H. Chen. 1996. Incidence and toxigenicity of Aeromonas Some corrections in the catalog of oligomers produced by ribonu- hydrophila in seafood. Int. J. Food Microbiol. 31: 121–131. clease T1 digestion of Escherichia coli 16s ribosomal RNA. J. Mol. Evol. Tseng, Y.H., K.T. Choy, C.H. Hung, N.T. Lin, J.Y. Liu, C.H. Lou, B.Y. Yang, 3: 63–77. F.S. Wen, S.F. Weng and J.R. Wu. 1999. Chromosome map of Xan- Uchino, M., Y. Kosako, T. Uchimura and K. Komagata. 2000. Emendation thomonas campestris pv. campestris 17 with locations of genes involved of Pseudomonas straminea Iizuka and Komagata 1963. Int. J. Syst. Evol. in xanthan gum synthesis and yellow pigmentation. J. Bacteriol. 181: Microbiol. 50: 1513–1519. 117–125. Udey, L.R. and J.L. Fryer. 1978. Immunization of fish with bacterins of Tsuchiya, K., T.W. Mew and S. Wakimoto. 1982. Bacteriological and patho- Aeromonas salmonicida. Mar. Fish. Rev. 40: 12–17. logical characteristics of wild types and induced mutants of Xantho- Ueno, T., H. Ito, F. Kimizuka, H. Kotani and K. Nakajima. 1993. Gene monas campestris pv. oryzae. Phytopathology 72: 43–46. structure and expression of the Mbol restriction-modification system. Tsuda, M., H. Miyazaki and T. Nakazawa. 1995. Genetic and physical Nucleic Acids Res. 21: 2309–2313. mapping of genes involved in pyoverdin production in Pseudomonas Ulaganathan, K. and A. Mahadevan. 1988. Isolation of a plasmid from aeruginosa PAO. J. Bacteriol. 177: 423–431. Xanthomonas campestris pv. vignicola. J. Phytopathol. (Berl.) 123: 92– Tsui, F.-P., R. Schneerson, R.A. Boykins, A.B. Karpas and W. Egan. 1981a. 96. Structural and immunological studies of tbe Haemophilus influenzae Ulaganathan, K. and A. Mahadevan. 1991. Indigenous plasmids of Xan- type d capsular polysaccharide. Carbohydr. Res. 97: 293–306. thomonas campestris and characters encoded by a plasmid of Xantho- Tsui, F.P., R. Schneerson and W. Egan. 1981b. Structural studies of the monas campestris pv. vignicola. Indian J. Exp. Biol. 29: 1022–1026. BIBLIOGRAPHY 1067

Ullah, M.A. and T. Arai. 1983a. Exotoxic substances produced by Ed- Urdaci, M.C., M. Marchand and P.A. Grimont. 1990. Characterization of wardsiella tarda. Fish Pathol. 18: 71–75. 22 Vibrio species by gas chromatography analysis of their cellular fatty Ullah, M.A. and T. Arai. 1983b. Pathological activities of the naturally acids. Res. Microbiol. 141: 437–452. occurring strains of Edwardsiella tarda. Fish Pathol. 18: 65–70. Urosevic, B. 1966. Canker of poplar caused by Erwinia cancerogena n. sp. Umelo, E. and T.J. Trust. 1997. Identification and molecular character- (Czech.). Lesn. Cas. 12: 493–505. ization of two tandemly located flagellin genes from Aeromonas sal- Ursing, J., D.J. Brenner, H. Bercovier, G.R. Fanning, A.G. Steigerwalt, J. monicida A449. J. Bacteriol. 179: 5292–5299. Brault and H.H. Mollaret. 1980a. Yersinia frederiksenii: a new species Unertl, K.E., F.P. Lenhart, H. Forst, G. Vogler, V. Wilm, W. Ehret and G. of Enterobacteriaceae composed of rhamnose positive strains (formerly Ruckdeschel. 1989. Ciprofloxacin in the treatment of legionellosis in called atypical Yersinia enterocolitica or Yersinia enterocolitica-like). Curr. critically ill patients including those cases unresponsive to erythro- Microbiol. 4: 213–217. mycin. Am. J. Med. 87: 128s–131s. Ursing, J., D.J. Brenner, H. Bercovier, G.R. Fanning, A.G. Steigerwalt, J. Unterman, B.M. and P. Baumann. 1990. Partial characterization of the Brault and H.H. Mollaret. 1981. In Validation of the publication of ribosomal RNA operons of the pea-aphid endosymbionts: evolution- new names and new combinations previously effectively published ary and physiological implications. In Cambell and Eikenbary (Edi- outside the IJSB. List No. 6. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 31: 215–218. tors), Aphid-Plant Genotype Interactions, Elsevier Biomedical Press, Ursing, J., A.G. Steigerwalt and D.J. Brenner. 1980b. Lack of genetic Amsterdam. pp. 329–350. relatedness between Yersinia philomiragia (the “Philomiragia” bacte- Unterman, B.M., P. Baumann and D.L. McLean. 1989. Pea aphid sym- rium) and Yersinia species. Curr. Microbiol. 4: 231–233. biont relationships established by analysis of 16S rRNAs. J. Bacteriol. Utermo¨hl, H. 1925. Limnologische Phytoplanktonstudien. Arch. Hydro- 171: 2970–2974. biol. Suppl. 5: 251–277. Unz, R.F. 1984. Genus IV. Zoogloea. In Krieg and Holt (Editors), Bergey’s Utsunomiya, A., T. Naito, M. Ehara, Y. Ichinose and A. Hamamoto. 1992. Manual of Systematic Bacteriology, 1st Ed., Vol. 1, The Williams & Studies on novel pili from Shigella flexneri. I. Detection of pili and Wilkins Co., Baltimore. pp. 214–219. hemagglutination activity. Microbiol. Immunol. 36: 803–813. Unz, R.F. and T.M. Williams. 1988. The effect of controlled pH on the Vaara, M., T. Vaara, M. Jensen, I. Helander, M. Nurminen, E.T. Rietschel development of rosette-forming bacteria in axenic culture and bulk- and P.H. Makela. 1981. Characterization of the lipopolysaccharide ing activated sludge. Water Sci. Technol. 20: 249–255. from the polymyxin-resistant pmrA mutants of Salmonella typhimurium. Unz, R.F. and T.M. Williams. 1989. Substrate utilization by filamentous FEBS Lett. 129: 145–149. sulfer bacteria of activated sludge. In Hattori, Ishida, Maruyama, Mor- Vago, C. and R. Martoja. 1963. Une rickettsiose chez les Gryllidae (Or- ita and Uchida (Editors), Recent Advances in Microbial Ecology, Pro- thoptera). C.R. Acad. Science Ser. D. 256: 1945–1947. ceedings of the 5th International Symposium on Microbial Ecology Vago, C. and G. Meynadier. 1965. Une rickettsiose chez le criquet pelerin (ISME 5), Japan Scientific Societies Press, Tokyo. pp. 412–416. (Schistocerca gregaria Forsk.). Entomophaga. 10: 307–310. Uphof, J.C.T. 1927. Zur Oekologie der Schwefelbakterien in den Schwe- Vago, C., G. Meynadier, P. Juchault, J.-J. Legrand, A. Amargier and J.-J. felquellen Mittelfloridas. Arch. Mikrobiol. 18: 71–84. Duthoit. 1970. Une maladie rickettsienne chez les crustaces isopodes. Uphoff, T.S. and R.A. Welch. 1990. Nucleotide sequencing of the Proteus C.R. Acad. Science Ser. D. 271: 2061–2063. mirabilis calcium-independent hemolysin genes (hpmA and hpmB) re- Va¨isa¨nen, O.M., A. Weber, A. Bennasar, F.A. Rainey, H.J. Busse and M.S. veals sequence similarity with Serratia marcescens hemolysin genes (shlA and shlB). J. Bacteriol. 172: 1206–1216. Salkinoja-Salonen. 1998. Microbial communities of printing paper Urakami, T., H. Araki, H. Oyanagi, K.-I. Suzuki and K. Komagata. 1992. machines. J. Appl. Microbiol. 84: 1069–1084. Transfer of Pseudomonas aminovorans (den Dooren de Jong 1926) to Valcarcel, J., A. Allardet-Servent, G. Bourg, D. O’Callaghan, P.Michailesco Aminobacter gen. nov. as Aminobacter aminovorans comb. nov. and de- and M. Ramuz. 1997. Investigation of the Actinobacillus actinomycetem- scription of Aminobacter aganoensis sp. nov. and Aminobacter niigataensis comitans genome by pulsed field gel electrophoresis. Oral Microbiol. sp. nov. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 42: 84–92. Immunol. 12: 33–39. Urakami, T. and K. Komagata. 1986a. Cellular fatty acid composition and Valderrama, M.J., E. Quesada, V. Bejar, A. Ventosa, M.C. Gutierrez, F. coenzyme Q system in Gram-negative methanol-utilizing bacteria. J. Ruizberraquero and A. Ramoscormenzana. 1991. Deleya salina sp. nov., Gen. Appl. Microbiol. 25: 343–360. a moderately halophilic Gram-negative bacterium. Int. J. Syst. Bac- Urakami, T. and K. Komagata. 1986b. Emendation of Methylobacillus Yordy teriol. 41: 377–384. and Weaver 1977, a genus for methanol-utilizing bacteria. Int. J. Syst. Vali, L., C.J. Thomson and S.G.B. Amyes. 1994. Haemophilus influenzae Bacteriol. 36: 502–511. identification of a novel beta-lactamase. J. Pharm. Pharmacol. 46: Urakami, T. and K. Komagata. 1986c. Occurrence of isoprenoid com- 1041. pounds in gram-negative methanol-utilizing, methane-utilizing, and Valkova, D. and J. Kazar. 1995. A new plasmid (QpDV) common to Coxiella methylamine-utilizing bacteria. J. Gen. Appl. Microbiol. 32: 317–341. burnetii isolates associated with acute and chronic Q fever. FEMS Mi- Urakami, T. and K. Komagata. 1987. Characterization of species of marine crobiol. Lett. 125: 275–280. methylotrophs of the genus Methylophaga. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 37: Vallee´, A., P. Thibault and L. Second. 1963. Contribution a`l’e´tude d’A. 402–406. Iignieresii et d’A. equuli. Ann. Inst. Pasteur (Paris) 104: 108–114. ´ Urakawa, H., K. Kita-Tsukamoto and K. Ohwada. 1999a. Reassessment of Vallee´, A., R. Tinelli, J.-C. Guillon, a. le Priol and T. Cuong. 1974. Etude the taxonomic position of Vibrio iliopiscarius (Onarheim et al. 1994) d’un actinobacillus isole´ chez un cheval. Recl. Med. Vet. Ec. Alfort. and proposal for Photobacterium iliopiscarium comb. nov. Int. J. Syst. 150: 695–700. Bacteriol. 49: 257–260. Van Alphen, L. 1993. The molecular epidemiology of Haemophilus influ- Urakawa, H., K. Kita-Tsukamoto, S.E. Steven, K. Ohwada and R.R. Colwell. enzae. Rev. Med. Microbiol. 4: 159–166. 1998. A proposal to transfer Vibrio marinus (Russell 1891) to a new Van Alphen, L., D.A. Caugant, B. Duim, M. O’Rourke and L.D. Bowler. genus Moritella gen. nov. as Moritella marina comb. nov. FEMS Micro- 1997. Differences in genetic diversity of nonecapsulated Haemophilus biol. Lett. 165: 373–378. influenzae from various diseases. Microbiology 143: 1423–1431. Urakawa, H., K. Kita-Tsukamoto, S.E. Steven, K. Ohwada and R.R. Colwell. Van Alphen, L., M. Klein, L. Geelen van den Broek, T. Riemens, P. Eijk 1999b. In Validation of the publication of new names and new com- and J.P. Kamerling. 1990. Biochemical characterization and worldwide binations previously effectively published outside the IJSB. List No. distribution of serologically distinct lipopolysaccharides of Haemophi- 69. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 49: 341–342. lus influenzae type b. J. Infect. Dis. 162: 659–663. Urdaci, M.C., M. Marchand, E. Ageron, J.M. Arcos, B. Sesma and P.A. van Bijsterveld, O.P. 1970. New Moraxella strain isolated from angular Grimont. 1991. Vibrio navarrensis sp. nov., a species from sewage. Int. conjunctivitis. Appl. Microbiol. 20: 405–408. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 41: 290–294. van Bruggen, A.H.C., K.N. Jochimsen and P.R. Brown. 1990. Rhizomonas 1068 BIBLIOGRAPHY

suberifaciens gen. nov., sp. nov., the causal agent of corky root of lettuce. Buchnera aphidicola (endosymbiont of aphids). J. Bacteriol. 179: 4768– Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol . 40: 175–188. 4777. Van Damme, L.R. and J. Vandepitte. 1980. Frequent isolation of Edward- Van Ham, S.M., L. Van Alphen, F.R. Mooi and J.P. van Putten. 1993. siella tarda and Pleisiomonas shigelloides from healthy Zairese freshwater Phase variation of H. influenzae fimbriae: transcriptional control of fish: a possible source of sporadic diarrhea in the tropics. Appl. En- two divergent genes through a variable combined promoter region. viron. Microbiol. 39: 475–479. Cell 73: 1187–1196. Van de Peer, Y., M. Vancanneyt and R. DeWachter. 1996. Compilation of Van Klingeren, B., J.D.A. Van Embden and M. Dessons-Kroon. 1977. pseudomonad sequences present in a database on the structure of Plasmid-mediated chloramphenicol resistance in Haemophilus influ- ribosomal RNA. Syst. Appl. Microbiol. 19: 493–500. enzae. Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. 11: 383–387. Van De Wolf, J.M. 1993. Time-resolved fluoroimmunoassay as a method Van Kregten, E., N.A.C. Westerdaal and J.M.N. Willers. 1984. New, simple for detection of Erwinia chrysanthemi in potato peel extracts. J. Appl. medium for selective recovery of Klebsiella pneumoniae and Klebsiella Bacteriol. 74: 367–371. oxytoca from human feces. J. Clin. Microbiol. 20: 936–941. van den Heuvel, J.F.J.M., A. Bruyere, S.A. Hogenhout, V. Ziegler-Graff, van Landschoot, A. and J. De Ley. 1983. Intra- and intergeneric similar- V. Brault, M. Verbeek, F. van der Wilk and K. Richards. 1997. The N- ities of the rRNA cistrons of Alteromonas, Marinomonas (gen. nov.) and terminal region of the luteovirus readthrough domain determines some other Gram-negative bacteria. J. Gen. Microbiol. 129: 3057– virus binding to Buchnera GroEL and is essential for virus persistence 3074. in the aphid. J. Virol. 71: 7258–7265. Van Landschoot, A. and J. De Ley. 1984. Validation of the publication van den Heuvel, J.F.J.M., M. Verbeek and F. van der Wilk. 1994. Endo- of new names and combinations previously effectively published out- symbiotic bacteria associated with circulative transmission of potato side the IJSB. List No.13. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 34: 91–92. leafroll virus by Myzus persicae. J. Gen. Virol. 75: 2559–2565. Van Landschoot, A., R. Rossau and J. De Ley. 1986. Intrageneric and Van den Mooter, M. and J. Swings. 1990. Numerical analysis of 295 phe- intergeneric similarities of the ribosomal RNA cistrons of Acinetobacter. notypic features of 266 Xanthomonas strains and related strains and Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 36: 150–160. an improved taxonomy of the genus. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 40: 348– Van Loghem, J.J. 1944. The classification of plague bacillus. Antonie van 369. Leeuwenhoek J. Serol. Microbiol. 10: 15–16. Van Der Goot, F., J. Ausio, K.R. Wong, F. Pattus and J.T. Buckley. 1993. van Loon, F.P., Z. Rahim, K.A. Chowdhury, B.A. Kay and S.A. Rahman. Dimerization stabilizes the pore-forming toxin aerolysin in solution. 1989. Case report of Plesiomonas shigelloides-associated persistent dys- J. Biol. Chem. 268: 18272–18279. entery and pseudomembranous colitis. J. Clin. Microbiol. 27: 1913– Van der Hofstad, G.A.J.M., J.D. Murugg, G.M.G.M. Verjans and P.J. Weis- 1915. beek. 1986. Characterization and structural analysis of the sidero- van Niel, C.B. and M. Allen. 1952. A note on Pseudomonas stutzeri.J. phore produced by the PGPR Pseudomonas putida strain WCS358. In Bacteriol. 64: 413–422. Swinburne (Editor), Iron, Siderophores, and Plant Diseases, Plenum van Orden, A.E. and P.W. Greer. 1977. Modification of the Dieterle spi- Press, New York. 71–75. rochete stain. Histotechnology. 1: 51–53. Van der Kooj, D. 1988. Properties of aeromonads and their occurrence Van Ostaaijen, J., J. Frey, S. Rosendal and J.I. MacInnes. 1997. Actinoba- and hygienic significance in drinking water. Zentbl. Bakteriol. Mik- cillus suis strains isolated from healthy and diseased swine are clonal robiol. Hyg. Ser. B. 187: 1–17. and carry apxICABD subsp. suis and apxIICA subsp. suis toxin genes. Van der Waaij, D., B.J. Cohen and G.W. Nace. 1974. Colonization patterns J. Clin. Microbiol. 35: 1131–1137. of aerobic gram-negative bacteria in the cloaca of Rana pipiens. Lab. Van Overbeek, L.S., L. Eberl, M. Givskov, S. Molin and J.D. Vanelsas. Anim. Sci. 24: 307–317. 1995. Survival of, and induced stress resistance in, carbon-starved Van der Werf, M.J., M.V. Guettler, M.K. Jain and J.G. Zeikus. 1997. En- Pseudomonas fluorescens cells residing in soil. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. vironmental and physiological factors affecting the succinate product 61: 4202–4208. ratio during carbohydrate fermentation by Actinobacillus sp. 130Z. van Oye, E. 1964. The World Problem of Salmonellosis, Junk, The Hague. Arch. Microbiol. 167: 332–342. van Oye, E., M. Thevelin and C. Richard. 1975. Antigenic relationships van Dijk, K. and E.B. Nelson. 2000. Fatty acid competition as a mechanism between Levinea amalonatica and Shigella dysenteriae and boydii. Ann. by which Enterobacter cloacae suppresses Pythium ultimum sporangium Microbiol. 126A: 187–192. germination and damping-off. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 66: 5340– Van Pe´e, K.H., O. Salcher, P. Fischer, M. Bokel and F. Lingens. 1983. The 5347. biosynthesis of brominated pyrrolnitrin derivatives by Pseudomonas au- van Doorn, J., P.M. Boonekamp and B. Oudega. 1994. Partial character- reofaciens. J. Antibiot. 36: 1735–1742. ization of fimbriae of Xanthomonas campestris pathovar hyacinthi. Mol. Van Pee, W. and J. Stragier. 1979. Evaluation of some cold enrichment Plant-Microbe Interact. 7: 334–344. and isolation media for the recovery of Yersinia enterocolitica. Antonie van Dorssen, C.A. and F.H.J. Jaartsveld. 1962. Actinobacillus suis (novo van Leenwenhoek J. Serol. Microbiol. 45: 465–477. species), een bij het varken voorkomende bacterie. Tijdschr. Dier- van Steenbergen, T.J., C.J. Bosch-Tijhof, A.J. van Winkelhoff, R. Gmu¨r geneeskd. 87: 450–458. and J. de Graaff. 1994. Comparison of six typing methods for Acti- Van Ert, M. and J.T. Staley. 1971. A new gas vacuolated heterotrophic nobacillus actinomycetemcomitans. J. Clin. Microbiol. 32: 2769–2774. rod from freshwaters. Arch. Mikrobiol. 80: 70–77. van Steenbergen, T.J., S.D. Colloms, P.W. Hermans, J. de Graaff and R.H. Van Eys, J. 1960. Pyridine ribosidase from Xanthomonas pruni. J. Bacteriol. Plasterk. 1995. Genomic DNA fingerprinting by restriction fragment 80: 386–393. end labeling. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 92: 5572–5576. Van Gijsegem, F. and A. Toussaint. 1982. Chromosome transfer and R- van Straaten, H. 1918. Bacteriologische bevindingen bij eenige gevallen prime formation by an RP4::mini-Mu derivative in Escherichia coli, Sal- van pyosepticaemie (La¨hme) der venlens. Verslag van den Werksaam- monella typhimurium, Klebsiella pneumoniae, and Proteus mirabilis. Plasmid beden der Rijksseruminrichting voor 1916–1917. In Verslag van den 7: 30–44. Werksaambeden der Rijksseruminrichting voor 1916-1917, Rotter- Van Groenestijn, J.W., G.J.F.M. Vlekke, D.M.E. Anink, M.H. Deinema and dam. pp. 71–76. A.J.B. Zehnder. 1988. Role of cations in accumulation and release of Van Tiel-Menkveld, G.J., J.M. Mentjoxvervuurt, B. Oudega and F.K. De- phosphate by Acinetobacter strain 210A. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 54: graaf. 1982. Siderophore production by Enterobacter cloacae and a com- 2894–2901. mon receptor protein for the uptake of aerobactin and cloacin Df13. van Hall, C.J.J. 1902. Bijdragen tot de kennis der Bakterieele Planten- J. Bacteriol. 150: 490–497. ziekten, Amsterdam. van Tonder, E.M. 1973. Infection of rams with Actinobacillus seminis.J.S. van Ham, R.C., A. Moya and A. Latorre. 1997. Putative evolutionary origin Afr. Vet. Assoc. 44: 235–240. of plasmids carrying the genes involved in leucine biosynthesis in van Tonder, E.M. 1979. Actinobacillus seminis infection in sheep in the BIBLIOGRAPHY 1069

Republic of South Africa. II. Incidence and geographical distribution. 1990. Serological typing of Branhamella catarrhalis strains on the basis Onderstepoort J. Vet. Res. 46: 135–140. of lipopolysaccharide antigens. J. Clin. Microbiol. 28: 182–187. Van Veen, H.W., T. Abee, A.W.F. Kleefsman, B. Melgers, G.J.J. Kortstee, Vanhoof, R., P. Sonck and E. Hannecart-Pokorni. 1995. The role of li- W.N. Konings and A.J.B. Zehnder. 1994. Energetics of alanine, lysine popolysaccharide anionic binding sites in aminoglycoside uptake in and proline transport in cytoplasmic membranes of the polyphos- Stenotrophomonas (Xanthomonas) maltophilia. J. Antimicrob. Che- phate-accumulating Acinetobacter johnsonii strain 210A. J. Bacteriol. mother. 35: 167–171. 176: 2670–2676. Vanneste, J.L., J.P. Paulin and D. Expert. 1990. Bacteriophage Mu as a Van Veen, H.W., T. Abee, G.J.J. Kortstee, W.N. Konings and A.J.B. Zehn- genetic tool to study Erwinia amylovora pathogenicity and hypersen- der. 1993. Characterization of two phosphate transport systems in sitive reaction on tobacco. J. Bacteriol. 172: 932–941. Acinetobacter johnsonii 210A. J. Bacteriol. 175: 200–206. Vargas, A. and W.R. Strohl. 1985a. Ammonium assimilation and metab- van Vuuren, H.J.J. 1978. Identification and physiology of Enterobacteriaceae olism by Beggiatoa alba. Arch. Microbiol. 142: 272–278. isolated from South African lager beer breweries, Rijksuniversiteit Vargas, A. and W.R. Strohl. 1985b. Utilization of nitrate by Beggiatoa alba. Gent, Belgium Arch. Microbiol. 142: 279–284. van Vuuren, H.J.J., K. Kersters, J. De Ley and D.F. Toerien. 1981. The Vargas, C., M.J. Coronado, A. Ventosa and J.J. Nieto. 1997. Host range, identification of Enterobacteriaceae from breweries: Combined use and stability and compatibility of broad host-range-plasmids and a shuttle comparison of API 20E system, gel electrophoresis of proteins and vector in moderately halophilic bacteria. Evidence of intrageneric and gas chromotography of volatile metabolites. J. Appl. Bacteriol. 51: 51– intergeneric conjugation in moderate halophiles. Syst. Appl. Micro- 65. biol. 20: 173–181. Van Zyl, E. and P.L. Steyn. 1990. Differentiation of phytopathogenic Pseu- Vargas, C., R. Ferna´ndez-Castillo, D. Ca´novas, A. Ventosa and J.J. Nieto. domonas spp. and Xanthomonas spp. and pathovars by numerical tax- 1995a. Isolation of cryptic plasmids from moderately halophilic eu- onomy and protein gel electrophoregrams. Syst. Appl. Microbiol. 13: bacteria of the genus Halomonas. Characterization of a small plasmid from H. elongata and its use for shuttle vector construction. Mol. 60–71. Gen. Genet. 246: 411–418. Van Zyl, E. and P.L. Steyn. 1992. Reinterpretation of the taxonomic po- Vargas, E., S. Gutie´rrez, M.E. Ambriz and C. Cervantes. 1995b. Chro- sition of Xanthomonas maltophilia and taxonomic criteria in this genus. mosome-encoded inducible copper resistance in Pseudomonas strains. Request for an opinion. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 42: 193–198. Antonie Van Leeuwenhoek Int. J. Gen. Mol. Microbiol. 68: 225–229. Vancanneyt, M., U. Torck, D. Dewettinck, M. Vaerewijck and K. Kersters. Vartian, C.V. and E.J. Septimus. 1990. Soft-tissue infection caused by Ed- 1996a. Grouping of pseudomonads by SDS-PAGE of whole-cell pro- wardsiella tarda and Aeromonas hydrophila. J. Infect. Dis. 161: 816. teins. Syst. Appl. Microbiol. 19: 556–568. Vartivarian, S.E., K.A. Papadakis and E.J. Anaissie. 1996. Stenotrophomonas Vancanneyt, M., S. Witt, W.R. Abraham, K. Kersters and H.L. Fredrickson. (Xanthomonas) maltophilia urinary tract infection. A disease that is 1996b. Fatty acid content in whole cell hydrolysates and phospholipid usually severe and complicated. Arch. Intern. Med. 156: 433–435. fractions of pseudomonads: a taxonomic evaluation. Syst. Appl. Mi- Vartivarian, S.E., K.A. Papadakis, J.A. Palacios, J.T. Manning, Jr. and E.J. crobiol. 19: 528–540. Anaissie. 1994. Mucocutaneous and soft tissue infections caused by Vandamme, P., M. Gillis, M. Vancanneyt, B. Hoste, K. Kersters and E. Xanthomonas maltophilia. A new spectrum. Ann. Intern. Med. 121: 969– Falsen. 1993. Moraxella lincolnii, new species, isolated from the human 973. respiratory tract, and reevaluation of the taxonomic position of Mo- Vasil, M.L., D. Kabat and B.H. Iglewski. 1977. Structure-activity-relation- raxella osloensis. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 43: 474–481. ships of an exotoxin of Pseudomonas aeruginosa. Infect. Immun. 16: Vanden Abeele, P., C. Van Keer, J. Swings, F. Gossele´ and J. De Ley. 1980. 353–361. Browning and rotting of apples caused by acetic acid bacteria. Meded. Vastine, D.W., C.R. Dawson, I. Hoshiwara, C. Yoneda, T. Daghfous and Fac. Landbouwwet. Rijksuniv. Gent. 45: 391–397. M. Messadi. 1974. Comparison of media for the isolation of Haemo- Vandenburgh, P.A., A.M. Wright and A.K. Vidaver. 1985. Partial purifi- philus species from cases of seasonal conjunctivitis associated with cation and characterization of a polysaccharide depolymerase asso- severe endemic trachoma. Appl. Microbiol. 28: 688–691. ciated with phage-infected Erwinia amylovora. Appl. Environ. Micro- Vasyurenko, Z.P. and Y.N. Chernyavskaya. 1990. Confirmation of Mor- biol. 49: 993–994. ganella distinction from Proteus and Providencia among Enterobacteria- Vandepitte, J., J. Colaert, J. Lamotte-Legrand, C. Lamotte-Legrand and ceae on the basis of cellular and lipopolysaccharide fatty acid com- F. Perrin. 1953. Les oste´ites a` Salmonella chez les sicklane´miques: a` position. J. Hyg. Epidemiol. Microbiol. Immunol. (Prague) 34: 81– propos de 5 observations. Ann. Soc. Belge Med. Trop. 33: 511–522. 90. Vandepitte, J., P. Lemmens and L. de Swert. 1983. Human Edwardsiellosis Vaucher, J.P. 1803. Histoire des conferves d’eau douce, contenant leurs traced to ornamental fish. J. Clin. Microbiol. 17: 165–167. different modes de reproduction, et la description de leurs principales Vandepitte, J., A. Makulu and F. Gatti. 1974. Plesiomonas shigelloides: survey especes, J. Paschoud, Geneva. 1–285. and possible association with diarrhoea in Zaire. Ann. Soc. Belge Med. Vauterin, L., B. Hoste, K. Kersters and J. Swings. 1995. Reclassification Trop. 54: 503–513. of Xanthomonas. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 45: 472–489. Vander Wauven, C. and V. Stalon. 1985. Occurrence of succinyl deriva- Vauterin, L. and J. Swings. 1997. Are classification and phytopathological tives in the catabolism of arginine in Pseudomonas cepacia. J. Bacteriol. diversity compatible in Xanthomonas? J. Ind. Microbiol. Biotechnol. 164: 882–886. 19: 77–82. VanderMolen, G.E. and F.D. Williams. 1977. Observation of swarming of Vauterin, L., J. Swings and K. Kersters. 1991. Grouping of Xanthomonas Proteus mirabilis with scanning electron microscopy. Can. J. Microbiol. campestris pathovars by SDS-PAGE of proteins. J. Gen. Microbiol. 137: 23: 107–112. 1677–1687. Vaneechoutte, M., A. Elaichouni, K. Maquelin, G. Claeys, A. Van Lie- Vauterin, L., J. Swings, K. Kersters, M. Gillis, T.W. Mew, M.N. Schroth, dekerke, H. Louagie, G. Verschraegen and L. Dijkshoorn. 1995. Com- N.J. Palleroni, D.C. Hildebrand, D.E. Stead, E.L. Civerolo, A.C. Hay- parison of arbitrarily primed polymerase chain reaction and cell en- ward, H. Maraıˆte, R.E. Stall, A.K. Vidaver and J.F. Bradbury. 1990. velope protein electrophoresis for analysis of Acinetobacter baumannii Towards an improved taxonomy of Xanthomonas. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. and A. junii outbreaks. Res. Microbiol. 146: 457–465. 40: 312–316. Vaneechoutte, M., I. Tjernberg, F. Baldi, M. Pepi, R. Fani, E.R. Sullivan, Vauterin, L., P. Yang, A. Alvarez, Y. Takikawa, D.A. Roth, A.K. Vidaver, J. van der Toorn and L. Dijkshoorn. 1999. Oil-degrading Acinetobacter R.E. Stall, K. Kersters and J. Swings. 1996a. Identification of non- strain RAG-1 and strains described as ‘Acinetobacter venetianus’ sp. nov. pathogenic Xanthomonas strains associated with plants. Syst. Appl. Mi- belong to the same genomic species. Res. Microbiol. 150: 69–73. crobiol. 19: 96–105. Vaneechoutte, M., G. Verschraegen, G. Claeys and A.M. Van Den Abeele. Vauterin, L., P. Yang, B. Hoste, B. Pot, J. Swings and K. Kersters. 1992. 1070 BIBLIOGRAPHY

Taxonomy of xanthomonads from cereals and grasses based on SDS- axonopodis pv. manihotis in Venezuela. Plant Pathol. (Oxf.) 47: 601– PAGE of proteins, fatty acid analysis and DNA hybridization. J. Gen. 608. Microbiol. 138: 1467–1477. Verdonck, L., J. Mergaert, C. Rijckaert, J. Swings, K. Kersters and J. De Vauterin, L., P. Yang and J. Swings. 1996b. Utilization of fatty acid methyl Ley. 1987. Genus Erwinia: numerical analysis of phenotypic features. esters for the differenatiation of new Xanthomonas species. Int. J. Syst. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 37: 4–18. Bacteriol. 46: 298–304. Verhaegen, J., H. Verbraeken, A. Cabuy, J. Vandeven and J. Vandepitte. Veenstra, J., P. Rietra, J.M. Coster, E. Slaats and S. Dirks-Go. 1994. Seasonal 1988. Actinobacillus (formerly Pasteurella) ureae meningitis and bacter- variations in the occurrence of Vibrio vulnificus along the Dutch coast. aemia: report of a case and review of the literature. J. Infect. 17: 249– Epidemiol. Infect. 112: 285–290. 253. Vela, G.R., G.D. Cagle and P.R. Holmgren. 1970. Ultrastructure of Azo- Verhille, S., N. Baida, F. Dabboussi, M. Hamze, D. Izard and H. Leclerc. tobacter vinelandii. J. Bacteriol. 104: 933–939.. 1999a. Pseudomonas gessardii sp. nov. and Pseudomonas migulae sp. nov., Vela, G.R. and O. Wyss. 1964. Improved stain for visualization of Azoto- two new species isolated from natural mineral waters. Int. J. of Syst. bacter encystment. J. Bacteriol. 87: 467–477. Bacteriol. 49: 1559–1572 . Venezia, R.A. and R.G. Robertson. 1975. Bactericidal substance produced Verhille, S., N. Baida, F. Dabboussi, D. Izard and H. Leclerc. 1999b. by Haemophilus influenzae b. Can. J. Microbiol. 21: 1587–1594. Taxonomic study of bacteria isolated from natural mineral waters: Venkatesan, M.M., M.B. Goldberg, D.J. Rose, E.J. Grotbeck, V. Burland Proposal of Pseudomonas jessenii sp. nov. and Pseudomonas mandelii sp. and F.R. Blattner. 2001. Complete DNA sequence and analysis of the nov. Syst. Appl. Microbiol. 22: 45–58. large virulence plasmid of Shigella flexneri. Infect. Immun. 69: 3271– Verma, U.K., D.J. Brenner, W.L. Thacker, R.F. Benson, G. Vesey, J.B. Kurtz, 3285. P.J.L. Dennis, A.G. Steigerwalt, J.S. Robinson and C.W. Moss. 1992. Venkatesh, T.V. and H.K. Das. 1992. The Azotobacter vinelandii recA gene Legionella shakespearei, sp.nov., isolated from cooling tower water. Int. - sequence analysis and regulation of expression. Gene 113: 47–53. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 42: 404–407. Venkateswaran, K. and N. Dohmoto. 2000. Pseudoalteromonas peptidolytica Vernon-Shirley, M. and R. Burns. 1992. The development and use of sp. nov., a novel marine mussel-thread-degrading bacterium isolated monoclonal antibodies for detection of Erwinia. J. Appl. Bacteriol. from the Sea of Japan. Int. J. Syst. Evol. Microbiol. 50: 565–574. 72: 97–102. Venkateswaran, K., M.E. Dollhopf, R. Aller, E. Stackebrandt and K.H. Ve´ron, M.M. 1965. La position taxonomique des Vibrio et de certaines Nealson. 1998. Shewanella amazonensis sp. nov., a novel metal-reducing bacte´ries comparables. C.R. Acad. Sci. Paris 261: 5243–5246. facultative anaerobe from Amazonian shelf muds. Int. J. Syst. Bacter- Ve´ron, M. 1975. Nutrition et taxonomie des Enterobacteriaceae et bacte´ries iol. 48: 965–972. voisines. I. Me´thode d’e´tude des auxanogrammes. Ann. Microbiol. Venkateswaran, K., D.P. Moser, M.E. Dollhopf, P. Lies Douglas, D.A. Saf- Inst. Pasteur (Paris) 136A: 267–274. farini, B.J. Macgregor, D.B. Ringelberg, D.C. White, M. Nishijima, H. Ve´ron, M. and P. Berche. 1976. Virulence et antigenes de Pseudomonas Sano, J. Burghardt, E. Stackebrandt and K.H. Nealson. 1999. Poly- aeruginosa. Bull. Inst. Pasteur. 74: 295–337. phasic taxonomy of the genus Shewanella and description of Shewanella Ve´ron, M. and F. Gasser. 1963. Sur la detection de l’hydrogene sulfure oneidensis sp. nov. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 49: 705–724. produit par certaines enterobacteriacees dans les milieux de diag- Ventosa, A., R. Ferna´ndez-Castillo, C. Vargas, E. Mellado, M.T. Garcia and nostic rapid. Ann. Inst. Pasteur. 105: 524–534. J.J. Nieto. 1994. Isolation and characterization of new plasmids from Ve´ron, M. and L. Le Minor. 1975a. Nutrition et taxonomie des Entero- moderately halophilic eubacteria: developing of cloning vectors. Pro- bacteriaceae et bacte´ries voisines. II. Re´sultats d’ensemble et classifi- ceedings of the 6th European Congress on Biotechnology, Amster- cation. Ann. Microbiol. Inst. Pasteur (Paris) 126B: 111–124. dam. Elsevier Science. 271–274. Ve´ron, M. and L. Le Minor. 1975b. Nutrition et taxonomie des Entero- Ventosa, A., M.C. Gutierrez, M.T. Garcia and F. Ruiz-Berraquero. 1989. bacteriaceae. III. Caracteres nutritionnels et diffe´renciation des groupes Classification of “Chromobacterium marismortui” in a new genus, Chro- taxonomiques. Ann. Microbiol. Inst. Pasteur (Paris) 126B: 125–147. mohalobacter gen. nov. as Chromohalobacter marismortui, comb. nov., nov. Ve´ron, M., A. Lenvoise´-Furet, C. Couste`re, C. Ged and F. Grimont. 1993. rev. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 39: 382–386. Relatedness of three species of “false neisseriae,” Neisseria caviae, Neis- Ventosa, A., J.J. Nieto and A. Oren. 1998. Biology of moderately halophilic seria cuniculi, and Neisseria ovis, by DNA–DNA hybridization and fatty aerobic bacteria. Microbiol. Mol. Biol. Rev. 62: 504–544. acid analysis. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 43: 210–220. Ventosa, A., E. Quesada, F. Rodriguez-Valera, F. Ruiz-Berraquero and A. Versalovic, J., T. Koeuth and J.R. Lupski. 1991. Distribution of repetitive Ramos-Cormenzana. 1982. Numerical taxonomy of moderately halo- DNA-sequences in eubacteria and application to fingerprinting of philic Gram-negative rods. J. Gen. Microbiol. 128: 1959–1968. bacterial genomes. Nucleic Acids Res. 19: 6823–6831. Ventura, S., L. Giovannetti, A. Gori, C. Viti and R. Materassi. 1993. Total Verweyen, H.M., H. Karch, F. Allerberger and L.B. Zimmerhackl. 1999. DNA restriction pattern and quinone composition of members of the Enterohemorrhagic Escherichia coli (EHEC) in pediatric hemolytic- family Ectothiorhodospiraceae. Syst. Appl. Microbiol. 16: 405–410. uremic syndrome: a prospective study in Germany and Austria. In- Ventura, S., C. Viti, R. Pastorelli and L. Giovannetti. 2000. Revision of fection 27: 341–347. species delineation in the genus Ectothiorhodospira. Int. J. Syst. Evol. Vial, P.A., R. Robins-Browne, H. Lior, V. Prado, J.B. Kaper, J.P. Nataro, Microbiol. 50: 583–591. D. Maneval, A. Elsayed and M.M. Levine. 1988. Characterization of Vera Cruz, C.M., F. Gossele´, K. Kersters, P. Segers, M. Van den Mooter, enteroadherent-aggregative Escherichia coli, a putative agent of diar- J. Swings and J. De Ley. 1984. Differentiation between Xanthomonas rheal disease. J. Infect. Dis. 158: 70–79. campestris pv. oryzae, Xanthomonas campestris pv. oryzicola and the bac- Vicente, M. and J.L. Ca´novas. 1973. Glucolysis in Pseudomonas putida: terial “brown blotch” pathogen on rice by numerical analysis of phe- physiological role of alternative routes from the analysis of defective notypic features and protein gel electrophoregrams. J. Gen. Micro- mutants. J. Bacteriol. 116: 908–914. biol. 130: 2983–3000. Vickers, R.M., A. Brown and G.M. Garrity. 1981. Dye-containing buffered Verder, E. and J. Evans. 1961. A proposed antigenic schema for the iden- charcoal-yeast extract medium for differentiation of members of the tification of strains of Pseudomonas aeruginosa. J. Infect. Dis. 109: 183– family Legionellaceae. J. Clin. Microbiol. 13: 380–382. 193. Vidaver, A.K. and S. Buckner. 1978. Typing of fluorescent phytopatho- Verdier, V., K. Assigbetse, C.K. Gopal, K. Wydra, K. Rudolph and J.P. genic pseudomonads by bacteriocin production. Can. J. Microbiol. Geiger. 1998a. Molecular characterization of the incitant of cowpea 24: 14–18. bacterial blight and pustule, Xanthomonas campestris pv. vignicola. Eur. Vidaver, A.K., R.K. Koski and J.L. van Etten. 1973. Bacteriophage ø6: a J. Plant Pathol. 104: 595–602. lipid-containing virus of Pseudomonas phaseolicola. J. Virol. 11: 799– Verdier, V., S. Restrepo, G. Mosquera, M.C. Duque, A. Gerstl and R. 805. Laberry. 1998b. Genetic and pathogenic variation of Xanthomonas Vidaver, A.K., M.L. Mathys, M.E. Thomas and M.L. Schuster. 1972. Bac- BIBLIOGRAPHY 1071

teriocins of the phytopathogens Pseudomonas syringae, P. glycinea and burnetti produces a major antigen homologous to a protein in both P. phaseolicola. Can. J. Microbiol. 18: 705–713. mycobacteria and Escherichia coli. J. Bacteriol. 170: 1227–1234. Vieu, J.-F. and M. Capponi. 1965. Lysotypie des Proteus OX19, OXK, OX2 Vogel, B.F., K. Jorgensen, H. Christensen, J.E. Olsen and L. Gram. 1997. et OXL. Ann. Inst. Pasteur (Paris) 108: 103–106. Differentiation of Shewanella putrefaciens and Shewanella alga on the Vieu, J.-F., O. Croissant and C. Dauguet. 1965. Structure des bacte´rio- basis of whole-cell protein profiles, ribotyping, phenotypic character- phages responsables des phe´nome`nes de conversion chez les Salmon- ization, and 16S rRNA gene sequence analysis. Appl. Environ. Micro- ella. Ann. Inst. Pasteur (Paris) 109: 160–166. biol. 63: 2189–2199. Vijayalakshmi, N., R.S. Rao and S. Badrinath. 1997. Minimum inhibitory Vohora, K. and E. Torrijos. 1988. Neonatal sepsis and meningitis due to concentration (MIC) of some antibiotics against Vibrio cholerae O139 Edwardsiella tarda (E.t.): a rare pathogen. Program and abstract of the isolates from Pondicherry. Epidemiol. Infect. 119: 25–28. 88th annual meeting of the American Society for Microbiology, Amer- Vila, J., A. Gene, M. Vargas, J. Gascon, C. Latorre and M.T.J. de Anta. ican Society for Microbiology,. p. 358. 1998. A case-control study of diarrhoea in children caused by Esch- Volgyi, A., A. Fodor, A. Szentirmai and S. Forst. 1998. Phase variation in erichia coli producing heat-stable enterotoxin (EAST-1). J. Med. Mi- Xenorhabdus nematophilus. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 64: 1188–1193. crobiol. 47: 889–891. Volk, W.A. 1966. Cell wall lipopolysaccharides from Xanthomonas spp. J. Viljanen, M.K., T. Nurmi and A. Salminen. 1983. Enzyme-linked immu- Bacteriol. 91: 39–42. nosorbent assay (ELISA) with bacterial sonicate antigen for immu- Volk, W.A. 1968a. Isolation of d-galacturonic acid 1-phosphate from hy- noglobulin M, immunoglobulin A and immunoglobulin G antibodies drolysates of cell wall lipopolysaccharide extracted from Xanthomonas to Francisella tularensis: comparison with bacterial agglutination test campestris. J. Bacteriol. 95: 782–786. and ELISA with lipopolysaccharide antigen. J. Infect. Dis. 148: 715– Volk, W.A. 1968b. Quantitative assay of polysaccharide components ob- 720. tained from cell wall lipopolysaccharides of Xanthomonas species. J. Villalobo, E. and A. Torres. 1998. PCR for detection of Shigella spp. in Bacteriol. 95: 980–982. Volk, W.A., N.L. Salmonsky and D. Hunt. 1972. Xanthomonas sinensis cell mayonnaise. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 64: 1242–1245. wall lipopolysaccharides I. Isolation of 4,7-anhydro- and 4,8-anhydro- Vincent, P., P. Pignet, F. Talmont, L. Bozzi, B. Fournet, J. Guezennec, C. 3-deoxy octulosonic acid following hydrolysis. J. Biol. Chem. 247: Jeanthon and D. Prieur. 1994. Production and characterization of an 3881–3887. exopolysaccharide excreted by a deep-sea hydrothermal vent bacte- Vollack, K.U., J. Xie, E. Ha¨rtig, U. Ro¨mling and W.G. Zumft. 1998. Lo- rium isolated from the polychaete annelid Alvinella pompejana. Appl. calization of denitrification genes on the chromosomal map of Pseu- Environ. Microbiol. 60: 4134–4141. domonas aeruginosa. Microbiology 144: 441–448. Vinogradov, E.V., R. Pantophlet, S.R. Haseley, L. Brade, O. Holst and H. von der Hofstad, G.A., J.D. Marugg, G.M. Verjans and P.J. Weisbeek. 1986. Brade. 1997. Structural and serological characterisation of the O- Characterization and structural analysis of the siderophore produced specific polysaccharide from lipopolysaccharide of Acinetobacter cal- by the PGPR Pseudomonas putida strain WC 358. In Swinburne (Edi- coaceticus strain 7 (DNA group 1). Eur. J. Biochem. 243: 167–173. tor), Iron, Siderophores, and Plant Diseases, Plenum, New York. pp. Vinogradov, E.V., A.S. Shashkov, Y.A. Knirel, N.K. Kochetkov, N.V. To- 36–40. chtamysheva, S.F. Averin, O.V. Goncharova and V.S. Khlebnikov. 1991. von Frisch, A. 1882. Zur aetiologie des rhinoskleroms. Wien. Med. Woch- Structure of the O-antigen of Francisella tularensis strain 15. Carbohydr. enschr. 32: 969–972. Res. 214: 289–298. von Graevenitz, A. 1970. Erwinia species isolates. Ann. NY Acad. Sci. 174: Virlogeux-Payant, I. and M.Y. Popoff. 1996. The Vi antigen of Salmonella 436–443. typhi. Bull. Inst. Pasteur. 94: 237–250. von Graevenitz, A. 1980. Infection and colonization with Serratia. In von Visalli, M.A., S. Bajaksouzian, M.R. Jacobs and P.C. Appelbaum. 1997. Graevenitz and Rubin (Editors), The Genus Serratia, CRC Press, Boca Comparative activity of trovafloxacin, alone and in combination with Raton. pp. 167–186. other agents, against gram-negative nonfermentative rods. Anti- von Graevenitz, A. 1990. Revised nomenclature of Campylobacter laridis, microb. Agents Chemother. 41: 1475–1481. Enterobacter intermedium, and “Flavobacterium branchiophila”. Int. J. Syst. Visca, P., A. Ciervo, V. Sanfilippo and N. Orsi. 1993. Iron regulated sa- Bacteriol. 40: 211. licylate synthesis by Pseudomonas spp. J. Gen. Microbiol. 139: 1995– Von Graevenitz, A. and C. Bucher. 1983. Evaluation of differential and 2001. selective media for isolation of Aeromonas and Plesiomonas spp. from Viscontini, M. and M. Frater-Schro¨der. 1968. Isolierung von 6-hydroxy- human feces. J. Clin. Microbiol. 17: 16–21. methylpterin aus kulturen von Pseudomonas roseus-fluorescens J.C. Mar- von Graevenitz, A. and A.H. Mensch. 1968. The genus Aeromonas in hu- chal 1937. Helv. Chim. Acta. 51: 1554–1557. man bacteriology. New Engl. J. Med. 278: 245–249. Vishniac, W. 1974. Genus Thiobacillus. In Buchanan and Gibbons (Edi- Von Graevenitz, A. and M. Nourbakhsh. 1972. Antimicrobial resistance tors), Bergey’s Manual of Determinative Bacteriology, 8th Ed., The of the genera Proteus, Providencia and Serratia with special reference Williams & Wilkins Co., Baltimore. pp. 456–461. to multiple resistance patterns. Med. Microbiol. Immunol. 157: 142– Visloukh, S.M. 1914. Spirillum kolkwitzii nov. sp. Zh. Mikrobiol. Epidemiol. 148. Immunol. 1: 42–51. von Graevenitz, A. and G. Palermo. 1980. Erwinia herbicola (Enterobacter Visscher, P.T. and B.F. Taylor. 1994. Demethylation of dimethylsulfonio- agglomerans) in urinary tract infections. Microbios Lett. 14: 123–124. propionate to 3-mercaptopropionate by an aerobic marine bacterium. Von Graevenitz, A. and G. Simon. 1970. Potentially pathogenic nonfer- Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 60: 4617–4619. mentative, H2S-producing gram-negative rod (1b). Appl. Microbiol. Vivian, A. 1991. Genetic organisation of Acinetobacter. In Towner and 19: 176. Bergogne-Be´re´zin (Editors), The Biology of Acinetobacter: Taxonomy, Von Roekel, H.V. 1965. Pullorum disease. In Biester and Schwarte (Ed- Clinical Importance, Molecular Biology, Physiology, Industrial Rele- itors), Diseases of Poultry, 5th Ed., Iowa State University Press, Ames. vance, Plenum Press, New York. pp. 191–200. pp. 220–259. Vivian, A. 1992. Avirulence genes in Pseudomonas syringae pathovars. In von Tigerstrom, R.G. 1980. Extracellular nucleases of Lysobacter enzymo- Galli, Silver and Witholt (Editors), Pseudomonas: Molecular Biology genes: production of the enzymes and purification and characteriza- and Biotechnology, American Society for Microbiology, Washington, tion of an endonuclease. Can. J. Biochem. 26: 1029–1037. D.C. 37–42. von Tigerstrom, R.G. 1981. Extracellular nucleases of Lysobacter enzymo- Vodkin, M.H. and J.C. Williams. 1986. Overlapping deletion in two spon- genes: purification and characterization of a ribonuclease. Can. J. taneous phase variants of Coxiella burnetii. J. Gen. Microbiol. 132: Biochem. 27: 1080–1086. 2587–2594. von Tigerstrom, R.G. 1983. The effect of magnesium and manganese ion Vodkin, M.H. and J.C. Williams. 1988. A heat shock operon in Coxiella concentration and medium composition on the production of extra- 1072 BIBLIOGRAPHY

cellular enzymes by Lysobacter enzymogenes. J. Gen. Microbiol. 129: Wagner, M., R. Erhart, W. Manz, R. Amann, H. Lemmer, D. Wedi and 2293–2299. K.H. Schleifer. 1994b. Development of an rRNA-targeted oligonucle- von Tigerstrom, R.G. 1984. Production of two phosphatases by Lysobacter otide probe specific for the genus Acinetobacter and its application for enzymogenes and purification and characterization of the extracellular in situ monitoring in activated sludge. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 60: enzymes. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 47: 693–698. 792–800. von Tigerstrom, R.G. and S. Stelmaschuk. 1985. Localization of the cell- Wahlund, T.M., C.R. Woese, R.W. Castenholz and M.T. Madigan. 1991. associated phosphatases in Lysobacter enzymogenes. J. Gen. Microbiol. A thermophilic green sulfur bacterium from New Zealand hot springs, 131: 1611–1618. Chlorobium tepidum sp. nov. Arch. Microbiol. 156: 81–90. von Tigerstrom, R.G. and S. Stelmaschuk. 1986. Purification and char- Wakabayashi, H. and S. Egusa. 1972. Characteristics of a Pseudomonas sp. acterization of the outer membrane associated alkaline phosphatase from an epizootic of pond-cultured eels (Anguillula japonica). Bull. of Lysobacter enzymogenes. J. Gen. Microbiol. 132: 1379–1388. Jpn. Soc. Scient. Fisheries. 38: 577–586. von Tigerstrom, R.G. and S. Stelmaschuk. 1987. Comparison of the phos- Wakabayashi, H. and S. Egusa. 1973. Edwardsiella tarda (Paracolobactrum phatases of Lysobacter enzymogenes with those of related bacteria. J. Gen. anguillimortiferum) associated with pond-cultured eel disease. Bull. Ja- Microbiol. 133: 3121–3128. pan. Soc. Sci. Fish. 39: 931–936. Vo¨ro¨s, S. and B.W. Senior. 1990. New O antigens of Morganella morganii Wakker, J.H. 1883. Vorlau¨fige Mittheilungen u¨ber Hyacinthenkrankhei- and the relationships between haemolysin production. O antigens ten. Bot. Centrabl. 14: 315–317. and morganocin types of strains. Acta Microbiol. Hung. 37: 341–349. Waksman, S.A. and J.S. Joffe. 1922. Microorganisms concerned in the Vos, P., R. Hogers, M. Bleeker, M. Reijans, T. van de Lee, M. Hornes, A. oxidation of sulfur in the soil. II. The Thiobacillus thiooxidans, a new Frijters, J. Pot, J. Peleman, M. Kuiper and M. Zabeau. 1995. AFLP: A sulfur oxidizing organism isolated from the soil. J. Bacteriol. 7: 239– new technique for DNA fingerprinting. Nucleic Acids Res. 23: 4407– 256. 4414. Waldee, E.L. 1945. Comparative studies of some peritrichous phytopath- Vosman, B. and K.J. Hellingwerf. 1991. Molecular-cloning and functional ogenic bacteria. Iowa State Coll. J. Sci. 19: 435–484. characterization of a RecA analog from Pseudomonas stutzeri and con- Waldhalm, D.G., R.F. Hall, W.A. Meinershagen, C.S. Card and F.W. Frank. struction of a P. stutzeri RecA mutant. Antonie Leeuwenhoek 59: 115– 1974a. Haemophilus somnus infection in the cow as a possible contrib- 123. uting factor to weak calf syndrome: isolation and animal inoculation Vreeland, R.H. 1984. Genus Halomonas. In Krieg and Holt (Editors), studies. Am. J. Vet. Res. 35: 1401–1403. Bergey’s Manual of Systematic Bacteriology, 1st Ed., Vol. 1, The Wil- Waldhalm, D.G., R.F. Hall, W.A. Meinershagen, E. Stauber and F.W. liams & Wilkins Co., Baltimore. pp. 340–343. Frank. 1974b. Combined effect of neonatal calf diarrhea virus and Vreeland, R.H. 1993. Taxonomy of halophilic bacteria. In Vreeland and Providencia stuartii on suckling beef calves. Am. J. Vet. Res. 35: 515– Hochstein (Editors), The Biology of Halophilic Bacteria, CRC Press, 516. Boca Raton. 105–135. Waldhalm, D.G., W.A. Meinershagen and F.W. Frank. 1969. Providencia Vreeland, R.H., R. Andersen and R.G.E. Murray. 1984. Cell wall and lipid stuartii as an etiological agent in neonatal diarrhea in calves. Am. J. composition and its relationship to the salt tolerance of Halomonas Vet. Res. 30: 1573–1575. elongata. J. Bacteriol. 160: 879–883. Waldhalm, D.G., H.G. Stoenner, R.E. Simmons and L.A. Thomas. 1978. Vreeland, R.H., C.D. Litchfield, E.L. Martin and E. Elliot. 1980. Halomonas Abortion associated with Coxiella burnetii infection in dairy goats. J. elongata, a new genus and species of extremely salt-tolerant bacteria. Am. Vet. Med. Assoc. 137: 1580–1581.. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 30: 485–495. Waldor, M.K., R. Colwell and J.J. Mekalanos. 1994. The Vibrio cholerae Vreeland, R.H. and E.L. Martin. 1980. Growth-characteristics, effects of O139 serogroup antigen includes an O-antigen capsule and lipopo- temperature, and ion specificity of the halotolerant bacterium Ha- lysaccharide virulence determinants. Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 91: lomonas elongata. Can. J. Microbiol. 26: 746–752. 11388–11392. Vu-Thien, H., D. Moissenet, M. Valcin, C. Dulot, G. Tournier and A. Waldor, M.K. and J.J. Mekalanos. 1996. Lysogenic conversion by a fila- Garbarg-Chenon. 1996. Molecular epidemiology of Burkholderia ce- mentous phage encoding cholera toxin. Science 272: 1910–1914. pacia, Stenotrophomonas maltophilia, and Alcaligenes xylosoxicans in a cystic Walker, C.N. and P.W. Smith. 1980. Ampicillin resistance in Haemophilus fibrosis center. Eur. J. Clin. Microbiol. Infect. Dis. 15: 876–879. parainfluenzae. Am. J. Clin. Pathol. 74: 229–232. Wachsmuth, I.K. 1980. Vibrio. In Lennette, Balows, Hausler and Truant Walker, J.D., H.F. Austin and R.R. Colwell. 1975. Utilization of mixed (Editors), Manual of Clinical Microbiology, American Society for Mi- hydrocarbon substrate by petroleum degrading microorganisms. J. crobiology, Washington, D.C. pp. 226–234. Gen. Appl. Microbiol. 21: 27–39. Wachsmuth, I.K. 1984. Laboratory detection of enterotoxins. In Ellner Walker, P.D., J. Short, R.O. Thomson and D.S. Roberts. 1973. The fine (Editor), Infectious Diarrheal Diseases, Marcel Dekker, New York. pp. structure of Fusiformis nodosus with special reference to the location 93–115. of antigens associated with immunogenicity. J. Gen. Microbiol. 77: Wachsmuth, I.K., B.R. Davis and S.D. Allen. 1979. Ureolytic Escherichia 351–361. coli of human origin: serological, epidemiological, and genetic anal- Walkes, C.M. and L.W. O’Garro. 1996. Role of extracellular polysaccha- ysis. J. Clin. Microbiol. 10: 897–902. rides from Xanthomonas campestris pv. vesicatoria in bacterial spot of Wackett, L.P., M.J. Sadowsky, L.M. Newman, H.G. Hur and S.Y. Li. 1994. pepper. Physiol. Mol. Plant Pathol. 48: 91–104. Metabolism of polyhalogenated compounds by a genetically-engi- Wall, P.G., D. Morgan, K. Lamden, M. Ryan, M. Griffin, E.J. Threlfall, neered bacterium. Nature (Lond.) 368: 627–629. L.R. Ward and B. Rowe. 1994. A case control study of infection with Waddell, T., S. Head, M. Petric, A. Cohen and C. Lingwood. 1988. Glo- an epidemic strain of multiresistant Salmonella typhimurium DT104 in botriosyl ceramide is specifically recognized by the Escherichia coli ver- England and Wales. Commun. Dis. Rep. CDR Rev. 4: R130–135. ocytotoxin 2. Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 152: 674–679. Wallace, J.J. and R.G. Petersdorf. 1971. Urinary tract infections. Postgrad. Wadowsky, R.W. and R.B. Yee. 1981. Glycine-containing selective medium Med. 50: 138–144. for isolation of Legionellaceae from environmental specimens. Appl. Wallace, L.J., F.H. White and H.L. Gore. 1966. Isolation of Edwardsiella Environ. Microbiol. 42: 768–772. tarda from a sea lion and two alligators. J. Am. Vet. Med. Assoc. 149: Wagner, C. and A.T. Brown. 1970. Regulation of tryptophan pyrrholase 881–883. activity in Xanthomonas pruni. J. Bacteriol. 104: 90–97. Wallace, P.L., D.G. Hollis, R.E. Weaver and C.W. Moss. 1988. Cellular Wagner, M., R. Amann, P. Ka¨mpfer, B. Assmus, A. Hartmann, P. Hutzler, fatty acid composition of Kingella species, Cardiobacterium hominis, and N. Springer and K.-H. Schleifer. 1994a. Identification and in situ de- . J. Clin. Microbiol. 26: 1592–1594. tection of Gram-negative filamentous bacteria in activated sludge. Syst. Wallace, R.J., Jr., C.J. Baker, F.J. Quinones, D.G. Hollis, R.E. Weaver and Appl. Microbiol. 17: 405–417. K. Wiss. 1983. Nontypable Haemophilus influenzae (biotype 4) as a BIBLIOGRAPHY 1073

neonatal, maternal, and genital pathogen. Rev. Infect. Dis. 5: 123– ampicillin- and chloramphenicol-resistant strains of Haemophilus in- 136. fluenzae causing meningitis and bacteremia: national survey of hospital Wallet, F., A. Fruchart, P.J. Bouvet and R.J. Courcol. 1994. Isolation of laboratories. J. Infect. Dis. 138: 421–424. Moellerella wisconsensis from bronchial aspirate. Eur. J. Clin. Microbiol. Ward, L.J. and S.H. De Boer. 1989. Characterization of a monoclonal Infect. Dis. 13: 182–183. antibody against active pectate lyase from Erwinia carotovora. Can. J. Wallet, F., F. Toure´, A. Devalckenaere, D. Pagniez and R.J. Courcol. 2000. Microbiol. 35: 651–655. Molecular identification of Pasteurella dagmatis peritonitis in a patient Ward, L.J. and S.H. De Boer. 1990. A DNA probe specific for serologically undergoing peritoneal dialysis. J. Clin. Microbiol. 38: 4681–4682. diverse strains of Erwinia carotovora. Phytopathology 80: 665–669. Wallin, J.R. and C.S. Reddy. 1945. A bacterial streak disease of Phleum Ward, L.J. and S.H. De Boer. 1994. Specific detection of Erwinia carotovora pratense L. Phytopathology 35: 937–939. subsp. atroseptica with a digoxigenin-labeled DNA probe. Phytopa- Walmsley, J. and C. Kennedy. 1991. Temperature dependent regulation thology 84: 180–186. by molybdenum and vanadium of expression of the structural genes Wards, B.J., M.A. Joyce, M. Carman, F. Hilbink and G.W. deLisle. 1998. encoding three nitrogenases in Azotobacter vinelandii. Appl. Environ. Restriction endonuclease analysis and plasmid profiling of Actinoba- Microbiol. 57: 622–624. cillus pleuropneumoniae serotype 7 strains. Vet. Microbiol. 59: 175–181. Walsh, T.R., L. Hall, S.J. Assinder, W.W. Nichols, S.J. Cartwright, A.P. Warren, J.W. 1986. Providencia stuartii: a common cause of antibiotic- MacGowan and P.M. Bennett. 1994. Sequence analysis of the L1 me- resistant bacteriuria in patients with long-term indwelling catheters. tallo-b-lactamase from Xanthomonas maltophilia. Biochim. Biophys. Rev. Infect. Dis. 8: 61–67. Acta 1218: 199–201. Warren, J.W. 1996. Clinical presentations and epidemiology of urinary Walsh, T.R., A.P. MacGowan and P.M. Bennett. 1997a. Sequence analysis tract infections. In Mobley and Warren (Editors), Urinary Tract In- and enzyme kinetics of the L2 serine b-lactamase from Stenotropho- fections. Molecular Pathogenesis and Clinical Management, ASM monas maltophilia. Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. 41: 1460–1464. Press, Washington, D.C. pp. 3–27. Walsh, T.R., R.A. Stunt, J.A. Nabi, A.P. Macgowan and P.M. Bennett. Warren, J.W., J.H. Tenney, J.M. Hoopes, H.L. Muncie and W.C. Anthony. 1997b. Distribution and expression of beta-lactamase genes among 1982. A prospective microbiologic study of bacteriuria in patients with Aeromonas spp. J. Antimicrob. Chemother. 40: 171–178. chronic indwelling urethral catheters. J. Infect. Dis. 146: 719–723. Waltman, W.D., E.B. Shotts and V.S. Blazer. 1985. Recovery of Edwarsiella Warren, S.H. and W.M. Scott. 1930. A new serological type of Salmonella. ictaluri from danio (Danio devario). Aquaculture 46: 63–66. J. Hyg. 29: 415–417. Waltman, W.D., II, E.B. Shotts and T.C. Hsu. 1982. Enzymatic character- Warren, W.J. and R.D. Miller. 1979. Growth of Legionnaires’ disease ization of Aeromonas hydrophila complex by the API-ZYM system. J. bacterium (Legionella pneumophila) in a chemically defined medium. Clin. Microbiol. 16: 692–696. J. Clin. Microbiol. 10: 50–55. Waltman, W.D., E.B. Shotts and T.C. Hsu. 1986. Biochemical character- Warskow, A.L. and E. Juni. 1972. Nutritional requirements of Acinetobacter istics of Edwardsiella ictaluri. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 51: 101–104. strains isolated from soil, water, and sewage. J. Bacteriol. 112: 1014– Walton, D.T., S.L. Abbott and J.M. Janda. 1993. Sucrose-positive Edward- 1016. siella tarda mimicking a biogroup 1 strain isolated from a patient with Washington, J.A., II, R.J. Birk and R.E. Ritts, Jr.. 1971. Bacteriologic and cholelithiasis. J. Clin. Microbiol. 31: 155–156. epidemiologic characteristics of Enterobacter hafniae and Enterobacter Wandersman, C., T. Andro and Y. Bertheau. 1986. Extracellular proteases liquefaciens. J. Infect. Dis. 124: 379–386. in Erwinia chrysanthemi. J. Gen. Microbiol. 132: 899–906. Washington, J.A. and J.A. Timm. 1976. Unclassified, citrate-positive mem- Wang, H. and B.C. Dowds. 1993. Phase variation in Xenorhabdus lumines- ber of the family Enterobacteriaceae resembling Escherichia coli. J. Clin. cens: cloning and sequencing of the lipase gene and analysis of its Microbiol. 4: 165–167. expression in primary and secondary phases of the bacterium. J. Bac- Wassif, C., D. Cheek and R. Belas. 1995. Molecular analysis of a metal- teriol. 175: 1665–1673. loprotease from Proteus mirabilis. J. Bacteriol. 177: 5790–5798. Wang, L., D. Rothemund, H. Curd and P.R. Reeves. 2000. Sequence Watanabe, H. and K.N. Timmis. 1984. A small plasmid in Shigella dysen- diversity of the Escherichia coli H7 fliC genes: implication for a DNA- teriae 1 specifies one or more functions essential for O antigen pro- based typing scheme for E. coli O157:H7. J. Clin. Microbiol. 38: 1786– duction and bacterial virulence. Infect. Immun. 43: 391–396. 1790. Watanabe, K., C. Ishikawa, K. Yazawa, K. Kondo and A. Kawaguchi. 1996. Wang, T.H., Y.T. Tchan, A.M.M. Zeman and I.R. Kennedy. 1993. Presence Fatty acid and lipid composition of an eicosapentaenoic acid-pro- of sodium dependent Azotobacter in Australia (New South Wales). Soil ducing marine bacterium. J. Mar. Biotechnol. 4: 104–112. Biol. Biochem. 25: 637–639. Watanabe, K., K. Yazawa, K. Kondo and A. Kawaguchi. 1997. Fatty acid Wang, T.W. and Y.H. Tseng. 1992. Electrotransformation of Xanthomonas synthesis of an eicosapentaenoic acid-producing bacterium: de novo campestris by RF DNA of filamentous phage fLf. Lett. Appl. Microbiol. synthesis, chain elongation, and desaturation systems. J. Biochem. 14: 65–68. (Tokyo) 122: 467–473. Wang, X.Z., B. Li, P.L. Herman and D.P. Weeks. 1997. A three-component Watanabe, N. 1959. On four new halophilic species of Spirillum. Bot. Mag. enzyme system catalyzes the O demethylation of the herbicide di- (Tokyo). 72: 77–86. camba in Pseudomonas maltophilia DI-6. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 63: Watanabe, T., J. Shima, K. Izaki and T. Sugiyama. 1992a. New polyenic 1623–1626. antibiotics active against gram-positive and gram-negative bacteria. Wang, Y., P.C. Lau and D.K. Button. 1996. A marine oligobacterium VII. Isolation and structure of enacyloxin IVa, a possible biosynthetic harboring genes known to be part of aromatic hydrocarbon degra- intermediate of enacyloxin IIa. J. Antibiot. (Tokyo). 45: 575–576. dation pathways of soil pseudomonads. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 62: Watanabe, T., T. Sugiyama, K. Chino, T. Suzuki, S. Wakabayashi, H. Hay- 2169–2173. ashi, R. Itami, J. Shima and K. Izaki. 1992b. New polyenic antibiotics Wanke, C.A. and R.L. Guerrant. 1987. Small-bowel colonization alone is active against gram-positive and gram-negative bacteria. VIII. Con- a cause of diarrhea. Infect. Immun. 55: 1924–1926. struction of synthetic medium for production of mono-chloro-con- Warburton, D.W., K.L. Dodds, R. Burke, M.A. Johnston and P.J. Laffey. geners of enacyloxins. J. Antibiot. (Tokyo). 45: 476–484. 1992. A review of the microbiological quality of bottled water sold in Watanabe, T., T. Sugiyama, M. Takahashi, J. Shima, K. Yamashita, K. Izaki, Canada between 1981 and 1989. Can. J. Microbiol. 38: 12–19. K. Furihata and H. Seto. 1992c. New polyenic antibiotics active against Ward, C.K. and T.J. Inzana. 1997. Identification and characterization of gram-positive and gram-negative bacteria. IV. Structural elucidation a DNA region involved in the export of capsular polysaccharide by of enacyloxin IIa. J. Antibiot. (Tokyo). 45: 470–475. Actinobacillus pleuropneumoniae serotype 5a. Infect. Immun. 65: 2491– Watanakunakorn, C. and J. Weber. 1989. Enterobacter bacteremia: A review 2496. of 58 episodes. Scand. J. Infect. Dis. 21: 1–8. Ward, J.I., T.F. Tsai, G.A. Filice and D.W. Fraser. 1978. Prevalence of Waterman, S.R. and P.L. Small. 1996. Identification of sigma S-dependent 1074 BIBLIOGRAPHY

genes associated with the stationary-phase acid-resistance phenotype Wecke, J. and I. Horbach. 1999. Ultrastructural characterization of An- of Shigella flexneri. Mol. Microbiol. 21: 925–940. aerobiospirillum succiniciproducens and its differentiation from Campy- Watson, A.A., R.A. Alm and J.S. Mattick. 1996a. Identification of a gene, lobacter species. FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 170: 83–88. pilF, required for type 4 fimbrial biogenesis and twitching motility in Weckesser, J., J.G. Drews and H. Mayer. 1979. Lipopolysaccharides of Pseudomonas aeruginosa. Gene 180: 49–56. photosyntetic procaryotes. Annu. Rev. Microbiol. 33: 215–239. Watson, A.A., J.S. Mattick and R.A. Alm. 1996b. Functional expression Weckesser, J., G. Drews, J. Roppel, H. Mayer and I. Fromme. 1974. The of heterologous type 4 fimbriae in Pseudomonas aeruginosa. Gene 175: lipopolysaccharides (O- antigens) of Rhodopseudomonas viridis. Arch. 143–150. Microbiol. 101: 233–245. Watson, J.J. and F.H. White. 1979. Hemolysins of Edwardsiella tarda. Can. Weckesser, J., H. Mayer and G. Shulz. 1995. Anoxygenic phototrophic J. Comp. Med. 43: 78–83. bacteria: model organisms for studies on cell wall macromolecules. Watson, S.W. 1965. Characteristics of a marine, nitrifying bacterium, Ni- In Blankenship, Madigan and Bauer (Editors), Anoxygenic Photosyn- trocystis oceanus sp. nov. Limnol. Oceanogr. (Suppl.) 10: R274–289. thetic Bacteria, Kluwer Academic Publishing, The Netherlands. pp. Watson, S.W. 1971. Taxonomic considerations of the family Nitrobacter- 207–230. aceae Buchanan. Request for opinions. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 21: 254– Weeks, O.B. 1974. Genus Flavobacterium Bergey et al., 1923. In Buchanan 270. and Gibbons (Editors), Bergey’s Manual of Determinative Bacteri- Watson, S.W., E. Bock, H. Harms, H.P. Koops and A.B. Hooper. 1989. ology, 8th ed., The Williams & Wilkins Co., Baltimore. 357–364. Nitrifying bacteria. In Staley, Bryant, Pfennig and Holt (Editors), Ber- Weeks, O.B., S.M. Beck, M.D. Thomas and H.D. Isenberg. 1962. Pigment gey’s Manual of Systematic Bacteriology, 1st Ed., Vol. 3, The Williams of Flavobacterium piscicida. J. Bacteriol. 84: 1118. & Wilkins Co., Baltimore. pp. 1808–1833. Wehler, T. and N.I. Carlin. 1988. Structural and immunochemical studies Watson, S.W. and C.C. Remsen. 1969. Macromolecular subunits in the of the lipopolysaccharide from a new provisional serotype of Shigella walls of marine nitrifying bacteria. Science (Wash. D. C.) 163: 685– flexneri. Eur. J. Biochem. 176: 471–476. 686. Wei, J., M.B. Goldberg, V. Burland, M.M. Venkatesan, W. Deng, G. Four- Watson, S.W. and C.C. Remsen. 1970. Cell envelope of Nitrosocystis oceanus. nier, G.F. Mayhew, G. Plunkett, D.J. Rose, A. Darling, B. Mau, N.T. J. Ultrastruct. Res. 33: 148–160. Perna, S.M. Payne, L.J. Runyen-Janecky, S. Zhou, D.C. Schwartz and Watson, S.W. and J.B. Waterbury. 1971. Characteristics of two marine F.R. Blattner. 2003. Complete genome sequence and comparative gen- nitrite oxidizing bacteria, Nitrospina gracilis nov. gen. nov. sp. and omics of Shigella flexneri serotype 2a strain 2457T. Infect. Immun. 71: Nitrococcus mobilis nov. gen. nov. sp. Arch. Microbiol. 77: 203–230. 2775–2786. Watt, D.A., V. Bamford and M.E. Nairn. 1970. Actinobacillus seminis as a Wei, Z.M. and S.V. Beer. 1995. hrpL activates Erwinia amylovora hrp gene cause of polyarthritis and posthitis in sheep. Aust. Vet. J. 46: 515. transcription and is a member of the Ecf subfamily of sigma factors. Wauters, G., S. Aleksic, J. Charlier and G. Schulze. 1991. Somatic and J. Bacteriol. 177: 6201–6210. flagellar antigens of Yersinia enterocolitica and related species. Contr. Wei, Z.M., B.J. Sneath and S.V. Beer. 1992. Expression of Erwinia amylovora Microbiol. Immunol. 12: 239–243. hrp genes in response to environmental stimuli. J. Bacteriol. 174: Wauters, G., M. Janssens, A.G. Steigerwalt and D.J. Brenner. 1988. Yersinia 1875–1882. mollaretii sp. nov. and Yersinia bercovieri sp. nov., formerly called Yersinia Weidner, S., W. Arnold, E. Stackebrandt and A. Pu¨hler. 2000. Phyloge- enterocolitica biogroups 3a and 3b. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 38: 424–429. netic analysis of bacterial communities associated with leaves of the Wauters, G., K. Kandolo and M. Janssens. 1987. Revised biogrouping seagrass Halophila stipulacea by a culture-independent small-subunit scheme of Yersinia enterocolitica. Contrib. Microbiol. Immunol. 9: 14– rRNA gene approach. Microb. Ecol. 39: 22–31. 21. Weimberg, R. 1962. Studies with a constitutive dehydrogenase in Pseu- Wauters, G., L. Le Minor, A. Chalon and J. Lassen. 1972. Supplement domonas fragi. Biochim. Biophys. Acta 67: 349–358. au schema antige´nique de Yersinia enterocolitica. Ann. Inst. Pasteur. Weiner, R.M., V.E. Coyne, P. Brayton, P. West and S.F. Raiken. 1988. 122: 951–956. Alteromonas colwelliana sp. nov., an isolate from oyster habitats. Int. J. Wayne, L.G. 1994. Actions of the Judicial Commission of the International Syst. Bacteriol. 38: 240–244. Committee on Systematic Bacteriology on requests for Opinions pub- Weinstein, D.L., M.P. Jackson, J.E. Samuel, R.K. Holmes and A.D. lished between January 1985 and July 1993. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 44: O’Brien. 1988. Cloning and sequencing of a Shiga-like toxin type II 177–178. variant from Escherichia coli strain responsible for edema disease of Wayne, L.G., D.J. Brenner, R.R. Colwell, P.A.D. Grimont, O. Kandler, M.I. swine. J. Bacteriol. 170: 4223–4230. Krichevsky, L.H. Moore, W.E.C. Moore, R.G.E. Murray, E. Stacke- Weisburg, W.G., M.E. Dobson, J.E. Samuel, G.A. Dasch, L.P. Mallavia, O. brandt, M.P. Starr and H.G. Tru¨per. 1987. Report of the ad hoc com- Baca, L. Mandelco, J.E. Sechrest, E. Weiss and C.R. Woese. 1989. mittee on reconciliation of approaches to bacterial systematics. Int. Phylogenetic diversity of the Rickettsiae. J. Bacteriol. 171: 4202–4206. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 37: 463–464. Weisburg, W.G., C.R. Woese, M.E. Dobson and E. Weiss. 1985. A common Weaver, R.E. and N.J. Ehrenkranz. 1975. Letter: Vibrio parahaemolyticus origin of rickettsiae and certain plant pathogens. Science 230: 556– septicemia. Arch. Intern. Med. 135: 197. 558. Weaver, R.E. and J.C. Feeley. 1979. Cultural and biochemical character- Weiser, J. 1963. Diseases of insects of medical importance in Europe. Bull. ization of the Legionnaires’ disease bacterium. In Jones and He´bert WHO 28: 121–127. (Editors), “Legionnaires’ ” the Disease, the Bacterium and Meth- Weiser, J.N., S.T. Chong, D. Greenberg and W. Fong. 1995. Identification odology, Center for Disease Control, Atlanta. pp. 20–25. and characterization of a cell envelope protein of Haemophilus influ- -on synthesis of mac- enzae contributing to phase variation in colony opacity and nasopha םWebb, C.D. and W.J. Payne. 1971. Influence of Na romolecules by a marine bacterium. Appl. Microbiol. 21: 1080–1088. ryngeal colonization. Mol. Microbiol. 17: 555–564. Weber, J.T., E.D. Mintz, R. Canizares, A. Semiglia, I. Gomez, R. Semper- Weiser, J.N., J.M. Love and E.R. Moxon. 1989. The molecular mechanism tegui, A. Davila, K.D. Greene, N.D. Puhr, D.N. Cameron, F.C. Tenover, of phase variation of H. influenzae lipopolysaccharide. Cell 59: 657– T.J. Barrett, N.H. Bean, C. Ivey, R.V. Tauxe and P.A. Blake. 1994. 665. Epidemic cholera in Ecuador: Multidrug-resistance and transmission Weiser, J.N., D.J. Maskell, P.D. Butler, A.A. Lindberg and E.R. Moxon. by water and seafood. Epidemiol. Infect. 112: 1–11. 1990. Characterization of repetitive sequences controlling phase vari- Webster, C.A., K.J. Towner, H. Humphreys, B. Ehrenstein, D. Hartung ation of Haemophilus influenzae lipopolysaccharide. J. Bacteriol. 172: and H. Grundmann. 1996. Comparison of rapid automated laser flu- 3304–3309. orescence analysis of DNA fingerprints with four other computer- Weiser, J.N., M. Shchepetov and S.T. Chong. 1997. Decoration of lipo- assisted approaches for studying relationships between Acinetobacter polysaccharide with phosphorylcholine: a phase variable character- baumannii isolates. J. Med. Microbiol. 44: 185–194. istic of Haemophilus influenzae. Infect. Immun. 65: 943–950. BIBLIOGRAPHY 1075

Weiser, J. and Z. Zizka. 1968. Electron-microscope studies of Rickettsiella Weniger, B.G., A.J. Warren, V. Forseth, G.W. Shipps, T. Creelman, J. chironomi in the midge Camptochironomus tentans. J. Invert. Pathol. 12: Gorton and A.M. Barnes. 1984. Human transmitted 222–230. by a domestic cat scratch. J. Amer. Med. Assoc. 251: 927–928. Weiss, B.D., M.A. Capage, M. Kessel and S.A. Benson. 1994. Isolation and Wenner, J.J. and L.F. Rettger. 1919. A systematic study of the Proteus group characterization of a generalized transducing phage for Xanthomonas of bacteria. J. Bacteriol. 4: 331–353. campestris pv. campestris. J. Bacteriol. 176: 3354–3359. Wenzel, R.P., K.J. Hunting, C.A. Osterman and M.A. Sande. 1976. Pro- Weiss, E., G.A. Dasch and K.P. Chang. 1984a. Genus Rickettsiella. In Krieg videncia stuartii, a hospital pathogen: potential factors for its emer- and Holt (Editors), Bergey’s Manual of Systematic Bacteriology, Vol. gence and transmission. Am. J. Epidemiol. 104: 170–180. 1, The Williams & Wilkins Co., Baltimore. pp. 713–717. Werkman, C.H. and G.F. Gillen. 1932. Bacteria producing trimethylene Weiss, E., G.A. Dasch and K.P. Chang. 1984b. In Validation of the pub- glycol. J. Bacteriol. 23: 167–182. lication of new names and new combinations previously effectively Werner, S.B., C.E. Weidmer, B.C. Nelson, G.S. Nygaard, R.M. Goethals published outside the IJSB. List No. 15. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 34: 355– and J.D. Poland. 1984. Primary plague pneumonia contracted from 357. a domestic cat at South Lake Tahoe, Calif. J. Amer. Med. Assoc. 251: Weiss, E., W.F.M. Myers, J. Suitor, E.C. and J.E.M. Neptune. 1962. Res- 929–931. piration of a rickettsialike microorganism, Wolbachia persica. J. Infect. Werren, J.H., S.W. Skinner and A.M. Huger. 1986. Male-killing bacteria Dis. 110: 155–164. in a parasitic wasp. Science 231: 990–992. Weissman, J.P., E.J. Gangarosa and H.L. Dupont. 1973. Changing needs West, M.G. and P.R. Edwards. 1954. The Bethesda-Ballerup group of in the antimicrobial therapy of shigellosis. J. Infect. Dis. 127: 611– paracolon bacteria. Public Health Monograph No. 22, U.S.D.H.E.W, 613. Atlanta. Weitzman, P.D.J. 1980. Citrate synthase and succinate thiokinase in clas- West, P.A. and R.R. Colwell. 1984. Identification and classification of sification and identification. In Goodfellow and Board (Editors), Mi- Vibrionaceae: an overview. In Colwell (Editor), Vibrios in the environ- crobiological Classification and Identification, Academic Press, Lon- ment, John Wiley and Sons, Ltd., New York. 285–263. don New York. pp. 107–125. West, P.A., G.C. Okpokwasili, P.R. Brayton, D.J. Grimes and R.R. Colwell. Weitzman, P.D.J. 1991. Acinetobacter—citric acid cyclist with a difference. 1984. Numerical taxonomy of phenanthrene-degrading bacteria iso- In Towner and Bergogne-Be´re´zin (Editors), The Biology of Acineto- lated from the Chesapeake Bay. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 48: 988– bacter: Taxonomy, Clinical Importance, Molecular Biology, Physiology, 993. Industrial Relevance, Plenum Press, New York. pp. 313–322. Westerman, E.L. and J. McDonald. 1983. Tularemia pneumonia mimick- Weitzman, P.D.J. and D. Jones. 1968. Regulation of citrate synthase and ing Legionnaires’ disease: isolation of organism on CYE agar and microbial taxonomy. Nature (Lond.) 219: 270–272. successful treatment with erythromycin. South. Med. J. 76: 1169–1170. Welburn, S.C., I. Maudlin and D.S. Ellis. 1987. In vitro cultivation of Westfall, H.N., R.A. Goldwasser, E. Weiss and D. Hussong. 1986. Preva- Rickettsia like-organisms from Glossina spp. Ann. Trop. Med. Parasitol. lence of antibodies to Legionella species in a series of patients in Israel. 81: 331–335. Isr. J. Med. Sci. 22: 131–138. Welch, R.A. 1987. Identification of two different hemolysin determinants Wetmore, P.W., J.F. Thiel, Y.F. Herman and J.R. Harr. 1963. Comparison in uropathogenic Proteus isolates. Infect. Immun. 55: 2183–2190. of selected Actinobacillus species with a hemolytic variety of Actinoba- Welch, R.A. 1991. Pore-forming cytolysins of Gram-negative bacteria. Mol. cillus from irradiated swine. J. Infect. Dis. 113: 186–194. Microbiol. 5: 521–528. Wetzler, T.F. 1970. Animal diseases transmissible to man, pseudotuber- Weldin, J.C. 1927. The colon-typhoid group of bacteria and related forms. culosis. In Bodily, Updyke and Mason (Editors), Diagnostic Proce- Relationships and classification. Iowa State J. Sci. 1: 121–197. dures for Bacterial, Mycotic, and Parasitic Infections, 5th ed., Amer. Wells, J.M. and B.C. Raju. 1984. Cellular fatty acid composition of 6 Pub. Health Assoc. Inc., New York. 449. fastidious, gram-negative, xylem-limited bacteria from plants. Curr. Weyant, R.S., C.W. Moss, R.E. Weaver, D.G. Hollis, J.G. Jordan, E.C. Cook Microbiol. 10: 231–236. and M.I. Daneshvar (Editors). 1996. Identification of Unusual Path- Wells, J.M., B.C. Raju, H.-Y. Hung, W.G. Weisburg, L. Mandelco-Paul and ogenic Gram-negative Aerobic and Facultatively Anaerobic Bacteria, D.J. Brenner. 1987. Xylella fastidiosa gen. nov., sp. nov: Gram-negative, 2nd Ed,, The Williams & Wilkins Co., Baltimore. xylem-limited, fastidious plant bacteria related to Xanthomonas spp. Whang, H.Y., M.E. Heller and E. Neter. 1972. Production by Aeromonas Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 37: 136–143. of common enterobacterial antigen and its possible taxonomic sig- Wells, J.M., B.C. Raju, G. Nyland and S.K. Lowe. 1981. Medium for iso- nificance. J. Bacteriol. 110: 161–164. lation and growth of bacteria associated with plum (Prunus salicina) Wheat, R.W. and M. Pittman. 1960. Degradation of certain nucleotides leaf scald and phony peach (Prunus persica) diseases. Appl. Environ. by Haemphilus influenzae and Haemophilus aegyptius. J. Bacteriol. 79: Microbiol. 42: 357–363. 137–141. Wells, J.S., W.H. Trejo, P.A. Principe and R.B. Sykes. 1984. Obafluorin, Whitaker, D.R. 1965. Lytic enzymes of Sorangium sp.: isolation anf enzy- a novel beta-lactone produced by Pseudomonas fluorescens - taxonomy, matic properties of the ␣ and b-lytic proteases. Can. J. Biochem. 45: fermentation and biological properties. J. Antibiot. 37: 802–803. 991–993. Welsh, D.T. and R.A. Herbert. 1993. Identification of organic solutes Whitaker, D.R. 1967. Simplified procedures for production and isolation accumulated by purple and green sulphur bacteria during osmotics of the bacteriolytic proteases of Sorangium sp. Can. J. Biochem. 45: stress using natural abundance 13C nuclear magnetic resonance spec- 991–993. troscopy. FEMS Microbiol. Ecol. 13: 145–150. Whitaker, D.R. 1970. The ␣-lytic protease of a myxobacterium. Methods Wendt-Potthoff, K., F. Niepold and H. Backhaus. 1992. High-efficiency Enzymol. 19: 599–613. electrotransformation of the plant pathogen Pseudomonas syringae pv. Whitaker, D.R., F.D. Cook and D.C. Gillespie. 1965a. Lytic enzymes of syringae R32. J. Microbiol. Methods 16: 33–37. Sorangium sp. Some aspects of enzyme production in submerged cul- Wenger, J.D., D.G. Hollis, R.E. Weaver, C.N. Baker, G.R. Brown, D.J. ture. Can. J. Biochem. 43: 1927–1933. Brenner and C.V. Broome. 1989. Infection caused by Francisella phi- Whitaker, D.R., L. Jurasek and K.L. Roy. 1966. The nature of the bac- lomiragia (formerly Yersinia philomiragia): a newly recognized human teriolytic proteases of Sorangium sp. Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. pathogen. Ann. Intern. Med. 110: 888–892. 24: 173–178. Wenger, P.N., J.I. Tokars, P. Brennan, C. Samel, L. Bland, M. Miller, L. Whitaker, D.R. and K.L. Roy. 1967. Concerning the nature of the ␣- and Carson, M. Arduino, P. Edelstein, S. Aguero, C. Riddle, C. Ohara and b-lytic proteases of Sorangium sp. Can. J. Biochem. 45: 911–916. W. Jarvis. 1997. An outbreak of Enterobacter hormaechei infection and Whitaker, D.R., K.L. Roy, C.S. Tsai and L. Jurasek. 1965b. Lytic enzymes colonization in an intensive care nursery. Clin. Infect. Dis. 24: 1243– of Sorangium sp. A comparison of the proteolytic properties of the ␣ 1244. and b-lytic proteases. Can. J. Biochem. 43: 1961–1970. 1076 BIBLIOGRAPHY

Whitaker, R.J., G.S. Byng, R.L. Gherna and R.A. Jensen. 1981a. Com- Whittenbury, R.A., S.L. Davies and J.F. Davey. 1970a. Exospores and cysts parative allostery of 3-deoxy-d-arabino-heptulosonate 7-phosphate formed by methane-utilizing bacteria. J. Gen. Microbiol. 61: 219–226. synthetase as an indicator of taxonomic relatedness in pseudomonad Whittenbury, R.A. and N.R. Krieg. 1984a. Family IV. Methylococcaceae. In genera. J. Bacteriol. 145: 752 –759. Krieg and Holt (Editors), Bergey’s Manual of Systematic Bacteriology, Whitaker, R.J., G.S. Byng, R.L. Gherna and R.A. Jensen. 1981b. Diverse 1st Ed., Vol. 1, The Williams & Wilkins Co., Baltimore. pp. 256–261. enzymological patterns of phenylalanine biosynthesis in pseudomo- Whittenbury, R.A. and N.R. Krieg. 1984b. In Validation of the publication nad bacteria are conserved in parallel with DNA/DNA homology of new names and new combinations previously effectively published groupings. J. Bacteriol. 147: 526–534. outside the IJSB. List No. 15. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 34: 355–356. Whitby, J.L. and G.G. Muir. 1961. Bacteriological studies of urinary tract Whittenbury, R.A., K.C. Phillips and J.F. Wilkinson. 1970b. Enrichment, infection. Br. J. Urol. 33: 130–134. isolation and some properties of methane-utilizing bacteria. J. Gen. Whitchurch, C.B., R.A. Alm and J.S. Mattick. 1996. The alginate regulator Microbiol. 61: 205–218. AlgR and an associated sensor FimS are required for twitching motility WHO. 1997. Vaccine research and development. New strategies for ac- in Pseudomonas aeruginosa. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U. S. A. 93: 9839– celerating Shigella vaccine development. Wkly. Epidemiol. Rec. 72: 9843. 73–79. White, A.H. 1940. A bacterial discoloration of print butter. Sci. Agr. 20: WHO. 1999. Zoonotic non-O157 Shiga toxin-producing Escherichia coli 638–645. (STEC). Report of a WHO scientific working group meeting. Berlin, White, B. 1926. Further studies of the Salmonella Group. Med. Res. Comm. Germany, 1–28. Spec. Rep. 103: 3–160. Widdel, F. and F. Bak. 1992. Gram negative mesophilic sulfate-reducing White, D.C. 1963. Respiratory systems in the hemin-requiring Haemophilus bacteria. In Balows, Tru¨per, Dworkin, Harder and Schleifer (Editors), species. J. Bacteriol. 85: 84–96. The Prokaryotes. A Handbook on the Biology of Bacteria: Ecophy- White, D.C. 1966. The obligatory involvement of the electron transport siology, Isolation, Identification, Applications, 2nd ed., Vol. 4, system in the catabolic metabolism of Haemophilus parainfluenzae. An- Springer Verlag, New York. pp. 3352-3378. tonie van Leeowenhoek J. Microbiol. Serol. 32: 139–158. Widdel, F. and N. Pfennig. 1981. Studies on dissimilatory sulfate-reducing White, D.C. and S. Granick. 1963. Hemin biosynthesis in Haemophilus.J. bacteria that decompose fatty acids. I. Isolation of new sulfate-reduc- Bacteriol. 85: 842–850. ing bacteria with acetate from saline environments. Description of White, D.C. and P.R. Sinclair. 1971. Branched electron transport systems Desulfobacter postgatei gen. nov., sp. nov. Arch. Microbiol. 129: 395– in bacteria. Adv. Microb. Physiol. 5: 173–211. 400. White, F.H., F.C. Neal, C.F. Simpson and A.F. Walsh. 1969. Isolation of Wiehe, P.O. and W.J. Dowson. 1953. A bacterial disease of cassava (Ma- Edwardsiella tarda from an ostrich and an Australian skink. J. Am. Vet. nihot utilissima) in Nyasaland. Emp. J. Exp. Agr. 21: 141–143. Med. Assoc. 155: 1057–1058. Wiessner, W. 1981. The family Beggiatoaceae. In Starr, Stolp, Tru¨per, Balows White, F.H., C.F. Simpson and L.E. Williams, Jr.. 1973. Isolation of Ed- and Schlegel (Editors), The Prokaryotes. A Handbook on Habitats, wardsiella tarda from aquatic animal species and surface waters in Isolation, and Identification of Bacteria, Springer-Verlag, Berlin. 380– Florida. J. Wildlife Dis. 9: 204–208. 389. White, H.E. 1930. Bacterial spot of radish and turnip. Phytopathology Wigglesworth, V.B. 1929. Digestion in the tsetse fly: a study of structure 20: 653–662. and function. Parasitology. 21: 288–321. White, J.N. and M.P. Starr. 1971. Glucose fermentation end products of Wiklund, T. and I. Dalsgaard. 1998. Occurrence and significance of atyp- Erwinia spp. and other enterobacteria. J. Appl. Bacteriol. 34: 459– ical Aeromonas salmonicida in non-salmonid and salmonid fish species: 475. a review. Dis. Aquat. Org. 32: 49–69. White, P.J., I.S. Hunter and C.A. Fewson. 1991. Codon usage in Acine- Wilcox, M.H., T.G. Winstanley and R.C. Spencer. 1994. Outer membrane tobacter structural genes. In Towner and Bergogne-Be´re´zin (Editors), protein profiles of Xanthomonas maltophilia isolates displaying tem- The Biology of Acinetobacter: Taxonomy, Clinical Importance, Molec- perature-dependent susceptibility to gentamicin. J. Antimicrob. Che- ular Biology Physiology, Industrial Relevance, Plenum Press, New mother. 33: 663–666. York. pp. 251–257. Wilkie, P.J., D.W. Dye and D.R.W. Watson. 1973. Further hosts of Pseu- Whitehead, L.F. and A. Douglas. 1993. A metabolic study of Buchnera, domonas viridiflava. N.Z. J. Agr. Res. 16: 315–323. the intracellular bacterial symbionts of the pea aphid Acyrthosiphon Wilkinson, H.W. and B.J. Brake. 1982. Formalin-killed versus heat-killed pisum. J. Gen. Microbiol. 139: 821–826. Legionella pneumophila serogroup 1 antigen in the indirect immuno- Whiteley, G.R., J.L. Penner, I.O. Stewart, P.C. Stokan and N.A. Hinton. fluorescence assay for legionellosis. J. Clin. Microbiol. 16: 979–981. 1977. Nosocomial urinary tract infections caused by two O-serotypes Wilkinson, H.W., D.D. Bruce and C.V. Broome. 1981. Validation of Le- of Providencia stuartii in one hospital. J. Clin. Microbiol. 6: 551–554. gionella pneumophila indirect immunofluorescence assay with epidemic Whitfield, C. 1995. Biosynthesis of lipopolysaccharide O antigens. Trends sera. J. Clin. Microbiol. 13: 139–146. Microbiol. 3: 178–185. Wilkinson, H.W., V. Drasar, W.L. Thacker, R.F. Benson, J. Schindler, B. Whitfield, C., I.W. Sutherland and R.E. Cripps. 1981. Surface polysac- Potuznikova, W.R. Mayberry and D.J. Brenner. 1988a. Legionella mo- charides in mutants of Xanthomonas campestris. J. Gen. Microbiol. 124: ravica, sp. nov., and Legionella brunensis, sp. nov., isolated from cooling- 385–392. tower water. Ann. Inst. Pasteur Microbiol. 139: 393–402. Whitfield, C., I.W. Sutherland and R.E. Cripps. 1982. Glucose metabolism Wilkinson, H.W., V. Drasar, W.L. Thacker, R.F. Benson, J. Schindler, B. in Xanthomonas campestris. J. Gen. Microbiol. 128: 981–986. Potuznikova, W.R. Mayberry and D.J. Brenner. 1989. In Validation of Whittam, T.S. 1996. Genetic variation and evolutionary processes in nat- the publication of new names and new combinations previously ef- ural populations of Escherichia coli. In Neidhardt, Curtiss, Ingraham, fectively published outside the IJSB. List No. 29. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. Lin, Low, Magasanik, Reznikoff, Riley, Schaecter and Umbarger (Ed- 39: 205–206. itors), Escherichia coli and Salmonella: Cellular and Molecular Biology, Wilkinson, H.W., C.E. Farshy, B.J. Fikes, D.D. Cruce and L.P. Yealy. 1979a. 2nd Ed., ASM Press, Washington, D.C. pp. 2708–2720. Measure of immunoglobulin G-, M-, and A-specific titers against Le- Whittam, T.S., H. Ochman and R.K. Selander. 1983. Multilocus genetic gionella pneumophila and inhibition of titers against nonspecific, gram- structure in natural populations of Escherichia coli. Proc. Natl. Acad. negative bacterial antigens in the indirect immunofluorescence test Sci. U.S.A. 80: 1751–1955. for legionellosis. J. Clin. Microbiol. 10: 685–689. Whittam, T.S., M.L. Wolfe, I.K. Wachsmuth, F. Ørskov, I. Ørskov and R.A. Wilkinson, H.W. and B.J. Fikes. 1980. Slide agglutination test for sero- Wilson. 1993. Clonal relationships among Escherichia coli strains that grouping Legionella pneumophila and atypical Legionella-like organ- cause hemorrhagic colitis and infantile diarrhea. Infect. Immun. 61: isms. J. Clin. Microbiol. 11: 99–101. 1619–1629. Wilkinson, H.W., B.J. Fikes and D.D. Cruce. 1979b. Indirect immunoflu- BIBLIOGRAPHY 1077

orescence test for serodiagnosis of Legionnaires’ disease: evidence Willems, H., D. Thiele, C. Burger, M. Ritter, W. Oswald and H. Krauss. for serogroup diversity of Legionnaires’ disease bacterial antigens and 1996. Molecular biology of Coxiella burnetii. In Kazar and Toman (Ed- for multiple specificity of human antibodies. J. Clin. Microbiol. 9: itors), Rickettsiae and Rickettsial Diseases, Slovak Academy of Sci- 379–383. ences, Bratislava, Slovakia. pp. 363–378. Wilkinson, H.W., A.L. Reingold, B.J. Brake, D.L. McGiboney, G.W. Gor- William, F. and A. Mahadevan. 1980. Degradation of aromatic compounds man and C.V. Broome. 1983a. Reactivity of serum from patients with by Xanthomonas species. Z. Pflanzenkr. Pflanzenschutz. 87: 738–744. suspected legionellosis against 29 antigens of Legionellaceae and Le- Williams, F.D. 1973. Abolition of swarming of Proteus by p-nitrophenyl gionella-like organisms by indirect immunofluorescence assay. J. Infect. glycerin: application to blood agar media. Appl. Microbiol. 25: 751– Dis. 147: 23–31. 754. Wilkinson, H.W., W.L. Thacker, R.F. Benson, S.S. Polt, E. Brookings, W.R. Williams, F.D. and R.H. Schwarzhoff. 1978. Nature of the swarming phe- Mayberrry, D.J. Brenner, R.G. Gilley and J.K. Kirklin. 1987. Legionella nomenon in Proteus. Annu. Rev. Microbiol. 32: 101–122. birminghamensis, sp. nov., isolated from a cardiac transplant recipient. Williams, J.E. 1965. Paratyphoid and Arizona infections. In Beister and J. Clin. Microbiol. 25: 2120–2122. Schwarte (Editors), Diseases of Poultry, 5th Ed., Iowa State University Wilkinson, H.W., W.L. Thacker, R.F. Benson, S.S. Polt, E. Brookings, W.R. Press, Ames. pp. 260–328. Mayberrry, D.J. Brenner, R.G. Gilley and J.K. Kirklin. 1988b. In Val- Williams, J.E. 1983. Warning on a new potential for laboratory-acquired idation of the publication of new names and new combinations pre- infections as a result of the new nomenclature for the plague bacillus. viously effectively published outside the IJSB. List No. 25. Int. J. Syst. Bull. World Health Organ. 61: 545–548. Bacteriol. 38: 220–222. Williams, J.D., S. Kattan and P. Cavanagh. 1974. Letter: Penicillinase pro- Wilkinson, H.W., W.L. Thacker, D.J. Brenner and K.J. Ryan. 1985a. Fatal duction by Haemophilus influenzae. Lancet 2: 103. Legionella maceachernii pneumonia. J. Clin. Microbiol. 22: 1055. Williams, J.C., L.A. Thomas and M.G. Peacock. 1986a. Humoral immune Wilkinson, H.W., W.L. Thacker, A.G. Steigerwalt, D.J. Brenner, N.M. Am- response to Q fever : Enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay antibody pel and E.J. Wing. 1985b. Second serogroup of Legionella hackeliae response to Coxiella burnetii in experimentally infected guinea pigs. J. isolated from a patient with pneumonia. J. Clin. Microbiol. 22: 488– Clin. Microbiol. 24: 935–939. 489. Williams, M.A. and S.C. Rittenberg. 1956. Microcyst formation and ger- Wilkinson, I.J., N. Sangster, R.M. Ratcliff, P.A. Mugg, D.E. Davos and J.A. mination in Spirillum lunatum. J. Gen. Microbiol. 15: 205–209. Lanser. 1990. Problems associated with identification of Legionella spe- Williams, M.A. and S.C. Rittenberg. 1957. A taxonomic study of the genus cies from the environment and isolation of six possible new species. Spirillum Ehrenberg. Int. Bull. Bacteriol. Nomencl. Taxon. 7: 49–111. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 56: 796–802. Williams, P.H., T.J. Baldwin and S. Knutton. 1997. Enteropathogenic Esch- Wilkinson, S.G. 1968a. Glycosyl diglycerides from Pseudomonas rubescens. erichia coli. In Sussman (Editor), Escherichia coli: Mechanisms of Vir- Biochim. Biophys. Acta 164: 148–156. ulence, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. pp. 403–420. Wilkinson, S.G. 1968b. Studies on the cell walls of Pseudomonas spp. re- Williams, P., H. Chart, E. Griffiths and P. Stevenson. 1987. Expression of sistant to ethylene diaminetetra-acetic acid. J. Gen. Microbiol. 54: high affinity iron uptake systems by clinical isolates of Klebsiella. FEMS 195–213. Microbiol. Lett. 44: 407–412. Wilkinson, S.G. 1970. Cell walls of Pseudomonas species sensitive to ethy- Williams, P., P.A. Lambert, M.R. Brown and R.J. Jones. 1983. The role of lenediaminetetra-acetic acid. J. Bacteriol. 104: 1035–1044. Wilkinson, S.G. 1972. Composition and structure of the ornithine-con- the O and K antigens in determining the resistance of Klebsiella ae- taining lipid from Pseudomonas rubescens. Biochim. Biophys. Acta 270: rogenes to serum killing and phagocytosis. J. Gen. Microbiol. 129: 1–17. 2181–2191. Wilkinson, S.G. 1983. Composition and structure of lipopolysaccharides Williams, P., P.A. Lambert, C.G. Haigh and M.R. Brown. 1986b. The from Pseudomonas aeruginosa. Rev. Infect. Dis. 5: S941–S949. influence of the O and K antigens of on surface Wilkinson, S.G. 1988. Gram-negative bacteria. In Wilkinson (Editor), Mi- hydrophobicity and susceptibility to phagocytosis and antimicrobial crobial Lipids, Vol. 1, Academic Press, London. pp. 299–408. agents. J. Med. Microbiol. 21: 125–132. Wilkinson, S.G. and P.F. Caudwell. 1980. Lipid compostion and chemo- Williams, P. and J.M. Tomas. 1990. The pathogenicity of Klebsiella pneu- taxonomy of Pseudomonas putrefaciens (Alteromonas putrefaciens). J. Gen. moniae. Rev. Med. Microbiol. 1: 196–204. Microbiol. 118: 329–341. Williams, R.P. and S.M.H. Qadri. 1980. The pigment of Serratia. In von Wilkinson, S.G., L. Galbraith and W.J. Anderton. 1983b. Lipopolysac- Graevenitz and Rubin (Editors), The genus Serratia, CRC Press, Boca charides from Pseudomonas maltophilia: composition of the lipopoly- Raton. pp. 31–75. saccharide and structure of the side-chain polysaccharide from strain Williams, T.M. 1985. The Biology of Thiothrix spp. and Eikelboom Type N.C.I.B. 9204. Carbohydr. Res. 112: 241–252. 021N Bacteria, Pennsylvania State University, University Park. Wilkinson, S.G., L. Galbraith and G.A. Lightfoot. 1973. Cell walls, lipids, Williams, T.M. and R.F. Unz. 1985a. Filamentous sulfur bacteria of acti- and lipopolysaccharides of Pseudomonas species. Eur. J. Biochem. 33: vated sludge: characterization of Thiothrix, Beggiatoa and Eikelboom 158–174. type 021N strains. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 49: 887–898. Willems, A., M. Gillis, K. Kersters, L. Van den Broecke and J. De Ley. Williams, T.M. and R.F. Unz. 1985b. Isolation and characterization of 1987. Transfer of Xanthomonas ampelina Panagopoulos 1969 to a new filamentous bacteria present in bulking activated-sludge. Appl. Mi- genus, Xylophilus gen. nov., as Xylophilus ampelinus (Panagopoulos crobiol. Biotechnol. 22: 273–282. 1969) comb. nov. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 37: 422–430. Williams, T.M. and R.F. Unz. 1989. The nutrition of Thiothrix, type 021N, Willems, A., M. Goor, S. Thielemans, M. Gillis, K. Kersters and J. De Ley. Beggiatoa and Leucothrix strains. Water Res. 23: 15–22. 1992. Transfer of several phytopathogenic Pseudomonas species to Aci- Williamson, G.M. and K. Zinnemann. 1951. The occurrence of two dis- dovorax as Acidovorax avenae subsp. avenae subsp. nov., comb. nov., tinct capsular antigens in Haemophilus influenzae type e strains. J. Acidovorax avenae subsp. citrulli, Acidovorax avenae subsp. cattleyae, and Pathol. Bacteriol. 63: 695–698. Acidovorax konjaci. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 42: 107–119. Williamson, G.M. and K. Zinnemann. 1954. The degradation of Hae- Willems, A., B. Pot, E. Falsen, P. Vandamme, M. Gillis, K. Kersters and J. mophilus influenzae type e capsular antigens. J. Pathol. Bacteriol. 68: De Ley. 1991. Polyphasic taxonomic study of the emended genus 453–457. Comamonas: Relationship to Aquaspirillum aquaticum, E. Falsen group Willis, J.W., J.K. Engwall and A.K. Chatterjee. 1987. Cloning of genes for 10, and other clinical isolates. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 41: 427–444. Erwinia carotovor carotovora pectolytic enzymes and further charac- Willems, H., C. Jager and G. Baljer. 1998. Physical and genetic map of terization of the polygalacturonases. Phytopathology 77: 1199–1205. the obligate intracellular bacterium Coxiella burnetii. J. Bacteriol. 180: Willshaw, G.A., T. Cheasty, H.R. Smith, S.J. O’Brien and G.K. Adak. 2001. 3816–3822. Verocytotoxin-producing Escherichia coli (VTEC) O157 and other 1078 BIBLIOGRAPHY

VTEC from human infections in England and Wales: 1995–1998. J. 1982. Legionnaires’ pneumonia after intratracheal inoculation of Med. Microbiol. 50: 135–142. guinea pigs and rats. Lab. Investig. 47: 568–578. Wilson, E.E. and A.R. Magie. 1964. Systemic invasion of the host plant Winn, W.C., Jr. and R.L. Myerowitz. 1981. The pathology of the Legionella by the tumor inducing bacterium Pseudomonas savastanoi. Phytopa- . A review of 74 cases and the literature. Hum. Pathol. thology 54: 576–579. 12: 401–422. Wilson, E.E., M.P. Starr and J.A. Berger. 1957. Bark canker, a bacterial Winogradsky, S. 1887. U¨ ber Schwefelbakterien. Bot. Ztg. 45: 489–610. disease of the Persian walnut tree. Phytopathology 47: 669–673. Winogradsky, S. 1888. Beitra¨ge zur Morphologie und Physiologie der Wilson, E.E., F.M. Zeitoun and D.L. Fredrickson. 1967. Bacterial phloem Bakterium. Heft 1. Zur Morphologie und Physiologie der Schwefel- canker, a new disease of Persian walnut trees. Phytopathology 57: bacterien, Arthur Felix, Leipzig. pp. 1–120. 618–621. Winogradsky, S. 1892. Contributions a la morphologie des organismes Wilson, G.S. and A.A. Miles. 1964. Topley and Wilson’s Principles of de la nitrification. Arch. Sci. Biol. (St. Petersb.) 1: 86–137. Bacteriology and Immunity, 5th Ed., The Williams & Wilkins Co., Winogradsky, S. 1904. Die Nitrifikation. In Handbuch de Technischen Baltimore. Mykologie, Lafar, Jena. 132–181. ´ Wilson, G.S. and A.A. Miles. 1975. Topley and Wilson’s Principles of Winogradsky, S. 1929. Etudes sur la microbiologie du sol. Sur la degra- Bacteriology, Virology and Immunity, , E. Arnold Ltd., London. dation da la cellulose dans la sol. Ann. Inst. Pasteur. 43: 529–633. Wilson, J.P., R.R. Waterer, J.D. Wofford, Jr. and S.W. Chapman. 1989a. Winogradsky, S. 1938. Sur la morphologie et l’e´cologie des Azotobacter. Serious infections with Edwardsiella tarda. A case report and review of Ann. Inst. Pasteur (Paris) 60: 351–400. the literature. Arch. Intern. Med. 149: 208–210. Winslow, C.-E.A., J. Broadhurst, R.E. Buchanan, C.J. Krumwiede, L.A. Wilson, K.H., R. Blitchington, P. Shah, G. McDonald, R.D. Gilmore and Rogers and G.H. Smith. 1917. The families and genera of the bacteria. L.P. Mallavia. 1989b. Probe directed at a segment of Preliminary report of the Committee of the Society of American Bac- teriologists on characterization and classification of bacterial types. J. rRNA amplified with polymerase chain reaction. J. Clin. Microbiol. Bacteriol. 2: 506–566. 27: 2692–2696. Winslow, C.-E.A., J. Broadhurst, R.E. Buchanan, C.J. Krumwiede, L.A. Wilson, M.E. 1991. The heat-modifiable outer membrane protein of Ac- Rogers and G.H. Smith. 1920. The families and genera of the Bacteria. tinobacillus actionmycetemcomitans: relationship to OmpA proteins. In- Final report of the Committee of the Society of American Bacteri- fect. Immun. 59: 2505–2507. ologists on characterization and classification of bacterial types. J. Wilson, M., H.A.S. Epton and D.C. Sigee. 1992. Interactions between Bacteriol. 5: 191–229. Erwinia herbicola and Erwinia amylovora on the stigma of Hawthorn Winslow, C.-E.A., I.J. Kliger and W. Rothberg. 1919. Studies on the clas- blossoms. Phytopathology 82: 914–918. sification of the colon-typhoid group of bacteria with special reference Wilson, M. and S.E. Lindow. 1993. Interactions between the biological to their fermentative reactions. J. Bacteriol. 4: 429–503. control agent Pseudomonas fluorescens A506 and Erwinia amylovora in Winstanley, C., M.A. Coulson, B. Wepner, J.A.W. Morgan and C.A. Hart. pear blossoms. Phytopathology 83: 117–123. 1996. Flagellin gene and protein variation amongst clinical isolates Wilson, M.A., M.J. Morgan and G.E. Barger. 1993. Comparison of DNA of Pseudomonas aeruginosa. Microbiology 142: 2145–2151. fingerprinting and serotyping for identification of avian Pasteurella Winstanley, C., J.A.W. Morgan, R.W. Pickup and J.R. Saunders. 1994. multocida isolates. J. Clin. Microbiol. 31: 255–259. Molecular-cloning of 2 Pseudomonas flagellin genes and basal body Wilson, R.G. and L.M. Henderson. 1963. Tryptophan-niacin relationship structural genes. Microbiology 140: 2019–2031. in Xanthomonas pruni. J. Bacteriol. 85: 221–229. Winstanley, C., J.A.W. Morgan, J.R. Saunders and R.W. Pickup. 1991. Wilson, S.A., S.J.M. Wachira, R.A. Norman, L.H. Pearl and R.E. Drew. Plasmid stability and the expression and regulation of a marker gene 1996. Transcription antitermination regulation of the Pseudomonas in Acinetobacter and other gram-negative hosts. In Towner and Ber- aeruginosa amidase operon. Embo J. 15: 5907–5916. gogne-Be´re´zin (Editors), The Biology of Acinetobacter: Taxonomy, Clin- Wilson, W.J., M. Wiedmann, H.R. Dillard and C.A. Batt. 1994. Identifi- ical Importance, Molecular Biology, Physiology, Industrial Relevance, cation of Erwinia stewartii by a ligase chain reaction assay. Appl. En- Plenum Press, New York. pp. 169–181. viron. Microbiol. 60: 278–284. Winstanley, C., S.C. Taylor and P.A. Williams. 1987. pWW174: a large Windsor, H.M., R.C. Gromkova and H.J. Koornhof. 1991. Plasmid-me- plasmid from Acinetobacter calcoaceticus encoding benzene catabolism diated NAD independence in Haemophilus parainfluenzae. J. Gen. Mi- by the b-ketoadipate pathway. Mol. Microbiol. 1: 219–227. crobiol. 137: 2415–2421. Wirsen, C.O., T. Brinkhoff, J. Kuever, G. Muyzer, S. Molyneaux and H.W. Wingard, M., G.R. Matsueda and R.S. Wolfe. 1972. Myxobacter AL-1 pro- Jannasch. 1998. Comparison of a new Thiomicrospira strain from the tease II: Specific peptide bond cleavage on the amino side of lysine. Mid-Atlantic Ridge with known hydrothermal vent isolates. Appl. En- J. Bacteriol. 112: 940–949. viron. Microibol. 64: 4057–4059. Wink, M. 1979. The endosymbionts of Glossina morsitans and Glossina Wirsen, C.O., H.W. Jannasch and S.J. Molyneaux. 1993. Chemosynthetic palpalis: cultivation and experiments and some physiological prop- microbial activity at Mid-Atlantic Ridge hydrothermal vent sites. J. erties. Acta Trop. 36: 215–222. Geophys. Res. 98: 9693–9703. Winn, A.M., C.T. Miles and S.G. Wilkinson. 1996. Structure of the O3 Wise, E.M., Jr., S.P. Alexander and M. Powers. 1973. Adenosine 3Ј:5Ј- antigen of Stenotrophomonas (Xanthomonas or Pseudomonas) maltophilia. cyclic monophosphate as a regulator of bacterial transformation. Carbohydr. Res. 282: 149–156. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U. S. A. 70: 471–474. Winn, A.M., A.W. Miller and S.G. Wilkinson. 1995. Structure of the O10 Wise, M.G., J.V. McArthur and L.J. Shimkets. 1999. Methanotroph di- antigen of Stenotrophomonas (Xanthomonas) maltophilia. Carbohydr.Res. versity in landfill soil: isolation of novel type I and type II methano- 267: 127–133. trophs whose presence was suggested by culture-independent 16S Winn, A.M. and S.G. Wilkinson. 1995. Structure of the O6 antigen of ribosomal DNA analysis. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 65: 4887–4897. Stenotrophomonas (Xanthomonas or Pseudomonas) maltophilia. Carboh- Wise, M.G., J.V. McArthur and L.J. Shimkets. 2001. Methylosarcina fibrata ydr. Res. 272: 225–230. gen. nov., sp. nov. and Methylosarcina quisquiliarum sp. nov., novel type Winn, A.M. and S.G. Wilkinson. 1996. Structure of the O20 antigen of I methanotrophs. Int. J. Syst. Evol. Microbiol. 51: 611–621. Stenotrophomonas (Xanthomonas or Pseudomonas) maltophilia. Carboh- Wislouch, S.M. 1912. Thioploca ingrica nov. sp. Ber. Dtsch. Bot. Ges. 30: ydr. Res. 294: 109–115. 470–474. Winn, A.M. and S.G. Wilkinson. 1997. Structure of the O2 antigen of Wittke, J.W., S. Aleksic and H.H. Wuthe. 1985. Isolation of Moellerella Stenotrophomonas (Xanthomonas or Pseudomonas) maltophilia. Carboh- wisconsensis from an infected human gallbladder. Eur. J. Clin. Micro- ydr. Res. 298: 213–217. biol. 4: 351–352. Winn, W.C., Jr., G.S. Davis, D.W. Gump, J.E. Graighead and H.N. Beaty. Wiwat, C., M. Lertcanawanichakul, P. Siwayapram, S. Pantuwatana and BIBLIOGRAPHY 1079

A. Bhumiratana. 1996. Expression of chitinase-encoding genes from siella strains are not K. pneumoniae sensu stricto. Curr. Microbiol. 2: Aeromonas hydrophila and Pseudomonas maltophilia in Bacillus thuringien- 181–185. sis subsp. israelensis. Gene 179: 119–126. Woodward, E.J. and K. Robinson. 1990. An improved formulation and Wodzinski, R.S., T.E. Umholtz, J.R. Rundle and S.V. Beer. 1994. Mech- method of preparation of crystal violet pectate medium for detection anisms of inhibition of Erwinia amylovora by Erw. herbicola in vitro and of pectolytic erwinia. Lett. Appl. Microbiol. 10: 171–173. in vivo. J. Appl. Bacteriol. 76: 22–29. Woodward, L.M., A.R. Bielke, J.F. Eisses and P.A. Ketchum. 1990. Oc- Woese, C.R. 1987. Bacterial evolution. Microbiol. Rev. 51: 221–271. currence of nitrate reductase and molybdopterin in Xanthomonas mal- Woese, C.R., P. Blanz, R.B. Hespell and C.M. Hahn. 1982. Phylogenetic tophilia. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 56: 3766–3771. relationships among various helical bacteria. Curr. Microbiol. 7: 119– World Health Organization, Programme for Control of Diarrhoeal Dis- 124. eases. 1983. Manual for Laboratory Investigations of Acute Enteric Woese, C.R., W.G. Weisburg, C.M. Hahn, B.J. Paster, L.B. Zablen, B.J. Diseases, World Health Organization, Geneva. 113 pp. Lewis, T.J. Macke, W. Ludwig and E. Stackebrandt. 1985. The phy- Wormald, H. 1930. Bacterial diseases of stone fruit trees in Britain. II. logeny of purple bacteria: the gamma subdivision. Syst. Appl. Micro- Bacterial shoot wilt of plum trees. Ann. Appl. Biol. 17: 725–744. biol. 6: 25–33. Wormald, H. 1931. Bacterial diseases of stone fruit trees in Britain. III. Woese, C.R., W.G. Weisburg, B.J. Paster, C.M. Hahn, R.S. Tanner, N.R. The symptoms of bacterial canker in plum trees. J. Pomol. Hortic. Krieg, H.P. Koops, H. Harms and E. Stackebrandt. 1984. The phy- Sci. 9: 239– 256. logeny of purple bacteria: the beta subdivision. Syst. Appl. Microbiol. Wozny, M.A., M.P. Bryant, L.V. Holdeman and W.E.C. Moore. 1977. Ure- 5: 327–336. ase assay and urease-producing species of anaerobes in the bovine Wolf, F.A. and A.C. Foster. 1917. Bacterial leaf spot of tobacco. Science rumen and human feces. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 33: 1097–1104. (Wash. D.C.). 46: 361–362. Wray, C., I.M. McLaren and P.J. Carroll. 1993. Escherichia coli isolated from Wolin, H.L. 1963. Defined medium for Haemophilus influenzae type b. J. farm animals in England and Wales between 1986 and 1991. Vet. Rec. Bacteriol. 85: 253–254. 133: 439–442. Wong, J.D., M.A. Miller and J.M. Janda. 1989. Surface properties and Wray, C. and M.J. Woodward. 1997. Escherichia coli infections in farm ultrastructure of Edwardsiella species. J. Clin. Microbiol. 27: 1797– animals. In Sussman (Editor), Escherichia coli: Mechanisms of viru- 1801. lence, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. pp. 49–84. Wong, P.K. and C.M. So. 1993. Copper accumulation by a strain of Pseu- Wright, A.C. and J.G. Morris, Jr.. 1991. The extracellular cytolysin of Vibrio domonas putida. Microbios. 73: 113–121. vulnificus: Inactivation and relationship to virulence in mice. Infect. Wong, S.H., D.R. Cullimore and D.L. Bruce. 1985. Selective medium for Immun. 59: 192–197. the isolation and enumeration of Klebsiella spp. Appl. Environ. Mi- Wright, J.H. 1895. Report on the results of an examination of the water crobiol. 49: 1022–1024. supply of Philadelphia. Mem. Nat. Acad. Sci. 7: 422–484. Wong, T.Y., L. Graham, E. O’Hara and R.J. Maier. 1986. Enrichment for Wright, S.A., C.H. Zumoff, L. Schneider and S.V. Beer. 2001. Pantoea hydrogen-oxidizing Acinetobacter spp. in the rhizosphere of hydrogen- agglomerans strain EH318 produces two antibiotics that inhibit Erwinia evolving soybean root nodules. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 52: 1008– amylovora in vitro. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 67: 284–292. 1013. Wu, G.H., S. Hill, M.J.S. Kelly, G. Sawers and R.K. Poole. 1997a. The cydR Wong, V.K. 1987. Broviac catheter infection with Kluyvera cryocrescens:A gene product, required for regulation of cytochrome bd expression case report. J. Clin. Microbiol. 25: 1115–1116. in the obligate aerobe Azotobacter vinelandii, is an Fnr-like protein. Wong, W.C. and T.F. Preece. 1979. Identification of Pseudomonas tolaasi Microbiology-(UK). 143: 2197–2207. - white line in agar and mushroom tissue block rapid pitting tests. J. Wu, S.S., J. Wu and D. Kaiser. 1997b. The Myxococcus xanthus pilT locus Appl. Bacteriol. 47: 401–407. is required for social gliding motility although pili are still produced. Wood, A.P. and D.P. Kelly. 1985. Physiological characteristics of a new Mol. Microbiol. 23: 109–121. thermophilic, obligately chemolithotrophic Thiobacillus species, Thio- Wu, W.C., H.F. Kuo, Y.K. Hsueh and L.Y. Wang. 1990. A simple method bacillus tepidarius. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 35: 434–437. for maintaining Xanthomonas campestris pv. citri. Chinese Journal Of Wood, A.P. and D.P. Kelly. 1986. Chemolithotrophic metabolism of the Microbiology And Immunology. 23: 162–165. newly isolated moderately thermophilic, obligately autotrophic Thio- Wu¨st, J., J. Gubler, W. Mannheim and A. von Graevenitz. 1991. Actino- bacillus tepidarius. Arch. Microbiol. 144: 71–77. bacillus hominis as a causative agent of septicemia in hepatic failure. Wood, A.P. and D.P. Kelly. 1989. Isolation and physiological character- Eur. J. Clin. Microbiol. Infect. Dis. 10: 693–694. isation of Thiobacillus thyasiris sp. nov., a novel marine facultative au- Wyatt, L.E., R. Nickelson and C. Vanderzant. 1979. Edwardsiella tarda in totroph and the putative symbiont of Thyasira flexuosa. Arch. Micro- freshwater catfish and their environment. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. biol. 152: 160–166. 38: 710–714. Wood, A.P. and D.P. Kelly. 1991. Isolation and characterization of Thio- Xilinas, M.E., J.T. Papavassiliou and N.J. Legakis. 1975. Selective medium bacillus halophilus sp. nov., a sulfur-oxidizing autotrophic eubacterium for growth of Proteus. J. Clin. Microbiol. 2: 459–460. from a western Australian hypersaline lake. Arch. Microbiol. 156: 277– Xu, J., S. Lohrke, I.M. Hurlbert and R.E. Hurlbert. 1989. Transformation 280. of Xenorhabdus nematophilus. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 55: 806–812. Wood, A.P. and D.P. Kelly. 1993. Reclassification of Thiobacillus thyasiris Xu, J., M.E. Olson, M.L. Kahn and R.E. Hurlbert. 1991. Characterization as Thiomicrospira thyasirae, new combination, an organism exhibiting of Tn5-induced mutants of Xenorhabdus nematophilus ATCC 19061. pleomorphism in response to environmental conditions. Arch. Mi- Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 57: 1173–1180. crobiol. 159: 45–47. Xu, X.J., M.R. Ferguson, V.L. Popov, C.W. Houston, J.W. Peterson and Wood, A.P. and D.P. Kelly. 1995. In Validation of the publication of new A.K. Chopra. 1998. Role of a cytotoxic enterotoxin in Aeromonas-me- names and new combinations previously effectively published outside diated infections: development of transposon and isogenic mutants. the IJSB. List No. 53. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 45: 418–419. Infect. Immun. 66: 3501–3509. Woods, C.R., Jr., J. Versalovic, T. Koeuth and J.R. Lupski. 1992. Analysis Xu, Y., Y. Nogi, C. Kato, Z.Y. Liang, H.J. Ruger, D. De Kegel and N. of relationships among isolates of Citrobacter diversus by using DNA Glansdorff. 2003. Psychromonas profunda sp nov., a psychropiezophilic fingerprints generated by repetitive sequence-based primers in the bacterium from deep Atlantic sediments. Int. J. Syst. Evol. Microbiol. polymerase chain reaction. J. Clin. Microbiol. 30: 2921–2929. 53: 527–532. Woods, D.E., D.C. Straus, W.G. Johanson, V.K. Berry and J.A. Bass. 1980. Yadav, A.S. and S.S. Verma. 1998. Occurrence of enterotoxigenic Aero- Role of pili in adherence of Pseudomonas aeruginosa to mammalian monas in poultry eggs and meat. J. Food Sci. Technol. 35: 169–170. buccal epithelial-cells. Infect. Immun. 29: 1146–1151. Yaeger, M.J. 1996. An outbreak of Actinobacillus suis septicemia in grow- Woodward, B.W., M. Carter and R.J. Seidler. 1979. Most nonclinical Kleb- /finish pigs. J. Vet. Diagn. Investig. 8: 381–383. 1080 BIBLIOGRAPHY

Yague, M.A., C.H. Castro and A.C. Arranz. 1989. Isolation of Koserella Karasawa, T. Tsukamoto, H. Kurazono and Y. Takeda. 1996. Typing trabulsii from clinical samples (Letter in Spanish). Enfermedades In- of verotoxins by DNA colony hybridization with poly- and oligonu- fecciosas y Microbiologia Clinica. 7: 393–394. cleotide probes, a bead-enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay, and pol- Yakimov, M.M. , L. Giuliano, G. Gentile, E. Crisafi, T.N. Chernikova, W.R. ymerase chain reaction. Microbiol. Immunol. 40: 345–352. Abraham, H. Lunsdorf, K.N. Timmis and P.N. Golyshin. 2003. Oleispira Yamashita, M., Y. Hida, S. Suzuki and F. Gejyo. 1997. Genetic analysis of antarctica gen. nov., sp nov., a novel hydrocarbonoclastic marine bac- Pseudomonas aeruginosa by pulsed field gel electrophoresis. Kansen- terium isolated from Antarctic coastal sea water. Int.J. Syst. Evol. Mi- shogaku Zasshi. 71: 607–613.. crobiol. 53: 779–785. Yamazaki, E., J. Ishii, K. Sato and T. Nakae. 1989. The barrier function Yakimov, M.M., P.N. Golyshin, S. Lang, E.R.B. Moore, W.R. Abraham, H. of the outer membrane of Pseudomonas maltophilia in the diffusion of Lunsdorf and K.N. Timmis. 1998. Alcanivorax borkumensis gen. nov., saccharides and b-lactam antibiotics. FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 51: 85– sp. nov., a new, hydrocarbon-degrading and surfactant-producing ma- 88. rine bacterium. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 48: 339–348. Yang, C.H., H.R. Azad and D.A. Cooksey. 1996a. A chromosomal locus Yakrus, M. and N.W. Schaad. 1979. Serological relationships among required for copper resistance, competitive fitness, and cytochrome strains of Erwinia chrysanthemi. Phytopathology 69: 517–522. c biogenesis in Pseudomonas fluorescens. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U. S. A. Yakubu, D.E., D.C. Old and B.W. Senior. 1989. The haemagglutinins and 93: 7315–7320. fimbriae of Proteus penneri. J. Med. Microbiol. 30: 279–284. Yang, C.H., J.A. Menge and D.A. Cooksey. 1993a. Role of copper resis- Yale, M.W. 1939a. Genus Escherichia Castellani and Chalmers. In Breed, tance in competitive survival of Pseudomonas fluorescens in soil. Appl. Murray and Hitchens (Editors), Bergey’s Manual of Determinative Environ. Microbiol. 59: 580–584. Bacteriology, 5th Ed., The Williams & Wilkins Co., Baltimore. pp. Yang, C.H., T.G. Young, M.Y. Peng and M.C. Weng. 1996b. Clinical spec- 389–396. trum of Pseudomonas putida infection. J. Formos. Med. Assoc. 95: 754– Yale, M.W. 1939b. The genus Proteus. In Bergey, Breed, Murray and Hitch- 761. ens (Editors), Bergey’s Manual of Determinative Bacteriology, 5th Yang, J., X.Z. Wang, D.S. Hage, P.L. Herman and D.P. Weeks. 1994. Ed.., The Williams & Wilkins Co., Baltimore. pp. 430–436. Analysis of dicamba degradation by Pseudomonas maltophilia using Yamada, Y., Y. Okada and K. Kondo. 1976. Isolation and characterization high-performance capillary electrophoresis. Anal. Biochem. 219: 37– of “polarly flagellated intermediate strains” in acetic acid bacteria. J. 42. Gen. Appl. Microbiol. 22: 237–245. Yang, P., P. De Vos, K. Kersters and J. Swings. 1993b. Polyamine patterns Yamada, Y., H. Takinaminakamura, Y. Tahara, H. Oyaizu and K. Koma- as chemotaxonomic markers for the genus Xanthomonas. Int. J. Syst. gata. 1982. Significance of the ubiquinone and menaquinone systems Bacteriol. 43: 709–714. in the classification of Gram-negative and Gram-positive bacteria VIII. Yang, P., P. Rott, L. Vauterin, B. Hoste, P. Baudin, K. Kersters and J. The ubiquinone systems in the strains of Pseudomonas species. J. Gen. Swings. 1993c. Intraspecific variability of Xanthomonas albilineans. Syst. Appl. Microbiol. 28: 7–12. Appl. Microbiol. 16: 420–426. Yamai, S., T. Okitsu, T. Shimada and Y. Katsube. 1997. Distribution of Yang, P., L. Vauterin, M. Vancanneyt, J. Swings and K. Kersters. 1993d. serogroups of Vibrio cholerae non-O1 non-O139 with specific reference Application of fatty acid methyl esters for the taxonomic analysis of to their ability to produce cholera toxin, and addition of novel sero- the genus Xanthomonas. Syst. Appl. Microbiol. 16: 47–71. groups. J. Jpn Assoc. Infect. Dis. 71: 1037–1045. Yang, S.-E., F.H. Lin and T.-T. Kuo. 1975. The utilization of exogenously Yamamoto, M., H. Iwaki, K. Kouno and T. Inui. 1980. Identification of supplied nucleotide by Xanthomonas oryzae. Bot. Bull. Acad. Sinica. marine methanol-utilizing bacteria. J. Ferment. Technol. 58: 99–106. 16: 61–65. Yamamoto, S., P.J.M. Bouvet and S. Harayama. 1999. Phylogenetic struc- Yang, Y., L.P. Yeh, Y. Cao, L. Baumann, P. Baumann, J.S.E. Tang and B. tures of the genus Acinetobacter based on gyrB sequences: comparison Beaman. 1983a. Characterization of marine luminous bacteria iso- with the grouping by DNA–DNA hybridization. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. lated off the coast of China and description of Vibrio orientalis sp nov. 49: 87–95. Curr. Microbiol. 8: 95–100. Yamamoto, S., M.A.R. Chowdhury, M. Kuroda, T. Nakano, Y. Koumoto Yang, Y., L.P. Yeh, Y. Cao, L. Baumann, P. Baumann, J.S.E. Tang and B. and S. Shinoda. 1991a. Further study on polyamine compositions in Beaman. 1983b. In Validation of new names and new combinations Vibrionaceae. Can. J. Microbiol. 37: 148–153. previously effectively published outside the IJSB. List No. 11. Int. J. Yamamoto, S. and S. Harayama. 1996. Phylogenetic analysis of Acineto- Syst. Bacteriol. 33: 672–674. bacter strains based on the nucleotide sequences of gyrB genes and Yano, T., A.F. Pestana de Castro, J.A. Lauritis and T. Namekata. 1979. on the amino acid sequences of their products. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. Serological differentiation of bacteria belonging to the Xanthomonas 46: 506–511. campestris group by indirect haemagglutination test. Ann. Phytopathol. Yamamoto, S. and S. Harayama. 1998. Phylogenetic relationships of Pseu- Soc. Japan 45: 1–8. domonas putida strains deduced from the nucleotide sequences of gyrB, Yano, Y., A. Nakayama and K. Yoshida. 1997. Distribution of polyunsat- ropD and 16S rRNA genes. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 48: 813–819. urated fatty acids in bacteria present in intestines of deep-sea fish and Yamamoto, S., N. Okujo and Y. Sakakibara. 1994. Isolation and structure shallow-sea poikilothermic animals. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 63: elucidation of acinetobactin, a novel siderophore from Acinetobacter 2572–2577. baumannii. Arch. Microbiol. 162: 249–254. Yanofsky, C. 1954. The absence of a tryptophan-niacin relationship in Yamamoto, T., G.B. Nair and Y. Takeda. 1995. Emergence of tetracycline Escherichia coli and Bacillus subtilis. J. Bacteriol. 68: 577–584. resistance due to a multiple drug resistance plasmid in Vibrio cholerae Yao, J.D., M. Louie, L. Louie, J. Goodfellow and A.E. Simor. 1995. Com- O139. FEMS Immunol. Med. Microbiol. 11: 131–136. parison of E test and agar dilution for antimicrobial susceptibility Yamamoto, Y., T.W. Klein and H. Friedman. 1991b. Legionella pneumophila testing of Stenotrophomonas (Xanthomonas) maltophilia. J. Clin. Micro- growth in macrophages from susceptible mice is genetically con- biol. 33: 1428–1430. trolled. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol. Med. 196: 405–409. Yaphe, W. and B. Baxter. 1955. The enzymic hydrolysis of carrageenin. Yamanaka, S., A. Hagiwara, Y. Nishimura, H. Tanabe and N. Ishibashi. Appl. Microbiol. 3: 380–383. 1992. Biochemical and physiological characteristics of Xenorhabdus Yaping, J., L. Xiaoyang and Y. Jiaqi. 1990. Saccharobacter fermentatus gen. species, symbiotically associated with entomopathogenic nematodes nov., sp. nov., a new ethanol-producing bacterium. Int. J. Syst. Bac- including Steinernema kushidai and their pathogenicity against Spodop- teriol. 40: 412–414. tera litura (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae). Arch. Microbiol. 158: 387–393. Yasumoto, T., D. Yasamura, M. Yotsu, T. Michishita, A. Endo and Y. Kotaki. Yamanaka, T. 1964. Identity of Pseudomonas cytochrome oxidase with Pseu- 1986. Bacterial production of tetrodotoxin and anhydrotetrodotoxin. domonas nitrite reductase. Nature (Lond.) 204: 253–255. Agric. Biol. Chem. 50: 793–795. Yamasaki, S., Z. Lin, H. Shirai, A. Terai, Y. Oku, H. Ito, M. Ohmura, T. Yates, M.G. and F.O. Campbell. 1989. The effect of nutrient limitation BIBLIOGRAPHY 1081

on the competition between an H2-uptake hydrogenase positive for minimal standards for the genus Xanthomonas. Int. J. Syst. Bac- .teriol. 41: 172–177 מrecombinant strain of Azotobacter chroococcum and the Hup (םHup) mutant parent in mixed populations. J. Gen. Microbiol. 135: 221– Young, J.M., D.W. Dye, J.F. Bradbury, C.G. Panagopoulos and C.F. Robbs. 226. 1978. A proposed nomenclature and classification for plant patho- Yavzori, M., D. Cohen, R. Wasserlauf, R. Ambar, G. Rechavi and S. Ash- genic bacteria. N. Z. J. Agric. Res. 21: 153–177. kenazi. 1994. Identification of Shigella species in stool specimens by Young, J.M., G.S. Saddler, Y. Takikawa, S.H. De Boer, L. Vauterin, L. DNA amplification of different loci of the Shigella virulence plasmid. Gardan, R.I. Gvozdyak and D.E. Stead. 1996b. Names of plant path- Eur. J. Clin. Microbiol. Infect. Dis. 13: 232–237. ogenic bacteria 1864–1995. Rev. Plant Path. 75: 721–763. Yayanos, A.A., A.S. Dietz and R. Van Boxtel. 1979. Isolation of a deep- Young, J.M. and C.M. Triggs. 1994. Evaluation of determinative tests for sea barophilic bacterium and some of its growth characteristics. Sci- pathovars of Pseudomonas syringae Van Hall 1902. J. Appl. Bacteriol. ence 205: 808–810. 77: 195–207. Yayanos, A.A., A.S. Dietz and R. Van Boxtel. 1982. Dependence of re- Young, V.M., D.M. Kenton, B.J. Hobbs and M.R. Moody. 1971. Levinea, production rate on pressure as a hallmark of deep-sea bacteria. Appl. a new genus of the family Enterobacteriaceae. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 21: Environ. Microbiol. 44: 1356–1361. 58–63. Yazawa, K. 1996. Production of eicosapentaenoic acid from marine bac- Yousfi, A., C. Louis and G. Meynadier. 1979. An ultrastructural study of teria. Lipids. 31: S297–S300. the transformation of elementary bodies of Rickettsiella into initial Yi, H., Y.H. Chang, H.W. Oh, K.S. Bae and J. Chun. 2003. Zooshikella bodies. Experientia (Basel) 35: 1175–1176. ganghwensis gen. nov., sp nov., isolated from tidal flat sediments. Int. Yu, J. and J.B. Kaper. 1992. Cloning and characterization of the eae gene J. Syst. Evol. Microbiol. 53: 1013–1018. of enterohaemorrhagic Escherichia coli O157:H7. Mol. Microbiol. 6: Yii, K., T. Yang and K.K. Lee. 1997. Isolation and characterization of 411–417. Yu, X. and D. Raoult. 1994. Serotyping Coxiella burnetii isolates from acute Vibrio carchariae, a causative agent of gastroenteritis in the groupers, and chronic Q fever patients by using monoclonal antibodies. FEMS Epinephelus coioides. Curr. Microbiol. 35: 109–115. Microbiol. Lett. 117: 15–19. Yirgou, D. 1964. Xanthomonas guizotiae sp. nov. on Guizatia abyssinica. Yuen, G.Y., A.M. Alvarez, A.A. Benedict and K.J. Trotter. 1987. Use of Phytopathology 54: 1490–1491. monoclonal antibodies to monitor the dissemination of Xanthomonas Yirgou, D. and J.F. Bradbury. 1968. Bacterial wilt of enset (Ensete ventri- campestris pv. campestris. Phytopathology 77: 366–370. cosum) incited by Xanthomonas musacearum. Phytopathology 58: 111– Yum, D.Y., Y.P. Lee and J.G. Pan. 1997. Cloning and expression of a gene 112. cluster encoding three subunits of membrane-bound gluconate de- Yogev, R. and S. Koszlowski. 1990. Peritonitis due to Kluyvera ascorbata: hydrogenase from Erwinia cypripedii ATCC 29267 in Escherichia coli.J. Case report and review. Rev. Infect. Dis. 12: 399–402. Bacteriol. 179: 6566–6572. Yohe, S., J.T. Fishbain and M. Andrews. 1997. Shewanella putrefaciens ab- Yumoto, I.I., H. Iwata, T. Sawabe, K. Ueno, N. Ichise, H. Matsuyama, H. scess of the lower extremity. J. Clin. Microbiol. 35: 3363. Okuyama and K. Kawasaki. 1999a. Characterization of a facultatively Yokoyama, M.T. and J.R. Carlson. 1981. Production of skatole and p-cresol psychrophilic bacterium, Vibrio rumoiensis sp. nov., that exhibits high by a rumen Lactobacillus sp. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 41: 71–76. catalase activity. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 65: 67–72. Yoon, J.H., S.H. Choi, K.C. Lee, Y.H. Kho, K.H. Kang and Y.H. Park. 2001. Yumoto, I.I., H. Iwata, T. Sawabe, K. Ueno, N. Ichise, H. Matsuyama, H. Halomonas marisflavae sp. nov., a halophilic bacterium isolated from Okuyama and K. Kawasaki. 1999b. In Validation of new names and the Yellow Sea in Korea. Int. J. Syst. Evol. Microbiol. 51: 1171–1177. new combinations previously effectively published outside the IJSB. Yorifuji, T., T. Kobayashi, A. Tabuchi, Y. Shiritani and K. Yonaha. 1983. List No. 70. Int. J. Syst. Evol. Microbiol. 49: 935–936. Distribution of amidinohydrolases among Pseudomonas and compar- Yumoto, I., K. Kawasaki, H. Iwata, H. Matsuyama and H. Okuyama. 1998. ative studies of some purified enzymes by one-dimensional peptide- Assignment of Vibrio sp. strain ABE-1 to Colwellia maris sp. nov., a new mapping. Agr. Biol. Chem. 47: 2825–2830. psychrophilic bacterium. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 4: 1357–1362. Yoshida, A., M. Izuta, K. Ito, Y. Kamio and K. Izaki. 1991. Cloning and Yun, Y.C., Y.S. Kim and Y.S. Cho. 1995. Isolation and characterization of characterization of the pectate lyase III gene of Erwinia carotovora Er. transposon WKm-mediated nonpathogenic mutants of Xanthomonas Agric. Biol. Chem. 55: 933–940. campestris pv. vesicatoria. Korean J. Plant Pathol. 11: 265–270. Yoshii, H. and S. Takimoto. 1928. Bacterial leafspot of castor bean and Zablotowicz, R.M., R.E. Hoagland, M.A. Locke and W.J. Hickey. 1995. its pathogen. J. Plant Prot. 15: 12–18. Glutathione-S-transferase activity and metabolism of glutathione con- Yoshikawa, K., T. Takadera, K. Adachi, M. Nishijima and H. Sano. 1997. jugates by rhizosphere bacteria. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 61: 1054– Korormicin, a novel antibiotic specifically active against marine gram- 1060. negative bacteria, produced by a marine bacterium. J. Antibiot. (To- Zaccardelli, M., C. Bazzi, J.F. Chauveau and S. Paillard. 1993. Sero-di- kyo). 50: 949–953. agnosis of Xylella fastidiosa in grapevine xylem extracts. Phytopathol. ם2 You, K.M. and Y.K. Park. 1998. Cd removal by Azomonas agilis PY101, Mediterr. 32: 174–181. a cadmium accumulating strain in continuous aerobic culture. Bio- Zagallo, A.C. and C.H. Wang. 1967. Comparative glucose catabolism of technol. Lett. 20: 1157–1159. Xanthomonas species. J. Bacteriol. 93: 970–975. Young, G.M., D. Amid and V.L. Miller. 1996a. A bifunctional urease en- Zaharija, I., Z. Modric´, T. Naglic´ and F. Sankovic´. 1979. Spontaneous hances survival of pathogenic Yersinia enterocolitica and Morganella mor- infection with Actinbacillus lignieresii in horses: study of the first case ganii at low pH. J. Bacteriol. 178: 6487–6495. in Croatia. Vet. Arh. 49: 105–112. Young, J.M. 1970. Drippy gill: a bacterial disease of cultivated mushrooms Zahorchak, R.J., W.T. Charnetzky, R.V. Little and R.R. Brubaker. 1979. deficiency on macromolecular synthesis and םcaused by Pseudomonas agarici n. sp. N. Z. J. Agr. Res. 13: 977–990. Consequences of Ca2 Young, J.M. 1978. Survival of bacteria on Prunus leaves. Proc. 4th Inter- adenylate energy charge in Yersinia pestis. J. Bacteriol. 139: 792–799. nat. Conf Plant Path. Bact., Vol. II: pp. 779–786. Zahr, M., B. Fobel, H. Mayer, J.F. Imhoff, P.V. Campos and J. Weckesser. Young, J.M., J.F. Bradbury, R.E. Davis, R.S. Dickey, G.L. Ercolani, A.C. 1992. Chemical composition of the lipopolysaccharides of Ectothio- Hayward and A.K. Vidaver. 1991a. Nomenclatural revisions of plant rhodospira shaposhnikovii, Ectothiorhodospira mobilis, and Ectothiorhodo- pathogenic bacteria and list of names 1980–1988. Rev. Plant Path. 70: spira halophila. Arch. Microbiol. 157: 499–504. 211–221. Zakharenko, V.I., L.V. Komissarova, B.P. Ulanov and A.G. Skavronskaia. Young, J.M., J.F. Bradbury, L. Gardan, R.I. Gvozdyak, D.E. Stead, Y. Tak- 1985. Properties of the plasmid pFT15/10-1 isolated from the vaccine ikawa and A.K. Vidaver. 1991b. Comment on the reinstatement of strain of Francisella tularensis. Mol. Gen. Mikrobiol. Virusol. 5: 19–22. Xanthomonas citri (ex Hasse 1915) Gabriel et al. 1989 and Xanthomonas Zakhariev, Z.A. 1971. Plesiomonas shigelloides isolated from sea water. J. phaseoli (ex Smith 1897) Gabriel et al. 1989: indication of the need Hyg. Epidemiol. Microbiol. Immunol. (Prague) 15: 402–404. 1082 BIBLIOGRAPHY

Zambon, J.J. 1985. Actinobacillus actinomycetemcomitans in human perio- olyticus septicemia. A syndrome of erythemia multiforme, hemolytic dontal disease. J. Clin. Periodontol. 12: 1–20. anemia, and hypotension. Arch. Intern. Med. 133: 479–481. Zambon, J.J., J. Slots and R.J. Genco. 1983. Serology of oral Actinobacillus Ziegler, M., M. Lange and W. Dott. 1990. Isolation and morphological actinomycetemcomitans and serotype distribution in human periodontal and cytological characterization of filamentous bacteria from bulking- disease. Infect. Immun. 41: 19–27. sludge. Water Res. 24: 1437–1451. Zambon, J.J., T. Umemoto, E. De Nardin, F. Nakazawa, L.A. Christersson Zielke, R., A. Schmidt and K. Naumann. 1993. Comparison of different and R.J. Genco. 1988. Actinobacillus actinomycetemcomitans in the path- serological methods for the detection of the fire blight pathogen, ogenesis of human periodontal disease. Adv. Dent. Res. 2: 269–274. Erwinia amylovora (Burrill) Winslow et. al. Zentbl. Mikrobiol. 148: Zamze, S.E. and E.R. Moxon. 1987. Composition of the lipopolysacchar- 379–391. ide from different capsular serotype strains of Haemophilus influenzae. Ziemke, F., I. Brettar and M.G. Ho¨fle. 1997. Stability and diversity of the J. Gen. Microbiol. 133: 1443–1451. genetic structure of a Shewanella putrefaciens population in the water Zaremba, M. and E. Aldova´. 1979. Sensitivity to chemotherapeutics of column of the central baltic. Aquat Microb. Ecol. 13: 63–74. Yersinia enterocolitica strains. Arch. Immunol. Therap. Exp. 27: 847– Ziemke, F., M.G. Ho¨fle, J. Lalucat and R. Rossello´-Mora. 1998. Reclassi- 852. fication of Shewanella putrefaciens Owen’s genomic group II as Shew- Zarett, A.J. and R.N. Doetsch. 1949. A new selective medium for quan- anella baltica sp. nov. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 48: 179–186. titative determination of members of the genus Proteus in milk. J. Zighelboim, J., T.W. Williams, M.W. Bradshaw and R.L. Harris. 1992. Bacteriol. 57: 266. Successful medical management of a patient with multiple hepatic Zarnke, R.L. and L. Schlater. 1988. Actinobacillosis in free-ranging snow- abscesses due to Edwardsiella tarda. Clin. Infect. Dis. 14: 117–120. shoe hares (Lepus americanus) from Alaska. J. Wildlife Dis. 24: 176– Zimmerman, S.E., M.L.V. French, S.D. Allen, E. Wilson and R.B. Kohler. 177. 1982. Immunoglobulin M antibody titers in the diagnosis of Legion- Zavarzin, G.A. and A.N. Nozhevnikova. 1977. Aerobic carboxydobacteria. naires’ disease. J. Clin. Microbiol. 16: 1007–1011. Microb. Ecol. 3: 305–326. Zimmermann, O.E.R.. 1890. Die Bakterien unserer Trink- und Nutzwa¨s- Zeiter, J.H., D.D. Koch, D.W. Parke and R.L. Font. 1989. Endogenous ser insbesondere des Wassers der Chemnitzer Wasserleitung. Elfter endophthalmitis with lenticular abscess caused by Enterobacter agglo- Bericht. Naturwiss. Ges. Chemnitz, pp. 53–154. merans (Erwinia species). Ophthalmic Surg. 20: 9–12. Zimmermann, T. 1964. Untersuchungen u¨ber die Actinobazillose des Zeitoun, F.M. and E.E. Wilson. 1969. The relation of bacteriophage to Schweines. I Mitteilung: Isolierung und Characterisierung der Erre- the walnut-tree pathogens, Erwinia nigrifluens and Erwinia rubrijaciens. ger. Dtsch. Tieraerztl. Wochenschr. 71: 457–461. Phytopathology 59: 756–761. Zinder, N.D. 1957. Lysogenic conversion in S. typhimurium. Science 126: Zelinskaia, N.V., N.P. Kovalevskaia, N.N. Matvienko, L.A. Zheleznaia and 1237. N.I. Matvienko. 1996. Novel site-specific endonuclease from Acineto- Zink, D.L., J.C. Feeley, J.G. Wells, C. Vanderzant, J.C. Vickery, W.D. Roof bacter species M strain. Biokhimiya 61: 1471–1182. and G.A. O’Donovan. 1980. Plasmid-mediated tissue invasiveness in Zhang, G.F., C.T. Lu, X.C. Shen, K.R. Wang and H.Q. Wang. 1996. Effects Yersinia enterocolitica. Nature (Lond.) 283: 224–226. of antibiotic Zhongshenmycin on the incidence of Xanthomonas oryzae Zink, R.T., J.K. Engwall, J.L. McEvoy and A.K. Chatterjee. 1985. recA is in rice seedlings. Plant Prot. 22: 6–8. required in the induction of pectin lyase and carotovoricin in Erwinia Zhang, W.L., M. Bielaszewska´, A. Liesegang, H. Tscha¨pe, H. Schmidt, M. carotovora subsp. carotovora. J. Bacteriol. 164: 390–396. Bitzan and H. Karch. 2000. Molecular characteristics and epidemio- Zinnemann, K., K.B. Rogers, J. Frazer and J.M.H. Boyce. 1968. A new V-

logical significance of Shiga toxin-producing Escherichia coli O26 dependent Haemophilus species preferring increased CO2 tension for strains. J. Clin. Microbiol. 38: 2134–2140. growth and named Haemophilus paraphrophilus, nov. sp. J. Pathol. Bac- Zhang, Y. and K. Geider. 1997. Differentiation of Erwinia amylovora strains teriol. 96: 413–419. by pulsed-field gel electrophoresis. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 63: Zinnemann, K., K.B. Rogers, J. Frazer and S.K. Devaraj. 1971. A hae-

4421–4426. molytic V-dependent CO2-preferring Haemophilus species Haemophilus Zhao, G.S., C. Pijoan, K.W. Choi, S.K. Maheswaran and E. Trigo. 1995. paraphrohae-molyticus nov. spec. J. Med. Microbiol. 4: 139–143. Expression of iron-regulated outer-membrane proteins by porcine ZoBell, C.E. 1941. Studies on marine bacteria. I. The cultural require- strains of Pasteurella multocida. Can. J. Vet. Res.-Rev. Can. Rech. Vet. ments of heterotrophic aerobes. J. Mar. Res. 4: 99–106. 59: 46–50. ZoBell, C.E. and H.C. Upham. 1944. A list of marine bacteria including Zhao, H., X. Li, D.E. Johnson and H.L. Mobley. 1999. Identification of descriptions of sixty new species. Bull. Scripps Inst. Oceanogr. Univ. protease and rpoN-associated genes of uropathogenic Proteus mirabilis Calif. 5: 239–292. by negative selection in a mouse model of ascending urinary tract Zon, G. and J.D. Robbins. 1983. 31P- and 13C-n.m.r.-spectral and chem- infection. Microbiology 145: 185–195. ical characterization of the end-group and repeating-unit components Zhao, X.J. and K. McEntee. 1990. DNA sequence analysis of the recA of oligosaccharides derived by acid hydrolysis of Haemophilus influenzae genes from Proteus vulgaris, Erwinia carotovora, Shigella flexneri and Esch- type b capsular polysaccharide. Carbohydr. Res. 114: 103–21. erichia coli B/r. Mol. Gen. Genet. 222: 369–376. Zoon, K.C. and J.J. Scocca. 1975. Constitution of the cell envelope of Zheng, L.M., V.L. Cash, D.H. Flint and D.R. Dean. 1998. Assembly of Haemophilus influenzae in relation to competence for genetic trans- iron-sulfur clusters — Identification of an iscSUA–hscBA–fdx gene clus- formation. J. Bacteriol. 123: 666–677. ter from Azotobacter vinelandii. J. Biol. Chem. 273: 13264–13272. Zopfi, J., T. Kjaer, L.P. Nielsen and B.B. Jørgensen. 2001. Ecology of Zherebilo, O.K. and R.I. Gvozdyak. 1976. Decarboxylation of amino acids Thioploca spp.: Nitrate and sulfur storage in relation to chemical mi- by bacteria of the genus Erwinia under aerobic conditions. Mikrobiol. crogradients and influence of Thioploca spp. on the sedimentary ni- Zh. 38: 3–8. trogen cycle. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 67: 5530–5537. Zhivotchenko, A.G., E.S. Nikonova and M.H. Jorgensen. 1995a. Copper Zreik, L., J.M. Bove and M. Garnier. 1998. Phylogenetic characterization effect on the growth kinetics of Methylococcus capsulatus (Bath). of the bacterium-like organism associated with marginal chlorosis of Biotechnol. Tech. 9: 163–168. strawberry and proposition of a Candidatus taxon for the organism, Zhivotchenko, A.G., E.S. Nikonova and M.H. Jorgensen. 1995b. Effect of “Candidatus Phlomobacter fragariae”. Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 48: 257–

fermentation conditions on N2 fixation by Methylococcus capsulatus. 261. Bioprocess Eng. 14: 9–15. Zuber, M., T.A. Hoover and D.L. Court. 1995a. Cloning, sequencing and Zhu, C., J. Harel, F. Dumas and J.M. Fairbrother. 1995. Identification of expression of the dnaJ gene of Coxiella burnetii. Gene 152: 99–102. EaeA protein in the outer membrane of attaching and effacing Esch- Zuber, M., T.A. Hoover, M.T. Dertzbaugh and D.L. Court. 1995b. Analysis erichia coli O45 from pigs. FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 129: 237–242. of the DnaK molecular chaperone system of Francisella tularensis. Gene Zide, N., J. Davis and N.J. Ehrenkranz. 1974. Fulminating Vibrio parahem- 164: 149–152. BIBLIOGRAPHY 1083

Zuerner, R.L. and H.A. Thompson. 1983. Protein synthesis by intact Co- Zychlinsky, A., M.C. Prevost and P.J. Sansonetti. 1992. Shigella flexneri xiella burnetii cells. J. Bacteriol. 156: 186–191. induces apoptosis in infected macrophages. Nature (Lond.) 358: 167– Zulty, J.J. and G.J. Barcak. 1995. Identification of a DNA transformation 169. -expression and supertransformer phe- Zylstra, G.J. 1994. Molecular analysis of aromatic hydrocarbon degrada םgene required for com101A notype in Haemophilus influenzae. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U. S. A. 92: tion. In Garte (Editor), Molecular Environmental Biology, CRC Press, 3616–3620. Boca Raton. 83–115. Zumft, W.G. 1997. Cell biology and molecular basis of denitrification. Zylstra, G.J. and D.T. Gibson. 1991. Aromatic hydrocarbon degradation: Microbiol. Mol. Biol. Rev. 61: 533–616. a molecular approach. In Setlow (Editor), Genetic Engineering, Vol. Zumft, W.G. and H. Ko¨rner. 1997. Enzyme diversity and mosaic gene 13, Plenum Press, New York. 183–203. organization in denitrification. Antonie Leeuwenhoek 71: 43–58. Zylstra, G.J., E. Kim and A.K. Goyal. 1997. Comparative molecular analysis Zuravleff, J.J., V.L. Yu, J.W. Shonnard, B.K. Davis and J.R. Rihs. 1983. of genes for polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon degradation. Genetic Diagnosis of Legionnaires’ disease: an update of laboratory methods Engineering (New York) 19: 257–269. with new emphasis on isolation by culture. JAMA. 250: 1981–1985. Zywno, S.R., J.E.L. Arceneaux, M. Altwegg and B.R. Byers. 1992. Sider- Zych, K., M. Kowalczyk, F.V. Toukach, N.A. Paramonov, A.S. Shashkov, ophore production and DNA hybridization groups of Aeromonas spp. Y.A. Knirel and Z. Sidorczyk. 1997. Structural and immunochemical J. Clin. Microbiol. 30: 619–622. studies on the O-specific polysaccharide of Proteus penneri strain 15. Arch. Immunol. Ther. Exp. (Warsz). 45: 435–441. Index of Scientific Names of Archaea and Bacteria

Key to the fonts and symbols used in this index: Nomenclature Genera, species, and subspecies of bacteria. Every Lower case, Roman bacterial name mentioned in the Manual is listed in the index. Specific epithets are listed individu- ally and also under the genus.* CAPITALS, ROMAN: Names of taxa higher than genus (tribes, families, or- ders, classes, divisions, kingdoms). Pagination Pages on which taxa are mentioned. Roman: Boldface: Indicates page on which the description of a taxon is given.†

* Infrasubspecific names, such as serovars, biovars, and pathovars, are not listed in the index. † A description may not necessarily be given in the Manual for a taxon that is considered as incertae sedis or that is listed in an addendum or note added in proof; however, the page on which the complete citation of such a taxon is given is indicated in boldface type.

1085 Index of Scientific Names of Archaea and Bacteria

abdelmalekii, (Ectothiorhodospira), 51 pleuropneumoniae, 852, 853, 867, 869- jandaei, 557-561, 564, 565, 572, 574 abdelmalekii, (Halorhodospira), 42, 49, 51 878, 881, 892, 902 media, 557-561, 570, 572, 573, 574 abietaniphila, (Pseudomonas), 354, 377 porcinus, 852, 856, 867, 873-875, 877, pastoria, 577 abyssalis, (Idiomarina), 449, 452, 458, 459 878, 881, 896 popoffii, 557-562, 572, 574 Acetivibrio, 514 rossii, 856, 867, 868, 872, 873, 875, 877, proteolytica, 542 Acetobacter, 91, 93 878, 881 punctata, 571 aurantius, 93 salpingitidis, 856, 867, 868, 870, 872, 874- salmonicida, 385, 442, 557-564, 566, 567, ACETOBACTERACEAE, 93 878, 883 569, 570, 573, 574, 575, 578, 590 Achromatium, 131, 142, 143-147, 168 scotiae, 856, 873, 875-878, 881, 882 achromogenes, 559, 563, 569, 573, 575 oxaliferum, 142, 143, 145, 146, 147 seminis, 856, 867, 870-873, 875-878, 882 masoucida, 559, 563, 569, 575 volutans, 146 succinogenes, 856, 869, 873, 875-878, 882 pectinolytica, 575 Achromobacter, 412, 485, 836 suis, 588, 590, 852, 853, 867, 869-873, 875- salmonicida, 559, 563, 569, 575, 578 aquamarinus, 307 878, 881, 882 smithia, 559, 563, 569, 575, 578 harveyi, 535 ureae, 853, 862, 867-870, 872, 873, 875- schubertii, 557-561, 564, 565, 568, 570, nematophilus, 831, 836, 837 878, 883 572, 574, 576, 577 ACHROMOBACTERIACEAE, 493, 515 actinoides, (Actinobacillus), 903 shigelloides, 743 achromogenes, (Necromonas), 575 actinomycetemcomitans, (Actinobacillus), sobria, 557-562, 564-566, 570, 572, 576, Acidaminobacter, 585 856, 867-875, 876, 877-879, 885, 894, 577 Acidianus 896, 898 trota, 557-561, 563-565, 568-570, 572, 576 infernus, 445, 446 actinomycetemcomitans, (Bacterium), 876 veronii, 557-562, 564-566, 568-570, 572, Acidimicrobium, 60 adecarboxylata, (Escherichia), 592, 604, 699- 576, 577 ACIDITHIOBACILLACEAE, 60 701, 716, 717 aerophilum, (Thialkalimicrobium), 193 ACIDITHIOBACILLALES, 1, 60 adecarboxylata, (Leclercia), 592, 598, 604, aerophilum, (Thioalkalimicrobium), 193 Acidithiobacillus, 60, 61, 62 662, 666, 699, 700, 701, 713, 716, 717 aerosaccus, (Enhydrobacter), 416, 441, 442 albertensis, 60, 61 adelaidensis, (Legionella), 215, 217, 218, aeruginosa, (Pseudomonas), 99, 108, 110, caldus, 61 227, 228 111, 114, 115, 117, 203, 223, 241, ferrooxidans, 60, 61, 62 aegyptius, (Bacillus), 900 244, 313, 324-330, 332-339, 341-344, thiooxidans, 60, 61 aegyptius, (Haemophilus), 853, 867, 885- 346, 347, 350, 352, 353, 354, 355-358, acidovorans, (Comamonas), 114, 352 887, 889, 893-897, 899, 900 361, 371, 387, 388, 393, 399, 411, 708 Acidovorax, 371 Aerobacter, 665, 684, 691 aeruginosum, (Bacterium), 324, 354 avenae, 371 aerogenes, 664, 665, 691 aestuarianus, (Vibrio), 520, 521, 524, 529, cattleyae, 371 cloacae, 665, 682 530, 542 citrulli, 371 lipolyticus, 807 Afipia konjaci, 371 liquefaciens, 666, 807 felis, 241 Acinetobacter, 403, 411-416, 425, 426-435, oxytocum, 691 africana, (Stenotrophomonas), 108-112, 437, 438, 803, 860 aerofoetidum, (Clostridium), 579 114, 115 baumannii, 241, 244, 414, 428, 429, 432- aerogenes, (Aerobacter), 664, 665, 691 agarici, (Pseudomonas), 347, 352, 353, 358, 434, 435 aerogenes, (Bacillus), 665 359 calcoaceticus, 414, 425, 426, 429, 430, aerogenes, (Enterobacter), 591, 597, 604, agarolyticus, (Alterococcus), 591, 625 432-434, 435 605, 648, 662, 663, 665, 666, 684, agglomerans, (Bacillus), 716 haemolyticus, 414, 433, 435 686, 688, 689, 691, 693, 743, 805, 840 agglomerans, (Enterobacter), 592, 604, 605, johnsonii, 414, 427, 433, 434, 435 aerogenes, (Klebsiella), 604, 666, 691 643, 662, 663, 666, 681, 700, 701, junii, 414, 433, 436 aerogenes, (Pasteurella), 856, 858, 862, 865, 713-717, 815, 827, 840, 906 lwoffii, 414, 433, 434, 436 867, 868, 875, 876 agglomerans, (Pantoea), 592, 599, 605, 643, radioresistens, 414, 426, 430, 433, 436 aerogenes, (Vibrio), 519, 524 677, 713-716, 717, 718, 719 venetianus, 414, 430, 437 AEROMONADACEAE, 355, 492, 493, 556, agile, (Methylomicrobium), 262, 263, 264, Actinobacillus, 580, 851-853, 855, 856, 860, 569, 584, 588, 590, 743, 851, 852, 867 266 866, 867-872, 874-878, 881, 896, 903- , 1, 493, 556, 582 agilis, (Azomonas), 379-382, 383, 392, 397 908, 912 Aeromonas, 403, 442, 447, 492-494, 509, agilis, (Azotobacter), 379, 383, 384, 401 actinoides, 903 511, 513-515, 533, 534, 548, 556, 557, agilis, (Methylobacter), 262, 263 actinomycetemcomitans, 856, 867-875, 558-574, 576, 577, 580, 588, 590, 695, agni, (Haemophilus), 887, 898, 899, 904 876, 877-879, 885, 894, 896, 898 737, 740, 743, 821 agrestis, (Buttiauxella), 591, 595, 641-643, arthritidis, 853, 867, 870, 873, 875, 877, allosaccharophila, 557-561, 571, 572 644, 645 878, 879 arequipensis, 577 Agrobacterium, 70 capsulatus, 853, 856, 867, 870, 873, 875- bestiarum, 557-561, 565, 570, 572 alba, (Beggiatoa), 139, 148-157, 159, 160, 878, 879, 896 caviae, 557-562, 564, 565, 567, 568, 570- 161, 171 delphinicola, 856, 873, 875-878, 879 572, 573 alba, (Oscillatoria), 160 equuli, 588, 590, 853, 867-873, 875-878, culicicola, 571 albensis, (Vibrio), 519 880, 882 dechromatica, 577 albertensis, (Acidithiobacillus), 60, 61 hominis, 853, 867, 868, 870, 873, 875-878, encheleia, 557-562, 570, 572, 573 albertis, (Thiobacillus), 60, 61 880 enteropelogenes, 559, 569-571, 576 albilineans, (Bacterium), 76 indolicus, 852, 856, 867, 873-875, 877, eucrenophila, 557-561, 570-572, 573 albilineans, (Xanthomonas), 67-69, 71-75, 878, 880, 896 guangheii, 577 76, 77, 78, 86 lignieresii, 853, 867, 869-875, 876, 877, hydrophila, 110, 513, 515, 542, 557-562, album, (Methylomicrobium), 263, 264, 266, 878, 880, 882, 896, 898, 911 564-567, 570, 571, 572, 578 268 minor, 852, 853, 869, 873-875, 877, 878, dhakensis, 571 albus, (Methylobacter), 264 880, 896 proteolytica, 542 alcalifaciens, (Eberthella), 753, 758 muris, 856, 867, 870, 873, 875-878, 880, ranae, 571 alcalifaciens, (Providencia), 592, 599, 605, 881 ichthiosmia, 559, 569, 570, 577 753-757, 758, 759

1087 1088 INDEX OF SCIENTIFIC NAMES OF ARCHAEA AND BACTERIA

Alcaligenes, 464 thalassomethanica, 446 antarctica, (Pseudoalteromonas), 458, 468, aquamarinus, 307 thalassomethanolica, 192 469, 470, 472, 473 cupidus, 308 undina, 478 antarctica, (Psychromonas), 478, 479 pacificus, 311 vaga, 288, 289, 446 antibioticus, (Lysobacter), 94-99, 100 alcaligenes, (Pseudomonas), 114, 325, 328, alvei, (Bacillus), 891 antimicrobica, (Pseudomonas), 354, 378 346, 347, 352, 353, 358, 359, 360, 371 alvei, (Enterobacter), 684 aphidicola, (Buchnera), 591, 633, 638 venustus, 313 alvei, (Hafnia), 591, 598, 604, 605, 614, 666, aphidicola, (Erwinia), 591, 677 ALCANIVORACEAE, 270, 295, 296 682-684, 685, 706, 710-713, 732, 760, aphrophilus, (Haemophilus), 856, 867-872, Alcanivorax, 270, 295, 296-299 804, 821, 838, 845, 846, 849 874-876, 885-889, 893-899, 900, 903 borkumensis, 295, 296, 298, 299 amalonatica, (Levinea), 591, 653, 654 aquaeolei, (Arhodomonas), 2, 41, 43, 48, 49 jadensis, 296-298, 299 amalonaticus, (Citrobacter), 591, 596, 603- aquaeolei, (Marinobacter), 460, 461, 462 profundus, 296 605, 651-653, 654, 655 aquamarina, (Deleya), 307 aldovae, (Yersinia), 593, 602, 815, 838, 840- amazonensis, (Shewanella), 483-485, 488, aquamarina, (Halomonas), 283, 303-305, 842, 846 489 307, 463 algae, (Shewanella), 447, 455, 481-486, 487, ambigua, (Shigella), 815 aquamarinus, (Achromobacter), 307 488 americana, (Ewingella), 591, 597, 604, 644, aquamarinus, (Alcaligenes), 307 alginolytica, (Beneckea), 515, 530 666, 680, 681, 716 Aquamonas, 641 alginolytica, (Oceanomonas), 530 Aminobacter, 355 Aquaspirillum, 179, 271-273, 275 alginolyticus, (Vibrio), 496-498, 501, 504, aminovorans, (Pseudomonas), 355 aquatica, (Budvicia), 591, 595, 639, 640, 505, 507, 510, 513, 515, 516, 520, amnigenus, (Enterobacter), 591, 597, 662, 641, 745 521, 524, 528, 529, 530, 532, 535, 664, 667, 668 aquatile, (Flavobacterium), 283 537-540, 543-545 Amoebobacter, 19, 22, 26, 27, 32 aquatilis, (Rahnella), 592, 600, 666, 681, algosus, (Vibrio), 541 bacillosus, 32, 33 713, 716, 732, 760-762, 763 Alishewanella, 443, 447, 479 pedioformis, 35 Aquimonas, 641 fetalis, 447 pendens, 26, 28 arabinotarda, (Shigella), 815 alkalicus, (Nitrobacter), 55 purpureus, 19, 22, 23 araucae, (Thioploca), 159, 171-174, 177 alkaliphilus, (Methylobacter), 259, 261 roseus, 26, 28, 32 arboricola, (Xanthomonas), 67-69, 71-73, alliicola, (Pseudomonas), 363 ampelina, (Xanthomonas), 74 75-78, 79, 80, 83, 84, 87, 88 Allochromatium, 5, 7, 12, 13, 26, 29, 40, amygdali, (Pseudomonas), 347, 352, 353, ARCHAEA, 143, 562 816, 834 359, 361, 364, 369, 373, 374 arctica, (Psychromonas), 479, 480 minutissimum, 7, 13 amylogenes, (Bacteroides), 585 arctophila, (Thiothrix), 141 vinosum, 2, 5-7, 12, 13, 58, 816, 834 amylolytica, (Succinimonas), 585, 586, 587 arequipensis, (Aeromonas), 577 warmingii, 6, 7, 13, 14, 23 amylophilus, (Bacteroides), 584-586 Arhodomonas, 2, 3, 41-43, 48, 49, 52 Allomonas, 492, 515 amylophilus, (Ruminobacter), 580, 584, 585, aquaeolei, 2, 41, 43, 48, 49 enterica, 492, 515 586 Arizona allosaccharophila, (Aeromonas), 557-561, amylovora, (Erwinia), 591, 670, 672-675, hinshawii, 606 571, 572 677, 679, 714, 715, 803 arizonae, (Paracolobactrum), 799 alni, (Brenneria), 591, 629, 630-632 amylovorum, (Bacterium), 670 arizonae, (Salmonella), 592, 799 alni, (Erwinia), 591, 629, 675 amylovorus, (Bacillus), 670 armadillidii, (Rickettsiella), 243, 245-247 , 1, 4, 6, 55, 67, amylovorus, (Bacterium), 670 armeniacus, (Azotobacter), 384, 387, 389, 138, 184, 240, 242, 246, 248, 275, amylovorus, (Micrococcus), 670, 677 390, 395-397, 401 276, 281, 293, 323, 389, 399, 400 Anacystis Arsenophonus, 587, 588, 603, 626, 627, 738 alpica, (Balneatrix), 241, 282, 283, 284 nidulans, 152 nasoniae, 591, 626, 627, 628, 730, 732, Alterococcus, 625 Anaerobiospirillum, 580, 581, 582, 583, 585, 831 agarolyticus, 591, 625 586 triatominarum, 591, 603, 626-628, 645, ALTEROMONADACEAE, 296, 443, 444, succiniciproducens, 582, 583 720, 826 446, 459, 461, 467, 470, 481, 485, thomasii, 582, 583 arthritidis, (Actinobacillus), 853, 867, 870, 493, 588, 852 Anaerovibrio, 514, 581 873, 875, 877, 878, 879 ALTEROMONADALES, 1, 443, 444, 458, ananas, (Bacillus), 716, 719 Arthrobacter, 99 467, 481, 493 ananas, (Erwinia), 592, 605, 665, 675, 713, marinus, 310 Alteromonas, 287, 288, 305, 407, 408, 443, asaccharolyticus, (Bacteroides), 585 444, 445, 446, 449, 455-460, 463, 465, 716, 717, 719 469, 470, 479, 481, 483, 485, 487, ananas, (Pantoea), 592, 665, 717, 719 asburiae, (Enterobacter), 591, 597, 662-664, 548, 580, 738, 851, 867 ananatis, (Erwinia), 716 666, 668, 804, 815, 840 atlantica, 471 ananatis, (Pantoea), 592, 665, 713-715, 717, ascorbata, (Kluyvera), 592, 598, 604, 643, aurantia, 471 718, 719, 720 694-696, 697, 698, 827 carrageenovora, 475 Anaplasma asiaticus, (Bacillus), 684 citrea, 475 phagocytophilum, 244 asplenii, (Phytomonas), 361 colwelliana, 446, 489 anatis, (Pasteurella), 856, 857, 859, 861-863, asplenii, (Pseudomonas), 352, 354, 361 communis, 284, 288, 289, 446 864, 865, 867, 876 asymbiotica, (Photorhabdus), 592, 734, 735, denitrificans, 475 Ancalomicrobium, 442 737, 738, 739 distincta, 470, 476 anguillara, (Beneckea), 530, 539 atlantae, (Moraxella), 412-416, 422, 423, 424 elyakovii, 470, 476 anguillara, (Listonella), 530 atlantica, (Alteromonas), 471 espejiana, 476 anguillarum, (Listonella), 492, 495, 515-517, atlantica, (Pseudoalteromonas), 468, 469, fuliginea, 470, 475 530 471, 472, 473 haloplanktis, 467, 470 anguillarum, (Vibrio), 492, 495, 496, 499, atlanticum, (Spirillum), 280 hanedai, 446, 487, 490, 548 501, 503, 504, 507, 515-517, 519-521, atroseptica, (Erwinia), 592 infernus, 445, 446, 447 524, 530, 531, 539-541, 544 atrosepticus, (Bacillus), 723 luteoviolacea, 476 anguillimortifera, (Edwardsiella), 591, 660 auensis, (Tolumonas), 556, 578, 579, 580 macleodii, 444, 445, 446, 447, 452, 457, anguillimortiferum, (Paracolobactrum), 660 aurantia, (Alteromonas), 471 463, 469, 470 anguilliseptica, (Pseudomonas), 361 aurantia, (Frateuria), 91, 92, 93,94 fijiensis, 445, 446, 447 angustum, (Photobacterium), 522, 523, 546, aurantia, (Pseudoalteromonas), 463, 467, nigrifaciens, 477 547, 548, 549, 551, 552 468, 470, 471, 474, 475 putrefaciens, 481, 487, 786 anisa, (Legionella), 211, 213, 215, 217, 218, aurantiaca, (Methylomonas), 265, 266, 267 rubra, 408, 478 220, 222, 227, 228, 229 aurantiaca, (Pseudomonas), 361, 365 tetraodonis, 478 anitratum, (Bacterium), 412 aurantius, (Acetobacter), 93 INDEX OF SCIENTIFIC NAMES OF ARCHAEA AND BACTERIA 1089 aureofaciens, (Pseudomonas), 327, 339, 352, equuli, 880 barkeri, (Pseudomonas), 373 363, 365 fluorescens, 365 aureus, (Staphylococcus), 110, 244, 313, gallinarum, 798 henselae, 241 874, 881, 888, 889, 891, 903 hydrophilus, 557, 571 Bartonella avellanae, (Pseudomonas), 328, 361, 362 lacunatus, 417 quintana, 241, 244 avenae, (Acidovorax), 371 lathyr, 716 BARTONELLACEAE, 240 avenae, (Pseudomonas), 371 milletiae, 716 baumannii, (Acinetobacter), 241, 244, 414, avium, (Haemophilus), 862, 864, 865, 887, morgani, 707, 709 428, 429, 432-434, 435 896, 899 mucosus, 691, 692 baumannii, (Oceanimonas), 578 avium, (Pasteurella), 853, 856-859, 861-863, oxytocus, 691, 693 baumannii, (Oceanimonas), 578, 579 864, 865, 867, 876, 896 ozaenae, 692 Bdellovibrio, 445, 503, 514 axonoperis, (Xanthomonas), 79 pseudotuberculosis, 848 beddingii, (Xenorhabdus), 593, 605, 815, axonopodis, (Xanthomonas), 66-78, 79, 80- pumilus, 891 831-833, 835, 837 88 putidus, 371 Beggiatoa, 104, 131, 132, 134, 139, 142, 144, ayucida, (Pseudomonas), 354 schottmuelleri, 798 145, 148, 149-161, 168-173, 175, 176, Azoarcus, 389 subtilis, 99 178 Azomonas, 323, 353, 354, 379, 381-384, 388, tracheiphilus, 679 alba, 139, 148-157, 159, 160, 161, 171 392-395, 398-400 typhi, 798 gigantea, 159 agilis, 379-382, 383, 392, 397 BACTERIA, 143, 144, 170, 200, 682, 741 leptomitiformis, 159, 160 jakutiae, 384 bacteriolytica, (Pseudoalteromonas), 473 minima, 159 insignis, 379-382, 383 Bacterium, 205, 695 mirabilis, 158-160 macrocytogenes, 380-383, 384, 393, 397, actinomycetemcomitans, 876 nivea, 132, 138 399 aeruginosum, 324, 354 beggiatoides, (Vitreoscilla), 149, 159 Azomonotrichon, 399 albilineans, 76 Beijerinckia, 399, 400, 406 macrocytogenes, 399 amylovorum, 670 beijerinckii, (Azotobacter), 386-390, 392, Azorhizophilus, 399 amylovorus, 670 394-397, 401 paspali, 401 anitratum, 412 beijerinckii, (Oceanospirillum), 272-279, Azotobacter, 250, 258, 261, 323, 354, 379- cadaveria, 684 280, 291, 293 383, 384, 385, 387-390, 392-402 cloacae, 665 beijerinckii, (Pseudomonas), 355 agilis, 379, 383, 384, 401 enteritidis, 787 beijerinckii, (Spirillum,), 280 armeniae, 401 enterocoliticum, 847 beijerinckii, (Spirillum), 280 jakutiae, 384 fragi, 365 bellii, (Rickettsia), 637 armeniacus, 384, 387, 389, 390, 395-397, freundii, 651, 654 Beneckea, 493, 515, 541 401 haemoglobinophilus, 901 alginolytica, 515, 530 beijerinckii, 386-390, 392, 394-397, 401 herbicola, 714, 716 anguillara, 530, 539 acidotolerans, 401 influenzae, 883, 898 campbellii, 515, 531 chroococcum, 254, 265, 382, 384-397, lactis, 691 gazogenes, 515, 534 399, 400, 401, 402 marginale, 368 harveyi, 515, 535 insignis, 383 paratyphi, 798 natriegens, 515, 537 macrocytogenes, 384 pestis, 838, 846 nereida, 515, 538 miscellum, 402 plymuthicum, 810 nereis, 515 nigricans, 384-387, 389, 390, 392, 395, pullorum, 798 nigripulchritudo, 515, 539 397, 401 rettgeri, 758 parahaemolytica, 515, 540 achromogenes, 401 rhinoscleromatis, 692 pelagia, 515, 540, 541 nigricans, 401 rubidaeum, 805, 810 splendida, 515, 542 paspali, 384-390, 392-399, 401 salicis, 628, 629 vulnifica, 515, 544 salinestris, 388-390, 392, 394, 395, 397, salmonicida, 574, 575 benthica, (Shewanella), 452, 481-485, 487, 399, 402 shigae, 815 488 vinelandii, 335, 341, 354, 380, 382, 384- sonnei, 823 bercovieri, (Yersinia), 593, 602, 815, 838, 397, 399-401, 402 stutzeri, 373 840-842, 844, 846 vitreus, 401 tularense, 200, 207 bestiarum, (Aeromonas), 557-561, 565, 570, armeniae, 401 typhimurium, 798 572 AZOTOBACTERACEAE, 399, 400 BACTEROIDACEAE, 585 , 1, 6, 67, 74, 124, azotoformans, (Pseudomonas), 362 Bacteroides, 124, 125, 129, 585 126, 129-131, 143, 158, 191, 192, 389, Azotomonas, 353 amylogenes, 585 400, 830 amylophilus, 584-586 beteli, (Pseudomonas), 109, 355 bacillosum, (Thiodictyon), 4, 9, 32, 33 asaccharolyticus, 585 bettyae, (Pasteurella), 856, 857, 862, 865, bacillosus, (Amoebobacter), 32, 33 distasonis, 585 867, 868, 870, 875 Bacillus, 339, 346, 515, 585, 851 fragilis, 223, 224, 585 bifermentans, (Clostridium), 125 aegyptius, 900 melaninogenicus, 585 billingiae, (Erwinia), 591, 672-675, 678 aerogenes, 665 nodosus, 123, 127, 129, 130 bipunctata, (Thiospira), 179 agglomerans, 716 ovatus, 585 bipunctata, (Thiospira), 178, 179 alvei, 891 ruminicola, 585 birminghamensis, (Legionella), 211, 215, amylovorus, 670 succinogenes, 585 217, 227, 229, 234, 236 ananas, 716, 719 thetaiotaomicron, 585 blattae, (Escherichia), 591, 595, 607-609, asiaticus, 684 uniformis, 585 623, 624, 711, 712, 815, 840 atrosepticus, 723 vulgatus, 585 blattae, (Rickettsiella), 243, 247 campestris, 66, 76 BACTEROIDETES (phylum), 129 boevrei, (Moraxella), 412-414, 423 carotovorus, 721, 722 balearica, (Ferrimonas), 455, 456, 479, 482, bongori, (Salmonella), 592, 600, 606, 607, cereus, 110, 223 485 765, 784, 785, 787, 799, 815, 840 chlororaphis, 362 balearica, (Pseudomonas), 352, 358, 362, Bordetella, 125, 482 cholerae, 764, 787 373 pertussis, 223, 241, 371, 858 cloacae, 662, 666 ballerup, (Salmonella), 653 boreopolis, (Pseudomonas), 355 coli, 607, 623 Balneatrix, 271, 282, 283, 284 borkumensis, (Alcanivorax), 295, 296, 298, cypripedii, 730 alpica, 241, 282, 283, 284 299 dysenteriae, 812, 822 baltica, (Shewanella), 455, 481-487, 488 Borrelia 1090 INDEX OF SCIENTIFIC NAMES OF ARCHAEA AND BACTERIA

burgdorferi, 636 caldus, (Thiobacillus), 61 gilvus, 402 bovienii, (Xenorhabdus), 593, 605, 815, Calymmatobacterium, 587, 588, 645, 647, mixtus, 402, 403 831-833, 835, 837 648 dextranolyticus, 403 bovis, (Methylococcus), 256, 258-260 granulomatis, 591, 646, 647, 648, 686, mixtus, 403 bovis, (Moraxella), 325, 411-414, 417-423 689, 692, 693 vulgaris, 402, 403 bovis, (Streptococcus), 905 campbellii, (Beneckea), 515, 531 cepacia, (Burkholderia), 111, 113, 114, 241, bovista, (Thiobacterium), 169 campbellii, (Vibrio), 499, 504, 516, 520, 521, 331, 333-335, 338, 342, 345, 363 boydii, (Shigella), 593, 601, 603, 605, 607, 524, 531, 532, 538, 541, 543, 544 cepacia, (Pseudomonas), 333 742, 812-819, 821, 822, 823 campestris, (Bacillus), 66, 76 cereus, (Bacillus), 110, 223 bozemanii, (Legionella), 211, 213, 215, 217- campestris, (Xanthomonas), 66-75, 76, 77- cetonidarum, (Rickettsiella), 243, 247 219, 221, 225, 227, 228, 229, 230, 90, 93, 113, 117, 118, 120, 122, 129 ceylonensis, (Shigella), 815 231, 233, 234, 236, 747 campisalis, (Halomonas), 303, 304, 307 chaffeensis, (Ehrlichia), 241, 244 braakii, (Citrobacter), 591, 596, 651-654, Campylobacter, 224, 271, 514, 582, 583, 746, chejuensis, (Hahella), 300 655 749 cheraxi, (Coxiella), 240 Bradyrhizobium, 355 fetus, 241, 514 cherrii, (Legionella), 213, 215, 217, 227, BRANHAMACEAE, 412 jejuni, 849 229, 230, 232-234 Branhamella, 412 canadensis, (Chromohalobacter), 305, 306, chichorii, (Pseudomonas), 353 catarrhalis, 420 316, 318 chileae, (Thioploca), 159, 171-174, 178 brennerae, (Buttiauxella), 591, 595, 642, canadensis, (Halomonas), 309, 316, 318 chilensis, (Thiomicrospira), 194-196, 197 644 cancerogena, (Erwinia), 591, 603, 664, 668, chironomi, (Porochlamydia), 246 Brenneria, 604, 628, 629-632, 670, 671, 675, 675 chironomi, (Rickettsiella), 242-246, 247 676, 713, 721, 722 cancerogenus, (Enterobacter), 591, 597, Chlamydia, 240, 241, 245, 246, 425, 647 alni, 591, 629, 630-632 603, 662-665, 667, 668, 669 pneumoniae, 244 nigrifluens, 591, 628-631, 632 canis, (Moraxella), 413, 414, 419, 420 psittaci, 244 paradisiaca, 591, 629-631, 632 canis, (Pasteurella), 853, 857-863, 864, 865, trachomatis, 244 quercina, 591, 628-632, 633 867 CHLAMYDIALES, 245 rubrifaciens, 591, 628-632, 633 cannabina, (Pseudomonas), 374, 375, 378 Chlorobacter salicis, 591, 628, 629, 630-632 caprae, (Moraxella), 411-414, 420 marginale, 368 broegbernensis, (Pseudoxanthomonas), capsulatus, (Actinobacillus), 853, 856, 867, chlororaphis, (Bacillus), 362 105, 117, 118 870, 873, 875-878, 879, 896 chlororaphis, (Pseudomonas), 325, 327, bromi, (Xanthomonas), 77, 78, 83 capsulatus, (Methylobacter), 256 328, 339, 352, 353, 355-357, 361, 362, Brucella, 108, 125, 203, 205, 206, 840 capsulatus, (Methylococcus), 91, 254-256, 363, 365, 366 melitensis, 244 257, 269 cholerae, (Bacillus), 764, 787 brunensis, (Legionella), 213, 215, 217, 227, carboxydohydrogena, (Pseudomonas), 355 cholerae, (Vibrio), 294, 325, 492, 494-499, 229, 236 carboxydovorans, (Pseudomonas), 355 501-516, 519, 520, 521, 524, 528, 529, brunescens, (Lysobacter), 95, 97-99, 100 carchariae, (Vibrio), 504, 505, 535, 536 532, 534, 537, 545, 548, 563, 565, Buchnera, 588, 633, 634-638, 829 CARDIOBACTERIACEAE, 123, 124-127, 569, 577, 658, 660, 684 aphidicola, 591, 633, 638 129, 130, 867 choleraesuis, (Salmonella), 592, 593, 595- buderi, (Chromatium), 16 CARDIOBACTERIALES, 1, 123 602, 606, 745, 764, 787, 799, 815, 840 buderi, (Isochromatium), 6, 8, 16,23 Cardiobacterium, 123, 124-127, 129, 130 CHROMATIACEAE, 2, 3, 4-20, 23-26, 28-30, Budvicia, 639, 640, 641, 680, 696, 745, 826 hominis, 123-125, 126, 130 32-41, 44, 45, 50 aquatica, 591, 595, 639, 640, 641, 745 caricapapayae, (Pseudomonas), 353, 362 CHROMATIALES, 1,2 burgdorferi, (Borrelia), 636 carnegieana, (Erwinia), 675 Chromatium, 2, 3, 5-7, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16-18, Burkholderia, 70, 293, 343, 362, 369, 371, Carnimonas, 300, 313, 314, 315, 317 20, 22-24, 26, 28, 29, 32, 34-37, 39, 373 nigrificans, 313, 314, 315 40, 45, 142 caryophylli, 345 carotae, (Xanthomonas), 71 buderi, 16 cepacia, 111, 113, 114, 241, 331, 333-335, carotovora, (Erwinia), 68, 592, 605, 675, glycolicum, 15 338, 342, 345, 363 679, 716, 721-723, 728-730, 732 gracile, 20 gladioli, 345, 363 carotovorum, (Pectobacterium), 592, 676, minus, 30, 31 mallei, 114 721, 722, 723-729 minutissimum, 13 pseudomallei, 113, 114 carotovorus, (Bacillus), 721, 722 okenii, 6, 7, 10, 11, 12, 23 burneti, (Rickettsia), 240 carrageenovora, (Alteromonas), 475 purpuratum, 21 burnetii, (Coxiella), 184, 201, 210, 212, 237- carrageenovora, (Pseudoalteromonas), 468, salexigens, 14, 15 239, 240, 241, 242, 244-247 469, 472, 473, 475 tepidum, 24, 25 buthi, (Porochlamydia), 243, 246 caryophylli, (Burkholderia), 345 vinosum, 12, 13, 189, 195, 816, 834 buthi, (Rickettsiella), 243, 245, 247 cassavae, (Xanthomonas), 66, 73, 76-80, 83, violascens, 30, 31 Buttiauxella, 594, 604, 641, 642-645, 695- 84, 88 warmingii, 13 698, 713, 761 catarrhalis, (Branhamella), 420 weissei, 4, 6, 7, 10, 11, 12,23 agrestis, 591, 595, 641-643, 644, 645 catarrhalis, (Mikrokokkus), 420 Chromobacterium, 316 brennerae, 591, 595, 642, 644 catarrhalis, (Moraxella), 411-414, 420, 421- marismortui, 316 ferragutiae, 591, 595, 642, 644 423 Chromohalobacter, 300, 314, 316, 317, 318, gaviniae, 591, 595, 642, 644, 645 catarrhalis, (Neisseria), 412 320-322 izardii, 591, 595, 642, 644, 645 CAULOBACTERALES, 104 canadensis, 305, 306, 316, 318 noackiae, 591, 595, 642-644, 645 caviae, (Aeromonas), 557-562, 564, 565, 567, israelensis, 305, 306, 316, 318 warmboldiae, 591, 595, 642, 644, 645 568, 570-572, 573 marismortui, 316, 317, 318, 322 Butyrivibrio, 514 caviae, (Moraxella), 411-414, 420, 421 salexigens, 316 caviae, (Neisseria), 421 salexigens, 307, 316, 318, 319 caballi, (Pasteurella), 856, 862, 866 Cedecea, 591, 596, 604, 648, 649-651, 659, chroococcum, (Azotobacter), 254, 265, 382, cacticida, (Erwinia), 592, 675, 729 680, 838 384-397, 399, 400, 401, 402 cacticida, (Pectobacterium), 592, 723-726, davisae, 591, 595, 648, 649, 650, 651, 681 chroococcus, (Methylococcus), 256, 259 729 lapagei, 591, 595, 649, 650 chrysanthemi, (Erwinia), 588, 590, 592, 675, cadaveria, (Bacterium), 684 neteri, 591, 596, 648, 649, 650 729 calcoaceticus, (Acinetobacter), 414, 425, cedrella, (Pseudomonas), 354, 362 chrysanthemi, (Pectobacterium), 592, 721- 426, 429, 430, 432-434, 435 Cellulomonas, 297, 403 726, 729, 730 calcoaceticus, (Micrococcus), 425, 435 Cellvibrio, 302, 323, 402, 403, 514 Chryseomonas, 349-351, 368 caldus, (Acidithiobacillus), 61 fulvus, 402, 403 luteola, 368 INDEX OF SCIENTIFIC NAMES OF ARCHAEA AND BACTERIA 1091 cichorii, (Phytomonas), 363 833, 839, 840, 843, 845, 860, 870, dagmatis, (Pasteurella), 852, 853, 857-863, cichorii, (Pseudomonas), 347, 352, 359, 363, 889-891, 906 864, 866, 867, 875 364 Colwellia, 443, 444, 447, 448-453, 458, 459, damsela, (Listonella), 515, 516, 532, 548 cincinnatiensis, (Legionella), 211, 215, 217, 479, 485, 493 damsela, (Vibrio), 495, 500, 503, 505, 507, 218, 220, 227, 230, 232, 236 demingiae, 448-452, 453 508, 510, 513, 515, 517, 519-525, 527- cincinnatiensis, (Vibrio), 505, 510, 516, 520, hadaliensis, 448-451, 453 529, 532, 533, 534, 536, 548, 550 521, 524, 528, 529, 531, 545, 546 hornerae, 448-452, 453 damselae, (Photobacterium), 495, 505, 510, cissicola, (Pseudomonas), 354 maris, 448-453, 454 513, 515, 517, 519-523, 525, 527-529, citrarefaciens, (Pseudomonas), 373 psychrerythraea, 447-451, 452, 453 532, 546-548, 549, 550-552 citrea, (Alteromonas), 475 psychrotropica, 448-453, 454 dauci, (Rhizobacter), 404, 406 citrea, (Pantoea), 592, 714, 715, 717, 718, rossensis, 448-453, 454 daucus, (Rhizobacter), 404, 406 719 colwelliana, (Alteromonas), 446, 489 davisae, (Cedecea), 591, 595, 648, 649, 650, citrea, (Pseudoalteromonas), 463, 467-470, colwelliana, (Shewanella), 286, 446, 463, 651, 681 474, 475 481-484, 487, 489 dechromatica, (Aeromonas), 577 citri, (Xanthomonas), 80 COMAMONADACEAE, 355 defluvii, (Thiothrix), 132, 136, 139 citriputealis, (Pseudomonas), 373 Comamonas, 113 Delaya Citrobacter, 580, 590, 591, 603, 639, 643, acidovorans, 114, 352 salina, 312 651, 652-655, 659, 660, 682, 704, 745, testosteroni, 114 Delaya 806, 815, 840 commune, (Oceanospirillum), 271, 275, venusta, 313 amalonaticus, 591, 596, 603-605, 651-653, 283, 288 Deleya, 283, 300, 303, 463 654, 655 communis, (Alteromonas), 284, 288, 289, aquamarina, 307 braakii, 591, 596, 651-654, 655 446 cupida, 308 diversum, 653 communis, (Marinomonas), 271, 275, 283- halophila, 309 diversus, 590, 591, 596, 603, 604, 653 288, 289, 446, 463 marina, 310 farmeri, 591, 596, 603, 651, 653-655, 656 compransoris, (Pseudomonas), 355 pacifica, 311 freundii, 589-591, 596, 603-605, 607, 612, concretivorus, (Thiobacillus), 61 delphinicola, (Actinobacillus), 856, 873, 614, 651-653, 654, 655, 745, 786 conorii, (Rickettsia), 241, 242, 244 875-878, 879 gillenii, 591, 596, 654, 655, 656 corallyticum, (Phormidium), 157 DELTAPROTEOBACTERIA, 1, 55, 389 intermedium, 653 coronafaciens, (Pseudomonas), 352, 353, demingiae, (Colwellia), 448-452, 453 intermedius, 653 375 denitrificans, (Alteromonas), 475 koseri, 591, 596, 603, 605, 651-655, 656 corrodens, (Eikenella), 125, 241, 894 denitrificans, (Kingella), 125 murliniae, 591, 596, 654, 655, 656 corrugata, (Pseudomonas), 347, 349, 353, denitrificans, (Pseudoalteromonas), 463, rodentium, 591, 596, 614, 651-655, 656 359, 360, 363 467-469, 474, 475 sedlakii, 591, 596, 651, 653-655, 656 Corynebacterium, 125 denitrificans, (Thialkalivibrio), 56 werkmanii, 591, 596, 651-655, 656 insidiosum, 345 denitrificans, (Thioalkalivibrio), 56 youngae, 591, 596, 651-655, 656 costicola, (Salinivibrio), 499, 502-504, 507, denitrificans, (Thiomicrospira), 195, 196, citronellolis, (Pseudomonas), 352, 363 515, 516, 522, 523, 526, 552, 553, 199 citrophila, (Escherichia), 695 554, 555 Derxia, 399, 400 citrophila, (Kluyvera), 694-696 costicola, (Vibrio), 515, 552-554 desiderata, (Halomonas), 303, 304, 308 clara, (Methylomonas), 266 costicolus, (Vibrio), 553 Desulfonema, 169, 170, 175 Cloaca, 665 cowanii, (Enterobacter), 662, 667, 668, 669, Desulfovibrio, 514 cloacae, 665 desulfuricans, 251 713, 717 cloacae, (Aerobacter), 665, 682 desulfuricans, (Desulfovibrio), 251 Coxiella, 184, 237, 240, 241, 246 cloacae, (Bacillus), 662, 666 Devosia, 355 burnetii, 184, 201, 210, 212, 237-239, 240, cloacae, (Bacterium), 665 dextrinosolvens, (Succinivibrio), 581, 582, 241, 242, 244-247 cloacae, (Cloaca), 665 585 cheraxi, 240 cloacae, (Enterobacter), 591, 597, 604, 605, diabolicus, (Vibrio), 496, 499, 500, 524, 532 popilliae, 242, 247 662-665, 666, 667-669, 691, 713-716, diazotrophicus, (Vibrio), 520, 521, 524, 532, COXIELLACEAE, 210, 237 786, 805, 840 533, 545 crassificans, (Rickettsiella), 243 Clostridium, 580, 585 Dichelobacter, 123, 124, 126, 127, 129, 130 cruciviae, (Pseudomonas), 429 aerofoetidum, 579 nodosus, 123, 124, 127, 128, 129, 130, 325 crunogena, (Thiomicrospira), 194, 196, 197, bifermentans, 125 disciformis, (Thiothrix), 136, 138, 139 Cobetia, 300 198 dispersa, (Pantoea), 592, 599, 713, 714, 717, Coccobacillus cryocrescens, (Kluyvera), 592, 598, 604, 643, 718, 719 ducreyi, 901 694-696, 697, 698 dissolvens, (Enterobacter), 591, 597, 662, cochleae, (Kluyvera), 592, 593, 604, 605, cryophilus, (Micrococcus), 438 663, 665, 666, 668, 669 643, 662, 666, 694, 698 cucurbitae, (Xanthomonas), 77, 78, 80, 83, dissolvens, (Erwinia), 591, 665, 669, 675, codiaei, (Xanthomonas), 77, 78, 83 86 716 cohaerens, (Leucothrix), 135 culicicola, (Aeromonas), 571 dissolvens, (Phytomonas), 669 coli, (Bacillus), 607, 623 cuniculi, (Moraxella), 412-414, 420, 421 distasonis, (Bacteroides), 585 coli, (Escherichia), 3, 42, 66, 71, 99, 108, cuniculi, (Neisseria), 421 distincta, (Alteromonas), 470, 476 110, 111, 117, 120, 123, 136, 139, cupida, (Deleya), 308 distincta, (Pseudoalteromonas), 476 143, 157, 176, 186, 194, 200, 201, cupida, (Halomonas), 303-305, 308, 463 diversum, (Citrobacter), 653 203, 238, 241, 244, 291, 296, 301, cupidus, (Alcaligenes), 308 diversus, (Citrobacter), 590, 591, 596, 603, 313, 314, 322, 325, 331, 332, 335, cuprinus, (Thiobacillus), 62 604, 653 336, 338, 339, 346, 348, 351, 352, cyclitrophicus, (Vibrio), 524, 532 donaldsonii, (Legionella), 236 373, 385, 386, 388, 393-395, 399, 408, Cycloclasticus, 180, 184, 185-188, 192, 252, Donovania, 647 419, 426-428, 439, 452, 455, 469, 496, 293, 294 granulomatis, 647 504, 553, 557, 558, 564, 565, 588, oligotrophus, 185-187 doudoroffii, (Oceanimonas), 578 589, 591, 593, 595, 603-605, 607-617, pugetii, 184-186, 187, 188 doudoroffii, (Pseudomonas), 355, 463, 578 619-622, 623, 624, 635-638, 653, 654, cyclotrophicus, (Vibrio), 532 ducreyi, (Coccobacillus), 901 656, 658-660, 671, 682, 684, 686, 690, cypripedii, (Bacillus), 730 ducreyi, (Haemophilus), 856, 867, 870, 874- 699-701, 706, 708, 729, 730, 732-734, cypripedii, (Erwinia), 592, 729, 730 876, 885-890, 892-894, 896, 899, 901, 737, 738, 740, 742, 744, 745, 747, cypripedii, (Pectobacterium), 592, 721-726, 912 748, 754-756, 760, 761, 765, 784-786, 730 dumoffii, (Legionella), 211, 215, 217-219, 803, 804, 812-814, 816-824, 829, 830, Cytophaga, 95, 97, 143, 403, 585 227-229, 230, 231, 233, 234 1092 INDEX OF SCIENTIFIC NAMES OF ARCHAEA AND BACTERIA durans, (Enterococcus), 503 hafniae, 666, 684 cypripedii, 592, 729, 730 dysenteriae, (Bacillus), 812, 822 hormaechei, 591, 597, 662, 663, 666, 668, dissolvens, 591, 665, 669, 675, 716 dysenteriae, (Shigella), 588, 593, 601, 603, 669 herbicola, 592, 605, 665, 675, 713, 714, 605, 617, 742, 811-819, 821, 822 intermedium, 592, 662, 666, 694 716, 717 intermedius, 592, 593, 597, 604, 605, 662, ananas, 716 Eberthella 666, 694, 698 herbicola, 716 alcalifaciens, 753, 758 kobei, 591, 607, 662, 667, 668, 669 lathyri, 605, 714, 716 echinoides, (Pseudomonas), 355 liquefaciens, 805 mallotivora, 591, 672-675, 678 Ectothiorhodospira, 3-5, 41, 42, 43, 44-46, nimipressuralis, 591, 597, 662, 664, 667, milletiae, 592, 605, 665, 675, 713-717, 719 48-50, 52, 56, 57, 252, 271 668, 669 nigrifluens, 591, 632 abdelmalekii, 51 persicina, 713, 717 nimipressuralis, 591, 665, 669, 675, 716 haloalkaliphila, 2, 42, 44, 45, 46,50 pyrinus, 591, 597, 662, 664, 667, 668, 669 nulandii, 591, 678 halochloris, 52 sakazakii, 591, 597, 605-607, 662-664, 667, paradisiaca, 591, 633 halophila, 49, 50 668, 669, 716, 815, 840 persicina, 591, 670, 672-675, 678 marina, 42, 45, 46, 47 taylorae, 591, 597, 603, 662, 663, 665, 669 persicinus, 591, 670 marismortui, 42, 44-46, 47,50 ENTEROBACTERIACEAE, 68, 209, 273, proteamaculans, 805 mobilis, 41-44, 45, 46, 47 443, 492-494, 503, 512, 514, 545, 556, psidii, 591, 672-675, 678 shaposhnikovii, 2, 42, 44-46, 47, 48, 256 557, 580, 584, 587, 588-590, 593-607, pyrifoliae, 591, 678 vacuolata, 2, 42, 44-46, 47,48 610, 622-625, 627, 628, 634, 635, 637- quercina, 591, 633 ECTOTHIORHODOSPIRACEAE, 2-6, 41, 641, 643, 644, 647-651, 654, 657, 659- rhapontici, 591, 670, 672-675, 679, 713, 42, 43, 45, 48, 50, 52, 57 665, 670, 675, 676, 678-682, 684-686, 717 Edwardsiella, 588, 657, 658-661, 684, 745, 690, 691, 694-708, 710-713, 715, 716, rubrifaciens, 591, 633 838 721, 730, 733, 738, 740, 743-748, 753- salicis, 591, 628, 629, 675 anguillimortifera, 591, 660 755, 757, 759-761, 764, 765, 784-787, stewartii, 592, 605, 675, 716, 717, 720 hoshinae, 591, 597, 605, 657-660, 661 799, 811, 813, 816, 818, 821, 822, tracheiphila, 591, 670, 672-676, 678, 679 ictaluri, 591, 597, 657-660, 661, 745 824-828, 831, 836, 838, 839, 845, 846, uredovora, 592, 605, 665, 675, 713-717, tarda, 590, 591, 596, 604, 605, 657-659, 848-852, 867, 868, 884, 890, 905-907 719 660, 661 ENTEROBACTERIALES, 1, 493, 587, 625 erythra, (Legionella), 212, 213, 215, 217, edwardsii, (Klebsiella), 691 Enterococcus 218, 220, 221, 227, 228, 231, 234, 235 Ehrlichia, 184, 245 durans, 503 Escherichia, 125, 580, 587, 588, 594, 604, chaffeensis, 241, 244 Enterococcus 607, 609, 614, 622-624, 652, 684, 695, eikelboomii, (Thiothrix), 132-134, 136, 137, faecalis, 503 699, 700, 712, 815, 823, 826, 840 139, 140, 142 Enterococcus adecarboxylata, 592, 604, 699-701, 716, Eikenella, 124, 130 faecium, 503, 891 717 corrodens, 125, 241, 894 enterocolitica, (Yersinia), 111, 568, 589, 593, blattae, 591, 595, 607-609, 623, 624, 711, elegans, (Thiodictyon), 4, 9, 32,33 602, 603, 605, 755, 760, 815, 838-845, 712, 815, 840 elongata, (Halomonas), 283, 291, 301-305, 846, 847, 848 citrophila, 695 306, 307, 309, 316 enterocoliticum, (Bacterium), 847 coli, 3, 42, 66, 71, 99, 108, 110, 111, 117, elongata, (Pseudomonas), 329, 355 enteropelogenes, (Aeromonas), 559, 569- 120, 123, 136, 139, 143, 157, 176, elyakovii, (Alteromonas), 470, 476 571, 576 186, 194, 200, 201, 203, 238, 241, 476 entomophila, (Serratia), 593, 601, 800-803, elyakovii, (Pseudoalteromonas), 244, 291, 296, 301, 313, 314, 322, encheleia, (Aeromonas), 557-562, 570, 572, 805, 806, 807-810, 833 325, 331, 332, 335, 336, 338, 339, 573 enzymogenes, (Lysobacter), 93, 95, 96, 98, 346, 348, 351, 352, 373, 385, 386, Enhydrobacter, 416, 417, 441, 442, 493 99, 100 388, 393-395, 399, 408, 419, 426- aerosaccus, 416, 441, 442 epidermidis, (Staphylococcus), 891 428, 439, 452, 455, 469, 496, 504, enterica, (Allomonas), 492, 515 , 1, 177, 195, 553, 557, 558, 564, 565, 588, 589, enterica, (Salmonella), 592, 593, 595-602, 196 591, 593, 595, 603-605, 607-617, 605-607, 652, 765, 784, 785, 787, 798, equi, (Moraxella), 414, 421 619-622, 623, 624, 635-638, 653, 799, 824 equigenitalis, (Haemophilus), 896, 898 654, 656, 658-660, 671, 682, 684, enteritidis, (Bacterium), 787 equigenitalis, (Taylorella), 896 686, 690, 699-701, 706, 708, 729, enteritidis, (Salmonella), 592, 595-602, 606 equuli, (Actinobacillus), 588, 590, 853, 867- 730, 732-734, 737, 738, 740, 742, Enterobacter, 580, 594, 603-605, 628, 660, 873, 875-878, 880, 882 661, 662-668, 670, 671, 675, 676, 682- equuli, (Bacillus), 880 744, 745, 747, 748, 754-756, 760, 684, 690, 691, 698, 714, 716, 717, Erwinia, 70, 447, 588, 604, 605, 628, 629, 761, 765, 784-786, 803, 804, 812- 721, 815, 840 652, 665, 670, 671-677, 691, 700, 713, 814, 816-824, 829, 830, 833, 839, aerogenes, 591, 597, 604, 605, 648, 662, 716, 717, 721, 722, 761 840, 843, 845, 860, 870, 889-891, 663, 665, 666, 684, 686, 688, 689, alni, 591, 629, 675 906 691, 693, 743, 805, 840 amylovora, 591, 670, 672-675, 677, 679, fergusonii, 591, 595, 607-609, 624 hafniae, 684 714, 715, 803 freundii, 653 agglomerans, 592, 604, 605, 643, 662, 663, ananas, 592, 605, 665, 675, 713, 716, 717, hermannii, 591, 595, 604, 607-610, 624, 666, 681, 700, 701, 713-717, 815, 719 815, 840 827, 840, 906 ananatis, 716 noncitrophila, 695 alvei, 684 aphidicola, 591, 677 vulneris, 591, 595, 607-611, 624, 650, 815, amnigenus, 591, 597, 662, 664, 667, 668 atroseptica, 592 840 asburiae, 591, 597, 662-664, 666, 668, 804, billingiae, 591, 672-675, 678 espejiana, (Alteromonas), 476 815, 840 cacticida, 592, 675, 729 espejiana, (Pseudoalteromonas), 463, 468, cancerogenus, 591, 597, 603, 662-665, cancerogena, 591, 603, 664, 668, 675 472, 473, 476 667, 668, 669 carnegieana, 675 espexii, (Methylomonas), 266 cloacae, 591, 597, 604, 605, 662-665, 666, carotovora, 68, 592, 605, 675, 679, 716, etousae, (Shigella), 815 667-669, 691, 713-716, 786, 805, 721-723, 728-730, 732 EUBACTERIALES, 493 840 atroseptica, 592, 723 eucrenophila, (Aeromonas), 557-561, 570- cowanii, 662, 667, 668, 669, 713, 717 betavasculorum, 592, 728 572, 573 dissolvens, 591, 597, 662, 663, 665, 666, carotovora, 592, 722 eurihalina, (Halomonas), 291, 303, 304, 668, 669 odorifera, 592, 675, 728 308, 311 gergoviae, 591, 597, 605, 662, 664, 667, wasabiae, 592, 675, 729 eurihalina, (Volcaniella), 308 668, 669, 815, 840 chrysanthemi, 588, 590, 592, 675, 729 Ewingella, 679, 680, 681 INDEX OF SCIENTIFIC NAMES OF ARCHAEA AND BACTERIA 1093

americana, 591, 597, 604, 644, 666, 680, fonticola, (Serratia), 593, 601, 604, 644, 649, 275, 283, 290, 292, 293, 296, 297, 681, 716 694, 799-802, 805, 806, 807-809 300, 305, 313, 315, 322, 336, 389, extorquens, (Protomonas), 355 fontium, (Pragia), 592, 599, 703, 745 397, 399, 411, 416, 430, 443, 444, extorquens, (Vibrio), 514 fragariae, (Phlomobacter), 592, 603, 627, 446, 452, 455, 456, 459, 461, 465-467, 720, 730-732, 826 481, 482, 492, 493, 546, 556, 557, faecalis, (Enterococcus), 503 fragariae, (Xanthomonas), 67, 68, 70, 74, 578, 579, 582, 584-586, 588, 607, 625, faecalis, (Psychrobacter), 414, 439, 440 75, 77, 78, 84,87 627, 634, 641, 651, 652, 657, 682, faecium, (Enterococcus), 503, 891 fragi, (Bacterium), 365 707, 710, 730, 740, 745, 746, 753, fairfieldensis, (Legionella), 213, 215, 217, fragi, (Pseudomonas), 328, 347, 349, 353, 760, 784, 811, 816, 830, 834, 838, 227, 231 365 851, 855, 867, 883, 904, 906 Falcivibrio, 514 fragilis, (Bacteroides), 223, 224, 585 gardneri, (Pseudomonas), 69 farmeri, (Citrobacter), 591, 596, 603, 651, Francisella, 131, 184, 199, 200, 201-207, 209, gaviniae, (Buttiauxella), 591, 595, 642, 644, 653-655, 656 210, 224, 240, 846 645 fastidiosa, (Xylella), 93, 105, 117-121, 122 novicida, 202, 206, 208, 224 gazogenes, (Beneckea), 515, 534 feeleii, (Legionella), 211, 215, 217, 221, 222, persica, 244 gazogenes, (Vibrio), 499-501, 516, 518, 520, 227, 231 philomiragia, 199-208, 209, 846 521, 524, 531, 534, 535, 588, 590 felis, (Afipia), 241 tularensis, 199-206, 207, 208, 209, 223, geestiana, (Legionella), 213, 215, 217, 218, felis, (Haemophilus), 856, 884, 885, 893, 224, 241, 244 227, 231 894, 896, 901 holarctica, 200-207, 208 gelatinosa, (Thiocystis), 4, 7, 17, 30,31 Fergusonia, 743 mediasiatica, 200-207, 208 gelatinosa, (Thiothece), 30 fergusonii, (Escherichia), 591, 595, 607-609, novicida, 200-207, 208, 244 gelidicola, (Pseudomonas), 354 624 tularensis, 200-203, 205, 206, 207, 208 gelidimarina, (Shewanella), 481-485, 487, fermentatus, (Saccharobacter), 321, 588, FRANCISELLACEAE, 126, 129, 131, 199, 489, 490 592, 763, 764 200, 201, 205 geniculata, (Pseudomonas), 69, 355, 365 ferragutiae, (Buttiauxella), 591, 595, 642, Frateuria, 63, 64, 91, 92-94 genitalium, (Mycoplasma), 636 644 aurantia, 91, 92, 93,94 georgiana, (Kluyvera), 592, 598, 643, 694- Ferrimonas, 443, 444, 454, 455, 458, 485 frederiksenii, (Yersinia), 593, 602, 605, 815, 696, 697, 698 balearica, 455, 456, 479, 482, 485 839-842, 844, 845, 847 georgiense, (Marinobacterium), 276, 291, ferrooxidans, (Acidithiobacillus), 60, 61, 62 freundii, (Bacterium), 651, 654 464 ferrooxidans, (Leptospirillum), 61 freundii, (Citrobacter), 589-591, 596, 603- gergoviae, (Enterobacter), 591, 597, 605, ferrooxidans, (Thiobacillus), 60, 62 605, 607, 612, 614, 651-653, 654, 655, 662, 664, 667, 668, 669, 815, 840 fetalis, (Alishewanella), 447 745, 786 gessardii, (Pseudomonas), 354, 366 fetus, (Campylobacter), 241, 514 freundii, (Escherichia), 653 gigantea, (Beggiatoa), 159 fetus, (Vibrio), 514 friedericiana, (Providencia), 755, 757 gillenii, (Citrobacter), 591, 596, 654, 655, fibrata, (Methylosarcina), 268 frigidicola, (Psychrobacter), 414, 438, 439, 656 Fibrobacter 440 gilvus, (Cellvibrio), 402 succinogenes, 585 frigidimarina, (Shewanella), 481, 483-485, Glaciecola, 443, 456, 457-459, 479 ficaria, (Serratia), 593, 601, 605, 691, 800- 487, 489, 490 pallidula, 456, 457, 458 803, 805, 806, 807-809 frisia, (Thiomicrospira), 194-196, 197, 198, punicea, 456, 457, 458 ficuserectae, (Pseudomonas), 347, 352, 353, 199 glacincola, (Psychrobacter), 414, 437, 439, 361, 363, 364, 373, 374 fructosivorans, (Thiothrix), 132, 133, 135, 440 fischeri, (Photobacterium), 482, 533, 548 136, 140, 141, 142 gladioli, (Burkholderia), 345, 363 fischeri, (Vibrio), 482, 496, 498, 499, 501- fuliginea, (Alteromonas), 470, 475 globerulus, (Rhodococcus), 333 504, 508, 513, 520, 521, 524, 533, fulva, (Pseudomonas), 365 glossinidia, (Wigglesworthia), 593, 634, 828, 543, 548 Fulvimonas, 63, 64 831 flagellata, (Methylomonas), 266, 268 fulvus, (Cellvibrio), 402, 403 glossinidius, (Sodalis), 593, 823, 824 flavescens, (Pseudomonas), 328, 352, 355- fulvus, (Methylococcus), 256, 258, 260 Gluconobacter, 91, 93 357, 365 Fundibacter, 296, 298 glucosida, (Mannheimia), 853, 908, 909, Flavimonas, 349-351, 371 jadensis, 296-299 910, 911 oryzihabitans, 370 furnissii, (Vibrio), 500, 503-505, 507, 510, glycogenes, (Methylobacillus), 266 Flavobacterium, 143, 187, 282, 283, 585, 711 513, 516, 520-524, 528, 529, 533, 534 glycolicum, (Chromatium), 15 aquatile, 283 fuscovaginae, (Pseudomonas), 354, 366 glycolicum, (Halochromatium), 8, 15 halmophilum, 283, 308 fusiforme, (Rhabdochromatium), 23 gonorrhoeae, (Neisseria), 325 lutescens, 352 Fusiformis gormanii, (Legionella), 211, 214, 215, 217, piscicida, 477 nodosus, 127, 129 227-230, 231, 233, 234, 236 proteum, 710-712 Fusobacterium, 585 gracile, (Chromatium), 20 proteus, 710, 711 gracile, (Marichromatium), 8, 20 flectens, (Pseudomonas), 354, 378 gallicida, (Pasteurella), 857, 863 gracile, (Methylocaldum), 256-258, 262 Flexibacter gallinarum, (Bacillus), 798 gracilis, (Methylomonas), 256, 257, 266 polymorphus, 482 gallinarum, (Haemophilus), 902 gracilis, (Nitrospina), 55 flexibilis, (Serpens), 408-410, 411 gallinarum, (Pasteurella), 853, 856, 857, graminis, (Pseudomonas), 366 flexilis, (Thiothrix), 136, 138, 141 859-863, 864, 867, 876, 897 granulomatis, (Calymmatobacterium), 591, flexneri, (Shigella), 203, 593, 601, 603, 605, gallinarum, (Salmonella), 592 646, 647, 648, 686, 689, 692, 693 742, 811-821, 822, 824, 827 Gallionella, 104 granulomatis, (Donovania), 647 fluorescens, (Bacillus), 365 gallolyticus, (Streptococcus), 905 granulomatis, (Klebsiella), 591, 648, 685, fluorescens, (Pseudomonas), 114, 324-330, , 1,2,3,10, 686, 689, 691, 692, 693 334-336, 338-343, 345, 347, 349, 350, 12, 14-16, 18, 20, 21, 23, 24, 26, 28, granulomatis, (Mannheimia), 853, 866, 908, 352, 353, 355-357, 359, 361, 362, 365, 29, 31, 33-35, 37-39, 41-43, 48, 49, 52, 909, 910, 911 366-371, 677, 723, 867 55-63, 67, 73, 74, 93, 94, 102, 103, granulomatis, (Pasteurella), 866, 910, 911 Fluoribacter, 225 106, 107, 110, 117, 118, 122-124, 126, gratiana, (Legionella), 213, 215, 217-220, fluvialis, (Kluyvera), 698 127, 129, 130, 134, 142, 143, 149, 227, 231, 232 fluvialis, (Vibrio), 492, 501, 504, 505, 507, 158, 159, 162, 168, 169, 171, 176, grimesii, (Serratia), 593, 594, 800-802, 806, 508, 510, 513, 515, 516, 519-524, 528, 180, 184, 185, 189-191, 193, 195, 196, 807, 808, 809, 811 529, 533, 534 199-201, 205, 209, 210, 212, 225, 240, grimontii, (Leminorella), 592, 598, 702, fodinarum, (Methylomonas), 250, 265, 266, 242, 245-248, 251, 252, 254, 256, 258, 703, 704, 705 267 259, 262, 263, 265, 266, 269, 273, griseus, (Streptomyces), 95 1094 INDEX OF SCIENTIFIC NAMES OF ARCHAEA AND BACTERIA grylli, (Rickettsiella), 184, 242-246, 247 alvei, 591, 598, 604, 605, 614, 666, 682- HALOTHIOBACILLACEAE, 58 guamensis, (Trabulsiella), 593, 601, 827, 828 684, 685, 706, 710-713, 732, 760, Halothiobacillus, 58,59 guangheii, (Aeromonas), 577 804, 821, 838, 845, 846, 849 halophilus, 58, 59 gummosus, (Lysobacter), 95, 96, 98, 99, 100 protea, 592, 604, 684, 711, 712 hydrothermalis, 58, 59, 123 proteus, 711 kellyi, 59 hackeliae, (Legionella), 211, 215, 217, 218, hafniae, (Enterobacter), 666, 684 kellyi, 58, 59 221, 227, 232 Hahella, 299, 300 neapolitanus, 58, 59, 62 hadaliensis, (Colwellia), 448-451, 453 chejuensis, 300 Halovibrio, 303, 514 haemoglobinophilus, (Bacterium), 901 HAHELLACEAE, 270, 299 variabilis, 313 haemoglobinophilus, (Haemophilus), 856, halioticoli, (Vibrio), 500, 524, 535 hamburgensis, (Nitrobacter), 55 867, 887, 889, 890, 893, 894, 896, halmophila, (Halomonas), 283, 303, 304, hanedai, (Alteromonas), 446, 487, 490, 548 899, 901 308 hanedai, (Shewanella), 446, 463, 481-485, haemolytica, (Mannheimia), 853, 857, 862, halmophilum, (Flavobacterium), 283, 308 487, 489, 490 867-870, 872, 908, 909-911 haloalkaliphila, (Ectothiorhodospira), 2, 42, hansonii, (Methylosphaera), 259, 269, 270 haemolytica, (Pasteurella), 851, 853, 866, 44, 45, 46,50 harveyi, (Achromobacter), 535 870, 875, 908, 909 halochloris, (Ectothiorhodospira), 52 harveyi, (Beneckea), 515, 535 haemolytica, (Thermomonas), 116-118, 119 halochloris, (Halorhodospira), 42, 49-51, 52 harveyi, (Lucibacterium), 515, 535 haemolyticus, (Acinetobacter), 414, 433, 435 Halochromatium, 5, 7, 13, 14,15 harveyi, (Vibrio), 496, 499, 501, 504, 505, haemolyticus, (Haemophilus), 853, 867, glycolicum, 8, 15 507, 510, 513, 515, 520, 521, 524, 887, 889, 890, 892-899, 901 salexigens, 5, 8, 14, 15 528-531, 535, 536-541, 543-545, 548 Haemophilus, 125, 578, 580, 851-853, 855, halodenitrificans, (Halomonas), 300, 303, heimbachae, (Providencia), 592, 599, 753- 856, 858, 860, 867-870, 874-876, 881, 304, 309, 312 757, 758, 759 883, 884-899, 901, 903-908, 912 halodenitrificans, (Micrococcus), 309 Helcococcus aegyptius, 853, 867, 885-887, 889, 893-897, halodenitrificans, (Paracoccus), 303, 309 ovis, 875 899, 900 halodurans, (Halomonas), 302-306, 309, 312 Helicobacter agni, 887, 898, 899, 904 HALOMONADACEAE, 270, 296, 300, 301, pylori, 241, 339 aphrophilus, 856, 867-872, 874-876, 885- 316, 317, 321, 322, 461, 464, 465, helminthoeca, (Neorickettsia), 183, 184 889, 893-899, 900, 903 493, 584 henselae, (Bartonella), 241 avium, 862, 864, 865, 887, 896, 899 Halomonas, 283, 290, 296, 297, 300, 301- Herbaspirillum, 355 ducreyi, 856, 867, 870, 874-876, 885-890, 314, 316, 317, 320-322, 355, 446, 459, herbicola, (Bacterium), 714, 716 892-894, 896, 899, 901, 912 460, 463-465, 493 herbicola, (Erwinia), 592, 605, 665, 675, equigenitalis, 896, 898 aquamarina, 283, 303-305, 307, 463 713, 714, 716, 717 felis, 856, 884, 885, 893, 894, 896, 901 campisalis, 303, 304, 307 Herellea gallinarum, 902 canadensis, 309, 316, 318 vaginicola, 412 haemoglobinophilus, 856, 867, 887, 889, cupida, 303-305, 308, 463 hermannii, (Escherichia), 591, 595, 604, 890, 893, 894, 896, 899, 901 desiderata, 303, 304, 308 607-610, 624, 815, 840 haemolyticus, 853, 867, 887, 889, 890, elongata, 283, 291, 301-305, 306, 307, 309, Heterorhabditis, 737 892-899, 901 316 hibisci, (Pseudomonas), 373 influenzae, 241, 852, 853, 856, 867-870, eurihalina, 291, 303, 304, 308, 311 hibiscicola, (Pseudomonas), 109, 112, 355 874, 875, 883-897, 898, 899, 900, halmophila, 283, 303, 304, 308 hinshawii, (Arizona), 606 309 902 halodenitrificans, 300, 303, 304, , 312 hiroshimense, (Oceanospirillum), 275 halodurans, 302-306, 309, 312 hiroshimense, (Spirillum), 280 influenzae, 897 halophila, 283, 303-306, 309, 463 hirschfeldii, (Salmonella), 798 meningitidis, 897 israelensis, 316, 319 histaminum, (Photobacterium), 548 intermedius, 853, 868, 889, 896-898 magadii, 303, 304, 310 Histophilus, 868, 898 gazogenes, 853, 868, 897, 898 marina, 283, 303-305, 310, 312, 463 ovis, 870, 875, 885, 898, 904 intermedius, 853, 897 marisflavae, 303, 304, 310 hollisae, (Vibrio), 501, 502, 505, 506, 509, paracuniculus, 856, 867, 875, 885, 887, maura, 303, 304, 311 510, 513, 520, 521, 524, 528, 529, 536 889, 893-896, 899, 901 meridiana, 303, 304, 311 hominis, (Actinobacillus), 853, 867, 868, paragallinarum, 856, 857, 862, 867, 868, pacifica, 303-305, 311, 463 870, 873, 875-878, 880 876, 883-888, 890, 892-894, 896, pantelleriensis, 303, 304, 312 hominis, (Cardiobacterium), 123-125, 126, 897, 899, 901 salina, 291, 303, 304, 312 130 parahaemolyticus, 853, 867, 870, 875, 885, subglaciescola, 303, 304, 312 hormaechei, (Enterobacter), 591, 597, 662, 887-890, 892, 893, 895, 896, 899, variabilis, 303, 304, 313 663, 666, 668, 669 902 venusta, 303-305, 313, 463 hornerae, (Colwellia), 448-452, 453 parainfluenzae, 853, 867-870, 881, 884- halophila, (Deleya), 309 hortorum, (Xanthomonas), 68-71, 74-80, 83, 890, 892-900, 902 halophila, (Ectothiorhodospira), 49, 50 84,88 paraphrohaemolyticus, 853, 867, 870, 875, halophila, (Halomonas), 283, 303-306, 309, hoshinae, (Edwardsiella), 591, 597, 605, 887-889, 893, 896, 899, 902 463 657-660, 661 paraphrophilus, 856, 867-872, 876, 886- halophila, (Halorhodospira), 2, 42, 49, 50, houtenae, (Salmonella), 593, 799 888, 890, 892-899, 902, 903 51 huttiensis, (Pseudomonas), 355 parasuis, 856, 867, 868, 871, 875, 884, halophila, (Pseudomonas), 329, 354, 378 hyacinthi, (Xanthomonas), 66, 68, 69, 74, 886-894, 896, 899, 903 halophila, (Spirochaeta), 408 77, 78, 84 piscium, 570, 578 halophila, (Thiocapsa), 26, 34 Hyalococcus pleuropneumoniae, 881, 896 halophila, (Thiohalocapsa), 5, 8, 26, 34 pneumoniae, 686, 691, 692 quentini, 853, 897 halophilus, (Halothiobacillus), 58, 59 hydrocarbonoclasticus, (Marinobacter), 291, segnis, 856, 867, 868, 875, 876, 885, 887, halophilus, (Nitrosococcus), 21, 22,52 459-461, 462, 463 889, 893, 894, 896, 898, 899, 902, halophilus, (Thiobacillus), 59, 123 Hydrogenovibrio, 180, 184, 188, 189 903 haloplanktis, (Alteromonas), 467, 470 marinus, 188, 189, 195, 196 somnifer, 903 haloplanktis, (Pseudoalteromonas), 452, hydrolyticus, (Microbulbifer), 461, 465 somnus, 856, 870, 875, 876, 887, 898, 899, 463, 467-469, 470, 472, 473, 478, 482 hydrophila, (Aeromonas), 110, 513, 515, 903, 904 haloplanktis, (Vibrio), 467, 470 542, 557-562, 564-567, 570, 571, 572, suis, 903 Halorhodospira, 2-5, 41-45, 48, 49, 50-52, 57 578 Hafnia, 580, 587, 588, 593, 594, 603-606, abdelmalekii, 42, 49, 51 hydrophilus, (Bacillus), 557, 571 666, 681, 682-685, 710-712, 815, 838, halochloris, 42, 49-51, 52 hydrothermalis, (Halothiobacillus), 58, 59, 840, 846, 849 halophila, 2, 42, 49, 50,51 123 INDEX OF SCIENTIFIC NAMES OF ARCHAEA AND BACTERIA 1095 hydrothermalis, (Thiobacillus), 59 jenense, (Thiospirillum), 4, 6, 7, 39, 40 kristensenii, (Yersinia), 593, 602, 605, 815, Hyphomicrobium, 191 jenensis, (Ophidomonas), 40 838, 840-842, 844, 845, 847 jessenii, (Pseudomonas), 367 kuenenii, (Thiomicrospira), 196, 198 ichthiosmia, (Aeromonas), 559, 569, 570, johnsonii, (Acinetobacter), 414, 427, 433, 577 434, 435 lactis, (Bacterium), 691 ichthyoenteri, (Vibrio), 500, 507, 520, 521, jordanis, (Legionella), 211, 215, 217-219, Lactobacillus, 125, 579 524, 536, 542 227, 232, 235 plantarum, 891 ictaluri, (Edwardsiella), 591, 597, 657-660, juglandis, (Xanthomonas), 67, 71 lacunata, (Moraxella), 412-415, 417,418, 661, 745 junii, (Acinetobacter), 414, 433, 436 419, 421-424, 429 Idiomarina, 443, 449, 458, 459, 479 lacunatus, (Bacillus), 417 abyssalis, 449, 452, 458, 459 kaikoae, (Psychromonas), 479, 480 Lamprobacter, 16,17 zobellii, 459 kellyi, (Halothiobacillus), 59 modestohalophilus, 4, 7, 9, 16, 17,18 iliopiscarium, (Photobacterium), 499, 500, kellyi, (Halothiobacillus), 58, 59 Lamprocystis, 5-7, 17, 18, 19, 22, 27, 32, 35 522, 523, 526, 546-549, 551 kingae, (Kingella), 125, 241 purpurea, 9, 19,22 iliopiscarius, (Vibrio), 548, 551 Kingella, 124, 130, 860 roseopersicina, 4, 5, 9, 18, 19, 22, 23 Ilyobacter, 585 denitrificans, 125 lanceolata, (Pseudomonas), 328, 354 immobilis, (Psychrobacter), 414, 415, 429, indologenes, 123, 130, 131 langaa, (Pasteurella), 853, 856, 857, 859, 437, 438, 439, 440 kingae, 125, 241 861-863, 865, 867, 876 INCERTAE SEDIS (family), 441 Klebsiella, 447, 594, 603, 604, 612, 647, 648, lansingensis, (Legionella), 211, 215, 217, inconstans, (Proteus), 753, 758, 759 662, 664-666, 682, 684, 685, 686-693, 218, 227, 232 indigofera, (Pseudomonas), 328, 354 743, 748, 755, 756, 765, 800, 805, lapagei, (Cedecea), 591, 595, 649, 650 indolicus, (Actinobacillus), 852, 856, 867, 809, 815, 840, 906 largei, (Shigella), 815 873-875, 877, 878, 880, 896 aerogenes, 604, 666, 691 larvae, (Schineria), 106, 107 indologenes, (Kingella), 123, 130, 131 edwardsii, 691 lathyr, (Bacillus), 716 indologenes, (Suttonella), 123-126, 130, 131 atlantae, 691 lathyri, (Erwinia), 605, 714, 716 iners, (Pseudomonas), 328, 354 edwardsii, 691 Leclercia, 604, 698, 699-701, 713, 717 infernus, (Acidianus), 445, 446 granulomatis, 591, 648, 685, 686, 689, adecarboxylata, 592, 598, 604, 662, 666, infernus, (Alteromonas), 445, 446, 447 691, 692, 693 699, 700, 701, 713, 716, 717 influenzae, (Bacterium), 883, 898 mobilis, 591, 604, 662-664, 666, 685-689, Legionella, 184, 205, 210, 211, 212, 213-235, influenzae, (Haemophilus), 241, 852, 853, 691, 693, 805 236, 240, 246, 252 856, 867-870, 874, 875, 883-897, 898, ornithinolytica, 591, 604, 685-687, 691, adelaidensis, 215, 217, 218, 227, 228 899, 900, 902 692, 693 anisa, 211, 213, 215, 217, 218, 220, 222, ingrica, (Thioploca), 139, 159, 171, 173, oxytoca, 591, 598, 604, 605, 648, 664, 686- 227, 228, 229 175, 178 692, 693 birminghamensis, 211, 215, 217, 227, 229, insidiosum, (Corynebacterium), 345 ozaenae, 591, 604, 647, 691, 692, 815, 840 234, 236 insignis, (Azomonas), 379-382, 383 planticola, 591, 598, 604, 605, 641, 686- bozemanii, 211, 213, 215, 217-219, 221, insignis, (Azotobacter), 383 692, 693 225, 227, 228, 229, 230, 231, 233, intermedia, (Yersinia), 593, 602, 605, 815, pneumoniae, 389, 589, 591, 592, 598, 604, 234, 236, 747 838-842, 844, 845, 847 605, 647, 648, 664-666, 675, 685- brunensis, 213, 215, 217, 227, 229, 236 intermedium, (Citrobacter), 653 691, 692, 693, 805, 849 cherrii, 213, 215, 217, 227, 229, 230, 232- intermedium, (Enterobacter), 592, 662, 666, ozaenae, 591, 598, 605, 685-691, 692, 234 694 cincinnatiensis, 211, 215, 217, 218, 220, 693 intermedius, (Citrobacter), 653 227, 230, 232, 236 pneumoniae, 591, 598, 605, 686-688, intermedius, (Enterobacter), 592, 593, 597, donaldsonii, 236 690, 692, 693 604, 605, 662, 666, 694, 698 dumoffii, 211, 215, 217-219, 227-229, 230, rhinoscleromatis, 592, 598, 605, 685- intermedius, (Haemophilus), 853, 868, 889, 231, 233, 234 689, 691, 692 896-898 erythra, 212, 213, 215, 217, 218, 220, 221, rhinoscleromatis, 592, 604, 647, 691, 692, intybi, (Phytomonas), 368 227, 228, 231, 234, 235 815, 840 Isochromatium, 5, 7, 15,16 fairfieldensis, 213, 215, 217, 227, 231 terrigena, 592, 598, 686-691, 693, 827 buderi, 6, 8, 16,23 feeleii, 211, 215, 217, 221, 222, 227, 231 trevisanii, 691, 693 israelensis, (Chromohalobacter), 305, 306, geestiana, 213, 215, 217, 218, 227, 231 Kluyvera, 499, 592, 594, 605, 643, 644, 662, 316, 318 gormanii, 211, 214, 215, 217, 227-230, israelensis, (Halomonas), 316, 319 694, 695-698, 761, 838 231, 233, 234, 236 israelensis, (Legionella), 213, 215, 217, 218, ascorbata, 592, 598, 604, 643, 694-696, gratiana, 213, 215, 217-220, 227, 231, 232 227, 232 697, 698, 827 hackeliae, 211, 215, 217, 218, 221, 227, izardii, (Buttiauxella), 591, 595, 642, 644, citrophila, 694-696 232 645 cochleae, 592, 593, 604, 605, 643, 662, israelensis, 213, 215, 217, 218, 227, 232 666, 694, 698 jamestowniensis, 213, 215, 217, 218, 227, jadensis, (Alcanivorax), 296-298, 299 cryocrescens, 592, 598, 604, 643, 694-696, 232, 233 jadensis, (Fundibacter), 296-299 697, 698 jordanis, 211, 215, 217-219, 227, 232, 235 jamaicensis, (Vibrio), 564 fluvialis, 698 lansingensis, 211, 215, 217, 218, 227, 232 jamestowniensis, (Legionella), 213, 215, georgiana, 592, 598, 643, 694-696, 697, londiniensis, 213, 215, 217, 227, 232 217, 218, 227, 232, 233 698 longbeachae, 211, 215, 217-222, 226-228, jandaei, (Aeromonas), 557-561, 564, 565, noncitrophila, 694-696 230, 232, 233, 235 572, 574 koalarum, (Lonepinella), 851, 853, 904-906, lytica, 212, 215, 217, 227, 233 jannaschii, (Marinobacterium), 271 907 maceachernii, 212, 216, 217, 219, 227, jannaschii, (Oceanospirillum), 271, 274-279, kobei, (Enterobacter), 591, 607, 662, 667, 233 281, 283, 291, 293, 463 668, 669 micdadei, 211-213, 216, 217, 219, 220, japonica, (Moritella), 466, 515 konjaci, (Acidovorax), 371 222, 224, 227-231, 233, 748 japonica, (Xenorhabdus), 593, 815, 832, Koserella, 606, 849, 850 moravica, 213, 216, 217, 227, 228, 233, 835, 837 trabulsii, 593, 602, 606, 849, 850 234, 236 japonicum, (Oceanospirillum), 271-279, koseri, (Citrobacter), 591, 596, 603, 605, nautarum, 213, 216, 217, 227, 234 281, 291, 293, 294 651-655, 656 oakridgensis, 212, 216, 217, 219, 220, 227, japonicum, (Pseudospirillum), 271 kriegii, (Oceanobacter), 271 234 japonicum, (Spirillum), 281 kriegii, (Oceanospirillum), 271, 274-279, parisiensis, 212-214, 216-219, 227, 228, jejuni, (Campylobacter), 849 281, 283, 291, 293, 294, 463 230, 232, 234, 236 1096 INDEX OF SCIENTIFIC NAMES OF ARCHAEA AND BACTERIA

pittsburghensis, 233 anguillara, 530 haemolytica, 853, 857, 862, 867-870, 872, pneumophila, 117, 211-214, 216-225, 226, anguillarum, 492, 495, 515-517, 530 908, 909-911 227-230, 233, 234, 236, 241, 244, damsela, 515, 516, 532, 548 ruminalis, 853, 908-910, 911 626 ordalii, 515, 516 varigena, 853, 881, 908-910, 911 fraseri, 212, 216, 217, 226, 227 pelagia, 492, 495, 515-517, 540, 541 marcescens, (Serratia), 99, 593, 600, 601, pascullei, 212, 216, 217, 226, 227 litoralis, (Thiocapsa), 27 603-605, 663, 681, 715, 743, 748, 800- pneumophila, 117, 212, 216, 217, 226, lividans, (Streptomyces), 338 805, 806, 807-810 227 logei, (Photobacterium), 536, 548 margaritae, (Methylomonas), 266, 268 quateirensis, 213, 214, 216, 217, 220, 227, logei, (Vibrio), 482, 496, 499, 501, 513, 520- marginale, (Bacterium), 368 234, 236 524, 533, 536, 540, 542, 543, 548 marginale, (Chlorobacter), 368 quinlivanii, 214, 216, 217, 220, 221, 227, londiniensis, (Legionella), 213, 215, 217, marginalis, (Phytomonas), 368 228, 234, 236 227, 232 marginalis, (Pseudomonas), 347, 352-354, rubrilucens, 212, 214, 216-218, 220, 227, Lonepinella, 851-853, 855, 875, 904, 905- 365, 368 228, 231, 234, 235, 236 907, 912 Marichromatium, 5, 7, 20,26 sainthelensi, 212, 216-221, 227, 230, 232, koalarum, 851, 853, 904-906, 907 gracile, 8, 20 235 longbeachae, (Legionella), 211, 215, 217- purpuratum, 5, 8, 21 santicrucis, 214, 216-218, 220, 227, 230, 222, 226-228, 230, 232, 233, 235 marina, (Deleya), 310 235 Lucibacterium, 493, 515 marina, (Ectothiorhodospira), 42, 45, 46, 47 shakespearei, 213, 214, 216, 217, 227, 235 harveyi, 515, 535 marina, (Halomonas), 283, 303-305, 310, spiritensis, 214, 216, 217, 220, 221, 227, luminescens, (Photorhabdus), 592, 595-602, 312, 463 228, 231, 234, 235 606, 732-735, 737, 738, 739, 833, 837 marina, (Methylophaga), 190, 191, 192, 463 steigerwaltii, 214, 216, 217, 227, 228, 230, luminescens, (Xenorhabdus), 548, 592, 606, marina, (Moritella), 443, 465, 466, 483, 499, 234, 235 733, 738, 739, 836 515, 522, 523, 526, 541, 816, 834 taurinensis, 214, 216, 217, 220, 228, 235, lunatum, (Spirillum), 273, 275 marina, (Nitrospira), 55 236 lundensis, (Pseudomonas), 349, 355-357, marina, (Pseudomonas), 310, 355 tucsonensis, 212, 213, 216-218, 220, 228, 365, 367, 368 marina, (Psychromonas), 479, 480 236 Luteimonas, 63, 64, 93, 94, 116, 118 marina, (Thioploca), 171, 172, 178 wadsworthii, 212, 216-218, 220, 227, 228, mephitis, 93, 94, 117, 118 marincola, (Psychrobacter), 414, 437, 439, 234, 235, 236 luteola, (Chryseomonas), 368 440 waltersii, 214, 216, 217, 228, 236 luteola, (Pseudomonas), 359, 368 Marinobacter, 187, 276, 288, 293, 294, 297, worsleiensis, 214, 216, 217, 219, 220, 228, luteoviolacea, (Alteromonas), 476 443, 446, 457, 459, 460-462, 464, 465, 234, 236 luteoviolacea, (Pseudoalteromonas), 463, 479 LEGIONELLACEAE, 210, 211, 212, 225 467-469, 474, 475, 476 aquaeolei, 460, 461, 462 , 210 lutescens, (Flavobacterium), 352 hydrocarbonoclasticus, 291, 459-461, 462, leiognathi, (Photobacterium), 452, 492, 513, luteus, (Methylobacter), 256, 258, 259, 260 463 522, 523, 546-550, 551, 552 luteus, (Methylococcus), 256, 258-260 Marinobacterium, 271, 276, 288, 293, 294, Leminorella, 592, 594, 641, 659, 660, 702, luteus, (Micrococcus), 738, 836, 869 443, 446, 460, 461, 463, 464, 465, 479 703-705 lwoffii, (Acinetobacter), 414, 433, 434, 436 georgiense, 276, 291, 464 grimontii, 592, 598, 702, 703, 704, 705 lymphangitidis, (Pasteurella), 866 jannaschii, 271 richardii, 592, 598, 702, 703, 704, 705 Lysobacter, 63, 64, 93, 94, 95, 96, 98-100 Marinomonas, 271, 276, 283, 284, 285-289, lemoignei, (Pseudomonas), 355 antibioticus, 94-99, 100 293, 297, 305, 355, 443, 446, 459-461, lemonnieri, (Pseudomonas), 327, 328, 345, brunescens, 95, 97-99, 100 463-465 365, 368 enzymogenes, 93, 95, 96, 98, 99, 100 communis, 271, 275, 283-288, 289, 446, leonis, (Pasteurella), 853 gummosus, 95, 96, 98, 99, 100 463 leprae, (Mycobacterium), 241 lytica, (Legionella), 212, 215, 217, 227, 233 mediterranea, 284-288, 289 leptomitiformis, (Beggiatoa), 159, 160 lyticum, (Sarcobium), 233 vaga, 271, 275, 283-288, 289, 291, 446, 463 Leptospirillum, 60 marinorubra, (Serratia), 805, 810 ferrooxidans, 61 maceachernii, (Legionella), 212, 216, 217, Marinospirillum, 271, 276, 290, 291 Leptotrichia, 585 219, 227, 233 megaterium, 276, 290, 291, 292 Leucothrix, 131, 134, 139, 162, 163, 164, macleodii, (Alteromonas), 444, 445, 446, minutulum, 271-279, 290, 291 166-168 447, 452, 457, 463, 469, 470 marinum, (Rhabdochromatium), 8, 23, 24 cohaerens, 135 macrocytogenes, (Azomonas), 380-383, 384, marinus, (Arthrobacter), 310 mucor, 135, 162, 163, 165, 167, 168 393, 397, 399 marinus, (Hydrogenovibrio), 188, 189, 195, thiophila, 139 macrocytogenes, (Azomonotrichon), 399 196 LEUCOTRICHACEAE, 162 macrocytogenes, (Azotobacter), 384 marinus, (Mesophilobacter), 403 Levinea, 653 Macromonas, 157 marinus, (Methylobacter), 258, 260 amalonatica, 591, 653, 654 magadii, (Halomonas), 303, 304, 310 marinus, (Vibrio), 443, 444, 452, 466, 816, malonatica, 591, 603, 653 mairii, (Pasteurella), 856, 862, 866, 867, 834 libanensis, (Pseudomonas), 354, 367 875, 876 maris, (Colwellia), 448-453, 454 lignieresii, (Actinobacillus), 853, 867, 869- majus, (Thiovulum), 177 maris, (Oceanospirillum), 272-279, 280, 281, 875, 876, 877, 878, 880, 882, 896, mallei, (Burkholderia), 114 291, 293 898, 911 mallotivora, (Erwinia), 591, 672-675, 678 marisflavae, (Halomonas), 303, 304, 310 limanica, (Methylophaga), 190, 191, 192 malonatica, (Levinea), 591, 603, 653 marismortui, (Chromobacterium), 316 limnaeus, (Thioalkalicoccus), 8, 25,33 maltophilia, (Pseudomonas), 69, 107, 112, marismortui, (Chromohalobacter), 316, lincolnii, (Moraxella), 411, 413, 414, 423 113, 115 317, 318, 322 lindaniclasticus, (Rhodanobacter), 94, 106, maltophilia, (Stenotrophomonas), 66, 68, marismortui, (Ectothiorhodospira), 42, 44- 117 69, 73, 74, 93, 107-114, 115, 117, 118, 46, 47,50 linum, (Oceanospirillum), 271-276, 277, 120, 122, 241, 342 maura, (Halomonas), 303, 304, 311 278-280, 291, 293, 322 maltophilia, (Xanthomonas), 74, 107, 113, media, (Aeromonas), 557-561, 570, 572, linum, (Spirillum), 271, 277, 280 115 573, 574 lipolyticus, (Aerobacter), 807 mandapamensis, (Photobacterium), 551 mediterranea, (Marinomonas), 284-288, 289 liquefaciens, (Aerobacter), 666, 807 mandelii, (Pseudomonas), 354, 368 mediterranei, (Vibrio), 500, 501, 520, 521, liquefaciens, (Enterobacter), 805 Mannheimia, 851-853, 855, 857, 860, 862, 524, 536, 537 liquefaciens, (Serratia), 593, 594, 601, 605, 866, 870, 875, 907, 908-912 megaterium, (Marinospirillum), 276, 290, 666, 682, 800-806, 807, 808-811 glucosida, 853, 908, 909, 910, 911 291, 292 Listonella, 492, 515, 516, 541 granulomatis, 853, 866, 908, 909, 910, 911 melaninogenicus, (Bacteroides), 585 INDEX OF SCIENTIFIC NAMES OF ARCHAEA AND BACTERIA 1097 melanogena, (Pseudomonas), 109 flagellata, 266, 268 minutissimum, (Chromatium), 13 meliae, (Pseudomonas), 361, 364, 368, 369, fodinarum, 250, 265, 266, 267 minutulum, (Marinospirillum), 271-279, 373, 374 gracilis, 256, 257, 266 290, 291 melitensis, (Brucella), 244 margaritae, 266, 268 minutulum, (Oceanospirillum), 271, 273, melolonthae, (Rickettsia), 243 methanica, 117, 185, 265, 266, 267 275, 276, 290 melolonthae, (Rickettsiella), 243, 247 methaninitrificans, 266, 268 minutulum, (Spirillum), 290 melonis, (Xanthomonas), 77, 78, 80, 85 methanocatalesslica, 266 mirabilis, (Beggiatoa), 158-160 mendocina, (Pseudomonas), 114, 324, 328, methanofructolica, 266 mirabilis, (Proteus), 592, 599, 603-606, 627, 330, 331, 333, 334, 341, 343, 347, methanolica, 266 708, 743, 745-750, 751, 752, 753, 757, 352, 353, 359, 360, 369 methanooxidans, 266, 268 786, 814 meningitidis, (Neisseria), 241, 325, 620 methylovora, 266 miscellum, (Azotobacter), 402 mephitica, (Pseudomonas), 354 pelagica, 264 mixta, (Pseudomonas), 355 mephitis, (Luteimonas), 93, 94, 117, 118 rubra, 266 mixta, (Telluria), 171 meridiana, (Halomonas), 303, 304, 311 scandinavica, 267 mixtus, (Cellvibrio), 402, 403 mesophilica, (Pseudomonas), 355 thalassica, 192 mobilis, (Ectothiorhodospira), 41-44, 45, 46, Mesophilobacter, 323, 403, 463 Methylophaga, 180, 184, 190, 191, 192, 252 47 marinus, 403 limanica, 190, 191, 192 mobilis, (Klebsiella), 591, 604, 662-664, 666, methanica, (Methylomonas), 117, 185, 265, marina, 190, 191, 192, 463 685-689, 691, 693, 805 266, 267 sulfidovorans, 190, 191, 192 mobilis, (Methylococcus), 256, 258 methaninitrificans, (Methylomonas), 266, thalassica, 190, 191, 192, 446 mobilis, (Nitrococcus), 2, 52-54, 55 268 Methylophilus, 191, 192 mobilis, (Nitrosococcus), 21 methaninitrificans, (Pseudomonas), 268 methylotrophus, 266 mobilis, (Thioflavicoccus), 8, 25, 33 methanocatalesslica, (Methylomonas), 266 Methylosarcina, 253, 268 mobilis, (Zymomonas), 321 methanofructolica, (Methylomonas), 266 fibrata, 268 modestohalophilus, (Lamprobacter), 4, 7, 9, methanolica, (Methylomonas), 266 quisquiliarum, 268 16, 17,18 Methanomonas Methylosinus, 250, 266, 268 Moellerella, 705, 706 methanooxidans, 268 trichosporium, 269 wisconsensis, 592, 598, 705, 706 methanooxidans, (Methanomonas), 268 Methylosphaera, 248, 249, 252-254, 259, mollaretii, (Yersinia), 593, 602, 815, 838, methanooxidans, (Methylomonas), 266, 268 263, 266, 269, 270 840-842, 844, 848 Methylobacillus, 191, 192 hansonii, 259, 269, 270 Monas glycogenes, 266 methylotrophus, (Methylophilus), 266 okenii, 10, 11 Methylobacter, 185, 192, 248, 249, 252-256, methylovora, (Methylomonas), 266 Monas 258, 259, 260, 263, 265, 266, 268, Methylovorus, 191, 192 vinosa, 12, 13 270, 463 metschnikovii, (Vibrio), 499, 501, 503-505, Monas agilis, 262, 263 507, 510, 513, 516, 518, 520, 521, warmingii, 13 albus, 264 524, 528, 529, 537, 588, 590 moniliformis, (Streptobacillus), 880 alkaliphilus, 259, 261 Micavibrio, 514 monteilii, (Pseudomonas), 354-357, 369 capsulatus, 256 micdadei, (Legionella), 211-213, 216, 217, moravica, (Legionella), 213, 216, 217, 227, luteus, 256, 258, 259, 260 219, 220, 222, 224, 227-231, 233, 748 228, 233, 234, 236 marinus, 258, 260 Microbulbifer, 329, 443, 446, 460, 461, 464, Moraxella, 124, 125, 130, 187, 323, 403, 411- pelagicus, 264 465, 479 416, 417, 420-424, 434, 437, 439, 851, psychrophilus, 259, 261 hydrolyticus, 461, 465 867 whittenburyi, 258-260, 261 Micrococcus atlantae, 412-416, 422, 423, 424 Methylobacterium, 241, 355, 514 amylovorus, 670, 677 boevrei, 412-414, 423 Methylocaldum, 252, 253, 256, 257, 261, 262 Micrococcus bovis, 325, 411-414, 417-423 gracile, 256-258, 262 calcoaceticus, 425, 435 canis, 413, 414, 419, 420 szegediense, 256, 261, 262 Micrococcus caprae, 411-414, 420 tepidum, 256, 262 cryophilus, 438 catarrhalis, 411-414, 420, 421-423 METHYLOCOCCACEAE, 248-251, 252, 253- Micrococcus caviae, 411-414, 420, 421 256, 258, 259, 262, 263, 265, 266, halodenitrificans, 309 cuniculi, 412-414, 420, 421 269, 270, 584 Micrococcus equi, 414, 421 METHYLOCOCCALES, 1, 248, 251, 252, luteus, 738, 836, 869 lacunata, 412-415, 417,418, 419, 421-424, 254, 258, 259, 262, 265, 266, 269 Micrococcus 429 Methylococcus, 248-250, 252, 253, 254, 255- nitrosus, 21 lacunata, 414, 417, 418, 419 257, 259, 263, 265, 266, 268, 270 Micrococcus liquefaciens, 414, 415, 418, 419, 421, bovis, 256, 258-260 phosphoreus, 546, 548 424 capsulatus, 91, 254-256, 257, 269 Microcoleus, 173 lincolnii, 411, 413, 414, 423 chroococcus, 256, 259 migulae, (Pseudomonas), 354, 366, 369 nonliquefaciens, 325, 411-414, 421, 422- fulvus, 256, 258, 260 Mikrokokkus 424 luteus, 256, 258-260 catarrhalis, 420 osloensis, 411-417, 423, 424, 442 mobilis, 256, 258 milletiae, (Bacillus), 716 ovis, 412-414, 419, 421, 422, 423 thermophilus, 254-256, 257, 258, 266 milletiae, (Erwinia), 592, 605, 665, 675, 713- phenylpyruvica, 411-416, 423, 424, 425, ucrainicus, 259 717, 719 438, 439 vinelandii, 256, 259 Mima urethralis, 414 whittenburyi, 256, 259, 261 polymorpha, 412 MORAXELLACEAE, 323, 411, 412-425, 429, Methylocystis, 250 mimicus, (Vibrio), 499, 501-507, 510, 512- 434, 437-439, 442, 867 Methylomicrobium, 248, 249, 252-254, 259, 515, 519-521, 524, 528, 529, 537 Morganella, 603, 606, 659, 707, 708, 709, 262, 263-266, 268, 270 minima, (Beggiatoa), 159 744, 746, 747, 751, 753, 757, 838 agile, 262, 263, 264, 266 minima, (Thioploca), 171, 178 morganii, 592, 599, 604-606, 707, 708, album, 263, 264, 266, 268 minor, (Actinobacillus), 852, 853, 869, 873- 709, 747, 757, 833 pelagicum, 263, 264, 463 875, 877, 878, 880, 896 morganii, 592, 599, 709 Methylomonas, 185, 192, 248, 249, 252-254, minor, (Thiocystis), 5, 7, 30, 31 sibonii, 592, 599, 709 259, 263, 265, 266-268, 270, 463 minor, (Thiorhodococcus), 8, 37, 38 morgani, (Bacillus), 707, 709 aurantiaca, 265, 266, 267 minus, (Chromatium), 30, 31 morganii, (Morganella), 592, 599, 604-606, clara, 266 minus, (Rhabdochromatium), 23 707, 708, 709, 747, 757, 833 espexii, 266 minutissimum, (Allochromatium), 7, 13 morganii, (Proteus), 592, 707, 709 1098 INDEX OF SCIENTIFIC NAMES OF ARCHAEA AND BACTERIA mori, (Pseudomonas), 374 nereis, (Beneckea), 515 oceani, (Nitrosococcus), 2, 21, 22, 52, 117, Moritella, 443, 444, 448, 458, 465, 466, 479, nereis, (Vibrio), 522, 523, 526, 530, 532, 249 485, 493, 514-516, 519-523, 816, 834 538, 539 Oceanimonas, 556, 578 japonica, 466, 515 neteri, (Cedecea), 591, 596, 648, 649, 650 baumannii, 578 marina, 443, 465, 466, 483, 499, 515, 522, Nevskia, 63, 64, 94, 101, 103, 104 baumannii, 578, 579 523, 526, 541, 816, 834 ramosa, 94, 101-103, 104 doudoroffii, 578 viscosa, 466, 515, 526 newcastle, (Shigella), 815 Oceanobacter, 271 yayanosii, 466, 515 nidulans, (Anacystis), 152 kriegii, 271 moscoviensis, (Nitrospira), 55 nigricans, (Azotobacter), 384-387, 389, 390, Oceanomonas, 515 mucidolens, (Pseudomonas), 369, 370 392, 395, 397, 401 alginolytica, 530 mucor, (Leucothrix), 135, 162, 163, 165, nigrifaciens, (Alteromonas), 477 parahaemolytica, 540 167, 168 nigrifaciens, (Pseudoalteromonas), 288, 458, OCEANOSPIRILLACEAE, 270, 271, 296, mucosus, (Bacillus), 691, 692 463, 467-470, 472, 473, 477 584 multiglobuliferum, (Oceanospirillum), 274- nigrificans, (Carnimonas), 313, 314, 315 OCEANOSPIRILLALES, 1, 270, 493 279, 280, 291, 293 nigrifluens, (Brenneria), 591, 628-631, 632 Oceanospirillum, 270, 271, 272-278, 281, multiglobuliferum, (Spirillum), 280 nigrifluens, (Erwinia), 591, 632 283, 288, 290, 292-294, 297, 302, 305, multiresinivorans, (Pseudomonas), 354, 379 nigripulchritudo, (Beneckea), 515, 539 314, 322, 355, 446, 459, 461, 463-465 multocida, (Pasteurella), 209, 845, 853, 856- nigripulchritudo, (Vibrio), 499, 504, 522, beijerinckii, 272-279, 280, 291, 293 862, 863, 864, 867-871, 874, 908 523, 526, 539, 541 beijerinckii, 272, 274-277, 279, 280, 291 muris, (Actinobacillus), 856, 867, 870, 873, nimipressuralis, (Enterobacter), 591, 597, pelagicum, 274-277, 279, 280, 291 875-878, 880, 881 662, 664, 667, 668, 669 commune, 271, 275, 283, 288 murliniae, (Citrobacter), 591, 596, 654, 655, nimipressuralis, (Erwinia), 591, 665, 669, hiroshimense, 275 656 675, 716 jannaschii, 271, 274-279, 281, 283, 291, Mycobacterium nitratis, (Thialkalivibrio), 56 293, 463 leprae, 241 nitratis, (Thioalkalivibrio), 56 japonicum, 271-279, 281, 291, 293, 294 Mycobacterium nitritireducens, (Stenotrophomonas), 111, kriegii, 271, 274-279, 281, 283, 291, 293, tuberculosis, 241 112, 115 294, 463 Mycoplasma Nitrobacter, 52-55 linum, 271-276, 277, 278-280, 291, 293, genitalium, 636 alkalicus, 55 322 Mycoplasma hamburgensis, 55 maris, 272-279, 280, 281, 291, 293 pneumoniae, 244 vulgaris, 55 hiroshimense, 272, 274-277, 279, 280, mytili, (Vibrio), 500, 519-521, 532, 537, 541 winogradskyi, 55 281, 291 Myxococcus Nitrococcus, 42, 52, 53-55 maris, 274-277, 279, 280, 281, 291 xanthus, 325 mobilis, 2, 52-54, 55 williamsae, 273-277, 279, 280, 281, 291 myxofaciens, (Proteus), 592, 599, 745, 746, nitroreducens, (Pseudomonas), 370 minutulum, 271, 273, 275, 276, 290 748, 750, 751, 752 Nitrosococcus, 21 multiglobuliferum, 274-279, 280, 291, 293 halophilus, 21, 22,52 pelagicum, 275 namibiensis, (Thiomargarita), 159, 160, 169, mobilis, 21 pusillum, 271, 274-279, 281, 291, 293 170, 171, 175, 176 nitrosus, 21 vagum, 271, 275, 283, 288 naphthovorans, (Neptunomonas), 292, 294 oceani, 2, 21, 22, 52, 117, 249 oceanus, (Nitrosocystis), 22 627 nasoniae, (Arsenophonus), 591, 626, , Nitrosocystis odorifera, (Serratia), 593, 601, 605, 650, 628, 730, 732, 831 800-803, 805, 807, 808, 809, 811 oceanus, 22 natriegens, (Beneckea), 515, 537 okenii, (Chromatium), 6, 7, 10, 11, 12, 23 Nitrosomonas, 21 natriegens, (Pseudomonas), 537 okenii, (Monas), 10, 11 Nitrosovibrio, 514 natriegens, (Vibrio), 501, 520, 521, 524, 532, OLEIPHILACEAE, 270 Nitrospina, 54, 55 537, 538 Oleispira, 271 gracilis, 55 nautarum, (Legionella), 213, 216, 217, 227, oleovorans, (Pseudomonas), 344, 352, 353, Nitrospira (genus), 54, 55 234 370, 430 marina, 55 nautica, (Pseudomonas), 355, 460-462 Oligella, 414 moscoviensis, 55 navarrensis, (Vibrio), 500, 526, 538 Oligotropha, 355 NITROSPIRAE, 55 neapolitanus, (Halothiobacillus), 58, 59, 62 oligotrophus, (Cycloclasticus), 185-187 nitrosus, (Micrococcus), 21 neapolitanus, (Thiobacillus), 58, 62, 123 oneidensis, (Shewanella), 483, 484, 490 Necromonas nitrosus, (Nitrosococcus), 21 Ophidomonas achromogenes, 575 nivea, (Beggiatoa), 132, 138 jenensis, 40 Neisseria, 125, 892, 894 nivea, (Thiothrix), 117, 132, 134, 136, 137, ordalii, (Listonella), 515, 516 catarrhalis, 412 138, 140, 151 ordalii, (Vibrio), 503, 504, 515, 516, 519, caviae, 421 noackiae, (Buttiauxella), 591, 595, 642-644, 522, 523, 526, 530, 531, 539, 540 cuniculi, 421 645 orientalis, (Pseudomonas), 354, 370 gonorrhoeae, 325 nodosus, (Bacteroides), 123, 127, 129, 130 orientalis, (Vibrio), 513, 522, 523, 526, 540, meningitidis, 241, 325, 620 nodosus, (Dichelobacter), 123, 124, 127, 541, 544 ovis, 422 128, 129, 130, 325 Orientia NEISSERIACEAE, 130, 412, 415, 416, 851, nodosus, (Fusiformis), 127, 129 tsutsugamushi, 241, 244 867 noncitrophila, (Escherichia), 695 ornithinolytica, (Klebsiella), 591, 604, 685- nematophila, (Xenorhabdus), 593, 737, 815, noncitrophila, (Kluyvera), 694-696 687, 691, 692, 693 816, 831-836, 837 nonliquefaciens, (Moraxella), 325, 411-414, ornithinolytica, (Raoultella), 591, 692 nematophilus, (Achromobacter), 831, 836, 421, 422-424 oryzae, (Xanthomonas), 67, 69-75, 77, 78, 837 novicida, (Francisella), 202, 206, 208, 224 80, 85, 86, 87, 715 nematophilus, (Xenorhabdus), 593, 601, novicida, (Pasteurella), 208 oryzihabitans, (Flavimonas), 370 605, 832, 837 nulandii, (Erwinia), 591, 678 oryzihabitans, (Pseudomonas), 359, 370 Neorickettsia Oscillatoria, 148 helminthoeca, 183, 184 oakridgensis, (Legionella), 212, 216, 217, alba, 160 Neorickettsia 219, 220, 227, 234 osloensis, (Moraxella), 411-417, 423, 424, risticii, 244 Obesumbacterium, 710, 711, 712 442 Neptunomonas, 187, 271, 288, 292, 293-295 proteus, 592, 599, 604, 605, 684, 710, 711, ovalis, (Pseudomonas), 324, 328 naphthovorans, 292, 294 712, 713 ovatus, (Bacteroides), 585 nereida, (Beneckea), 515, 538 occultum, (Pyrodictium), 297 ovis, (Helcococcus), 875 INDEX OF SCIENTIFIC NAMES OF ARCHAEA AND BACTERIA 1099 ovis, (Histophilus), 870, 875, 885, 898, 904 parisiensis, (Legionella), 212-214, 216-219, pedioformis, (Amoebobacter), 35 ovis, (Moraxella), 412-414, 419, 421, 422, 227, 228, 230, 232, 234, 236 pelagia, (Beneckea), 515, 540, 541 423 paspali, (Azorhizophilus), 401 pelagia, (Listonella), 492, 495, 515-517, 540, ovis, (Neisseria), 422 paspali, (Azotobacter), 384-390, 392-399, 541 oxaliferum, (Achromatium), 142, 143, 145, 401 pelagica, (Methylomonas), 264 146, 147 Pasteurella, 124, 125, 205, 206, 514, 580, pelagicum, (Methylomicrobium), 263, 264, oxytoca, (Klebsiella), 591, 598, 604, 605, 590, 845, 850-853, 855, 856, 857, 858- 463 648, 664, 686-692, 693 870, 872, 874-876, 881, 896, 904-908, pelagicum, (Oceanospirillum), 275 oxytocum, (Aerobacter), 691 912 pelagicum, (Spirillum), 280 oxytocus, (Bacillus), 691, 693 aerogenes, 856, 858, 862, 865, 867, 868, pelagicus, (Methylobacter), 264 ozaenae, (Bacillus), 692 875, 876 pelagius, (Vibrio), 492, 495, 515-517, 522, ozaenae, (Klebsiella), 591, 604, 647, 691, anatis, 856, 857, 859, 861-863, 864, 865, 523, 526, 530, 532, 538, 540, 541, 543 692, 815, 840 867, 876 Pelobacter, 585 avium, 853, 856-859, 861-863, 864, 865, pelophila, (Thiomicrospira), 193, 194, 196, pacifica, (Deleya), 311 867, 876, 896 197-199 pacifica, (Halomonas), 303-305, 311, 463 bettyae, 856, 857, 862, 865, 867, 868, 870, penaeicida, (Vibrio), 500, 507, 522, 523, pacificensis, (, Psychrobacter), 440 875 526, 539, 540, 541 pacificensis, (Psychrobacter), 414, 440 caballi, 856, 862, 866 pendens, (Amoebobacter), 26, 28 pacificus, (Alcaligenes), 311 canis, 853, 857-863, 864, 865, 867 pendens, (Rhodothece), 28 Padlewskia, 653 dagmatis, 852, 853, 857-863, 864, 866, pendens, (Thiocapsa), 7, 9, 26, 27, 28,32 pallidula, (Glaciecola), 456, 457, 458 867, 875 penneri, (Proteus), 592, 599, 746-752, 753 palmae, (Zymobacter), 314, 315, 319-322, gallicida, 857, 863 peptidolytica, (Pseudoalteromonas), 477 323 gallinarum, 853, 856, 857, 859-863, 864, perfectomarina, (Pseudomonas), 463 pantelleriensis, (Halomonas), 303, 304, 312 867, 876, 897 persica, (Francisella), 244 Pantoea, 604, 605, 628, 629, 651, 662, 665, granulomatis, 866, 910, 911 persica, (Wolbachia), 184, 200, 201, 203, 666, 670, 671, 675, 676, 691, 713, haemolytica, 851, 853, 866, 870, 875, 908, 205, 206, 209, 210, 212, 244 714-719, 721, 722, 761, 805 909 persicina, (Enterobacter), 713, 717 agglomerans, 592, 599, 605, 643, 677, 713- langaa, 853, 856, 857, 859, 861-863, 865, persicina, (Erwinia), 591, 670, 672-675, 678 716, 717, 718, 719 867, 876 persicinus, (Erwinia), 591, 670 ananas, 592, 665, 717, 719 leonis, 853 pertucinogena, (Pseudomonas), 353, 371 ananatis, 592, 665, 713-715, 717, 718, 719, lymphangitidis, 866 pertussis, (Bordetella), 223, 241, 371, 858 720 mairii, 856, 862, 866, 867, 875, 876 pestis, (Bacterium), 838, 846 citrea, 592, 714, 715, 717, 718, 719 multocida, 209, 845, 853, 856-862, 863, pestis, (Yersinia), 203, 209, 589, 593, 602, dispersa, 592, 599, 713, 714, 717, 718, 719 864, 867-871, 874, 908 605, 815, 833, 838-845, 846, 848 punctata, 592, 714, 717-719, 720 gallicida, 860, 863 Pfennigia, 19, 22,23 stewartii, 592, 713-715, 717-719, 720 multocida, 858, 860, 863 purpurea, 19, 22, 23 indologenes, 592, 717-719, 720 septica, 858, 860, 862, 863, 864 pfennigii, (Thiocapsa), 26, 28, 29, 52 stewartii, 592, 715, 717-719, 720 novicida, 208 pfennigii, (Thiococcus), 2, 4, 6, 8, 25, 26, terrea, 592, 714, 717-719, 720 parahaemolytica, 540 28, 29, 33, 52 Paracoccus phocoenarum, 856 phagocytophilum, (Anaplasma), 244 piscicida, 548 halodenitrificans, 303, 309 phaseoli, (Xanthomonas), 67, 82 pneumotropica, 853, 856, 862, 866, 867, Paracolobactrum phaseolicola, (Pseudomonas), 377 868, 870, 875, 876 anguillimortiferum, 660 phenylpyruvica, (Moraxella), 411-416, 423, stomatis, 853, 857-863, 865, 867, 868 Paracolobactrum 424, 425, 438, 439 testudinis, 856, 857, 862, 866, 867 arizonae, 799 phenylpyruvicus, (Psychrobacter), 425, 438 trehalosi, 856-858, 862, 866, 867, 909 paracuniculus, (Haemophilus), 856, 867, philomiragia, (Francisella), 199-208, 209, ureae, 862, 870, 881, 883 875, 885, 887, 889, 893-896, 899, 901 846 volantium, 853, 856-858, 861-863, 865, paradisiaca, (Brenneria), 591, 629-631, 632 philomiragia, (Yersinia), 206, 209, 846 867, 876, 896 paradisiaca, (Erwinia), 591, 633 Phlomobacter, 731, 732 PASTEURELLACEAE, 492, 580, 584, 588, paradysenteriae, (Shigella), 823 fragariae, 592, 603, 627, 720, 730-732, 826 590, 838, 850, 851, 852, 853, 855-860, paragallinarum, (Haemophilus), 856, 857, 867, 868, 870, 873-877, 883, 884, 888, phocoenarum, (Pasteurella), 856 862, 867, 868, 876, 883-888, 890, 892- 889, 896-898, 904-908, 912 Phocoenobacter, 851-853, 912 894, 896, 897, 899, 901 PASTEURELLALES, 1, 850 uteri, 851, 853, 856, 876, 912 parahaemolytica, (Beneckea), 515, 540 pastoria, (Aeromonas), 577 Phormidium parahaemolytica, (Oceanomonas), 540 paucimobilis, (Pseudomonas), 355 corallyticum, 157 parahaemolytica, (Pasteurella), 540 paucimobilis, (Sphingomonas), 106 phosphoreum, (Photobacterium), 492, 513, parahaemolyticus, (Haemophilus), 853, 867, pavonacea, (Pseudomonas), 429 522, 523, 546, 547, 548, 549-552 870, 875, 885, 887-890, 892, 893, 895, pealeana, (Shewanella), 485, 490 phosphoreus, (Micrococcus), 546, 548 896, 899, 902 pectenicida, (Vibrio), 496, 507, 522, 523, Photobacter parahaemolyticus, (Vibrio), 291, 496, 498- 526, 540 splendidum, 542 510, 513, 515, 516, 519-521, 526, 528- Pectobacterium, 604, 628, 629, 670, 671, Photobacterium, 447, 484, 492-494, 508-510, 530, 532, 534, 535, 537-539, 540, 541, 675, 676, 713, 721, 722-726, 805 513-516, 518, 519, 522, 523, 532, 537, 543, 544, 565, 658, 660, 684 cacticida, 592, 723-726, 729 540-542, 545, 546, 547-549, 552, 556, parainfluenzae, (Haemophilus), 853, 867- carotovorum, 592, 676, 721, 722, 723-729 588, 737, 738, 740 870, 881, 884-890, 892-900, 902 atrosepticum, 592, 721, 722, 723, 726- angustum, 522, 523, 546, 547, 548, 549, paraphrohaemolyticus, (Haemophilus), 853, 728 551, 552 867, 870, 875, 887-889, 893, 896, 899, betavasculorum, 592, 722, 726, 727, 728 damselae, 495, 505, 510, 513, 515, 517, 902 carotovorum, 592, 721, 722, 723, 726- 519-523, 525, 527-529, 532, 546- paraphrophilus, (Haemophilus), 856, 867- 728 548, 549, 550-552 872, 876, 886-888, 890, 892-899, 902, odoriferum, 592, 726, 727, 728 damselae, 495, 505, 510, 513, 517, 519- 903 wasabiae, 592, 722, 726-728, 729 523, 525, 527-529, 532, 546-549, parasuis, (Haemophilus), 856, 867, 868, 871, chrysanthemi, 592, 721-726, 729, 730 550, 551, 552 875, 884, 886-894, 896, 899, 903 cypripedii, 592, 721-726, 730 piscicida, 546-549, 550, 551 paratyphi, (Bacterium), 798 rhapontici, 591, 679 fischeri, 482, 533, 548 paratyphi, (Salmonella), 595-602 pedioforme, (Thiolamprovum), 9, 26, 35,36 histaminum, 548 1100 INDEX OF SCIENTIFIC NAMES OF ARCHAEA AND BACTERIA

iliopiscarium, 499, 500, 522, 523, 526, pneumotropica, (Pasteurella), 853, 856, 862, rettgeri, 592, 599, 604, 605, 747, 753-757, 546-549, 551 866, 867, 868, 870, 875, 876 758, 759 leiognathi, 452, 492, 513, 522, 523, 546- poinarii, (Xenorhabdus), 593, 732, 815, 831- rustigianii, 592, 600, 751, 753-757, 758, 550, 551, 552 833, 835, 836, 837 759 logei, 536, 548 polycolor, (Pseudomonas), 358 stuartii, 592, 600, 604, 605, 627, 753-757, mandapamensis, 551 polymorpha, (Mima), 412 758, 759 phosphoreum, 492, 513, 522, 523, 546, polymorphus, (Flexibacter), 482 prowazekii, (Rickettsia), 241, 244 547, 548, 549-552 popilliae, (Coxiella), 242, 247 prunicola, (Pseudomonas), 373 profundum, 546-551, 552 popilliae, (Rickettsiella), 242-246, 247 prydzensis, (Pseudoalteromonas), 458, 468- Photorhabdus, 587, 588, 594, 599, 605, 732, popoffii, (Aeromonas), 557-562, 572, 574 470, 474, 475, 477 733-739, 815, 831-833, 836 populi, (Xanthomonas), 68, 74, 75, 77, 78, pseudoalcaligenes, (Pseudomonas), 114, asymbiotica, 592, 734, 735, 737, 738, 739 85,86 347, 352, 353, 359, 360, 371, 411 luminescens, 592, 595-602, 606, 732-735, porcinus, (Actinobacillus), 852, 856, 867, Pseudoalteromonas, 288, 293, 294, 443-446, 737, 738, 739, 833, 837 873-875, 877, 878, 881, 896 449, 456, 458-460, 463, 467, 468-475, akhurstii, 592, 734, 735, 739 Porochlamydia, 246 479, 483, 485, 580 laumondii, 734, 735, 739 buthi, 243, 246 antarctica, 458, 468, 469, 470, 472, 473 luminescens, 592, 734, 735, 738, 739 chironomi, 246 atlantica, 468, 469, 471, 472, 473 temperata, 592, 734, 735, 737, 738, 740 Porphyromonas, 124, 129 aurantia, 463, 467, 468, 470, 471, 474, 475 Phytomonas Pragia, 641, 710, 744, 745 bacteriolytica, 473 asplenii, 361 fontium, 592, 599, 703, 745 carrageenovora, 468, 469, 472, 473, 475 Phytomonas Prevotella, 129 citrea, 463, 467-470, 474, 475 cichorii, 363 ruminicola, 585 denitrificans, 463, 467-469, 474, 475 Phytomonas profunda, (Psychromonas), 479, 480 distincta, 476 dissolvens, 669 profundum, (Photobacterium), 546-551, 552 elyakovii, 476 Phytomonas profundus, (Alcanivorax), 296 espejiana, 463, 468, 472, 473, 476 intybi, 368 Propionigenium, 585 haloplanktis, 452, 463, 467-469, 470, 472, Phytomonas Propionispira, 585 473, 478, 482 marginalis, 368 protea, (Hafnia), 592, 604, 684, 711, 712 tetraodonis, 467, 470, 478 Phytomonas proteamaculans, (Erwinia), 805 luteoviolacea, 463, 467-469, 474, 475, 476 rhapontica, 679 proteamaculans, (Pseudomonas), 810 nigrifaciens, 288, 458, 463, 467-470, 472, Phytomonas proteamaculans, (Serratia), 593, 594, 800- 473, 477 syringae, 373 803, 805-809, 810, 811 peptidolytica, 477 Phytomonas PROTEOBACTERIA (phylum), 1, 60, 102, piscicida, 467-470, 474, 475, 477 viridiflava, 377 110, 129, 173, 241, 333, 341, 353, prydzensis, 458, 468-470, 474, 475, 477 phytoseiuli, (Rickettsiella), 243-245 354, 390, 397, 399, 442, 456, 492, rubra, 463, 467-469, 478 pickettii, (Ralstonia), 114, 331 493, 746, 856 tetraodonis, 468, 472, 473, 478 pictorum, (Pseudomonas), 355 proteolytica, (Aeromonas), 542 tunicata, 478 pipientis, (Wolbachia), 244 proteolyticus, (Psychrobacter), 414, 437, undina, 463, 468, 469, 472, 473, 478 piscicida, (Flavobacterium), 477 440, 441 pseudomallei, (Burkholderia), 113, 114 piscicida, (Pasteurella), 548 proteolyticus, (Vibrio), 522, 523, 526, 539, PSEUDOMONADACEAE, 74, 323, 399, 406, piscicida, (Pseudoalteromonas), 467-470, 542 408, 443, 493, 695 , 1, 323, 399, 493 474, 475, 477 proteum, (Flavobacterium), 710-712 Pseudomonas, 68-70, 74, 109, 110, 112, 113, piscicida, (Pseudomonas), 470, 477 Proteus, 588, 590, 603, 606, 622, 659, 660, 187, 224, 287, 288, 293, 305, 323, Piscirickettsia, 131, 180, 183, 184 703, 707, 708, 738, 740, 743, 744, 324, 325, 327-344, 346-360, 362-373, salmonis, 180-183, 184, 205 745, 746-755, 757, 786, 815, 836, 838, 377, 378, 385, 388, 389, 399, 403, PISCIRICKETTSIACEAE, 126, 129, 131, 840, 908 408, 446, 464, 465, 485, 515, 578, 180, 184, 193, 199, 200, 205 proteus, (Flavobacterium), 710, 711 743, 803, 874, 895 piscium, (Haemophilus), 570, 578 proteus, (Hafnia), 711 abietaniphila, 354, 377 pisi, (Xanthomonas), 77, 78, 85 inconstans, 753, 758, 759 aeruginosa, 99, 108, 110, 111, 114, 115, pittsburghensis, (Legionella), 233 mirabilis, 592, 599, 603-606, 627, 708, 743, 117, 203, 223, 241, 244, 313, 324- 745-750, 751, 752, 753, 757, 786, plantarum, (Lactobacillus), 891 330, 332-339, 341-344, 346, 347, planticola, (Klebsiella), 591, 598, 604, 605, 814 350, 352, 353, 354, 355-358, 361, 641, 686-692, 693 morganii, 592, 707, 709 371, 387, 388, 393, 399, 411, 708 planticola, (Raoultella), 591, 692 myxofaciens, 592, 599, 745, 746, 748, 750, agarici, 347, 352, 353, 358, 359 Plesiomonas, 492-494, 509, 514, 534, 548, 751, 752 alcaligenes, 114, 325, 328, 346, 347, 352, 556, 569, 580, 588, 590, 740, 741-744 proteus, (Obesumbacterium), 592, 599, 604, 353, 358, 359, 360, 371 shigelloides, 493, 515, 592, 606, 732, 740- 605, 684, 710, 711, 712, 713 alliicola, 363 743, 744, 812, 818 penneri, 592, 599, 746-752, 753 aminovorans, 355 pleuropneumoniae, (Actinobacillus), 852, rettgeri, 747, 755, 758 amygdali, 347, 352, 353, 359, 361, 364, 853, 867, 869-878, 881, 892, 902 shigelloides, 606 369, 373, 374 pleuropneumoniae, (Haemophilus), 881, stuartii, 759 anguilliseptica, 361 896 vulgaris, 291, 592, 599, 603-606, 627, 635, antimicrobica, 354, 378 plymuthica, (Serratia), 593, 601, 605, 800- 638, 732, 733, 743, 746-750, 751, asplenii, 352, 354, 361 803, 805-809, 810 752, 753, 757, 786, 831, 833 aurantiaca, 361, 365 plymuthicum, (Bacterium), 810 Protococcus aureofaciens, 327, 339, 352, 363, 365 pneumoniae, (Chlamydia), 244 roseopersicinus, 18, 19 avellanae, 328, 361, 362 pneumoniae, (Hyalococcus), 686, 691, 692 Protomonas avenae, 371 pneumoniae, (Klebsiella), 389, 589, 591, extorquens, 355 avenae, 371 592, 598, 604, 605, 647, 648, 664-666, Providencia, 588, 590, 603, 604, 659, 660, citrulli, 371 675, 685-691, 692, 693, 805, 849 707, 708, 744, 746, 747, 751, 753, konjaci, 371 pneumoniae, (Mycoplasma), 244 754-759, 803, 821, 838 ayucida, 354 pneumoniae, (Streptococcus), 891 alcalifaciens, 592, 599, 605, 753-757, 758, azotoformans, 362 pneumophila, (Legionella), 117, 211-214, 759 balearica, 352, 358, 362, 373 216-225, 226, 227-230, 233, 234, 236, friedericiana, 755, 757 barkeri, 373 241, 244, 626 heimbachae, 592, 599, 753-757, 758, 759 beijerinckii, 355 INDEX OF SCIENTIFIC NAMES OF ARCHAEA AND BACTERIA 1101 beteli, 109, 355 orientalis, 354, 370 Psychrobacter, 403, 411-416, 425, 437, 438- boreopolis, 355 oryzihabitans, 359, 370 440, 457 cannabina, 374, 375, 378 ovalis, 324, 328 faecalis, 414, 439, 440 carboxydohydrogena, 355 paucimobilis, 355 frigidicola, 414, 438, 439, 440 carboxydovorans, 355 pavonacea, 429 glacincola, 414, 437, 439, 440 caricapapayae, 353, 362 perfectomarina, 463 immobilis, 414, 415, 429, 437, 438, 439, cedrella, 354, 362 pertucinogena, 353, 371 440 cepacia, 333 phaseolicola, 377 marincola, 414, 437, 439, 440 chichorii, 353 pictorum, 355 chlororaphis, 325, 327, 328, 339, 352, 353, piscicida, 470, 477 pacificensis, 440 355-357, 361, 362, 363, 365, 366 polycolor, 358 aureofaciens, 355-357, 361, 363, 366 proteamaculans, 810 pacificensis, 414, 440 chlororaphis, 355-357, 363, 366 prunicola, 373 phenylpyruvicus, 425, 438 cichorii, 347, 352, 359, 363, 364 pseudoalcaligenes, 114, 347, 352, 353, proteolyticus, 414, 437, 440, 441 cissicola, 354 359, 360, 371, 411 submarinus, 414, 437, 440, 441 citrarefaciens, 373 citrulli, 371 urativorans, 414, 438, 440, 441 citriputealis, 373 konjaci, 371 psychroerythrus, (Vibrio), 448, 452 citronellolis, 352, 363 pseudoalcaligenes, 371 Psychroflexus compransoris, 355 punctulans, 373 torquis, 482 coronafaciens, 352, 353, 375 putida, 114, 324, 325, 328-336, 338, 339, Psychromonas, 443, 478, 479 corrugata, 347, 349, 353, 359, 360, 363 341, 342, 344, 347, 349, 350, 352, antarctica, 478, 479 cruciviae, 429 353, 355-358, 371 arctica, 479, 480 doudoroffii, 355, 463, 578 pyocyanea, 336 kaikoae, 479, 480 echinoides, 355 radiora, 355 marina, 479, 480 elongata, 329, 355 resinovorans, 352, 372 profunda, 479, 480 ficuserectae, 347, 352, 353, 361, 363, 364, rhodesiae, 349, 355-357, 372 psychrophilus, (Methylobacter), 259, 261 373, 374 rhodos, 355 psychrotropica, (Colwellia), 448-453, 454 flavescens, 328, 352, 355-357, 365 riboflavina, 355 ptyseos, (Tatumella), 593, 601, 825, 826 flectens, 354, 378 rimaefaciens, 373 pugetii, (Cycloclasticus), 184-186, 187, 188 fluorescens, 114, 324-330, 334-336, 338- rosea, 355 pullorum, (Bacterium), 798 343, 345, 347, 349, 350, 352, 353, rubescens, 483 pumilus, (Bacillus), 891 355-357, 359, 361, 362, 365, 366- rubrisubalbicans, 355 punctata, (Aeromonas), 571 371, 677, 723, 867 saccharophila, 330, 355 punctata, (Pantoea), 592, 714, 717-719, 720 fragi, 328, 347, 349, 353, 365 savastanoi, 325, 336, 337, 340, 361, 372, punctulans, (Pseudomonas), 373 fulva, 365 373, 374 punicea, (Glaciecola), 456, 457, 458 fuscovaginae, 354, 366 schuylkilliensis, 365 purpuratum, (Chromatium), 21 gardneri, 69 shigelloides, 493, 740, 744 purpuratum, (Marichromatium), 5, 8, 21 gelidicola, 354 spinosa, 328, 354 purpurea, (Lamprocystis), 9, 19,22 geniculata, 69, 355, 365 spongiosa, 373 purpurea, (Pfennigia), 19, 22, 23 gessardii, 354, 366 stanieri, 353, 355, 373, 463 purpureus, (Amoebobacter), 19, 22, 23 graminis, 366 stewartii, 716, 720 pusilla, (Terasakiella), 271 halophila, 329, 354, 378 straminae, 373 pusillum, (Oceanospirillum), 271, 274-279, hibisci, 373 striafaciens, 376 281, 291, 293 hibiscicola, 109, 112, 355 stutzeri, 114, 324, 327-330, 332-336, 338, pusillum, (Spirillum), 281 huttiensis, 355 339, 342, 343, 346, 347, 349, 350, putida, (Pseudomonas), 114, 324, 325, 328- indigofera, 328, 354 352, 353, 358-360, 362, 373, 399, 336, 338, 339, 341, 342, 344, 347, iners, 328, 354 463 349, 350, 352, 353, 355-358, 371 jessenii, 367 synxantha, 373 putidus, (Bacillus), 371 lanceolata, 328, 354 syringae, 68, 325-330, 335-342, 349, 352, putrefaciens, (Alteromonas), 481, 487, 786 lemoignei, 355 354, 362, 364, 372, 373, 374-377 putrefaciens, (Shewanella), 447, 455, 481- lemonnieri, 327, 328, 345, 365, 368 savastanoi, 372 486, 487, 488 libanensis, 354, 367 taetrolens, 377 lundensis, 349, 355-357, 365, 367, 368 tolaasii, 340, 347, 352, 353, 358, 359, 377 pylori, (Helicobacter), 241, 339 luteola, 359, 368 tonelliana, 373 pyocyanea, (Pseudomonas), 336 maltophilia, 69, 107, 112, 113, 115 tremae, 374, 375, 379 pyogenes, (Streptococcus), 891 mandelii, 354, 368 trifolii, 716 pyrifoliae, (Erwinia), 591, 678 marginalis, 347, 352-354, 365, 368 trifoliorum, 373 pyrinus, (Enterobacter), 591, 597, 662, 664, marina, 310, 355 utiformica, 373 667, 668, 669 melanogena, 109 vancouverensis, 354, 379 Pyrodictium meliae, 361, 364, 368, 369, 373, 374 veronii, 349, 354-357, 377 occultum, 297 mendocina, 114, 324, 328, 330, 331, 333, vignae, 373 334, 341, 343, 347, 352, 353, 359, viridifaciens, 373 quateirensis, (Legionella), 213, 214, 216, 360, 369 viridiflava, 339, 342, 347, 352, 353, 364, 217, 220, 227, 234, 236 mephitica, 354 377 quentini, (Haemophilus), 853, 897 mesophilica, 355 Pseudospirillum, 271 quercina, (Brenneria), 591, 628-632, 633 methaninitrificans, 268 japonicum, 271 quercina, (Erwinia), 591, 633 migulae, 354, 366, 369 pseudotuberculosis, (Bacillus), 848 quinlivanii, (Legionella), 214, 216, 217, 220, mixta, 355 pseudotuberculosis, (Yersinia), 593, 602, 221, 227, 228, 234, 236 monteilii, 354-357, 369 605, 619, 815, 838-846, 848 quintana, (Bartonella), 241, 244 mori, 374 Pseudoxanthomonas, 63, 64, 94, 105, 116, quisquiliarum, (Methylosarcina), 268 mucidolens, 369, 370 118 multiresinivorans, 354, 379 broegbernensis, 105, 117, 118 rabaulensis, (Shigella), 813, 823 natriegens, 537 psidii, (Erwinia), 591, 672-675, 678 radiora, (Pseudomonas), 355 nautica, 355, 460-462 psittaci, (Chlamydia), 244 radioresistens, (Acinetobacter), 414, 426, nitroreducens, 370 psychrerythraea, (Colwellia), 447-451, 452, 430, 433, 436 oleovorans, 344, 352, 353, 370, 430 453 Rahnella, 592, 644, 680, 759, 760-763 1102 INDEX OF SCIENTIFIC NAMES OF ARCHAEA AND BACTERIA

aquatilis, 592, 600, 666, 681, 713, 716, tenebrionis, 243, 247 costicola, 499, 502-504, 507, 515, 516, 522, 732, 760-762, 763 tipulae, 243, 247 523, 526, 552, 553, 554, 555 Ralstonia rimaefaciens, (Pseudomonas), 373 costicola, 552, 554, 555 pickettii, 114, 331 rio, (Shigella), 813 vallismortis, 515, 552, 554, 555 Ralstonia risticii, (Neorickettsia), 244 Salmonella, 308, 484, 487, 488, 496, 534, solanacearum, 70, 114 rodentium, (Citrobacter), 591, 596, 614, 589, 592-603, 606, 607, 610, 611, 615, ramosa, (Nevskia), 94, 101-103, 104 651-655, 656 639, 651-653, 658-660, 682-684, 702- ramosa, (Thiothrix), 132, 136, 141 rohdei, (Yersinia), 593, 602, 815, 838, 841, 704, 706, 737, 745, 750, 764, 765-798, Raoultella, 686, 692 842, 848 812, 814-816, 820, 824, 827, 828, 840, ornithinolytica, 591, 692 rosea, (Pseudomonas), 355 884 planticola, 591, 692 rosea, (Thiocapsa), 5, 7, 9, 26, 27, 28,32 arizonae, 592, 799 terrigena, 592, 692 rosea, (Thiopedia), 4, 9, 26, 35, 36, 37 ballerup, 653 regensburgei, (Yokenella), 593, 602, 606, rosenbergii, (Thiospirillum), 40 bongori, 592, 600, 606, 607, 765, 784, 684, 849, 850 roseopersicina, (Lamprocystis), 4, 5, 9, 18, 785, 787, 799, 815, 840 resinovorans, (Pseudomonas), 352, 372 19, 22, 23 choleraesuis, 592, 593, 595-602, 606, 745, rettgeri, (Bacterium), 758 roseopersicina, (Thiocapsa), 2, 5, 7, 9, 20, 764, 787, 799, 815, 840 rettgeri, (Proteus), 747, 755, 758 26, 27 arizonae, 592, 606, 745, 787, 799 rettgeri, (Providencia), 592, 599, 604, 605, roseopersicinus, (Protococcus), 18, 19 bongori, 606, 787, 799 747, 753-757, 758, 759 roseum, (Rhabdochromatium), 23 choleraesuis, 592, 593, 595-602, 787 Rhabdochromatium, 5, 7, 23,24 roseus, (Amoebobacter), 26, 28, 32 diarizonae, 592, 606, 745, 787, 799, 815, fusiforme, 23 rossensis, (Colwellia), 448-453, 454 840 marinum, 8, 23, 24 rossii, (Actinobacillus), 856, 867, 868, 872, enterica, 606 minus, 23 873, 875, 877, 878, 881 houtenae, 593, 606, 745, 787, 799, 815, roseum, 23 rubescens, (Pseudomonas), 483 840 rhapontica, (Phytomonas), 679 rubidaea, (Serratia), 408, 593, 594, 601, 605, indica, 593, 606, 787, 799 rhapontici, (Erwinia), 591, 670, 672-675, 800-803, 805, 807-809, 810, 811 salamae, 593, 606, 787, 799 679, 713, 717 rubidaeum, (Bacterium), 805, 810 enterica, 592, 593, 595-602, 605-607, 652, rhapontici, (Pectobacterium), 591, 679 rubra, (Alteromonas), 408, 478 765, 784, 785, 787, 798, 799, 824 rhinoscleromatis, (Bacterium), 692 rubra, (Methylomonas), 266 arizonae, 592, 600, 605, 606, 765, 784- rhinoscleromatis, (Klebsiella), 592, 604, 647, rubra, (Pseudoalteromonas), 463, 467-469, 786, 799 691, 692, 815, 840 478 bongori, 787 Rhizobacter, 323, 404, 406 rubra, (Rugamonas), 407, 408 diarizonae, 592, 600, 605, 606, 765, 784, dauci, 404, 406 rubrifaciens, (Brenneria), 591, 628-632, 633 785, 799 daucus, 404, 406 rubrifaciens, (Erwinia), 591, 633 enterica, 592, 593, 595-602, 605, 606, Rhizomonas, 406 rubrilucens, (Legionella), 212, 214, 216-218, 652, 765, 784, 786, 787, 798 suberifaciens, 406 220, 227, 228, 231, 234, 235, 236 houtenae, 593, 600, 605, 765, 784, 785, Rhodanobacter, 63, 64, 94, 106 rubrisubalbicans, (Pseudomonas), 355 799 lindaniclasticus, 94, 106, 117 rubrum, (Rhodospirillum), 637 indica, 593, 600, 606, 765, 784, 799 rhodesiae, (Pseudomonas), 349, 355-357, ruckeri, (Yersinia), 588, 593, 602, 732, 815, salamae, 593, 600, 605, 765, 784, 785, 372 838-842, 844, 845, 848 799 407 Rhodobacter, 4 Rugamonas, 323, , 408 enteritidis, 592, 595-602, 606 Rhodococcus rubra, 407, 408 gallinarum, 592 globerulus, 333 ruminalis, (Mannheimia), 853, 908-910, 911 hirschfeldii, 798 Rhodopseudomonas, 355 ruminicola, (Bacteroides), 585 houtenae, 593, 799 viridis, 108 ruminicola, (Prevotella), 585 paratyphi, 595-602 rhodos, (Pseudomonas), 355 Ruminobacter, 580, 584, 585, 586, 590 salamae, 593, 799 Rhodospirillum, 4, 271 amylophilus, 580, 584, 585, 586 typhi, 589, 593, 595-602, 606, 652 rubrum, 637 Ruminococcus, 586 typhimurium, 324, 427, 593, 595-602, 606, Rhodothece rumoiensis, (Vibrio), 526, 542, 543 748 pendens, 28 rustigianii, (Providencia), 592, 600, 751, salmonicida, (Aeromonas), 385, 442, 557- Rhodothermus, 625 753-757, 758, 759 564, 566, 567, 569, 570, 573, 574, Rhodovulum, 4 riboflavina, (Pseudomonas), 355 sacchari, (Xanthomonas), 74, 77-79, 86 575, 578, 590 richardii, (Leminorella), 592, 598, 702, 703, Saccharobacter, 320-323, 763, 764 salmonicida, (Bacterium), 574, 575 704, 705 fermentatus, 321, 588, 592, 763, 764 salmonicida, (Vibrio), 496, 503, 536, 542 Rickettsia, 240, 245, 246 saccharophila, (Pseudomonas), 330, 355 salmonis, (Piscirickettsia), 180-183, 184, 205 bellii, 637 SACCHAROSPIRILLACEAE, 270 salpingitidis, (Actinobacillus), 856, 867, 868, burneti, 240 sainthelensi, (Legionella), 212, 216-221, 870, 872, 874-878, 883 conorii, 241, 242, 244 227, 230, 232, 235 sanguineum, (Thiospirillum), 40 melolonthae, 243 sakazakii, (Enterobacter), 591, 597, 605-607, santicrucis, (Legionella), 214, 216-218, 220, prowazekii, 241, 244 662-664, 667, 668, 669, 716, 815, 840 227, 230, 235 RICKETTSIACEAE, 184, 829 salamae, (Salmonella), 593, 799 Sarcobium, 233 RICKETTSIALES, 242, 245, 246 salexigens, (Chromatium), 14, 15 lyticum, 233 Rickettsiella, 237, 240, 241, 242-247 salexigens, (Chromohalobacter), 316 savastanoi, (Pseudomonas), 325, 336, 337, armadillidii, 243, 245-247 salexigens, (Chromohalobacter), 307, 316, 340, 361, 372, 373, 374 blattae, 243, 247 318, 319 scandinavica, (Methylomonas), 267 buthi, 243, 245, 247 salexigens, (Halochromatium), 5, 8, 14, 15 Schineria, 63, 64, 94, 106, 107 cetonidarum, 243, 247 salicis, (Bacterium), 628, 629 larvae, 106, 107 chironomi, 242-246, 247 salicis, (Brenneria), 591, 628, 629, 630-632 schistocercae, (Rickettsiella), 243, 247 crassificans, 243 salicis, (Erwinia), 591, 628, 629, 675 SCHIZOMYCETES, 493 grylli, 184, 242-246, 247 salina, (Delaya), 312 schmidlei, (Thioploca), 171, 177 melolonthae, 243, 247 salina, (Halomonas), 291, 303, 304, 312 schmitzii, (Shigella), 815 phytoseiuli, 243-245 salinestris, (Azotobacter), 388-390, 392, 394, schottmuelleri, (Bacillus), 798 popilliae, 242-246, 247 395, 397, 399, 402 schubertii, (Aeromonas), 557-561, 564, 565, schistocercae, 243, 247 Salinivibrio, 492, 493, 514-516, 519-523, 552, 568, 570, 572, 574, 576, 577 stethorae, 243, 246 553, 554 schuylkilliensis, (Pseudomonas), 365 INDEX OF SCIENTIFIC NAMES OF ARCHAEA AND BACTERIA 1103 scophthalmi, (Vibrio), 500, 522, 523, 526, dysenteriae, 588, 593, 601, 603, 605, 617, stethorae, (Rickettsiella), 243, 246 542 742, 811-819, 821, 822 stewartii, (Erwinia), 592, 605, 675, 716, 717, scotiae, (Actinobacillus), 856, 873, 875-878, etousae, 815 720 881, 882 flexneri, 203, 593, 601, 603, 605, 742, 811- stewartii, (Pantoea), 592, 713-715, 717-719, sedlakii, (Citrobacter), 591, 596, 651, 653- 821, 822, 824, 827 720 655, 656 largei, 815 stewartii, (Pseudomonas), 716, 720 segnis, (Haemophilus), 856, 867, 868, 875, newcastle, 815 stomatis, (Pasteurella), 853, 857-863, 865, 876, 885, 887, 889, 893, 894, 896, paradysenteriae, 823 867, 868 898, 899, 902, 903 rabaulensis, 813, 823 straminae, (Pseudomonas), 373 seminis, (Actinobacillus), 856, 867, 870-873, rio, 813 Streptobacillus, 125 875-878, 882 schmitzii, 815 moniliformis, 880 Serpens, 302, 323, 408, 411 shigae, 815 Streptococcus flexibilis, 408-410, 411 sonnei, 593, 601, 603, 605, 742, 743, 745, bovis, 905 Serratia, 407, 580, 603, 604, 606, 649, 652, 811-815, 817-821, 823 Streptococcus 659, 665, 666, 682-684, 691, 799, 800- shigelloides, (Aeromonas), 743 gallolyticus, 905 803, 805-809, 845 shigelloides, (Plesiomonas), 493, 515, 592, Streptococcus entomophila, 593, 601, 800-803, 805, 806, 606, 732, 740-743, 744, 812, 818 pneumoniae, 891 807-810, 833 shigelloides, (Proteus), 606 Streptococcus ficaria, 593, 601, 605, 691, 800-803, 805, shigelloides, (Pseudomonas), 493, 740, 744 pyogenes, 891 806, 807-809 sibirica, (Thiorhodospira), 41, 43, 57 Streptomyces, 69 fonticola, 593, 601, 604, 644, 649, 694, sibiricum, (Thialkalimicrobium), 193 griseus, 95 799-802, 805, 806, 807-809 sibiricum, (Thioalkalimicrobium), 193 lividans, 338 grimesii, 593, 594, 800-802, 806, 807, 808, sobria, (Aeromonas), 557-562, 564-566, 570, striafaciens, (Pseudomonas), 376 809, 811 572, 576, 577 stuartii, (Proteus), 759 liquefaciens, 593, 594, 601, 605, 666, 682, Sodalis, 823, 824 stuartii, (Providencia), 592, 600, 604, 605, 800-806, 807, 808-811 glossinidius, 593, 823, 824 627, 753-757, 758, 759 marcescens, 99, 593, 600, 601, 603-605, solanacearum, (Ralstonia), 70, 114 stutzeri, (Bacterium), 373 663, 681, 715, 743, 748, 800-805, somnifer, (Haemophilus), 903 stutzeri, (Pseudomonas), 114, 324, 327-330, 806, 807-810 somnus, (Haemophilus), 856, 870, 875, 876, 332-336, 338, 339, 342, 343, 346, 347, marinorubra, 805, 810 887, 898, 899, 903, 904 349, 350, 352, 353, 358-360, 362, 373, odorifera, 593, 601, 605, 650, 800-803, sonnei, (Bacterium), 823 399, 463 805, 807, 808, 809, 811 sonnei, (Shigella), 593, 601, 603, 605, 742, suberifaciens, (Rhizomonas), 406 plymuthica, 593, 601, 605, 800-803, 805- 743, 745, 811-815, 817-821, 823 subglaciescola, (Halomonas), 303, 304, 312 809, 810 Sorangium, 95 submarinus, (Psychrobacter), 414, 437, 440, proteamaculans, 593, 594, 800-803, 805- Sphingomonas, 187, 293, 355 441 809, 810, 811 paucimobilis, 106 subtilis, (Bacillus), 99 proteamaculans, 593, 802, 810, 811 spinosa, (Pseudomonas), 328, 354 succiniciproducens, (Anaerobiospirillum), quinovora, 593, 800, 802, 810, 811 SPIRILLACEAE, 493 582, 583 rubidaea, 408, 593, 594, 601, 605, 800- Spirillum, 179, 271, 273 Succinimonas, 580, 586, 587 803, 805, 807-809, 810, 811 atlanticum, 280 amylolytica, 585, 586, 587 beijerinckii, 280 Succinivibrio, 514, 580, 581, 582, 583, 586 burdigalensis, 811 beijerinckii, 280 dextrinosolvens, 581, 582, 585 colindalensis, 811 hiroshimense, 280 SUCCINIVIBRIONACEAE, 556, 581, 582- rubidaea, 811 japonicum, 281 586 shakespearei, (Legionella), 213, 214, 216, linum, 271, 277, 280 succinogenes, (Actinobacillus), 856, 869, 217, 227, 235 lunatum, 273, 275 873, 875-878, 882 shaposhnikovii, (Ectothiorhodospira), 2, 42, minutulum, 290 succinogenes, (Bacteroides), 585 44-46, 47, 48, 256 multiglobuliferum, 280 succinogenes, (Fibrobacter), 585 Shewanella, 443, 444, 447, 456, 458, 460, pelagicum, 280 succinogenes, (Vibrio), 514 463, 466, 479, 480, 481-487, 489, 493, pusillum, 281 succinogenes, (Wolinella), 481 580 volutans, 273 suis, (Actinobacillus), 588, 590, 852, 853, 487 algae, 447, 455, 481-486, , 488 spiritensis, (Legionella), 214, 216, 217, 220, 867, 869-873, 875-878, 881, 882 amazonensis, 483-485, 488, 489 221, 227, 228, 231, 234, 235 suis, (Haemophilus), 903 baltica, 455, 481-487, 488 Spirochaeta, 625 sulfidovorans, (Methylophaga), 190, 191, benthica, 452, 481-485, 487, 488 halophila, 408 192 colwelliana, 286, 446, 463, 481-484, 487, splendida, (Beneckea), 515, 542 Sulfobacillus, 60 489 splendidum, (Photobacter), 542 Suttonella, 123, 124, 126, 127, 129, 130, 131 frigidimarina, 481, 483-485, 487, 489, 490 splendidus, (Vibrio), 501, 504, 513, 516, indologenes, 123-126, 130, 131 gelidimarina, 481-485, 487, 489, 490 522, 523, 526, 530, 532, 540, 541, Synechococcus, 482 hanedai, 446, 463, 481-485, 487, 489, 490 542, 543, 544, 548 synxantha, (Pseudomonas), 373 oneidensis, 483, 484, 490 spongiosa, (Pseudomonas), 373 synxanthus, (Vibrio), 373 pealeana, 485, 490 stanieri, (Pseudomonas), 353, 355, 373, 463 syringae, (Phytomonas), 373 putrefaciens, 447, 455, 481-486, 487, 488 Staphylococcus, 95, 860, 874, 894, 895, 901, syringae, (Pseudomonas), 68, 325-330, 335- violacea, 481, 483, 484, 491 903 342, 349, 352, 354, 362, 364, 372, woodyi, 481-485, 487, 489, 491 aureus, 110, 244, 313, 874, 881, 888, 889, 373, 374-377 shigae, (Bacterium), 815 891, 903 szegediense, (Methylocaldum), 256, 261, shigae, (Shigella), 815 epidermidis, 891 262 Shigella, 308, 447, 484, 487, 488, 589, 594, steigerwaltii, (Legionella), 214, 216, 217, 603, 604, 607, 611, 613, 615, 616, 227, 228, 230, 234, 235 taetrolens, (Pseudomonas), 377 622, 623, 652, 658, 704, 742-744, 750, Stenotrophomonas, 63, 64, 74, 93, 94, 105, tapetis, (Vibrio), 500, 507, 522, 523, 526, 784, 811, 812-824 107, 108-113, 115-118, 122, 336, 347 540, 543 ambigua, 815 africana, 108-112, 114, 115 tarda, (Edwardsiella), 590, 591, 596, 604, arabinotarda, 815 maltophilia, 66, 68, 69, 73, 74, 93, 107- 605, 657-659, 660, 661 boydii, 593, 601, 603, 605, 607, 742, 812- 114, 115, 117, 118, 120, 122, 241, Tatlockia, 225 819, 821, 822, 823 342 Tatumella, 587, 590, 640, 825, 826 ceylonensis, 815 nitritireducens, 111, 112, 115 ptyseos, 593, 601, 825, 826 1104 INDEX OF SCIENTIFIC NAMES OF ARCHAEA AND BACTERIA taurinensis, (Legionella), 214, 216, 217, 220, tepidarius, 62 defluvii, 132, 136, 139 228, 235, 236 thiooxidans, 60-62 disciformis, 136, 138, 139 taylorae, (Enterobacter), 591, 597, 603, 662, thioparus, 62, 190 eikelboomii, 132-134, 136, 137, 139, 140, 663, 665, 669 thyasiris, 198 142 Taylorella, 898 Thiobacterium, 104, 131, 169 flexilis, 136, 138, 141 equigenitalis, 896 bovista, 169 fructosivorans, 132, 133, 135, 136, 140, Telluria, 355 Thiocapsa, 5-7, 19, 22, 26, 27, 29, 32, 34-36 141, 142 mixta, 171 halophila, 26, 34 nivea, 117, 132, 134, 136, 137, 138, 140, temperata, (Photorhabdus), 592, 734, 735, litoralis, 27 151 737, 738, 740 pendens, 7, 9, 26, 27, 28,32 ramosa, 132, 136, 141 tenebrionis, (Rickettsiella), 243, 247 pfennigii, 26, 28, 29, 52 unzii, 132, 133, 136, 138, 140, 141, 142 tepidarius, (Thermithiobacillus), 62 rosea, 5, 7, 9, 26, 27, 28,32 THIOTRICHACEAE, 131 tepidarius, (Thiobacillus), 62 roseopersicina, 2, 5, 7, 9, 20, 26, 27 , 1, 131 tepidum, (Chromatium), 24, 25 Thiococcus, 5, 7, 26, 28,29 Thiovulum, 157 tepidum, (Methylocaldum), 256, 262 pfennigii, 2, 4, 6, 8, 25, 26, 28, 29, 33, 52 majus, 177 tepidum, (Thermochromatium), 2, 7, 24, 25 Thiocystis, 5-7, 26, 29, 30, 38 thomasii, (Anaerobiospirillum), 582, 583 Terasakiella, 271 gelatinosa, 4, 7, 17, 30,31 thyasirae, (Thiomicrospira), 194, 196, 198 pusilla, 271 minor, 5, 7, 30, 31 thyasiris, (Thiobacillus), 198 terrea, (Pantoea), 592, 714, 717-719, 720 violacea, 2, 5-7, 29, 30 tipulae, (Rickettsiella), 243, 247 terrigena, (Klebsiella), 592, 598, 686-691, violascens, 7, 30, 31 tolaasii, (Pseudomonas), 340, 347, 352, 353, 693, 827 Thiodictyon, 19, 31,32 358, 359, 377 terrigena, (Raoultella), 592, 692 bacillosum, 4, 9, 32, 33 Tolumonas, 556, 579, 580, 590 testosteroni, (Comamonas), 114 elegans, 4, 9, 32,33 auensis, 556, 578, 579, 580 testudinis, (Pasteurella), 856, 857, 862, 866, Thioflavicoccus, 7, 33 tonelliana, (Pseudomonas), 373 867 mobilis, 8, 25, 33 torquis, (Psychroflexus), 482 tetraodonis, (Alteromonas), 478 Thiohalocapsa, 5, 7, 26, 34 Trabulsiella, 827, 828 tetraodonis, (Pseudoalteromonas), 468, 472, halophila, 5, 8, 26, 34 guamensis, 593, 601, 827, 828 473, 478 Thiolamprovum, 5-7, 19, 27, 35 trabulsii, (Koserella), 593, 602, 606, 849, 850 thalassica, (Methylomonas), 192 pedioforme, 9, 26, 35,36 tracheiphila, (Erwinia), 591, 670, 672-676, thalassica, (Methylophaga), 190, 191, 192, Thiomargarita, 131, 169, 170, 171, 175, 176 678, 679 446 namibiensis, 159, 160, 169, 170, 171, 175, tracheiphilus, (Bacillus), 679 thalassomethanica, (Alteromonas), 446 176 trachomatis, (Chlamydia), 244 thalassomethanolica, (Alteromonas), 192 Thiomicrospira, 162, 168, 180, 184, 189, trachuri, (Vibrio), 500, 507, 522, 523, 526, Thalassomonas, 443 193, 194-199 543, 544 theicola, (Xanthomonas), 74, 77, 78, 86 chilensis, 194-196, 197 translucens, (Xanthomonas), 74, 75, 77, 78, THERMITHIOBACILLACEAE, 60, 62 crunogena, 194, 196, 197, 198 80, 83, 86, 87, 88 Thermithiobacillus, 62 denitrificans, 195, 196, 199 trehalosi, (Pasteurella), 856-858, 862, 866, tepidarius, 62 frisia, 194-196, 197, 198, 199 867, 909 Thermochromatium, 5, 7, 24,25 kuenenii, 196, 198 tremae, (Pseudomonas), 374, 375, 379 tepidum, 2, 7, 24, 25 pelophila, 193, 194, 196, 197-199 trevisanii, (Klebsiella), 691, 693 Thermomonas, 63, 64, 116, 117-119 thyasirae, 194, 196, 198 triatominarum, (Arsenophonus), 591, 603, haemolytica, 116-118, 119 thiooxidans, (Acidithiobacillus), 60, 61 626-628, 645, 720, 826 thermophilus, (Methylococcus), 254-256, thiooxidans, (Thiobacillus), 60-62 trichosporium, (Methylosinus), 269 257, 258, 266 thioparus, (Thiobacillus), 62, 190 trifolii, (Pseudomonas), 716 Thermosipho, 625 Thiopedia, 36,37 trifoliorum, (Pseudomonas), 373 Thermotoga, 625 rosea, 4, 9, 26, 35, 36, 37 trota, (Aeromonas), 557-561, 563-565, 568- thetaiotaomicron, (Bacteroides), 585 thiophila, (Leucothrix), 139 570, 572, 576 Thialkalimicrobium Thiophysa tsutsugamushi, (Orientia), 241, 244 aerophilum, 193 volutans, 146 tuberculosis, (Mycobacterium), 241 Thialkalimicrobium Thioploca, 131, 134, 139, 150, 154, 155, 157- tubiashii, (Vibrio), 507, 522, 523, 526, 532, sibiricum, 193 160, 168-170, 171, 172-178, 197 540, 544 Thialkalivibrio araucae, 159, 171-174, 177 tucsonensis, (Legionella), 212, 213, 216-218, denitrificans, 56 chileae, 159, 171-174, 178 220, 228, 236 Thialkalivibrio ingrica, 139, 159, 171, 173, 175, 178 tularense, (Bacterium), 200, 207 nitratis, 56 marina, 171, 172, 178 tularensis, (Francisella), 199-206, 207, 208, Thialkalivibrio minima, 171, 178 209, 223, 224, 241, 244 versutus, 56 schmidlei, 171, 177 tunicata, (Pseudoalteromonas), 478 Thioalkalicoccus, 7, 25 Thiorhodococcus, 5, 7, 37,38 typhi, (Bacillus), 798 limnaeus, 8, 25,33 minor, 8, 37, 38 typhi, (Salmonella), 589, 593, 595-602, 606, Thioalkalimicrobium, 180, 193 Thiorhodospira, 3, 41-43, 45, 52, 57 652 aerophilum, 193 sibirica, 41, 43, 57 typhimurium, (Bacterium), 798 sibiricum, 193 Thiorhodovibrio, 5, 7, 38,39 typhimurium, (Salmonella), 324, 427, 593, Thioalkalivibrio, 56 winogradskyi, 8, 38, 39 595-602, 606, 748 denitrificans, 56 Thiospira, 131, 157, 178, 179 nitratis, 56 bipunctata, 179 ucrainicus, (Methylococcus), 259 versutus, 56 bipunctata, 178, 179 undina, (Alteromonas), 478 Thiobacillus, 58, 60, 62, 73, 189, 191, 193, winogradskyi, 178, 179 undina, (Pseudoalteromonas), 463, 468, 194, 196 Thiospirillum, 39,40 469, 472, 473, 478 albertis, 60, 61 jenense, 4, 6, 7, 39, 40 uniformis, (Bacteroides), 585 caldus, 61 rosenbergii, 40 unzii, (Thiothrix), 132, 133, 136, 138, 140, concretivorus, 61 sanguineum, 40 141, 142 cuprinus, 62 Thiothece, 30 urativorans, (Psychrobacter), 414, 438, 440, ferrooxidans, 60, 62 gelatinosa, 30 441 halophilus, 59, 123 Thiothrix, 131, 132-141, 142, 151, 158, 159, ureae, (Actinobacillus), 853, 862, 867-870, hydrothermalis, 59 162, 168, 169, 173, 175 872, 873, 875-878, 883 neapolitanus, 58, 62, 123 arctophila, 141 ureae, (Pasteurella), 862, 870, 881, 883 INDEX OF SCIENTIFIC NAMES OF ARCHAEA AND BACTERIA 1105 uredovora, (Erwinia), 592, 605, 665, 675, fluvialis, 492, 501, 504, 505, 507, 508, 510, vinosa, (Monas), 12, 13 713-717, 719 513, 515, 516, 519-524, 528, 529, vinosum, (Allochromatium), 2, 5-7, 12, 13, uredovorus, (Xanthomonas), 716 533, 534 58, 816, 834 urethralis, (Moraxella), 414 furnissii, 500, 503-505, 507, 510, 513, 516, vinosum, (Chromatium), 12, 13, 189, 195, uteri, (Phocoenobacter), 851, 853, 856, 876, 520-524, 528, 529, 533, 534 816, 834 912 gazogenes, 499-501, 516, 518, 520, 521, violacea, (Shewanella), 481, 483, 484, 491 utiformica, (Pseudomonas), 373 524, 531, 534, 535, 588, 590 violacea, (Thiocystis), 2, 5-7, 29, 30 halioticoli, 500, 524, 535 violascens, (Chromatium), 30, 31 vacuolata, (Ectothiorhodospira), 2, 42, 44- haloplanktis, 467, 470 violascens, (Thiocystis), 7, 30, 31 46, 47,48 harveyi, 496, 499, 501, 504, 505, 507, 510, viridifaciens, (Pseudomonas), 373 vaga, (Alteromonas), 288, 289, 446 513, 515, 520, 521, 524, 528-531, viridiflava, (Phytomonas), 377 vaga, (Marinomonas), 271, 275, 283-288, 535, 536-541, 543-545, 548 viridiflava, (Pseudomonas), 339, 342, 347, 289, 291, 446, 463 hollisae, 501, 502, 505, 506, 509, 510, 513, 352, 353, 364, 377 vaginicola, (Herellea), 412 520, 521, 524, 528, 529, 536 viridis, (Rhodopseudomonas), 108 viscosa, (Moritella), 466, 515, 526 vagum, (Oceanospirillum), 271, 275, 283, ichthyoenteri, 500, 507, 520, 521, 524, viscosus, (Vibrio), 466 288 536, 542 Vitreoscilla, 149, 158, 159 Vampirovibrio, 514 iliopiscarius, 548, 551 beggiatoides, 149, 159 vancouverensis, (Pseudomonas), 354, 379 jamaicensis, 564 logei, 482, 496, 499, 501, 513, 520-524, vitreus, (Azotobacter), 401 variabilis, (Halomonas), 303, 304, 313 volantium, (Pasteurella), 853, 856-858, 861- variabilis, (Halovibrio), 313 533, 536, 540, 542, 543, 548 marinus, 443, 444, 452, 466, 816, 834 863, 865, 867, 876, 896 varigena, (Mannheimia), 853, 881, 908-910, mediterranei, 500, 501, 520, 521, 524, Volcaniella 911 536, 537 eurihalina, 308 vasicola, (Xanthomonas), 68, 70, 71, 75-80, metschnikovii, 499, 501, 503-505, 507, volutans, (Achromatium), 146 86, 87,88 510, 513, 516, 518, 520, 521, 524, volutans, (Spirillum), 273 venetianus, (Acinetobacter), 414, 430, 437 528, 529, 537, 588, 590 volutans, (Thiophysa), 146 venusta, (Delaya), 313 mimicus, 499, 501-507, 510, 512-515, 519- vulgaris, (Cellvibrio), 402, 403 venusta, (Halomonas), 303-305, 313, 463 521, 524, 528, 529, 537 vulgaris, (Nitrobacter), 55 venustus, (Alcaligenes), 313 mytili, 500, 519-521, 532, 537, 541 vulgaris, (Proteus), 291, 592, 599, 603-606, veronii, (Aeromonas), 557-562, 564-566, natriegens, 501, 520, 521, 524, 532, 537, 627, 635, 638, 732, 733, 743, 746-750, 568-570, 572, 576, 577 538 751, 752, 753, 757, 786, 831, 833 veronii, (Pseudomonas), 349, 354-357, 377 navarrensis, 500, 526, 538 vulgatus, (Bacteroides), 585 versutus, (Thialkalivibrio), 56 nereis, 522, 523, 526, 530, 532, 538, 539 vulneris, (Escherichia), 591, 595, 607-611, versutus, (Thioalkalivibrio), 56 nigripulchritudo, 499, 504, 522, 523, 526, 624, 650, 815, 840 vesicatoria, (Xanthomonas), 67-73, 76-80, 539, 541 vulnifica, (Beneckea), 515, 544 83, 84, 86, 87, 120 ordalii, 503, 504, 515, 516, 519, 522, 523, vulnificus, (Vibrio), 496, 498, 499, 503-508, Vibrio, 70, 187, 293, 294, 403, 443, 445, 447, 526, 530, 531, 539, 540 510, 513, 514, 519-521, 526, 528-530, 466, 467, 484, 485, 491-493, 494, 495- orientalis, 513, 522, 523, 526, 540, 541, 535, 538, 540, 543, 544, 545 497, 499-505, 507-546, 548, 552, 553, 544 556, 560, 567, 569, 580, 588, 660, parahaemolyticus, 291, 496, 498-510, 513, wadsworthii, (Legionella), 212, 216-218, 220, 227, 228, 234, 235, 236 684, 737, 738, 740, 743, 744 515, 516, 519-521, 526, 528-530, waltersii, (Legionella), 214, 216, 217, 228, aerogenes, 519, 524 532, 534, 535, 537-539, 540, 541, 236 aestuarianus, 520, 521, 524, 529, 530, 542 543, 544, 565, 658, 660, 684 warmboldiae, (Buttiauxella), 591, 595, 642, albensis, 519 pectenicida, 496, 507, 522, 523, 526, 540 644, 645 alginolyticus, 496-498, 501, 504, 505, 507, pelagius, 492, 495, 515-517, 522, 523, 526, warmingii, (Allochromatium), 6, 7, 13, 14, 510, 513, 515, 516, 520, 521, 524, 530, 532, 538, 540, 541, 543 23 penaeicida, 500, 507, 522, 523, 526, 539, 528, 529, 530, 532, 535, 537-540, warmingii, (Chromatium), 13 540, 541 543-545 warmingii, (Monas), 13 proteolyticus, 522, 523, 526, 539, 542 algosus, 541 weissei, (Chromatium), 4, 6, 7, 10, 11, 12, anguillarum, 492, 495, 496, 499, 501, 503, psychroerythrus, 448, 452 23 504, 507, 515-517, 519-521, 524, rumoiensis, 526, 542, 543 werkmanii, (Citrobacter), 591, 596, 651-655, 530, 531, 539-541, 544 salmonicida, 496, 503, 536, 542 656 campbellii, 499, 504, 516, 520, 521, 524, scophthalmi, 500, 522, 523, 526, 542 whittenburyi, (Methylobacter), 258-260, 261 531, 532, 538, 541, 543, 544 splendidus, 501, 504, 513, 516, 522, 523, whittenburyi, (Methylococcus), 256, 259, carchariae, 504, 505, 535, 536 526, 530, 532, 540, 541, 542, 543, 261 cholerae, 294, 325, 492, 494-499, 501-516, 544, 548 Wigglesworthia, 588, 638, 816, 828, 829-831 519, 520, 521, 524, 528, 529, 532, succinogenes, 514 glossinidia, 593, 634, 828, 831 534, 537, 545, 548, 563, 565, 569, synxanthus, 373 winogradskyi, (Nitrobacter), 55 tapetis, 500, 507, 522, 523, 526, 540, 543 577, 658, 660, 684 winogradskyi, (Thiorhodovibrio), 8, 38, 39 trachuri, 500, 507, 522, 523, 526, 543, 544 cincinnatiensis, 505, 510, 516, 520, 521, winogradskyi, (Thiospira), 178, 179 tubiashii, 507, 522, 523, 526, 532, 540, 544 524, 528, 529, 531, 545, 546 wisconsensis, (Moellerella), 592, 598, 705, viscosus, 466 706 costicola, 515, 552-554 vulnificus, 496, 498, 499, 503-508, 510, costicolus, 553 wodanis, (Vibrio), 526, 543, 545 513, 514, 519-521, 526, 528-530, Wolbachia, 209, 829 cyclitrophicus, 524, 532 535, 538, 540, 543, 544, 545 cyclotrophicus, 532 persica, 184, 200, 201, 203, 205, 206, 209, wodanis, 526, 543, 545 210, 212, 244 damsela, 495, 500, 503, 505, 507, 508, VIBRIONACEAE, 273, 406, 443, 485, 487, pipientis, 244 510, 513, 515, 517, 519-525, 527- 491, 492-494, 496, 514-516, 546-548, Wolinella, 514 529, 532, 533, 534, 536, 548, 550 553, 554, 556, 557, 570, 584, 588, succinogenes, 481 diabolicus, 496, 499, 500, 524, 532 590, 660, 684, 740, 741, 743, 851, woodyi, (Shewanella), 481-485, 487, 489, diazotrophicus, 520, 521, 524, 532, 533, 852, 867 491 545 VIBRIONALES, 1, 491, 493 worsleiensis, (Legionella), 214, 216, 217, extorquens, 514 vignae, (Pseudomonas), 373 219, 220, 228, 234, 236 fetus, 514 vinelandii, (Azotobacter), 335, 341, 354, fischeri, 482, 496, 498, 499, 501-504, 508, 380, 382, 384-397, 399-401, 402 , 63, 64, 105, 106, 513, 520, 521, 524, 533, 543, 548 vinelandii, (Methylococcus), 256, 259 116-118, 122, 126, 129, 131 1106 INDEX OF SCIENTIFIC NAMES OF ARCHAEA AND BACTERIA

XANTHOMONADALES, 1, 63, 106 vasicola, 68, 70, 71, 75-80, 86, 87,88 846, 847, 848 Xanthomonas, 63, 64, 66-78, 85, 87, 88, 93, vesicatoria, 67-73, 76-80, 83, 84, 86, 87, frederiksenii, 593, 602, 605, 815, 839-842, 94, 105-108, 110-113, 116-118, 122, 120 844, 845, 847 336, 346, 347, 350, 354, 355, 403 xanthus, (Myxococcus), 325 intermedia, 593, 602, 605, 815, 838-842, albilineans, 67-69, 71-75, 76, 77, 78, 86 Xenorhabdus, 587, 588, 594, 605, 733, 736- 844, 845, 847 ampelina, 74 738, 815, 816, 831, 832-838 kristensenii, 593, 602, 605, 815, 838, 840- arboricola, 67-69, 71-73, 75-78, 79, 80, 83, beddingii, 593, 605, 815, 831-833, 835, 842, 844, 845, 847 84, 87, 88 837 mollaretii, 593, 602, 815, 838, 840-842, axonoperis, 79 bovienii, 593, 605, 815, 831-833, 835, 837 844, 848 axonopodis, 66-78, 79, 80-88 japonica, 593, 815, 832, 835, 837 pestis, 203, 209, 589, 593, 602, 605, 815, bromi, 77, 78, 83 luminescens, 548, 592, 606, 733, 738, 739, 833, 838-845, 846, 848 campestris, 66-75, 76, 77-90, 93, 113, 117, 836 philomiragia, 206, 209, 846 118, 120, 122, 129 nematophila, 593, 737, 815, 816, 831-836, pseudotuberculosis, 593, 602, 605, 619, carotae, 71 837 815, 838-846, 848 cassavae, 66, 73, 76-80, 83, 84, 88 nematophilus, 593, 601, 605, 832, 837 pestis, 838, 846 citri, 80 beddingii, 593, 837 pseudotuberculosis, 846, 848 codiaei, 77, 78, 83 bovienii, 593, 837 rohdei, 593, 602, 815, 838, 841, 842, 848 cucurbitae, 77, 78, 80, 83,86 poinarii, 593, 837 ruckeri, 588, 593, 602, 732, 815, 838-842, fragariae, 67, 68, 70, 74, 75, 77, 78, 84,87 poinarii, 593, 732, 815, 831-833, 835, 836, 844, 845, 848 hortorum, 68-71, 74-80, 83, 84,88 837 Yokenella, 606, 684, 848, 849, 850 hyacinthi, 66, 68, 69, 74, 77, 78, 84 Xylella, 63, 64, 74, 93, 94, 105, 116-118, 119, regensburgei, 593, 602, 606, 684, 849, 850 juglandis, 67, 71 122 youngae, (Citrobacter), 591, 596, 651-655, maltophilia, 74, 107, 113, 115 fastidiosa, 93, 105, 117-121, 122 656 melonis, 77, 78, 80, 85 Xylophilus, 74 oryzae, 67, 69-75, 77, 78, 80, 85, 86, 87, Zavarzinia, 355 715 yayanosii, (Moritella), 466, 515 zobellii, (Idiomarina), 459 phaseoli, 67, 82 Yersinia, 205, 206, 209, 568, 587, 588, 603, Zoogloea, 406, 408 pisi, 77, 78, 85 615, 639, 659, 677, 683, 706, 815, Zooshikella, 299 populi, 68, 74, 75, 77, 78, 85,86 820, 838, 839-842, 844-846, 848, 860 Zymobacter, 300, 305, 314, 315, 317, 319, sacchari, 74, 77-79, 86 aldovae, 593, 602, 815, 838, 840-842, 846 320-323 theicola, 74, 77, 78, 86 bercovieri, 593, 602, 815, 838, 840-842, palmae, 314, 315, 319-322, 323 translucens, 74, 75, 77, 78, 80, 83, 86, 87, 844, 846 Zymomonas, 300, 302, 320-322, 764 88 enterocolitica, 111, 568, 589, 593, 602, mobilis, 321 uredovorus, 716 603, 605, 755, 760, 815, 838-845,